Skip to main content

Full text of "Acadia Trails Treatment Plan: Cultural Landscape Report for the Historic Hiking Trail System of Acadia National Park"

See other formats


I  29.86/4:AC  1 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 

Cultural  Landscape  Report 

for  the  Historic  Hiking  Trail  System 

of  Acadia  National  Park 


Historic  Hiking  Trail  System,  2003 
Western  Part  of  Mount  Desert  Island 


Produced  by 

National  Park  Service 

Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation 


Legend 

~|  Existing  marked,  maintained  trails 

I  Historic  trails  no  longer  marked 

|J  Roads  and  carriage  roads 

I I  Acadia  National  Park  lands 

Approximate  wale  {mil**} 


,  © 


Acadia  Trails 
Treatment  Plan 

Cultural  Landscape  Report 

for  the  Historic  Hiking  Trail  System 

of  Acadia  National  Park,  Maine 


Prepared  by 

Christian  S.  Barter 
Margaret  Coffin  Brown 
J.  Tracy  Stakely 
Gary  J.  Stellpflug 

Illustrated  by 

Sarah  E.  Baldyga 

Project  Manager 

Jim  Vekasi 

Contributors 

Brooke  Childrey 
Peter  Colman 
Carl  Demrow 
Judith  Hazen  Connery 
David  Goodrich 
Laura  Hayes 
Charles  Jacobi 
Keith  W.  Johnston 


David  Kari 
Lester  Kenway 
Courtney  LaRuffa 
Lauren  G.  Meier 
David  Salisbury 
James  Schissel 
Lee  Terzis 
Heidi  Werner 


Funding  provided  by 

National  Park  Service  Cultural  Resources  Preservation  Program 
National  Park  Service  Fee  Demonstration  Program 
Friends  of  Acadia 

Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation 
National  Park  Service,  Boston,  Massachusetts,  2006 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


The  Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation  promotes  the  steward- 
ship of  significant  landscapes  through  research,  planning,  and  sustainable 
preservation  maintenance.  The  Center  accomplishes  its  mission  in  col- 
laboration with  a  network  of  partners  including  national  parks,  universities, 
government  agencies,  and  private  nonprofit  organizations.  Techniques  and 
principles  of  preservation  practice  are  made  available  through  training  and 
publications.  Based  at  the  Frederick  Law  Olmsted  National  Historic  Site, 
the  Center  perpetuates  the  tradition  of  the  Olmsted  firms  and  Frederick  Law 
Olmsted's  lifelong  commitment  to  people,  parks,  and  public  spaces. 

For  more  information,  contact: 

The  Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation 
99  Warren  Street 
Brookline,  MA  02445 
www.nps.gov/oclp/ 

Acadia  National  Park 

McFarland  Hill  Headquarters 

P.O.  Box  177 

Bar  Harbor,  ME  04609 

www.nps.gov/acad/ 

Friends  of  Acadia 

43  Cottage  Street 

P.O.  Box  45 

Bar  Harbor,  ME  04609 

www.friendsofacadia.org 

Publication  Credits:  Information  from  this  publication  may  be  copied  and  used  with  the 
condition  that  full  credit  is  given  to  the  authors.  Appropriate  citations  and  bibliographic 
credits  should  be  made  for  each  use. 

Layout:  Brian  P.  Graphic  Arts,  brianpgraphics@adelphia.net 

ISBN  0-9779833-1-5 

Library  of  Congress  Cataloging-in-Publication  Data 

Acadia  trails  treatment  plan:  cultural  landscape  report  for  the  historic  hiking  trail  system 
of  Acadia  National  Park,  Maine  /  prepared  by  Christian  S.  Barter  ...  [et  al.] ;  illustrated  by 
Sarah  E.  Baldyga;  project  manager,  Jim  Vekasi ;  contributors,  Brooke  Childrey  ...  [et  al.]. 
p.cm. 

Includes  bibliographical  references  and  index 

1.  Acadia  National  Park  (Me.)  2.  Trails — Conservation  and  restoration — Maine — Acadia 
National  Park.  3.  Landscape  assessment— Maine — Acadia  National  Park.  4.  Landscape 
protection — Maine— Acadia  National  Park.  I.  Title:  Cultural  landscape  report  for  the 
historic  trail  system  of  Acadia  National  Park,  Maine.  II.  Barter,  Christian,  1969- 
III.  Vekasi,  Jim.  IV.  Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation.  (U.S.) 

F27.M9A24.2006 

974T45 — dC22 

2006040031 

Cover  Photo:  Acadia  Trails  crew  installing  rustic  arched  bridge  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path, 
2003.  Photograph  by  Peter  Travers. 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


FOREWORD v 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS vii 

INTRODUCTION ix 

SECTION  1:  TRAIL  FEATURE  SPECIFICATIONS 1 

CHAPTER  1:  ROUTE 3 

A.  Alignment 4 

B.  Views 15 

CHAPTER  2:  VEGETATION 21 

CHAPTER  3:  TREADWAY 29 

A.  Bench  Cuts 30 

B.  Causeway 37 

C.  Gravel  Tread 48 

D.  Stone  Pavement 54 

E.  Unconstructed  Tread 63 

CHAPTER  4:  DRAINAGE 69 

A.  Culverts 71 

B.  Subsurface  Drains 87 

C.  Side  Drains 90 

D.  Water  Bars 95 

E.  Water  Dips 101 

CHAPTER  5:  CROSSINGS 103 

A.  Bogwalks 104 

B.  Bridges 110 

C.  Stepping  Stones 131 

CHAPTER  6:  RETAINING  STRUCTURES 141 

A.  Checks 142 

B.  Coping  Stones 147 

C.  Retaining  Walls 155 

D.  Log  Cribs 171 

CHAPTER  7:  STEPS 177 

CHAPTER  8:  IRONWORK 199 

CHAPTER  9:  GUIDANCE 217 

A.  Blazes 219 

B.  Cairns 223 

C.  Directional  Signs 230 

D.  Informational  Signs 238 

E.  Scree 243 

F.  Wooden  Railings  and  Fences 246 

G.  Trail  Name 248 

CHAPTER  10:  MONUMENTS  AND  ASSOCIATED  STRUCTURES 255 

A.  Monuments 256 

B.  Associated  Structures 268 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


SECTION  2:  INDIVIDUAL  TRAIL  SPECIFICATIONS 277 

#15     Schiff  Path 279 

#39    Jordan  Pond  Path 289 

#48    Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 303 

#127  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail 311 

#349  Homans  Path 321 

SECTION  3:  REFERENCES 333 

Bibliography 334 

Appendix  A:  Terminology 335 

Appendix  B:  Trail  List 345 

Appendix  C:  Trail  Naming  Justification 355 

Appendix  D:  Sound  Masonry  Practices/Stonecutting 366 

Appendix  E:  Sample  Trail  Inventory 369 

INDEX 375 


FOREWORD 


A  century  ago,  visitors  to  Mount  Desert  Island 
scaled  granite  peaks  to  enjoy  breathtaking 
ocean  views,  and  strolled  leisurely  through 
verdant  stands  of  spruce  and  fir.  These  experiences 
were  made  possible  by  intrepid  trail  builders  who 
used  wood,  iron,  earth  and  stone  to  create  a  system 
that  was  unequalled  in  its  scope  and  workmanship. 
Acadia  National  Park  owes  its  very  existence  to  the 
people  who  had  the  inspiration  and  foresight  to 
protect  this  magnificent  network  of  walking  paths  and 
the  surrounding  land  for  all  to  enjoy.  When  the  park 
was  formed  in  1916,  the  first  superintendent,  George 
Bucknam  Dorr,  spoke  eloquently  of  the  need  to 
protect  the  land: 

By  taking  the  opportunity  given  to  us  by  the  richly 
varied  topography  of  the  island,  by  its  situation  on  the 
border  between  land  and  sea,  by  the  magnificent  begin- 
ning made,  and  the  government's  cooperation,  we  can 
do  something  now  whose  influence  will  be  widely  felt. 

With  the  completion  of  this  Cultural  Landscape 
Report,  we  continue  to  honor  the  legacy  of  trail 
stewardship  that  began  with  Dorr  and  others  so  long 
ago.  This  project  was  truly  a  collaborative  effort,  and 
it  is  with  deep  gratitude  that  I  recognize  our  partners, 
the  Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation  and 
Friends  of  Acadia. 


In  addition  to  recognizing  the  contributions  of  the 
past,  this  comprehensive  document  also  looks  to  the 
future.  The  report  has  both  documented  existing  con- 
ditions, and  also  provided  a  treatment  plan  for  sensi- 
tive rehabilitation,  an  effort  that  is  already  underway. 
It  will  serve  as  a  blueprint  for  maintaining  the  mag- 
nificent trails  at  Acadia  for  many  years  to  come.  The 
Acadia  Trails  Forever  program  makes  this  rehabilita- 
tion possible,  and  provides  for  the  continued  care  of 
the  trails  in  perpetuity.  Future  generations  will  surely 
benefit  from  these  extraordinary  efforts. 

Sheridan  Steele 
Superintendent 
Acadia  National  Park 


I  would  also  like  to  thank  our  very  professional  trails 
crew  at  Acadia,  now  recognized  nationally  for  its 
expertise  in  utilizing  rehabilitation  techniques,  and 
commend  Chris  Barter,  Margie  Coffin  Brown,  Tracy 
Stakely,  and  Gary  Stellpflug  and  numerous  contribu- 
tors for  their  dedication  to  this  project.  Many  local 
organizations  and  individuals  generously  contributed 
historic  photographs  and  maps,  allowing  this  cultural 
landscape  report  to  serve  as  the  most  in-depth  record 
of  the  history  of  the  island's  trail  system. 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


This  project  was  funded  by  the  National  Park 
Service  Cultural  Resources  Preservation 
Program  (CRPP),  the  National  Park  Service 
Fee  Demonstration  Program  (Fee  Demo),  and  Friends 
of  Acadia.  The  guidelines  presented  here  were  devel- 
oped through  the  combined  efforts  of  staff  at  Acadia 
National  Park  on  Mount  Desert  Island,  Maine,  and  the 
Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation  in  Brook- 
line,  Massachusetts.  Project  direction  was  provided  by 
Jim  Vekasi,  Chief  of  Maintenance  at  Acadia.  Primary 
authors  for  the  document  include  Christian  S.  Barter 
and  Gary  J.  Stellpflug,  from  Acadia's  trails  program, 
and  Margaret  Coffin  Brown  and  J.  Tracy  Stakely,  his- 
torical landscape  architects  with  the  Olmsted  Center. 
Sarah  E.  Baldyga,  also  with  the  Acadia  trails  program, 
illustrated  the  document. 

Many  individuals  assisted  in  the  preparation  of  this 
report  by  providing  narrative  text,  specifications, 
sketches,  and  photographs.  Thanks  to  the  following 
contributing  park  service  staff,  interns,  and  interested 
individuals:  Brooke  Childrey,  Peter  Colman,  Judith 
Hazen  Connery,  Carl  Demrow,  David  Goodrich, 
Laura  Hayes,  Charles  Jacobi,  Keith  W.  Johnston,  David 
Kari,  Lester  Kenway,  Courtney  LaRuffa,  Lauren  G. 
Meier,  David  Salisbury,  James  Schissel,  Lee  Terzis, 
Lauren  Laham,  and  Heidi  Werner.  Thanks  to  Jim 
Vekasi,  Charles  Jacobi,  H.  Eliot  Foulds,  and  Chris  Ste- 
vens for  reviewing  initial  drafts  and  making  substantive 
comments  for  the  document's  improvement.  Special 
thanks  to  Paul  F.  Haertel,  former  Superintendent  of 
Acadia  National  Park,  and  W.  Kent  Olson,  President  of 
the  Friends  of  Acadia,  for  their  continued  support  of 
trail  preservation  efforts  at  Acadia  and  the  work  of  the 
Olmsted  Center. 


Historical  information  used  in  this  document  and 
in  other  phases  of  planning  for  Acadia's  trail  system 
was  obtained  from  numerous  sources.  Thanks  to  the 
following  contributing  repositories,  agencies,  and 
individuals  for  their  assistance:  Bar  Harbor  Historical 
Society— Ed  Garrett  and  Deb  Dyer;  Bar  Harbor  Village 
Improvement  Association — Les  Brewer  and  Phil 
Cunningham;  Friends  of  Acadia— W.  Kent  Olson  and 
Maria  Major  O'Byrne;  Harpers  Ferry  Library;  His- 
toric American  Engineering  Record;  Jesup  Memorial 
Library  in  Bar  Harbor — Nancy  Howland;  Maine  His- 
toric Preservation  Commission — Earle  Shettleworth, 
Jr.  and  Kirk  Mohney;  Maine  State  Archives — Roy 
Wells  and  Ed  Wheaton;  National  Archives — Helen 
Engle;  National  Park  Service  Northeast  Museum  Ser- 
vices Center — John  Maounis  and  Liz  Banks;  North- 
east Harbor  Library — Robert  Pyle;  Northeast  Harbor 
Village  Improvement  Society — Dan  Fait;  Seal  Harbor 
Library  and  Village  Improvement  Society — Deborah 
Burch;  Trails  of  History — authors  Tom  St.  Germain  and 
Jay  Saunders.  The  document  was  edited  and  indexed 
by  Jane  Crosen.  Page  layout  and  production  was  pro- 
vided by  Brian  P.  Graphic  Arts. 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


INTRODUCTION 


In  accordance  with  National  Park  Service  (NPS) 
policy,  the  Cultural  Landscape  Report  (CLR) 
serves  as  the  primary  supporting  document  to 
guide  the  treatment  of  a  cultural  landscape  and  is 
required  before  a  major  intervention.  This  report 
represents  the  second  volume  of  the  CLR  for  the 
Historic  Hiking  Trail  System  of  Mount  Desert  Island. 
It  articulates  a  strategy  for  the  long-term  treatment 
and  maintenance  of  the  trails  within  the  boundaries  of 
Acadia  National  Park  (NP).  While  the  first  volume  of 
the  CLR  focused  on  the  history  and  significance  of  the 
overall  trail  system  on  the  island,  this  volume  focuses 
more  specifically  on  the  103  marked,  maintained  trails 
within  the  park,  which  extend  over  118  miles  (see 
Appendix  B). 

This  volume  is  the  culmination  of  several  years  of 
research,  analysis,  field  inventory,  and  documentation 
necessary  to  synthesize  voluminous  information  about 
the  island's  extensive  trail  system.  The  fundraising  ini- 
tiative "Acadia  Trails  Forever,"  a  partnership  between 
the  NPS  and  Friends  of  Acadia,  has  raised  $13  million 
of  private  and  federal  funds  to  implement  treatment 
and  maintenance  work  through  an  endowment  for  the 
trail  system.  This  document  will  help  guide  the  efficient 
and  appropriate  use  of  these  funds  to  protect  park 
resources  and  ensure  the  highest-quality  hiking  experi- 
ence in  Acadia  NP. 

This  introduction  first  summarizes  projects  completed 
to  date  that  serve  as  the  foundation  for  the  treatment 
guidelines,  including  the  research  and  analysis  con- 
ducted for  the  first  volume  of  the  CLR,  the  trails  crew 
inventory,  field  documentation,  the  nomination  for  the 
National  Register  of  Historic  Places,  and  the  closely 
associated  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan.  Addition- 
ally, the  overall  treatment  philosophy  and  approach  to 
be  applied  to  the  trail  system  is  presented  here. 

Acadia's  trail  system  has  a  unique  history,  with  layers 
of  significance  from  several  historic  periods  and  con- 
tributing groups.  Some  trails  have  features  that  are  well 
preserved  to  a  particular  era  with  little  or  no  alteration, 


while  other  trails  include  an  assortment  of  features 
dating  to  different  periods  and  builders.  Examples  of 
work  from  local  village  improvement  associations  and 
societies  (VIA/VIS),  the  Civilian  Conservation  Corps 
(CCC),  and  the  NPS  may  all  exist  on  the  same  trail. 

This  complicated  development  pattern  calls  for 
thoughtful  consideration  of  the  appropriate  treatment 
approach.  Through  the  development  of  the  CLR,  the 
goal  for  treatment  of  the  trail  system  is  to  maintain  the 
character  and  integrity  of  the  system  as  a  whole  while 
preserving  the  unique  qualities  of  each  individual  trail. 
It  is  extremely  important  that  the  implementation 
of  treatment  guidelines  not  create  a  homogeneous 
trail  system  with  little  differentiation  between  trails. 
Additionally,  the  guidelines  should  not  establish  an 
unrealistic  treatment  approach  that  calls  for  the  reha- 
bilitation of  every  individual  trail  feature  and  would  be 
impossible  for  the  park  staff  to  implement  and  main- 
tain. Instead,  there  should  be  a  balanced  approach  that 
addresses  the  system's  integrity,  individual  trail  charac- 
ter, and  acceptable  levels  of  rehabilitation  and  mainte- 
nance that  can  be  sustained  by  the  park.  This  is  no  easy 
task,  given  the  layers  of  history  of  the  trail  system,  the 
number  of  character-defining  features  present  on  each 
trail,  and  the  costs  of  individual  trail  rehabilitation  and 
continued  maintenance. 

Early  discussions  in  the  development  of  this  report 
examined  various  treatment  options  for  the  trail  sys- 
tem. One  suggested  approach  was  to  group  the  trails 
into  two  categories — highly  crafted  memorial  trails, 
and  "Acadia  Style"  trails.  The  highly  crafted  trails 
would  include  approximately  fifteen  of  the  most  highly 
constructed  trails  on  the  island,  like  the  Beachcroft 
Path  (#13)  or  Emery  Path  (#15).  These  trails  would 
essentially  be  restored  to  their  original  constructed 
appearance  and  then  maintained  through  a  high  level 
of  effort.  All  other  trails  in  the  system  would  be  main- 
tained to  a  slightly  lower  standard.  Trail  features  would 
be  identified  that  fit  within  a  predetermined  "Acadia 
Style,"  based  on  building  techniques  and  materials 
used  during  the  park's  historic  periods.  These  features 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


would  be  available  for  use  on  any  trail,  regardless  of 
its  individual  history.  It  was  soon  understood  that 
adherence  to  this  approach  would  be  detrimental  to 
the  character  and  integrity  of  the  trail  system.  The  indi- 
vidual character  of  each  trail  would  be  sacrificed  for 
the  convenience  of  a  more  uniform  rehabilitation  and 
maintenance  plan. 

After  much  discussion,  consultation,  and  active 
participation  among  Acadia  park  staff,  the  Olmsted 
Center  for  Landscape  Preservation  (OCLP),  the  Maine 
State  Historic  Preservation  Commission,  and  other 
interested  parties,  a  more  sound  methodology  was 
developed  and  is  presented  in  this  volume  of  the  CLR. 
A  general  treatment  approach  has  been  chosen  that 
focuses  on  rehabilitation  of  Acadia's  trails  in  a  way 
that  preserves  individual  trail  character  as  well  as  the 
character  of  the  overall  system  of  trails  while  address- 
ing the  park's  maintenance  concerns. 

To  facilitate  this  approach,  trail  features  common 
to  the  whole  system  are  identified  and  the  unique 
character  of  each  individual  trail  is  addressed.  Sec- 
tion 1  of  this  document  presents  specific  feature  types 
such  as  bridges,  iron  rungs,  and  steps.  Each  feature  is 
identified  and  described  with  construction  specifica- 
tions where  applicable.  Similar  to  the  "Acadia  Style" 
approach  described  above,  the  features  have  been 
identified  as  having  historic  precedent  at  the  park  for 
the  VIA/VIS  or  CCC  periods.  However,  unlike  the 
previous  approach,  every  feature  type  is  not  deemed 
appropriate  for  use  on  every  trail.  In  Section  2,  indi- 
vidual trails  are  examined  to  determine  their  original 
character,  their  layers  of  development,  and  which  of 
the  identified  trail  features  from  Section  1  are  or  are 
not  appropriate  contributors  to  the  trail's  individual 
character.  Treatment  guidelines  are  provided  address- 
ing appropriate  feature  types  to  use  during  rehabilita- 
tion of  that  particular  trail.  Although  every  individual 
feature  on  a  trail  is  not  addressed,  guidelines  are 
established  for  each  trail  based  on  its  unique  character 
and  development,  allowing  rehabilitation  to  proceed  in 
an  informed  manner. 


Trails  that  have  an  extensive  individual  history  and 
numerous  built  features,  like  the  highly  crafted  memo- 
rial trails,  will  be  covered  in  a  high  level  of  detail  and 
will  be  held  to  more  exacting  rehabilitation  standards 
to  ensure  their  character  and  integrity  are  not  dimin- 
ished. These  trails  typically  have  more  thorough 
historic  documentation,  providing  a  sound  foundation 
for  guiding  their  treatment.  However,  all  trails  in  the 
system,  whether  highly  crafted  or  not,  will  still  main- 
tain their  individual  character  since  only  features  that 
are  appropriate  to  the  trail's  historic  precedents  will 
be  recommended  for  use.  This  approach  will  maintain 
diversity  in  Acadia's  trails  while  still  allowing  room  for 
the  inevitable  change  that  is  needed  to  address  present 
trail  concerns  such  as  resource  protection,  increase  in 
visitor  use,  and  level  of  maintenance. 

In  many  cases,  relevant  information  on  trail  features 
and  characteristics  are  drawn  from  trails  that  are  no 
longer  marked,  outside  park  boundaries,  or  actively 
maintained  by  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  or  Northeast 
Harbor  VIS.  Due  to  the  large  land  area,  treatment 
specifications  are  presented  as  narrative  guidelines 
for  feature  types  and  individual  trails,  rather  than  a 
detailed  treatment  plan  for  each  section  of  trail.  The 
narrative  guidelines  articulate  the  historical  context, 
character-defining  features,  and  the  parameters  for 
rehabilitation  of  the  trail  based  on  contemporary 
issues,  constraints,  and  operational  needs.  The  guide- 
lines are  phrased  as  recommendations,  in  recognition 
that  each  individual  trail  section  will  present  a  different 
set  of  issues. 

The  intended  audience  for  this  document  includes 
individuals  who  are  extremely  familiar  with  Acadia's 
trails  and  are  involved  in  the  planning  process  as 
well  as  those  who  may  be  unfamiliar  with  the  trail 
system  and/or  trail  construction  in  general  but  may 
be  involved  in  future  trail  rehabilitation  efforts.  As 
a  result,  this  document  relies  heavily  on  graphics  to 
complement  and  enhance  the  narrative.  Numerous 
photographs  and  sketches  are  included  to  clarify  the 
text,  illustrate  historic  and  existing  conditions,  and 
provide  examples  of  both  acceptable  and  unacceptable 
usage  of  specific  trail  features. 


Introduction 


TERMINOLOGY 

Each  trail  included  in  this  study  is  assigned  a  num- 
ber that  corresponds  to  key  maps  and  an  associated 
database.  The  currently  maintained  trails,  most  of 
which  were  present  during  earlier  historic  periods,  are 
numbered  to  correspond  with  a  database  and  work 
log  used  by  the  trails  maintenance  program.  The  trails 
on  the  east  side  of  Mount  Desert  Island  are  numbered 
between  1  and  99,  and  on  the  west  side  in  the  100s. 
Trails  numbered  in  the  200s  are  located  on  other  park 
lands  at  Isle  au  Haut  and  Schoodic  Peninsula.  Trails 
on  Mount  Desert  Island  that  are  no  longer  marked 
have  been  assigned  numbers  in  the  300s,  400s,  500s, 
and  600s  according  to  "path  districts"  defined  at  the 
turn  of  the  century  by  the  Joint  Path  Committee  of 
the  village  improvement  associations  and  societies 
illustrated  in  Drawing  3.  For  example,  the  Royal  Fern 
Path  (#305),  which  is  not  currently  marked,  has  been 
assigned  a  number  in  the  300s  because  historically  it 
was  located  in  the  Bar  Harbor  Village  Improvement 
Association  path  district.  During  the  development  of 
the  park's  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  additional 
new  routes  were  proposed  and  given  numbers  in  the 
700  series. 

1-99       East  side  Mount  Desert  Island,  marked, 

maintained  trails 
100s       West  side  Mount  Desert  Island,  marked, 

maintained  trails 
200s       Park  trails  not  on  Mount  Desert  Island 

(Isle  au  Haut  and  Schoodic) 
300s       Bar  Harbor  VIA  path  district  historic  trails 
400s       Seal  Harbor  VIS  path  district  historic  trails 
500s       Northeast  Harbor  VIS  path  district  historic 

trails 
600s       Southwest  Harbor  VIA  path  district  historic 

trails 
700s       Proposed  new  trails  as  listed  in  Appendix  2 

of  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan 

The  numbering  system  is  encoded  with  some  informa- 
tion about  the  location  and  management  of  each  trail, 
but  it  is  not  correlated  with  the  trail's  construction 
period.  The  park  maintenance  staff  established  the 
0-99, 100s,  and  200s  numbering  system  in  the  1950s,  at 


a  time  when  many  trails  were  closed  or  renamed.  As  a 
result,  many  trails  are  composed  of  sections  that  date 
to  different  periods.  For  example,  the  lower  end  of  the 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  is  overlaid  by  earlier  sections  of 
the  Wild  Gardens  Path  (#354  and  #18),  and  the  upper 
end  is  actually  the  Black  and  White  Path  (#326),  which 
originally  extended  from  Beaver  Dam  Pool  to  the  sum- 
mit of  Champlain  Mountain.  Some  explanations  are 
included  in  the  individual  trail  data  in  the  appendices. 
More  detailed  individual  trail  histories  and  descrip- 
tions are  part  of  the  rehabilitation  guidelines,  as  shown 
in  the  five  examples  included  in  the  second  section 
of  this  cultural  landscape  report.  The  trail  numbers 
should  thus  be  used  to  cross-reference  tables,  maps, 
appendices,  maintenance  records,  and  the  associated 
database. 

The  terminology  for  trails  has  changed  over  the  time 
period  of  this  study.  Prior  to  automobiles,  all  roads 
were  for  walking  and  were  referred  to  as  roads,  lanes, 
paths,  or  passes.  During  the  late  1800s  "sidewalks" 
referred  to  paths  along  roads  while  "wood  paths" 
extended  into  the  more  remote  parts  of  the  island. 
Most  new  routes  built  by  the  path  committees  of  the 
village  improvement  societies  were  naturally  referred 
to  as  paths,  such  as  the  "path  up  Newport  Mountain" 
and  the  "Ladder  Path."  Some  twentieth-century  VIS 
path  maps  also  defined  "broad  graded  paths"  with 
a  double  red  line  for  major  routes  such  as  the  Asti- 
cou  Path.  Paths  on  which  horses  were  allowed  were 
referred  to  as  "bridle  paths."  The  term  "trail,"  associ- 
ated with  pioneer  wagon  routes  in  the  nineteenth 
century,  became  popular  for  recreational  routes  in  the 
twentieth  century.  Early  use  of  the  word  is  associated 
with  some  of  the  steeper  routes,  such  as  the  "Precipice 
Trail."  Under  National  Park  Service  management, 
the  term  is  attached  to  most  of  the  routes,  such  as  the 
"Ladder  Trail."  At  present  the  only  routes  to  retain 
the  name  "path"  are  the  endowed  memorial  trails  and 
routes  that  are  no  longer  marked.  When  appropriate, 
names  designated  at  the  time  of  path  construction  will 
supersede  subsequent  spelling  alterations.  For  exam- 
ple, the  current  "Beachcroft  Path"  was  erroneously 
called  the  "Beechcroft  Trail,"  and  the  "Jesup  Path"  was 
the  "Jessup  Path." 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  plan 


Changes  in  the  names  of  the  mountains  have  also 
created  confusion.  The  park's  first  superintendent, 
George  Dorr,  renamed  mountains  in  1918  to  highlight 
the  island's  history  during  the  period  of  European 
exploration.  For  example,  Newport  Mountain  was 
renamed  Champlain,  Dog  Mountain  became  St.  Sau- 
veur,  and  Green  Mountain  became  Cadillac.  Conse- 
quently, many  of  the  summit  trail  names  were  changed. 
A  more  detailed  discussion  of  trail  names  is  found  in 
Chapter  Nine.  Throughout  this  volume  present-day 
names  are  used.  For  example,  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
was  once  referred  to  as  the  Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail 
and  the  Long  Pond  Trail  has  also  been  referred  to  as 
the  Great  Pond  Trail.  Where  clarification  is  needed, 
alternate  names  are  placed  in  [brackets]. 


OVERVIEW  OF  SITE  HISTORY,  EXISTING 
CONDITIONS,  AND  RELATED  PROJECTS 

The  content  of  the  first  volume  of  the  Cultural  Land- 
scape Report  is  summarized  below  in  order  to  describe 
the  foundation  for  the  treatment  guidelines.  Related 
projects  including  the  inventory  of  trail  features,  field 
documentation,  and  preparation  of  a  nomination 
for  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places  are  also 
described. 

History 

The  earliest  trails  on  Mount  Desert  Island  (MDI) 
were  probably  Native  American  canoe  carry  trails 
between  lakes.  In  the  1760s,  English  colonists  settled 
in  protected  coves  and  widened  some  Native  Ameri- 
can routes  for  cart  paths.  New  roads  were  higher  and 
drier  and  linked  inland  farms  and  logging  camps  with 
coastal  ports.  In  the  late  1700s,  settlement  increased 
and  roads  were  extended  across  the  island,  connect- 
ing distant  villages.  The  island's  tourism  budded  in 
the  mid-1800s  when  dramatic  paintings  by  artists  of 
the  Hudson  River  School  drew  an  increasing  num- 
ber of  summer  travelers  to  see  and  write  about  the 
island.  Pedestrian  excursions  and  mountain  climbs 
were  essential  components  of  an  island  visit.  Popular 
destinations  included  Schooner  Head,  Great  Head,  the 
summit  of  Green  [Cadillac]  Mountain,  Sargent  Moun- 


tain, and  Beech  Cliffs.  Early  visitors  scrambled  up  the 
lower  sections  of  mountains  as  best  they  could  until 
they  could  walk  easily  across  bare  rock  ledges  to  the 
summit.  By  1850  climbers  could  follow  a  rough  road  up 
Green  [Cadillac]  Mountain  built  to  the  summit  station 
of  the  United  States  Coastal  Survey. 

After  the  Civil  War,  technological  advances  in  ship- 
ping, travel,  and  communications  contributed  to 
a  postwar  boom  in  tourism.  Mount  Desert  Island 
attracted  some  of  the  country's  most  influential  fami- 
lies, who  transformed  the  landscape  that  had  epito- 
mized the  American  wilderness  into  a  summer  resort. 
Individuals  who  would  later  contribute  greatly  to  the 
path  system  first  came  to  the  island  during  this  period, 
including  Charles  Eliot,  Edward  Rand,  George  Dorr, 
and  Waldron  Bates.  A  series  of  guidebooks  printed  in 
the  1860s,  1870s,  and  1880s  described  popular  des- 
tinations on  the  island,  including  walking  routes  to 
mountain  summits  and  other  scenic  places.  During  this 
time  tourists  created  the  framework  of  the  existing  trail 
system.  Trails  departed  from  village  roads,  winding 
through  the  woods  and  along  streams  to  mountain 
ridges  and  summits.  By  the  1880s  these  trails  were  well 
worn,  with  some  marked  by  cairns.  Some  of  the  most 
popular  early  trails  had  extensive  built  features,  such 
as  retaining  walls  and  gravel  tread  on  the  Shore  Path 
(#301)  in  Bar  Harbor  and  rustic  wooden  bridges  on 
the  Duck  Brook  Path  (#311).  Pond-side  trails  were  less 
common,  as  boats  were  typically  used  to  cross  water 
bodies  such  as  Eagle  Lake  and  Jordan  Pond. 

A  perceived  loss  of  American  wilderness  in  the  late 
1800s  led  to  a  greater  interest  in  preserving  scenic 
areas.  The  deplorable  conditions  of  American  cit- 
ies and  rapid  growth  of  railroad  suburbs  prompted 
citizens  to  seek  ways  to  improve  their  communities. 
As  a  result,  civic-minded  individuals  initiated  land 
preservation  programs  and  "village  improvement 
societies."  Mount  Desert  Island  summer  residents  and 
local  businesses,  heavily  invested  in  the  spectacular 
scenery  of  the  island,  feared  that  its  natural  beauty 
would  be  lost  to  overdevelopment,  indiscriminate 
logging,  railroad  lines,  and  the  urbanization  from 
which  they  sought  refuge.  These  concerns  led  to  the 


Introduction 


formation  of  the  Hancock  County  Trustees  of  Public 
Reservations  and  village  improvement  societies  in  Bar 
Harbor,  Northeast  Harbor,  Seal  Harbor,  and  South- 
west Harbor.  Individuals  interested  in  walking  paths 
also  worked  cooperatively  through  the  Joint  Path 
Committee  of  the  village  improvement  societies.  One 
of  the  lasting  contributions  of  this  civic  movement  was 
a  carefully  constructed,  privately  funded,  island-wide 
path  system  from  the  villages  to  protected  natural 
areas.  A  memorial  path  system,  initiated  with  the  nam- 
ing of  the  Waldron  Bates  Memorial  Path  (#525)  along 
Chasm  Brook  and  the  placement  of  a  plaque  at  Cadil- 
lac Cliffs  in  1910,  expanded  under  the  leadership  of 
George  Dorr,  as  many  of  the  founding  members  of  the 
summer  cottage  community  were  laid  to  rest.  Friends 
and  fellow  members  paid  tribute  to  the  deceased  by 
funding  the  construction  of  a  trail,  placing  a  commem- 
orative plaque  along  it,  and  endowing  the  trail  with  a 
maintenance  fund  in  perpetuity.  Highly  crafted  trails, 
such  as  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  and  Kane  Path  (#17) 
were  endowed.  At  the  same  time  rigorous  rung  trails 
constructed  under  the  direction  of  Rudolph  Brunnow, 
such  as  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11)  and  Beehive  Trail  (#7), 
were  funded  by  donations  and  dues  to  the  Bar  Harbor 
VIA  in  the  1910s. 

The  establishment  of  the  Sieur  de  Monts  National 
Monument  in  1916,  which  later  became  Lafayette 
National  Park  in  1919  and  Acadia  National  Park  in 
1929,  ushered  in  a  new  era  for  the  island's  path  system. 
When  established,  the  5,000-acre  park  contained  a 
small  fraction  of  the  island- wide  trail  system  that  by 
this  time  covered  over  200  linear  miles.  The  village 
improvement  path  committees  continued  to  be  very 
active,  maintaining  and  building  elegant  new  trails  on 
both  private  and  federal  property.  This  was  beneficial 
to  the  new  park  since  it  had  limited  staff  and  funds 
for  maintenance.  Expansion  of  Rockefeller's  carriage 
road  system,  construction  of  a  park  motor  road  sys- 
tem, and  changes  in  the  names  of  mountains  sparked 
protests  from  path  users  and  village  improvement  path 
committees.  Concurrently,  the  construction  of  new 
summer  cottages  and  the  inflow  of  money  to  the  island 
began  to  decline.  Many  of  the  activities  of  the  village 
improvement  path  committees  were  suspended  during 


American  involvement  in  World  War  I.  After  the  war, 
new  trail  construction  resumed  yet  not  with  the  same 
fervor,  as  path  committee  members  felt  the  system 
complete.  Memorial  path  construction  continued 
during  and  after  World  War  I.  Six  trails  were  endowed 
between  1924  and  1930,  including  the  A.  Murray 
Young  Path  (#25)  and  Gorge  Path  (#28). 

Federal  work  programs  in  the  1930s  created  as  part  of 
President  Roosevelt's  economic  recovery  plan  contrib- 
uted to  the  expansion  of  the  trail  system.  Unlike  the 
trails  built  by  the  local  village  improvement  societies 
that  radiated  from  villages,  paths  built  by  federal  work 
crews  were  laid  out  within  the  park  boundaries  and 
in  conjunction  with  new  visitor  parking  areas,  roads, 
picnic  areas,  swimming  areas,  and  campgrounds. 
With  these  new  facilities,  the  park  became  increas- 
ingly separated  from  the  surrounding  villages  and 
connector  trails.  Like  the  village  improvement  trails, 
those  built  by  federal  crews  were  of  high  quality  due 
to  the  tremendous  amount  of  "man-days"  of  physi- 
cal labor,  use  of  mechanical  equipment,  and  carefully 
prepared  designs  by  park  service  landscape  architects 
and  engineers.  Trails  built  by  the  Civilian  Conservation 
Corps  (CCC)  included  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  and  Otter 
Cliff  Path  (#340)  along  Ocean  Drive,  the  Perpendicular 
Trail  (#119),  Long  [Great]  Pond  Trail  (#118),  and  Beech 
Cliff  Ladder  Trail  (#106). 

During  World  War  II  there  was  little  use  or  mainte- 
nance of  the  trails.  In  the  first  two  decades  after  the 
war,  park  visitation  increased  dramatically,  but  trail  use 
did  not.  This  nationwide  trend  was  attributed  to  the 
romance  of  auto-touring  and  camping.  With  new  park 
roads  and  campgrounds  at  Blackwoods  and  Seawall, 
Acadia  was  an  ideal  motoring  destination.  Trails  in 
close  proximity  to  the  roads  and  parking  areas,  such  as 
the  Ocean  Path  (#3),  received  the  greatest  use.  Visitors 
rarely  used  the  Recreational  Development  Areas  on 
the  island's  western  side  at  Pretty  Marsh,  Pine  Hill,  and 
Oak  Hill,  or  the  trails  associated  with  them. 

As  a  result  of  the  park  motor  roads,  facilities,  and 
maps,  there  were  in  effect  two  trail  systems.  The  first, 
located  within  park  boundaries,  was  represented  on 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


park  maps  and  used  by  visitors.  The  second  was  the 
preexisting  path  system  built  by  the  village  improve- 
ment path  committees  and  known  by  residents. 
Through  time  the  second  system  became  increasingly 
obscured.  By  the  1940s,  many  long-term  members  of 
the  path  committees  were  no  longer  able  to  tend  the 
trails  and  many  lost  their  homes  in  the  1947  fire.  As  a 
result,  most  maintenance  responsibilities  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  park  service.  With  a  limited  crew  and 
budget,  the  park  concentrated  on  trails  that  received 
the  heaviest  use.  In  the  1950s  the  park  closed  trails  that 
were  seldom  used,  in  poor  condition,  ran  parallel  to 
other  paths,  or  led  walkers  onto  private  land.  A  few 
new  trails,  such  as  the  Ship  Harbor  Trail  (#127),  were 
built  between  1956  and  1966  as  part  of  "Mission  66," 
a  program  initiated  to  celebrate  the  fiftieth  anniver- 
sary of  the  NPS  and  modeled  after  the  1930s  work 
programs. 

Trail  use  remained  low  until  the  1970s  when  there  was 
a  nationwide  resurgence  in  recreational  walking.  With 
a  limited  budget  and  personnel,  park  maintenance 
crews  struggled  to  keep  up  with  the  increased  trail 
use.  Persistent  problems  included  trail  erosion  caused 
by  heavy  foot-traffic  and  confusion  caused  by  trail 
closures  and  inconsistencies  between  trail  guide  maps 
and  signs.  In  the  1980s  and  early  1990s  the  trails  main- 
tenance program  benefited  by  being  administratively 
separated  from  other  park  maintenance  programs,  and 
by  the  assistance  provided  by  annual  cooperative  work 
crews  from  the  Acadia  Youth  Conservation  Corps 
(AYCC),  Friends  of  Acadia,  Appalachian  Mountain 
Club  (AMC),  and  Maine  Conservation  Corps.  With  a 
trail  maintenance  program  endowment  from  Friends 
of  Acadia  donations  and  park  funds,  these  treatment 
and  maintenance  guidelines  will  set  standards  for  the 
trails  program  in  the  new  millennium. 

Existing  — Trails  Inventory  and 
Field  Documentation 

Although  trail  documentation  had  been  underway  at 
the  park  since  the  mid-1980s  in  the  form  of  trail  feature 
inventories,  photographic  documentation  of  the  MDI 
trail  system's  existing  conditions  for  development  of 
the  Cultural  Landscape  Report  began  in  1997,  with 


additional  photo-documentation  completed  by  the 
staff  of  the  Acadia  NP  trails  program  in  subsequent 
years.  Many  of  these  photographs  are  incorporated 
into  the  treatment  plan.  These  investigations  found 
that  much  of  the  original  stone-  and  ironwork  carried 
out  by  the  village  improvement  societies  and  the  CCC 
is  still  evident.  Most  wood  construction,  however,  has 
decayed  and  been  replaced  once  or  several  times.  Most 
trails  have  been  altered  by  high  use,  which  has  caused 
erosion  of  tread,  widening,  and  the  dislocation  or  loss 
of  built  features  such  as  steps  and  coping  stones.  The 
CLR  provides  a  brief  summary  of  the  existing  condi- 
tions of  built  features  and  landscape  characteristics; 
however,  the  best  records  are  kept  by  the  Acadia 
NP  trails  maintenance  program.  For  each  trail  that 
is  actively  maintained,  a  computer  database  lists  the 
location,  number,  type,  and  condition  of  built  features 
on  each  trail.  This  inventory  serves  as  the  baseline 
information  for  work  logs  and  field  projects. 

Of  the  270  miles  of  historic  trails  included  in  the  CLR, 
approximately  118  miles  are  currently  marked  and 
maintained  by  the  park,  while  107  miles  within  the  park 
are  no  longer  marked  or  are  overlaid  by  roads.  Some 
15  miles  of  trails  that  extend  beyond  park  boundaries 
are  maintained  by  local  village  improvement  societ- 
ies, while  30  miles  are  no  longer  marked.  The  park's 
marked  trail  system  extends  over  all  major  peaks  on 
the  island,  along  lake  shores,  streams,  and  the  rocky 
coast.  Trails  range  from  flat  shoreline  paths  to  cliff 
climbs  with  rungs  and  ladders  up  nearly  vertical  faces, 
rising  in  elevation  from  sea  level  to  1,530  feet  on  the 
summit  of  Cadillac  Mountain.  Of  the  marked,  main- 
tained trails,  63  percent  ascend  mountains  to  ridge- 
lines  and  summits,  29  percent  lead  walkers  through 
the  woods  and  along  pond  shores,  and  8  percent  are 
coastal  trails.  There  are  approximately  85  miles  of 
marked  trails  on  the  east  side  of  the  island  and  approx- 
imately 30  miles  on  the  west  side.  The  most  remote 
trails  are  on  the  north  side  of  Western  Mountain. 

The  park  receives  approximately  three  million  visitors 
a  year  and  most  experience  some  part  of  the  hiking 
trail  system.  In  developing  the  HikingTrails  Manage- 
ment Plan,  park  planners  classified  the  maintained 


Introduction 


trails  according  to  difficulty  and  found  3  percent  very 
easy,  15  percent  easy,  52  percent  moderate,  22  percent 
difficult,  and  8  percent  ladder  trails  with  very  steep 
inclines  and  sharp  drop-offs.  Certain  trails  receive  the 
greatest  use  due  to  their  proximity  to  parking  areas 
such  as  on  Cadillac  Summit,  scenic  features  such  as 
Bass  Harbor  Head  Light,  and  cultural  centers  such  as 
Jordan  Pond.  The  trails  program  estimates  that  21  per- 
cent of  the  trails  receive  high  use,  47  percent  receive 
moderate  use,  and  32  percent  receive  low  use. 

Historical  Significance  of  the  Trail  System — 
Nomination  for  the  National  Register 

To  develop  appropriate  treatment  guidelines,  an 
important  step  was  to  determine  the  historical  sig- 
nificance of  the  trail  system,  particularly  since  it  is  the 
oldest  and  most  extensive  of  the  park's  three  historic 
circulation  systems  of  trails,  carriage  roads,  and  motor 
roads.  Understanding  the  significance  of  the  trail 
system  from  a  local,  state,  and  national  perspective 
involved  a  separate  study  as  part  of  a  multiple-property 
listing  for  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places. 
This  study  found  the  historic  trail  system  of  Acadia 
National  Park  eligible  for  the  National  Register  as  a 
historic  district  for  its  significance  during  the  period 
of  1867-1942  in  the  areas  of  community  planning  and 
development,  conservation,  recreation,  and  landscape 
architecture.  A  nomination  for  the  trail  system  was 
drafted  in  1999. 

The  influence  of  the  village  improvement  associa- 
tions and  societies  (VIA/VIS)  of  Mount  Desert  Island 
is  described  in  the  context  statement  "Community 
Development  and  the  Origins  of  Acadia  National 
Park."  In  building  the  trails,  the  VIA/VIS  groups  made 
the  scenic  resources  of  Mount  Desert  Island  acces- 
sible to  residents  and  other  recreational  users.  The 
system  is  also  significant  for  the  VIA/VIS  construction 
and  design  style  as  described  in  the  context  of  "Rustic 
Design— The  Picturesque  Style."  The  trails  built  by 
these  civic  organizations  display  superior  craftsman- 
ship in  construction  techniques  that  are  indicative 
of  the  picturesque  style,  including  the  creative  use  of 
materials  like  stone  for  cairns,  steps,  ramps,  bridges, 
walls,  and  drainage  features;  wood  for  bridges,  signs, 


railings,  benches,  and  structures;  and  iron  for  rungs, 
ladders,  and  bridges.  Additionally,  the  trails  evidence 
the  careful  selection  of  routes  to  provide  access  to 
natural  features  including  interesting  rock  formations, 
water  bodies,  forested  lowlands,  and  dramatic  island 
vistas. 

Additional  significance  for  the  system  is  described 
by  the  subtheme  "Rustic  Design  in  the  National  Park 
Service"  for  trail  work  accomplished  during  the  New 
Deal  federal  and  state  work  programs,  including  the 
Civilian  Conservation  Corps  (CCC),  Civil  Works 
Administration  (CWA),  and  Works  Progress  Adminis- 
tration (WPA).  Through  these  programs,  several  trails 
were  built  or  rebuilt,  which  exemplify  the  rustic  design 
style  popularized  by  NPS  architects  and  landscape 
architects  during  this  period.  The  paths  increased 
accessibility  for  public  enjoyment  and  were  built  to 
harmonize  with  the  natural  setting  using  local  materi- 
als. The  system  reached  its  peak  size  in  1942  during  the 
New  Deal  work. 

Integrity  of  the  Historic  Trail  System 

Integrity  is  the  ability  of  a  historic  resource  to  evoke 
its  appearance  from  the  historic  period  of  significance. 
For  the  Acadia  trail  system,  an  evaluation  of  integrity 
was  conducted  as  part  of  the  National  Register  nomi- 
nation described  above  for  the  historic  period  of  1867 
to  1942.  An  understanding  of  the  aspects  of  integrity 
inherent  in  Acadia's  trail  system  is  critical  in  the  devel- 
opment of  treatment  and  maintenance  guidelines  to 
ensure  that  historical  significance  is  not  diminished  as 
a  result  of  treatment  actions.  Seven  qualities  of  integ- 
rity were  evaluated,  including  location,  design,  setting, 
feeling,  association,  materials,  and  workmanship. 

Location  refers  to  the  place  where  the  trail  system 
was  constructed  and  the  alignment  of  individual  trails. 
Although  many  of  the  hiking  trails  on  the  island  are 
still  marked  and  maintained  and  retain  their  original 
route,  the  extent  of  the  trail  system  and  the  number 
of  trails  marked  and  maintained  has  diminished  since 
the  historic  period.  The  system  was  reduced,  begin- 
ning in  the  1940s,  with  the  disuse  and  abandonment  of 
trails  outside  the  park  that  connected  to  island  villages 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


or  individual  residences,  and  in  the  1950s,  with  the 
closure  of  trails  in  the  park.  A  few  trails  or  sections  of 
trails  have  changed  their  route  since  the  historic 
period.  Reasons  include  the  construction  of  motor 
roads,  carriage  roads,  changes  in  water  level  due  to 
beaver  dams,  and  connections  to  new  park  facilities.  In 
most  cases  the  overall  character  and  intent  of  the  trail 
has  been  retained. 

Design  refers  to  the  aesthetic  choices  made  in  the 
form,  plan,  and  style  of  the  trails  network,  the  con- 
scious layout  of  trail  route,  its  winding  or  straight 
character,  its  width,  its  relationship  to  scenic,  natural 
and  cultural  features,  and  the  choice  of  materials  and 
methods  employed  to  construct  the  trails.  As  described 
earlier,  the  trails  within  the  system  are  significant  as 
examples  of  rustic  design  in  the  picturesque  style  car- 
ried out  by  the  VIA/VIS  and  rustic  design  work  by  the 
NPS.  Most  of  the  original  trail  routes  are  still  evident 
with  some  exceptions  as  described  in  the  previous 
paragraph.  Most  scenic,  natural,  and  cultural  features 
that  were  part  of  the  original  trail  design  remain, 
such  as  lakes,  summits,  and  rock  formations,  with  the 
exception  of  cultural  features  like  the  Building  of  the 
Arts,  Russian  Tea  House,  Green  Mountain  House,  Sea- 
side Inn,  and  other  hotels.  Trail  width  has  been  altered 
in  many  places  from  the  high  volume  of  foot  traffic 
and  poor  maintenance,  but  with  rehabilitation  work, 
improved  maintenance,  and/or  the  addition  of  certain 
trail  features,  foot  traffic  could  be  better  contained. 

Setting  refers  to  the  physical  environment  of  the  trail 
system.  As  initially  conceived  and  constructed,  the  trail 
system  allowed  people  to  transcend  on  foot  from  the 
populated  villages  and  busy  wharf  areas  into  the  pris- 
tine wilderness  in  the  heart  of  the  island.  The  construc- 
tion of  the  motor  road  system  and  carriage  road  system 
substantially  dissected  many  natural  areas,  though 
much  of  this  occurred  during  the  historic  period.  More 
recently,  heavy  use  of  the  trail  system  has  changed  the 
natural  setting  to  one  that  is  shared  with  many  other 
people.  The  closure  of  many  village  connector  trails 
altered  the  experience  of  transition  from  village  to  wil- 
derness. Current  work  in  progress  to  reestablish  village 
connector  trails  and  management  strategies  to  disperse 


trail  users  will  enhance  the  integrity  of  the  trail  system 
setting. 

Feeling  refers  to  the  expression  or  historical  sense 
of  a  particular  period.  The  VIA/VIS  constructed  and 
named  trails,  then  prepared  maps,  guidebooks,  and 
signs  to  direct  people  to  the  natural  wonders,  historic 
sites,  and  cultural  attractions  of  Mount  Desert  Island, 
such  as  Cadillac  Cliffs,  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring,  and  the 
Jordan  Pond  House.  Similarly,  the  CCC  constructed 
trails  to  connect  park  facilities  with  scenic  areas. 
Today  the  trails  offer  the  same  experience,  or  feeling, 
that  they  were  originally  designed  to  provide.  One 
exception,  however,  is  the  use  of  automobiles.  During 
the  historic  period,  most  visitors  came  to  the  island 
by  boat  or  by  train  then  boat  and  stayed  for  a  week, 
month,  or  longer.  The  island  was  experienced  largely 
on  foot  or  by  carriage.  Today  the  island  is  accessed  and 
traversed  primarily  by  automobiles  and  most  hiking 
experiences  begin  by  parking  at  trailheads.  Although 
the  automobile  has  impacted  the  island  in  significant 
ways,  the  trails,  natural  attractions,  and  destinations 
remain  relatively  unaltered  and  retain  their  ability 
to  evoke  feelings  traditionally  associated  with  Acadia's 
system. 

Materials  are  the  elements  and  supplies  used  to 
construct  the  trails,  including  stone,  iron,  and  wood. 
Much  early  stone  work,  from  the  turn-of-the-century 
VIA/VIS  work  to  the  1930s  CCC  work,  has  survived 
intact.  Stone  steps,  culverts,  bridge  abutments,  cop- 
ing stones,  and  stone-lined  or  terraced  tread  surfaces 
have  endured  with  little  or  no  maintenance  in  certain 
areas.  Original  stone  cairns  can  still  be  found  on  many 
of  the  summit  trails,  especially  those  that  are  no  longer 
marked  and  maintained.  A  large  amount  of  ironwork, 
including  ladders,  rungs,  railings,  and  retaining  pins, 
still  exists  on  many  trails.  Some  iron  has  been  added  or 
replaced  and  is  compatible  with  the  historic  material. 
Woodwork,  including  bridges,  benches,  and  signs  has 
required  frequent  replacement.  With  each  replace- 
ment the  style  and  method  of  construction  has  evolved 
with  available  technology.  Perhaps  the  most  notable 
change  in  the  trails  over  the  past  hundred  years  is  the 
condition  of  the  tread.  Due  to  high  use,  most  trails 


introduction 


are  extremely  compacted,  and  in  some  places  the 
width  has  increased  over  time  to  as  much  as  10  feet.  In 
eroded  sections  the  trails  continue  to  widen  as  hikers 
instinctively  walk  around  rough  spots  and  exposed 
roots.  These  have  been  exposed  by  the  combination  of 
foot-traffic,  water,  and  soil  erosion.  Extracting  gravel 
fill  from  nearby  borrow  pits,  a  practice  used  by  the 
VIA/VIS  groups  and  the  NPS  up  until  the  1970s,  has 
not  been  done  in  the  past  two  decades,  although  the 
Trails  Management  Plan  allows  limited  reestablish- 
ment  of  this  practice.  For  extensive  rehabilitation,  a 
mix  composed  of  small  aggregate  gravel,  similar  to  that 
used  for  the  carriage  road  surface  rehabilitation  and 
compatible  with  the  historic  tread,  is  transported  from 
off-island  sources.  When  transporting  gravel  is  not  fea- 
sible, split  log  bridges  or  "bogwalks"  are  constructed  to 
cover  low  areas  in  need  of  rehabilitation.  The  tremen- 
dous increase  in  use  has  posed  the  greatest  threat  to 
the  historic  materials  and  is  the  greatest  challenge  in 
developing  appropriate  treatment  guidelines. 

Workmanship  refers  to  the  physical  evidence  of  the 
crafts  of  a  particular  period.  In  the  process  of  devel- 
oping treatment  guidelines,  park  staff  studied  and 
documented  the  multiple  styles  of  workmanship  found 
on  the  trail  system.  With  a  forty-year  period  of  peak 
trail  construction,  there  were  many  hands  involved  in 
trail  construction,  including  federal  work  crews  and 
four  VIA/VIS  organizations.  Notable  differences  in 
methods  of  construction,  tools  used,  and  durability  are 
described  in  the  histories  and  specifications  for  feature 
types.  For  example,  the  method  of  step  building  ranged 
from  loosely  stacked,  uncut  stones  to  carefully  laid, 
cut,  and  pinned  steps  supported  with  coping  stones. 
The  higher  level  of  workmanship  has  generally  proved 
more  durable.  The  highly  crafted  character  of  many 
trails  is  still  evident,  though  in  some  cases  years  of 
heavy  use  and  natural  conditions  have  caused  erosion 
of  tread,  slipping  of  stones,  and  decay  of  woodwork. 

Association  refers  to  the  direct  link  between  historic 
persons  and  events  and  the  historic  property.  The  trails 
built  by  the  VIA/VIS  groups  were  built  in  association 
with  their  respective  villages  of  Bar  Harbor,  Northeast 
Harbor,  Seal  Harbor,  and  Southwest  Harbor.  The  trails 


themselves,  with  associated  structures  and  plaques, 
are  physical  evidence  of  the  historic  trail  system  and  its 
builders  and  stewards.  The  integrity  of  the  system  has 
been  diminished  by  natural  conditions  and  the  impacts 
of  heavy  use,  which  have  resulted  in  loss  of  tread  mate- 
rial, displacement  of  steps,  dismantling  of  cairns,  and 
loss  of  signs.  The  need  for  cyclic  repair  has  resulted  in 
new  signs,  repaired  and  resurfaced  trails,  and  replace- 
ment bridges. 

In  conclusion,  Acadia's  trails  retain  a  high  level  of 
integrity  for  their  historical  significance.  As  treat- 
ment and  maintenance  guidelines  are  followed,  every 
effort  should  be  made  to  retain  or  enhance  these  seven 
aspects  of  integrity.  The  last  section  of  this  introduc- 
tion, which  outlines  the  treatment  approach  and  phi- 
losophy, contains  a  list  of  recommendations  that  will 
ensure  historical  integrity  is  preserved. 

Historical  Characteristics 

The  analysis  carried  out  in  the  first  volume  of  the  CLR 
contains  a  description  of  broad  categories  of  landscape 
features  and  qualities  that  are  central  to  the  character 
of  the  trail  system  as  a  whole.  Characteristics  include 
natural  systems,  spatial  organization,  land  use,  cultural 
traditions,  circulation,  topography,  views,  vegetation, 
structures,  and  small-scale  features.  For  this  volume 
of  the  CLR,  additional  analysis  was  given  to  individual 
trails  to  determine  the  most  significant  character- 
defining  features  that  provide  trails  with  individual 
character  and  contribute  to  the  overall  character  of 
Acadia's  trail  system.  This  analysis  has  resulted  in 
an  emphasis  on  many  small-scale  character-defining 
features  like  drainage  systems,  crossing  structures, 
and  trail  signage.  However,  the  features  discussed 
under  the  broader  categories,  like  topography,  veg- 
etation, and  views,  are  also  addressed.  The  treatment 
guidelines  identify  appropriate  methods  and  materials 
that  will  enhance  rather  than  diminish  all  character- 
defining  features  that  have  been  identified  for  the  trail 
system. 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


HIKING  TRAILS  MANAGEMENT  PLAN 

A  separate  but  closely  related  report  is  the  HikingTrails 
Management  Plan,  completed  by  the  park  in  Febru- 
ary 2002.  This  document  sets  the  overall  direction  for 
managing  trails  and  hiking  in  Acadia  NP,  with  actions 
to  be  carried  forth  over  the  next  twenty-five  years.  The 
plan  establishes  goals  for  protecting  park  resources 
and  providing  high-quality  visitor  experiences,  identi- 
fies issues  related  to  protecting  these  values,  and 
describes  the  preferred  management  alternative.  In 
early  stages  of  the  plan's  development,  four  possible 
alternatives  were  considered  for  management  of  Aca- 
dia's trail  system.  The  first  alternative  was  no  action; 
the  second,  rehabilitation  with  emphasis  on  protecting 
natural  resources;  the  third  and  preferred  alternative, 
rehabilitation  to  protect  natural  and  cultural  resources; 
and  the  fourth,  rehabilitation  with  emphasis  on  pro- 
tecting cultural  resources.  For  each  alternative,  issues 
were  examined,  actions  were  prescribed,  and  environ- 
mental impacts  were  identified,  leading  to  the  selection 
of  the  preferred  alternative.  The  following  treatment 
issues  are  addressed  primarily  in  the  Hiking  Trails 
Management  Plan,  although  some  are  also  discussed  in 
this  report. 

•  Size  and  configuration  of  the  trails  system 

•  Opening  or  closure  of  trails  in  large  undeveloped 
areas 

•  Source  of  construction  materials 

•  Beaver  management  in  relation  to  flooded  trail 
sections 

•  Vegetation  management  at  vistas  and  along  trail 
corridors 

•  Trail  impacts  on  threatened  and  rare  species, 
species  of  concern,  and  sensitive  communities 

•  Trail  disturbance  to  wildlife 

•  Trail  and  trail  use  impacts  on  water  quality 

•  Trails  with  severe  erosion 

•  Trails  through  wetlands 

•  Unauthorized  abandoned  trail  maintenance  and 
unauthorized  new  trail  development 

•  Social  trails 

•  Diversity  of  visitor  experiences 


•  Providing  trails  for  hikers  with  special  needs 

•  Public  transportation 

•  Connector  trails 

•  Dogs  on  trails 

•  Helping  visitors  choose  appropriate  trails  to  hike 

•  Maps  and  information 

•  Educating  visitors  about  history  of  the  trail  system 

•  Leave  No  Trace  education 

•  Trail  system  sustainability 

Additionally,  several  issues  are  addressed  conceptually 
in  the  HikingTrails  Management  Plan  but  are  covered 
in  more  detail  in  this  report.  These  include: 

•  Preserving  the  historic  character  of  the  trail  system 

•  Level  of  rehabilitation  or  priorities  for  trail 
rehabilitation 

•  Trail  names,  signs,  and  markings 

•  Keeping  hikers  on  trails  by  guidance,  barriers,  and 
ranger  patrols 

The  list  above  highlights  the  complexity  of  decisions 
relating  to  the  trail  system.  Ideally  the  Hiking  Trails 
Management  Plan  and  the  treatment  and  maintenance 
guidelines  presented  in  this  report  will  work  hand-in- 
hand  to  provide  clear  direction  for  all  trail  manage- 
ment and  maintenance  issues. 


Introduction 


TREATMENT  PHILOSOPHY  AND  APPROACH 

The  treatment  guidelines  that  have  been  developed 
provide  a  long-term  strategy  for  the  care  of  Acadia's 
historic  hiking  trail  system.  They  are  intended  to 
reinforce  NPS  tradition  and  its  philosophical  basis 
for  the  sound  stewardship  of  cultural  landscapes  as 
outlined  in  "NPS  28:  Cultural  Resource  Management" 
(1997)  and  The  Secretary  of  the  Interior's  Standards  for 
the  Treatment  of  Historic  Properties  with  Guidelines  for 
the  Treatment  of  Cultural  Landscapes  (1996,  hereafter 
Secretary's  Standards).  The  management  goals  for  the 
trails  established  by  the  General  Management  Plan: 
Acadia  National  Park  (1992)  and  the  Hiking  Trails 
Management  Plan  provide  the  framework  for  the 
preparation  of  these  treatment  guidelines.  Issues  and 
treatment  alternatives  have  been  evaluated  through  a 
series  of  meetings  with  park  staff,  in  consultation  with 
the  Maine  State  Historic  Preservation  Commission, 
and  a  working  group  of  experts  from  several  organiza- 
tions. The  process  of  recommending  a  historic  preser- 
vation treatment  approach  included  consideration  of 
four  possible  alternatives:  preservation,  rehabilitation, 
restoration,  and  reconstruction.  Rehabilitation  was 
selected  as  the  recommended  treatment  approach  for 
the  hiking  trail  system  as  justified  below. 

Treatment  Alternatives  Considered 
but  Not  Recommended 

Preservation  focuses  on  the  maintenance  and  repair 
of  existing  historic  materials  and  retention  of  a 
property's  form  as  it  has  evolved  over  time.  A  preser- 
vation approach  would  prescribe  the  maintenance  of 
trail  features  as  they  currently  exist.  It  would  allow  for 
the  replacement  of  existing  features  in  kind,  yet  would 
not  permit  the  addition  of  new  features  necessary  for 
the  increased  use  of  the  trails,  such  as  the  addition  of 
more  durable  treadway  on  damaged  woodland  trails. 
A  preservation  strategy  would  lead  to  further  degrada- 
tion and  unsafe  conditions  on  many  trails. 

Restoration  is  undertaken  to  depict  a  property  at 
a  particular  time  in  its  history,  while  removing  evi- 
dence of  other  periods.  A  restoration  approach  would 


require  depiction  of  the  trails  to  the  period  of  sig- 
nificance of  1890-1942,  defined  in  the  draft  National 
Register  nomination.  The  implications  of  selecting  a 
restoration  treatment  would  require  the  obliteration  of 
all  trails  built  after  this  time,  including  several  Mission 
66  trails  and  the  reopening  of  many  trails  that  lead 
outside  of  the  park  onto  private  land.  The  goals  set 
forth  in  the  General  Management  Plan  and  Hiking  Trails 
Management  Plan — to  create  new  connectors  and 
loops,  protect  natural  resources,  and  make  the  trail 
system  sustainable — make  the  restoration  approach 
inappropriate. 

A  reconstruction  approach  applied  to  the  trail  sys- 
tem would  only  be  appropriate  if  the  trails  had  been 
destroyed  or  if  the  pre-trail  system  landscape  was 
determined  so  significant  that  its  recreation  was  critical 
to  the  interpretive  mission  of  the  park.  Reconstruc- 
tion is  a  rarely  selected  treatment  alternative  and  is  not 
applicable  to  Acadia's  trail  system. 

Justification  for  Treatment — Rehabilitation 

Rehabilitation  as  an  approach  for  the  treatment  of 
historic  properties  allows  for  compatible  use  of  a  cul- 
tural landscape  through  repair,  alterations,  and  addi- 
tions while  preserving  those  portions  or  features  that 
convey  its  historical,  cultural,  and  architectural  values. 
Rehabilitation  acknowledges  the  need  to  meet  con- 
tinuing or  changing  uses  through  alterations  or  new 
additions  while  retaining  the  property's  historic  char- 
acter. This  treatment  approach  was  deemed  to  be  most 
appropriate  due  to  the  exponential  increase  in  hikers, 
the  need  to  provide  safe,  clearly  marked  trails,  and  the 
importance  of  protecting  fragile  natural  resources. 
Rehabilitation  is  also  the  most  consistent  with  the 
goals  and  direction  of  the  General  Management  Plan 
and  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan.  The  Maine  State 
Historic  Preservation  Commission  concurs  that  this  is 
the  preferred  treatment  approach  for  the  trail  system. 
The  Secretary's  Standards  provides  the  following  stan- 
dards to  apply  to  a  rehabilitation  strategy  for  the  trail 
system. 


XIX 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


•  Each  cultural  landscape  is  recognized  as  a  physi- 
cal record  of  its  time,  place,  and  use.  Changes  that 
create  a  false  sense  of  historical  development,  such 
as  adding  conjectural  features  from  other  land- 
scapes, are  not  undertaken. 

•  Changes  to  a  cultural  landscape  that  have  acquired 
historic  significance  in  their  own  right  shall  be 
retained  and  preserved. 

•  Deteriorated  historic  features  are  repaired  rather 
than  replaced.  Where  the  severity  of  deteriora- 
tion requires  repair  or  replacement  of  a  historic 
feature,  the  new  feature  matches  the  old  in  design, 
color,  texture,  and,  where  possible,  materials. 
Repair  or  replacement  of  missing  features  is  sub- 
stantiated by  documentary  or  physical  evidence. 

•  Additions,  alterations,  or  related  construction  do 
not  destroy  historic  materials,  features,  and  spatial 
relationships  that  characterize  the  cultural  land- 
scape. 

•  New  work  is  differentiated  from  the  old  and  is 
compatible  with  the  historic  materials,  features, 
size,  scale  and  proportion,  and  massing  of  the 
landscape. 

GENERAL  TREATMENT  PRINCIPLES 
FOR  THE  TRAIL  SYSTEM 

The  trail  system  on  MDI  has  a  history  of  expansion 
and  reduction  over  time,  but  for  more  than  a  century 
there  has  been  an  underlying  vision  that  the  trails  allow 
access  to  and  enjoyment  of  the  island's  wonderful  nat- 
ural scenery.  Before  any  modifications  are  made  to  the 
trails  or  to  adjacent  constructed  features  such  as  roads 
and  buildings,  changes  should  be  carefully  evaluated 
for  their  impact  on  nearby  trails  and  the  trail  system. 

The  treatment  and  maintenance  guidelines  in  this 
document  are  based  on  an  understanding  of  the 
significance  and  integrity  of  the  trail  system  and  its 
character-defining  features.  However,  once  the  repair 
strategy  for  individual  sections  of  trails  is  determined, 
it  is  advisable  to  evaluate  the  overall  or  cumulative 
effect  of  these  changes  to  ensure  that  both  the  trail 
section  and  trail  system  retain  the  features,  materials, 
and  feeling  that  define  the  significance  of  the  system. 
The  following  is  a  list  of  general  principles  that,  when 


adhered  to,  will  enhance  the  character  and  integrity  of 
the  historic  trail  system. 

•  Preserve  as  much  of  the  historic  trail  system  as 
possible.  Replace  in-kind  or  rehabilitate  historic 
features  such  as  steps,  bridges,  walls,  ladders, 
rungs,  drainage,  tread,  markings,  memorial 
plaques,  and  other  historic  trail  features. 

•  Maintain  historic  names  and  trail  routes,  with  their 
winding  or  straight  character,  where  possible. 

•  Reroute  trails  only  where  necessary,  and  try  to 
retain  the  character  and  design  intent  of  the  trail. 

•  Retain  original  trail  width  where  possible  and 
allow  for  rehabilitation  work  to  guide  and  contain 
foot  traffic  on  designated  trails. 

•  Protect  associated  scenic,  natural,  and  cultural 
features  that  are  part  of  the  attractions  and  desti- 
nations of  the  trail  system,  including  rock  forma- 
tions, vegetation,  water  bodies,  views,  buildings, 
structures,  developed  areas,  plaques,  and  monu- 
ments. 

•  Preserve  the  original  choice  of  materials  and  meth- 
ods used  to  construct  the  trails. 

•  Prevent  further  dissection  of  natural  areas  by  new 
roads  or  trails  to  maintain  the  wilderness  setting  of 
the  trail  system. 

•  Preserve  and  rehabilitate  village  connector  trails 
to  preserve  the  feeling  of  hiking  from  a  village  into 
wilderness. 

•  Encourage  public  transportation  to  reduce  auto- 
mobile use  and  enhance  the  island  experience. 

•  Use  modern  construction  materials  and  methods 
that  reduce  material  and  labor  costs  and  enhance 
durability  where  they  are  not  visible  or  do  not 
detract  from  the  historical  character. 

•  Use  historic  methods  or  contemporary  methods 
that  produce  the  same  level  and  style  of  work- 
manship. 

•  Preserve  association  with  the  four  villages  -  Bar 
Harbor,  Northeast  Harbor,  Seal  Harbor,  and 
Southwest  Harbor. 

•  Preserve  association  with  park  recreation  areas 
and  facilities. 

•  Preserve  associated  historic  structures  and  objects, 
such  as  the  memorial  plaques. 

•  Protect  associated  archeological  resources. 


Introduction 


FORMAT  FOR  TREATMENT  AND 
MAINTENANCE  GUIDELINES 

There  are  two  major  sections  contained  in  this  report. 
Section  1  includes  ten  chapters  identifying  and 
addressing  feature  types  currently  or  historically  pres- 
ent on  the  trail  system,  such  as  bridges,  culverts,  tread 
materials,  and  monuments.  Each  chapter  contains 
definitions,  historical  information,  specifications,  and 
maintenance  guidelines  for  the  feature  type.  Section 
2  addresses  individual  trails  in  the  Acadia  system. 
The  trails'  historical  development,  character,  current 
use  levels,  and  condition  are  discussed  and  used  to 
develop  recommendations  for  trail  rehabilitation  and 
identify  appropriate  features  for  use  on  the  trail.  The 
two  sections  are  designed  to  work  together  as  trail 
work  is  implemented.  During  early  work  planning,  the 
individual  trail  documentation  in  Section  2  will  recom- 
mend appropriate  features  for  use  on  the  trail,  and  as 
construction  begins,  information  on  feature  specifica- 
tions, actual  building  techniques,  and  maintenance 
concerns  can  be  obtained  from  the  detailed  informa- 
tion in  Section  1. 

Research  and  planning  for  individual  trails  was  still 
underway  concurrent  with  the  development  of  this 
report,  and  as  a  result  all  trails  currently  in  the  Acadia 
system  were  not  included  in  Section  2  of  this  docu- 
ment. It  was  decided  to  include  these  five  examples  of 
individual  trail  documentation  to  illustrate  how  the 
planning  process  will  work  and  how  the  individual  fea- 
ture information  provided  in  Section  1  will  be  utilized 
as  individual  trails  are  evaluated  and  rehabilitated.  It 
is  anticipated  that  as  trail  planning  continues,  all  trails 
within  the  park  will  be  documented  to  the  level  of  the 
five  examples  presented  here. 


SOURCES  OF  INFORMATION 

The  development  of  rehabilitation  guidelines  for  Aca- 
dia's trails,  consistent  with  the  Secretary's  Standards,  is 
aided  by  several  historic  documents: 

•  The  Annual  Reports  of  the  Path  Committees  of 
the  Bar  Harbor  VIA,  Northeast  Harbor  VIS,  Seal 
Harbor  VIS,  and  Southwest  Harbor  VIA  contain 
reports  on  the  construction,  maintenance,  and 
addition  of  features  on  individual  trails.  Within 
the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1906  report,  Waldron  Bates's 
"General  Instructions  for  Work  on  the  Paths"  are 
particularly  useful  in  understanding  early  trail 
features. 

•  Historic  photographs  from  the  Acadia  NP 
archives;  the  National  Archives  in  Waltham, 
Massachusetts,  and  College  Park,  Maryland;  Bar 
Harbor  Historical  Society;  and  the  Maine  State 
Historic  Preservation  Commission  in  Augusta. 

•  CCC  guidelines  and  reports  including  the  three 
volumes  of  Park  and  Recreation  Structures,  edited 
by  Albert  H.  Good  in  1938;  Civilian  Conservation 
Corps  Field  Training:  Construction  of  Trails,  pre- 
pared by  Guy  Arthur  in  1937;  and  Standards  for 
Trail  Construction,  prepared  by  Chief  Engineer 
Frank  Kittredge  in  1934. 

•  Trail  maintenance  guides  produced  by  the 
Appalachian  Mountain  Club,  Student  Conserva- 
tion Association,  National  Forest  Service,  and 
National  Park  Service. 


XXI 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Winding  steps  on  the  Beachcroft  Path,  a  memorial  path  constructed  in  1915,  then  rebuilt  and  endowed  in  1926. 


SECTION  1: 


Trail  Feature 
Specifications 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


SECTION  1:  TRAIL  FEATURE  SPECIFICATIONS 


Section  l  includes  ten  chapters  providing  detailed 
descriptions  of  types  of  trail  features,  including 
route,  vegetation,  treadway,  drainage,  crossings, 
retaining  structures,  steps,  ironwork,  guidance,  and 
monuments  and  structures.  The  following  information 
is  provided  for  each  feature  type. 

Definitions:  The  composition  and  function  of  each 
feature  is  defined,  including  distinctions  between 
similar  features.  Definitions  for  all  features  are  also 
consolidated  in  Appendix  A. 

Historical  Use  at  Acadia:  A  brief  history  describes 
how,  when,  and  sometimes  why  a  feature  was  intro- 
duced to  the  island's  trail  system.  Sources  of  informa- 
tion include  documents,  photographs,  oral  histories, 
and  field  examination.  Trail  construction  techniques 
are  summarized  for  the  following  eras: 

Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 
VIA/VIS  (1890-1937) 
CCC  (1933-42) 
NPS/Mission  66  (1943-66) 
NPS  (1967-Present) 

Historical  Characteristics:  A  distillation  of  the 
essential  characteristics  of  the  features  that  contribute 
to  the  trail  system's  historical  appearance  is  provided. 
Whether,  and  how,  these  characteristics  should  be 
preserved  or  rehabilitated  is  addressed  in  the  sections 
that  follow. 

Treatment  Issues:  As  part  of  this  project,  a  working 
group,  composed  of  park  staff  and  experts  from  several 
organizations,  evaluated  trail  features  in  the  field  to 
discuss  what  historical  features  define  the  character  of 
individual  trails;  they  also  identified  key  issues  relat- 
ing to  rehabilitation.  These  "treatment  issues" — such 
as  safety,  vandalism,  impacts  related  to  high  use,  and 
resource  protection— that  affect  the  historic  character, 
rehabilitation,  and  maintenance  of  trail  features,  are 
the  crux  of  this  treatment  plan  and  lead  directly  into 
treatment  guidelines  and  specifications. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Guidelines  on  how  trail  fea- 
tures should  be  rehabilitated  are  based  on  sensitivity 
to  the  historical  characteristics  of  features  balanced 
with  current  issues,  constraints,  and  operational 
needs.  For  some  features,  such  as  stepping  stones,  the 
recommendations  are  straightforward — preserve  the 
historic  methods  of  construction  and  appearance.  For 
others,  new  methods  and  materials  are  recommended 
while  still  maintaining  the  historic  appearance.  For 
example,  the  use  of  perforated-pipe  subsurface  drains 
instead  of  historic  stone  French  drains  is  recom- 
mended. Although  both  types  of  drains  absorb  and 
redirect  water  from  the  treadway,  the  historic  stone 
drains  tend  to  clog  and  create  maintenance  problems. 
Some  treatment  recommendations  are  based  on  clear 
physical  evidence  and  historical  written  and  photo- 
graphic documentation,  such  as  the  specifications  for 
Bates-style  cairns  and  signs.  The  construction  of  other 
features  is  more  difficult  to  discern,  such  as  the  first  use 
of  steps  in  the  trail  system.  In  these  cases,  field  analysis 
in  the  form  of  trail  archeology  has  aided  the  develop- 
ment of  specifications.  Many  treatment  guidelines  have 
been  influenced  by  the  relationship  of  increased  trail 
use  to  the  sustainability  and  maintenance  of  historic 
construction  methods.  For  example,  to  ensure  visi- 
tor safety,  bridges  constructed  to  be  compatible  with 
the  VIA/VIS  style  of  construction  require  the  use  of 
larger-diameter  cedar  railings  and  posts  than  were 
used  historically. 

Specifications  for  Rehabilitation  Construction: 

Detailed  specifications  are  provided  for  the  size  and 
type  of  materials,  their  placement,  and  related  rehabili- 
tation construction  tools  and  techniques. 

Routine  Maintenance:  For  each  feature,  ongoing 
maintenance  requirements  are  specified  to  ensure 
long-term  preservation. 


Fig.  1-1  The  routes  of  many  of  the  trails  at  Acadia  were  laid  out  to  provide  outstanding  hiking  experiences  over  varied  terrain  and 
allow  the  opportunity  for  magnificent  views.  Here,  hikers  in  the  1940-50s  enjoy  the  scenery  and  view  along  a  currently  abandoned 
route  to  the  Bubbles. 


CHAPTER  1: 


ROUTE 


A.  ALIGNMENT 

B.  VIEWS 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


CHAPTER  1:  ROUTE 


Some  Acadia  trails  began  as  expedient  routes  to 
desired  locations,  while  the  design  of  others 
carefully  led  hikers  along  interesting  routes 
through  spectacular  scenery.  The  characteristics  of 
routes  are  described  under  two  categories: 

A.  Alignment 

B.  Views 

Early  nineteenth-century  trails,  including  many  of 
those  in  the  Acadia  system,  tended  to  have  a  direct, 
destination-oriented  alignment,  such  as  to  a  sum- 
mit or  shoreline.  However,  highly  crafted  VIA/VIS 
trails  built  in  the  late  1800s  and  early  1900s  generally 
followed  more  interesting  routes,  leading  to  rock 
formations,  attractive  woodland  areas,  and  views  of 
distant  island  scenery  (Fig.  1-1).  Trails  designed  by  the 
CCC  maintained  a  similar  focus,  but  also  emphasized 
hiker  comfort  and  trail  sustainability,  resulting  in  more 
evenly  graded  routes  with  switchbacks. 

In  some  areas,  views  that  were  once  open  are  now 
obscured  by  vegetation.  Logging  in  the  nineteenth 
century  and  the  great  fire  in  1947  resulted  in  an  open 
landscape.  Although  the  CCC  carried  out  some  vista 
clearing  and  forest  thinning,  these  practices  are  now 
discouraged  to  protect  the  island's  natural  resources. 

Understanding  the  builder's  intent  in  constructing  the 
trail  and  selecting  control  points  aids  in  maintaining 
the  trail.  Where  trail  sections  are  in  poor  condition, 
and  rerouting  is  considered  as  a  solution,  an  under- 
standing of  the  original  route  and  its  control  points  is 
essential.  In  some  cases,  rerouting  may  be  necessary 
as  a  temporary  measure  until  a  section  of  trail  can  be 
properly  repaired.  Rerouting  may  also  be  considered 
as  a  more  permanent  solution  for  some  trails.  In  all 
cases,  the  location  of  the  historic  trail  and  all  reroutes 
needs  to  be  carefully  documented. 


A.  ALIGNMENT 


DEFINITIONS 

The  alignment  of  a  trail  refers  to  its  placement  on  the 
landscape.  When  laying  out  a  trail,  a  number  of  differ- 
ent alignments  are  possible  between  two  points. 

Significant  locations  along  the  trail  are  called  control 
points.  These  may  include  stream  crossings,  summits, 
ridges,  cliffs,  passages,  views,  and/or  significant  vegeta- 
tion. The  ending  points  of  a  trail  are  called  destination 
points.  A  hub  is  a  central  location  at  which  a  number 
of  trails  converge  by  design. 

Trail  alignment  can  generally  be  classified  into  two 
major  categories.  Alignments  that  proceed  directly 
from  one  control  point  to  another  by  the  most  expedi- 
ent approach  are  called  direct  alignments.  Trails  that 
are  engineered  to  follow  a  less  direct  path  between 
control  points  are  called  designed  alignments. 
Designed  alignments  are  primarily  used  to  preserve  the 
structural  integrity  of  the  trail,  achieve  a  desired  trail 
aesthetic,  or  maintain  a  certain  grade. 

The  alignment  of  Acadia's  trails  can  be  further  sub- 
divided into  different  route  types.  Although  a  trail 
may  include  several  route  types,  the  overall  trail  will 
usually  be  defined  by  a  predominant  type.  A  ridge-line 
route  is  a  direct  alignment  following  the  top  of  a  ridge, 
usually  running  from  the  base  of  a  mountain  to  the 
summit.  Nearly  all  north-south-running  trails  at  Aca- 
dia are  ridge-line  routes,  like  the  Cadillac  Mountain 
North  Ridge  Trail  (#34).  A  fall-line  route  is  a  direct 
alignment  ascending  straight  up  the  fall  line,  the  line 
representing  the  flow  of  water.  Examples  include  the 
Pemetic  Mountain  Trail  (#31)  and  the  southern  por- 
tion of  the  South  Bubble  Trail  (#43).  A  sidehill  route 
travels  perpendicular  to  the  fall  line  at  some  elevation 
along  the  side  of  a  hill.  This  type  of  route  is  usually 
achieved  by  bench  construction,  such  as  the  Pond 
Trail  (#20),  and  may  be  either  a  direct  or  designed 
alignment.  A  switchback  route  is  a  designed  alignment 


Chapter  1:  Route;  a.  alignment 


Fig.  1-2  Streamside  route  on  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58). 

made  up  of  sections  of  sidehill  route  linked  by  rever- 
sals in  direction  in  order  to  achieve  a  desired  grade. 
A  standard  type  of  western  construction,  switchback 
routes  can  be  found  on  most  memorial  and  CCC  trails 
including  the  Emery  Path  (#15)  and  the  Beech  Moun- 
tain South  Ridge  Trail  (#109).  A  varied  woodland 
route  is  a  direct  alignment  traversing  different  kinds  of 
terrain  primarily  through  a  wooded  area,  such  as  the 
Canada  Cliffs  Trail  (#107),  or  along  a  spring  or  stream, 
such  as  the  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58)  (Fig.  1-2).  A 
lowland  route  can  be  either  a  direct  or  designed  align- 
ment that  follows  the  bottom  of  a  contour,  or  traverses 
a  low,  flat,  or  water-side  area.  Examples  include  the 
Jesup  Path  (#14)  and  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39). 

Each  different  route  type  is  also  associated  with  certain 
construction  techniques.  Fall-line  routes  are  gener- 
ally unconstructed,  but  may  contain  steps,  checks,  and 
cribbing.  Sidehill  and  switchback  routes  have  benching 
and  retaining-wall  construction.  Lowland  routes  may 
include  causeways  and  stepping  stones. 

Variations  in  alignment  can  also  be  described  by  how  a 
trail  responds  to  small-scale  features  in  the  landscape 
such  as  boulders  or  groups  of  trees.  Alignments  that 
are  small-gesture  tend  to  move  around  these  features, 
resulting  in  many  small  direction  changes  on  the  trail. 
Many  of  these  winding  paths  are  unconstructed  or 
minimally  constructed,  such  as  the  South  Bubble  Trail 
(#43).  However,  small-gesture  alignments  are  also 
used  on  some  constructed  trails,  such  as  the  Orange 
and  Black  Path  (#348),  primarily  as  an  aesthetic  choice. 


Fig.  1-3  The  terminus  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path  (#38)  at  the 
north  shore  of  Eagle  Lake.  This  trail  may  have  originally  served 
as  a  portage  route  between  water  bodies. 


Alignments  that  are  large-gesture  tend  to  maintain  the 
integrity  of  longer  stretches  of  straight  lines  or  curves, 
or  to  maintain  evenly  spaced  turns  or  switchbacks  in 
spite  of  landscape  features.  Most  highly  constructed 
trails,  such  as  the  memorial  paths,  the  Jordan  Pond 
Path  (#39),  and  the  CCC  trails,  are  large-gesture. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

The  earliest  footpaths  on  the  island,  established  by 
Native  Americans,  were  primarily  utilitarian  in  nature. 
Hunting,  canoe  portage,  and  seasonal  migration  routes 
traversed  the  landscape  by  the  most  direct,  flat  route, 
such  as  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path  (#38)  (Fig.  1-3). 
With  the  arrival  of  Europeans,  many  of  these  paths 
were  widened  to  become  cart  paths,  and  subsequently 
roads. 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  1-4  Part  of  the  Valley  Trail's  (#116)  origin  as  a  cart  path  can 
be  seen  in  its  width  and  linear  character. 


For  the  most  part,  Europeans  settled  along  the  coast, 
relying  heavily  on  fishing,  lumbering,  boatbuilding, 
and  trade  for  their  subsistence.  Inland  paths  were 
necessary  for  lumbering  and  agriculture.  These  routes 
tended  to  be  direct,  traveling  along  natural  benches,  up 
moderate  slopes  and  through  saddles  where  the  grades 
were  reasonable  for  a  cart.  Although  most  of  these 
routes  are  now  roads,  some  remain  as  part  of  the  trail 
system,  including  the  eastern  half  of  the  Valley  Trail 
(#116)  which  was  originally  an  early  cart  path  (Fig.  1-4). 


Fig.  1-5  The  Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10)  was  an  early  route  later 
stabilized  with  trail  features  like  these  stone  and  wooden  crib 
steps. 


Recreational  travelers,  artists,  and  writers  that  came  to 
Mount  Desert  Island  in  the  1840s  and  1850s  were  eager 
to  ascend  the  mountains.  They  chose  the  most  direct 
routes  from  their  accommodations,  mostly  in  Somes- 
ville  and  Eden  [Bar  Harbor].  They  followed  cart  paths, 
livestock  trails,  drainage  paths,  animal  paths,  and 
scrambled  across  open  ledges  to  reach  the  summits. 
Eventually,  they  established  trodden  routes  and  began 
marking  them  with  piles  of  stones.  The  routes  of  the 
Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10),  the  South  Bubble  Trail  (#43), 
and  the  eastern  half  of  the  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail 
(#113)  are  examples  of  early  direct  routes  that  were 
later  stabilized  and  became  maintained  trails  from 
the  1920s  through  the  1990s.  Summit  routes  like  these 
tended  to  be  ridge-line  or  fall-line  routes  (Fig.  1-5). 

When  summer  communities  were  established  in  the 
1880s,  most  rusticators  arrived  by  boat.  Village  paths 
and  cross-island  paths  allowed  people  to  walk  between 
communities  and  to  popular  destinations  such  as  along 
the  shore  and  to  the  Jordan  Pond  House.  The  Shore 


Path  (#301)  in  Bar  Harbor,  the  Asticou  Path  (#49),  and 
the  Seaside  Path  (#401)  were  some  of  the  earliest  main- 
tained paths,  used  by  people  of  all  walking  abilities, 
in  all  types  of  dress.  These  routes  were  direct,  being 
destination-oriented,  used  lowland  or  sidehill  routes 
to  maintain  flat  treadway  and  easy  grades,  with  long 
straight  and  gently  curved  sections. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

With  the  establishment  of  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  in  1890, 
the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  in  1897,  the  Seal  Harbor 
VIS  in  1900,  and  the  Southwest  Harbor  VIA  in  1914, 
the  path  committee  chairmen  and  members  became 
trail  designers.  Each  society  also  hired  path  superin- 
tendents who  oversaw  construction  and  maintenance. 
Some  devoted  chairmen,  such  as  Waldron  Bates, 
may  have  served  in  all  capacities.  New  paths  were 
proposed,  laid  out,  and  constructed  annually  and 
described  in  the  VIA/VIS  reports.  Trail  descriptions 
offer  insights  into  the  control  points  selected  in  laying 
out  the  route.  Early  trails  were  relatively  simple,  with 


Chapter  1:  Route;  A.  Alignment 


Fig.  1-6  One  of  important  features  along  the  route  of  the 
Potholes  to  Eagles  Crag  Trail  (#343)  are  these  natural  potholes  in 
the  ledge  rock. 


many  traveling  along  natural  benches,  up  saddles,  and 
along  ridges,  such  as  the  Bracken  Path  (#307),  Black 
and  White  Path  (#326),  and  Deer  Brook  Trail  (#51). 
As  interest  in  path  construction  grew,  and  the  skills  of 
path  builders  improved,  new  trails  were  built  to  lead 
walkers  to  views  and  interesting  rock  formations.  For 
example,  Waldron  Bates  laid  out  trails  through  rock 
slides,  underneath  overhangs,  along  cliffs,  and  near 
natural  features.  Examples  include  the  Giant  Slide 
Trail  (#63),  the  Eagles  Crag  Loop  (#27  and  #343),  and 
the  Gorham/Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail  (#5).  These  early  Bar 
Harbor  paths  tended  to  be  varied  woodland  or  fall-line 
routes  with  small-gesture  alignment  that  was  respon- 
sive to  the  rugged  landscape  (Figs.  1-6  &  1-7). 

The  Dorr  system  of  trails  in  Bar  Harbor  was  the  best 
funded  of  the  VIA/VIS  trails,  especially  as  the  practice 
of  constructing  trails  in  the  memory  of  deceased  loved 
ones  came  into  vogue.  These  memorial  trails,  originat- 
ing from  a  trail  hub  at  Sieur  de  Monts,  ushered  in  the 
highest  level  of  construction  to  date.  Highly  crafted 
stone  work  allowed  trails  to  follow  alignments  which 
had  not  been  possible  earlier  and  make  the  trails  com- 
fortably walkable  for  the  clientele  which  had  funded 
them.  The  classic  Dorr  alignments  (Homans  Path, 
#349,  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb,  #16,  Emery  Path,  #15, 
and  Beachcroft  Path,  #13)  are  large-gesture  switchback 
routes  through  talus  slopes  and  across  cliffs.  They 
required  nearly  continuous  construction  of  stone 
steps,  stone  paving,  retaining  walls,  and  ironwork.  As 
opposed  to  the  earlier,  direct  routes  to  the  summit, 


Fig.  1-7  A  group  of  early  hikers  enjoying  the  Cadillac  Cliffs  on 
the  Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail  (#5). 


these  designed  alignments  luxuriate  in  the  ascent,  take 
long,  flat  stretches  through  rock  slides,  switch  back  at 
stunning  viewpoints,  and  reach  for  control  points  such 
as  clefts  in  the  rocks,  overhangs,  and  waterfalls  (Fig. 
1-8).  This  was  to  become  the  standard  of  alignment 
and  construction  technique  that  later  builders  would 
struggle  to  duplicate. 

Simultaneously,  Rudolph  Brunnow  was  aligning  trails 
that  also  required  extensive  construction  to  achieve, 
but  were  substantially  different  from  Dorr's  align- 
ments. Brunnow  tended  toward  small-gesture  align- 
ments, taking  many  tight  turns  rather  than  sweeping 
moves  through  the  landscape.  None  of  Brunnow' s 
alignments  could  be  called  switchbacks,  though  none 
are  exactly  direct  either.  Brunnow  also  was  the  first 
to  take  direct  routes  up  vertical  cliff  faces,  using  iron 
rungs  and  ladders  to  ascend  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11) 
and  Beehive  Trail  (#7). 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Continuous  trail  construction  created  several  trail 
hubs  during  the  VIA/VIS  period  that  provided  easy 
trail  access  as  well  as  gathering  places  for  visitors  of  all 
types,  not  just  trail  users.  Major  hubs  included  Sieur 
de  Monts  Spring,  the  Building  of  the  Arts,  the  Cadillac 
Mountain  Summit,  and  the  Jordan  Pond  House,  the 
major  hub  of  the  Seal  Harbor  trail  district. 

The  signature  alignment  of  Seal  Harbor  trails  included 
large-gesture,  lowland  and  sidehill  routes.  However, 
early  in  the  period,  many  small-gesture,  direct  align- 
ments were  developed.  Some  of  these  required  large- 
scale  construction  to  be  achieved,  such  as  the  Jordan 
Cliffs  Trail  (#48)  and  the  Pemetic  Mountain  Goat  Trail 
(#444). 

As  the  period  progressed,  John  Van  Santvoord  and 
Joseph  Allen  laid  out  trails  along  the  coast,  and  access- 
ing nearly  every  stream,  hill,  ridgeline,  and  interesting 
rock  formation  to  provide  Seal  Harbor  summer  guests 


with  various  loops.  Nearby  rock  formations  serving 
as  trail  control  points  included  Tilting  Rock,  the  Day 
Mountain  Caves,  Bubble  Rock  ,  and  Jordan  Cliffs  (Figs. 
1-9  &  1-10).  The  Van  Santvoord  Trail,  the  only  memo- 
rial path  in  the  Seal  Harbor  district,  follows  an  align- 
ment that  is  a  unique  hybrid.  Its  woodland  sections 
are  varied  woodland  routes,  while  its  steep,  highly 
constructed  areas  are  switchback  staircases  in  the  style 
of  Dorr's  memorial  trails,  which  probably  served  as  a 
model.  At  the  end  of  the  VIA/VIS  period  of  trail  con- 
struction, sidehill  alignments  over  ledge  that  depended 
on  pinned  logs  and  ironwork  were  constructed  on  the 
Bubbles  (Fig.  1-11). 

As  Acadia's  trail  network  expanded,  an  increasing 
number  of  trails  were  without  a  specific  destination 
other  than  to  lead  walkers  through  different  areas  and 
connect  with  existing  trails.  Examples  include  the 
Black  Woods  Trail  (#440)  and  Day  Mountain  Caves 
to  Pond  Trail  (#424).  After  the  summer  hotels  closed 


Fig.  1-8  The  route  of  the  Homans  Path  (#349)  takes  the  hiker 
through  this  unique  rock  formation. 


Fig.  1-9  A  control  point  along  one  of  the  early  Seal  Harbor  VIS 
trails  was  Tilting  Rock.  This  image  shows  the  rock  circa  1900.  In 
1922,  the  rock  was  toppled  by  vandals,  but  it  was  reset  soon 
after  by  members  of  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS. 


Chapter  l:  Route;  A.  Alignment 


in  Seal  Harbor,  it  is  not  surprising  that  many  of  these 
routes  fell  into  disuse. 

Northeast  Harbor  and  Southwest  Harbor  align- 
ments never  achieved  the  sophistication  represented 
on  the  Bar  Harbor  trails.  They  tended  to  be  direct, 
small-gesture  alignments  of  fall-line,  ridge-line,  varied 
woodland,  and  occasionally  lowland  route  types. 
The  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  built  many  trails  around 
Schoolhouse  Ledge  and  to  Eliot  Mountain  and  Sargent 
Mountain  to  provide  multiple  loops.  Routes  followed 
ridgelines,  streams,  and  natural  benches  below  rock 
formations.  Most  are  still  marked  and  maintained  by 
the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  (Fig.  1-12).  The  Southwest 
Harbor  VIA  path  system  was  the  least  developed. 
Many  of  the  surviving  routes  are  from  earlier  agricul- 
tural use,  logging,  and  mid-1800s  recreational  trails.  As 
a  result,  many  of  the  trails  are  direct  ascents. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Trail  routes  added  by  the  CCC  connected  visitor  use 
areas,  such  as  parking,  picnic,  and  swimming  areas, 
with  remote  scenic  locales,  such  as  pond  shores  and 
mountain  summits.  Two  major  hubs  were  devel- 
oped where  hikers  could  park  their  cars  and  access 
a  number  of  trails — the  south  end  of  Long  Pond  and 
the  Beech  Mountain  parking  area.  As  with  all  of  their 
work,  the  CCC  took  an  orderly  and  well-documented 
approach  to  aligning  and  constructing  trails: 

Construction  should  not  be  started  on  a  trail  until  the 
line  has  been  flagged  through  to  its  destination  (or  to  a 
definite  control)  and  approved.  This  approval  should 
be  from  all  of  the  Branches  which  may  have  an  inter- 
est in  its  construction.  These  branches  will  include 
the  landscape  architect  who  is  in  charge  with  utiliz- 
ing the  scenic  features  and  blending  the  trail  with  the 
landscape;  the  engineer  who  is  concerned  with  the 
problems  of  construction;  the  forester  whose  duties 
involve  the  protection  and  propagation  of  natural 
cover;  the  geologist  who  will  assist  in  locating  the  trail 
so  as  to  take  advantage  of  geographic  and  geologic 
features  and  protect  them  from  destruction;  and  the 
wildlife  technician  in  whose  care  the  zoological  and 
botanical  values  are  entrusted. 


Fig.  1-10  The  South  Bubble  Trail  (#43)  passes  by  Bubble  Rock, 
giving  hikers  a  close-up  view  of  the  natural  formation. 


Fig.  1-11  The  South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail  (#451)  was  a  steep,  sidehill 
alignment  along  ledge  with  pinned  log  supports. 


Fig.  1-12  The  Asticou  Hill  to  Little  Harbor  Brook  Trail  (#517)  is 
a  Northeast  Harbor  woodland  trail  that  passes  these  ancient 
ocean-carved  cliffs  on  its  way  from  the  summit  of  Eliot  Mountain 
to  Harbor  Brook. 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  1-13  The  CCC  used  string  to  lay  out  the  route  and  finished 
grade  of  their  new  trails,  as  shown  at  the  construction  of  the 
Ocean  Path  (#3)  at  Otter  Cliffs. 


Fig.  1-14  Completed  section  of  path  shown  in  Fig.  1-13.  The  CCC 
emphasis  on  maintaining  an  even  grade  is  evident  in  this  newly 
completed  section  of  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  at  Otter  Cliffs. 


Nearly  all  CCC  trails  at  Acadia  consist  of  sidehill 
alignments,  with  many  containing  switchback  sec- 
tions. Most  of  these  trails  were  constructed  as  bench 
cuts  in  accordance  with  CCC  guidelines.  This  allowed 
them  to  maintain  a  more  consistent  grade  on  trails 
like  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  Perpendicular  Trail 
(#119),  and  much  of  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  (Figs.  1-13  & 
1-14).  However,  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  where  the 
construction  ends  on  trails  such  as  Beech  Mountain 
West  Ridge  Trail  (#108),  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  and 
Perpendicular  Trail  (#119),  the  alignment  reverts  to 
fall-line,  otherwise  avoided  by  the  CCC.  This  is  evi- 
dence that  these  trails  were  not  intended  to  be  left  as 
they  are  today. 

NPS/Mission  66 

The  few  trails  that  were  added  during  the  Mission  66 
period  were  built  under  guidelines  similar  to  those 
issued  during  the  CCC  period.  However,  one  of  the 
goals  of  Mission  66  was  to  enhance  visitor  use  and 
"enjoyment-without-impairment."  During  Mission 
66,  trails  were  added  to  give  access  to  outstanding 
features,  particularly  for  interpretive  purposes.  A  new 
trail  at  Anemone  Cave  (#369)  was  one  example. 

The  interpretive  development  at  Anemone  Cave  will 
be  unique  in  showing  through  aquaria  and  other  means 
some  of  the  richly  varied  life  of  the  sea.  Elsewhere  will 
be  roadside  signs  and  trailside  signs  and  markers  and 
self-guiding  nature  trails  to  make  known  and  interpret 
features  of  interest  and  importance  to  Acadia's  Story. 

Mission  66  trails  contained  routes  intended  to  meet 
the  goals  of  increased  access  in  interpretation.  Exam- 
ples include  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127) 
with  its  flat,  wide  trail  corridor;  the  Anemone  Cave 
Trail  (#369)  with  its  asphalt  surfacing  (Fig.  1-15);  and 
the  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113),  a  route  over 
relatively  easy  grade  that  allowed  access  for  equipment 
and  supplies  necessary  to  rebuild  the  Beech  Mountain 
fire  tower. 

National  Park  Service 

Since  Mission  66,  few  new  trail  sections  have  been 
built  in  the  park,  and  most  of  these  have  been  reroutes 
of  portions  of  existing  trails.  Of  the  new  trails,  all  have 


10 


Chapter  1:  Route;  A.  Alignment 


been  connectors  to  town,  roads,  or  parking  areas.  The 
most  significant  new  trail  is  the  Great  Meadow  Loop, 
which  incorporates  sections  of  the  abandoned  Jesup 
Path  (#14)  and  uses  a  similar  lowland,  direct,  large- 
gesture  alignment.  The  Western  Mountain  Connector 
(#616)  is  a  newer  multi-use  trail  on  the  western  side  of 
the  island.  It  is  a  large-gesture  trail  that  is  largely  out- 
side park  boundaries  and  follows  a  varied  woodland 
route. 

In  the  1970s,  a  number  of  historic  trail  segments  were 
rerouted  as  inexpensive  solutions  to  problems  such 
as  beaver  flooding,  access  to  parking,  downed  trees, 
or  trail  disintegration.  In  most  cases,  these  reroutes 
are  small-gesture,  unconstructed,  varied  woodland 
routes,  and  do  not  necessarily  match  the  character 
of  the  trail  segments  they  replaced.  Reroutes  tend  to 
take  the  fall  line  and  rarely  make  use  of  switchbacks. 
For  instance,  a  reroute  of  the  Gorge  Path  (#28)  travels 
straight  up  and  straight  down  a  hill  rather  than  take 
a  more  sustainable  and  more  evenly  graded  sidehill 
route.  In  another  case,  the  turn  at  the  far  northern  sec- 
tion of  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118)  was  short-cut  due 
to  continued  wetness.  A  portion  of  historic  causeway 
was  abandoned  and  the  reroute  constructed  with 
bogwalk.  Similar  reroutes  were  done  on  the  Kane  Path 
(#17),  Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25),  the  Cadil- 
lac Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail  (#34),  and  the  Bowl 
Trail  (#6)  (in  the  1990s).  All  of  these  reroutes  aban- 
doned historic  stonework  (causeway,  stone  paving, 
steps,  stepping  stones,  respectively)  in  favor  of  varied 
woodland  routes  (Figs.  1-16  &  1-17).  However,  a  1994 
reworking  of  a  rerouted  section  of  the  Kane  Path  (#17) 
restored  the  trail's  original  character  with  the  use  of 
compatible  stone  pavement. 

Additionally,  two  short  sections  of  trail  near  intersec- 
tions were  rerouted  in  the  1970s  in  order  to  make 
intersections  contiguous  rather  than  offset:  the  Gorge 
Path  (#28)/Cadillac-Dorr  Trail  (#22)  intersection  and 
the  intersection  of  the  trails  at  Birch  Spring.  Neverthe- 
less, intersection  work  was  not  attempted  park-wide 
and  a  number  of  offset  intersections  remain,  especially 
in  the  Seal  Harbor  district. 


Fig.  1-15  The  route  of  the  Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369)  provided 
access  to  the  shoreline  cave.  Originally,  the  trail  led  directly  to 
the  cave,  as  shown  here.  However,  this  section  has  since  been 
removed,  leaving  only  the  upper  portion  of  the  trail  route  from 
a  parking  area  to  the  edge  of  the  rocky  coast.  Mission  66  crews 
paved  the  trail  with  asphalt,  thereby  providing  easier  access 
for  visitors  and  enhancing  opportunities  for  interpretation  of  a 
significant  natural  feature  in  the  park. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  ALIGNMENT 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Alignments  were  direct,  using  Native  American  paths,  old 
cart  paths,  agricultural  and  lumbering  paths,  and  open 
ledges.  Routes  through  saddles  between  hills,  direct  ridge- 
line  and  fall-line  routes  were  predominant. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Many  trails  led  to  communities  or  hubs.  Types  of  align- 
ment varied  greatly.  Sidehill,  switchback,  and  large- 
gesture  alignments  were  introduced  to  constructed  trails. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Alignments  were  predominantly  large-gesture,  sidehill 
routes,  often  with  switchbacks.  Some  alignments  reverted 
to  direct,  fall-line  routes  at  the  ends  of  constructed  work. 
All  trails  led  from  parking  areas. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Alignments  were  easily  accessible,  relatively  short,  with  an 
emphasis  on  interpretation  and  self-guided  nature  trails. 


NPS  Period  (1967-Present) 


Few  new  trail  sections  have  been  developed.  Reroutes 
have  been  established  for  a  number  of  reasons  and  gener- 
ally used  direct,  fall-line,  and  varied  woodland  routes. 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


TREATMENT 

1.  Reroutes  and/or  Trail  Closures 

Issue:  Several  alignment  types  are  vulnerable  to 
adverse  impacts  causing  a  consistent  need  for  trail 
maintenance  or  rehabilitation.  Fall-line  alignments 
have  considerable  erosion  as  water  is  following  the 
same  path  disturbed  by  foot  traffic.  Lowland  align- 
ments often  acquire  standing  or  running  water, 
depending  on  the  trail  grade,  as  well  as  exposed 
roots  and  eventually  trail  braiding  as  hikers  seek 
higher  ground.  The  use  of  historic  alignments  may 
also  negatively  impact  adjacent  natural  resources, 
such  as  endangered  or  threatened  species.  However, 
the  majority  of  these  vulnerable  routes  are  historic 
and  a  change  in  alignment  may  impact  a  trail's  integ- 
rity. Rerouting  trail  sections  with  historic  work  may 
separate  evidence  of  that  work  from  the  main  trail  and 
leave  it  inaccessible  to  hikers.  Also,  while  trail  con- 
struction techniques  can  solve  many  problems,  often 
trails  with  vulnerable  alignments  have  an  uncon- 
structed  character  as  their  defining  feature,  and  the 
addition  of  constructed  features  may  not  be  appropri- 
ate. When,  if  at  all,  should  new  alignments,  reroutes  of 
trail  segments,  or  closure  be  recommended? 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Since  the  alignment  of  a  trail  is 
a  crucial  part  of  its  historic  character,  reroutes  or  clo- 
sure of  trail  segments  should  be  considered  carefully, 
and  other  options  should  be  exercised  whenever  pos- 
sible. No  reroute  will  be  approved  without  the  consent 
of  Acadia  resource  management  and  the  State  Historic 
Preservation  Office.  The  following  factors  should  be 
evaluated  prior  to  deciding  to  reroute. 

Reroutes  or  trail  closing  may  be  considered  if: 

•  Important  natural  resources,  such  as  rare  spe- 
cies or  water  quality,  are  severely  threatened  or 
currently  being  damaged  by  the  use  of  the  present 
route  and  a  more  sustainable  route  is  identified. 

•  The  present  route  is  not  maintainable  and/or  is 
subject  to  repeated  damage  from  landslides,  flood- 
ing, or  other  circumstances. 


•  The  trail  crews  cannot  practically  get  enough 
material  to  the  site  to  rehabilitate  the  trail,  such  as 
in  the  case  of  very  deep  gullies  or  sunken  treadway 
away  from  stone  and  soil  sources. 

•  The  trail  is  to  be  made  accessible  under  ADA 
guidelines  and  the  correct  grade  cannot  be 
achieved  on  the  present  route. 

Reroutes  should  be  avoided  if: 

•  A  substantial  amount  of  important,  character- 
defining  historic  work  exists  on  the  route  or  seg- 
ment in  question. 

•  The  current  route  is  the  only  viable  route  to  reach 
important  historic  control  points 

•  The  current  route  is  the  only  viable  route  that  does 
not  threaten  important  natural  resources. 

•  Any  viable  new  route  will  eventually  develop  the 
same  problems  as  the  present  route. 

2.  Offset  Intersections  and  Trailheads 

Issue:  At  some  trail  intersections,  trail  ends  do  not 
line  up  at  opposite  sides  of  the  trail  or  road  they  cross. 
Trailheads  are  often  located  near,  but  not  at,  the  park- 
ing areas  intended  for  their  use.  This  can  cause  hiker 
confusion,  or  parking  in  unwanted  locations. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Offset  intersections  are  a 
character-defining  feature  of  some  alignments,  and 
should  remain  as  a  historic  characteristic  of  these 
trails.  Guidance  features  (signage,  cairns,  etc.)  should 
be  improved  to  alleviate  hiker  confusion.  Reroutes,  or 
the  addition  of  short  segments  of  trail  to  align  intersec- 
tions, should  only  be  considered  if  there  is  an  issue  of 
hiker  safety  (such  as  at  dangerous  road  crossings)  or 
if  a  high  volume  of  hikers  are  consistently  getting  lost 
and  improved  guidance  does  not  alleviate  the  problem. 
More  latitude  can  be  given  to  rerouting  trail  ends  to 
align  with  parking  areas,  but  the  criteria  listed  above 
for  trail  reroutes  should  be  followed. 

3.  Beaver  Dams 

Issue:  High  water  caused  by  beaver  dams  has  flooded 
trail  tread,  made  trails  difficult  or  impossible  to  tra- 
verse, and  obscured  historic  work.  Beavers  cannot 
always  be  moved,  for  logistical  or  legal  reasons,  and 


12 


Chapter  1:  Route;  a.  alignment 


when  beavers  remain  in  an  area,  water  levels  often  can- 
not be  restored  to  pre-beaver  levels. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  management  of  the  beaver 
population  is  addressed  in  the  Hiking  Trails  Manage- 
ment Plan,  which  states: 

When  beavers  impound  water  and  threaten  trails,  the 
NPS  will  first  attempt  to  manage  water  levels  by  install- 
ing fences  around  culverts  and  pipes  through  beaver 
dams.  This  work  will  be  prescribed  and  supervised  by 
the  park  wildlife  biologist.  If  those  efforts  are  not  suc- 
cessful, further  management  actions  such  as  rerouting 
the  trail  and  adding  structures  such  as  boardwalks  will 
be  considered  on  a  case  by  case  basis;  actions  will  also 
include  an  assessment  of  the  cultural  significance  of 
the  trail.  Beavers  will  be  moved  to  other  areas  if  open 
habitat  is  available.  Beavers  will  be  euthanized  only 
when  other  attempts  have  failed  or  are  impractical 
and  when  the  trail  segment  affected  is  a  highly  signifi- 
cant cultural  resource.  Before  developing  new  trails 
or  opening  abandoned  trails,  the  NPS  will  consider 
potential  effects  on  beavers  so  that  negative  effects  can 
be  reduced  or  eliminated. 

As  discussed  above,  each  case  of  beaver  flooding 
should  be  examined  independently  to  determine  the 
best  course  of  action  for  the  affected  resource. 


they  may  not  be  abandoned  in  the  foreseeable  future. 
It  is  impossible  to  predict  how  long  it  will  take  beaver 
to  leave  a  given  site,  and  a  solution  is  still  necessary  in 
the  interim.  The  longer  a  beaver  dam  remains  intact, 
the  more  that  surrounding  habitats  adjust  and  there- 
fore greater  disruption  to  the  environment  may  result 
if  the  dam  is  eventually  removed.  As  stated  above, 
euthanasia  of  the  beavers  would  be  the  last  resort  if  all 
other  options  are  unsuccessful  and  the  affected  trail  is 
of  significant  cultural  value. 

Mitigation  efforts  should  also  be  performed  on  the 
trail  itself,  in  conjunction  with  a  selected  method  of 
beaver  control.  If  efforts  to  lower  the  water  level  by 
beaver  control  are  unsuccessful,  the  trail  alignment 
may  need  to  be  altered.  Depending  on  the  significance 
of  the  trail,  it  could  either  be  closed  entirely  or  partially 
rerouted.  The  preferred  procedure  for  a  reroute  would 
leave  the  existing  trail  route  and  historic  features 
where  they  are  and  construct  a  new  segment  of  trail 
above  the  high-water  mark  with  compatible  features. 
This  will  maintain  the  integrity  of  the  historic  trail, 
even  though  the  original  route  will  be  underwater  and 
not  accessible  to  hikers.  If  the  beaver  population  even- 
tually moves  and  the  water  level  recedes  to  previous 
levels,  the  original  trail  route  should  be  reestablished 
and  the  rerouted  section  obliterated. 


There  are  several  actions  and  considerations  involved 
with  removing  the  beaver  and/or  their  dams.  Interfer- 
ing with  beaver  activity,  including  removal  or  reloca- 
tion, may  be  prohibited  by  law  in  certain  situations. 
Further,  if  existing  beaver  are  removed,  new  beaver 
may  simply  move  in  to  attractive  areas,  so  a  substantial 
commitment  of  resources  needs  to  be  made  to  keep 
any  area  "beaver  free."  Beaver  "foolers"  (pipes  under 
a  beaver  dam  allowing  water  to  pass  through)  could 
be  installed.  This  would  result  in  a  lower  water  level, 
and  though  this  may  also  be  regulated  it  will  not  work 
in  all  situations.  Beavers  can  often  find  the  end  of  the 
pipe  and  dam  it  up,  resulting  in  the  need  for  consider- 
able maintenance  of  "foolers"  by  park  staff.  Another 
option  is  to  wait  for  the  beaver  to  leave  the  area  and 
then  destroy  the  dam.  Most  beaver  dams  are  eventually 
abandoned;  however,  some  sites  are  so  attractive  that 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  ALIGNMENT 

Once  control  points  are  identified,  a  number  of  general 
principles  must  be  taken  into  account  when  choosing 
an  alignment  for  a  reroute. 

1.  Do  not  follow  streams  or  lakesides  closely. 

2.  Avoid  wet  areas. 

3.  Keep  grade  reasonable.  A  grade  of  less  than  10 
percent  should  be  a  target.  Grades  of  greater  than 
20  percent  should  be  rare,  and  will  usually  require 
extensive  construction. 

4.  For  drainage  reasons  and  for  maintenance  of 
grade,  avoid  following  the  fall  line;  trail  should 
angle  across  the  fall  line.  This  is  less  important  if 
the  trail  is  on  ledge. 


13 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  1-16  Historic  stepping  stones  on  abandoned  segment  of  the 
Bowl  Trail  (#6)  flooded  by  beaver  activity. 


5.  Keep  water  crossings  to  a  minimum.  Cross  water- 
courses high  (where  they  are  shallower)  and  use 
natural  crossings  if  possible.  Constructed  cross- 
ings (bridges,  etc.)  should  resemble  those  on  the 
rest  of  the  trail  in  character  and  placement. 

6.  If  possible,  locate  the  trail  on  ledge,  or  on  the  most 
inorganic,  stable  soils. 

7.  Generally  choose  long,  climbing  turns  over 
switchbacks. 

8.  If  switchbacks  are  to  be  used,  avoid  "stacking" 
switchbacks  in  many  tight  turns.  Instead,  gain 
grade  with  longer  stretches  of  trail.  Choose  natural 
barriers,  such  as  boulders,  large  trees,  or  thick  veg- 
etation to  switchback  around  and  accelerate  the 
grade  at  the  switchback  to  discourage  hikers  from 
taking  off-trail  shortcuts. 

9.  Entrances  to  abandoned  portions  of  a  trail  should 
be  obscured. 

10.  Historic  work  on  an  original  alignment  should  be 
stabilized  and  left  intact. 

11.  Eroded  or  disturbed  sections  of  an  old  route 
should  be  checked  if  necessary  and  revegetated. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

Through  annual  inspections,  the  condition  of  sensi- 
tive natural  and  cultural  resources  and  safety  concerns 
should  be  monitored.  Adverse  conditions  may  require 
consideration  of  temporary  or  permanent  closure  or 
rerouting. 


Fig.  1-17  Reroute  of  flooded  segment  of  the  Bowl  Trail  (#6) 
shown  in  Fig.  1-16  located  farther  away  from  the  edge  of  the 
pond.  Bogwalk  was  installed  to  traverse  wet,  muddy  areas. 
However,  this  feature  is  not  in  keeping  with  the  historic  stepping 
stones  that  are  present  on  other  sections  of  this  trail. 


14 


Chapter  1:  Route;  B.  Views 


B.  VIEWS 


DEFINITIONS 

A  view  is  an  expansive  or  panoramic  prospect  offered 
by  a  broad  range  of  vision,  which  is  naturally  occurring 
or  deliberately  contrived.  Views  of  island  and  ocean 
scenery  are  central  to  the  layout  and  configuration  of 
the  trail  system. 

A  vista  is  a  controlled  prospect  of  a  discrete  range  of 
linear  vision,  which  is  deliberately  contrived.  Typically 
associated  with  constructed  landscapes,  one  could 
argue  that  Acadia's  trail  system  through  expansive 
natural  landscape  scenery  does  not  contain  vistas.  Sev- 
eral sections  of  highly  crafted  trail,  however,  were  laid 
out  deliberately  through  rock  formations,  to  enhance 
one's  experience  of  discrete  natural  features. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Spectacular  views  of  mountain,  ocean,  and  lake  scen- 
ery have  lured  tourists  to  Mount  Desert  Island  for 
centuries.  In  the  early  1800s,  artists  from  the  Hudson 
River  School  captured  dramatic  views  on  canvas, 
which  drew  an  increasing  number  of  summer  travel- 
ers to  see  and  write  about  the  island.  In  travel  guides, 
engravings,  and  photographs  produced  in  the  1860s 
and  1870s,  views  from  the  mountain  summits  and 
views  of  interesting  rock  formations  along  the  coast 
were  most  often  documented.  During  the  1800s,  most 
of  the  island's  lower  hills  and  valleys  were  logged  or 
used  for  agricultural  purposes,  creating  open  trails 
with  distant  views  (Fig.  1-18). 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

With  the  development  of  a  marked  and  maintained 
path  system,  the  VIA/VIS  groups  formalized  a  network 
of  paths  to  led  hikers  to  scenic  views  (Figs.  1-19  to 
1-21).  Though  far  beyond  the  villages,  this  work  fit 
within  their  mission  to  "preserve  and  develop  the  nat- 
ural beauties  of  the  place,  and  to  enhance  their  attrac- 
tions, by  such  artificial  arrangements  as  good  taste  and 


Fig.  1-18  1875  view  from  the  summit  of  Flying  Mountain  (#105) 
looking  south  over  Fernald  Cove  and  Southwest  Harbor. 


Fig.  1-19  This  circa-1920  postcard  shows  the  view  from  Huguenot 
Head  into  Otter  Creek  Gorge,  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13). 


Fig.  1-20  Historic  view  south  from  Saint  Sauveur  Mountain 
(#102),  circa  1920. 


15 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Fig.  1-21   Historic  view  toward  Somes  Sound  and  Echo  Lake  from 
Beech  Cliff,  circa  1920. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  VIEWS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Extensive  logging  and  agriculture  left  open  viewsheds  that 
were  both  appreciated  and  documented  by  many  artists 
and  writers. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Many  trails  were  constructed  to  access  scenic  views  and 
rock  formations.  Diminished  logging,  protection,  and 
regrowth  of  woodlands  obscured  some  viewsheds. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


The  CCC  undertook  extensive  understory  removal,  or 
"woods  cleaning,"  along  trails  to  open  up  views.  Outlook 
shelters  were  constructed  at  picnic  areas. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


The  fire  of  1947  eliminates  most  woodland  on  eastern  por- 
tion of  island,  opening  expansive  views  and  resulting  in 
diminished  maintenance  of  woodland  trails  and  outlooks. 


NPS  Period  (1967-Present) 


Most  of  the  park  is  wooded  with  views  primarily  from 
the  summits.  Development  of  adjacent  lands  has  affected 
views  park-wide. 


science  may  suggest."  The  VIA/VIS  path  committees 
also  became  increasingly  interested  the  island's  geol- 
ogy. Trails  to  such  places  included  the  Potholes  Path 
(#342),  marked  in  1896  and  1907;  the  path  to  Tilting 
Rock  (#423),  marked  in  1901;  and  the  Cadillac  Cliffs 
Trail  (#5),  built  in  1906.  Waldron  Bates,  Bar  Harbor 
VIA  Path  Committee  chairman  from  1900  to  1909,  was 
particularly  active  in  the  construction  of  trails  to  view 
rock  formations  and  water  features.  Following  Bates, 
Rudolph  Brunnow,  who  constructed  the  Orange  and 
Black  Path  (#12/348)  in  1913,  and  George  Dorr,  who 
constructed  the  Homans  Path  (#349)  in  1916,  selected 
routes  that  led  through  rock  formations,  with  work 
accomplished  by  Andrew  Liscomb,  the  superintendent 
of  paths  for  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA.  By  selecting  a  winding 
route,  constructing  steps  through  fissures,  and  placing 
arch  stones,  the  trails  contain  a  sequence  of  views  and 
vistas,  both  natural  and  contrived.  Statements  by  the 
path  committee  chairmen  amplified  the  enthusiasm  of 
path  builders  to  construct  over  250  miles  of  trails  to 
and  through  scenic  areas,  such  as  by  Frank  Damrosch 
in  1911. 

There  are  still  scores  of  beautiful  views,  and  interesting 
trails,  which  should  be  made  accessible  to  our  summer 
residents,  and  these  will  be  made  available  as  rapidly  as 
the  funds  at  the  disposal  of  the  committee  will  permit. 

In  VIA/VIS  path  committee  reports  there  is  no  docu- 
mentation of  intentional  clearing  of  vegetation  to 
create  views.  The  trail  system  was  built  on  private  land, 
however,  and  was  susceptible  to  logging.  Some  trails 
were  temporarily  obscured  when  tracts  of  land  were 
logged.  Although  logging  opened  up  views,  the  VIA/ 
VIS,  in  alliance  with  the  Hancock  County  Trustees  of 
Public  Reservations  and  the  island's  water  companies, 
were  opposed  to  the  cutting  of  forests  and  sought 
protection  for  tracts  of  land  for  aesthetic  and  sanitary 
purposes.  The  shift  from  an  island  economy  based  on 
tourism  rather  than  logging  and  agriculture  resulted 
in  the  reforestation  of  much  of  the  island,  obscuring 
some  viewsheds.  With  federal  protection  in  1916,  the 
island's  trail  system  became  part  of  a  national  system  of 
landscapes  protected  for  spectacular  scenery. 


16 


Chapter  1:  Route;  B.  Views 


Fig.  1-22  This  1932  plan  for  the  Cadillac  Summit  Loop  Trail  (#33)  identifies  specific  lookout  view  spots  along  the  trail  route. 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Further  expansion  of  the  trail  system,  under  the 
direction  of  Park  Superintendent  George  Dorr,  took 
place  in  consultation  with  the  NPS  Landscape  Divi- 
sion. Trails  were  added  to  the  network  that  allowed  an 
increasing  number  of  motorists  to  enjoy  scenic  areas 
by  relatively  short  hikes,  such  as  the  Cadillac  Summit 
Loop  Trail  (#33),  designed  in  1932  and  constructed 
in  1933.  The  CCC  carried  out  additional  construc- 
tion between  1933  and  1942.  Routes  were  laid  out  in 
advance  on  paper  with  designated  outlook  points  (Fig. 
1-22).  The  CCC  also  enhanced  views  into  and  through 
woodlands  along  the  sides  of  trails  by  clearing  brush, 
dead  wood,  and  lower  branches,  such  along  the  path 
around  Lakewood  (#309),  near  Anemone  Cave  (#369), 
and  along  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  (Figs.  1-23  &  1-24).  This 
practice  would  later  be  viewed  as  damaging  to  the 
landscape  ecology.  Also  at  this  time,  extensive  clearing 
was  done  to  create  viewsheds  from  the  carriage  and 
motor  roads  and  picnic  areas.  This  type  of  clearing 
was  not  undertaken  on  the  trail  system,  which  became 
increasingly  wooded. 


NPS/Mission  66 

Mission  66  trails  focused  on  short  trails  over  relatively 
easy  hiking  terrain  through  scenic  areas,  such  as  the 
Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369)  and  Ship  Harbor  Nature 
Trail  (#127).  Like  earlier  periods,  vegetation  clearing 
was  emphasized  for  carriage  and  motor  roads  but  not 
for  hiking  trails.  The  fire  of  1947  dramatically  opened 
up  views  on  the  eastern  portion  of  the  island,  whereas 
the  western  side  of  the  island  became  increasingly 
wooded.  Views  associated  with  the  picnic  areas  on 
the  western  side  of  the  island  disappeared  as  the  areas 
were  seldom  used  and  not  maintained. 

National  Park  Service 

With  limited  logging  for  over  a  century,  most  trails  at 
lower  elevations  travel  through  woods  with  limited 
views  occurring  only  at  rock  slides  and  on  ledges. 
Areas  burned  in  the  1947  fire  are  now  fully  wooded 
with  stands  of  birch  and  poplar.  The  park  does  not  cut 
vegetation  for  trail  views.  Trails  over  ledges  are  very 
similar  in  character  to  when  they  were  built,  while 
mountains  without  summit  ledges  provide  only  limited 


17 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  1-23  The  CCC  used  both  coping  and  retaining  walls  along 
the  stairs  at  the  edge  of  the  overlook  at  Otter  Cliffs  and  on  the 
Ocean  Path  (#3),  view  in  1937. 


1 

- 
i 

1 

" 

Hi            m^  ■lit'"--"  !3n*"- - 

• 

-* 

Fig.  1-24  The  CCC  often  cleared  vegetation  from  the  trails  to 
provide  opportunities  for  observing  surrounding  views,  as  well 
done  here  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3),  circa  1937. 


Fig.  1-25  View  from  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11)  toward  Frenchman 
Bay  in  1995. 


views.  Currently,  there  are  some  visual  intrusions  into 
the  park's  viewsheds,  including  the  largely  expanded 
Jackson  Laboratory,  several  new  homes  along  the 
coast,  and  a  water  treatment  plant  and  dump  in  South- 
west Harbor  (Figs.  1-25  &  1-26). 


TREATMENT 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issues:  Many  views,  some  of  which  were  historically 
maintained,  have  been  lost  due  to  vegetation  growth. 
However,  identifying  historic  views  is  difficult,  and 
maintaining  them  requires  the  cutting  of  vegetation 
off-trail,  not  currently  an  approved  practice. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Current  research  indicates 
the  number  of  identifiable  historic  views  associated 
with  the  trail  system  is  minimal.  Possible  historic  views 


should  be  verified  through  one  or  more  of  the  follow- 
ing methods: 

1.  Search  written  records,  such  as  a  reference  in  a 
guidebook,  or  personal  accounts  from  the  historic 
periods. 

2.  Locate  built  structures  that  may  indicate  a  view 
spot,  such  as  historic  benches,  constructed  wide 
areas  in  the  trail,  or  constructed  overlooks  (Emery 
Path,  #15). 

3.  Locate  extant  historic  signs  identifying  overlooks. 

4.  Examine  historic  photographs. 

Once  an  historic  view  is  identified,  a  decision  must  be 
made  whether  or  not  to  restore  the  view  by  clearing 
vegetation  if  it  has  become  overgrown.  The  Hiking 
Trails  Management  Plan  allows  for  the  cutting  of  some 
vegetation  in  order  to  maintain  historic  views  or  vistas. 
Resource  management  staff  should  evaluate  the  impact 
of  vegetation  removal  and  will  participate  in  the  deci- 
sion to  reestablish  and  maintain  an  historic  view. 


18 


Chapter  1:  Route;  B.  Views 


Fig.  1-26  View  from  the  Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10)  with  The  Jackson  Laboratory  dominating  the  viewshed  in  1999. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  VIEW  MANAGEMENT 


ENDNOTES 


Resource  management  staff  and,  where  appropriate, 
the  park  arborist,  will  be  consulted  for  specifications 
on  how  vegetation  is  to  be  treated  and  managed  in 
order  to  establish  and/or  maintain  a  view  (see 
Chapter  2). 

ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

Once  a  viewshed  has  been  reestablished  through 
vegetation  removal,  it  should  be  monitored  on  a  yearly 
basis  for  vegetation  regrowth.  A  cyclic  schedule  of 
vegetation  pruning  and/or  removal  should  be  devel- 
oped to  ensure  the  view  continues  to  be  maintained 
(see  Chapter  2). 


1  Guy  B.  Arthur,  Civilian  Conservation  Corps  Field  Training: 
Construction  of  Trails  (1937),  2. 

2  "Mission  66  for  Acadia  National  Park,"  ca.  1956,  Harpers  Ferry, 
Box  ACAD,  B2. 

3  According  to  law,  rehabilitated  trails  will  be  built  to  accom- 
modate persons  with  disabilities  if  practicable,  and  if  such 
modifications  do  not  significantly  impact  the  historic  or  natural 
character  of  an  area.  In  some  cases,  portions  of  trails  designated 
to  be  ADA-accessible  will  need  to  be  rerouted  to  avoid  obstacles 
or  achieve  the  proper  grade.  ADA-accessible  trails,  and  trails 
rehabilitated  to  ADA  standards,  will  be  built  according  to  cur- 
rent legislation. 

4  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan  (United  States  Department  of  the 
Interior,  National  Park  Service,  2002),  23. 

5  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1892  Annual  Report. 

6  Seal  Harbor  VIS  1911  Annual  Report. 


19 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


20 


Fig.  2-1  This  image  of  the  Potholes  Path  (#342)  shows  two  aspects  of  vegetation  on  Acadia's  trails.  First,  vegetation  groupings,  like 
this  stand  of  pitch  pines,  are  an  important  characteristic  of  many  of  Acadia's  trails.  And  second,  there  has  been  an  increasing  loss  of 
summit  vegetation  on  many  of  the  trails,  as  shown  here  by  the  exposed  ledgerock  along  the  unmarked  trail  route. 


CHAPTER  2: 


VEGETATION 


21 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


CHAPTER  2:  VEGETATION 


Acadia's  trails  provide  access  to  the  diverse 
coastal,  woodland,  and  alpine  flora  of  Mount 
Desert  Island.  Appreciation  without  deg- 
radation of  trailside  vegetation  is  critical  to  resource 
protection  (Fig.  2-1). 

The  Champlain  Society,  formed  in  1880,  cultivated  an 
appreciation  of  the  island's  flora.  The  village  improve- 
ment societies  perpetuated  this  tradition  in  the  1890s 
and  early  1900s  by  publishing  nature  pamphlets, 
discouraging  the  removal  of  plants,  and  by  establish- 
ing nature  trails.  During  the  1930s,  the  CCC  carried 
out  extensive  revegetation  projects  using  native  plants, 
grown  from  collected  seeds  in  transplant  nurseries. 
Through  the  NPS/Mission  66  program,  nature  trails 
and  educational  efforts  emphasized  an  appreciation 
of  the  island's  vegetation.  These  efforts  are  carried 
forth  to  the  present  by  the  park's  botany  and  resource 
management  program,  which  replants  eroded  areas, 
eradicates  non-native  invasive  species,  and  protects 
rare  species.  Additionally,  the  interpretation  division 
educates  park  visitors  concerning  the  area's  vegetation. 

Rehabilitation  efforts  on  the  trail  system  should  work 
hand-in-hand  with  natural  resource  management 
to  ensure  that  the  longstanding  association  between 
trails  and  vegetation  can  remain  mutually  beneficial, 
providing  opportunities  to  experience  both  resources 
without  degrading  either  of  them. 


DEFINITION 

Vegetation  is  defined  as  the  total  plant  cover  of  an 
area,  such  as  a  forest,  marsh,  or  meadow.  In  general, 
vegetation  contributes  to  the  character  of  the  trail 
system  at  Acadia  through  the  natural  placement  of 
individual  specimens  or  plant  communities.  Although 
species  type  may  have  some  influence  on  the  trail 
aesthetic,  through  the  unique  visual  character  inherent 
with  certain  plants,  it  is  overall  effect  of  the  presence  or 
absence  of  vegetation  along  the  trails  that  is  the  great- 
est contributor  to  trail  character. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

For  early  European  settlers,  the  vegetation  on  Mount 
Desert  Island  represented  a  commodity.  Lumber  mills 
occupied  most  coves  and,  in  combination  with  fishing 
and  shipbuilding,  helped  sustain  the  island's  resource- 
based  economy.  Yet  by  the  late  1800s,  the  thriving 
tourism  industry  voiced  their  opinion  for  preservation 
of  the  natural  woodlands. 

When  the  Champlain  Society  was  formed  in  1880, 
members  actively  inventoried  and  appreciated  the 
island's  native  flora.  The  Society's  stated  purpose  was 
the  "study  of  the  natural  history  of  Mount  Desert 
Island  to  complete  lists  of  flora  and  fauna  as  far  as 
possible."7  Edward  Rand,  then  a  Harvard  University 
undergraduate,  served  as  the  director  of  botanical 
studies.  Later,  in  1894,  Rand  used  his  botany  notes  to 
coauthor  a  text  with  John  Redfield  entitled  Flora  of 
Mount  Desert  Island,  Maine. 

In  his  1880  report  for  the  Champlain  Society,  Rand 
wrote  with  great  concern  that  summer  residents  were 
collecting  many  of  the  wild  orchids  and  ferns  for  their 
properties.  In  1900,  when  Rand  became  the  first  chair- 
man of  the  Seal  Harbor  Village  Improvement  Society 
Path  Committee,  he  directed  the  construction  of  some 
new  trails.  Yet  by  1903,  he  considered  the  system  so 
extensive  that  no  more  trails  were  necessary  "unless 
to  meet  some  real  need."8  Rand's  successors  did  not 
share  his  opinion.  After  Rand  resigned  as  chairman  in 
1907,  many  more  miles  of  trails  were  constructed  in 
the  Seal  Harbor  path  district.  This  dilemma  of  limited 
versus  unlimited  access  to  natural  features  and  large 
contiguous  habitats  continues  to  the  present  day  with 
the  park's  mandate  to  both  protect  resources  and  pro- 
vide visitor  enjoyment. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Two  of  the  first  trails  cut  and  marked  by  the  Bar  Har- 
bor VIA  were  the  Royal  Fern  Path  (#305)  and  Bracken 
Path  (#307),  reflecting  the  significance  of  vegetation 


22 


Chapter  2:  Vegetation 


Fig.  2-2  Early  routes  often  passed  groves  of  significant  trees  or 
individual  specimens  like  this  large  hemlock  on  the  Valley  Trail 
(#28),  1999. 


Fig.  2-3  As  shown  in  this  1930s  photo  of  the  Anemone  Cave 
Trail  (#369),  the  CCC  practiced  vegetation  clearing  of  understory 
growth  along  many  of  their  trails. 


to  the  organization.  Trails  were  routed  to  take  visitors 
past  interesting  vegetation,  particularly  groves  of  large 
trees,  such  as  on  the  Gorge  Path  (#28),  actively  used 
since  the  1870s,  and  the  Hemlock  Trail  (#23),  marked 
by  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  in  1895  (Fig.  2-2).  While  there 
were  several  botanists  who  summered  on  the  island, 
the  1915  and  1928  path  guides  contain  very  little 
information  on  notable  plants,  perhaps  to  prevent  the 
harvesting  or  damage  of  the  island's  unique  specimens. 
Other  publications  offered  such  information,  however, 
such  as  The  Future  of  Mount  Desert  Island  prepared  by 
Charles  Eliot,  which  contained  a  map  of  notable  plants 
and  plant  communities. 

In  1929  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  constructed  the  island's 
first  self-guided  trail,  the  Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail 
(#463),  consisting  of  over  seventy  labeled  native  plants 
along  a  marked  trail.  The  trail  began  at  the  Jordan 
Pond  House  and  extended  west  over  Jordan  Stream, 
then  south  to  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49). 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Forest  stand  "improvement,"  fire  hazard  reduc- 
tion, and  revegetation  were  a  part  of  most  CCC  trail 
projects.  To  "improve"  existing  trails,  stands  of  trees 
were  thinned  and  pruned  to  open  up  views  into  the 
woods,  nearby  ponds,  or  distant  valleys.  This  practice 
of  woods  cleaning  involved  removal  of  enormous 
amounts  of  understory  vegetation,  dead  limbs,  and 
ground  logs  (Fig.  2-3).  To  reduce  fire  hazards,  most 
of  the  wood  was  burned  in  brush  piles.  While  these 
forest  management  practices  were  deemed  positive  at 
the  time,  they  were  later  viewed  as  highly  disruptive  to 
the  landscape  ecology  of  the  area.  It  is  also  ironic  that 
within  ten  years,  the  1947  fire  burned  nearly  a  third  of 
the  forests  on  the  eastern  half  of  the  island. 

A  separate  CCC  program  involved  the  collection  of 
native  seeds  and  seedlings,  which  were  planted  or 
transplanted  in  three  nurseries  established  near  Kebo 
Mountain,  Little  Meadow  Hill,  and  McFarland  Hill. 


23 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  2-4  Trail  on  Cadillac  Mountain  in  the  1930s  before  CCC 
seedling  revegetation. 


Fig.  2-5  The  same  trail  as  Fig.  2-4  on  Cadillac  Mountain  in  the 
1930s  after  CCC  revegetation  and  some  vegetation  growth. 


Plants  were  then  used  to  revegetate  old  road  scars  and 
abandoned  quarries.  Vegetation  was  also  planted  along 
new  roads  and  trails.  The  CCC  also  covered  recently 
constructed  steps  with  moss  and  ferns  to  harmonize 
the  new  work  with  the  surrounding  landscape  (Figs. 
2-4  to  2-6). 

NPS/Mission  66 

With  an  emphasis  on  expanded  visitor  facilities  during 
the  Mission  66  era,  there  was  less  focus  on  large-scale 
vegetation  clearing  or  planting  than  there  had  been 
during  earlier  periods.  One  exception  was  the  eastern 
side  of  the  island  where  the  landscape  was  still  recov- 
ering from  the  1947  fire.  Workers  cut  down  thousands 
of  scorched  trees  and  left  them  lying  on  all  the  ledges 
of  the  burned  area.  These  stumps  and  logs  are  still 
noticeable  today.  During  the  same  period,  the  western 
side  of  the  island  was  seldom  visited  and  received  little 
vegetative  work.  However,  on  the  national  level,  the 


NPS  implemented  numerous  programs  to  develop  self- 
guided  nature  trails  to  educate  visitors  about  local  flora 
and  fauna.  At  Acadia,  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail 
(#127)  was  constructed  as  such  a  trail. 

National  Park  Service 

In  the  late  1990s,  Acadia's  resource  management  staff 
began  to  work  closely  with  the  trails  program.  The  staff 
has  assisted  with  revegetation  projects  and  provided 
expertise  for  problem  solving,  plants  to  use,  and  suc- 
cessful planting  methods.  They  perform  site  visits 
prior  to  project  initiation  to  investigate  whether  rare 
or  endangered  species  will  be  disturbed  by  trail  work, 
monitor  sites  for  invasive  exotic  species  and  treat  as 
necessary,  and  remain  available  for  consultation  on 
future  projects.  At  present,  native  plant  species  are 
grown  in  the  park's  in-house  nursery  and  native  seeds 
are  provided  for  use  along  trails. 


24 


Chapter  2:  Vegetation 


One  of  the  most  significant  vegetation  issues  faced 
by  the  NPS  is  the  trampling  and  loss  of  vegetation  in 
summit  areas.  The  dramatic  loss  of  trailside  vegetation, 
particularly  in  ledge  areas,  can  be  observed  by  compar- 
ing old  and  recent  photographs  (Figs.  2-7  &  2-8),  or  by 
walking  along  one  of  the  lichen-covered  trails  that  is  no 
longer  marked  and  maintained,  but  within  park  bound- 
aries, such  as  the  Potholes  Path  (#342)  (see  Fig.  2-1). 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  VEGETATION 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Lumbering  was  part  of  the  island  economy  until  tourism 
industry  objected.  Rare  flowering  plants  were  plundered 
by  summer  residents. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Paths  were  built  through  scenic  woodlands,  but  specific 
plants  were  rarely  mentioned  in  path  guides. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


The  CCC  removed  understory  vegetation  for  views  and 
fire  management  and  planted  native  trees  and  shrubs 
grown  in  CCC  nurseries. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


There  was  an  emphasis  on  appreciation  and  education 
about  vegetation  on  self-guided  nature  trails. 


NPS  Period  (1967-Present) 


The  park  emphasizes  the  elimination  of  non-natives  and 
performs  minimal  cutting  to  clear  trail  corridors  and  view- 
sheds.  Loss  of  summit  vegetation  is  a  major  concern. 


TREATMENT 

1.  Rare  and  Endangered  Species 

Issue:  Many  plant  species  within  the  park  are  consid- 
ered rare  within  the  state  of  Maine,  although  currently 
none  are  so  rare  as  to  merit  federal  protection.  Most  of 
these  rare  plants  are  found  in  three  ecological  commu- 
nities that  are  considered  sensitive  to  human  distur- 
bance: mountain  summits,  seashores  and  islands,  and 
wetlands.  The  proximity  of  many  of  the  park's  trails  to 
sensitive  ecosystems  could  lead  to  adverse  impacts  on 
protected  species. 


Fig.  2-6  Photograph  taken  by  the  CCC  in  the  1930s  showing  how 
their  crews  planted  mosses  and  ferns  on  these  newly  installed 
steps  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  to  soften  the  new  stone 
work  and  blend  it  with  the  surrounding  landscape. 


m^  .  U  * 


m 


:'**£       ■■'•   <jft\ 


2  jt         ■  '£> ,: 

Fig.  2-7  This  circa-1916  image  of  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  shows 
the  variety  of  vegetation  along  the  trail,  especially  the  low- 
growing  summit  vegetation,  and  a  well-defined  trail  route. 


ijiTrilytfiliMi 

■  '  ■ 

cjjw    ' 

%§s?"^: 

HHH£Ml^ 

Eft*.  -  ■ 

Fig.  2-8  A  1999  photograph  of  the  same  section  of  the 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  as  Fig.  2-7  shows  the  dramatic  loss  of 
vegetation,  particularly  the  summit  vegetation  impacted  by  the 
1947  fire  and  widening  trail  corridor. 


25 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


Treatment  Guidelines:  As  stated  in  the  HikingTrails 
Management  Plan,  "Preventing  disturbance  to  park 
plants  and  animals,  especially  rare  species  and  habitats, 
will  be  a  major  consideration  in  trail  rehabilitation, 
maintenance,  and  use."9 


3.  Trailside  Revegetation 

Issue:  Revegetation  is  often  needed  for  disturbed  sites 
after  trail  rehabilitation.  However,  there  is  a  chance 
non-native  species  may  also  be  introduced  to  the  dis- 
turbed area  through  imported  construction  materials. 


Vegetation  should  be  monitored  regularly  to  deter- 
mine the  presence  of  rare  or  endangered  vegetation 
on  or  near  the  trail  system.  If  rare  or  endangered 
vegetation  is  found,  trail  closures  and/or  reroutes  may 
be  required  to  protect  the  remaining  vegetation.  Any 
decision  in  this  regard  should  be  made  in  cooperation 
between  the  park  natural  and  cultural  resource  staff 
and  will  follow  the  guidelines  established  in  the  Hiking 
Trails  Management  Plan  concerning  the  protection  of 
rare  species  and  habitats. 

2.  Trailside  Vegetation  Clearing 

Issue:  Periodic  vegetation  clearing  along  trails  is 
needed  to  maintain  the  trail  corridor  and  keep  impor- 
tant viewsheds  clear.  However,  trail  corridors  have 
often  been  cleared  too  wide  in  the  past  to  maximize 
length  of  the  clearing  cycle.  When  areas  are  not  cut 
often  enough,  growth  is  such  that  major  clearing 
efforts  are  needed. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  Hiking  Trails  Management 
Plan  provides  general  guidelines  for  trail  clearing  and 
for  the  rehabilitation  of  vistas,  including  limiting  the 
width  of  clearing,  addressing  summit  vegetation,  and 
monitoring  for  exotic  species.10  Most  trails  will  be 
cleared  in  a  manner  that  matches  historic  standards. 
However,  vegetation  on  trails  built  by  the  CCC  would 
not  be  cleared  as  extensively  as  was  done  historically. 
Generally,  trails  should  be  cleared  on  a  three-to- 
five-year  cycle  to  provide  an  adequate  corridor  and  a 
high-quality  visitor  experience.  However,  they  should 
be  cleared  more  often  if  necessary,  on  a  schedule  that 
encourages  light  pruning  rather  than  heavy  cutting 
efforts.  Vistas  will  be  researched  and  documented, 
and  the  cumulative  effects  of  clearing  will  be  consid- 
ered before  opening  or  maintaining  vistas.  Volunteers 
and  new  park  service  employees  responsible  for  trail 
clearing  will  be  provided  hands-on  training  in  proper 
clearing  methods  before  undertaking  trail  clearing. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Revegetation  of  disturbed  sites 
will  occur.  If  possible,  imported  soil  and  gravel  would 
be  treated  to  prevent  introduction  of  non-native  plants 
through  seed.  Sites  will  be  monitored  for  exotic  spe- 
cies, and  treated  using  an  integrated  pest  management 
approach. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  TRAIL  CLEARING 

1.  Corridor  Height 

Trail  corridors  will  be  cleared  high  enough  for  a  hiker 
to  walk  through  without  touching  overhanging  limbs 
and  brush,  approximately  8  feet  above  grade.  Allow- 
ance must  be  made  for  brush  and  limbs  weighted  down 
with  rain  or  snow,  and  for  the  increased  height  of  a 
snow-covered  tread. 

2.  Corridor  Width 

The  width  of  the  corridor  will  vary  with  terrain  and 
vegetation  type,  and  will  be  highly  affected  by  visitor 
use.  "Front  country"  trails  such  as  the  Ocean  Path  (#3) 
or  Gorham  Mountain  Trail  (#4)  that  are  traveled  by 
many  visitors  who  are  often  unaccustomed  to  hiking, 
should  be  cleared  wider  than  trails  less  easily  accessed, 
such  as  the  Great  Notch  Trail  (#122)  or  Grandgent 
Trail  (#66).  Some  trails,  such  as  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39)  along  the  east  shore,  shall  be  cleared  to  the 
historical  standard  if  it  is  known,  in  this  case  four  feet 
wide.  With  no  exceptions  will  trails  be  cleared  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  encourage  further  erosion  caused  by 
trail  widening  or  braiding. 

Generally,  a  V-shaped  trail  corridor  is  desirable.  Cut- 
ting the  trail  at  ankle  height  to  no  more  than  18  inches 
wide,  and  at  shoulder  height  to  approximately  3  to  3  Yi 
feet  wide,  gives  the  corridor  this  narrow  V  shape.  This 
allows  hikers  ample  room,  while  channeling  hikers  and 
limiting  trail  widening. 


26 


Chapter  2:  vegetation 


3.  Cutting 

All  workers  should  be  trained  in  proper  pruning 
techniques.  Low  shrubs  and  small  trees  will  be  cut 
flush  to  the  ground  for  aesthetic  and  safety  reasons. 
Stumps  will  be  cut  squarely,  leaving  no  pointed  edges. 
If  tree  tops  or  lateral  branches  need  to  be  removed,  the 
situation  should  be  carefully  evaluated,  as  removal  of 
the  whole  tree  may  be  the  preferred  option.  The  use 
of  proper  pruning  techniques  will  avoid  leaving  stubs 
or  sharp  points  on  pruned  trees  and/or  limbs,  ensur- 
ing tree  health  and  hiker  safety.  All  branches  and  cut 
debris  will  be  removed  from  the  trail  and  scattered 
completely  out  of  view  of  hikers.  Brush  should  not  be 
left  in  unsightly  piles. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

All  trails  will  be  monitored  yearly  for  clearing.  As  men- 
tioned above,  individual  trails  and  trail  sections  will 
be  cleared  as  needed,  and  all  trails  will  be  cleared  on  a 
cyclical  basis,  approximately  every  three  to  five  years. 
Ongoing  training  should  be  provided  for  all  new  work- 
ers in  corridor  clearing,  vegetation  pruning,  and  debris 
removal  techniques. 


ENDNOTES 

7  Edward  L.  Rand,  First  Annual  Report  of  the  Champlain  Society 
(1880). 

8  Seal  Harbor  VIS  1903  Annual  Report. 

9  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  23. 

10  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  24. 


27 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


28 


•V-tS    ^ 


- 


IL      «* 


-£?-.    -J& 


■&*&m 


J&*. 


iSafr- 


• 


SitW^ti**..  ■ 


jjtoaBJSf**"" 


^MMSM*' 


v:4      r. 


■  .  Cat: 


1  &*^   ■■^JSfc  : 


Fig.  3-1  This  circa-1916  photograph  of  a  bench  cut  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  illustrates  how  the  treadway  enhances  the  overall  trail 
character.  Near  the  trailhead,  the  trail  is  highly  crafted  with  almost  continuous  stone  pavement  along  its  sidehill  route. 
As  it  approaches  Huguenot  Head  and  winds  through  a  grove  of  trees,  the  character  changes  to  a  woodland  walk,  emphasized  by  a 
treadway  surfaced  with  pine  needles  and  other  organic  material. 


CHAPTER  3: 


Treadway 

A.  BENCH  CUTS 

B.  CAU  SEWAY 

C.  GRAVEL  TREAD 

D.  STONE  PAVEMENT 

E.  UNCONSTRUCTED  TREAD 


29 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


CHAPTER  3:  TREADWAY 


On  Acadia's  trails,  as  with  other  hiking  trails, 
construction  of  the  actual  treadway  is  central 
to  the  trail's  durability  and  longevity  in  the 
landscape.  A  well-constructed  tread  also  improves 
accessibility  and  ease  of  walking,  while  the  aesthetics 
of  the  treadway,  whether  gravel,  stone  pavement,  or 
unaltered  soil,  influence  how  the  overall  character  of 
the  trail  is  perceived  by  the  trail  user. 


A.  BENCH  CUTS 


DEFINITIONS 


A  bench  cut  is  a  cross-slope  treadway  constructed  by 
removing  material  from  the  slope  to  create  a  flattened 
surface. 


This  chapter  discusses  five  types  of  tread  construction 
methods  and  materials  that  have  been  historically  used 
at  Acadia: 

A.  Bench  Cuts 

B.  Causeway 

C.  Gravel  Tread 

D.  Stone  Pavement 

E.  Unconstructed  Tread 

Providing  a  solid,  obstacle-free  tread  has  been  an 
integral  part  of  Acadia  trail  construction  since  the 
formation  of  the  VIA/VIS  groups  in  the  1890s,  when 
well-dressed  society  men  and  women  were  using  the 
trail  system  to  access  the  natural  environment  (Fig.  3- 
1).  The  high  level  of  construction  was  perpetuated  into 
the  1930s  when  the  CCC  adhered  to  rigorous  stan- 
dards for  the  careful  preparation  of  trail  subgrade  and 
tread.  Many  trails  that  have  withstood  one  hundred 
years  of  use  still  retain  evidence  of  early  tread  work. 
Others,  particularly  where  drainage  is  a  problem,  are 
in  poor  condition  and  have  extensive  erosion,  loss  of 
tread  material,  trail  widening,  and  exposed  roots.  This 
section  offers  guidelines  on  the  appropriate  tread  con- 
struction methods  and  materials  needed  to  rehabilitate 
and  maintain  trails  and  prevent  further  degradation  of 
the  trail  system. 


A  bench  cut  may  be  a  full  bench,  a  half  bench,  or  a 
three-quarter  bench  (Fig.  3-2).  These  terms  refer  to 
how  much  of  the  treadway  is  placed  in  the  cut  area 
and  how  much  of  it  is  placed  in  the  fill  area  on  the 
downslope  side  of  the  trail.  A  full  bench  consists  of 
the  trail  corridor  fully  placed  in  the  cut  area,  while  a 
three-quarter  bench  has  three-quarters  of  the  tread 
in  the  cut,  and  a  half  bench  has  half  of  the  tread  in 
the  cut  and  half  in  the  fill.  Cut  and  fill  areas  are  graded 
to  the  angle  of  repose  or  internal  friction  of  a  stable 
slope  according  to  the  composition  of  the  material.  In 
Acadia,  since  natural  slopes  were  altered  so  long  ago, 
it  is  often  difficult  to  tell  which  kind  of  bench  was  used 
on  historic  trails. 


I    & 


Angle  of  repose 


Full  bench 


Three-quarter 
bench 


Half  bench 


Fig.  3-2  Detail  of  types  of  bench  cuts. 


30 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  A.  Bench  Cuts 


A  bench  cut  may  have  other  features  associated  with  it, 
such  as  side  drainage,  cross  drainage,  or  stone  paving, 
a  coping  wall,  or  retaining  walls  on  either  the  uphill, 
downhill,  or  both  sides  of  the  treadway.  These  features 
do  not  define  types  of  benches,  but  they  should  be 
referenced  separately  when  used  in  association  with 
benches,  and  built  or  maintained  according  to  the 
principles  of  their  own  construction. 

The  use  of  bench  cuts  is  closely  related  to  choice  of 
route.  Bench  cuts  are  usually  an  integral  part  of  a  route 
following  the  basic  rules  of  route  layout  (see  Chapter 
1)— cutting  across  rather  than  following  the  fall  line, 
avoiding  crossing  the  crests  of  ridges  or  the  bottoms  of 
gorges,  and  staying  high  or  wide  of  wet  areas.  Ascend- 
ing trails  built  according  to  these  rules  will  use  bench 
cuts  and  switchbacks.  On  the  other  hand,  many  of  Aca- 
dia's trails  go  straight  up  the  slope  toward  the  summit, 
or  follow  drainage  paths  and  ridges,  and  do  not  usually 
use  bench  cuts. 

Bench  cuts  are  a  type  of  sidehill  construction,  but  not 
all  sidehill  construction  is  defined  as  bench  cut.  Talus 
paving  and  pinned-log  walkways  are  often  sidehill 
benches  but  are  not  created  by  the  removal  of  earth 
from  a  hill.  Portions  of  woodland  paths  on  which  a 
trail  has  been  trampled  along  the  side  of  a  hill  do  not 
usually  leave  a  resultant  "cut"  in  the  earth  substantial 
enough  to  be  considered  a  constructed  feature  of  any 
kind.  Trail  portions  that  follow  natural  benches,  usu- 
ally along  the  bases  of  hills  and  cliffs  or  along  stream 
banks,  are  also  not  considered  bench  cuts. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  BENCH  CUTS  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  path  work,  many  trail  routes  took 
advantage  of  natural  benches,  but  there  is  no  evidence 
or  documentation  of  any  constructed  bench  cuts. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Most  early  VIA/VIS  bench  cuts  were  associated  with 
trails  which  took  a  continuous  cross-slope,  neither 
gaining  nor  losing  much  grade.  These  trails  include 


the  Jordan  Pond  Carry  (#38),  the  Pond  Trail  (#20), 
the  Seaside  Path  (#401),  and  the  Wild  Gardens  Path 
(#354).  All  of  these  trails  use  at  least  some  sidewall, 
historic  scree,  and/or  coping.  Two  Bates  trails,  the 
Eagle  Crag  Loop  of  the  Cadillac  Mountain  South 
Ridge  Trail  (#27)  and  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64),  included 
constructed  benches  along  climbing  turns  (not  quite 
switchbacks),  foreshadowing  the  trail  construction  to 
follow.  Both  of  these  trails  were  highly  constructed 
and  used  retaining  walls  to  support  much  of  the 
benched  treadway. 

The  highly  crafted  memorial  trails  built  under  the 
direction  of  George  Dorr  in  the  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring 
area  introduced  switchbacks  to  the  system  and  associ- 
ated bench  cuts.  At  this  point,  the  delineation  between 
bench  cuts  and  talus  pavement  becomes  confused, 
especially  where  benches  have  been  paved  with  stones, 
and  it  is  unclear  how  the  bench  was  initially  formed. 
Some  bench  cuts  transition  into  and  out  of  sections  of 
talus  pavement. 

Nearly  all  the  bench  cuts  used  on  highly  crafted  trails 
are  retained  with  coping  or  retaining  wall  and  surfaced 
with  either  gravel  or  stone  pavement.  For  example, 
much  of  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  consists  of  long 
sections  of  bench  retained  with  stone  walls  on  the 
downslope  side  (Fig.  3-3).  On  sections  of  this  bench 
work,  drainage  structures  such  as  side  drains  and  cul- 
verts are  a  part  of  the  bench  construction. 


Fig.  3-3  This  bench  cut  on  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  is  supported 
by  stone  retaining  walls  on  the  downslope  side. 


31 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


SWITCHBACK 


Guard  rai!  orror.U  wall  to' fo IB'  long 
and   t*'K>2    high    RocU  wall  may 
taper  from  ?' Hir^h  flt f^rn  to  abou^ 
K)"at*ncl     Toprevenv  cro»  cutting 

ai  vurns 


Grade   should  b«  slacked  fo  idflc   within 
6'  of  turn  and  *orn  itae'f  jho.    d  b«  i«vei 
f  af  al'  practicable 


Fig.  3-4  CCC  details  for  laying  out  a  series  of  switchbacks  on  a  bench-cut  trail. 


Fig.  3-5  A  CCC  bench  cut  with  an  outside  retaining  wall  on  the 
Valley  Trail  (#116).  Note  that  the  outslope  is  lost  and  the  tread  is 
wearing. 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

By  design,  a  majority  of  the  CCC  mileage  is  sidehill 
construction,  much  of  it  consisting  of  bench  cuts.  The 
CCC  introduced  exacting  standards  for  the  construc- 
tion of  switchbacks  and  bench  cuts.  They  constructed 
most  of  their  benches  with  outside  retaining  wall 
and/or  coping  stones  and  paved  the  resultant  tread- 
way  with  gravel.  The  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  and 
western  half  of  Valley  Trail  (#116)  are  classic  examples 
of  this  work.  In  addition,  some  sections  of  the  Per- 
pendicular Trail  (#119)  and  the  Beech  Mountain  West 
Ridge  Trail  (#108)  are  bench  cuts  with  side  drains  and 
culverts  (Figs.  3-4  &  3-5). 

NPS/Mission  66 

Mission  66  bench  cuts  were  designed  similar  to  those 
of  the  CCC,  though  a  standard  trail  width  of  5  feet 
required  a  larger  bench.  Since  Mission  66  trails  were 
predominantly  in  easily  accessible,  high-use  areas,  the 
extent  of  bench  cuts  made  during  this  era  is  less  appar- 
ent. Of  the  few  bench  cuts  that  were  constructed,  most 
included  outside  retaining  wall  and  were  surfaced  with 
gravel  or  asphalt  (Fig.  3-6). 

National  Park  Service 

Since  the  1960s,  when  deciding  upon  the  locations  of 
reroutes  and  new  trails,  sidehill  routes  needing  bench 
cuts  have  rarely  been  chosen.  Consequently,  very  few 


32 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  A.  Bench  Cuts 


':">!>kQ 


*l°'t 


%**** 


I'-O* 


( 


-  5'  ltt*l  I    ft»»t 


C   k  t 


jili- 


Fig.  3-6  This  Mission  66-era  cross-section  of  a  bench  cut  design  for  the  western  half  of  the  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113) 
shows  a  slight  pitch  on  the  trail  with  a  side  drain  included  on  the  uphill  side. 


sections  of  new  bench  cuts  were  created  between  the 
1960s  and  1990s.  For  instance,  when  the  southern  end 
of  the  Gorge  Path  (#28)  was  rerouted  in  1974,  the  NPS 
chose  a  direct  route  that  ascended  and  descended  hills 
rather  than  going  cross-slope  and  using  bench  cuts, 
which  would  have  been  much  more  durable. 

While  the  associated  features  of  old  bench  cuts,  such 
as  walls  and  side  drains,  have  been  sporadically  main- 
tained since  the  1970s,  only  since  the  beginning  of  the 
latest  rehabilitation  efforts  in  the  late  1990s  has  main- 
taining the  shape  and  integrity  of  bench  cuts  them- 
selves become  a  priority.  As  a  result,  many  old  bench 
cuts,  such  as  on  the  Pond  Trail  (#20)  and  Valley  Trail 
(#116),  have  eroded  into  gullies  (Fig.  3-7).  This  situa- 
tion often  creates  an  outside  berm,  preventing  proper 
drainage  and  trapping  water  on  the  trail. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


The  character  of  bench  cuts  used  at  Acadia  has  been  rela- 
tively consistent  throughout  the  historic  periods. 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


No  evidence  or  documentation  of  bench  cut  use  has  been 
found. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Bench  cuts  were  often  used  to  traverse  moderate  side- 
slopes.  On  highly  crafted  trails,  carefully  constructed 
bench  cuts  were  used  in  switchback  routes.  Bench  cuts 
were  associated  with  retaining  walls,  coping  walls,  steps, 
side  drains,  culverts,  and  gravel  and  stone  paving. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


The  CCC  made  extensive  use  of  bench  cuts  in  switch- 
backs and  to  traverse  moderate  to  steep  sidehills.  Bench 
cuts  were  used  with  retaining  walls,  coping  walls,  steps, 
side  drains,  culverts,  and  gravel  paving. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


A  few  bench  cuts  were  used  in  short  runs,  usually  with 
outside  retaining  wall. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


No  new  bench  cuts  were  constructed.  Maintenance  of  old 
bench  cuts  began  in  the  1990s 


33 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  3-7  Eroded  bench  on  Valley  Trail  (#116). 


TREATMENT 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Adding  bench  cuts  to  some  trails  introduces  a 
visible  element  of  construction  and  may  add  a  feature 
that  is  not  historically  compatible  with  the  trail. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Bench  cuts,  and  their  accom- 
panying features,  are  not  historically  appropriate  for 
all  trails  and  should  not  be  overused.  Bench  cuts  can 
be  used  on  most  VIA/VIS  and  CCC  trails  with  a  his- 
tory of  constructed  features.  Bench  cuts  can  also  be 
sporadically  used  on  less-constructed  trails,  provided 
the  bench  cut  is  carefully  blended  into  the  trail  and 
the  use  of  stone  walls  or  other  constructed  features  is 
minimized.  For  example,  benches  on  woodland  trails 
should  be  subtle,  provide  a  narrow  trail  tread,  contain 
no  or  few  retaining  walls,  and  use  the  excavated  mate- 
rial from  the  cut  side  of  the  bench  as  the  trail  surface. 


2.  Erosion 

Issue:  Bench  cuts  that  are  not  maintained  become 
eroded  gullies  as  the  outside  berm  traps  water  on  the 
trail. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  If  constructed  and  maintained 
properly,  bench  cuts  are  the  least  intrusive  way  of 
building  a  durable  tread  on  sidehill  trails.  They  are 
preferable  to  the  scars  caused  by  trails  that  follow  the 
fall  line  and  the  gullying  and  erosion  of  sidehill  trails 
that  are  not  properly  benched  or  outsloped.  Main- 
tenance of  bench  cuts  should  be  a  priority,  including 
establishing  and  maintaining  the  proper  trail  cross- 
slope  and  eliminating  outside  berms,  to  prevent  trail 
erosion. 

3.  Natural  Resources 

Issue:  Cutting  roots  to  create  bench  cuts  may  endanger 
nearby  trees  and  other  vegetation. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  damage  caused  by  cutting 
roots  to  create  bench  cuts  is  generally  outweighed  by 
the  benefits  of  having  a  clear,  non-eroding  treadway 
that,  in  the  long  run,  allows  for  healthy  tree  growth  in 
the  area.  However,  not  all  roots  should  be  cut  in  the 
construction  and  maintenance  of  bench  cuts.  Roots 
judged  essential  to  important  trees  should  be  left  in 
place,  and  the  route  of  the  trail  or  height  of  the  bench 
surface  should  be  adjusted  to  accommodate  them. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  BENCH  CUTS 

1 .  Type  of  Bench 

A  full  bench  is  the  most  durable  kind  of  bench  cut  and 
is  the  preferred  type  for  use.  As  the  slope  of  the  hillside 
increases,  the  necessity  of  the  trail  tread  being  solid 
earth  is  greater,  so  that  a  half  bench  is  acceptable  on 
a  1:1  slope,  a  three-quarter  bench  on  a  2:1  slope,  and 
a  full  bench  necessary  on  slopes  of  3:1  or  greater  (Fig. 
3-8).  When  the  proper  kind  of  bench  for  the  slope 
cannot  be  constructed,  retaining  wall  must  be  built  to 
hold  the  material  added  to  the  slope  to  complete  the 
trail  width. 


34 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  A.  Bench  Cuts 


2.  Construction  of  Bench 

In  the  construction  of  a  new  bench,  the  route  should 
be  staked  to  delineate  the  two  edges  of  the  trail  cor- 
ridor. Bench  width  should  be  in  keeping  with  the  rest 
of  the  trail.  The  width  for  woodland  trails  ranges  from 
18  to  48  inches  (Fig.  3-9). 

In  a  full  bench,  none  of  the  excavated  material  is  used 
as  trail  tread.  The  material  is  used  elsewhere.  In  half 
and  three-quarter  benches,  the  appropriate  amount  of 
excavated  stone  and  soil  is  placed  on  the  downhill  side 
so  that  it  creates  the  proper  slope  and  is  tamped  until 
firm.  Existing  organic  material  on  the  trail  is  stock- 
piled, then  is  tamped  and  planted  along  the  trail's  out- 
sloped  edge.  If  no  retaining  wall  is  to  be  built,  stones 
pulled  from  the  hillside  can  be  set  along  the  outside  of 
the  new  tread  material  in  a  random  fashion  for  reten- 
tion of  the  infill. 

The  bench  tread  should  have  an  outslope  of  1/2  inch 
per  1  foot.  Where  inside  drainage  is  used,  the  trail  may 
be  crowned,  outsloped,  or  insloped. 

To  prevent  erosion,  the  bank  on  the  uphill  and 
downhill  side  of  the  treadway  should  be  sloped  to  its 
angle  of  repose.  This  angle  will  vary,  depending  on  the 
surrounding  slope  and  the  soil  type,  but  the  maximum 
slope  is  1:1.  Also,  the  outside  edge  of  the  treadway 
should  be  rounded  over,  rather  than  left  as  a 
sharp  corner  (Figs.  3-10  &  3-11). 


3.  Use  of  Retaining  Wall 

Outside  retaining  wall,  which  retains  the 
treadway,  is  generally  needed  in  the  following 
situations: 

•  when  more  fill  material  is  used  to  widen 
a  treadway  than  is  appropriate  for  the 
slope,  or 

•  when  soil  is  particularly  loose  and  an 
angle  of  repose  cannot  be  achieved 

Inside  retaining  wall,  which  retains  the  bank 
above  the  treadway,  should  be  used  when  a 
sustainable  angle  of  repose  cannot  be  reached. 


Cut  tlcpm  . 


A  GOOD  CROSS  SECTION  IN  HEAVY  CUT 

SKETGH  NO.  1 


<"-  Nttml  tUt  tkfm 


FOR  EASY  SLOPES 

SKETCH  NO.  2 


Fig.  3-8  CCC  details  for  bench  cuts  illustrate  the  proper  choice  of 
bench  type' — full  bench  for  steep  slopes  as  shown  in  Sketch  No. 
1,  and  half  or  three-quarter  bench  for  more  gradual  slopes  as 
shown  in  Sketch  No.  2. 


■  Suit  lne»tinf  top  4  tlafm 


CuitJop* 


tad  Uocjtrof  out 


StttMhpt 


Sukt  JocttioM  cut  utd  r™4* 


STAKING  IT  OUT 

SKETGH  NO.  4 


Fig.  3-9  CCC  details  for  staking  a  bench  cut. 


35 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


cM 

i 

1 

irate  i 

\H& 

»\ 

hW 

'»^\ 

1      ; 

Ml     ' 

Vuintl  ktMB-1  by  fr*t 

EROSION  OF  STEEP  SLOPES 

SKETCH  NO.  B 

Fig.  3-10  CCC  detail  of  erosion  on  steep  slopes. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  All  bench  cuts  should  be  regularly  regraded 
to  maintain  the  outslope.  Uphill  material 
that  has  slumped  into  the  treadway  should 
be  graded  onto  the  treadway. 

2.  Any  berm  along  the  outside  of  the  trail  edge 
should  be  removed. 

3.  Collapsing  banks  on  either  side  of  the  tread- 
way should  be  regraded  at  shallower  angles 
or,  if  this  is  not  possible,  retained  with  the 
proper  kind  of  retaining  wall. 

4.  All  associated  drainage,  walls,  and  other 
structures  should  be  maintained  according 
to  their  specifications. 


HievM  bo  flotunod 

Sm  No.  7 


Should  it  roundod 


POOR  WORK 

SKETGH  NO.  6 


Poorty  finiihtd  shpt 


Pnpor  shpo 


A  GOOD  I0EA  GONE  WRONG 

SKETGH  NO.  7 


Ljr, Pro  for  nunding 


GOOD  SLOPES 

SKETGH  NO.  8 


Fig.  3-1 1   CCC  details  for  the  correct  way  to  finish  the  slopes 
adjacent  to  a  bench  cut. 


36 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  B.  Causeway 


B.  CAUSEWAY 


DEFINITIONS 


A  causeway  is  a  constructed  earthen  treadway  raised 
above  the  level  of  the  surrounding  area.  A  causeway 
is  commonly  used  to  provide  a  durable,  dry  tread 
through  a  wet,  swampy,  or  meadow  area.  A  causeway 
is  often  referred  to  as  "raised  tread."  Causeways  are 
usually  constructed  in  conjunction  with  cross-drainage 
features  like  culverts,  subgrade  drainage,  or  subsurface 
drains  to  facilitate  water  movement  across  the  trail. 
Without  drainage,  a  causeway  can  be  an  obstacle  to  the 
flow  of  water  through  the  landscape  and  may  perma- 
nently alter  the  landscape  and  local  habitats. 

A  walled  causeway  is  a  raised  gravel  or  soil  treadway 
supported  on  both  sides  with  retaining  walls.  This 
feature  has  been  also  called  a  turnpike.  Single-tier 
retaining  walls  on  the  sides  of  walled  causeways  are 
called  sidewalls  (Fig.  3-12).  Sidewalls  may  be  set  "toast" 
style — upright  and  on  end,  "cake"  style — flat,  or 
"header"  style — sloping  towards  the  center  of  the  trail. 

A  wall-less  causeway  is  a  raised  gravel  or  soil  tread- 
way, which  is  constructed  without  retaining  walls.  In 
a  wall-less  causeway,  the  subgrade  edge  sloped  to  its 
angle  of  repose  serves  the  retaining  function.  The  edge 
is  often  covered  with  soil  and  vegetation  (Fig.  3-13). 

A  stone  causeway  is  constructed  primarily  of  stones 
and  has  an  stone  pavement,  rather  than  graveled-over, 
surface  (Fig.  3-14). 

Log  turnpiking  is  a  causeway  that  consists  of  a  series 
of  gravel-filled  log  cribs  laid  continuously.  Log  turn- 
piking is  not  a  historical  feature  at  Acadia  and  is  not 
a  recommended  treatment  option  for  the  Acadia  trail 
system  (Figs.  3-15  &  3-16). 


Fig.  3-12  Historic  walled  causeway  on  the  Birch  Brook  Trail 
(#429). 


Fig.  3-13  The  Jesup  Path  (#14),  shown  in  circa  1916,  was 
originally  constructed  with  long  sections  of  wall-less  causeway. 


Fig.  3-14  A  stone  causeway  at  the  Jordan  Pond  Inlet  on  the 
Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39). 


37 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Fig.  3-15  Prior  to  rehabilitation,  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39) 
contained  many  sections  of  log  turnpiking.  Fig.  3-16  shows  this 
same  segment  with  the  addition  of  new  walled  causeway. 


Fig.  3-16  Recently  rehabilitated  walled  causeway  on  the  Jordan 
Pond  Path  (#39)  in  section  formerly  treated  with  log  turnpiking. 


Fig.  3-17  This  walled  causeway  on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49) 
is  still  extant  and  in  relatively  good  condition  over  one 
hundred  years  later. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  CAUSEWAYS  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  path  work  there  is  no  history 
of  causeways  in  the  Mount  Desert  Island  (MDI)  trail 
system.  However,  a  number  of  raised  roadbeds  existed 
on  the  island,  which  may  have  served  as  models  for  the 
builders  of  causeways. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Beginning  in  the  1890s,  VIA/VIS  constructed  trails 
with  a  stone  rubble  base  and  crowned  gravel  surface, 
creating  the  earliest  versions  of  causeways  at  Acadia. 
This  method  was  used  for  nearly  all  the  "broad  paths," 
including  George  Dorr's  Bicycle  Path  (#331),  the  Red 
Path  (Schooner  Head  Road  Path,  #362),  and  the  Asti- 
cou Trail  (#49)  (Figs.  3-17  &  3-18).  These  trails  aimed 
to  provide  an  easy  walking  surface  on  long,  direct 
routes,  which  naturally  took  them  through  much  of  the 
island's  wet  and  boggy  areas.  The  relatively  flat  routes 
allowed  for  the  construction  of  walled  and  wall-less 
causeway. 

The  VIA/VIS  used  both  walled  and  wall-less  causeway, 
and  combined  them  on  several  trails.  This  indicates 
that  there  was  no  single  approach  to  the  construction 
of  causeway,  even  under  the  direction  of  a  particular 
builder. 


38 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  B.  Causeway 


A  typical  VIA/VIS  causeway  is  3  to  4  feet  wide,  has  a 
consistent  height  of  6  to  12  inches  from  surrounding 
grade,  and  is  laid  in  straight  or  evenly  curving  routes. 
Most  are  lined  at  least  partially  with  coping  stones  and 
incorporate  either  graveled-over  stone  culverts,  such 
as  on  the  Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362),  or  open 
stone  culverts  like  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39). 
Frequent  "borrow"  pits,  still  visible  along  their  routes, 
demonstrate  the  massive  quantity  of  material  needed 
for  the  construction  of  causeways.  Historic  photo- 
graphs of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  attest  to  the  high 
level  of  craftsmanship  these  trails  achieved,  providing 
an  even,  uniformly  wide  surface  of  gravel  over  a  con- 
structed treadway. 

Several  historic  stone  causeways  are  extant  in  the  trail 
system,  including  a  stream  crossing  on  the  Jordan 
Pond  Carry  Spur  (#40)  likely  built  in  the  1960s  and  a 
small  bit  of  raised  stone  paving  on  the  Asticou  Trail 
(#49).  The  most  substantial  stone  causeway  in  the 
system  originated  in  about  1896,  when  the  Bar  Harbor 
VIA  placed  stepping  stones  across  an  inlet  on  the  east 
side  of  Jordan  Pond  where  the  water  is  2  to  4  feet  deep. 


Fig.  3-18  Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362),  shown  here  in  circa 
1916,  also  used  wall-less  causeway  to  traverse  wet  areas  on  the 
trail  route. 


Fig.  3-19  An  early  photograph  of  the  Jordan  Pond  stone  causeway,  circa  1920.  Note  the  small  rocks,  narrowness,  and 
unevenness  of  the  causeway,  which  would  not  well  accommodate  today's  number  of  users. 


39 


Acadia  trails  treatment  Plan 


Fig.  3-20  Circa- 1934  photograph  of  a  hiking  party  on  Jordan  Pond  stone  causeway  that  shows  the  popularity  of  the  area. 
Refer  to  Fig.  3-14  for  a  1997  view  of  the  causeway  after  NPS  reconstructed  and  widened  it. 


Improvements  in  the  1920s  and  1930s  by  the  VIA/VIS 
path  committees  and  the  CCC  altered  the  character  to 
that  of  a  causeway,  with  a  piled  channel  of  stones  and 
flat  stones  laid  across  its  top.  By  1984,  this  causeway 
had  deteriorated  and  was  reconstructed  by  NPS  crews 
(Figs.  3-19  &  3-20).  The  reconstruction  incorporated 
larger,  squarer  stones  than  were  originally  used  in  the 
causeway,  resulting  in  a  wider  and  flatter  tread  than 
previously  existed. 

Some  VIA/VIS  trails  built  in  the  1910s  took  direct 
routes  through  large  wetlands,  notably  in  the  Sieur  de 
Monts  area.  The  Jesup  Path  (#14)  and  Stratheden  Path 
(#24)  both  contain  thousands  of  linear  feet  of  wall-less 
causeway  directly  through  the  Great  Meadow  and  to 
The  Tarn  that  are  still  extant.  Considering  the  size  and 
consistency  of  this  wetland,  these  two  paths  must  have 


required  an  unprecedented  amount  of  material  for 
their  construction. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Like  the  VIA/VIS,  the  CCC  moved  extensive  amounts 
of  material  to  construct  causeway  trails  in  low-lying 
areas,  including  the  Great  Meadow  Nature  Trail 
(#365)  and  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118).  However,  in  other 
locations  layout  and  design  of  CCC  trails  placed  most 
routes  in  sidehill  locations,  avoiding  low  walks  through 
boggy  areas  and  only  using  causeway  construction  if 
truly  needed.  For  instance,  the  majority  of  the  Ocean 
Path  (#3)  is  a  walled  bench  sidehill  construction,  but 
in  the  few  areas  where  it  crosses  lower,  wetter  ground, 
the  CCC  relied  on  wall-less  causeway  to  keep  the  trail 
above  the  surrounding  wet  grade  (Figs.  3-21  to  3-23). 


40 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  B.  Causeway 


Also,  some  of  the  lower  portions  of  the  CCC  trails' 
steep  ascents  contain  causeway.  For  instance,  the 
section  of  the  Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail 
(#108)  built  by  the  CCC  contains  a  1,500-foot  stretch 
of  causeway,  most  of  it  walled  on  both  sides  with 
graveled-over  stone  culverts.  The  Long  Pond  Trail 
(#118),  mostly  walled  bench,  contains  hundreds  of  feet 
of  walled  and  wall-less  causeway  on  its  boggy  northern 
end,  part  of  which  has  been  rerouted  and  replaced 
with  bogwalk. 

CCC  causeway  is  nearly  identical  to  VIA/VIS  cause- 
way, with  a  continued  preference  for  a  4-foot  width. 
Apparently  following  the  model  of  the  early  VIA/VIS 
builders,  CCC  crews  opted  for  graveled-over  stone 
culverts  on  nearly  all  their  sections  of  causeway. 

NPS/Mission  66 

While  Mission  66  crews  did  a  great  deal  of  gravel  sur- 
facing, they  built  little  causeway.  It  appears  that  only 
two  short  sections  of  wall-less  causeway  were  built — 
portions  of  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127)  and 
the  Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369).  Both  trails  use  steel 
pipe  culverts,  and  the  Anemone  Cave  Trail  is  surfaced 
with  asphalt.  Since  the  Mission  66  standard  trail  width 
was  5  feet,  these  causeways  are  wider  than  any  of  the 
preceding. 

National  Park  Service 

Between  the  CCC  era  and  the  late  1990s,  very  little 
causeway  was  built  or  repaired.  During  this  period, 
a  single  causeway  was  completed  by  NPS  crews  in 
the  early  1980s  on  a  new  trail  connecting  the  Jor- 
dan Pond  House  to  its  overflow  parking  area.  Gary 
Stellpflug  remembers  the  construction  as  being  "just 
mounded  dirt"  with  no  stone  rubble  subgrade,  though 
this  section  of  trail  is  still  in  good  shape  today.  Also, 
as  previously  mentioned,  the  stone  causeway  near 
the  southern  end  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  was 
reconstructed  in  1984  with  modifications  to  stone  size 
and  overall  width.  Additionally,  a  new  stone  causeway 
was  added  to  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  near  the 
southern  end.  However,  this  feature  is  out  of  character 
with  this  trail  and  should  be  removed  (Fig.  3-24). 


1  f       .. 

M 

i 

\tM       m 

i 

Fig.  3-21   CCC-constructed  causeway  on  the  Great  Meadow 
Nature  Trail  (#365),  shown  in  1930s. 


Fig.  3-22  CCC-constructed  causeway  on  the  Great/Long  Pond 
Trail  (#118),  shown  in  1930s. 


I , , t JKM 

Fig.  3-23  CCC-constructed  causeway  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3), 
shown  in  the  1930s. 


41 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Fig.  3-24  This  stone  causeway  on  the  Great/Long  Pond  Trail 
(#118)  was  constructed  in  1993  by  the  NPS;  however,  it  is  out 
of  character  for  this  trail  and  should  be  replaced  with  walled  or 
wall-less  causeway. 


Fig.  3-25  Header-style  coping  stones  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39).  The  mason's  line  indicates  the  anticipated  fill  level  for  the 
final  tread  surface. 


Maintenance  techniques  for  repairing  eroded,  col- 
lapsed, sunken,  or  flooded  causeway  centered  on 
the  addition  of  contemporary  features,  rather  than 
reconstructing  the  original  treadway.  Stone  boxes, 
log  turnpiking,  and  bogwalks  were  built  in  many  of 
these  areas,  while  others  were  not  repaired  at  all.  For 
instance,  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118)  was  repaired  by 
building  bogwalks  over  the  top  of  a  portion  of  flooded 
walled  causeway;  log  turnpiking  was  introduced  to  the 
east  side  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  and  replaced 
eroded  wall-less  causeway  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3); 
and  over  1,000  feet  of  sunken  wall-less  causeway  on 
the  Jesup  Path  (#14)  was  repaired  with  bogwalks. 
Additionally,  old  gravel  pits  used  in  the  construction 
of  causeways  were  reopened  occasionally  to  obtain  the 
material  used  for  filling  log  cribs  or  turnpiking. 

In  1998,  in  an  effort  to  restore  a  completely  obliterated 
trail,  NPS  crews  began  building  walled  causeway  on 
the  east  side  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39).  During 
the  first  year  of  rehabilitation,  crews  imitated  the  style 
of  walled  causeway  on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49).  Stones 
were  laid  in  a  single  tier  along  the  outside  of  the  tread- 
way,  often  "toast"  style  (set  standing  up).  The  stones 
were  partially  buried  with  the  exposed  side  retaining 
the  gravel  tread.  After  a  season,  it  was  found  that  this 
works  for  large  stones,  stones  set  "cake"  style  (lying 
down),  and  those  with  more  than  half  their  height  dug 
into  the  ground,  but  much  of  the  other  work  began 
loosening,  and  some  of  it  collapsed.  On  the  advice  of 
Dave  Kari,  an  Acadia  crew  member  who  had  built  a 
number  of  walled  causeways  in  Yosemite  National 
Park,  the  style  was  altered  slightly.  Stones  were  laid 
"header"  style  (set  vertically) ,  sloping  in  toward  the 
center  of  the  trail,  with  the  length  of  the  stone  set  into 
the  trail  and  most  of  their  volume  buried  by  the  trail 
surfacing  (see  "Specifications  for  Causeways").  In 
fact,  the  sidewall  on  the  Schooner  Head  Road  Path 
(#362)  was  later  found  to  have  been  constructed  in  a 
like  manner,  with  square  paving  blocks  sloping  in.  The 
new  Jordan  Pond  look  is  similar  to  extant  sections  of 
the  old  trail,  with  the  occasional  difference  that  some 
stones  are  less  exposed.  The  old  look  was  restored  in 
large  part  by  the  use  of  a  number  of  coping  stones  set 
completely  outside  the  treadway  (Fig.  3-25). 


42 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  B.  Causeway 


NPS  crews  have  also  recently  rehabilitated  wall-less 
causeway  on  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127)  and 
Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39),  and  they  have  constructed 
new  wall-less  causeway  on  the  Great  Meadow  Loop 
(#70).  The  use  of  jute  mat  to  hold  soil  and  vegetation 
on  the  sides  of  the  causeway  has  made  construction  of 
this  feature  easier  and  more  durable  (Fig.  3-26). 


TREATMENT  FOR  CAUSEWAYS 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Causeways  may  not  be  appropriate  for  use  on  all 
historic  trails.  Although  the  VIA/VIS  and  CCC  relied 
heavily  on  them,  the  addition  of  causeways  to  paths 
with  little  construction  alters  the  trail's  character  by 
widening  the  trail  corridor.  A  wider  corridor  may  not 
be  historically  compatible  with  the  trail  and  may  result 
in  the  loss  of  trailside  vegetation  or  the  relocation  of 
other  natural  features. 


Fig.  3-26  Wall-less  causeway  before  gravel  surfacing  on  the 
Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  in  2002.  The  sides  are  angled  and 
revegetated  to  the  grade  line.  Note  the  insloping  culvert  lintels 
between  first  and  second  grade  stakes. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Extant  causeways  that  are  his- 
torically appropriate  should  be  rehabilitated,  repaired 
in  kind,  and  extended  as  necessary.  However,  all  work 
should  be  reviewed  and  approved  by  Acadia  resource 
management  staff  (see  #2,  below).  If  the  trail  already 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CAUSEWAYS 


Causeways  have  not  changed  much  in  character  from 
their  historic  usage  to  the  present.  Minor  alterations, 
such  as  the  width  increase  during  the  Mission  66  era,  may 
alter  the  character  of  individual  trails  slightly,  but,  overall, 
the  character  of  causeways  throughout  the  system  has 
remained  consistent. 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Roads  were  built  with  causeways;  however,  there  is  no 
evidence  or  documentation  of  causeway  use  on  the  earli- 
est MDI  trails. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Extensive  use  of  walled  and  wall-less  causeway  for  long 
sections  of  gravel-surfaced  paths  in  low  or  wet,  flat  areas. 
The  prevailing  width  for  causeways  was  3  to  4  feet.  Cause- 
ways incorporated  subgrade  drainage,  pipe,  open  stone, 
graveled-over,  and  log  culverts  as  drainage.  Pits  were  used 
for  quarrying  material  for  causeways. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Bench  construction  was  preferred  where  layout  would 
allow,  but  walled  and  wall-less  causeways  were  used  on 
several  lengthy  runs  of  trail  through  low,  flat,  and  boggy 
areas.  Causeway  width  remained  at  4  feet,  and  graveled- 
over  bridges,  pipe  culverts,  and  subgrade  drainage  were 
used.  There  was  a  continued  use  of  pits  for  material. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Causeways  were  rarely  used.  The  few  that  were  built 
averaged  5  feet  wide,  were  surfaced  with  gravel  or  asphalt, 
used  steel  pipe  culverts  for  drainage,  and  relied  on 
imported  material  for  construction. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


There  was  little  or  no  repair  to  existing  causeways  until 
the  late  1990s.  At  this  time,  causeways  were  reintroduced 
or  rehabilitated  on  appropriate  historic  trails  and  used  in 
some  new  locations.  Standards  for  construction  followed 
the  appropriate  historical  standards  of  those  above,  with  a 
slight  modification  of  stone  placement  on  the  sidewalls. 


43 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


possesses  a  significant  number  of  constructed  features, 
a  causeway  should  be  the  first  choice  for  VIA/VIS 
and  CCC  trail  sections  needing  to  cross  wet  or  boggy 
areas.  Causeways  should  not  be  added  to  trails  with  a 
historically  unconstructed,  woodland  character,  and 
a  narrow  trail  corridor,  as  other  crossing  features  are 
more  appropriate  choices.  Walled  causeway  should  be 
used  when  it  is  important  to  maintain  a  narrow  tread 
or  when  the  walls  are  considered  necessary  to  deter 
hikers  from  stepping  off  the  trail,  otherwise  wall-less 
causeway  should  be  used.  The  few  stone  causeways  in 
the  system  should  be  rehabilitated  as  needed,  but  no 
new  ones  should  be  added. 

2.  Natural  Resources  and  Drainage 

Issue:  Causeways  can  act  as  dams,  disrupting  the  hy- 
drology of  the  wetland  by  altering  the  natural  motion 
of  water  and,  perhaps,  changing  the  overall  ecosystem. 
The  construction  or  rehabilitation  of  causeways  is 
thought  to  pose  risks  to  fragile  wetland  habitat  in  some 
cases. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Plans  for  rehabilitation, 
additions,  or  new  causeway  construction  should  be 
reviewed  by  Acadia  resource  management  staff  for 
approval.  All  work  in  currently  identified  wetlands, 
or  potential  wetlands,  should  satisfy  state  and  fed- 
eral law  and  adhere  to  NPS  policy.  Work  in  areas  not 
designated  as  wetlands  should  be  subject  to  in-park 
approval.  Minor  rehabilitation  to  extant  causeway, 
where  such  work  neither  disturbs  the  surrounding 
area,  nor  causes  additional  blockage  to  the  movement 
of  water,  may  be  accomplished  without  such  approval 
at  the  discretion  of  park  management.  Priority  should 
be  given  to  maintaining  the  proper  amount  of  water 
flow  through  a  causeway.  If  there  is  a  need  for  addi- 
tional water  flow,  the  appropriate  historic  drainage 
feature(s)  like  culverts  and  side  drains  should  be 
used  in  conjunction  with  the  causeway  to  achieve  the 
desired  rate  of  flow.  If  more  water  flow  is  required 
than  can  be  achieved  through  the  addition  of  drain- 
age features,  then  sections  of  stepping  stones,  bridges, 
or  bogwalk  should  be  constructed  between  sections 
of  causeway.  If  a  causeway  is  disallowed  altogether, 
appropriate  crossing  features  should  be  used  for  the 


entire  length  of  the  affected  area.  Bogwalk  may  be 
considered  if  all  other  crossing  features  are  deemed 
inappropriate.  A  trail  reroute  may  also  be  considered. 

3.  Sidewall  Durability 

Issue:  Many  historic  stones  set  along  the  outside  wall 
of  a  causeway  are  vulnerable  and  may  require  frequent 
work  to  maintain  the  causeway's  integrity.  This  is  espe- 
cially true  for  stones  set  toast-style. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  In  general,  header-style 
sidewalls  (see  Figs.  3-25, 3-27)  should  be  the  preferred 
construction  technique  for  repair  of  causeways,  allow- 
ing for  a  durable  construction  with  stones  of  a  manage- 
able size.  However,  when  repairing  or  adding  sections 
of  causeway  to  trails  where  the  extant  historic  style  is 
substantially  different  visually  from  the  header-style, 
compatibility  with  the  original  style  is  preferred  while 
still  maintaining  the  integrity  of  the  new  sidewall. 
Historic  stones  laid  on  the  outside  of  the  treadway 
that  have  collapsed  should  be  reset  or  replaced  with 
stones  of  sufficient  size  and  of  the  correct  shape  so 
that  a  substantial  portion  of  the  stone  is  underground. 
The  exposed  portion  of  the  stone  should  match  extant 
work  in  stone  size,  color,  and  texture.  New  coping 
stones  should  be  set  completely  outside  the  treadway 
at  the  trail  edge  with  a  frequency  that  matches  the 
original  trail  (see  Chapter  6  for  coping  stone  specifica- 
tions). 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  CAUSEWAYS 

Specifications  are  only  provided  for  the  construction 
of  walled  and  wall-less  causeways,  as  the  introduc- 
tion of  new  stone  causeways  to  the  trail  system  is  not  a 
recommended  treatment  option. 

1.  Walled  Causeway  (Fig.  3-27) 
Layout:  A  specific  route  should  be  chosen  that  allows 
for  straight  or  gently  curving  trail  and  requires  no 
dramatic  changes  in  elevation.  Sufficient  room  should 
be  provided  on  either  side  of  the  causeway  for  the 
movement  of  water  into  the  drainages  or  away  from 
the  trail.  Stakes  are  set  in  pairs  outlining  both  sides  of 


44 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  B.  Causeway 


Gravel  is  crowned 


subgrade  to  2" 
below  grade 


Rocks  sloped  in  and 
largely  covered  by  gravel 


Gaps  on 

inside 

chinked 


High  contact 


Rocks  2"  or  more 
below  ground 


Fig.  3-27  Detail  of  a  walled  causeway. 


the  treadway.  The  corridor  should  be  of  appropriate 
width  to  accommodate  foot  traffic  and  conform  to 
the  standards  of  the  trail.  The  line,  which  defines  the 
height  and  width  of  the  trail  to  the  builders,  is  then 
attached  to  the  stakes  at  the  proper  height  above  sur- 
rounding grade,  gaining  and  losing  elevation  over  the 
longest  runs  feasible.  This  height  should  be  sufficient 
to  accommodate  anticipated  drainage  needs.  Enough 
stakes  should  be  used  to  maintain  the  shape  of  the 
curves;  otherwise,  finished  wall  will  consist  of  discern- 
ible straight  sections.  During  the  building  process,  as 
a  stake  needs  to  be  taken  out  in  order  to  set  stones,  it 
should  be  replaced  immediately  with  a  stake  not  more 
than  2  feet  away,  so  that  the  shape  of  the  curve  is  not 
lost. 

Excavation:  All  organic  material  should  be  removed 
from  the  trail  corridor  to  a  compacted  base.  Excavate 
wide  enough  to  allow  for  the  width  of  the  treadway  as 
well  as  the  sidewalls.  Wall  stones  and  subgrade  should 
be  set  in  solid  soil  or  on  ledge. 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


Sidewalls:  Sidewall  stones  for  single-tier  walls  can  be 
surprisingly  small  if  they  are  of  the  right  shape  to  be 
set  properly.  Stones  must  be  at  least  3  inches  taller,  in 
the  manner  in  which  they  are  to  be  set,  than  the  height 
of  the  causeway  (i.e.,  a  1-foot-high  causeway  requires 
a  sidewall  stone  of  at  least  15  inches  height).  Ideal  wall 
stones  are  rectangular  or  triangular,  with  a  "flare"  at 
what  will  be  the  top  outside  edge  of  the  stone,  to  ease 
contact  with  abutting  stones.  Round  stones  should  be 
avoided,  unless  they  can  be  sufficiently  shaped  to  allow 
for  high  contact.  Stones  with  protrusions  or  other 
minor  problems  that  will  prevent  high  contact  can 
often  be  shaped  with  a  hammer  or  other  stone  tool. 
Large  stones  can  often  be  split  in  half  with  hand  tools 
or  a  stone  drill,  leaving  a  flat  top  and  sharp  edges  for 
contact  points. 

All  stones  but  the  largest  (those  of  at  least  two  cubic 
feet  in  volume)  will  be  set  header-style,  with  the 
longest  portion  of  the  stone  set  into  the  trail,  the  next 
largest  part  set  vertically,  and  the  shortest  dimension 
contributing  to  the  length  of  the  wall.  This  allows  for 
the  maximum  amount  of  weight  per  length  of  trail,  and 


45 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


makes  the  wall  much  stronger.  Stones  are  set  so  that 
their  tops  touch  the  line  near  the  outside  edge  of  each 
stone  but  do  not  move  the  line  up  or  in;  some  portion 
of  the  stone  should  always  remain  outside  the  line.  In 
order  to  achieve  this,  and  to  "cradle"  tread  material 
between  them,  stones  are  set  so  that  their  tops  slope  in 
toward  the  center  of  the  trail. 

Sidewall  stones  must  have  contact  with  abutting  stones 
at  or  above  the  height  of  the  line.  In  some  situations, 
a  contact  within  1  inch  below  the  line  is  permissible. 
Once  a  point  of  high  contact  is  achieved,  contact  else- 
where between  abutting  stones  is  not  necessary,  but 
gaps  between  them  should  be  chinked.  If  more  height 
is  needed,  the  hole  beneath  the  stone  may  be  adjusted 
by  adding  crushed  stone,  but  wall  stones  should  never 
be  set  on  crushed  stone  or  shims  that  are  exposed 
above  the  level  of  the  surrounding  ground  or  floor  of 
side  drainage,  because  these  will  slip  out  over  time. 
When  a  row  of  sidewall  stones  has  been  set,  remaining 
gaps  between  them  should  be  packed  with  the  largest 
stones  possible.  At  this  stage,  wall  stones  should  be 
sturdy  enough  to  remain  stable  when  hikers  jump  on 
them. 

Treadway:  The  core  between  the  sidewalls  should  be 
filled  with  stone  to  within  3  inches  of  the  line  height. 
Larger  stones  should  be  set  first,  then  smaller  and 
smaller  stones  should  be  broken  in  place  to  pack  the 
core,  and  depress  the  overall  level  of  the  stone  base  to 
its  settling  point  in  the  ground.  This  is  the  "subgrade" 
and  will  provide  both  a  solid  base  for  the  treadway  and 
drainage  for  seepage  to  travel  under  the  treadway. 

On  historically  graveled  treadway,  new  gravel  will 
be  crushed  stone  as  specified  under  "Gravel  Tread" 
below.  If  gravel  is  an  addition  to  a  relatively  uncon- 
structed  trail,  it  may  be  local  bank-run  gravel,  or  the 
specified  manufactured  gravel  mixed  with  local  gravel 
or  soil.  The  gravel  is  laid  over  the  crush  base  so  that 
it  meets  the  line  at  the  outside  edge,  and  is  crowned 
1/2  inch  per  foot  of  width  in  the  center  of  the  cause- 
way after  tamping  (i.e.,  a  4-foot  wide  treadway  will 
be  crowned  2  inches).  A  vibrating  tamper  should  be 
applied  to  the  gravel  surface  to  compact  and  harden 


the  gravel.  The  finished  surface  should  be  smooth 
crown  with  no  dips  or  dimples.  Care  should  be  taken 
not  to  apply  too  much  gravel,  as  it  will  work  its  way 
over  the  edges  of  the  walls,  spilling  onto  the  surround- 
ing ground  or  into  drainage  channels. 

Finished  Dimensions:  Finished  walled  causeway 
should  be  6  to  7  feet  wide,  including  walls,  with  a 
treadway  width  of  4  feet.  A  walled  causeway  should  be 
at  least  8  inches  above  surrounding  grade  at  its  edges 
and  10  inches  above  surrounding  grade  at  the  center  of 
the  tread. 

2.  Wall-less  Causeway  (Fig.  3-28) 

Layout  and  Excavation:  Wall-less  causeway  is  laid  out 
and  excavated  the  same  as  walled  causeway.  However, 
the  excavated  area  will  be  slightly  wider,  usually  6  to 
9  feet.  Without  sidewalls  to  support  the  causeway,  the 
stone  rubble  base  will  need  to  taper  underneath  the 
string  line  outside  the  treadway  to  its  natural  angle  of 
repose;  no  steeper  than  1:1  for  crushed  granite.  Larger 
stones  may  be  set  along  the  outside  of  the  rubble  base 
to  help  retain  it. 

Berms:  Two  parallel  berms  are  created  by  piling  loam 
and  soil  along  the  outsides  of  the  line,  up  to  the  height 
of  the  line,  tapering  to  the  ground  at  a  30  percent  or 
shallower  grade.  Where  possible,  native  sod  or  other 
vegetation  should  be  planted  in  the  soil.  When  sod 
is  not  available,  loose  soil  can  be  held  with  jute  mat, 
which  will  decompose  as  vegetation  takes  root  in  the 
soil  and  makes  it  "living  wall." 

Treadway:  The  resultant  channel,  between  the  berms 
on  either  side  of  the  trail,  on  top  of  the  rubble  base, 
is  filled  with  gravel  (as  specified  in  "Gravel  Surface" 
section),  which  meets  the  line  at  the  outside  edges,  and 
rises  to  a  crown  of  2  to  3  inches  higher  than  the  center- 
line  of  the  trail. 

Finished  Dimensions:  A  finished  wall-less  causeway 
will  be  a  total  width  of  6  to  10  feet  to  allow  a  finished 
tread  width  of  3  to  6  feet.  The  height  of  the  crown  of 
the  causeway  will  be  at  least  12  inches  above  the  sur- 
rounding grade. 


46 


Chapter  3:  treadway;  B.  Causeway 


Crushed  rock  subgrade  is 
outsloped  at  1:1  or  shallower 


Soil  and  vegetation 
planted  over  crush 


Fig.  3-28  Detail  of  a  wall-less  causeway. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 


1.  All  associated  drainage  features  should  be 
checked  annually  and  kept  open  and  clear. 

2.  The  cause  of  any  lost  gravel  should  be  identi- 
fied and  remedied.  Low  contacts  or  loose  stones 
should  be  fixed,  plugged  drains  cleaned,  and 
drains  that  cannot  handle  their  loads  should  be 
replaced  with  sufficiently  sized  structures.  Lost 
gravel  should  be  recovered  and  put  back  on  the 
trail  surface. 

3.  Every  year  or  more — depending  on  use,  material 
used,  and  quality  of  construction — the  crown 
should  be  reestablished  by  the  addition  of  gravel, 
and  any  hollows  that  have  developed  in  the  tread- 
way  should  be  filled.  The  rehabilitated  surface 
should  be  tamped  with  a  vibrating  tamper. 

4.  Vegetation  growing  in  the  treadway  should  be 
removed,  and  any  organic  material  in  the  treadway 
should  be  replaced  with  gravel. 

5.  Collapsed  or  eroded  berms  at  the  edges  of  wall- 
less  causeways  should  be  reestablished  with  the 
addition  of  new  soil  and/or  vegetation. 


Crushed  rock  subgrade 
is  anchored  below 
organic  level 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


47 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


C.  GRAVEL  TREAD 


DEFINITIONS 


some  bridges  and  culverts,  and  is  often  supported 
by  checks,  coping  stones,  and  retaining  walls.  Gravel 
tread  may  also  be  used  by  itself,  as  the  surface  of  an 
otherwise  unconstructed  treadway. 


Gravel  tread  is  any  treadway  surfaced  with  gravel. 
Gravel  is  an  inorganic  material  consisting  primar- 
ily of  stones  smaller  than  %  inch  diameter.  A  surface 
aggregate  of  larger  stone  pieces  is  called  crushed  rock 
if  it  is  crushed  material,  or  pea  stone  if  it  consists  of 
small,  smooth  pieces.  The  gravel  used  on  Acadia's  trails 
may  be  manufactured  crushed  material,  or  it  may  be 
bank-run — natural  gravel  made  by  streams  or  glaciers, 
quarried  from  streambeds  (a  practice  no  longer  used  at 
Acadia),  from  natural  deposits,  or  from  excavated  pits. 

Unconstructed  trails  that  pass  through  gravel  beds,  or 
have  eroded  to  a  gravel  sub-surface  are  not  considered 
to  have  constructed  gravel  tread  and  are  not  discussed 
in  this  section. 

Gravel  tread  is  often  installed  in  conjunction  with 
other  kinds  of  trail  construction.  It  is  a  part  of  most 
causeway  construction,  much  bench  construction, 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  GRAVEL  TREAD  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Prior  to  1890,  all  trail  tread  was  unconstructed  and 
constructed  gravel  tread  was  not  used. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

In  the  VIA/VIS  period,  gravel  tread  was  used  exten- 
sively in  the  Bar  Harbor  and  Seal  Harbor  districts,  very 
little  in  Northeast  Harbor,  and  not  at  all  in  Southwest 
Harbor.  Nearly  all  highly  crafted  trails  used  gravel  on 
all  or  portions  of  the  treadway,  and  conversely,  nearly 
all  trails  treated  with  gravel  were  highly  crafted.  Early 
in  the  period,  the  predominant  use  of  gravel  was  on 
the  smooth,  graded  or  "broad"  paths  that  used  side- 
hill  or  lowland  routes  to  travel  between  destinations. 
About  half  of  these  are  in  the  Seal  Harbor  district, 
mostly  radiating  from  the  Jordan  Pond  House.  Similar 


Fig.  3-29  The  CCC  usually  installed  rubble  base  under  their  gravel  tread,  work  in  progress  in  the  1930s. 


48 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  C.  Gravel  Tread 


Bar  Harbor  broad  paths  include  the  Schooner  Head 
Road  Path  (#362),  the  Wild  Gardens  Path  (#354),  and 
possibly  the  White  Path  (#329).  Later,  smooth,  graded 
trails  treated  with  gravel  included  the  Jesup  Path 
(#14),  the  Stratheden  Path  (#24),  and  the  Gurnee  Path 
(#352).  Segments  of  these  trails  were  constructed  with 
benches,  causeways,  or  retaining  walls,  while  other 
segments  simply  had  organic  material  excavated  and 
a  gravel  tread  added.  In  the  early  1900s  on  memorial 
trails,  gravel  was  used  to  surface  flat  sections  of  climb- 
ing trails,  often  in  short  runs  between  stone  steps. 

Gravel  was  natural  and  local,  either  bank-run  or  quar- 
ried gravel.  Gravel  pits  are  extant  near  many  of  the 
graded  trails,  often  within  20  feet  of  the  trail.  These 
pits  range  from  3  or  4  feet  in  diameter,  such  as  the 
smaller  pits  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39),  to  20  or 
more  feet  long,  such  as  a  pit  near  the  Schooner  Head 
Road  Path  (#362)  and  Red  Path  (#328).  Some  trails, 
including  as  the  Seal  Harbor  graded  paths,  have  many 
pits  near  them,  often  within  a  hundred  yards  of  each 
other. 


The  large  number  and  volume  of  borrow  pits  located 
near  these  trails  attest  to  the  volume  of  gravel  tread 
used.  Many  gravel-surfaced  trails  required  constant 
resurfacing  because  the  proper  trail  construction 
and  drainage  were  not  in  place  to  maintain  the  tread, 
or  if  drains  were  present,  they  were  not  adequately 
maintained.  Subsequently,  the  surface  has  been  lost 
completely  from  many  trails  and  they  currently  con- 
tain many  exposed  roots,  are  often  rutted,  and/or  are 
consistently  muddy  during  wet  periods.  In  other  cases, 
drainage  patterns  were  altered  by  road  construction 
uphill  of  a  trail,  resulting  in  washouts  in  places  where 
drainage  features  were  not  needed  at  the  time  of  the 
trail's  original  construction. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

The  CCC  constructed  miles  of  gravel  tread.  Opting  for 
a  continuous  constructed  surface,  the  CCC  consis- 
tently applied  gravel  to  any  sections  of  trail  that  were 
not  stone  paved  or  stepped.  The  exceptions  are  the 
unconstructed  portions  of  the  Perpendicular  Trail 
(#119),  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  and  Valley  Cove  sec- 
tion of  the  Flying  Mountain  Trail  (#105),  all  of  which 
appear  to  be  unfinished  segments  and  not  part  of  the 


Fig.  3-30  Newly  installed  CCC  gravel,  photograph  showing  completed  work  in  the  1930s. 


49 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


original  trail's  design.  The  CCC  provided  drainage,  but 
again,  it  was  insufficient  and/or  not  maintained.  While 
some  CCC  gravel  tread  has  survived,  most  has  washed 
away  or  been  seriously  eroded  and  has  not  been 
replaced.  Gravel  washouts  have  been  extensive  on  the 
Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  Beech  Mountain  South  Pudge 
Trail  (#109),  and  parts  of  the  Ocean  Path  (#3).  How- 
ever, as  opposed  to  many  VIA/VIS  trails,  much  of  the 
CCC  work  contains  a  rubble  stone  base.  In  many  cases, 
this  base  is  still  extant  and  only  needs  resurfacing  and 
the  maintenance  or  addition  of  drainage  structures  or 
checks  (Figs.  3-29  &  3-30). 

NPS/Mission  66 

Mission  66  surfaced  all  trails  with  either  gravel  tread 
or  asphalt.  Due  to  poor  construction  and  relatively  few 
drainage  structures,  most  of  the  gravel  on  Mission  66 
trails  has  washed  away. 


National  Park  Service 

In  the  NPS  period,  gravel  tread  was  used  sporadically 
as  a  technique  for  new  construction,  a  method  of  reha- 
bilitating historic  graveled  paths,  and  a  stop-gap  for 
repairing  washouts  on  trails  where  its  use  is  inappro- 
priate. New  construction  using  gravel  tread  include  the 
Jordan  Pond  overflow  parking  lot  trail  in  the  1970s  and 
the  Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  Trail  (#129)  in  1997  (Fig. 
3-31).  Rehabilitation  of  gravel  tread  was  completed  on 
the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  and  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39).  Stop- 
gap repairs  using  gravel  tread  were  done  on  historically 
unconstructed  sections  of  the  Bowl  Trail  (#8)  in  1994, 
but  most  of  it  has  since  eroded  due  to  inappropriate 
construction. 


Fig.  3-31   New  gravel  tread  was  installed  by  the  NPS  on  the 
rehabilitated  Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  Trail  (#129)  in  1997. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  GRAVEL  TREAD 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  for  the  use  of 
gravel  paving. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Gravel  paving  was  used  extensively  on  the  classic  grav- 
eled, or  "broad"  paths  that  were  relatively  flat,  destination 
oriented  trails.  It  was  also  used  in  short  runs  on  other 
highly  constructed  trails. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Gravel  paving  was  the  default  mode  of  trail  surfacing. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Gravel  paving  was  the  default  mode  of  trail  surfacing. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Gravel  paving  was  used  on  a  few  short,  highly  used  trails. 
Some  historic  trails  were  re-graveled  with  a  non-local, 
engineered  gravel.  A  few  trails  are  inappropriately  treated 
with  gravel  tread. 


50 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  C.  Gravel  Tread 


TREATMENT 

1.  Gravel  Color 

Issue:  Historically,  gravel  was  bank-run  taken  from 
nearby  pits,  and  its  color  was  the  color  of  local  stone 
surrounding  the  trail  and  used  in  its  construction — 
ranging  from  gray  to  pink.  However,  the  "carriage  road 
mix"  of  gravel  currently  being  used  on  trails  is  a  manu- 
factured, basaltic,  crushed  gravel  that  is  slightly  bluish 
colored.  This  mix  is  different  in  appearance  from 
surface  stones  in  any  part  of  the  trail  system,  espe- 
cially pink  granite.  However,  local  pink  granite  is  not 
available  for  use,  and  gravel  manufactured  of  similarly 
colored  granite  is  prohibitively  expensive.  Further, 
quarrying  local  bank-run  gravel  from  pits  is  restricted 
in  the  park,  and  would  not  be  practical. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Due  to  the  above  limitations, 
and  the  large  quantities  of  gravel  required,  gravel  used 
to  resurface  trails  with  traditional  gravel  tread  will  be 
non-local,  crushed  material  that  meets  the  specifica- 
tions identified  below.  It  is  acceptable  to  continue 
using  the  carriage  road  mix  now  being  used  as  the 
color  problem  should  be  ameliorated  over  time  by 
weathering  and  local  materials  such  as  pine  needles 
becoming  mixed  with  the  surface.  However,  the 
preferred  option  would  be  to  develop  a  gravel  mix 
specifically  for  the  trail  system.  Mixes  with  different 
colors  should  be  investigated  for  compatibility  with 
the  native  stone.  If  local  pink  gravel  cannot  be  exactly 
matched  or  readily  obtained  at  a  reasonable  cost,  a 
gray  or  brown  mix  should  be  considered  as  a  reason- 
able alternative. 

2.  Use  of  Gravel  on  Unconstructed  Trails 

Issue:  Gravel  is  a  more  durable  and  hiker-friendly 
surface  than  an  unconstructed  tread  which  may  have 
small  obstacles,  be  soft,  and  hold  moisture.  However, 
the  use  of  gravel  will  alter  the  appearance  and  charac- 
ter of  traditionally  unconstructed  tread. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  In  the  rehabilitation  of  uncon- 
structed trails,  care  should  be  taken  to  maintain  the 
natural  character  of  the  treadway.  The  first  choice  for 
treadway  material  should  be  local  gravel,  preferably 


with  some  soil  content,  which  has  been  produced  in 
doing  trail  work,  or  small  amounts  taken  from  local 
pits.  According  to  park  guidelines,  "up  to  four  cubic 
yards  of  soil,  gravel,  or  stone  per  50  linear  feet  of  trail 
may  be  removed  from  natural  areas  near  work  sites  for 
trail  rehabilitation."11  However,  if  the  amount  of  mate- 
rial needed  exceeds  these  parameters,  or  if  using  local 
gravel  is  not  feasible  for  other  reasons,  the  imported 
gravel  trail  mix  (or  carriage  road  mix)  may  be  used.  If 
imported  gravel  will  be  used,  it  should  be  a  thin  coat 
mixed  with  local  soil  to  blend  it  with  the  surrounding 
landscape  and  subdue  the  aesthetic  appearance  of  a 
complete  gravel  tread. 

3.  Maintaining  Gravel  Tread 

Issue:  Gravel  is  a  mobile  material  and  will  settle  to 
the  bottoms  of  slopes  and  often  wash  away  if  running 
water  passes  over  it.  Historically,  not  enough  con- 
structed features,  such  as  side  drains  or  checks,  were 
used  to  direct  water  flow  and  preserve  gravel  paving. 
Rehabilitating  gravel  tread  to  its  original  state  without 
adding  these  features  will  often  result  in  the  quick  loss 
of  the  gravel  surface. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  If  gravel  tread  is  to  be  restored, 
trail  construction  should  be  sufficient  to  ensure  that 
the  tread  will  be  sustainable.  Any  area  where  gravel  has 
washed  out  is  probably  in  need  of  better  construction 
prior  to  gravel  replacement.  New  features  should  be 
compatible  with  historic  trail  features,  and  uncon- 
structed trails  should  be  treated  with  appropriate 
features  as  described  elsewhere  in  the  this  document. 
In  general,  subgrade  drainage  and/or  subsurface  drains 
should  be  used  in  all  but  totally  dry  areas.  Elevated 
gravel  paving  should  be  constructed  according  to  the 
specifications  for  causeways.  Gravel  paving  on  slopes 
over  5  percent  (or  any  slopes  with  drainage  issues) 
should  contain  checks,  high-contact  walls,  or  soil 
berms  (whichever  is  most  appropriate).  Benches  with 
gravel  tread  and  ditching  or  inside  drains  should  be 
used  as  necessary  and  appropriate. 


51 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  GRAVEL  TREAD 

1.  Gravel  Mix 

The  following  specifications  were  developed  for  the  carriage  road  system.  The  mix  contains  8  percent  clay,  which 
binds  the  mix  for  a  durable  walking  surface.  The  specifications  state  that  aggregate  shall  consist  of  hard,  durable 
particles  or  fragments  of  crushed  stone  or  gravel  conforming  to  the  following  requirements  and  gradations: 


Los  Angeles  abrasion,  ASTM  C131  and  C535 

50  percent  max.* 

Fractured  faces  (one  face) 

95  percent  max.* 

Fractured  faces  (two  faces) 

75  percent  max.* 

Soundness  loss,  five  cycles,  ASTM  C  88  (magnesium 

18  percent  max.* 

Flat/elongated  (length  to  width)  >5  ASTM  D4791 

15  percent  max.* 

*  Based  on  the  portion  retained  on  the  3/8-inch  sieve. 

Materials  shall  be  free  from  organic  material  and  lumps  or  balls  of  clay. 

Material  passing  the  No.  4  sieve  shall  consist  of  natural  or  crushed  sand  and  fine  mineral  particles.  The  material, 
including  any  blended  filler,  shall  have  a  plasticity  index  of  not  more  than  6  and  a  liquid  limit  of  not  more  than  25 
when  tested  in  accordance  with  ASTM  D4318. 

Aggregate  shall  contain  a  minimum  of  5  percent  clay  particles  but  no  more  than  50  percent  of  that  portion  of  mate- 
rial passing  the  No.  200  sieve  size  shall  be  clay.  Inorganic  clay  to  be  used  as  binder  shall  conform  to  the  following: 


Passing  No.  200 

75  percent 

Liquid  Limit 

30  min. 

Plastic  Index 

8  min. 

The  fraction  of  material  passing  the  No.  200  sieve  shall  be  determined  by  washing  as  indicated  in  ASTM  D1140, 
"Amount  of  Material  in  Soils  Finer  Than  the  No.  200  Sieve."  The  fractured  faces  for  the  coarse  aggregate  portion 
(retained  on  the  No.  4  sieve)  shall  have  an  area  of  each  face  equal  to  at  least  75  percent  of  the  smallest  midsectional 
area  of  the  piece.  When  two  fractured  faces  are  contiguous,  the  angle  between  the  planes  of  fractures  shall  be  at 
least  30  degrees  to  count  as  two  fractured  faces.  Fractured  faces  shall  be  obtained  by  mechanical  crushing.  Grada- 
tion shall  be  obtained  by  crushing,  screening,  and  blending  processes  as  may  be  necessary.  Material  shall  meet  the 
following  screen  analysis  requirements  by  weight. 


Sieve  Designation 

Percent  Passing 

%inch 

100  percent 

>iinch 

90-100  percent 

No.  4 

55-70  percent 

No.  40 

20-30  percent 

No.  200 

12-16  percent 

52 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  C.  Gravel  Tread 


2.  Excavation 

The  ground  should  be  excavated  below  the  organic 
level,  usually  about  6  inches  deep.  Large  roots  should 
be  left,  and  large  stones  that  will  not  protrude  above 
the  gravel  surface  may  be  left.  Sod  or  duff  pieces 
should  be  saved  and  used  along  the  edges  of  the  gravel 
where  a  berm  needs  to  be  constructed.  If  the  area  is 
damp  or  seasonally  wet,  but  not  wet  enough  to  warrant 
the  construction  of  causeway,  then  the  ground  should 
be  excavated  to  mineral  soil,  at  least  1  foot  deep,  to 
better  stabilize  the  trail,  and  to  provide  room  for 
subgrade  drainage,  as  described  below.  The  shape  of 
the  trail  should  be  appropriate  to  the  trail's  design,  and 
the  edge  of  the  excavation  should  be  the  exact  desired 
edge  of  the  trail. 

3.  Subgrade  Drainage 

In  areas  in  which  any  amount  of  water  will  need  to  pass 
through  the  trail  corridor,  or  where  the  ground  is  soft, 
subgrade  drainage  and/or  subsurface  drains  should  be 
constructed.  Crushed  stone  or  imported  blown  ledge 
material,  as  described  previously  for  walled  cause- 
way, should  be  applied  to  the  excavated  treadway  to  a 
height  of  2  inches  below  the  level  of  the  surrounding 
grade  and  tamped  until  stable.  If  seepage  is  moderate 
rather  than  light,  perforated-pipe  drains  should  be 
considered. 


The  gravel  surface  should  be  smooth,  with  no  dips  or 
lumps.  The  surface  should  be  packed  with  a  vibrating 
tamper,  which  should  be  passed  over  every  part  of  the 
trail  surface  at  least  once,  or  until  the  surface  becomes 
hard. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  All  associated  drainage  features  must  be  checked 
and  cleaned  regularly,  as  gravel  is  particularly 
susceptible  to  washouts.  If  washout  or  excessive 
wear  on  slopes,  is  occurring,  the  reason  should  be 
identified,  and  the  appropriate  features  (such  as 
checks  or  dips)  maintained  or  added. 

2.  Proper  slope,  crown,  and  outslope  should  be 
maintained  by  reshaping  or  replacing  old  gravel, 
or  by  adding  new  gravel  as  needed.  Where  pos- 
sible, reshaped  gravel  paving  should  be  tamped. 
The  maintenance  schedule  for  reshaping  gravel 
will  vary  based  on  use,  drainage  factors,  and  the 
desired  appearance  of  the  trail,  but  a  typical  inter- 
val between  reshaping  is  five  to  eight  years. 


4.  Applying,  Shaping,  and  Tamping  Gravel 

Gravel  is  applied  to  the  trail  surface.  The  outside  edges 
of  the  gravel  surface  should  be  even  with  the  sur- 
rounding grade,  walls,  or  berm.  If  the  tread  is  elevated, 
as  in  causeway,  or  if  the  surrounding  ground  is  flat,  the 
gravel  should  be  crowned  and  sloped  at  1  inch  cross- 
slope  per  1  foot  of  trail  width.  For  example,  a  trail  that 
is  4  feet  wide  and  is  crowned  in  the  middle  will  have  2 
feet  on  either  side  of  the  crown  and  thus  be  2  inches 
higher  at  the  crown  than  at  the  edges.  If  the  tread  is 
to  drain  on  only  one  side,  such  as  in  a  bench  or  where 
there  is  an  inside  drain  only,  the  tread  should  be  sloped 
toward  the  drainage  side  of  the  trail  (outsloped  for  a 
bench,  or  insloped  for  an  inside  drain)  at  %  inch  per 
foot  of  trail  width.  A  trail  that  is  4  feet  wide  will  be 
insloped  or  outsloped  3  inches. 


53 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


D.  STONE  PAVEMENT 


DEFINITIONS 


A  causeway  with  a  stone  pavement  surface  is  called  a 
stone  causeway  and  was  discussed  previously  in  Sec- 
tion B  of  this  chapter. 


Stone  pavement  is  a  constructed,  continuous  stone 
treadway  with  individual  stones,  often  called  pavers, 
serving  as  the  tread.  Stone  pavement  used  to  traverse 
talus  fields  is  called  talus  pavement.  Stone  pavement 
used  to  harden  the  surface  of  a  soil  treadway,  typically 
on  a  woodland  trail,  is  called  tread  pavement  (Figs. 
3-32  &  3-33). 


Fig.  3-32  Talus  pavement  on  the  Champlain  East  Face  Trail  (#12). 


Fig.  3-33  Tread  pavement  at  Sieur  de  Monts,  circa  1916. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  STONE  PAVEMENT  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Prior  to  the  VIA/VIS,  there  is  no  physical  evidence  or 
documentation  of  stone  pavement  on  the  trail  system. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

The  early  use  of  stone  for  tread  is  described  by  Wal- 
dron  Bates  in  1906  when  workers  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  Andrew  Liscomb  were  "putting  large  stones 
through  wet  places  in  the  Witch  Hole  Path"  (#313). 
Over  the  next  ten  years,  the  use  of  stone  for  tread 
increased  dramatically  for  trails  through  wet  places, 
especially  rocky  areas  with  heavy  ice  and  seasonal 
water  flow. 

From  the  1890s  through  the  turn  of  the  century,  the 
VIA/VIS  laid  talus  pavement  to  improve  the  western 
side  of  the  Eagle  Lake  Trail  (#42),  the  western  side  of 
Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39),  the  Jordan  Bluffs  Trail  (#457), 
and  the  Beech  Cliff  Trail  (#625).  Like  early  VIA/VIS 
Bates-style  steps  (see  Chapter  7),  the  stones  used  as 
pavers  on  these  trails  were  small.  The  lay  of  uncut  flat 
stones  followed  the  existing  landscape  rather  than 
rearranging  it,  and  stone  pavement  occurred  in  spo- 
radic, often  short,  runs. 

During  this  same  time  period,  stone  tread  pavement 
was  also  used  on  several  other  trails,  with  the  Gorge 
Path  (#28)  and  the  Canon  Brook  Trail  (#19)  containing 
the  most  extensive  examples.  These  trails  were  each 
endowed  with  maintenance  funds  years  after  their 
initial  construction.  Both  were  built  by  the  Bar  Harbor 
VIA  at  the  turn  of  the  century  and  improved  in  the 
1910s  and  1920s.  Each  follows  a  streamside  route  and  is 
highly  crafted.  They  contain  stone  pavement  of  small, 
uncut  stones  in  a  single  row,  laid  continuously  between 
runs  of  staircases  and  stepping  stones  (Figs.  3-34  & 
3-35). 


54 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  D.  Stone  Pavement 


Nearly  all  the  highly  crafted  trails  built  between  1913 
and  1937  that  either  gain  elevation  or  cross  talus 
slopes  incorporate  tread  or  talus  pavement,  and  most 
trails  contain  examples  of  both.  The  memorial  paths, 
constructed  under  the  direction  of  George  Dorr,  used 
long  sections  of  stone  pavement.  Beginning  with  the 
Kane  Path  (#17),  constructed  between  1913  and  1915, 
larger  stones  were  commonly  laid  as  pavers.  The  Schiff 
Path  (#15)  and  Gurnee  Path  (#352),  built  in  the  1920s, 
have  sporadic  sections  of  large,  square  pavers  set 
into  a  dirt  treadway,  while  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13), 
rebuilt  in  the  1920s,  contains  nearly  a  half-mile  of 
continuous  stone  pavement,  much  of  it  narrower  tread 
through  wooded  sections  of  trail  (Figs.  3-36  to  3-38). 
On  this  trail,  unpaved  sections  are  the  exceptions,  and 
it  should  be  noted  that  these  unpaved  sections  have 
suffered  the  greatest  amount  of  erosion  damage.  Why 
certain  sections  were  left  unpaved  is  still  somewhat 
of  a  mystery,  but  in  general  it  can  be  observed  that 
inclined  sections  were  paved,  while  relatively  level  sec- 
tions were  left  with  a  gravel  tread. 


The  talus  pavement  from  circa  1910  through  the  1920s 
is  some  of  the  most  remarkable  work  the  island.  The 
wide,  smooth,  level  walkways  of  Kurt  Diederich's 
Climb  (#16),  constructed  under  the  supervision  of 
George  Dorr,  and  the  Orange  and  Black  Path  (#348— a 
section  now  called  the  Champlain  Mountain  East  Face 
Trail,  #12),  built  under  Rudolph  Brunnow's  direc- 
tion, are  two  of  the  finest  examples  of  stone  pavement. 
Talus  paved  sections  of  these  trails  were  constructed 
as  scenic  overlooks  and  impressive  points  of  interest. 
Stones  up  to  30  square  feet  were  used  to  construct 
a  treadway  between  6  and  10  feet  wide,  which  was 
elevated  5  or  more  feet  above  the  downhill  side  (Fig. 
3-39).  The  East  Face  "horseshoe"  is  a  115-foot-long 
section  of  talus  pavement  evenly  tracing  a  90-degree 
arc.  A  widened  place  in  the  pavement  once  provided  a 
patio  for  a  stone  bench,  but  this  feature  was  destroyed 
by  a  rock  slide  in  the  1970s. 

During  the  1920s,  stone  pavement  continued  to  be 
used.  On  both  the  Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25) 
and  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  new  sections  of  stone 


Fig.  3-34  VIA  tread  pavement  on  the  Gorge  Path  (#28). 


Fig.  3-35  VIA  stone  paving  on  the  Eagle  Lake  Trail  (#42). 


55 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Fig.  3-36  Tread  pavement  leading  to  a  set  of  steps  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15),  circa  1920 


Fig.  3-37  Talus  pavement  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13), 
circa  1920. 


Fig.  3-38  Tread  pavement  through  a  wooded  section 
of  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13). 


Fig.  3-39  This  talus  pavement  on  a  section  of  Kurt  Diederich's 
Climb  (#16)  is  one  of  the  fine  examples  of  VIA/VIS  stone 
pavement  in  the  trail  system. 


56 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  D.  Stone  Pavement 


pavement  contained  pavers  held  in  place  with  iron  pins 
(Fig.  3-40).  The  circa  1930  section  of  the  Jordan  Cliffs 
Trail  (#48)  is  perhaps  the  last  major  specimen  of  VIA/ 
VIS  stone  pavement;  its  use  of  larger  stones,  retaining 
wall,  and  iron  pins  sets  it  apart  from  the  earlier  stone 
pavement  on  the  Jordan  Bluffs  Trail  (#457)  (see  Sec- 
tion 2,  #48  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail). 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Stone  pavement  was  used  very  little  during  the  CCC 
era  as  they  generally  preferred  other  methods  of  tread 
construction.  One  method  was  the  use  of  retaining  wall 
and  gravel  tread  for  crossing  talus  fields.  As  discussed 
earlier,  examples  of  this  can  be  seen  on  the  Long  Pond 
Trail  (#  118)  and  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119).  The 
CCC  also  relied  on  the  use  of  steps  and  switchbacks 
for  ascending  grades,  as  on  the  southern  end  of  the 
Beech  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail  (#114). 


However,  a  few  trails  rehabilitated  or  constructed  by 
the  CCC  did  incorporate  stone  pavement.  On  the  Per- 
pendicular Trail  (#119),  there  is  one  40-foot  stretch  of 
talus  pavement.  On  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64),  hundreds 
of  feet  of  Dorr-style  tread  pavement  were  rehabilitated 
or  installed  by  the  CCC  (Figs.  3-41  &  3-42).  Neither 
exception  is  surprising  since  Dorr  directed  CCC 
work  on  as  park  superintendent.  Additionally,  the 
CCC  probably  improved  stone  pavement  in  the  major 
tumbledown  on  the  west  side  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39).  Records  show  they  were  working  in  this  area, 
and  blast  marks  and  the  use  of  larger,  cut  stones  point 
toward  the  CCC  rather  than  early  VIS  work. 

NPS/Mission  66 

There  was  no  stone  pavement  built  during  the  Mission 
66  era.  Gravel  and  asphalt  were  the  predominant  tread 
material  used  at  this  time. 


Fig.  3-40  Pinned  tread  pavement  on  the  Andrew  Murray  Young 
Path  (#25). 


Fig.  3-41   CCC  tread  pavement  at  the  trailhead  for  the  Ladder 
Trail  (#64)  in  the  1930s. 


Fig.  3-42  Stone  pavement  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119). 


57 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  3-43  A  historic  view  of  the  talus  pavement  on  the  Kane 
Path  (#17),  circa  1916. 


Fig.  3-44  A  1997  view  of  the  same  section  of  the  Kane  Path  (#17) 
as  Fig.  3-43.  Note  the  change  in  water  level  and  vegetation. 


National  Park  Service 

Since  1970,  little  stone  pavement  has  been  added  to  the 
system.  There  are  two  primary  reasons  for  this.  Install- 
ing stone  pavement  is  one  of  the  most  labor-intensive 
construction  techniques,  and  other  tread  options  can 
usually  be  substituted  at  less  expense.  Additionally, 
historic  stone  pavement  has  proven  to  be  extremely 
durable  at  Acadia.  It  generally  requires  very  little 
repair,  and  most  extant  pavement  on  the  trail  system 
remains  in  good  to  excellent  condition. 

During  the  1990s,  sections  of  stone  pavement  were 
repaired  in  the  talus  fields  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39)  with  mixed  results  and  on  small  sections  of  the 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  with  better  results.  However, 
both  trails  are  in  need  of  more  repair.  In  a  misguided 
effort,  over  100  feet  of  stone  pavement  was  added  to 
the  Ledge  Trail  (#103),  which  is  otherwise  a  woodland 
path.  (During  future  rehabilitation,  this  pavement 
should  be  removed,  and  the  tread  replaced  with  a  style 
that  is  more  compatible  with  the  woodland  character 
of  the  trail.) 

The  most  substantial,  and  the  most  appropriate  addi- 
tion of  stone  pavement  was  a  new  section  of  talus 
pavement  completed  by  the  NPS  in  1994  on  a  reroute 
of  the  southern  end  of  the  Kane  Path  (#17)  along 
The  Tarn.  By  1975,  the  original  route  had  become 
swamped  by  The  Tarn's  higher  water  level  and  was 
in  need  of  rehabilitation.  A  reroute  was  constructed 
just  west  of  the  original.  It  began  at  the  southern  end 
of  the  original  stonework  and  continued  to  traverse 
the  talus  slope  toward  a  section  of  stone  pavement 
on  the  northern  end  that  had  been  installed  in  1917. 
Attempting  to  provide  an  easier  walking  surface  while 
adhering  to  the  original  character  of  the  trail,  the  1994 
crew  constructed  262  feet  of  new  talus  pavement,  the 
length  of  this  reroute.  The  new  work  adheres  to  the 
old  standard,  using  large,  often  cut  stones  set  adjacent 
to  one  another  with  a  flush  tread  surface  along  a  large- 
gestured  route  (Figs.  3-43  &  3-44).  (Scree  was  added 
at  a  later  date  and  should  be  removed  since  it  is  not 
historically  compatible  with  the  style  of  pavement,  and 
it  is  not  integral  to  the  pavement's  construction.) 


58 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  D.  Stone  Pavement 


TREATMENT 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Stone  pavement,  although  a  durable  tread  alter- 
native, is  not  appropriate  for  all  historic  trails. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Stone  pavement  should  only 
be  used  on  appropriate  VIA/VIS  trails  and  the  rela- 
tively few  CCC  trails  where  it  was  historically  present. 
It  is  not  recommended  for  use  on  trails  with  histori- 
cally unconstructed  treadway.  Extant  stone  pavement 
should  be  rehabilitated  in-kind,  and  new,  compat- 
ible sections  may  be  added  as  needed.  New  sections 
of  stone  pavement  may  be  added  to  VIA/VIS  trails 
where  it  was  not  historically  present,  provided  the  trail 
already  contains  constructed  features  and  the  addi- 
tion of  the  pavement  does  not  conflict  with  the  overall 
character  of  the  trail.  When  rehabilitating  or  adding 
new  stone  pavement,  the  appropriate  style  and  period 
of  construction  should  be  followed.  If  there  is  trail- 
specific  evidence  of  preexisting  pavement  of  another 
type,  the  earlier  type  should  be  followed. 

2.  Stone  Size 

Issue:  The  smaller  stones  used  in  early  VIA/VIS  talus 
pavement  are  vulnerable  as  they  are  typically  set 
directly  on  other  stones  and  loosen  over  time,  either 
from  foot  traffic  or  minor  shifting  in  the  talus. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Every  effort  should  be  made 
to  rehabilitate  early  VIA/VIS  work  to  its  original  state. 
However,  smaller  pavement  stones  that  cannot  be 
locked  satisfactorily  between  other  stones  may  be 
replaced  with  pavers  large  enough  to  remain  intact. 
In  many  cases,  deep  stones  with  a  surface  size  similar 
to  historic  work  can  be  set  as  "pegs,"  thereby  imitat- 
ing extant  work  while  being  well-anchored.  When 
incorporating  larger  stones  into  extant  or  new  stone 
pavement,  care  should  be  taken  to  ensure  the  larger 
stones  do  not  visually  detract  from  the  overall  charac- 
ter of  the  run  of  stone  pavement.  Maintain  an  overall 
appearance  of  smaller  stone  sizes  by  only  relying  on 
the  introduction  of  larger  stones  when  no  other  option 
is  available. 


3.  Creep 

Issue:  Over  a  period  of  years,  steeply  sloped  talus  fields 
"creep"  toward  the  base  of  a  hill  and  slant  outwards, 
negatively  impacting  talus  pavement. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Creep  is  inevitable  and  cannot 
be  slowed  or  prevented  by  construction  or  mainte- 
nance. Trails  must  be  periodically  rehabilitated  to 
re-level  talus  pavement  and  repair  collapsing  walls. 
Repairs  should  be  made  as  early  as  possible  after 
"creep"  is  detected.  If  caught  in  time,  pavers  can  often 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


The  use  of  stone  pavement  evolved  from  no  use  prior  to 
the  VIA/VIS,  to  extensive  use  during  the  VIA/VIS  period, 
moderate  use  during  the  CCC  period,  and  no  use  in  the 
NPS  periods  up  until  the  rehabilitation  era  began  in  the 
late  1990s.  As  a  result,  the  defining  character  of  stone 
pavement  at  Acadia  was  set  during  the  peak  VIA/VIS 
years. 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


No  evidence  or  documentation  has  been  found  support- 
ing the  use  of  stone  pavement. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Early  VIA/VIS  trails  used  stone  pavement  on  a  small 
number  of  trails.  Tread  pavement  used  small,  uncut  stones 
set  in  a  single  row  on  sloping  treadway  for  extensive  runs. 
Talus  pavement  used  small,  uncut  stones  in  short,  spo- 
radic runs,  usually  routed  around  objects  in  the  landscape. 
Later  VIA/VIS  trails,  particularly  memorial  trails,  used 
larger,  cut  stone  pavement  and  covered  wider  corridors, 
often  two  stones  wide.  Talus  pavement  often  included 
paved  overlooks. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


There  was  some  use  of  tread  and  talus  pavement,  but  use 
of  gravel  treadway  and  switchbacks  was  more  common. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Graded  gravel  and  asphalt  treadway  was  commonly  used, 
but  not  stone  pavement. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


There  was  sporadic  construction  and  repair  of  stone 
pavement  with  variable  success. 


59 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


be  reset  without  extensive  excavation  or  reconstruc- 
tion. If  let  go,  pavers  and  wall  can  be  lost  or  seriously 
compromised,  requiring  extensive  repair  work. 

4.  Pondside  Routes 

Issue:  Pondside  talus  pavement  is  sometimes  dislo- 
cated by  rising  water,  typically  resulting  from  beaver 
activity  or  ice. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  When  a  section  of  trail  is 
threatened  by  rising  water  from  beaver  activity,  a  man- 
agement decision  must  be  made  in  order  to  address 
the  issue  (for  general  guidelines  regarding  reroutes,  see 
Chapter  1).  Possible  solutions  include  installing  a  pipe 
drain,  removal  of  the  beaver,  rerouting  a  section  of  the 
trail,  closing  a  portion  of  the  trail,  or  closing  the  entire 
trail.  If  the  trail  is  to  remain  in  place,  pondside  stone 
pavement  should  be  rehabilitated  using  as  much  of  the 
original  design  and  material  as  possible.  The  addition 
of  larger  stones  may  strengthen  the  tread  and  reduce 
the  deteriorating  effects  of  rising  water.  If  rerouting  is 


chosen,  the  new  route  should  be  sited  well  away  from 
the  anticipated  high  water  mark.  The  extant  stone 
pavement  on  the  original  route  should  remain  in  its 
original  location  and  should  be  stabilized  as  necessary 
to  slow  or  stop  deterioration  if  possible.  If  stone  pave- 
ment is  used  on  the  new  route,  additional  stone  should 
be  brought  in  as  needed  to  construct  the  pavement.  Do 
not  relocate  historic  material  from  the  original  route  to 
construct  stone  pavement  on  the  new  route. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STONE  PAVEMENT 

Specifications  are  provided  for  the  construction  of 
talus  and  tread  pavement  in  the  VIA/VIS  styles  only. 
The  small  amount  of  stone  pavement  completed  by 
the  CCC  followed  these  earlier  styles.  Subsequently, 
rehabilitation  work  on  these  trails  should  follow  the 
specifications  for  the  particular  VIA/VIS  style  appro- 
priate to  the  trail  in  question  (Figs.  3-45  &  3-46). 


Core  is  blocked 
beneath  paving  stones 


Paving  stones  sometimes 
supported  by  retaining  wall 


Fig.  3-45  Detail  of  talus  pavement. 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Baiter 


60 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  D.  Stone  Pavement 


1.  Early  VIA/VIS  Talus  Pavement 

When  planning  out  a  new  section,  or  extensively 
rehabilitating  old  section  of  early  VIA/VIS  talus  pave- 
ment, large  boulders,  trees  and  other  significant  items 
in  the  landscape  should  not  be  removed,  and  the 
overall  grade  and  shape  of  the  landscape  should  not  be 
altered. 

Pavers  can  be  of  any  size  or  shape,  although  they  typi- 
cally should  range  in  size  from  1  to  4  square  feet  of 
tread  surface.  Pavers  for  any  stone  pavement  (tread 
or  talus)  should  be  acquired  from  local  stone  that  is 
compatible  in  color  and  texture  with  other  stone  on 
the  trail.  They  may  be  uncut  or  cut  stone. 

Generally,  pavers  should  be  set  in  a  row  one  stone 
wide,  flush  at  the  tops,  either  abutting  or  with  small 
gaps.  The  overall  trail  width  should  be  narrow  at  1  to 
2  feet  in  width.  The  gaps  should  be  chinked  with  the 
largest  stones  possible,  at  or  below  the  top  surface  of 
the  pavers.  Rarely  will  pavement  stones  be  set  side-by- 
side.  However,  if  the  prevailing  style  of  work  on  a  trail 


contains  side-by-side  stones,  this  characteristic  may  be 
followed  during  subsequent  work  on  that  trail.  Steps 
up  and  down  are  acceptable  with  no  greater  than  a  10- 
inch  rise.  Level  runs  of  pavement  between  steps  should 
be  at  least  6  feet  in  length.  Exceptions  can  be  made  to 
circumvent  existing  objects  in  the  landscape.  However, 
single  pavers  should  not  be  set  above  surrounding 
pavement,  requiring  a  step  up  and  then  an  immediate 
step  down.  Very  large  stones  in  the  trail's  path  or  ledge 
may  be  used  as  trail  surface  if  they  provide  a  negotiable 
walking  surface.  These  need  not  be  completely  flat  or 
level. 

When  adding  new  pavers  to  existing  work,  pavers  are 
set  on  and  between  existing  stones  so  that  they  are 
solid  and  level,  preferably  having  contact  with  pavers 
on  either  side  of  them.  Shims  and  retaining  wall  are 
not  used;  however,  stones  may  be  aligned  at  the  sides 
of  the  pavers  to  "pinch"  them  into  place.  Side  stones 
should  have  a  natural  look  rather  than  appearing  as 
coping  or  retaining  wall. 


Sides  packed 
with  rock 
(coping  often 
does  not  abut 
pavers) 


Fig.  3-46  Detail  of  tread  pavement. 


61 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


2.  Memorial  Trails  and  VIA/VIS  Talus  Pavement 

The  following  information  generally  applies  to  all 
memorial  trails;  however,  detailed  specifications  are 
required  for  each  memorial  trail.  Specifications  for  two 
memorial  trails,  the  Schiff  Path  (#15)  and  Homans  Path 
(#349),  are  provided  in  the  "Individual  Trail  Descrip- 
tions" section  of  this  document. 

Generally,  the  VIA/VIS  stone  pavement  on  the  memo- 
rial trails  should  have  a  more  highly  crafted  appear- 
ance than  the  early  VIA/VIS  work.  The  entire  section 
of  talus  pavement  should  be  designed  as  a  unit.  The 
trail  should  be  straight  or  in  one  or  several  engineered 
curves.  The  trail  should  be  uniformly  level  or  nearly 
level,  or  in  stretches  of  20  feet  or  longer  of  nearly 
level  tread.  Multiple  pavers  may  be  set  side-by-side 
to  achieve  the  desired  trail  width.  Average  trail  width 
should  be  3  feet;  however,  it  may  be  as  wide  as  10  feet. 
Width  may  be  uniform,  or  may  conform  to  peculiari- 
ties of  the  landscape,  or  may  widen  periodically  for 
"turnouts"  or  overlooks. 


ous  and  the  tops  kept  flush.  Additional,  smaller  gaps 
are  chinked  to  trail  height. 

3.  VIA/VIS  Tread  Pavement 

The  early  VIA/VIS  pavers  are  set  in  the  treadway 
on  grades  between  5  and  15  percent,  typically  along 
streamsides.  Pavers  are  gathered  from  near  the  trail. 
They  should  be  uncut,  rectangular  stones  with  a  width 
of  16  to  24  inches.  They  may  vary  in  length  and  should 
be  at  least  6  inches  thick.  Pavers  are  not  usually  set 
side-by-side,  but  in  a  row  of  single  stones.  The  resul- 
tant paved  treadway  is  usually  16  to  24  inches  wide 

The  treadway  is  excavated  to  mineral  soil,  deeper  if 
necessary  to  accommodate  the  depth  of  the  pavers. 
Thinner  pavers  are  set  on  a  base  of  stone  rubble  so 
that  they  achieve  grade,  the  others  are  set  directly  into 
soil.  They  span  the  width  of  the  trail  and  only  the  tops 
should  remain  visible.  Pavers  should  contact  each 
other  and  gaps  should  be  chinked  at  or  below  tread 
level  to  maintain  a  continuous  tread  surface. 


The  primary  pavers  should  be  large,  rectangular  stones 
with  at  least  4  square  feet  of  surface  area;  smaller  pav- 
ers may  be  worked  in  between  them.  They  may  be  cut 
or  uncut  (as  described  above)  and  should  be  at  least  6 
inches  thick;  thicker  if  they  are  smaller  than  4  square 
feet. 


For  highly  crafted  memorial  trails,  the  trail  width 
should  be  between  20  and  36  inches.  Pavers  may  be 
set  side-by-side  to  achieve  width  but  not  in  a  riprap  or 
"random"  lay  pattern.  The  prevailing  character  should 
be  one  square  stone  following  another.  The  pavers  are 
often  cut. 


After  measuring  the  thickness  of  the  larger  pavement 
stones,  a  base  should  be  prepared.  If  elevation  needs  to 
be  gained,  the  base  should  be  constructed  of  rough- 
laid  wall  and  backfill,  following  the  rules  of  retaining 
wall  building  (see  Chapter  6).  The  top  course  will  be 
the  pavers.  If  elevation  gain  is  not  needed,  talus  stones 
should  be  excavated  and/or  reset  to  create  a  solid  base 
at  the  desired  depth. 

The  largest  pavers  are  set  first,  solidly  on  the  base, 
using  backfill  and  core-packing  as  necessary.  Shims  are 
not  used.  The  pavers  are  set  to  the  outside  of  the  trail 
corridor  so  that  their  edges  form  the  edge  of  the  trail. 
These  stones  may  have  gaps  between  them.  The  gaps 
are  later  filled  with  smaller  stones  which  may  be  cut  or 
uncut.  Contact  between  stones  should  remain  continu- 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Check  and  repair  any  retaining  wall  holding  up 
stone  pavement. 

2.  Keep  all  associated  drainage  maintained  and  con- 
struct any  new  drainage  necessary  to  ensure  that 
the  soil  around  tread  pavement  does  not  erode. 

3.  Check  for  loose  stones  in  talus  fields,  especially 
smaller  stones,  and  reset  or  replace  as  necessary. 

4.  Chink  or  rechink  gaps  between  pavement  stones. 

5.  Watch  for  "creep,"  and  repair  as  soon  as  possible 
to  prevent  further  deterioration. 


62 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  E.  Unconstructed  Tread 


E.  UNCONSTRUCTED  TREAD 


DEFINITION 

Unconstructed  tread,  also  called  natural  treadway,  is 

a  section  of  trail  on  which  there  has  been  no  alteration 
of  the  landscape  and  no  construction  of  a  trail  sur- 
face. An  unconstructed  tread  consists  of  gravelly  soil, 
exposed  ledge,  and/or  organic  matter,  such  as  roots, 
duff,  and  moss,  as  is  typically  found  on  the  forest  floor 
(Figs.  3-47  &  3-48). 

Of  the  treadway  surfaces,  ledge  provides  the  most 
durable  tread.  In  contrast,  soil  and  organic  matter  on 
the  forest  floor  are  easily  disturbed  and  quickly  erode 
with  even  minimal  foot  traffic  if  compounded  with 
drainage  issues  or  slope.  However,  if  foot  traffic  does 
not  destroy  the  natural  roots  and  duff,  unconstructed 
tread  is  more  durable  than  loose  gravel;  a  healthy  for- 
est floor  is  stable  and  will  not  easily  erode. 


constructed  non-tread  features,  most  commonly  water 
dips  and  waterbars,  sometimes  ditching  or  coping 
stones.  The  tread  does  not  contain  structures  that  alter 
the  landscape,  such  as  retaining  walls  or  relocated  soil 
or  gravel.  For  example,  ditch  and  fill  is  considered  a 
constructed  feature. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Prior  to  1890,  all  trails  in  the  system  were  uncon- 
structed tread,  with  the  exception  of  the  early  cart 
roads.  Routes  were  chosen  that  were  accessible  with- 
out the  aid  of  constructed  features.  Trails  traversed 
fragile  areas,  such  as  across  the  forest  floor,  presum- 
ably with  some  resource  damage.  Trail  use  was  rela- 
tively light  and  erosion  was  apparently  not  a  concern. 
The  South  Ridge  Trail  on  Cadillac  Mountain  (#26)  and 
the  Great  Head  Trail  (#2)  are  examples  of  early  trails 
that  are  still  predominantly  unconstructed  tread. 


Many  trails,  especially  trails  established  prior  to  1920, 
are  completely  unconstructed.  But  even  most  of  the 
highly  crafted  trails  have  sections  of  unconstructed 
treadway.  These  tend  to  be  flat,  woodland  sections,  or 
the  upper  portions  of  summit  trails,  where  the  grade 
levels  off,  the  availability  of  stone  lessens,  or  the  tread 
becomes  ledge.  These  sections  of  tread  may  contain 


Fig.  3-47  Unconstructed  tread  across  ledge  on  the  Jordan  Cliffs 
Trail  (#48)  near  Sargent  Mountain  summit. 


Fig.  3-48  Unconstructed  tread  through  forest  on  the  Norumbega 
Mountain  Trail  (#60). 


63 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

More  than  60  miles  of  trails  with  unconstructed  tread 
existed  on  the  island  when  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  formed 
in  1890.  VIA/VIS  work  focused  first  on  new  construc- 
tion, then  on  repair,  resulting  in  a  patchwork  of  trail 
work  where  some  areas  are  highly  constructed  and 
others  are  almost  completely  unconstructed  (Figs.  3-49 
&  3-50).  In  many  places  it  is  impossible  to  tell  whether 
an  eroded  treadway  was  once  natural  soil  or  quarried 
gravel  surfacing.  The  presence  of  borrow  pits,  side- 
walls,  and  closed  culverts  can  offer  clues  in  some  of 
areas  to  the  presence  of  constructed  tread. 

Heavily  used  flat  woodland  paths,  such  as  the  Seaside 
Path  (#401),  demonstrate  the  VIA/VIS  tendency  to 
construct  trails  completely  for  comfortable  walking, 
with  walls  and  paving  on  even  flat,  stable  areas.  Some 
trails,  such  as  the  Champlain  Mountain  colored  paths 
and  the  Potholes  Path  (#342),  had  short  sections  of 


steps  incorporated  into  long  sections  of  unconstructed 
treadway.  The  Eagles  Crag  Path  (#27)  and  the  Canada 
Cliffs  Cutoff  (#632)  contain  both  highly  crafted  work 
and  unconstructed  tread  sections.  Some  pondside 
trails  were  carefully  constructed  by  the  VIA/VIS,  such 
as  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39);  others  were  not,  such 
as  the  wet,  low-lying  route  of  the  Lower  Hadlock  Trail 
(#502)  (Fig.  3-51). 

Some  mountainside  trails,  such  as  the  Van  Sanrvoord 
Trail  (#450)  and  the  Upper  Ladder  Trail  (#334),  con- 
tain staircases  in  areas  of  modestly  graded  ledge  which 
could  have  been  left  natural  without  posing  problems 
to  the  hiker  or  the  landscape.  In  contrast,  many  trails 
were  left  unconstructed,  such  as  the  Pemetic  Mountain 
Trail  (#31),  Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10),  and  Norumbega 
Mountain  Trail  (#  60).  Many  of  these  routes  predated 
the  VIA/VIS.  With  increased  use,  some  sections  of 
these  trails  have  continued  to  erode  (Fig.  3-52). 


Fig.  3-49  Unconstructed  tread  across  ledge  near  summit  of  the 
otherwise  highly  constructed  Schiff  Path. 


Fig.  3-50  Steps  with  unconstructed  tread  and  ledge  on  the  Upper 
Ladder  Trail  (#334). 


64 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  E.  Unconstructed  Tread 


Even  the  most  highly  crafted  trails,  including  the 
memorial  trails  built  between  1913  and  1930,  contain 
sections  of  unconstructed  tread.  For  instance,  the 
Schiff  Path  (#15)  reverts  to  a  natural  ledge  treadway 
once  it  reaches  a  modest  incline  over  ledges  near  the 
summit.  Yet,  the  nearby  and  parallel  upper  end  of  the 
Upper  Ladder  Trail  (#334)  has  continued  step  con- 
struction through  similar  terrain.  The  Van  Santvoord 
Trail  (#450)  showcases  relatively  short  sections  of 
highly  crafted  stonework  between  long  sections  of 
unconstructed  tread.  On  many  other  VIA/VIS  trails, 
such  as  the  Orange  and  Black  Path  (#348)  and  the 
Precipice  Trail  (#11),  constructed  and  unconstructed 
tread  alternate.  Some  sections  of  unconstructed  tread 
on  highly  crafted  trails  remain  a  mystery,  such  as  a  sec- 
tion on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  and  the  upper  end  of 
the  Homans  Path  (#349). 

Many  VIA/VIS  trails  that  were  marked  as  connectors 
or  cut-offs,  such  as  the  Parkman  Mountain  Trail  (#59) 
and  Grandgent  Trail  (#66),  had  completely  uncon- 
structed treadways.  However,  the  majority  of  trails 
built  by  the  VIA/VIS  in  the  1910s  and  1920s  contained 
substantial  areas  of  constructed  treadway.  During 
this  period,  the  VIA/VIS  also  added  stonework  to 
unconstructed  trails,  such  as  the  177  steps  added  to 
unconstructed  tread  on  the  Cadillac  Mountain  North 
Ridge  Trail  (#34),  which  had  been  relocated  by  the 
motor  road,  and  extensive  stonework  on  the  Duck 
Brook  Path  (#311),  which  had  been  marked  thirty  years 
earlier. 


On  those  paths  that  alternate  between  constructed  and 
unconstructed  treadway,  two  common  characteristics 
are  apparent.  Ledge  treadway  was  typically  left  as  such, 
unless  it  was  so  steep  as  to  require  steps  or  ironwork. 
The  choice  to  leave  soil  or  gravel  as  the  unconstructed 
tread  was  usually  made  in  the  higher  portions  of  these 
trails,  near  summits,  once  the  trail  had  climbed  the 
steeper,  rockier  part  of  the  route.  This  choice  was 
perhaps  due  to  the  moderate  overall  grade  or  to  a  lack 
of  suitable  stone  for  steps  or  paving. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

The  CCC  followed  standards  similar  to  those  of  the 
most  highly  crafted  VIA/VIS  trails.  They  fully  con- 
structed nearly  all  treadway  except  ledge.  The  few 
non-ledge  trail  sections  left  by  CCC  crews  as  uncon- 
structed tread  are  such  anomalies  that  they  have  been 
the  cause  of  much  speculation.  On  both  the  Perpen- 
dicular Trail  (#119)  and  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118), 


- 1 

■  '       \*'<lJI:    In 


Fig.  3-51  The  Lower  Hadlock  Trail  (#502)  contained  unconstructed 
tread,  and  segments  of  it  are  currently  in  extremely  poor 
condition. 


Fig.  3-52  Unconstructed  tread  on  the  Norumbega  Mountain  Trail 
(#60)  has  continued  to  erode  from  increased  use,  leaving  the  trail 
corridor  more  than  10  feet  wide  in  some  places. 


65 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


the  treadway  construction  ends,  leaving  the  upper 
quarter  or  so  of  the  trail  completely  unconstructed.  On 
the  Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail  (#108),  a  steep 
section  of  unconstructed  trail  is  in  poor  condition  with 
tread  in  a  1-foot-deep  gully.  It  is  possible  that  practical 
matters,  such  as  distance  from  materials  or  the  ending 
of  a  work  project,  resulted  in  these  long  sections  of 
unconstructed  treadway  on  otherwise  highly  con- 
structed trails  (Figs.  3-53  &  3-54). 

NPS/Mission  66 

Mission  66  builders  did  not  use  unconstructed  tread- 
way, preferring  gravel  or  asphalt  paving. 

National  Park  Service 

Beginning  in  about  the  1970s,  increasing  use  of  the 
island's  trail  system  resulted  in  heavy  erosion  of  many 
pre-VIA/VIS  trails  with  unconstructed  tread.  Stabiliza- 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


All  tread  was  unconstructed  except  early  cart  roads. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Most  established  trails  remained  unconstructed.  New 
trails  were  nearly  completely  constructed,  but  with 
unconstructed  sections.  Highly  crafted  memorial  trails, 
contained  sections  of  stonework  and  unconstructed 
tread.  Unconstructed  sections  tended  to  be  connectors 
and  cutoffs  or  sections  across  ledges  and  summits. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Most  trails  were  highly  constructed,  but  sections 
appeared  unfinished,  perhaps  because  the  work  period 
ended  before  trail  completion. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


All  tread  was  constructed. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Nearly  every  type  of  feature,  both  appropriate  and 
inappropriate,  was  added  to  sections  of  unconstructed 
tread.  Recently,  an  emphasis  has  been  placed  on  drainage 
swales,  checks,  and  fill  as  the  preferred  alternatives  for 
rehabilitating  eroded  unconstructed  treadway. 


tion  efforts  introduced  extensive  log  cribbing  and  log 
water  bars,  features  that  were  not  in  keeping  with  the 
rustic  stonework  of  the  VIA/VIS  and  CCC.  Beginning 
in  the  1990s,  the  use  of  stone  checks  and  stone  steps 
served  as  more  appropriate  treatment  for  sections  of 
eroded  or  gullied  trails,  such  as  on  the  North  Bubble 
Trail  (#42).  High  use  of  wet  trails  has  also  required 
construction  of  tread.  Examples  include  ditch  and  fill 


Fig.  3-53  A  1998  photograph  of  the  upper  section  of  the 
Perpendicular  Trail  (#119),  which  apparently  was  never  finished 
by  the  CCC. 


Ek  25 

aL   ■'■■&  • 

i 

> 

1  -ZA 

^H  \  W\  l 

Rgpisr 

;     '.. 

■.«£'<* 

pr 

i 

■.      U                    -1.L 

P        %6 

p.     • 

m. 

j»  1 

1   ^■-riH,;,;  1 

S                  V  f^^l 

i  5P«*1 

■ 

/ 

■ 

! 

i 

\ 

Fig.  3-54  Unconstructed  tread  near  top  of  Perpendicular  Trail 
(#119). 


66 


Chapter  3:  Treadway;  E.  Unconstructed  Tread 


sections  on  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118)  and  Western 
Mountain  Trail  (#120)  and  the  addition  of  bogwalk 
over  wet  areas,  such  as  on  the  west  side  of  the  Jordan 
Pond  Path  (#39). 

Additions  to  the  trail  system  and  reroutes  since  the 
1970s  are  predominantly  unconstructed  tread.  Exam- 
ples include  sections  of  the  Andrew  Murray  Young 
Trail  (#25)  or  the  Gorge  Path  (#28),  both  of  which 
replace  sections  of  stone  pavement.  These  decisions 
were  due  to  lack  of  resources  to  either  repair  old  work 
properly  or  build  new  trail  in  a  like  manner. 


TREATMENT 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Poor  layout,  poor  drainage,  and  increased  hiker 
use  have  caused  the  deterioration  of  much  uncon- 
structed treadway.  Most  repairs  to  unconstructed 
tread  alter  character. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Once  unconstructed  tread  is 
damaged  or  lost,  it  is  difficult  to  retrieve  without  alter- 
ing its  character.  Preventive  routine  maintenance  will 
alter  character  slightly  but  is  often  necessary  to  retain 
tread  material.  Built  features  must  be  added  to  raise 
tread  through  wet  areas,  to  narrow  widened  sections 
of  trail,  or  stop  erosion.  Bogwalk  and  ditch  and  fill 
are  the  preferred  alternatives  for  saturated  tread.  A 
combination  of  checks,  fill,  and  drainage  dips  are  the 
preferred  alternative  for  gullies.  Other  features,  such 
as  steps  or  log  cribbing,  can  be  used  when  they  are 
necessary  to  preserve  the  trail.  The  goal  is  to  minimize 
intervention  of  visible  built  features  while  maximizing 
the  stabilization  efforts. 

2.  Trail  Width 

Issue:  With  no  or  few  constructed  features,  trail  sec- 
tions with  unconstructed  tread  may  get  as  wide  as  20 
feet  or  more. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Definition  of  the  trail  cor- 
ridor is  particularly  important  on  heavily  used  trails 
and  summit  areas.  Introduction  of  guidance  elements, 


such  as  cairns,  boulders,  log  scree,  or  occasional  sets 
of  steps,  as  on  VIA/VIS  trails,  will  help  to  define  trail 
width. 

3.  Roots 

Issue:  Tree  roots  are  often  exposed  by  tread  erosion 
on  unconstructed  trails.  They  make  the  trail  difficult 
to  hike.  However,  large-scale  root  removal  can  kill  a 
substantial  number  of  trees.  Further,  tree  roots  are 
often  the  only  stabilizing  mechanism  preventing  the 
trail  from  eroding  more  seriously. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  In  dealing  with  erosion 
problems  or  exposed  roots  in  unconstructed  tread 
sections,  a  feasible  solution  that  maintains  the  most 
natural  character  possible  should  be  chosen.  Roots 
can  be  left  alone  if  they  present  no  major  problems 
to  hikers  or  trail  character.  Select  roots  may  be  cut  if 
they  do  not  pose  a  serious  threat  to  surrounding  trees. 
Water  dips  and  water  bars  should  be  added  as  neces- 
sary to  provide  proper  drainage.  Crush  wall  and  tread 
surfacing  with  local  gravel  can  be  an  excellent  solution, 
combined  with  checks  and  water  dips  on  slopes;  this 
technique  most  closely  resembles  unconstructed  tread. 
Log  cribbing  may  also  be  an  option  in  certain  areas 
(see  Chapter  6). 

4.  Reroutes 

Issue:  Poor  layout  compounded  by  high  use  has 
resulted  in  the  deterioration  of  trail  sections  with 
unconstructed  tread,  particularly  on  pre-VIA/VIS 
summit  trails. 

Treatment  Guideline:  Reroutes  may  be  considered  in 
certain  cases,  as  described  in  Chapter  1. 

5.  Unfinished  Trails 

Issue:  Certain  portions  of  unconstructed  treadway 
on  otherwise  highly  crafted  trails  appear  to  have  been 
left  unfinished;  examples  include  the  Beachcroft  Path 
(#13)  near  the  intersection  with  the  Wild  Gardens  Path 
(#354),  Homans  Path  (#349),  the  Perpendicular  Trail 
(#119),  and  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118). 


67 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Treatment  Guidelines:  It  is  now  a  part  of  the  historic 
character  of  these  trails  that  portions  were  left  uncon- 
structed.  Therefore,  in  areas  where  no  construction 
is  needed,  none  should  be  done  simply  to  create  an 
historic  scene.  If  trail  work  is  needed  to  preserve  tread, 
correct  erosion,  or  address  some  similar  concern,  then 
those  preferred  methods  for  repairing  unconstructed 
trail  with  the  least  impact,  as  outlined  in  the  guide- 
lines above,  should  be  the  first  choices  of  treatment. 
However,  if  there  is  a  need  for  more  substantial  trail 
work,  this  construction  should  be  done  in  a  way  that  is 
historically  compatible  with  more  highly  constructed 
sections  of  the  trail.  For  example,  if  it  is  determined 
that  stone  stairs  are  needed  on  the  unconstructed 
upper  part  of  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119),  then  the 
new  stairs  will  be  constructed  in  the  style  of  CCC  steps 
predominant  on  the  lower  section  of  the  trail. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Unconstructed  treadway  needs  to  be  watched 
carefully  for  erosion  damage,  excessive  wear, 
exposed  roots,  and  trail  braiding. 

2.  Water  dips  and  water  bars  should  be  installed  as 
necessary  and  cleaned  regularly  (see  Chapter  4, 
Sections  D  and  E). 

3.  A  marked  loss  of  material  on  trails  of  some  grade 
will  often  require  the  installation  of  checks  (see 
Chapter  6,  Section  A). 

4.  Roots  should  be  cut  or  covered  according  to  the 
treatment  guidelines  above. 

5.  If  there  are  no  outstanding  problems,  uncon- 
structed tread  requires  no  routine  maintenance. 


ENDNOTES 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  UNCONSTRUCTED  TREAD 


11      Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  p.  23. 


There  are  no  specifications  for  constructing  uncon- 
structed tread.  Repairs  should  be  performed  according 
to  the  guidelines  above,  and  those  features  constructed 
as  outlined  in  their  respective  sections  of  this  plan.  If 
extensive  repairs  are  needed,  consider  a  new  route  as 
discussed  in  Chapter  1. 


68 


Fig.  4-1   A  large  capstone  culvert  on  the  Schiff  Path  (#15). 


CHAPTER  4: 


Drainage 

A.  CULVERTS 

B.  SUBSURFACE  DRAINS 

C.  SIDE  DRAINS 

D.  WATER  BARS 

E.  WATER  DIPS 


69 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


CHAPTER  4:  DRAINAGE 


Proper  drainage  is  the  most  important  aspect 
of  trail  construction,  rehabilitation,  or  main- 
tenance because  moving  water  is  the  greatest 
threat  to  the  durability  of  the  trail  and  its  environment. 
The  construction  of  any  trail  feature,  especially  the 
tread  itself,  must  allow  for  drainage.  Various  character- 
istics such  as  location,  slope,  grade,  and  construction 
materials  are  crucial  to  effective  drainage.  In  addition, 
five  categories  of  specific  drainage  features  are  used  at 
Acadia  to  direct  the  flow  of  water  under,  across  or  away 
from  the  trail.  These  include: 

A.  Culverts 

B.  Subsurface  Drains 

C.  Side  Drains 

D.  Water  Bars 

E.  Water  Dips 

Most  of  Acadia's  hiking  trails  were  constructed  with 
too  little  consideration  of  drainage  in  the  trail  layout 
and  too  few  drainage  structures.  For  the  most  part, 
these  trails  were  built  between  1890  and  1940  and  have 
received  relatively  little  drainage  maintenance  since 
then.  Surviving  trail  sections  generally  contain  solid 
rock  construction  like  stairs  and  stone  pavement,  occur 
in  naturally  draining  areas  such  as  talus  slopes  or  where 
running  water  is  not  an  issue,  contain  raised  tread 
through  flat  land,  and/or  receive  relatively  little  hiker 
use.  Trail  sections  in  the  worst  shape  are  those  that 
ascend  the  fall  line  with  little  stone  construction. 

This  chapter  provides  guidelines  for  the  use  of  different 
drainage  features  and  specifications  for  their  construc- 
tion. In  deciding  on  the  appropriate  solution  for  a 
drainage  issue,  consideration  should  be  given  to  sur- 
rounding topography,  amount  of  water  flow,  and  direc- 
tion of  trail  slope.  Some  general  guidelines  include: 

•  If  water  can  be  diverted  without  crossing  the  trail,  a 
side  drain  or  ditch  may  be  used. 

•  If  water  must  cross  the  trail  and  the  flow  is  light, 
water  can  be  directed  across  the  trail  surface  using 
a  water  bar  or  dip,  or  by  adjusting  the  cross-slope 
of  the  tread. 


•  If  flow  is  heavy,  water  should  be  directed  from  one 
side  of  the  trail  to  the  other  using  a  culvert,  or  over 
a  durable  surface  such  as  stone  paving  or  a  rubble- 
lined  drainage  swale. 

•  If  the  trail  crosses  a  narrow  stream,  a  culvert  may 
suffice.  However,  a  large  stream  should  not  be 
treated  with  a  culvert;  here  a  bridge  or  other  cross- 
ing feature  may  be  needed  (see  Chapter  5). 

•  If  crossing  a  stream  with  shallow  banks,  stepping 
stones  should  be  considered  for  trails  constructed 
by  the  VIA/VIS. 


Fig.  4-2  A  graveled-over  culvert  on  the  Kane  Path  (#17).  The 
lintels  were  once  completely  covered  with  gravel  and  vegetation. 


Fig.  4-3  A  graveled-over  culvert  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3). 


70 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  a.  Culverts 


A.  CULVERTS 


DEFINITIONS 


An  open  stone  culvert  is  a  culvert  with  stone  sides  and 
base  whose  top  is  open.  Most  open  stone  culverts  have 
sides  of  single-tier  walls,  or  even  single  stones,  while 
some  sides  are  small  retaining  walls  (Fig.  4-5). 


A  culvert  is  a  stone,  pipe,  or  log  structure  built  to  carry 
water  under  or  across  a  trail.  Closed  culverts  have  built 
sides,  a  base  and  top,  and  direct  water  under  the  trail, 
allowing  for  an  uninterrupted  treadway.  Open  culverts 
have  built  sides  and  usually  a  stone  base,  but  no  top, 
resulting  in  an  interrupted  treadway.  Three  types  of 
closed  culverts  and  two  types  of  open  culverts  are  used 
in  Acadia  NP. 


A  stepstone  culvert  is  an  open  culvert  with  a  stepstone 
placed  between  the  sides  to  lengthen  the  width  of  the 
water  passage.  It  may  be  simple,  consisting  of  three 
large  stones  with  a  gap  for  water  to  flow  through,  or  it 
may  have  sides  that  are  built  retaining  walls.  A  water 
crossing  with  more  than  three  stepstones  in  the  channel 
is  considered  a  set  of  stepping  stones  (see  Chapter  5, 
Section  C)  (Fig.  4-6). 


A  capstone  culvert  is  a  closed  culvert  topped  with  one 
or  more  flat  stones  that  also  serve  as  the  treadway  (Fig. 
4-1). 

A  graveled-over  culvert  is  a  closed  stone  culvert  over- 
laid with  a  gravel  treadway  (Figs.  4-2  &.  4-3). 

A  pipe  culvert  is  a  closed  culvert,  the  channel  of  which 
is  a  pipe  or  pipes  set  underneath  the  tread  surface  (Fig. 

4-4). 

Some  large  closed  culverts  are  built  in  combina- 
tion with  catch  basins.  A  catch  basin  is  a  dry  well  or 
inlet,  located  where  a  ditch  meets  a  culvert.  The  basin 
"catches"  debris  carried  by  fast-flowing  water,  pre- 
venting the  debris  from  flowing  into  and  clogging  the 
culvert. 


Fig.  4-4  A  new  2002  pipe  culvert  on  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39).  The 
photo  shows  header  stones  before  crush  and  gravel  surfacing, 
which  will  completely  cover  the  pipe.  Note  lintel  stones  meet 
grade  line  at  outside  edge. 


Fig.  4-5  A  recently  constructed  open  stone  culvert  on  the  Jesup 
Path  (#14)  with  walls  of  single  stones.  This  is  not  an  appropriate 
culvert  style  for  a  trail  that  historically  contained  graveled-over 
stone  culverts  and  wooden  bridges. 


Fig.  4-6  A  stepstone  culvert  on  the  Kane  Path  (#17). 


71 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Additionally,  log  culverts  are  currently  extant  in  the 
park.  Some  of  these  are  open  culverts  with  log  sidewalls 
and  may  have  a  stone-lined  base.  Open  log  culverts 
are  not  historic  features  for  the  trail  system  and  are 
currently  being  replaced  with  stone  and  pipe  culverts. 
Specifications  for  open  log  culverts  are  not  included  in 
this  document. 

Closed  log  culverts,  composed  of  logs  covered  with 
gravel  placed  over  log  abutments,  are  historic  features. 
They  are  classified  in  this  document  as  small  bridges 
with  short  spans.  Often  closed  log  culverts  located 
in  the  park  in  the  1970s,  only  three  currently  remain 
on  the  Jesup  Path  (#14),  Kane  Path  (#17),  and  Canon 
Brook  Trail  (#19).  These  may  have  been  built  by  the 
CCC.  The  others  have  been  replaced  with  small  plank 
bridges.  Specifications  for  these  bridges  are  included  in 
Chapter  5. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  CULVERTS  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIAA/IS 

Initially,  most  wet  areas  were  crossed  on  pole  bridges 
or  the  trail  was  rerouted.  There  is  no  evidence  or  docu- 
mentation of  culvert  use  prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  era. 

VIA/VIS 

Beginning  in  the  1890s,  Bar  Harbor  VIA  path  builders 
constructed  "more  permanent  crossings  for  streams 
and  boggy  places."12  A  number  of  trails  built  before 
1900  have  drainage  features  including  closed  and  open 
culverts  (Kane  Path,  #17;  Red/Schooner  Head  Road 
Path,  #362;  Asticou  Trail,  #49;  Jordan  Pond  Path,  #39). 
Although  some  or  all  of  these  features  may  have  been 
added  later,  it  is  likely  that  many  of  them  were  a  part 
of  the  original  construction,  as  the  craftsmanship  is 
indistinguishable  from  that  of  other  original  work  of 
those  trails. 

The  first  trail  to  receive  a  constructed  drainage  sys- 
tem may  have  been  George  Dorr's  Bicycle  Path  (#331) 
around  Beaver  Dam  Pool.  In  1899,  four  years  after  the 
trail  was  initially  constructed,  Dorr  described  drainage 
work: 


The  path,  which  had  become  badly  washed  by  rains  and 
worn  by  water  dripping  from  the  trees,  has  been  resur- 
faced throughout  its  whole  extent.  Several  additional 
culverts  also  have  been  laid  across  it  with  open  catch 
drains  leading  to  them,  where  surface  water  used  to  flow 
upon  the  path,  so  that  there  will  be  less  washing  in  the 
future.13 

In  1906  Waldron  Bates  also  recommended  that  path 
builders  "drain  wet  places  or  put  in  stepping-stones,  or 
place  cedar-pole  bridges  on  the  ground."14 

Many  trails  constructed  without  adequate  drainage 
systems  were  plagued  by  washouts  and  wet  areas. 
These  trails  often  required  substantial  reconstruction, 
particularly  streamside  trails  such  as  the  Jordan  Stream 
Path  (#65),  heavily  used  trails  such  as  the  Seaside  Path 
(#401),  and  cross-slope  trails  such  as  the  Ox  Hill  Path 
(#420)  in  Seal  Harbor.  Culverts  were  used  by  the 
VIA/VIS,  though  mentioned  only  a  few  times  in  their 
annual  reports.  In  fact,  evidence  on  the  ground  suggests 
that  some  trails,  such  as  the  Red/Schooner  Head  Road 


Fig.  4-7  A  VIA/VIS  pipe  culvert  on  the  Seaside  Path  (#401), 
located  south  of  the  Stanley  Brook  Bridge. 


72 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  A.  Culverts 


Path  (#362),  were  constructed  with  extensive  drainage 
features  (closed  culverts  and  raised  tread  side  ditches) 
very  early  in  the  period,  perhaps  before  1900.  In  1937, 
A.  Fitz  Roy  Anderson,  chairman  of  the  Bar  Harbor 
VIA  Path  Committee,  described  annual  maintenance 
including  "reconstruction  [of]  bridges  and  culverts."15 
In  1952  Robert  DeRevere,  president  of  the  Seal  Harbor 
VIS,  reported  for  the  Seaside  Path  (#401),  "new  culverts 
and  gutters  installed  from  the  beginning  of  the  trail  to 
the  Stanley  Brook  Bridge."16  These  closed  pipe  culverts 
are  still  visible  (Figs.  4-7  to  4-9). 

On  highly  crafted  trails  such  as  the  Beachcroft  Path 
(#13)  and  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64),  many  drainage 
problems  were  solved  without  culverts,  while  some 
were  not  addressed  and  are  still  in  need  of  a  solution. 
Features  like  extensive  stone  paving  and  steps  were 


used  to  withstand  cross-trail  flows  of  water  and  ice. 
However,  the  trails  on  Dorr  Mountain  apparently  had 
excellent  drainage,  combining  use  of  capstone  culverts 
(Emery  Path  #15),  graveled-over  culverts  (Schiff  Path, 
#15,  Homans  Path,  #349),  and  stepstone  culverts  (Kurt 
Diederich's  Climb,  #16)  (Figs.  4-10  &  4-11).  On  the 
Jesup  Path  (#14)  and  Kane  Path  (#17)  near  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Canon  Brook  Path  (#19),  small  closed  log 
culverts  and  large  closed  stone  culverts  were  built  (Fig. 
4-12).  These  VIA/VIS  culverts  may  have  been  reworked 
by  the  CCC,  who  carried  out  extensive  repair  work  in 
the  Dorr  Mountain  area.  Unlike  most  small  VIA/VIS 
closed  culverts,  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352),  completed  in 
1926,  contains  one  of  the  largest  graveled-over  stone 
culverts  in  the  trail  system,  with  an  opening  6  feet  high 
and  2  feet  wide,  and  an  enormous  capstone  supporting 
the  gravel  tread  (Fig.  4-13). 


Fig.  4-8  A  defunct  VIA/VIS  vitrified  clay  pipe  culvert  on  the 
Seaside  Path  (#401),  south  of  the  Stanley  Brook  Bridge. 


Fig.  4-10  A  1920  view  of  capstone  culvert  with  walled  side  drain 
on  the  Emery  Path  (#15)  constructed  in  1916  by  Bar  Harbor  VIA. 


Fig.  4-9  VIA/VIS  graveled-over  culvert  on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49). 


Fig.  4-1 1   A  VIA/VIS  or  CCC  graveled-over  road  culvert  near  the 
Jesup  Path  (#14)  between  The  Tarn  and  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring. 


73 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

In  the  1930s,  graveled-over  and  capstone  culverts  were 
used  extensively  in  CCC  work  to  direct  water  under 
the  trail  from  ditches  on  the  uphill  side.  Construction 
methods  were  fully  described  in  the  CCC  handbook  for 
trail  work  (Fig.  4-14).  On  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119), 
the  CCC  built  their  culverts  as  exhibition  pieces,  con- 
structing the  sides  with  smooth-faced  dry  laid  wall  that 


tied  neatly  into  the  retaining  wall  holding  the  treadway. 
The  CCC  then  topped  these  culverts  with  massive,  cut 
capstones  that  were  left  exposed  as  the  treadway,  and 
framed  at  the  edges  with  large  coping  stones.  These 
culverts  were  apparently  modeled  after  the  capstone 
culverts  of  the  Emery  Path  (#15).  Many  of  the  larger 
CCC  capstone  culverts  also  included  catch  basins  (Figs. 
4-15  to  4-17). 


Fig.  4-12  A  VIA/VIS  or  CCC  graveled-over  road 
culvert  near  the  Jesup  Path  (#14)  between  The 
Tarn  and  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring. 


v*v 


r 

"V 
h 

V 


DEPRESSION  IN  TRAIL  ABOVE  CULVERT 

SKETCH  NO.  20 


Fig.  4-13  A  VIA/VIS  graveled-over  culvert  on 
the  Gurnee  Path  (#352).  This  is  one  of  the  larger 
culverts  on  the  trail  system. 


Fig.  4-14  CCC  specifications  for  graveled-over  culverts.  Note  "depression  in  trail 
above  culvert,"  now  termed  a  "dip"  by  the  NPS  trails  crew  and  "ducks  nest  cut 
in  bank,"  now  described  as  a  "side  drain  and  catch  basin." 


74 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  A.  Culverts 


However,  the  predominant  choice  of  culvert  was  the 
graveled-over  stone  culvert.  These  are  extant  on  the 
Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge 
Trail  (#108),  Valley  Trail  (#116),  Beech  Cliffs  Ladder 
Trail  (#106),  Beech  Cliffs  Loop  Trail  (#114),  and  Ocean 
Path  (#3). 

After  the  CCC  crews  left,  the  closed  culverts  were  often 
overlooked,  not  maintained,  and  consequently  filled 
with  organic  matter  and  clogged.  By  the  time  the  level 
of  trail  use  and  maintenance  increased  in  the  1970s, 
many  closed  culverts  were  no  longer  functioning  and 
are  currently  nearly  completely  obscured.  Examples 
include  graveled-over  culverts  on  the  Beech  Mountain 
West  Ridge  Trail  (#108). 

NPS/Mission  66 

Trails  constructed  during  the  Mission  66  period  of  the 
late  1950s  and  early  1960s  typically  used  corrugated 
metal  pipe  culverts,  which  are  still  evident  on  the 
Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369),  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail 


(#127),  and  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113)  (Fig. 
4-18).  Culverts  on  these  trails  were  covered  over  with 
asphalt  or  gravel.  Insufficient  headwalls,  tread  loss,  and 
low  maintenance  have  allowed  frost  to  heave  many  of 
these  pipes  out  of  the  ground. 

National  Park  Service 

Beginning  in  the  1970s,  NPS  built  additional  culverts, 
and  replaced  or  removed  existing  culverts.  Many 
closed  culverts  were  converted  to  open  culverts  due 
to  ease  of  construction  and  maintenance,  such  as  on 


Fig.  4-16  Located  near  the  base  of  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119), 
a  small  CCC  graveled-over  culvert  now  has  underlying  capstones 
visible  due  to  loss  of  gravel.  A  catch  basin  (difficult  to  discern  in 
the  photo)  is  in  the  foreground  and  a  coping  stone  is  visible  on 
far  side  of  treadway. 


Fig.  4-15  A  massive  CCC  capstone  culvert  on  the  Perpendicular 
Trail  (#119). 


Fig.  4-17  Large  capstone  culvert  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15). 


75 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118).  Since  the  mid-1990s,  NPS 
has  focused  on  locating  and  cleaning  existing  closed 
culverts.  New  closed  and  open  culverts  have  been  built 
using  historical  prototypes,  such  as  on  the  Pond  Trail 
(#20),  and  using  new  materials  like  steel  pipes,  as  seen 
on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  (Figs.  4-19  to  4-21). 

Note:  To  date,  the  use  of  plastic  perforated  pipes  with 
geotextile  material  has  been  limited  to  subsurface 
drains  and  not  typically  used  with  culverts. 


Fig.  4-18  This  10-foot-long  corrugated  pipe  culvert,  installed  by 
Mission  66  crews  on  the  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113),  has 
been  exposed  by  frost  heave  and  tread  loss. 


Fig.  4-20  This  repair  of  a  washed-out  section  on  the  Pond  Trail 
(#20)  consists  of  a  closed  capstone  culvert  incorporated  into  a 
stone  stairway.  It  was  constructed  by  NPS  crews  in  1995. 


Fig.  4-19  A  stone-lined  open  culvert  on  the  Long  Pond  Trail 
(#118).  This  culvert  may  have  originally  been  a  graveled-over 
stone  culvert. 


Fig.  4-21  A  2002  finished  pipe  culvert  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39)  in  which  pipe  is  obscured  by  insloping  lintels  and  support 
rocks  that  are  mostly  covered  with  gravel.  Lintels  tie  in  to  crush 
wall  on  one  side  and  retaining  wall  on  the  other. 


76 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  a.  Culverts 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CULVERTS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


No  evidence  or  documentation  for  culvert  use  has  been 
found. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Graveled-over  culverts,  open  stone  culverts,  stepstone 
culverts,  and  closed  log  culverts  were  used.  Vitrified  clay 
pipes  may  have  been  included.  On  streams  too  large  for 
culverts,  stepping  stones,  bridges,  and  stone  pavement 
were  the  preferred  options. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Large  closed  culverts  were  often  highly  visible  showpieces 
of  dry  laid  stonework.  Graveled-over  culverts  were  also 
used. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Corrugated  metal  pipes  were  introduced  and  used  almost 
exclusively  for  new  culverts. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


All  types  of  culverts  were  used,  although  not  necessarily  in 
the  right  places  or  with  the  right  construction  techniques. 
The  use  of  open  stone  and  log  culverts  was  predominant. 


TREATMENT  FOR  CULVERTS 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issues:  Historically  inaccurate  culvert  styles  have  been 
added  to  many  trails  in  an  effort  to  ease  installation, 
safety,  and  maintenance  concerns.  Some  problems  with 
historic  culvert  styles  include: 

•  Closed  culverts  are  more  difficult  to  construct, 
locate,  and  maintain  than  open  culverts. 

•  Open  culverts  can  be  tripping  hazards  for  hikers. 
They  also  impede  ADA  accessibility. 

•  Some  historic  materials  like  vitrified  clay  pipes  have 
not  proven  to  be  long-lasting,  and  are  hard  to  find 
through  local  suppliers. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Culverts  fall  into  categories 
according  to  type  and  era  of  construction.  In  order 
to  maintain  the  trail  system's  historic  character,  the 


appropriate  culvert  type  should  be  identified  for  each 
situation.  As  a  result,  some  maintenance  and  safety  con- 
cerns will  have  to  be  addressed  and  concessions  made. 
For  example,  given  the  historic  predominance  of  closed 
culverts,  their  use  will  likely  be  increased,  even  though 
it  will  mean  additional  maintenance  on  the  trail  system. 
They  are  more  historically  appropriate  and  are  less  of  a 
safety  concern  for  hikers  than  open  culverts. 

Historic  materials  are  preferred  in  new  construction 
or  rehabilitation;  however,  substitutions  may  be  made 
for  materials  that  are  not  exposed  or  easily  seen  by  the 
average  hiker.  When  constructing  new  VIS/VIS  style 
pipe  culverts,  steel  or  other  appropriate  pipe  materials 
may  be  used  in  place  of  the  vitreous  clay  pipes. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  CULVERTS 

Choosing  which  type  of  culvert  to  build  and  precisely 
how  to  build  it  should  be  based  on  three  consider- 
ations: 

•  What  is  the  appropriate  era  and/or  builder  of  the 
trail? 

•  What  is  the  historical  character  of  other  culverts  on 
the  trail? 

•  What  are  the  topography  and  drainage  conditions 
of  the  area  surrounding  the  trail? 

A  VIA/VIS  trail  section  with  light  to  medium  level 
of  flow  generated  by  either  side  drains  or  a  narrow 
stream  crossing,  should  be  treated  with  a  graveled-over 
culvert,  a  stepstone  culvert,  or  an  open  stone  culvert.  A 
shallow  VIA/VIS  stream  crossing  that  is  too  wide  for  a 
graveled-over  culvert  should  be  treated  with  stepping 
stones  or  a  stepstone  culvert.  In  cases  where  the  stream 
banks  are  both  steep  and  wide,  a  bridge  may  be  needed 
(see  Chapter  5). 

A  CCC  trail  should  be  treated  with  culverts  in  the 
style  of  its  extant  culverts.  In  general,  stepped  or 
stone-paved  sections  will  use  capstone  culverts,  and 
gravel-paved  sections  will  use  graveled-over  culverts, 
or  possibly  pipe  culverts.  For  example,  the  stepped 


77 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  contains  mostly  capstone 
culverts.  New  culverts  added  to  the  trail,  or  rehabilita- 
tion of  existing  culverts  will  follow  this  style.  Similarly, 
graveled-over  culverts  are  the  preferred  choice  for 
gravel-paved  sections  of  the  Valley  Trail  (#116)  since 
the  majority  of  this  trail's  extant  culverts  are  of  this 
type. 


not  be  disturbed,  so  the  floor  of  the  culvert  should  be 
at  the  level  of  the  gully  bed.  Then  the  elevation  of  the 
trail,  compared  with  the  elevation  of  the  gully  bed,  may 
dictate  a  wide,  shallow  culvert,  or  a  deep,  narrow  one. 
But  the  wider  the  culvert  the  easier  it  will  take  water, 
and  the  less  danger  there  will  be  of  destructive  cutting 
on  the  discharge  side. 


For  CCC  and  VIA/ VIS  trails  reworked  by  the  CCC, 
a  catch  basin  may  be  added  to  large  closed  culverts, 
provided  the  construction  of  a  catch  basin  is  possible 
and  will  not  substantially  affect  the  character  of  the 
culvert  or  the  surrounding  area.  In  considering  the 
addition  of  a  catch  basin,  the  relative  need  should  be 
the  deciding  factor.  Because  of  the  difficulty  of  con- 
struction and  maintenance,  catch  basins  should  not  be 
used  unless  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  trail  is  in  danger 
of  being  substantially  damaged  by  the  failure  of  a  single 
drainage  feature,  or  if  there  is  a  vulnerable  tread  surface 
protected  by  few  drainage  features  in  danger  of  receiv- 
ing large  volumes  of  water  with  substantial  debris,  a 
catch  basin  may  be  needed.  For  instance,  some  large 
open  stone  culverts  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39) 
protect  yards  of  graveled  treadway.  These  features  are 
responsible  for  streams  with  substantial  seasonal  flow 
that  regularly  wash  branches  and  small  stones  into  the 
culvert  opening.  Catch  basins  are  an  appropriate  con- 
sideration for  use  with  these  culverts. 

While  it  is  impossible  to  discern  on  Acadia's  trails 
today,  a  common  practice  recommended  in  CCC 
literature  may  have  been  used  at  Acadia.  A  constructed 
treadway  forms  a  slight  dip  over  or  near  closed  culverts, 
and  to  either  side  of  open  culverts.  This  directs  water 
over  the  trail  in  a  controlled  way  in  the  event  of  culvert 
failure. 

General  recommendations  for  culvert  construction 
may  be  borrowed  from  1937  CCC  trail  guidelines: 

In  gullies,  nature  has  already  determined  the  type  of 
structure  to  be  employed,  which  is  a  culvert  big  enough 
to  carry  all  the  water  that  comes  down.  The  gully  has 
already  established  a  temporary  balance  between  the 
scour  of  the  stream  and  its  bed.  This  balance  should 


There  is  no  satisfactory  information  on  the  size  of 
culverts  required  for  different  watersheds.  The  area  of 
the  watershed,  the  steepness  of  its  slopes,  the  amount 
of  natural  impounding  in  its  basin,  the  amount  and 
kind  of  cover,  and  the  condition  of  the  soil,  combined 
to  absorb  or  shed  water.  The  best  practice  is  to  judge  as 
competently  as  possible  from  local  conditions  how  large 
a  drainage  structure  should  be.  It  should  not  be  less  than 
one  foot  in  width  or  height,  to  avoid  choking.. . . 

Established  channels  determine  the  location  of  culverts, 
and  the  amount  of  water  to  be  served  can  be  estimated 
with  reasonable  accuracy.  Any  depression,  even  one 
coming  from  a  small  spring,  is  the  established  drainage 
channel  in  that  area.  This  can  be  proved  by  the  absence 
of  erosion,  and  the  presence  of  cover,  on  nearby 
surfaces.  The  amount  of  run-off  at  flood  stage  can  be 
estimated  by  lines  of  drift  left  by  high  water,  scouring 
at  the  bases  of  tree,  root  systems  exposed  by  scouring, 
fresh  surfaces  on  rocks  below  old  stain-bands,  shrub- 
bery tilted  down  hill,  and  other  signs. 

The  culvert  must  be  large  enough  to  carry  flood  water. 
And  its  floor  must  be  at  the  level  of  the  channel  bed. 
These  two  factors  determine  the  size  and  shape  of  the 
structure.  Where  there  is  any  choice,  the  culvert  should 
be  wide,  rather  than  deep. . . . 

Preferably  all  culverts  should  be  made  of  stone,  using 
dry  or  mortar  joints....  The  ends  of  the  walls  should  be 
flared,  as  a  usual  practice,  to. ..prevent  scouring  by  flood 
water.  Care  should  be  taken  to  keep  the  inside  surfaces 
uniform  and  smooth,  to  prevent  debris  from  catching.  A 
culvert  should  extend  a  foot  or  two  beyond  the  edge  of 
the  trail  on  each  side,  and  the  trail  widened  to  the  head 
walls  of  the  culvert.  The  bottom  of  the  culvert  should 
slope  not  less  than  3/8  inch  per  foot.17 


78 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  A.  Culverts 


Specifications  follow  for  the  construction  of  specific 
drainage  features. 

1.  Capstone  Culvert  (Fig.  4-22) 

Historic  capstone  culverts  are  found  on  three  VIA/VIS 
trails:  the  Emery  Path  (#15),  the  Schiff  Path  (#15),  and 
the  Homans  Path  (#349).  Examples  of  CCC  use  are 
located  on  the  Valley  Cove  part  of  the  Flying  Moun- 
tain Trail  (#105),  the  Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge 
Trail  (#108),  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119).  Capstone 
culverts  tend  to  be  bigger  than  most  graveled-over 
culverts.  The  capstone  culvert  has  a  stone  base,  side 
retaining  walls,  and  a  capstone  at  the  top  serving  as  the 
treadway. 

Dimensions:  The  area  and  depth  of  construction  for 
the  culvert  is  determined  by  the  amount  of  water  flow, 
the  topography,  and  trail  surface  elevation.  The  total 
length  of  the  culvert  ranges  from  4  to  6  feet  (width  of 


trail  plus  coping  stones,  if  coping  stones  are  to  be  used). 
The  height  of  the  side  retaining  walls  ranges  from  1  to 
5  feet.  The  typical  opening  for  water  flow  is  2  to  3  feet 
wide  by  1  to  2  feet  high. 

Construction:  Sidewalls  should  be  set  6  inches  or  more 
below  the  floor  of  the  culvert  to  lock  them  in  place. 
Sidewalls  may  consist  of  single  large  stones,  or  may 
be  small  retaining  walls  constructed  of  several  stones. 
The  faces  of  the  walls  on  the  inside  of  the  culvert  are 
vertical.  The  ends  of  these  walls  at  the  edges  of  the  trail 
form  90-degree  angles  with  the  trail  retaining  walls, 
which  are  themselves  usually  battered.  Wall  courses 
should  be  interlaced  at  the  corner.  The  size  of  the  stone 
used  in  these  walls  varies  widely.  It  is  rectangular  stone, 
often  as  small  as  2  inches  thick  by  6  inches  wide  and 
long.  However,  such  stones  can  share  a  wall  with  larger 
blocks  2  feet  square.  Sidewalls  do  not  extend  beyond 
the  width  of  the  capstone  and  any  coping  laid  beside  it. 


If  coping  stones  are  laid  beside  capstone,  place 
them  on  top  course  of  side  retaining  walls  "" 


■  '"         "  .     :•* 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Bariei 


Fig.  4-22  Detail  of  a  capstone  culvert. 


79 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


The  top  of  the  side  retaining  walls  is  at  a  height  below 
the  surface  of  the  trail  so  that  the  capstone  will  be  flush 
with  the  final  surface. 

The  floor  of  the  culvert  is  then  laid  between  the  walls. 
It  may  be  "tiled"  with  flat-laid  stones  contacting  each 
other,  with  the  remaining  gaps  chinked,  or  it  may  be 
packed  stone  rubble.  The  floor  of  the  culvert  should 
extend  into  the  drainage  on  both  sides  of  the  culvert 
so  that  it  surrounds  the  edges  of  wall  stones.  On  the 
downhill  side  of  the  drainage  it  should  extend  beyond 
the  point  at  which  scouring  is  likely  to  occur.  Rubble 
culvert  floors  should  be  locked  into  place  at  their  out- 
lets by  stones  set  into  the  ground,  the  tops  of  which  are 
flush  with  the  top  of  the  culvert  floor. 


VIS  trails  include  the  Seaside  Path  (#401),  Asticou  Trail 
(#49),  Red/Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362),  Jesup 
Path  (#14),  and  Kane  Path  (#17).  Examples  of  CCC  use 
are  located  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3),  Valley  Trail  (#116), 
and  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118). 

The  graveled-over  culvert  has  a  stone  bottom,  retain- 
ing walls  on  its  sides,  and  lintels  and  is  intended  to 
be  under  the  treadway.  There  are  two  variations  of 
graveled-over  culverts  in  Acadia.  Some  use  vegetation 
over  the  lintels  at  the  edge  of  the  treadway  to  retain  low 
sidewalls  and  gravel.  Examples  of  these  culverts  were 
used  on  the  Red/Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362). 
Others  have  coping  or  insloping  lintels  at  the  edges  to 
retain  gravel,  like  examples  on  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352). 


A  capstone  spans  the  width  and  length  of  the  culvert 
and  sits  level  on  the  sidewalls.  In  some  cases,  this  cap- 
stone is  actually  a  step  up  as  well  as  a  culvert  (Perpen- 
dicular Trail,  #119).  The  average  size  of  the  capstone  is 
2  to  4  feet  long  and  wide  and  6  or  more  inches  thick. 
However,  the  capstones  on  the  Dorr  Mountain  trails 
are  much  larger;  one  is  10  feet  long  by  5  feet  wide  by 
1  foot  thick.  In  some  cases,  the  top  of  a  CCC  culvert 
will  be  more  than  one  stone.  Capstones  may  be  cut  or 
uncut. 

In  some  CCC  capstone  culverts,  coping  stones  that 
span  the  culvert  opening  are  set  on  one  or  both  sides  of 
the  capstone.  Typically  the  coping  stones  are  not  set  on 
the  capstone  but,  instead,  on  the  sidewalls.  The  coping 
stone  (s)  span  the  gap  in  the  trail  retaining  wall  that  is 
either  the  inlet  or  outlet  of  the  culvert.  There  is  no  rule 
for  whether  culverts  have  coping  stones  on  one  or  both 
sides  of  the  trail,  or  for  which  side  of  the  culvert  a  single 
coping  stone  should  be  placed.  Where  culverts  are 
breaks  in  tall  retaining  walls,  or  in  retaining  walls  that 
already  have  coping  stones,  coping  should  be  set  beside 
capstones  so  that  they  span  the  opening  in  these  walls. 


Dimensions:  Area  and  depth  of  construction  for  the 
culvert  should  be  determined  by  the  amount  of  water 
flow,  topography,  and  trail  surface  elevation.  The  total 
length  of  the  culvert  should  be  6  to  9  feet,  including  the 
1-  to  3-foot  extension  beyond  the  edge  of  the  treadway 
on  both  sides.  The  culvert  opening  ranges  from  1  to  2 
feet  wide  by  6  inches  to  2  feet  high.  However,  it  may  be 
as  large  as  6  feet  high.  VIA/VIS  endowed  paths  such  as 
the  Jesup  Path  (#14)  and  Gurnee  Path  (#352),  and  CCC 
paths  fall  towards  the  larger  end  of  this  spectrum,  while 
earlier  paths  contain  the  smaller-size  culverts. 

Construction:  Sidewalls  should  be  set  6  inches  or  more 
below  the  floor  of  the  culvert  to  lock  them  in  place. 
Sidewalls  may  consist  of  single  large  stones,  or  may 
be  small  retaining  walls  constructed  of  several  stones. 
The  top  of  the  side  retaining  walls  is  at  a  height  below 
the  surface  of  the  trail  so  that  the  lintel  can  be  laid  over 
them,  and  the  coat  of  gravel  over  the  lintels  will  be  flush 
with  the  final  surface.  In  other  words,  if  6-inch-thick 
lintels  are  to  be  used,  and  3  inches  of  surfacing,  then  the 
wall  height  should  be  9  inches  below  the  finished  grade 
of  the  trail. 


2.  Graveled-over  Culvert  (Figs.  4-23  &  4-24) 

Graveled-over  culverts  are  found  on  VIA/VIS  trails 
with  gravel  treadway  and  on  some  CCC  trails.  Differ- 
ences in  construction  details  for  the  two  periods  are 
noted  in  the  specifications  that  follow.  Relevant  VIA/ 


The  floor  of  the  culvert  is  then  laid  between  the  walls. 
It  may  be  "tiled"  with  flat-laid  stones  contacting  each 
other,  with  the  remaining  gaps  chinked,  or  it  may  be 
packed  stone  rubble.  The  floor  of  the  culvert  should 
extend  into  the  drainage  on  both  sides  of  the  culvert 


80 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  A.  Culverts 


so  that  it  surrounds  the  edges  of  wall  stones.  On  the 
downhill  side  of  the  drainage  it  should  extend  beyond 
the  point  at  which  scouring  is  likely  to  occur.  Rubble 
culvert  floors  should  be  locked  into  place  at  their  out- 
lets by  stones  set  into  the  ground,  the  tops  of  which  are 
flush  with  the  top  of  the  culvert  floor. 

Lintels  are  then  spanned  over  the  culvert  opening  so 
that  they  are  laid  with  one  side  on  each  wall.  They  are 
set  side  by  side,  spanning  the  culvert  length.  Lintels 
average  1  foot  wide  and  2  to  3  feet  long.  Their  thickness 
ranges  from  3  inches  for  narrow  spans  to  a  foot  or  more 


for  wider  spans.  There  should  be  no  gaps  between 
lintels  that  cannot  be  completely  chinked  closed.  Gaps 
allow  gravel  from  the  tread  surface  to  filter  through.  It 
is  not  necessary  for  the  surface  of  the  lintels  to  be  flat, 
or  at  all  even,  as  it  will  be  covered  with  gravel.  Some 
lintel  stones  may  be  rounded  on  top,  or  have  protrud- 
ing pieces. 

In  a  Gurnee-style  culvert,  the  lintels  set  at  each  end  of 
the  culvert  should  meet  the  grade  line  similar  to  cause- 
way wall  stones,  slope  inwards  like  pipe  culvert  headers 
(see  below),  and  have  good  contact  points  on  each  side 


End  lintels  slope  in  and 
are  covered  with  gravel 


Side  retaining 
walls  are 
locked  below 
floor  of  culvert 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Baner 


Fig.  4-23  Detail  of  a  VIA/VIS  graveled-over  culvert,  as  was  built  on  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352). 


81 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


so  that  they  hold  gravel.  In  Kane  Path  and  Red/Schoo- 
ner Head  Road  Path  (#362)-style  culverts,  the  lintels 
set  outside  the  trail  need  only  be  laid  as  the  others,  as 
they  will  be  covered  with  3  to  4  inches  of  stones,  gravel, 
and  vegetation. 


then  covered  with  soil  and  transplanted  vegetation. 
Small  stones  may  be  laid  along  the  outside  of  the 
revegetated  top  of  the  culvert  to  retain  the  material.  Sod 
should  be  planted  immediately  in  the  vegetated  area  to 
ensure  the  retention  of  coping,  soil,  and  trail  material. 


In  Kane  Path  (#17)  and  Red/Schooner  Head  Road 
Path-style  culverts,  a  single  row  of  coping  stones  is 
placed  on  top  of  the  top  stones,  framing  the  width  of 
the  trail  and  holding  the  gravel  treadway.  The  VIA/VIS 
often  used  softball-sized  stones.  If  abutting  stones  are 
used,  each  should  be  of  a  size  compatible  with  other 
coping  or  sidewall  on  the  trail.  When  possible,  single 
long  stones  spanning  the  culvert  width  are  recom- 
mended to  increase  durability.  The  length  of  stone 
will  vary  with  width  of  culvert,  but  width  and  height  of 
stone  should  be  between  6  inches  and  1  foot.  Coping 
stones  should  be  locked  in  place  with  smaller  stones, 


For  CCC  trails  a  dip  should  be  constructed  in  the  tread- 
way  somewhere  above  the  culvert,  ideally  several  feet 
from  it,  so  that  water  flowing  through  the  dip  doesn't 
destroy  the  culvert.  Such  a  depression  ensures  that 
water  flowing  over  a  clogged  or  overstressed  culvert 
will  cross  the  trail  above  it,  instead  of  traveling  down 
the  trail  and  washing  out  long  sections  of  treadway.  The 
dip  dimensions  are  determined  by  the  flow  of  water, 
the  slope  of  the  treadway,  and  the  width  of  the  drain- 
age. The  width  of  the  dip  should  exceed  the  width  of 
the  culvert  beneath  it  by  a  foot  on  either  side. 


Area  outside  of  trail  edge  over  lintels 
is  filled  with  soil  and  vegetated 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barler 

Fig.  4-24  Detail  of  a  graveled-over  culvert  with  vegetation  cover,  as  was  used  on  the  Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362). 


82 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  A.  Culverts 


Lintels  are  insloping  and 
completely  covered  by  tread 


Single  rocks 
or  low  walls  at 
either  side  of 
pipe  support 
lintels 


Pipe  is  set  in  bed 
of  crushed  stone 


Pipe  is  overhung  by 
lintels  and  is  obscured 


Pipe  sits  on 
rock  base 


Fig.  4-25  Detail  of  a  pipe  culvert  with  stone  headwalls. 


3.  Pipe  Culvert  (Fig.  4-25) 

VIA/VIS  and  CCC  pipe  culverts  appear  in  raised  tread 
areas  incorporating  side  drains.  Pipe  culverts  serve  the 
same  function  as  graveled-over  culverts.  The  pipe  is 
protected  and  obscured  at  each  end  by  a  stone  head- 
wall,  which  consists  of  a  stone  base,  side  support  walls, 
and  lintel.  Usually  in  VIA/VIS  pipe  culverts  the  side 
retaining  walls  are  single  stones. 

Dimensions:  Dimensions  are  dictated  by  width  of  trail 
and  amount  of  flow.  Pipe  diameter  should  be  at  least 
eight  inches  to  facilitate  cleaning.  The  ends  of  the  pipe 
should  be  set  back  two  to  four  inches  from  the  out- 
side edges  of  the  header  walls  in  order  to  obscure  and 
protect  the  pipe. 


the  pipe,  but  below  the  grade  line  so  that  the  lintel  will 
exactly  reach  the  grade  line  when  it  is  laid  across  them. 
The  lintel  is  laid  so  that  it  slopes  in,  exactly  reaching  the 
grade  line  at  the  edge  of  trail.  Lintel  stones  should  com- 
pletely span  support  stones  and  have  contact  points  on 
each  side  so  that  gravel  is  retained.  Lintels  that  do  not 
slope  into  the  trail  and  become  covered  with  surface 
materials  do  not  stay  in  place.  Support  stones  are  held 
in  place  by  abutting  causeway  stones,  or  in  the  case  of 
wall-less  construction,  by  stone  rubble. 

Rubble  is  packed  around  the  pipe  to  secure  it  in  place, 
and  at  least  6  inches  of  surface  material  is  laid  over  the 
top  of  the  pipe  and  over  the  insloping  portions  of  the 
lintels,  to  prevent  frost  heave. 


Construction:  Stone  rubble  is  laid  in  the  drainage 
channel  beneath  the  pipe.  One  pipe  should  be  laid 
across  the  trail  following  the  angle  at  which  the  water 
crosses  the  trail.  Pipe  culverts  draining  inside  ditches 
should  be  laid  perpendicular  to  the  trail  if  possible. 

At  each  end  of  the  pipe,  lintel  supports  and  lintels 
are  placed.  The  supports,  or  support  walls,  are  usu- 
ally single  stones  laid  on  each  side  of  the  pipe,  well 
below  grade,  header  style,  and  sloping  into  the  trail. 
The  height  of  the  support  stones  should  be  just  above 


4.  Open  Stone  Culverts  (Fig.  4-26) 

Open  stone  culverts  were  used  by  the  VIA/VIS  to  allow 
small  and  medium  streams  to  cross  trails,  and  to  drain 
side  drains.  NPS  has  built  a  number  of  these  features 
since  the  1970s,  not  all  of  them  in  appropriate  places. 
Original  open  stone  culverts  can  be  found  on  many 
VIA/VIS  trails,  including  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39), 
the  Seaside  Path  (#401),  Eagle  Lake  Trail  (#42),  the 
Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path  (#38),  and  Kurt  Diederich's 
Climb  (#16). 


83 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


This  type  of  culvert  encompasses  a  broad  range  of 
individual  styles,  influenced  by  builder  and  era,  but  all 
are  of  the  same  basic  design  with  a  single  channel,  stone 
retaining  wall  sides,  and  open  top  creating  a  gap  in  the 
treadway.  The  sidewalls  may  be  single-tier  or  multi-tier, 
and  the  floor  may  or  may  not  be  lined. 

Dimensions:  The  culvert  should  extend  the  width  of 
the  trail.  The  culvert  opening  varies  between  8  and  16 
inches.  Less  than  8  inches  clogs  too  easily  and  greater 
than  16  inches  is  difficult  to  step  across.  Historically,  the 
depth  of  open  culverts  has  varied  greatly,  from  8  inches 
to  3  feet.  For  rehabilitation,  shallower  channels  are  pre- 
ferred for  visitor  safety.  They  should  average  between  8 
inches  and  1  foot.  Deeper  channels  should  be  avoided. 

Construction:  Single-tier  walls  may  be  built  of  stones 
set  in  various  styles,  including  "toast"  (standing  up), 
"cake"  (lying  down),  or  "header"  (set  vertically,  but 
with  the  greatest  length  of  the  stone  extending  back 


into  the  trail).  However,  while  historical  examples  exist, 
"toasf'-style  sets  are  far  weaker  and  are  not  recom- 
mended unless  rocks  are  very  large  (over  3  cubic  feet), 
and  set  halfway  or  more  into  the  ground;  "toasf'-style 
sets  are  never  used  in  multi-tier  walls.  Wall  footings 
should  be  set  at  least  3  inches  below  the  floor  of  the 
culvert,  and  all  retaining  wall  sides  should  conform  to 
standards  for  retaining  wall  construction  (see  Chapter 
6).  In  order  to  retain  tread  material,  there  should  be 
high  contact  between  stones  at  the  top  of  the  culvert 
side  walls.  Sidewalls  should  extend  at  least  6  inches 
below  the  surface  of  the  culvert  floor.  Bottom  courses 
should  be  set  in  solid  soil  or  on  a  base  of  stone  rubble. 
Outside  edges  of  the  culvert  walls  should  usually  be 
locked  in  place  with  large  stones  set  deep  in  the  ground, 
to  prevent  separation. 

The  floor  of  the  culvert  may  be  stone  tiled,  stone 
rubble,  or  earth  and  should  be  constructed  the  same  as 
with  a  capstone  culvert. 


Culvert  stones  are 
set  well  below  drain 
and  culvert  floors 


Culvert  stones  are 
headers  with  high  contact 
towards  front 


Outside  culvert  stones 
are  supported  by 
deep-set  rocks 


■      ACAD  NB^Baldyga/Bailer 


Fig.  4-26  Detail  of  an  open  stone  culvert. 


84 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  a.  Culverts 


■v  * 

vm 

j»  .     .^^■■■i 

■ 

Br                                   "l^B 

y0     ff. 

SI 

^v           *  jjj^B  ' 

L  •  , 

''■£?•'■ 

MS 

j 

Q 

' 

> 

'*^H 

I K  5  1 

Fig.  4-27  Newly  installed  stepstone  culvert  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39) 


5.  Stepstone  Culverts  (Fig.  4-27) 

Stepstone  culverts  are  open  stone  culverts  with  two 
or  more  drainage  channels  separated  by  one  or  more 
stepstones.  The  addition  of  a  stepstone  or  stones  to 
the  drainage  path  of  a  culvert  allows  for  a  substantial 
widening  of  the  drainage  path.  For  the  purpose  of 
clarity,  drainage  features  with  three  or  more  stepstones 
between  the  walls  at  their  edges  will  be  considered 
stepping  stones.  Stepstone  culverts  are  the  rarest  of 
the  culvert  types,  but  they  appear  on  several  VIA/VIS 
trails,  including  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  and  Kurt 
Diederich's  Climb  (#16). 

Dimensions:  The  length  of  the  culvert  should  extend 
the  width  of  the  trail.  The  width  of  the  opening  is  usu- 
ally greater  than  16  inches.  Any  narrower  width,  and  a 
stepstone  is  not  usually  needed  as  the  open  culvert  can 
be  easily  traversed.  The  depth  of  the  channel  should  be 
8  inches  to  1  foot. 


have  flat  or  nearly  flat  tops  and  are  set 
level  with  one  another  and  the  culvert 
sidewalls.  They  may  be  set  directly 
in  the  earth,  on  or  between  existing 
stones,  or  on  built-up  beds  of  stone 
rubble. 

6.  Catch  Basins  (Fig.  4-28) 

As  noted  in  treatment  recommenda- 
tions, catch  basins  are  not  intended  for 
use  with  all  culverts.  Generally,  if  the 
culvert  opening  is  18  inches  or  wider, 
a  catch  basin  should  be  considered, 
particularly  if  there  is  heavy  water  flow 
laden  with  organic  matter. 


Dimensions:  When  catch  basins  are 
constructed,  they  should  conform  to 
the  dimensions  of  both  the  culvert  opening  and  the 
side-drain  width  (if  a  side  drain  is  used).  A  catch  basin 
serving  a  culvert  whose  opening  is  2  feet  wide  and 
whose  drainage  ditch  is  18  inches  wide  will  be  2  feet  by 
18  inches.  One  foot  square  is  a  minimum  size  for  catch 
basins,  to  allow  for  both  effective  trapping  and  clean- 
ing. An  ideal  depth  is  6  inches  below  the  surface  of  the 
drainage  floor,  though  massive  culverts  may  require 
more  depth. 


Construction:  Construction  of  a  catch  basin  should 
blend  with  that  of  the  culvert  and  drainage.  A  stone- 
lined  drain  that  empties  into  a  stone  culvert  may  have  a 
catch  basin.  If  so,  it  will  have  a  square  catch  basin  with 
four  sides  constructed  of  stone  and  a  paved  or  crushed 
stone  bottom.  On  the  other  hand,  culverts  that  termi- 
nate at  unlined  ditches  containing  catch  basins  will 
have  a  single  built  side  at  the  terminus  of  the  culvert 
with  a  simple  crushed-stone  base. 


Construction:  For  the  construction  of  the  culvert  side- 
walls  and  floor,  see  "Open  Stone  Culverts"  above. 

The  stepstones  should  generally  follow  the  specifi- 
cations for  stepping  stones  for  stream  crossings  as 
described  in  Chapter  5,  Section  C.  These  stones  vary 
between  1  and  6  square  feet  of  stepping  surface.  They 


Sidewalls  should  be  constructed  of  single  stones  buried 
eight  inches  or  more  in  the  ground,  though  laid  wall 
may  be  used  for  deeper  catch  basins.  At  their  tops, 
catch  basins  should  have  high  contact  between  stones 
to  retain  material  behind  them  and  keep  the  catch  basin 
from  silting  in  unnecessarily. 


85 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Catch  basin  walls 
have  high  contact 
and  are  set  we 
below  its  floor 


Culvert  floor 
is  laid  stone  set 
well  below  catch 
basin  floor 


Catch  basin  floor 
is  laid  or  crushed 
stone 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 

Fig.  4-28  Detail  of  a  catch  basin. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 


1.  All  types  of  culverts  and  associated  inflow  and  out- 
flow drains  should  be  cleaned  annually  and  kept 
free  of  debris,  soil,  and  stones.  Culverts  with  stone 
bases  should  be  scraped  clean  to  the  stones.  Cul- 
verts with  gravel  or  soil  bases  should  be  cleaned  to 
the  level  consistent  with  drains  flowing  into  them; 
care  must  be  taken  not  to  dig  too  deep,  as  this 
could  expose  and  weaken  the  sides  of  the  culvert. 

2.  Outflow  drains  should  be  cleaned  and  re-dug  as  far 
as  necessary  to  ensure  that  water  flows  unimpeded 
from  the  culvert.  Dams  in  outflow  drains  can  cause 
water  to  back  up  onto  the  trail,  or  ice  to  freeze 
inside  the  culvert  and  destroy  it. 


3.  Catch  basins  should  be  cleaned  annually  by  remov- 
ing silt  and  gravel  buildups. 

4.  Check  for  loose  or  collapsed  stones  in  the  sides 
and  tops  of  culverts.  Loose  sidewalls  should 
be  rebuilt.  Loose  top  stones  can  sometimes  be 
shimmed,  but  will  normally  have  to  be  relaid.  In  the 
case  of  graveled-over  culverts,  check  the  interior  of 
the  culvert  for  evidence  of  separation  between  the 
top  stones.  Failure  in  this  area  would  allow  gravel 
to  fall  in  and  clog  the  culvert.  Repair  as  necessary. 

5.  For  pipe  culverts,  reset  pipes  that  have  been  lifted 
by  ice  and  resurface  the  treadway. 


86 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  B.  Subsurface  Drains 


B.  SUBSURFACE  DRAINS 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  SUBSURFACE  DRAINS  AT  ACADIA 


DEFINITIONS 

A  subsurface  drain  is  a  covered  drain,  also  called  a 
hidden  or  blind  drain,  that  allows  water  to  percolate 
alongside  and/or  under  the  trail.  This  type  of  drain  can 
absorb  large  volumes  of  slow-moving,  seeping  water. 
Three  types  of  subsurface  drains  are  found  at  Acadia. 
The  first  two  types,  French  drains  and  subgrade  drain- 
age, are  features  used  historically  on  the  trail  system. 
The  third  type,  perforated-pipe  drain,  is  a  contempo- 
rary substitute  for  the  French  drain. 

A  French  drain  is  a  covered  channel  of  stone  laid 
underneath  the  trail  surface  or  the  surrounding  ground. 
A  French  drain  may  run  along  the  uphill  side  of  the 
treadway  and/or  underneath  the  treadway,  extending 
across  to  the  downhill  side  of  the  treadway.  The  stones 
allow  water  to  percolate  through.  This  type  of  drain- 
age was  used  historically  on  the  trail  system.  Over  time, 
French  drains  may  silt  in  and  become  ineffective. 

Subgrade  drainage  is  non-channeled  subsurface 
drainage  that  moves  through  the  subgrade  of  the  entire 
length  of  trail  sections.  The  subgrade  is  constructed 
of  clean  stone  rubble  that  allows  percolation  through 
the  trail  beneath  the  surface  of  the  treadway.  For  more 
information  on  this  type  of  drainage,  see  Chapter  3, 
Section  B  and  C. 


Pre-VIA/VIS 

There  is  no  documentation  or  evidence  of  the  use  of 
subsurface  drainage  prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  era. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

The  first  trail  that  included  subsurface  drains  was  likely 
George  Dorr's  Bicycle  Path  (#331)  around  Beaver 
Dam  Pool.  In  1901,  six  years  after  the  trail  was  initially 
constructed,  Dorr  described  revegetation  of  a  bank 
"that  covers  a  drain  upon  the  western  side  and  pro- 
tects the  path  from  overflow  by  surface  water  from 
the  higher  ground  above."18  On  other  later  VIA/VIS 
trails,  the  treadway  was  improved  by  the  construction 
of  subgrade  drainage  under  raised  treadway.  Water 
could  then  percolate  into  and  under  the  trail  surface. 
In  such  cases  the  entire  section  of  trail  functioned  as 
a  subsurface  drain.  Trails  built  in  this  manner  include 
the  Red/Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362)  and  Seaside 
Path  (#401).  This  method  is  described  in  more  detail  in 
Chapter  3,  Section  B. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

The  CCC  used  French  drains,  both  alongside  and 
under  the  trail  treadway,  and  subgrade  drainage.  Evi- 
dence of  their  work  is  found  in  historical  photographs 
taken  during  the  construction  and  reconstruction  of 
the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  at  Otter  Cliffs  and  the  Ladder  Trail 
(#64).  CCC  stone  drain  work  is  also  still  evident  on  the 
Long  Pond  Trail  (#118)  and  the  Valley  Trail  (#116). 


A  perforated-pipe  drain  consists  of  sections  of  perfo- 
rated plastic  pipe  surrounded  by  gravel  and  wrapped 
in  geotextile  material.  Perforated-pipe  drains  may  run 
parallel  to  the  trail  on  its  uphill  side,  functioning  as  side 
drains,  or  they  may  cross  underneath  the  treadway, 
functioning  as  culverts.  Plastic  perforated-pipe  drains 
allow  unimpeded  flow  of  water  with  minimal  siltation 
and  are  considered  a  preferable  alternative  to  French 
drains. 


NPS/Mission  66 

Design  drawings  prepared  for  the  construction  of 
trails  during  the  Mission  66  period  indicate  that  sub- 
grade  drainage  was  the  only  type  of  hidden  drainage 
employed  by  Mission  66  builders,  often  in  conjunction 
with  side  drains  and  pipe  culverts. 

National  Park  Service 

NPS  crews  began  to  use  subsurface  drainage  more 
consistently  during  the  rehabilitation  efforts  in  the 
1990s.  In  1999  the  NPS  trails  crew  installed  the  first 
perforated-pipe  drains  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39) 
to  capture  seepage  from  the  slope  above  the  pond. 


87 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


This  feature  was  also  successfully  used  on  the  Great 
Meadow  Loop  (#70). 


TREATMENT  FOR  SUBSURFACE  DRAINS 

1.  Trail  Erosion  and  Tread  Saturation 

Issues:  Inadequate  subsurface  drainage  can  be  a 
substantial  threat  to  trail  integrity.  If  the  water  is  not 
adequately  channeled  from  the  trail  or  allowed  to 
percolate  underneath  the  trail,  erosion,  trail  saturation, 
or  other  problems  will  result.  French  drains,  although 
historically  used  on  the  trail  system,  are  not  effective  for 
the  long  term.  Siltation  eventually  renders  them  ineffec- 
tive, and  they  are  difficult,  if  not  impossible  to  clear  out 
and  maintain.  Historically,  subgrade  drainage  was  not 
used  frequently  enough. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Subsurface  drainage  should 
continue  to  be  used  as  the  trail  system  is  rehabilitated  to 
protect  the  trails'  structural  integrity,  prevent  erosion, 
and  eliminate  tread  saturation. 

French  drains  are  historic  features  on  many  trails,  and 
should  be  preserved  and  rehabilitated  as  necessary. 
However,  given  their  likelihood  of  failure,  they  are  not 
recommended  for  addition  to  existing  trails  or  new  trail 
construction. 

Perforated-pipe  drains  and  subgrade  drainage  are  the 
two  features  recommended  for  constructing  new  trails, 
or  adding  drainage  to  existing  trails.  Since  these  fea- 
tures are  hidden  underneath  the  trail,  they  do  not  inter- 
fere with  the  trail's  historic  aesthetic,  yet  still  provide  an 
effective  solution  to  subsurface  drainage  problems. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  for  subsurface 
drain  use. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Concealed  French  drains  on  the  uphill  side  of  the  trail 
were  used  to  capture  cross-trail  water  flow  in  combina- 
tion with  stone  rubble  under  the  treadway. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Concealed  French  drains  on  the  uphill  side  of  the  trail 
were  used  to  capture  cross-trail  water  flow  in  combina- 
tion with  stone  rubble  under  the  treadway. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


The  use  of  subsurface  drainage  diminished  as  open 
ditches  and  pipe  culverts  were  routinely  used. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Concealed  perforated-pipe  drains  were  first  used  in  the 
system.  Like  concealed  French  drains,  these  were  located 
on  the  uphill  side  of  a  trail  to  capture  cross-trail  water 
flow  in  combination  with  stone  rubble  under  the  tread- 
way. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  SUBSURFACE  DRAINS 

Specifications  are  provided  for  French  drains  and 
perforated-pipe  drains.  Construction  of  subgrade 
drainage  is  integral  to  construction  of  the  trail's  tread. 
See  Chapter  3  for  specifications  concerning  tread 
material. 


Fig.  4-29  A  circa  1935  photograph  of  a  CCC  rehab  of  the  lower 
section  of  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64)  shows  a  rubble  French  drain 
being  installed  along  the  side  of  a  staircase  with  coping  retaining 
wall. 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  B.  Subsurface  Drains 


1.  French  Drain  (Fig.  4-29) 

French  drains  were  installed  by  the  VIA/VIS  and  CCC 
using  a  technique  similar  to  the  description  below. 

The  wet  or  boggy  section  of  trail  is  excavated  to  create 
a  channel  underneath  the  trail  approximately  2  feet 
below  the  treadway  and  2  feet  wide.  The  section  is  filled 
with  stone  rubble  or  coarse  gravel.  The  drain  should 
extend  2  or  more  feet  in  length  on  the  downhill  side  of 
the  trail,  to  provide  more  area  for  the  water  to  drain. 
Larger  stones  are  placed  at  the  base  of  the  drain  with 
progressively  smaller  stones  toward  the  surface  and  a 
final  covering  of  tread  material.  Geotextile  material  may 
be  used  to  cover  stones  underneath  the  final  layer  of 
tread  material. 

2.  Perforated-Pipe  drain  (Fig.  4-30) 

Perforated-pipe  drains  have  been  installed  by  the  NPS 
trails  crew  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  and  Great 
Meadow  Trail  (#70)  according  to  the  following  proce- 
dures. 

A  4-inch-diameter,  flexible  plastic,  perforated  pipe  and 
lightweight,  non-woven,  water-permeable  geotextile 
material  are  the  primary  materials  used. 


New  pipe  begins 
where  previous  pipe 
turns  to  cross  trail 


In  one  type  of  application,  the  lengths  of  pipe  are 
installed  in  a  trench  running  alongside,  or  just  under 
the  edge  of  the  trail.  Depending  on  the  volume  of 
drainage  needed,  more  than  one  pipe  may  be  laid  in  the 
trench.  Multiple  pipes  are  placed  directly  adjacent  to 
one  another,  or  with  a  slight  interval  in  between.  The 
pipes  may  terminate  at  another  drainage  feature,  like 
a  culvert  or  stream  that  crosses  under  the  trail,  or  the 
pipes  themselves  may  cross  under  the  trail,  terminating 
on  the  trail's  downslope  side.  When  crossing  under  the 
trail,  the  pipe  is  simply  bent  to  a  90-degree  angle  and 
directed  to  the  other  side  of  the  trail. 

In  another,  more  common,  application,  perforated- 
pipe  drains  are  used  simply  as  cross-drains  for  seepage. 
In  this  case,  the  pipe  terminates  just  beyond  the  edge  of 
the  trail  on  either  side,  as  described  below. 

In  either  case,  individual  pipes  or  groups  of  pipes 
are  laid  into  a  bed  of  clean,  crushed,  or  round  stone 
between  1  and  3  inches  diameter.  The  bed  of  stone 
should  surround  the  pipe  or  pipes  by  at  least  3  inches 
on  each  side.  To  prevent  the  pipe  from  silting,  the 
entire  bed  of  gravel  and  pipe  is  covered  on  the  top  and 


ACAD  NP-BaUytja/Bailw 


Fig.  4-30  Detail  of  a  perforated-pipe  drain. 


89 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


sides  with  geotextile  material.  Geotextile  material  is 
not  needed  underneath  the  pipe.  At  least  4  inches  of 
material,  either  soil  or  gravel,  should  be  placed  above 
the  geotextile  to  prevent  frost  heave  and  to  hold  it  and 
the  pipe  in  place. 

Either  end  of  the  pipe  may  be  buried  in  a  bed  of  clean 
crush,  tucked  between  stones  of  a  sidewall  or  retaining 
wall,  or  protected  by  a  header  roughly  like  those  used 
for  pipe  culverts.  If  the  header  is  off  trail,  it  need  not 
conform  to  any  grade  line  and  will  be  easier  to  build. 
Crush  that  covers  the  end  of  a  perforated  pipe  should 
not  be  revegetated  as  wall-less  causeway  is,  but  rather 
left  clean,  with  only  a  good  strip  of  sod  used  along  the 
trail  edge  to  retain  gravel.  Pipes  should  not  terminate 
partway  across  the  trail. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Subsurface  drains  are  often  completely  hidden, 
and  the  clues  that  reveal  them  to  a  crew  six  months 
after  construction  will  often  be  gone  a  few  years 
down  the  road.  Therefore,  careful  logs  must  be 
kept  of  their  locations  for  future  maintenance. 

2.  Drains  leading  into  and  out  of  subsurface  drains 
must  be  kept  clean. 

3.  The  ends  of  the  pipes,  which  are  all  that  are  acces- 
sible, should  be  checked  annually  for  clogs  or  frac- 
tures. Stones  set  in  front  of  the  openings  should  be 
removed  for  checking  and  cleaning,  and  then  put 
back  in  place. 

4.  Standing  water  on  the  uphill  side  of  a  subsurface 
drain,  or  scouring  of  the  trail  above  a  subsurface 
drain  indicate  a  problem  underneath  the  ground. 
In  most  cases,  stones  obscuring  the  ends  of  the 
pipe  can  be  removed,  and  a  stick  or  tool  handle 
used  to  clean  out  the  pipe.  If  problems  can't  be 
resolved  by  cleaning,  the  drain  must  be  excavated 
and  the  cause  of  the  failure  resolved.  Possible  rea- 
sons for  failure  include  clogging,  a  crushed  pipe,  or 
insufficient  pipe  area  for  the  volume  of  water. 


C.  SIDE  DRAINS 


DEFINITIONS 


A  side  drain  is  an  open  drain  that  runs  parallel  to  the 
trail  and  collects  water  before  it  reaches  the  treadway. 
The  collected  water  runs  parallel  to  the  trail  on  one  or 
both  sides  of  the  treadway,  usually  crossing  or  flowing 
under  the  trail  through  a  culvert. 

A  side  drain  is  generally  located  directly  adjacent  to  the 
side  of  the  trail  and  built  as  a  part  of  the  overall  con- 
struction of  the  treadway.  However,  it  may  be  located 
10  or  more  feet  from  the  trail,  in  which  case  it  may  be 
called  "off-trail  drainage."  A  side  drain  may  be  stone- 
lined,  a  simple  earthen  ditch,  or  the  drainage  path  cre- 
ated by  the  construction  of  raised  tread. 

Three  types  of  side  drains  are  used  at  Acadia.  Walled 
side  drains  and  fully  constructed  side  drains  are  fully 
or  partially  constructed  of  stone,  while  earthen  ditches 
have  no  associated  stone  elements. 

A  walled  side  drain  is  a  partially  constructed  drainage 
channel  consisting  of  a  stone  wall  on  the  side  adjacent 
to  the  trail,  and  no  construction  on  the  side  of  the  drain 
away  from  the  trail.  The  stone  wall  may  be  a  single  or 
multi-tiered  wall.  The  wall  retains  the  tread  and  ensures 
the  integrity  of  the  drain.  The  floor  of  the  drain  may  be 
flat-laid  stones,  packed  stone  rubble,  or  earth. 

A  fully  constructed  side  drain  is  one  in  which  both 
sides  and  the  floor  of  the  drainage  are  laid  stone.  The 
drain  may  have  two  vertical  sides,  like  an  open  culvert, 
or  be  "V-shaped"  (example  on  the  Beech  Mountain 
West  Ridge  Trail,  #108)  or  "U-shaped"  (example  on  the 
Emery  Path,  #15). 

A  ditch  is  a  simple  drain  that  collects  and  directs  water 
adjacent  or  near  the  side.  Ditches  can  be  constructed 
more  quickly,  but  are  more  susceptible  to  scouring  and 
collapse.  The  practice  of  ditch  and  fill  can  be  used  to 
restore  a  wet  area  by  ditching  along  one  or  both  sides  of 
the  treadway  to  create  drains,  and  using  the  excavated 


90 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  C.  Side  Drains 


material  on  the  trail  as  fill,  creating  a  raised  treadway. 
Examples  of  this  technique  can  be  seen  on  the  Western 
Mountain  Trail  (#120). 

Off-trail  drainage  refers  to  ditches  constructed  away 
from  the  trail,  sometimes  as  far  away  as  100  feet  or 
more.  These  are  generally  used  to  connect  tributaries 
or  concentrate  sheet  flow  into  a  single  drainage  path  in 
order  to  reduce  the  need  for  side  drains  alongside  the 
trail  itself. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  SIDE  DRAINS  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  of  side  drain 
use  prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  era. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Side  drains  of  various  types  were  included  on  many 
early  VIA/VIS  graveled  trails.  The  Red/Schooner 
Head  Road  Path  (#362)  is  a  raised  treadway.  Though 
no  ditches  are  now  visible,  regularly  spaced  culverts 
demonstrate  the  anticipation  that  sheet  water  would 
collect  and  run  along  the  inside  of  the  treadway.  The 
Jordan  Pond  Seaside  Path  (#401)  appears  to  have  some 
walled  side  drains  created  by  the  raised  treadway,  and 
the  Asticou  Trail  (#49)  has  sunken  walled  side  drains 
with  stone-lined  bottoms  (Fig.  4-31).  These  trails  used 
side  drains  with  culverts  to  drain  water  both  perpen- 
dicular to  and  parallel  with  the  treadway.  There  is  also 
evidence  of  historic  off- trail  drainage  on  the  Jordan 
Pond  Path  (#39). 

Some  later  VIA/VIS  trails  used  side  drainage  in  con- 
junction with  causeway,  including  the  southern  part  of 
the  Kane  Path  (#17)  and  the  Jesup  Path  (#14).  How- 
ever, there  is  little  use  of  side  drains  on  the  stone  paths, 
with  a  few  notable  exceptions,  such  as  short  sections 
of  walled  side  drains  on  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  and 
Emery  Path  (#15),  and  the  fully  constructed  "U- 
shaped"  drain  at  the  base  of  the  Emery  Path  (#15).  This 
features  shown  in  a  1916  photo  and  is  part  of  the  trail's 
original  construction,  although  it  was  once  believed  to 
be  a  CCC  addition. 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

The  CCC  made  extensive  use  of  all  types  of  side  drains 
on  nearly  all  their  trails.  The  Perpendicular  Trail 
(#119)  uses  walled  side  drains  (Fig.  4-32).  The  Valley 
Trail  (#116)  and  Ocean  Path  (#3)  combine  raised  tread 
with  ditching.  The  V-shaped  drain  was  introduced  to 
the  system  by  the  CCC,  and  the  two  examples  of  its 
use  are  on  the  Beech  Cliff  Loop  Trail  (#114)  and  the 
Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail  (#108)  (Fig.  4-33).  It 
seems  certain  that  the  Valley  Cove  Trail  (#105)  had  no 
side  drains,  or  other  drainage  features  except  for  two 
culverts.  This  trail  and  portions  of  the  Long  Pond  Trail 
(#118)  have  been  degraded  due  to  the  lack  of  drainage 
features,  while  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  has  main- 
tained its  integrity  thanks  in  part  to  adequate  drainage. 

NPS/Mission  66 

Mission  66  used  ditching  with  raised  treadway  on  the 
Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127)  and  Anemone  Cave 
Trail  (#369). 

National  Park  Service 

Ditch  and  fill  was  used  by  the  NPS  crew  in  the  1990s  to 
restore  miles  of  chronically  wet  treadway.  The  result 
in  many  cases  was  a  smooth,  dry  walking  surface  with 
effective  side  drainage  on  one  or  both  sides  of  the  trail. 


Fig.  4-31   An  original  VIA/VIS  side  drain  on  the  Asticou  Trail. 


91 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  4-32  A  walled  side  drain  along  a  stone  cliff  face  on  the 
Perpendicular  Trail  (#119). 


Water  in  the  ditches  is  diverted  away  from  the  trail 
when  possible,  or  else  across  the  trail  with  stone  water 
bars  or  open  stone  culverts.  Trails  rehabilitated  in  this 
way  include  the  Western  Mountain  Trail  (#120),  the 
Cadillac  South  Ridge  Trail  (#26),  the  upper  portion  of 
the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  and  Deer  Brook  Trail  (#51) 
near  the  intersection  with  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39) 
(Figs.  4-34  &  4-35). 


Fig.  4-34  Ditch  and  fill  work  with  an  open  stone  culvert  on  the 
Long  Pond  Trail  (#118). 


Fig.  4-33  A  CCC-era  "V-shaped"  side  drain  along  the  Beech 
Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail  (#108). 


Fig.  4-35  Ditch  and  fill  on  Deer  Brook  Trail  (#51)  with  tread 
constructed  of  material  taken  from  the  ditch.  Sides  of  the 
ditch  are  sloped  and  the  ditch  (in  foreground)  has  been  angled 
properly. 


92 


Chapter  4:  drainage;  C.  Side  Drains 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  SIDE  DRAINS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  for  side  drain  use. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Side  drains  and  ditches  were  used  in  early  VIA/VIS  work. 
These  were  generally  not  highly  constructed.  Side  drains 
were  occasionally  used  on  memorial  or  other  highly- 
crafted  VIA/VIS  trails. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


The  CCC  relied  on  highly  constructed  side  drains  and 
ditches  to  rehabilitate  old  trails  and  for  new  construction. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Side  drains  and  ditches  were  used  with  pipe  culverts,  but 
they  were  not  highly  crafted.  Little  effort  was  taken  to 
preserve  extant  side  drains  during  rehabilitation  of  older 
trails. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Ditch  and  fill  was  the  preferred  type  of  side  drain,  with 
little  or  no  use  of  highly  constructed  side  drains  or  ditches. 
Exceptions  included  rehabilitation  of  preexisting  historic 
work. 


TREATMENT  FOR  SIDE  DRAINS 

1.  Trail  Widening 

Issue:  The  addition  of  side  drains  widens  the  original 
corridor  of  a  trail,  and  creates  the  need  for  culverts  or 
subsurface  drains  to  carry  water  across  the  trail. 


widening  of  the  trail  corridor  is  an  acceptable  compro- 
mise to  ensure  the  preservation  of  the  trail's  structural 
integrity. 

However,  in  certain  situations,  the  widening  of  the 
trail  corridor  that  results  from  the  construction  of 
side  drains  is  unacceptable,  such  as  when  important 
natural  trail-side  features,  such  as  large  boulders  or 
trees,  would  have  to  be  removed.  In  these  cases,  other 
options  should  be  considered  including  off-trail  drain- 
age, subsurface  drainage,  or  durable  tread  such  as  stone 
paving. 

2.  Durability 

Issue:  Ditches  and  walled  side  drains  without  con- 
structed floors,  though  often  historically  accurate,  can 
collapse  or  scour  when  subjected  to  heavy  flows. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Existing  historical  side  drains 
should  be  rehabilitated  to  retain  the  character  with 
which  they  were  built.  However,  in  some  cases  extra 
construction  is  required.  In  general,  stone  bottoms 
should  be  restored  or  added  to  all  side  drains  showing 
signs  of  collapse  or  scouring.  This  will  prevent  stones 
along  the  side  from  being  undermined  by  moving 
water.  In  most  cases,  crushed  rock  can  be  pounded  into 
the  bottom  of  a  drain  to  prevent  scouring,  and  as  the 
rock  silts  in  it  will  be  obscured  and  the  drain  will  appear 
unconstructed.  Native  rock  should  be  used  for  this 
application  since  some  of  it  may  be  visible. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  SIDE  DRAINS 


Treatment  Guidelines:  In  many  places  where  they 
were  never  constructed,  side  drains  are  needed  in 
order  to  rehabilitate  and  preserve  graveled  paths  and 
other  trails  with  a  historical  standard  of  uninterrupted 
treadway.  The  introduction  of  side  drains,  often  by 
means  of  building  a  causeway,  is  considered  the  most 
acceptable  drainage  alternative  for  gravel  paths  whose 
drainage  problems  cannot  be  solved  with  dips.  On  the 
Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  for  instance,  side  drains  will  be 
a  necessary  component  in  the  rehabilitation  of  many 
yards  of  washed-out  treadway.  Generally,  the  resulting 


1.  Walled  Side  Drains  (Figs.  4-36  &  4-37) 

The  drainage  path  of  a  typical  walled  side  drain  should 
be  at  least  8  inches  deep  and  12  inches  wide.  Walled 
side  drains  may  include  either  a  wall  with  a  single  tier  of 
stones,  or  a  wall  with  multiple  tiers. 

Wall  stones  on  the  trail  side  of  a  side  drain  should  be  set 
well  below  the  bottom  of  the  drain,  at  least  3  inches,  to 
withstand  scouring.  Walls  should  be  built  according  to 
specifications  for  walled  causeway  described  in  Chap- 
ter 3,  Section  B.  The  contact  between  stones  should  be 


93 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


at  tread  height  or  above  to  prevent  gravel  from  washing 
out  of  the  tread  and/or  silting  the  drain. 

In  walled  side  drains,  the  bottom  is  reinforced  with 
either  laid  or  crushed  stone.  If  the  drain  is  steep  or  car- 
ries an  excessive  amount  of  fast-moving  water,  checks 
should  be  added  to  the  floor  of  the  drainage  to  avoid 
scouring  and  the  subsequent  loss  of  sidewall  (see  Chap- 
ter 6,  Section  A  ). 


2.  Fully  Constructed  Side  Drains  (Fig.  4-38) 

V-shaped  side  drains  consist  of  two,  single-tiered  stone 
walls  set  at  a  1:1  slope  so  their  bases  come  together  at 
roughly  a  90-degree  angle,  forming  a  V  shape  between 
the  opposing  stones.  Flat,  rectangular  stones  are  rec- 
ommended. To  avoid  separation  between  stones,  the 
bottoms  of  the  stones  in  one  wall  should  rest  on  the 
stones  in  the  opposite  wall.  All  stones  should  contact 
abutting  stones  at  their  tops.  Joints  between  stones 
should  be  staggered  with  joints  in  the  opposing  wall. 


Fig.  4-36  A  walled  side  drain  installed  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39)  along  new  walled  causeway  in  2001.  Temporary  wood 
planks  cover  the  new  open  stone  culvert. 


Rocks  overlap 

ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


Fig.  4-38  Detail  of  a  fully  constructed  "V-shaped"  side  drain. 


Floor  of  drain  is  laid 
or  crushed  rock  or 
checked  soil 


Fig.  4-37  Detail  of  a  walled  side  drain. 


Rocks  are  headers  with 
high  contact  between  them 


Rocks  are  sloped  in  and 
largely  covered  by  gravel 


Wall  locked  below  floor  of  drain 


Subgrade  to  2" 
below  grade 


94 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  D.  Water  Bars 


Target  dimensions  for  a  V-shaped  drain  are  2  feet  wide 
and  1  foot  deep.  An  example  of  a  V-shaped  side  drain 
can  be  seen  on  the  Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail 
(#108). 


D.  WATER  BARS 


DEFINITION 


U-shaped  side  drains  consist  of  a  shallow  drain  with 
a  curved  bottom  that  is  reinforced  by  laid  stone.  The 
drain  should  be  at  least  three  times  as  wide  as  it  is  deep. 
The  stones  may  be  either  square  or  rounded  stones, 
but  they  should  form  a  relatively  smooth  surface  for 
the  water  to  traverse,  and  should  provide  a  continuous 
stone  surface.  Beware  of  excessive  slope  in  the  sides  of 
the  drain  as  small  stones  will  fall  easily  into  the  drain 
bottom. 

3.  Ditches 

The  sides  of  a  ditch  should  be  sloped  to  avoid  collapse 
with  a  batter  no  steeper  than  1:1  slope.  In  loose  soils,  the 
sides  should  be  dug  at  an  even  lower  grade.  In  no  case 
should  the  side  of  a  ditch  be  vertical  after  construction. 
Due  to  the  batter  of  their  sides,  ditches  will  always  be  at 
least  twice  as  wide  as  they  are  deep.  A  typical  size  for  a 
ditch  is  8  inches  deep  and  16  inches  wide. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Clean  all  side  drains  annually.  When  cleaning, 
make  sure  to  maintain  the  correct  shape  and  not  to 
eat  away  at  the  bottom  corners  of  an  unlined  ditch. 
A  ditch  cleaned  so  that  it  has  vertical  walls  will  cave 
in.  Likewise,  make  sure  the  bottom  of  a  stone-lined 
side  drain  is  not  dug  out  so  deep  as  to  compromise 
walls  partially  buried  beneath  it. 

2.  Repair  any  dilapidated  stonework  in  keeping  with 
the  specifications  above. 

3.  If  repeated  scouring  occurs  at  the  base  of  unlined 
side  drains  or  ditches,  it  is  likely  that  the  water  flow 
is  too  heavy  and  moving  too  fast  for  an  earthen 
bottom.  Line  the  ditch  or  drain  with  crushed 
stone,  or  tile  it  with  flat  laid  stones.  The  floors  of 
graded  drains  that  show  signs  of  scouring  should 
be  treated  with  checks,  just  as  a  tread  surface  (see 
Chapter  6,  Section  A.) 


A  water  bar  is  a  structure  consisting  of  a  depression 
crossing  a  treadway  which  is  reinforced  by  a  log  or  row 
of  abutting  stones  on  the  downhill  side.  The  main  func- 
tion of  a  water  bar  is  to  divert  water  that  is  flowing  on 
a  sloped  treadway.  Stone  water  bars  consist  of  a  row  of 
abutting  stones.  Log  water  bars  use  a  single  log  for  rein- 
forcement. A  backed  water  bar  is  a  water  bar  "backed" 
or  held  in  place  by  steps  or  checks  constructed  below  it 
to  help  retain  the  water  bar  on  steep  grades  (Figs.  4-39 
&4-40). 


Fig.  4-39  A  recently  constructed  stone  water  bar  on  the  Pond 
Trail  (#20),  located  between  the  motor  road  and  the  Jordan  Pond 
Path  (#39). 


Fig.  4-40  A  series  of  log  water  bars  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry 
Spur  (#40). 


95 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  WATER  BARS  AT  ACADIA 

The  history  of  water  bars  in  Acadia  is  uncertain.  In  the 

early  1970s,  Acadia  Trails  Foreman  Gary  Stellpflug  first 

observed  stone  and  log  water  bars  on  the  trails,  though 

many  have  been  built  since  then.  These  early  water  bars 

possibly  dated  to  three  periods  of  construction,  though 

there  is  no  historical  documentation  or 

photographs  to  support  this  inference. 

On  several  trails  built  by  the  VIA/VIS, 

including  the  Pond  Trail  (#20),  Jordan 

Pond  Carry  Path  (#38),  and  the  Bowl 

Trail  (#8),  there  were  stone  water  bars 

appearing  to  be  very  old.  They  were 

all  similar  in  construction  with  small, 

square  stones  set  with  flush  tops.  Some 

of  these  features  are  still  extant  on  the 

Pond  Trail  (#20).  Other  VIA/VIS  trails, 

including  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49)  and 

Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail 

(#111),  had  log  water  bars,  which  may 

have  been  added  by  the  CCC  or  later 

builders. 


and  '60s,  when  there  was  not  much  trail  maintenance. 
Since  1990,  most  of  these  water  bars,  constructed  with 
thin  logs  too  short  to  span  the  treadway,  and  set  at  poor 
angles,  have  gradually  been  replaced  with  stone  water 
bars.  Many  new  water  bars  have  been  built,  often  on 
trails  that  previously  had  none,  and  nearly  all  of  these 
have  been  stone.  A  contemporary  alternative,  water 


Stellpflug  found  only  log  water  bars  on 
CCC  trails,  including  the  Long  Pond 
Trail  (#118)  and  the  Beech  Cliff  Loop 
(#114).  This  observation  is  supported 
by  Arthur's  CCC  trail  construction 
manual,  which  contains  specifications 
for  the  construction  of  log  water  bars 
(Fig.  4-41).  Log  water  bars  were  also 
used  by  the  Mission  66  crew  on  sections 
2  and  3  of  the  Beech  Mountain  Loop 
Trail  (#113),  and  in  at  least  one  place  on 
the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127). 
However,  it  is  impossible  to  determine 
how  old  these  were  in  the  1970s,  and,  in 
the  case  of  wood  water  bars,  whether 
those  in  existence  were  replacements  of 
original  features. 

Some  of  the  log  water  bars  observed 
by  Stellpflug  were  poorly  constructed 
and  may  have  dated  to  the  1940s,  '50s 


C-lncorrect 


D-Trail  sifting  up  above  the  ytaterbreak 
Pitch  too  flat 


E-Trail  cutting  out  behind  the  waterbreak 
Pitch  too  steep 

WATERBREAKS 

SKETGH  NO.  22 


Fig.  4-41   CCC  detail  for  log  water  bars  or  "waterbreaks."  (#15),  circa  1920. 


96 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  D.  Water  Bars 


dips,  was  introduced  to  Acadia  in  the  late  1980s  by  the 
AMC,  and  dips  have  been  increasing  in  number  since, 
often  as  replacements  for  old  log  water  bars. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  WATER  BARS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  evidence  for  water  bar  use. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Stone  water  bars  may  have  been  used  on  a  limited  basis. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Log  water  bars  were  likely  used.  Specifications  were  writ- 
ten for  their  use. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Log  water  bars  may  have  been  used. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Log  and  stone  water  bars  were  used  extensively,  often  in 
places  where  they  were  not  historically  appropriate. 


TREATMENT  FOR  WATER  BARS 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  There  is  uncertainty  surrounding  the  earliest  use 
of  water  bars  at  Acadia,  and  whether  they  are  an  appro- 
priate feature  to  use  on  the  trail  system. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Given  the  uncertainty  sur- 
rounding the  origins  of  Acadia's  water  bars,  their  use 
should  be  limited  to  trails  where  they  will  not  adversely 
affect  the  historic  character.  The  general  rule  of  thumb 
is  that  water  bars  should  not  be  added  to  trails  that 
use  other  historic  drainage  features  to  serve  the  same 
purpose — for  instance,  side  drains  and  culverts.  For 
example,  the  character  of  the  VIA/VIS-era  Emery  Path 
(#15)  or  the  CCC-era  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  should 
never  be  confused  by  the  addition  of  water  bars.  On  the 
other  hand,  water  bars  may  be  used  on  trails  without 
substantial  character-defining  features. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  WATER  BARS 

In  deciding  whether  a  trail  has  a  reached  the  thresh- 
old beyond  which  water  bars  should  not  be  added, 
the  primary  consideration  should  be  given  to  extant 
drainage  features.  A  trail  whose  only  historical  work  is 
stone  culverts  is  not  a  candidate  for  water  bars,  whereas 
a  trail  whose  only  historical  work  is  a  stone  staircase, 
such  as  the  Mansell  Mountain  Trail  (#115),  would  be. 
Those  trails  with  historical  water  bars  should  be  reha- 
bilitated using  water  bars  where  appropriate.  In  such 
cases,  care  must  be  taken  that  new  water  bars  resemble 
the  old  both  in  type  (log  or  stone)  and  in  the  details  of 
construction  (Fig.  4-42). 

On  those  trails  where  water  bars  have  been  deemed 
appropriate,  but  history  has  not  dictated  which  type 
to  construct,  stone  water  bars  will  be  the  first  option. 
Stone  is  more  durable  than  wood,  and  closer  in  charac- 
ter to  most  of  the  historical  features  on  Acadia's  trails. 
The  exceptional  cases  in  which  wood  water  bars  may 
be  added  as  a  feature  are  those  in  which  no  stone  is 
available  within  a  circumference  of  200  feet.  This  is  not 
only  because  of  the  difficulties  involved  with  the  trans- 
port of  stone,  but  because  a  stone  water  bar  looks  out 
of  sync  with  nature  in  areas  where  trees  and  forest  floor 
are  the  only  natural  features  visible  to  the  hiker. 

The  function  of  water  bars  is  to  collect  water  that  is 
channeled  in  the  treadway,  and  direct  it  away  from  the 
trail.  To  accomplish  this,  some  amount  of  grade  (at  least 
5  percent)  is  required  for  water  bars  to  be  functional, 
as  they  require  the  water  to  be  in  motion  in  order  to 
redirect  the  flow  away  from  the  trail.  Standing  water 
problems  cannot  be  resolved  with  water  bars.  On  the 
other  hand,  water  bars  built  on  unconstructed  trail  with 
a  grade  over  20  percent  will  continually  silt  in  and  clog, 
or  else  erode  away  altogether.  Such  sections  require 
that  steps  or  checks  be  used  in  conjunction  with,  or 
instead  of,  water  bars. 

Since  water  bars  and  water  dips  (see  below)  both  per- 
form similar  functions— redirecting  water  that  is  using 
the  treadway  as  a  channel — a  decision  about  which 
structure  to  build  must  often  be  made.  Three  factors 


97 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


must  be  considered:  (1)  historical  character,  (2)  desired 
walking  surface,  and  (3)  grade.  Because  they  are  more 
subtle,  dips  are  often  an  alternative  for  trails  on  which 
history  precludes  the  building  of  a  water  bar.  Further, 
dips  allow  the  maintenance  of  a  smooth — even  wheel- 
chair-accessible—hiking surface,  while  water  bars 
create  small  steps  for  the  hiker.  However,  dips  are  not 
an  option  for  grades  above  12  percent.  On  such  slopes, 
they  lose  their  shape  more  quickly  than  water  bars  and 
need  additional  maintenance. 

On  slopes  where  grade  is  more  than  15  percent,  backed 
water  bars  should  be  considered,  especially  in  loose 
gravel  or  light  soils. 

After  deciding  a  water  bar  is  necessary  and  appropri- 
ate, the  next  question  is  exactly  where  to  install  it.  The 
Student  Conservation  Association  trail  guide,  Lightly  on 
the  Land,  offers  some  good  advice: 


In  determining  where  to  place  a  water  bar,  select  a  site 
where  travelers  will  be  discouraged  from  going  around 
the  ends  of  the  bar.  A  tree  or  boulder  can  be  a  good  bar- 
rier. If  no  natural  barriers  present  themselves,  embed  a 
few  large  stones  near  one  or  both  ends  of  the  water  bar 
to  direct  traffic  toward  the  center  of  the  trail.19 

CCC  specifications  said  the  following  about  placement 
and  spacing: 

The  spacing  of  breakers  cannot  be  determined  by  any 
rule,  but  there  are  three  particular  locations  where  they 
should  be  placed:  (1)  Where  there  is  a  depression  or 
wash,  the  breaker  should  be  set  below,  (2)  On  sharp 
curves,  the  breaker  should  be  set  at  the  uphill  entrance 
of  the  curve;  and  (3)  At  changes  in  the  trail  grade,  the 
breaker  should  be  set  just  above  the  break  in  grade.20 

The  water  bar  consists  of  three  elements:  the  bar,  the 
apron,  and  the  outlet  ditch. 


Gentle  mound  behind 
bar  is  flush  with 
tops  of  rocks 


High  contact  between  rocks 


Outflow  ditch 


Rocks  at  least  1 2"  tall 
and  buried  at  least  6" 
into  ground;  header-style 
is  strongest  (no  toast) 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


Fig.  4-42  Detail  of  a  typical  stone  water  bar. 


98 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  D.  Water  bars 


1.  Bar 

A  general  description  water  bar  construction  is  given  in 
the  SCA  trail-building  guide: 

Angled  across  the  trail,  the  bar  stabilizes  the  apron  and 
serves  as  the  barrier  of  last  resort  to  redirect  water  that 
has  not  been  turned  from  the  tread  by  outsloping.  The 
factors  determining  the  angle  of  a  water  bar  in  relation 
to  the  tread  are  the  grade  of  the  trail  and  the  velocity  of 
the  water  that  will  approach  the  barrier.  On  gentle  trails, 
a  bar  set  at  a  20  to  30  degree  angle  may  be  enough.  On 
steeper  routes  where  the  speed  of  the  water  may  wash 
out  barriers  embedded  at  shallow  angles,  bars  may  need 
to  be  set  at  angles  of  45  degrees  or  more.  The  smaller  the 
angle,  the  less  material  will  be  required  to  build  the  bar- 
rier and  the  easier  it  will  be  for  travelers  to  step  across. 
Water  slowed  by  bars  without  much  of  an  angle  may 
drop  silt  against  the  barrier,  while  bars  set  at  sharper 
angles  may  be  self-cleaning  because  the  water  moves 
past  them  quickly  enough  to  carry  silt  off  the  trail.21 

Whether  log  or  stone,  when  properly  installed  and 
graded,  the  top  of  the  bar  should  be  flush  with  surface 
on  the  downhill  side  of  the  water  bar. 

Stone  Water  Bar:  The  bar  in  a  stone  water  bar  is  a  row 
of  abutting  stones  set  in  a  trench  at  the  appropriate 
angle  (see  above).  The  bar  should  be  set  into  the  back- 
slope  on  the  uphill  side  of  the  trail  at  least  12  inches  and 
extend  at  least  to  the  edge  of  the  treadway  on  the  outlet 
side,  where  it  meets  the  outlet  ditch.  The  bar  as  a  unit 
should  sit  about  2  inches  above  the  level  of  the  tread 
before  it  is  trenched  or  backfilled;  after  building  the 
dip,  the  bar  should  be  at  least  6  inches  above  the  lowest 
point  in  the  swale,  and  level  with  the  highest  point  of 
the  backfill  behind  the  bar. 

Each  stone  in  the  bar  should  have  at  least  half  of  its 
mass  completely  buried,  which  means  that  each  must 
be  at  least  12  inches  in  vertical  height.  Other  dimensions 
may  vary,  as  long  as  the  combination  of  overall  mass 
and  sturdiness  of  set  stones  yield  a  row  that  does  not 
budge  underfoot,  even  when  jumped  upon  by  a  large 
person.  Stones  should  be  set  in  their  most  stable  posi- 
tion, which  is  with  the  main  portion  of  the  weight  down 
and  buried  in  the  trench  and  with  the  weight  low  (in  a 


"cake"  or  "header"  style)  rather  than  upright  ("toast" 
style"). 

Contact  between  stones  should  be  as  high  as  possible, 
and  within  an  inch  of  the  top  of  the  bar.  Low  contact 
is  not  necessary,  but  gaps  between  stones  at  their  bases 
should  be  chinked,  and  the  chinks  locked  in  with  the 
gravel  or  stone  at  the  base  water  bar. 

Stones  should  be  laid  so  water  sheds  well  from  one  to 
the  next  as  it  moves  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  the 
water  bar.  Techniques  to  achieve  this  effect  vary.  The 
AMC  depicts  cake-style  stones  set  with  flush  faces 
along  the  inside  of  the  drainage,  and  thinner,  toast-style 
stones  set  overlapping,  like  shingles  on  a  roof,  with  the 
downhill  side  of  the  uphill  stone  overlapping  the  top 
edge  of  the  one  below  it.  Lester  Kenway  at  Baxter  State 
Park  in  Maine  sets  his  stones  so  that  the  line  of  contact 
between  each  points  back  uphill,  and  does  not  worry 
about  flushness  between  them,  as  water  would  have 
to  turn  in  between  the  stones  and  actually  flow  uphill 
to  get  through  the  row  of  stones.  Header  style  is  also 
appropriate.  All  of  these  techniques  have  been  used 
with  success  at  Acadia,  provided  the  other  rules  are 
followed. 

The  top  of  the  bar  should  provide  a  walkable  surface, 
which  almost  always  results  if  the  rules  of  high  contact 
of  stones  are  observed.  The  hiker  should  have  at  least 
one  flat  surface  12  inches  wide  to  step  on,  and  ideally, 
the  top  of  the  entire  bar  will  be  a  single,  fiat  unit.  Avoid 
tripping  hazards  caused  by  round  stones  without  high 
contact,  stones  that  slope  dramatically  to  the  front  or 
back  of  the  bar,  and  stones  with  vertical  protrusions. 
As  with  a  retaining  wall,  the  area  directly  in  front  of 
and  behind  the  bar  should  be  packed  with  stone,  rather 
than  just  filled  in  with  soil  that  could  erode  and  allow 
stones  to  loosen. 

Wood  Bar:  The  bar  in  a  wood  water  bar  is  a  single  log, 
set  at  the  appropriate  angle,  that  extends  at  least  12 
inches  into  the  backslope,  and  to  the  edge  of  the  trail 
or  beyond  it  on  the  downhill  side  where  it  meets  the 
outlet  ditch.  The  log  should  be  cedar,  at  least  8  inches 
in  diameter.  If  it  is  not  possible  to  key  the  bottom  of 


99 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


the  log  against  a  natural  feature,  a  stone  should  be  set 
in  the  ground  at  the  end  of  the  log  to  hold  it  in  place. 
Staking  water  bars  is  not  done  at  Acadia.  On  the  water- 
shedding  side,  the  dip  in  the  water  bar  should  expose 
between  4  and  6  inches  of  the  total  diameter  of  the  log. 

2.  Apron 

The  apron  is  the  dip  on  the  uphill  side  of  the  bar  that 
directs  most  of  the  water  off  the  trail  before  it  reaches 
the  bar  itself.  The  apron  is  funnel  shaped,  the  top  of 
the  funnel  being  on  the  side  of  the  backslope,  and  the 
outlet  of  the  funnel  being  at  the  outlet  ditch.  The  apron 
begins  sloping  toward  the  outlet  ditch  about  5  feet  back 
from  the  bar,  and  reverses  trail  grade  to  slope  up  to  the 
bar  about  a  foot  from  it.  Except  in  times  of  very  heavy 
flow  or  poor  maintenance,  water  does  not  travel  along 
the  bar,  but  down  the  bottom  of  the  apron's  dip  to  the 
outlet  ditch.  The  total  depth  of  the  dip  in  the  apron 
(measured  from  the  top  of  the  bar)  should  be  between 
6  and  12  inches,  depending  on  the  overall  size  of  the 
water  bar. 

3.  Outlet  Ditch 

The  SCA  describes  the  outlet  ditch: 

Complete  the  water  bar  by  digging  an  outlet  ditch  from 
the  low  point  of  the  apron  far  enough  to  assure  that 
water  will  be  carried  away  from  the  trail.  Steep  sides- 
lopes  may  not  require  ditches  at  all,  while  a  water  bar 
ditch  on  a  moderate  hillside  may  extend  several  yards  or 
more.  Cut  each  ditch  wider  than  the  blade  of  a  shovel  to 
facilitate  easy  maintenance  in  years  to  come.  On  steeper 
slopes,  stones  placed  below  the  end  of  the  ditch  will 
dissipate  the  force  of  exiting  water  and  help  protect  the 
downslope  from  erosion.22 

The  ends  of  outlet  ditches  should  be  graded  into  the 
landscape,  not  ended  at  a  blockage  or  simply  stopped 
so  that  there  is  a  sudden  step  up  at  the  end  of  the  ditch; 
such  terminations  encourage  blockage  and  backup  that 
eventually  can  clog  the  entire  drainage. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Water  bars  should  be  cleaned  annually,  and,  if 
possible,  following  severe  storms.  During  clean- 
ing, the  original,  gradual  funnel  shape  of  the  apron 
should  be  restored  and  the  outlet  ditch  dug  out  as 
far  as  necessary  to  ensure  that  water  leaves  the  trail 
and  does  not  reenter.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  dig 
the  apron  too  deep;  the  bar  should  never  be  fully 
exposed  on  the  drainage  side.  Regrade  the  end  of 
the  outlet  ditch  so  that  water  can  smoothly  exit. 
With  soil  tread  trails,  material  dug  from  the  ditch 
should  be  used  to  back  up  the  water  bar;  in  the  case 
of  gravel  tread,  only  gravel  from  the  apron  cleaning 
can  be  used  in  the  treadway.  In  any  case,  do  not  use 
material  larger  than  2  inches  in  diameter.  Reshape 
the  grade  behind  the  bar. 

2.  Water  bars  that  continually  fill  with  silt  should  be 
reset  at  a  steeper  angle.  Those  that  scour  to  the 
point  of  undermining  the  bar  should  be  reset  at  a 
shallower  angle. 

3.  For  stone  water  bars,  reset  any  loose  stones. 

4.  For  log  water  bars,  check  logs  for  rot,  and  replace 
them  when  they  are  no  longer  solid  enough  to 
retain  the  shape  of  the  apron.  The  life  expectancy 
for  an  8-inch  cedar  log  bar  is  thirty  years. 


100 


Chapter  4:  Drainage;  E.  Water  Dips 


E.  WATER  DIPS 


TREATMENT  FOR  WATER  DIPS 


DEFINITION 

A  water  dip  is  an  angled  depression  in  the  trail  that 
diverts  water  off  the  trail. 

Dips  add  little  to,  and  take  little  from,  a  trail's  character. 
Just  slightly  more  visible  than  subsurface  drains,  their 
subtlety  is  their  most  important  asset  in  the  way  of 
character.  If  built  correctly  (long  and  shallow),  they  are 
virtually  unnoticed  by  most  hikers,  and  of  little  inter- 
ruption to  the  prevailing  appearance  of  a  trail  corridor. 
They  can  also  be  incorporated  into  ADA  trails. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 


1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Water  dips  are  not  a  feature  associated  with  the 

historical  period  for  Acadia's  trails. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Although  not  a  historical 
feature,  water  dips  are  an  appropriate  feature  for  use 
at  Acadia.  When  constructed  correctly,  water  dips  do 
not  adversely  impact  a  trail's  historical  character.  Water 
dips  are  the  least  intrusive  of  the  treadway  drains, 
which  include  water  bars  and  open  culverts.  Water 
dips  should  be  the  first  consideration  for  those  trails 
without  an  established  feature  for  removing  substantial 
amounts  of  water  from  the  treadway.  In  particular,  dips 
are  an  appropriate  solution  for  mild  erosion  problems 
on  graveled  paths  (such  as  the  Ocean  Path,  #3,  or  the 
Jordan  Pond  Path,  #39). 


Water  dips  were  introduced  to  Acadia's  trail  system 
in  the  1980s  by  the  AMC.  In  the  1990s,  they  were  used 
extensively  as  a  drainage  technique  on  nearly  every  trail 
in  Acadia,  often  as  replacements  for  wood  water  bars. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  WATER  DIPS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  for  water  dip  use 
during  any  of  the  historic  periods. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  for  water  dip  use 
during  any  of  the  historic  periods. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  for  water  dip  use 
during  any  of  the  historic  periods. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  for  water  dip  use 
during  any  of  the  historic  periods. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Water  dips  were  first  used  in  the  1980s. 


Water  dips  should  not  be  used  if: 

•  The  soil  will  not  hold  its  shape,  such  as  exception- 
ally rocky  or  clay-poor  soil. 

•  The  trail  has  a  grade  of  greater  than  20  percent. 

•  The  flow  of  water,  due  to  volume,  speed,  or  a  com- 
bination of  the  two,  is  sufficient  to  wash  the  dip 
out. 

•  The  frequency  and  nature  of  foot  traffic  would  flat- 
ten the  dip  before  it  could  reasonably  be  rebuilt. 

In  any  of  the  above  cases,  water  bars,  steps,  checks, 
stone  paving,  side  drainage,  and  rerouting  may  all  be 
considered. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  WATER  DIPS 

The  entrance  into  a  water  dip  starts  at  the  prevail- 
ing grade,  and  then  the  grade  accelerates  slightly 
toward  the  low  point  of  the  dip.  The  dip  is  angled 
slightly  downslope  to  direct  water  off  of  the  trail  at 
a  "spill  point."23  The  grade  then  is  reversed,  rising 
approximately  1  foot  in  elevation,  and  then  resumes  the 
downhill  at  the  prevailing  trail  slope.  Exact  sizes  and 
shapes  of  water  dips  will  vary  with  terrain.  However, 


101 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


a  good  target  is  laid  out  in  Hooper's  handbook24  (Fig. 
4-43).  The  entrance  should  be  10  feet  long,  the  reversal 
in  grade  5  feet  long  at  a  10-percent  slope.  As  in  a  water 
bar,  a  target  angle  for  the  depression  should  be  45 
degrees  and  should  be  adjusted  according  to  whether 
the  dip  silts-in  (increase  the  angle)  or  scours  (decrease 
the  angle  and/or  replace  with  another  type  of  drainage). 
Slopes  into,  out  of,  and  back  down  the  trail  below  the 
dip  should  be  long  and  gradual  in  order  to  maintain 
the  shape  of  the  dip,  provide  ease  of  hiking,  and  remain 
visually  unobtrusive. 

The  "spill  point"  should  empty  off  the  trail  at  a  point 
where  water  cannot  reenter  the  treadway,  or  should 
empty  into  an  outlet  ditch  that  will  carry  the  water  to  a 
place  where  it  cannot  reenter  the  treadway. 


ENDNOTES 

12  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1891  Annual  Report. 

13  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1899  Annual  Report. 

14  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1906  Annual  Report. 

15  Seal  Harbor  VIS  1937  Annual  Report. 

16  Seal  Harbor  VIS  1952  Annual  Report. 

17  Albert  H.  Good,  Park  and  Recreation  Structures  (National  Park 
Service,  1938),  17-18. 

18  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1901  Annual  Report. 

19  Robert  C.  Birkby,  Lightly  on  the  Land:  The  SCA  Trail-Building  and 
Maintenance  Manual  (Seattle:  The  Mountaineers,  1996),  132. 

20  Guy  B.  Arthur,  Civilian  Conservation  Corps  Field  Training: 
Construction  of  Trails  (1937). 

21  Birkby,  131-32. 

22  Birkby,  132. 

23  Birkby,  131. 

24  Lennon  Hooper,  NPS  Trails  Management  Handbook  (Denver: 
United  States  Department  of  the  Interior,  National  Park  Service, 
no  date),  29. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Water  dips  should  be  cleaned  annually,  and,  if 
possible,  following  severe  storms.  During  clean- 
ing, the  original,  gradual  shape  of  the  dip  should 
be  restored  and  the  outlet  ditch  dug  out  as  far  as  is 
necessary  to  ensure  that  water  leaves  the  trail  and 
does  not  reenter.  Care  must  be  taken 

not  to  dig  the  depression  too  deep. 
Regrade  the  ends  of  outlet  ditches  so 
that  water  can  smoothly  exit.  With  soil 
trails,  material  dug  from  the  depression 
should  be  used  to  back  up  the  water  dip, 
rebuilding  the  reversal  in  grade.  Do  not 
use  material  larger  than  2  inches. 

2.  Dips  that  continually  fill  with  silt  should 
be  rebuilt  at  a  steeper  angle.  Those 
that  scour  should  be  reset  at  a  shal- 
lower angle,  or,  if  the  flow  is  too  great, 
replaced  with  water  bars  or  another 
form  of  drainage.  Those  dips  that  flat- 
ten or  are  routinely  overrun  should,  if 
already  built  properly,  be  replaced  with 
another  form  of  drainage. 


TYPICAL  DIP  PROFILE 


grade  dips 

DRAINAGE  DIPS 


OUTSLOPE-2X- 
TOPVIEW 


Fig.  4-43  Detail  of  a  typical  water  dip. 


102 


Fig.  5-1  The  Bar  Harbor  VIA  constructed  many  small  gravel-surfaced  bridges  as  stream  crossings  in  the  Sieur  de  Monts  area  like  this  one 
across  Kebo  Brook  on  the  Stratheden  Path  (#24),  circa  1916. 


CHAPTER  5: 


Crossings 

A.  BOGWALKS 

B.  BRIDGES 

C.  STEPPING  STONES 


103 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


CHAPTER  5:  CROSSINGS 


As  one  of  the  most  essential  and  appealing 
features  along  a  trail,  crossings  require  careful 
attention  to  hiker  safety  and  style  of  con- 
struction. At  Acadia,  three  categories  of  features  are 
used  to  cross  streams,  wet  areas,  and  areas  with  fragile 
vegetation  or  difficult  footing. 

A.  Bogwalks 

B.  Bridges 

C.  Stepping  Stones 

From  the  1890s  to  the  1980s,  the  construction  style  of 
crossings  shifted  from  aesthetics  to  durability.  With  a 
rehabilitation  approach,  the  preservation  of  existing 
crossings  or  new  construction  will  balance  the  need  to 
retain  historic  picturesque  and  rustic  crossings  while 
providing  for  higher  use.  In  some  cases  this  will  result 
in  greater  construction  costs  and  increased  mainte- 
nance. For  example,  natural  cedar  poles  may  be  speci- 
fied for  bridges  rather  than  pre-cut,  pressure-treated 
planks.  The  type  of  crossing  is  determined  by  the  trail's 
historical  character  and  current  needs.  Bogwalks  are 
not  historical,  and  are  less  durable  than  other  features. 
However,  they  may  still  be  the  first  choice  for  tra- 
versing boggy  ground,  especially  in  areas  with  many 
exposed  roots,  or  where  construction  of  other  features 
would  be  detrimental  to  adjacent  resources.  Bridges 
have  historically  been  used  to  cross  large  drainages 
with  steep  banks  and  remain  appropriate  additions  to 
the  trail  system  (Fig.  5-1).  The  use  of  stepping  stones 
continues  to  be  an  option  for  crossing  shallow  streams, 
consistently  boggy  ground,  or  areas  that  are  intermit- 
tently wet. 

Note:  Narrow  stream  crossings  are  often  achieved 
with  culverts,  while  longer  sections  of  trail  through  a 
drainage  may  be  a  constructed  causeway,  as  described 
in  Chapters  3  and  4. 


A.  BOGWALKS 


DEFINITIONS 


A  bogwalk  is  a  wooden  walkway  providing  a  raised, 
even,  and  dry  tread.  It  is  used  to  traverse  wet  or  boggy 
areas,  eroded  trail  sections  with  many  exposed  roots, 
and  areas  containing  fragile  vegetation. 

The  walking  surface  of  a  bogwalk  consists  of  one  or 
more  treadlogs.  These  have  been  milled  flat  on  two 
sides,  are  laid  parallel  with  the  trail,  and  are  supported 
on  each  end  by  a  bedlog,  or  short  log  set  perpendicu- 
lar to  the  trail.  The  bedlogs  may  rest  directly  on  the 
ground,  or  may  be  supported  by  individual  stones,  or 
log  piers. 

Log  piers  are  enclosed  support  structures  built  of  logs 
and  serve  the  same  function  as  bridge  piers:  to  support 
and  elevate  bogwalk  between  sections.  Log  piers  are 
sometimes  referred  to  as  "log  cribs,"  but  should  not  be 
confused  with  retaining  structures  described  in  Chap- 
ter 6.  A  pier  may  contain  three  or  four  sides  with  the 
logs  notched  together,  "Lincoln  Log"  style  (Fig.  5-2). 

A  bogwalk  bridge  is  a  hybrid  between  a  bogwalk  and 
a  bridge  and  is  used  to  cross  small  streams.  It  differs 
from  regular  bogwalk  in  two  ways.  Bogwalk  bridges 
are  wider  and  generally  contain  three  parallel  tread- 


Fig.  5-2  A  bogwalk  bridge  supported  by  a  log  crib  on  the  Pond 
Trail  (#20). 


104 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  A.  Bogwalks 


logs.  They  are  also  positioned  higher  above  the  sur- 
rounding grade  and  are  supported  by  log  cribs,  stone 
abutments,  or  piers. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  BOGWALKS  AT  ACADIA 


Stream  Path  (#65)  where  planks  were  used  by  the 
SHVIS  (Figs.  5-3  &  5-4). 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

There  is  no  physical  evidence  or  documentation  of 
bogwalk  construction  on  CCC  trails. 


Pre-VIA/VIS 

There  is  no  physical  evidence  or  documentation  of 
bogwalks  on  trails  prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  period. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

When  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  began  constructing  trails  in 
the  1890s  they  laid  down  "cedar-pole  bridges"  across 
wet  areas.  Path  Committee  Chairman  Waldron  Bates 
instructed  workers  to"  [d]  rain  wet  places  or  put  in 
stepping  stones,  or  place  cedar-pole  bridges  on  the 
ground."25 

On  many  VIA/VIS  trails  the  raised  gravel  treadway 
eventually  washed  away,  leaving  the  original  boggy 
trail  base.  On  pondside  trails,  an  elevated  water 
level  caused  by  beaver  dams  aggravated  this  prob- 
lem, or  created  a  new  one.  These  factors,  coupled 
with  increased  foot  traffic,  resulted  in  extensive  wet 
and  eroded  trail  sections  with  compacted  soils  and 
exposed  roots.  Thus  many  pondside  and  woodland 
trails  described  by  the  VIA/VIS  as  offering  scenic  and 
easy  walking  became  some  of  the  most  difficult  and 
unattractive.  Annual  VIA/VIS  reports  suggest  a  prefer- 
ence for  stepping  stones  and  causeway  solutions  for 
these  wet  areas.  Examples  include  the  stepping  stones 
on  the  Kane  Path  (#17),  and  the  stepping  stones,  raised 
tread,  and  closed  culverts  on  the  Asticou  Path  (#49) 
and  the  Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail  (#39). 

The  VIA/VIS  later  used  corduroy  tread  and  bridges 
(a  tread  consisting  of  continuously  laid  parallel  logs). 
Outside  park  boundaries,  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  and 
Northeast  Harbor  VIS  used  different  types  of  log 
crossings  through  wet  areas  as  early  as  the  1930s  or 
1940s.  Examples  of  this  work  appeared  on  the  Upper 
Hadlock  Trail  (#501),  where  the  NHVIS  used  a  bog- 
walk  similar  to  a  corduroy  bridge,  and  on  the  Jordan 


Fig.  5-3  This  bogwalk  on  the  Upper  Hadlock  Pond  Trail  (#501), 
shown  here  in  1967,  was  likely  built  by  the  Northeast  Harbor 
VIS  in  the  1930s  or  1940s.  This  bogwalk  is  more  similar  to  a 
bridge,  with  its  stringers  and  corduroy  decking,  than  it  is  to  the 
contemporary  style  of  bogwalk  used  in  Acadia. 


Fig.  5-4  This  1990s  plank  bogwalk  (possibly  2-by-6-inch  lumber) 
on  private  land  on  the  Jordan  Stream  Path  (#65)  may  be  Seal 
Harbor  VIS  construction. 


105 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


NPS/Mission  66 

Bogwalks  were  not  used  by  the  NPS  during  the  Mission 
66  era. 

National  Park  Service 

Bogwalks  as  they  exist  within  the  park  boundaries 
today  were  introduced  to  Acadia  in  the  early  1980s  by 
Trails  Foreman  Gary  Stellpflug.  He  adapted  the  design 
from  bogwalks  designed  by  Lester  Kenway  in  Maine's 
Baxter  State  Park.  The  bogwalks  were  first  used  on  a 
reroute  at  the  northernmost  bend  of  the  Long  Pond 
Trail  (#118).  These  were  constructed  in  1982  and  were 
still  extant  at  the  time  of  this  report.  In  1988,  extensive 
bogwalk  construction  began  on  the  west  side  of  the 
Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail  (#39).  Since  the  work  in  the 
1980s,  bogwalk  has  been  used  throughout  the  park  as 
a  solution  to  wet  or  eroded  trails  in  flat  areas  and  near 
ponds  (Figs.  5-5  to  5-7). 

In  1994,  a  bogwalk  bridge  was  constructed  on  the  east 
end  of  the  Pond  Trail  (#20).  Since  that  time,  several  of 


Fig.  5-5  Log  bogwalks,  like  these  single-treadlog  examples,  were 
first  introduced  to  the  Acadia  system  in  the  1980s  to  stabilize 
tread  in  wet  areas  on  the  Great/Long  Pond  Trail  (#118). 


Fig.  5-6  Bogwalks  are  an  effective,  easily  constructed  way  to 
provide  stable  tread  over  wet  or  exposed  root  areas  such  as  on 
the  west  side  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail  (#39). 


Fig.  5-7  Bogwalks  are  often  installed  to  protect  fragile 
vegetation,  like  this  section  surrounding  The  Bowl  on  the 
Beehive  Trail,  West  (#8). 


106 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  A.  Bogwalks 


these  structures  have  been  built  throughout  the  park, 
ranging  in  size  from  a  single  span  on  the  Jordan  Pond 
Carry  Path  (#38)  to  an  80-foot-long  bridge  on  the 
Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail  (#108)  (Figs.  5-8  & 
5-9). 

The  first  bogwalks  in  Acadia  were  logs  "topped"  with 
a  chainsaw  and  ax,  and  set  side  by  side  on  bedlogs  or 
cribs.  They  were  generally  8  to  10  feet  long.  Logs  were 
notched  flat  at  the  joint  and  then  spiked  together.  Later, 
larger  logs  were  "ripped"  with  chainsaws  into  halves 
whose  flat  sides  were  used  as  tread.  In  the  1990s,  logs 
were  cut  16  feet  long.  The  increase  in  span  between 
supports  led  to  a  need  for  a  log  diameter  of  16  inches 
or  more.  Also,  spikes  were  driven  through  the  sides  of 
treadlogs  in  the  middle  of  the  run  to  connect  and  thus 
distribute  load  between  the  logs.  Nonetheless,  tread 
spans  greater  than  12  feet  continued  to  break  or  sag. 

The  most  recent  evolution  in  the  design  of  the  bogwalk 
came  full  circle  back  to  Lester  Kenway,  who  now  uses 
a  modified  bogwalk  made  of  logs  pre-milled  on  two 
sides.  The  advantages  of  the  current  method  are: 

•  increased  thickness  resulting  in  additional  strength 
and  rigidity  of  the  stringers, 

•  a  subsequent  extension  in  the  longevity  of  the 
bogwalks,  and 

•  faster,  easier  construction  without  a  need  for 
notching  logs  in  the  tread,  bedlogs,  or  cribs. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  BOGWALKS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


No  evidence  for  bogwalk  use. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


On  early  trails,  cedar-pole  bridges  were  laid  across  wet 
areas.  On  most  trails,  stepping  stones,  stone  paving,  and 
raised  tread  were  predominantly  used  to  solve  drainage 
problems.  On  later  trails,  corduroy  bogwalks  were  occa- 
sionally used. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Bogwalks  were  not  used. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Bogwalks  were  not  used. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Bogwalks  were  used  extensively  in  wet  areas,  over 
exposed  roots,  and  areas  with  fragile  vegetation,  particu- 
larly through  bogs  and  on  pondside  trails. 


Fig.  5-8  A  bogwalk  bridge  with  stone  supports  on  the  Pond  Trail 
(#20).  This  feature  is  a  hybrid  between  a  bogwalk  and  a  bridge. 


Fig.  5-9  A  bogwalk  bridge  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path  (#38). 


107 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


TREATMENT  FOR  BOGWALKS 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Bogwalks  were  not  used  consistently  during 
the  historic  periods  on  Acadia's  trails  and  may  not  be 
appropriate  long-term  solutions  for  crossing  wet  areas. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  For  non-historic  trails,  bog- 
walks  are  an  appropriate  long-term  solution  for  cross- 
ing wet  areas  and  eroded  sections.  They  may  also  be 
used  long-term  on  persistently  wet  or  severely  eroded 
sections  of  historic  trails  when  there  is  no  alternate 
solution  that  is  historically  appropriate  and/or  previ- 
ously in  use  on  the  trail.  If  another  crossing  feature  is 
compatible  with  the  trail's  historic  character,  it  will 
be  used  and  the  long-term  use  of  bogwalk  will  not  be 
considered. 


8"-18"  min. 
(see  specs) 


24"  min 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


Fig.  5-10  Detail  of  a  bogwalk  on  bedlogs. 


Gap  between  bogwalk 
sections  <3"  and 
sections  are  flush 


3rd  piece  in  bottom 
contains  rocks  and 
adds  structural  integrity 


Height 

necessary 

to  cross 

area  and 

keep 

bogwalks 

level 


Because  they  are  by  far  the  easiest  and  quickest  remedy 
available  for  crossing  wet  and  eroded  areas,  bogwalks 
may  be  used  as  temporary  solutions  on  both  historic 
and  non-historic  trails  until  an  appropriate  crossing 
feature  can  be  constructed. 

2.  Maintenance 

Issue:  Bogwalk  is  a  more  high-maintenance  feature 
than  a  stone  structure.  Since  bogwalks  are  wooden 
structures,  they  need  to  be  checked  regularly  for  rot 
and  structural  damage  and  replaced  cyclically. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  When  considering  the  use  of 
bogwalks,  maintenance  and  longevity  are  major  con- 
cerns that  must  be  included  in  long-range  planning.  If 
only  used  as  a  short-term  solution,  cyclic  replacement 
of  bogwalks  should  not  be  a  concern,  since  the  bog- 
walk will  eventually  be  replaced  with  another  feature 
type.  However,  if  bogwalks  are  determined  to  be  the 
best  long-term  solution  for  an  area,  then  a  schedule  of 
periodic  replacement  in-kind  should  be  developed. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  BOGWALKS 

Bogwalks  are  constructed  of  milled  white  cedar  logs.  A 
typical  section  of  bogwalk  consists  of  two  bedlogs  or 
cribs  (piers),  overlaid  with  one  or  two  treadlogs  (Fig. 
5-10). 


Bogwalk  bridges  typically  contain 
three  treadlogs,  and  may  be  supported 
by  log  cribs,  stone  piers,  or  abutments 
(Fig.  5-11).  Although  the  construction 
of  bogwalks  and  bogwalk  bridges  is 
similar,  some  elements  of  bogwalk 
bridge  construction  are  more  closely 
associated  with  bridge  construc- 
tion. For  additional  information,  see 
"Bridges"  in  the  following  section  of 
this  chapter. 


30"  is  typical 


Cribs  filled  with 
rocks  too  large 
to  escape 


ACAD  NP-Baltlyga/Batter 


Fig.  5-11   Detail  of  a  bogwalk  on  log  cribs  (or  piers). 


108 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  A.  Bogwalks 


Fig.  5-12  Bogwalks  with  bedlogs  laid  on  stone,  installed  on  the 
west  side  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39).  These  treadlogs  have 
only  one  milled  side.  The  preferred  method  is  to  mill  two  sides  of 
the  treadlog. 

1.  Treadlogs  (Fig.  5-12) 

The  treadlogs  are  milled  leaving  a  4-inch-thick  log, 
sawn  on  two  sides,  and  a  minimum  of  8  inches  wide  on 
one  good  surface.  The  unmilled  edges  are  left  "live" 
with  bark  on.  Width  of  walking  surface  should  be  at 
least  8  inches. 

Treadlogs  are  spiked  to  bedlogs  or  cribs  with  8-inch 
spikes  or  timber  screws.  Treadlogs  should  cantilever 
no  more  than  6  inches  beyond  their  supports  to  avoid 
levering  up  or,  as  the  wood  deteriorates,  breaking  off. 

The  standard  walking  surface  of  a  bogwalk  consists  of 
milled  logs  laid  side  by  side  with  a  flat  surface  facing 
up.  For  backcountry  bogwalks,  a  minimum  tread  width 
is  10  inches.  On  front-country  trails  constructed  to 
an  easier  walking  standard,  such  as  on  sections  of  the 
Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  near  the  Jordan  Pond  House, 
bogwalks  should  be  up  to  18  inches  wide.  Bogwalks 
elevated  more  than  1  foot  off  the  ground  should  have 


Fig.  5-13  Bogwalk  construction  detail  on  the  Pond  Trail  (#20). 
Stakes  are  no  longer  used  to  anchor  bedlogs  due  to  frost  heave. 
Bedlog  notching  is  not  needed  if  the  treadlog  and  bedlog  are 
both  milled  flat  on  two  sides. 


a  minimum  width  of  12  inches,  and  bogwalks  elevated 
2  feet  or  more  should  have  a  minimum  width  of  18 
inches.  The  walking  surface  may  be  a  single  treadlog  if 
that  log  is  wide  enough  to  meet  the  width  standard,  but 
generally  two  or  more  treadlogs  will  be  needed. 

On  heavily  used  trails,  parallel  sections  of  bogwalk 
should  be  installed  occasionally  to  allow  hikers  to  pass 
each  other  without  stepping  off  the  tread.  Frequency  of 
parallel  sections  will  be  determined  by  the  number  of 
hikers. 

The  current  recommended  length  for  strength  and 
durability  is  between  8  and  12  feet,  though  lengths  may 
be  shorter  if  needed.  Lengths  greater  than  12  feet  are 
not  recommended,  as  rigidity  is  compromised  over 
longer  spans. 

Ideally,  bogwalks  should  have  no  cross-slope  and  a 
running  slope  of  no  greater  than  five  percent.  Gentle 
grades  may  be  gained  by  stepping  bogwalk  sections 
where  they  meet,  with  no  step  between  bogwalk  sec- 
tions greater  than  6  inches.  Gaps  between  connected 
bogwalk  sections  should  be  no  greater  than  3  inches. 

2.  Bedlogs  or  Piers  (Fig.  5-13) 

The  treadlogs  are  supported  by  individual  bedlogs, 
stone  piers  or  abutments,  log  piers,  or  a  combination 
of  these.  Bedlogs  are  sections  of  the  milled  logs  cut 
30  inches  long  or  greater  and  set  in  the  ground  per- 


109 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


pendicular  to  the  trail.  The  treadlogs  are  spiked  to  the 
bedlogs  with  8-inch  spikes  or  timber  screws.  Since  both 
the  treadlogs  and  bedlogs  are  milled  flat  on  two  sides, 
notching  is  not  necessary. 


B.  BRIDGES 


DEFINITIONS 


Log  piers  are  used  either  to  elevate  the  tread  or  to 
provide  a  firmer  base  in  areas  where  bogwalks  might 
sink  or  shift.  Piers  are  constructed  with  logs,  stacked 
in  alternating  tiers,  generally  with  four  sides  forming 
a  box.  Treads  are  spiked  to  the  top  two  logs  of  a  pier, 
which  function  as  bedlogs.  Piers  should  be  filled  with 
rocks  to  weight  them  down.  To  keep  piers  from  riding 
up,  a  third  cross-piece  may  be  placed  in  the  middle  of 
the  first  tier.  The  spaces  between  tiers  allow  water  to 
drain. 

In  past  applications,  bedlogs  have  been  staked  into  the 
ground  to  keep  the  bogwalk  from  shifting  out  of  place. 
However,  this  has  not  proven  effective.  The  stakes  tend 
to  heave  out  of  the  ground  during  freeze/thaw  cycles, 
causing  the  bogwalk  to  be  displaced.  Staking  bedlogs  is 
therefore  unnecessary.  The  weight  of  the  treadlogs  on 
the  bedlogs  is  generally  sufficient  to  keep  the  bogwalk 
from  moving.  If  needed,  large  stones  can  be  placed  on 
the  bedlogs  for  added  weight. 


A  bridge  is  a  structure  providing  passage  over  an 
impediment  such  as  a  waterway,  gully,  or  crevice. 
There  are  a  variety  of  different  components  involved  in 
constructing  a  bridge.  These  are  defined  below. 

Elements  that  are  used  to  support  bridges  include  abut- 
ments, sills,  piers,  and/or  log  cribs. 

An  abutment  is  a  stone  or  wooden  substructure  sup- 
porting the  ends  of  a  bridge.  It  may  also  act  as  a  retain- 
ing feature,  preventing  tread  material  from  sloughing 
into  the  stream  or  drainage. 

A  sill  is  the  timber  set  perpendicular  to  the  trail  under 
each  end  of  the  bridge.  Sills  generally  rest  on  top  of  the 
abutments  and  serve  as  a  base  on  which  the  stringers 
rest.  Sills  are  sometimes  called  sleepers. 

Piers  are  support  structures  between  bridge  spans. 
They  may  be  constructed  of  stacked  stones,  logs,  or  a 
combination  of  both. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Inspect  for  decay  and  structural  integrity.  The 
longevity  of  a  bogwalk  is  generally  less  than  twenty 
years,  so  a  cyclic  program  of  replacement  must  be 
established. 

2.  If  bogwalks  have  been  moved  out  of  place  by  ice 
or  water,  weight  the  bedlogs  down  with  rocks  or 
connect  them  with  rock-filled  cribs.  Do  not  use 
stakes  to  anchor  bedlogs,  as  frost  heave  will  push 
the  entire  structure  off  the  ground. 

3.  If  the  tread  becomes  slippery,  roughen  the  surface 
with  a  chainsaw. 


Log  piers  or  cribs  are  enclosed  support  structures  built 
of  logs.  They  typically  contain  three  or  four  sides  with 
the  logs  notched  together,  "Lincoln  Log"  style.  They 
can  be  used  in  single  layers,  for  retention,  or  stacked  in 
tiers  and  used  to  support  bogwalk  and  bridges. 

Structural  elements  of  the  actual  bridge  itself  include 
stringers,  decking,  curbrails  and/or  handrails,  and 
bracing. 

Stringers  are  supporting  beams  that  span  the  distance 
between  abutments  or  piers.  They  support  the  decking 
and  are  usually  made  of  cedar  logs. 


Decking  describes  the  walking  surface  of  the  bridge. 
Generally,  decking  consists  of  milled  cedar  boards 
or  logs  laid  perpendicular  to  the  stringers.  However, 


110 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


decking  may  also  be  simply  one  or  more  split  logs  laid 
parallel  to  the  trail,  forming  a  narrow  footbridge. 
In  this  case,  the  split  logs  act  as  both  stringers  and 
decking. 

Plank,  or  planking,  is  a  decking  type  consisting 
of  milled  cedar  boards.  This  may  either  be  full- 
dimensioned  lumber  milled  especially  for  a  particular 
bridge,  or  it  may  be  readily  available  lumber,  such  as 
five-quarter  decking. 

Corduroy  decking  is  composed  of  cedar  logs  laid 
side-by-side,  perpendicular  to  the  stringers,  giving  the 
finished  treadway  a  textured  or  corduroy  appearance. 
The  decking  may  be  constructed  of  full-round  logs  or 
half-round  logs. 

Gravel  surfacing  is  an  addition  to  the  decking  that 
carries  the  gravel  tread  material  right  over  the  top  of 
the  bridge.  It  is  constructed  by  installing  a  geotextile 
fabric  over  the  decking,  which  is  typically  corduroy 
decking,  and  placing  a  4-  or  5-inch  layer  of  gravel  tread 
material  on  top. 

Various  types  of  railings  and  bracing  are  used  with  dif- 
ferent bridge  types.  Depending  on  the  style  of  bridge 
constructed,  one,  none,  or  any  combination  of  these 
features  may  be  added. 

A  curbrail,  or  bullrail  is  a  low  barrier,  usually  not  over 
4  inches  high,  placed  along  the  side  edges  of  the  bridge, 
parallel  to  the  treadway.  Typically  a  single  log  is  used. 
This  feature  serves  to  guide  walkers  across  the  bridge. 
It  often  provides  structural  support  and  is  required 
when  gravel  surfacing  is  used  to  retain  the  gravel  tread. 

A  handrail  is  a  waist-high  barrier,  to  aid  or  guide  walk- 
ers across  the  bridge.  Individual  situations  may  call  for 
no  handrail,  a  single  handrail,  or  one  on  each  side  of 
the  bridge.  Handrails  are  supported  by  posts  attached 
to  the  bridge  decking,  stringers,  adjacent  ground,  or 
any  combination  of  these.  (Note:  Handrails  were  also 
used  at  various  locations  without  bridges,  throughout 
the  trail  system.  A  short  discussion  follows  the  descrip- 
tion of  individual  CCC  bridge  examples.) 


Fig.  5-14  A  bridge  constructed  by  the  Youth  Conservation  Corps 
on  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path  (#38)  in  1987. 


Fig.  5-15  Youth  Conservation  Corps  bridge  on  the  Beech 
Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail  (#108),  built  in  1997. 


Ill 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


*  -,«j. 


-  ^.'Jlg%~& 


Fig.  5-16  Corduroy  bridge  at  the  Cold  Brook  Fish  Hatchery. 


Fig.  5-17  Plank  bridge  over  Harbor  Brook  on  the  Asticou  Trail 
(#49). 


Fig.  5-18  Plank  bridge  on  the  Pond  Trail  (#20)  at  the  junction 
with  the  Triad  Pass  Trail  (#29),  shown  here  in  1958. 


Stepped-down  railings  are  extensions  of  handrails 
at  the  ends  of  the  bridge.  These  are  typically  placed  at 
an  angle,  connecting  the  end  of  the  handrail  with  the 
bridge  decking,  or  the  ground,  several  feet  away  from 
the  base  of  the  handrail  post  and  the  end  of  the  bridge. 

Bracing  is  used  with  the  handrail  structure  to  give  it 
added  stability.  Diagonal  bracing  connects  the  top 
of  one  handrail  post  with  the  bottom  of  the  next  post. 
Two  of  these  may  be  installed  in  one  section  of  hand- 
rail, creating  an  "X"  pattern.  Outrigger  bracing  (out- 
rigging)  gives  lateral  support  to  the  handrail  structure 
by  connecting  the  top  of  the  handrail  with  extensions 
of  the  decking  that  are  cantilevered  out  from  each  side 
of  the  bridge. 

Note:  Some  bridges  are  more  appropriately  described 
as  closed  wood  culverts,  due  to  their  short  length. 
However,  for  this  document,  they  will  be  included  in 
the  "Bridges"  section  as  their  construction  typically 
involves  bridge  features  like  abutments,  stringers,  and 
decking. 

Figures  5-14  to  5-19  show  a  small  sampling  of  the  vari- 
ous bridges  currently  extant  at  Acadia.  None  of  these 
examples  date  from  the  historic  period  of  1890-1942, 
but  a  few  have  features  with  historic  precedents,  like 
corduroy  decking.  Features  typically  associated  with 
bridge  construction  are  identified  in  the  labels. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  BRIDGES  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

The  earliest  photographs  of  footbridges  on  Mount 
Desert  Island  date  to  the  1870s.  A  rustic  bridge  with 
shade  roof  and  seats  over  Duck  Brook  was  built  by  the 
landowner.  A  second  bridge  may  have  also  crossed 
Duck  Brook  (Figs.  5-20  &  5-21).  Though  the  bridges 
did  not  last  long  in  Maine's  harsh  winter  climate,  the 
photographic  images  were  popular  as  souvenir  post- 
cards. These  bridges  were  built  in  the  picturesque  style 
espoused  by  Andrew  Jackson  Downing's  Treatise  on 
the  Theory  and  Practice  of  Landscape  Gardening,  first 
published  in  1841.  Downing  advocated  for  the  con- 


112 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


Fig.  5-20  This  rustic  bridge  with  a  thatched  roof  and  seats  over 
Duck  Brook  was  built  by  a  local  landowner.  The  bridge  was 
erected  in  the  vicinity  of  a  path  later  marked  as  the  Duck  Brook 
Path  (#311),  photograph  circa  1870s. 


Fig.  5-21   Rustic  bridge,  possibly  constructed  over  Duck  Brook, 
photograph  circa  1870s. 


Fig.  5-19  A  bridge  along  the  Great  Meadow  Loop  (#70),  constructed  in  1999. 


113 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


struction  of  man-made  features,  including  rustic  seats 
and  thatched-roof  shelters,  to  enhance  the  beauty  of 
the  natural  landscape  setting. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

When  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  path  work  began  in  the 
1890s,  simple  bridges  constructed  of  cedar  string- 
ers were  laid  through  wet  areas.  However,  ice  easily 
dislocated  these  bridges  in  the  winter.  By  the  early 
1900s,  VIA/VIS  path  committee  chairmen  appeared  to 
have  a  preference  for  stepping  stones,  "stone  bridges" 
(which  may  actually  have  been  capstone  culverts),  and 
trail  reroutes  instead  of  bridge  construction.26  Some 
wooden  bridges  continued  to  be  used,  but  these  "rustic 
style"  VIA/VIS  bridges  were  still  dainty  compared  to 
later  bridge  construction.  Few  images  have  been  found 
of  these  early  bridges,  and  it  is  unlikely  that  there  were 
unified  standards  for  bridge  construction. 

There  is  much  commentary  in  the  VIA/VIS  path  com- 
mittee annual  reports  about  the  frequent  need  for 
replacement  and  repair  of  bridges.  In  particular,  the 
bridges  for  the  path  along  Jordan  Pond  Stream  (#65) 
required  constant  maintenance.  A  circa-1904  photo- 
graph shows  one  of  several  bridges  along  the  path  (Fig. 
5-22).  This  bridge  of  thin  cedar  logs  and  cut  planks  may 
have  lasted  fifteen  years,  as  the  1919  Path  Report  indi- 
cates that  five  new  cedar  bridges  were  built  that  year. 
Another  VIS  bridge,  photographed  circa  1908,  was  also 
built  with  a  combination  of  rough  cedar  logs  and  cut 
planks  (Fig.  5-23). 

By  the  late  teens  there  were  a  number  of  bridges  with 
gravel  surfacing,  notably  in  the  Sieur  de  Monts  area 
(see  Fig.  5-1).  Some  of  these  bridges  had  a  span  as  short 
as  18  inches  and  were  similar  in  size  to  culverts.  Logs 
were  either  laid  parallel  to  the  treadway  across  the 
drainage,  or  perpendicular  to  the  treadway  on  wooden 
stringers.  The  structure  was  then  covered  with  gravel 
to  match  the  existing  tread  surface.  As  of  2002,  rem- 
nants of  a  few  of  these  bridges  remain  in  the  Sieur  de 
Monts  area. 

According  to  the  annual  reports,  by  the  1920s  several 
wooden  bridges  were  located  on  the  Kebo  Brook  Path 


(#364),  Fawn  Pond  Path  (#309),  Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail 
(#5),  Bracken  Path  (#307),  and  White  Path  (#329). 
However,  none  of  these  bridges  are  extant  and  no 
supporting  photographs  have  been  found. 

In  1926  construction  began  on  a  large  stone  "rus- 
tic" bridge  over  the  outlet  on  the  north  end  of  Lake 
Wood.27  The  bridge  was  designed  by  noted  landscape 
architect  and  summer  resident,  Beatrix  Farrand  and 
was  built  during  the  latter  period  of  endowed  and 
memorial  trails,  as  a  memorial  bridge.  The  bridge  was 
dedicated  in  1929  as  the  "Kane  &  Bridgham  Memorial 
Bridge." 

After  the  1920s  there  was  little  documentation  of  bridge 
construction,  as  most  paths  were  turned  over  to  NPS 
park  maintenance  and  work  programs  including  the 
CCC  and  Mission  66.  Two  of  the  last  surviving  VIA/ VIS 
bridges  built  during  the  1930s  may  have  been  on  the 
Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58),  which  was  photographed  in 
the  1960s  and  removed  in  the  early  1970s  (Fig.  5-24), 
and  the  bridge  at  the  north  end  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39).  This  bridge  was  replaced  by  the  NPS  in  1983  with 
a  slightly  modified  design  that  still  stands.  The  original 
bridge  was  slightly  shorter  and  smaller,  as  described  in 
greater  detail  in  "Specifications  for  Bridges." 

The  Seal  Harbor  VIS  and  Northeast  Harbor  VIA  still 
build  and  maintain  bridges  on  trails  outside  of  the  park. 
Most  Seal  Harbor  VIS  bridges  are  constructed  of  cut 
planks,  whereas  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  continues 
the  tradition  of  rustic  cedar  pole  bridges,  including 
arched  stringers,  curved  railings,  and  thin,  full  round 
saplings  for  corduroy  tread.  Northeast  Harbor  VIS 
president  Dan  Fait  spent  several  years  searching  for  two 
matching  arched  cedar  poles  (of  downed  trees)  to  serve 
as  stringers  for  an  arched  bridge  on  a  Northeast  Har- 
bor trail  (Figs.  5-25  to  5-28). 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Similar  to  the  individual  approach  for  VIA/VIS  bridges 
within  the  island's  trail  system,  the  CCC  bridges  built 
between  1933  and  1942  exhibited  individual  character 
and  were  built  in  the  rustic  design  style.  However,  the 
CCC  bridges  adhered  to  some  guidelines  for  "good 


114 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


Fig.  5-22  An  early  footbridge  over  the  Jordan  Stream  on  the 
Jordan  Stream  Path  (#65),  photographed  in  1904. 


Fig.  5-23  A  bridge  of  cut  boards  and  rough-hewn  logs,  shown  in 
1908,  along  the  rocks  near  Seal  Harbor  built  by  the  Seal  Harbor 
VIS,  circa  1908. 


Fig.  5-24  This  log  bridge  with  a  single  railing,  shown  in  1961, 
was  constructed  possibly  by  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  over 
Hadlock  Brook  in  a  gorge  near  pulpit  rock  on  the  Maple  Spring 
Trail  (#58). 


Fig.  5-25  This  corduroy  bridge  was  constructed  in  1998  by  the 
Northeast  Harbor  VIS  below  Asticou  Gardens  on  the  Asticou 
Brook  Trail  (#514).  Rough  split  cedar  decking  is  laid  on  stripped 
cedar  log  stringers  and  supported  by  stone  abutments. 


Fig.  5-26  This  arched  corduroy  bridge  with  a  single  railing  was 
constructed  by  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  circa  1998  on  the  Lower 
Hadlock  Trail  (#502).  The  cedar  stringers  are  naturally  curved 
logs,  typical  of  trees  found  along  pond  shores  or  stream  banks. 


Fig.  5-27  This  wooden  bridge  with  cedar  log  stringers  and  plank 
decking  on  the  Great/Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  shown  in  1968,  may 
contain  underpinnings  of  a  CCC-era  bridge. 


Fig.  5-28  This  corduroy  bridge  on  the  Lower  Hadlock  Trail  (#502) 
has  a  single  wooden  railing  nailed  to  adjacent  trees.  It  was 
constructed  in  the  1990s  by  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS. 


115 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  5-29  A  1930s  view  of  construction  of  a  CCC  corduroy  bridge 
shows  the  installation  of  the  stone  abutments  and  three  log 
stringers. 


Fig.  5-30  The  completed  corduroy  bridge  with  log  curbrail  and 
gravel  over  the  decking  photographed  in  the  1930s.  Its  smaller 
scale  is  typical  of  CCC  work  on  the  west  side  of  the  island. 


Fig.  5-31   CCC  crews  working  on  a  wooden  bridge  in  the  Great 
Meadow,  circa  1930s. 


practice  and  procedure"  as  outlined  in  Guy  Arthur's 
1937  CCC  training  publication  Construction  of  Trails. 
These  guidelines,  or  design  standards,  are  also  articu- 
lated in  Albert  Good's  three-volume,  1938  publica- 
tion, Park  &  Recreation  Structures.  The  book  describes 
and  illustrates  footbridges  with  no  handrails,  a  single 
rail,  a  single  rail  with  a  curbrail,  and  double  handrails. 
Outrigger  bracing  is  used  for  many,  but  not  all,  of  the 
handrails. 

At  Acadia  NP,  historic  photographs  indicate  most  CCC 
footbridges  were  built  with  dry-laid  stone  abutments 
and  cedar  log  stringers,  decking,  and  handrails.  Bridge 
construction  style  was  diverse  including  flat  cordu- 
roy bridges,  arched  corduroy  bridges,  split  and  whole 
log-decked  bridges,  bridges  with  curbrails,  and  bridges 
with  double  handrails  and  outrigger  bracing.  On  many 
bridges  the  log  decking  was  covered  with  gravel  to 
provide  an  uninterrupted  walking  tread.  Some  bridges 
on  walking  paths  were  built  with  a  treadway  over  5  feet 
wide,  to  support  fire  control  equipment,  such  as  the 


Fig.  5-33  CCC  bridge  near  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring  with  diagonal 
and  outrigger  bracing,  circa  1930s. 


Fig.  5-32  CCC  bridge  in  Great  Meadow  with  stepped-down 
railings  and  outrigger  bracing,  1930s. 


Fig.  5-34  An  end  view  of  the  CCC  bridge  on  the  Great  Meadow 
Nature  Trail  (#365)  shows  continuous  gravel  surfacing,  circa  1930s. 


116 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


bridge  over  Great  Brook  on  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118) 
and  those  in  the  Great  Meadow. 

In  general,  CCC  bridges  on  the  eastern  side  of  MDI 
had  larger  structural  members,  with  railings,  braces, 
trusses,  and  the  use  of  gravel  surfacing.  CCC  bridges 
on  the  western  side  were  often  closer  to  the  VIA/VIS 
style,  with  smaller  members  or  arched  stringers. 
Photos  of  bridges  on  the  west  of  the  island  show  no 
railings,  braces,  trusses,  or  gravel  (Figs.  5-29  to  5-34). 

NPS/Mission  66 

No  documentation  has  been  found  for  Mission  66 
period  bridges. 

National  Park  Service 

By  the  1970s,  many  park  bridges  were  in  extreme  dis- 
repair. Trail  crews  began  replacing  bridges  whenever 
possible.  In  1986,  a  Youth  Conservation  Corps  (YCC) 
project  replaced  seventeen  bridges  throughout  the 
park.  By  the  mid-1980s,  all  pre-1970  bridges  had  been 
replaced  with  new  cedar  log  bridges.  They  were  gener- 
ally uniform  in  design,  similar  to  the  bulky  CCC  style 
bridges.  Construction  was  very  simple,  with  stringers 
of  8  to  12  inches  diameter  laid  across  sleepers  or  rock 
cribs,  and  planked  over  with  boards  of  varying  dimen- 
sions (2-by-8  inches,  2-by-10  inches,  etc.),  depending 
where  or  when  the  bridge  was  built,  and  who  built  it. 
Some  were  full  cut  planks,  some  not.  The  material  was 
spruce,  sometimes  pressure-treated,  or  redwood  left- 
over from  other  projects.  Few  had  railings,  exceptions 
being  three  at  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring,  one  on  the  Long 
Pond  Trail  (#118),  and  one  on  Penobscot  Mountain 
(#47)  in  the  cliffs  area  (Fig.  5-35).  A  CCC-style  bridge 
on  the  Precipice  Trail  (#12)  had  wooden  railings,  but 
these  railings  were  replaced  with  galvanized  pipe  prior 
to  1974  (Fig.  5-36). 

In  1982,  NPS  crews  replaced  a  CCC  bridge  on  the  Long 
Pond  Trail  (#118).  The  CCC  bridge  was  5  feet  wide  and 
had  no  railings.  The  new  bridge  was  constructed  in  the 
CCC  style  of  bridges  historically  used  in  the  Sieur  de 
Monts  area.  The  treads  for  the  new  bridge  were  split 
cedar  logs  approximately  8  inches  in  diameter,  flat  side 
down  (Fig.  5-37). 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  BRIDGES 


There  is  no  single  style  of  bridge  that  is  representative  of 
each  of  the  historic  periods.  On  the  contrary,  each  bridge 
reflected  its  builder  and  chosen  materials.  However, 
there  are  generalizations  that  apply  to  certain  periods  of 
construction.  For  example,  the  VIA/VIS  bridges  started 
out  as  dainty  or  fanciful  representations  of  the  rustic  style. 
Through  the  period,  the  use  of  this  whimsical  character 
diminished,  but  the  later  bridges  were  still  constructed 
with  a  high  degree  of  skill  and  attention  to  detail.  VIA/VIS 
builders  traditionally  relied  on  local  rather  than  imported 
materials.  By  contrast,  bridges  constructed  or  rebuilt 
by  the  CCC  on  the  island's  eastern  side  typically  used 
more  substantial  structural  members  and  often  included 
features  like  trusses,  outrigging,  and  handrails.  Like  the 
VIA/VIS,  the  CCC  used  a  variety  of  styles  and  sizes  in 
their  bridges.  Bridges  built  during  the  same  period  on  the 
western  side  of  the  island  tended  to  be  smaller,  and  some 
used  curved  stringers,  emphasizing  a  different  aesthetic. 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Rustic  bridges  were  built  by  private  landholders,  in  con- 
junction with  some  of  the  first  summer  estates. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Typical  bridges  were  constructed  with  relatively  thin 
cedar  stringers,  planks,  or  1-inch  board  decking,  and  often 
included  handrails.  Some  were  gravel  surfaced. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Bridge  styles  included  a  mix  of  small  corduroy  flat  and 
arched  bridges,  and  large  cedar  log  bridges  with  either 
curb  or  hand  railings,  outrigging,  or  trussed  bracing.  Some 
were  gravel  surfaced. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


No  documentation  has  been  found  for  the  style  of  bridge 
construction  used. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Typically  cedar  stringer  pole  and  plank  bridges  in  the 
heavier  CCC  style  were  used,  as  well  as  bogwalk  bridges. 
The  1970s  and  1980s  saw  conscientious  effort  to  standard- 
ize construction  for  ease  of  maintenance.  Emphasis  on 
historical  precedence  influencing  bridge  construction 
began  in  the  mid-1990s. 


117 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  5-37  This  corduroy  footbridge  on  the  Great/Long  Pond  Trail 
(#118)  was  constructed  in  1982,  replacing  an  earlier  CCC  bridge. 
This  new  bridge  is  23  feet  long,  30  inches  wide,  and  has  a  3  foot 
railing. 


Fig.  5-35  Bridge  with  railing  built  by  NPS  in  the  1990s  along  the 
Penobscot  Mountain  Trail  (#47). 


Fig.  5-38  This  CCC-influenced  log  bridge  was  constructed  in  1999 
on  the  Great  Meadow  Loop.  A  side  view  of  the  bridge  is  shown 
in  Fig.  5-19. 


Fig.  5-36  A  group  of  hikers  in  the  1950s  on  a  wooden  bridge  connecting  ledges  along  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11).  The  wooden  bridge 
railings  were  eventually  replaced  with  iron.  Notice  the  iron  handrails  along  the  edge. 


118 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


Between  1980  and  1990,  approximately  a  dozen  shorter, 
4-  to  6-foot-long  bridges  were  removed  throughout 
the  park.  Their  abutments  were  reworked  into  open 
culverts  or  drainage  dips. 

The  most  recent  bridge  constructed  in  the  CCC  large- 
scale  style  was  built  in  1999  on  the  Great  Meadow 
Loop,  a  new  connector  trail  between  Bar  Harbor  and 
the  park.  This  bridge  was  constructed  using  CCC  pho- 
tographs as  a  guide  and  incorporates  split  log  decking, 
round-side  up,  and  handrails  on  each  side.  The  fin- 
ished construction  generated  discussion  as  to  whether 
the  tread  surface  is  too  uneven.  Original  CCC  bridges 
of  similar  design  contained  a  gravel  surfacing  over  the 
log  decking,  with  curbrails  on  each  side  to  keep  the 
gravel  in  place,  resulting  in  a  smoother  walking  surface. 
This  detail  was  not  incorporated  into  the  new  bridge, 
and  a  few  other  items,  such  as  bracing,  differ  from 
CCC  work,  but  overall,  the  CCC  character  is  retained 
in  this  modern  addition  to  the  trail  system  (Fig.  5-38). 

Park  crews  constructed  three  bridges  along  the  eastern 
shore  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  in  2000  and  2001. 
These  are  4  feet  8  inches  wide,  with  4  inches  of  gravel 
surface  over  split  cedar  logs  on  stringers.  At  present, 
these  are  the  only  gravel-surfaced  bridges  in  the  park 
imitating  this  early  1900s  feature. 

The  only  remaining  bridges  from  before  the  1970s  are 
several  small  gravel-surfaced  bridges  that  are  actually 
more  like  closed  culverts  than  true  bridges.  Approxi- 
mately four  of  these  are  located  on  the  Canon  Brook 
Trail  (#19).  There  are  also  a  few  on  closed  sections  of 
Stratheden  Path  (#24)  and  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry 
Path  (#38).  These  bridges  are  in  extreme  disrepair  and 
are  generally  unnoticeable  to  casual  hikers. 

At  present  there  are  approximately  128  footbridges  in 
the  park,  averaging  8  feet  in  length,  for  a  total  of  about 
1,000  linear  feet. 


TREATMENT  FOR  BRIDGES 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  There  were  various  bridge  styles  used  through- 
out the  trails'  historic  periods.  VIA/VIS  styles  adhered 
to  the  taste  of  individual  builders.  The  CCC  was  more 
standardized,  but  also  used  various  styles  in  differ- 
ent park  locations.  This  makes  replication  of  specific 
bridges  open  to  conjecture. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Maintaining  a  variety  of 
historically  compatible  bridge  styles  is  essential  to 
preserving  the  trail  system's  overall  character.  This  can 
be  accomplished  by  careful  consideration  when  reha- 
bilitating an  existing  bridge,  rebuilding  a  lost  bridge, 
or  adding  a  new  bridge.  In  any  of  these  situations, 
first  determine  what  is  the  most  significant  period  of 
construction  for  the  individual  trail,  and  then  choose 
a  bridge  style  that  is  compatible  with  this  period.  His- 
toric photographs  and  other  documentation  should  be 
used  for  reference. 

For  example,  a  trail  that  primarily  reflects  VIA/VIS 
features  should  contain  bridges  built  to  be  compat- 
ible with  the  VIA/VIS  style.  Generally  these  types  of 
bridges  will  contain  rustic  construction  materials  and 
maintain  a  relatively  delicate  or  graceful  appearance, 
as  seen  currently  seen  in  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS 
District  and  Jordan  Pond  Path  (see  Fig  5-26  &  Fig. 
5-39).  On  a  CCC  trail,  bridges  should  generally  have  a 
heavier  feel,  with  larger  members  and  more  substantial 
construction,  particularly  on  the  eastern  side  of  MDI. 
The  bridge  recently  constructed  on  the  Great  Meadow 
Loop  is  a  good  example  (see  Figs.  5-19  &  5-38).  CCC 
bridges  on  the  western  side  of  MDI  tended  to  be 
smaller  in  scale,  and  more  similar  to  the  VIA/VIS  style. 
Examples  of  this  can  be  seen  in  the  extant  (though 
extremely  decayed)  bridges  at  the  former  Cold  Brook 
Fish  Hatchery  near  the  outlet  of  Long  Pond,  as  well  as 
in  historic  photographs  of  the  many  small  CCC  bridges 
constructed  on  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118)  (Fig.  5-40). 


In  many  cases,  a  particular  trail  may  have  histori- 
cally been  worked  on  during  more  than  one  period  of 
construction.  Although  every  effort  should  be  made 


119 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


to  determine  which  period  is  most  significant  for  the 
trail,  and  the  appropriate  style  chosen,  it  is  permissible 
to  have  some  cases  where  more  than  one  bridge  style  is 
present  on  a  trail,  as  long  as  each  is  compatible  with  the 
trail's  overall  character. 

2.  Use  of  Bridges 

Issue:  In  some  areas,  structures  such  as  culverts  have 
been  added  to  replace  bridges.  Likewise,  a  few  bridges 
have  been  added  to  the  system  where  stepping  stones 
or  other  features  traditionally  may  have  been  used. 
These  alterations  may  affect  the  character  of  any  given 
section  of  trail. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Careful  consideration  should 
be  given  when  choosing  a  crossing  type.  Stepping 
stones,  bogwalk,  or  closed  culverts  may  be  the  more 
appropriate  choice  for  a  particular  location,  depend- 
ing on  the  individual  trail  history,  as  well  as  the  current 
usage.  Maintaining  the  historically  appropriate  cross- 
ing feature  is  preferred.  However,  if  the  surrounding 


Fig.  5-39  Gravel-surfaced  bridge  on  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39), 
constructed  in  2001. 


Fig.  5-40  This  historic  image  shows  an  arched  CCC  corduroy 
bridge  near  the  Cold  Brook  Fish  Hatchery  on  the  Great/Long 
Pond  Trail  (#118)  soon  after  construction  in  1935. 


conditions  have  changed  drastically,  then  a  new  com- 
patible crossing  feature  may  be  substituted. 

For  example,  if  a  bridge  was  historically  used  at  a 
stream  crossing,  then  a  bridge  is  the  preferred  choice 
for  modern  use.  However,  if  the  stream  is  no  longer  as 
large,  or  is  dry  for  part  of  the  year,  then  stepping  stones 
or  bogwalk  may  be  considered  as  an  alternative  to  a 
bridge.  The  choice  will  depend  on  what  feature  types 
are  most  compatible  with  the  trail's  historic  character. 

3.  Durability 

Issue:  Durability  and  structural  integrity  of  all  bridges 
is  a  concern.  In  particular,  the  more  "delicate"  bridge 
styles  are  prone  to  maintenance  problems  and  need 
frequent  replacement.  Primarily,  this  is  due  to  smaller 
pieces  decaying  more  rapidly  or  failing  from  repeated 
stresses.  These  bridges  often  cannot  accommodate 
increased  hiker  traffic  in  high-use  areas  because  of  the 
increased  frequency  of  use  and  weight  loads. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  In  order  to  meet  structural 
requirements  and  maintain  bridge  durability,  historic 
styles  may  be  adapted  with  the  addition  of  modern 
materials.  For  example,  steel  stringers  may  be  added 
to  some  large  bridges  that  sustain  consistent  heavy 
loads.  Abutments  may  be  reinforced  with  steel  or 
concrete  as  needed.  Pressure-treated  lumber  may  be 
used  for  decking,  railings,  or  other  bridge  members 
that  do  not  come  in  contact  with  the  ground  (reducing 
environmental  concerns  about  leaching).  Some  bridge 
modifications  may  also  be  necessary  due  to  higher 
levels  of  use,  such  as  the  addition  of  handrails  or  other 
safety  features.  Generally,  modifications  can  be  easily 
made  to  most  bridge  styles  in  an  unobtrusive  manner 
without  sacrificing  historic  character. 

4.  Sills  versus  Abutments 

Issue:  Most  bridges  in  Acadia  have  their  stringers 
placed  directly  on  sills  rather  than  stronger,  longer- 
lasting,  non-rotting  abutments. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Most  bridges  are  small  and 
light  enough  to  be  placed  on  log  or  rock  sills.  To  main- 
tain the  character  of  Acadia's  bridges,  this  practice 


120 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


should  be  continued.  However,  abutments  should  be 
considered  in  certain  instances.  If  the  stability  of  the 
bank  is  in  question  from  vegetation  loss,  soil  scour,  or 
a  historically  high  rate  of  erosion,  a  durable  abutment 
should  be  built.  If  the  bank  slopes  back  such  that  a  long 
span  is  required,  constructed  abutments  may  shorten 
that  span.  When  tread  repair  necessitates  a  higher 
stringer  than  possible  on  existing  banks,  abutments 
should  be  used.  Abutments  should  also  be  used  in 
places  where  there  is  an  existing  historical  abutment. 
If  the  construction  of  abutments  will  greatly  alter  the 
character  of  a  trail  or  area,  they  should  be  only  be  con- 
sidered as  a  secondary  choice  if  absolutely  necessary. 


the  importance  of  using  local  material  to  achieve  a 
"harmonious  medium  of  structural  interpretation."  He 
advocates  for  the  use  of  wood  and  stone  rather  than 
steel  or  concrete.29 

For  the  selection  and  design  of  timber  bridges,  Good 
recommends  simplicity  in  construction  so  as  to  blend 
with  the  natural  surroundings  and  the  use  of  either 
round  or  squared  timber.  Bridges  of  an  open  wood- 
truss  type  are  discouraged,  as  are  the  construction  of 
unnecessary  trusses.  Finishing  touches  to  the  bridge 
are  paramount.  Furthermore,  he  suggests  variety  in 
bridge  construction,  "avoiding  the  commonplace  at 
one  extreme,  and  the  fantastic  on  the  other."30 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  BRIDGES 

1.  Location 

At  Acadia,  bridges  are  typically  constructed  over 
streams  in  high-use  areas,  in  areas  frequented  by  inex- 
perienced hikers,  over  streams  where  an  unimpeded 
flow  of  water  is  required,  where  there  is  a  sharp  dip  in 
grade,  where  there  is  a  gap  between  ledges,  or  to  solve 
erosion  problems,  for  example  at  the  banks  of  a  stream 
or  gully.  New  bridges  are  also  regularly  installed 
as  replacements  for  existing  bridges,  as  most  cedar 
bridges  have  an  average  longevity  of  approximately 
twenty  years.  Not  all  stream  crossings  require  the  use 
of  a  bridge.  Stepping  stones,  culverts,  and  causeways 
are  additional  options  that  should  be  considered. 

The  CCC  guidelines  state,  "foot  logs  and  foot  bridges 
are  not  recommended  except  where  the  stream  is 
sufficiently  large  to  justify  them."  Fords  and  stepping 
stones  are  the  preferred  alternatives  in  these  situations. 
For  locating  and  constructing  footbridges,  the  guide- 
lines suggest  using  any  natural  formation  available  to 
make  the  structure  fit  the  surrounding  area,  and  using 
existing  boulders  or  formations  as  abutments.28 

Albert  Good  states  there  should  be  a  clear  necessity  for 
construction  of  a  bridge.  For  example,  the  crossing  of 
dry  ravines  or  gullies  may  require  a  bridge  only  in  an 
intensive  use  area.  He  cautions  against  the  construc- 
tion of  flimsy  or  overly  ponderous  bridges  and  stresses 


2.  Structural  Materials 

All  wood  should  be  decay-free,  fresh-cut  Northern 
white  cedar.  For  all  bridge  structural  components  that 
are  visible  such  as  railings  and  railing  posts,  remove 
splinters  and  jagged  or  sharp  edges,  rough  knots,  and 
sharp  chainsaw  or  axe  cuts.  Do  not  use  CCA  (chro- 
mated  copper  arsenate)  pressure-treated  wood  on 
park  bridge  or  rail  structures.  However,  treated  woods 
approved  by  the  NPS  Integrated  Pest  Management 
Office  are  allowable  for  bridge  members  that  do  not 
come  in  direct  contact  with  soil.  Pressure-treated 
members  must  be  visually  compatible  with  the  chosen 
bridge  style. 

Nails  and  bolts  should  be  galvanized  (or  comparable 
non-corrosive  material).  Nail  sizes  vary  with  the 
materials  joined,  from  a  minimum  lOd  nail  for  1-inch- 
thick  boards,  to  10-inch  spikes  for  logs  in  abutments 
and  stringers.  All  lag  or  carriage  bolts  should  be  3/8 
inch  diameter  or  larger.  To  prevent  splitting  wood, 
pre-drilled  holes  are  suggested  for  nails  and  required 
for  bolts. 

3.  Abutments  (Figs.  5-41  &  5-42) 

It  is  imperative  the  abutments  do  not  impede  stream 
flow.  They  shall  be  constructed  on  stable  banks,  above 
high  water,  and  far  enough  from  streamside  so  as  not 
to  erode  underneath  and  be  undermined.  The  height 
above  the  stream  depends  upon  the  stream  itself.  Usu- 
ally, one  can  gauge  high  water  by  observing  bank  side 


121 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Slellpflug 

Fig.  5-41   Detail  of  stone  abutment  angles  and  placement. 


Saddle  Notch 


Square  Cut 


Fig.  5-42  Detail  of 
saddle  notches  and 
square  cuts.  Two 
adjoining  logs  should 
be  cut  or  saddle- 
notched  and  spiked 
together  for  strength 
and  stability  when 
constructing  log 
abutments. 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Stellpflug 


scour  or  debris  piles,  and  following  the  lay  of  the  land 
for  that  area.  Also  consider  the  known  history  of  a 
particular  stream. 

Natural  rock  formations,  including  existing  boulders 
and/or  ledge  rock,  are  appropriate  for  use  as  abut- 
ments. They  are  preferred  because  they  involve  no 
alteration  of  stream  flow  or  banks.  Boulders  larger 
than  2  cubic  feet  in  size  per  stringer  can  also  be  used.  If 
stringers  cannot  securely  rest  on  natural  surfaces,  they 
should  be  pinned  to  the  ledge  with  3/4-inch  steel. 

If  natural  formations  are  unavailable,  stone  abutments 
are  the  preferred  choice.  The  stone  used  should  reflect 
the  stone  type,  color,  texture,  and  scale  of  those  lying 
naturally  within  the  stream  itself.  When  constructing 
stone  abutments,  Good  recommends  using  "pro- 
nounced horizontal  coursing,  breaking  of  vertical 
joints,"  and  a  "variety  in  size  of  stones  —  all  the  prin- 
ciples productive  of  sound  construction  and  pleasing 
appearance  in  any  use  of  masonry."31 

Stone  abutments  are  constructed  using  the  best 
accepted  drywall  masonry  techniques.  This  incorpo- 
rates large  footing  stones  with  a  1-cubic-foot  minimum 
size,  headers,  packing,  and  large  top  tier  coping  stones, 
again,  at  least  1  cubic  foot  in  size.  The  top-tier  rocks 
may  be  flush  with  the  tread  surface  in  order  to  main- 
tain even  height  from  bridge  decking  to  trail  tread.  The 
footing  tier  should  be  12  to  18  inches  below  minimum 
water  level,  or  to  ledge,  to  prevent  undermining,  and 
ends  should  turn  and  be  constructed  in  excavations 
in  the  stream  banks.  This  will  prevent  scouring.  The 
SCA  manual  recommends  an  angle  of  35  degrees  to  the 
stream  flow,  upstream,  and  45  degrees  downstream.32 
In  some  instances  it  will  be  possible  to  build  abutments 
above  stream  flow  entirely,  constructing  a  simple  wall 
sufficient  to  support  stringers  and  retain  tread.  This  is 
suggested  only  for  areas  with  stable  banks  that  are  not 
actively  eroding.  The  style  of  rock  construction  should 
reflect  the  characteristics  of  the  surrounding  trail 
features  or  era. 

Stone  abutments  are  superior  to  log  abutments  due 
to  longevity.  However,  log  abutments  may  be  used  if 


122 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


necessary.  For  log  abutments,  care  should  be  taken 
to  ensure  no  high  water  undermining  or  scouring, 
incorporating  the  same  angles  as  in  stone  abutments. 
Use  cedar  logs,  at  least  8  inches  in  diameter,  joined 
with  saddle  notches  and  spikes.  Header  logs  need  to 
extend  at  least  3  feet  into  the  stream  banks.  A  single  sill 
laid  well  above  stream  flow,  on  a  small,  intermittent 
stream,  may  suffice  as  an  abutment  for  a  bridge  under 
4  feet  long.  See  Chapter  6  for  more  information  on 
constructing  stone  retaining  walls. 

4.  Sills  (Fig.  5-43) 

Sills  are  the  logs  supporting  the  ends  of  bridge's  string- 
ers. They  are  set  perpendicular  to  the  tread.  They  are 
a  minimum  of  8  inches  in  diameter,  and  buried  at  least 
two-thirds  into  the  soil  or  bank  sides.  They  should 
be  approximately  twice  the  width  of  the  bridges.  Not 
all  bridges  require  sills,  as  stringers  can  be  set  directly 
upon  stone  or  log  abutments.  Often,  in  place  of  sills, 
stringer  ends  can  be  placed  on  rocks  larger  enough  to 
support  their  weight. 

5.  Stringers 

Most  bridges  are  sufficiently  sturdy  with  two  string- 
ers of  at  least  8  inches  minimum  diameter.  For  longer 
spans,  stringers  need  to  be  12  to  18  inches  in  diameter. 
Bridges  over  4  feet  wide  and  6  feet  long,  where  "five- 
quarter"  lumber  (1  inch  thick)  is  used  as  decking,  may 
require  three  stringers.  When  placing  the  stringers,  lay 
them  with  the  crown,  or  bow,  facing  up.  Notch  string- 
ers as  little  as  possible,  as  this  compromises  strength;  if 
needed,  notch  sills  instead.  Stringers  should  be  placed 
on  abutments,  large  single  rocks,  crushed  stone,  or 
sills.  Do  not  place  stringers  directly  on  bare  soil.  If 
there  is  a  chance  of  high  water,  stringers  should  be 
pinned  to  ledge  or  otherwise  attached  to  abutments  so 
as  not  to  shift  at  high  water  or  with  ice  flow. 

6.  Decking  (Fig.  5-44) 

For  milled  planks,  use  full-cut  2-inch-thick  planks,  a 
minimum  of  8  inches  wide.  IPM-approved  pressure- 
treated  wood  may  be  used  for  decking.  Planks  should 
extend  equally  to  the  outside  of  each  stringer,  between 
6  to  8  inches  maximum  to  the  outside  of  stringer  cen- 
terline.  Limit  spacing  between  decking  boards  to  1  inch 


Twice  the  width  of  the  bridge  decking 

ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Stellpflug 


Fig.  5-43  Detail  of  sill  sizing. 


-.        Gap  is 
"  1/4" to  1" 


2"  full- 
L.  cut  lumber 


5/4"  cut 


5/4"  wood  requires  maximum 
16"  span  between  supports 


^t---.  Min.  6" 
\l  log 


Min  3"- 
\t — ^diameter 


Three  8"  or  greater  stringers 


KHO  NP-Baldrga/Stellptlug 


Fig.  5-44  Details  of  various  decking  options. 


123 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


in  remote  trail  areas,  and  to  34  to  Vi  inch  in  high-use 
areas.  To  date,  Acadia  crews  have  used  nominal,  2-inch 
full-cut  redwood  recycled  from  other  park  projects,  as 
well  as  pressure-treated  and  untreated  lumber. 

Five-quarter  decking  may  be  used  to  capture  the 
characteristics  of  the  "delicate"  VIA/VIS  bridges.  This 
material  is  typically  1  inch  thick  by  5  Vi  inches  wide.  It 
may  be  either  cedar  or  a  pressure-treated  spruce  or 
pine  that  has  been  approved  by  the  NPS  Integrated 
Pest  Management  Office.  If  five-quarter  decking  is 
used,  a  third  stringer  is  required  any  time  the  span 
between  stringers  reaches  16  inches  or  greater. 

For  unmilled  decking,  use  half-round  cedar  at  least 
6  inches  in  diameter,  or  full-round  a  minimum  of  2 
inches  diameter.  Though  some  original  bridges  prob- 
ably had  full-round  decking  as  thin  as  1  to  1  Vi  inches  in 
diameter,  this  is  far  too  thin  for  practical  application. 
Two-inch-diameter  wood  is  suggested  for  VIA/VIS 


and  smaller  CCC  bridges.  For  the  sturdier-style  CCC 
bridges,  larger  4-  to  6-inch-diameter  wood  is  sug- 
gested. 

Where  decking  runs  perpendicular  to  tread,  decking 
ends  must  be  cut  to  uniform  length.  With  milled  plank 
decking,  bridge  treads  must  be  smooth  with  an  even 
height,  to  prevent  hazard. 

Gravel  surfacing  can  be  applied  to  bridge  decking.  The 
decking  should  be  half-round  or  full-round  cedar  for 
VIA/VIS  or  CCC  appearance.  Cover  decking  with  a 
very  thin,  woven  geotextile  blanket,  to  stop  silting  of 
gravel  fines  through  cracks  in  bridge  decking.  Curbrail 
sides  must  be  installed  along  the  bridge  to  contain 
gravel.  Maintain  even  tread  continuity  from  bridge 
surface  to  trail  tread  surface.  A  minimum  of  4  inches  of 
gravel  should  be  applied.  Because  of  increased  weight, 
surface  should  not  exceed  5  inches  thick.  A  gravel- 
surfaced  bridge  should  use  three  very  solid  stringers 


Rounded 
post  tops 


Notched  post 
and  butt  joint 


Post  may 
be  buried 
into  soil 


30"-36" 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Stelipflug 


'Handrails  are  typically  needed  if  the  bridge  is  30"-36"  above  the  grade. 

'Handrails  should  be  at  least  3"  diameter 

'Posts  should  be  at  least  5"  diameter 

'Handrails  should  be  at  36"-38"  above  decking 

'Top  of  posts  should  be  38"-42"  above  decking,  extending  2"-4"  above  handrail 

'Post  should  be  securely  anchored  to  the  stringers,  bedrock,  or  buried  in  the  soil. 

'Handrails  should  be  securely  attached  to  posts  with  notching,  lap  joints,  and  spikes  or  carriage  bolts 

'Diagonal  bracing  may  be  used  for  added  stability,  depending  on  bridge  style. 


Fig.  5-45  Detail  of  bridge  handrails. 


124 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


of  at  least  8  inches  diameter  up  to  8  feet  long.  Longer 
bridge  spans  require  stringers  of  greater  diameter. 

Some  original  gravel-surfaced  bridges  used  log  decking 
running  parallel  with  the  tread.  Poles  of  4  to  6  inches 
diameter  were  laid  parallel,  sides  touching,  on  sills  or 
abutments,  and  covered  with  gravel.  This  style  rarely 
exceeded  6  feet  in  length.  To  replicate  this  form  of 
bridge,  use  poles  a  minimum  of  6  inches  diameter. 

7.  Curbrails  and  Handrails  (Fig.  5-45) 

Curbrails  are  low  beams  or  logs,  typically  less  than  3 
inches  diameter,  affixed  to  the  edge  of  bridge  decking. 
They  provide  both  a  visual  and  physical  barrier  to  keep 
the  hiker  from  stepping  off  the  edge  of  the  bridge  when 
no  handrail  is  present.  They  can  also  be  used  to  add 
support  to  bridge  stringers  and  decking.  Nevertheless, 
curbrails  are  rarely  used  with  standard  decked  bridges, 
but  they  are  a  necessity  for  gravel-surfaced  bridges. 
The  curbrail  constrains  the  gravel  to  the  bridge  tread 
surface.  Typically,  curbrails  used  for  this  purpose  are 
not  over  5  inches  diameter,  since  the  gravel  surfacing 
should  be  no  thicker  than  this  due  to  weight  concerns. 

Handrails  are  the  more  common  bridge  feature  used 
for  visitor  safely.  They  should  always  be  used  if  the 
bridge  is  located  in  a  high-visitor-use  area,  like  Sieur 
de  Monts  Spring.  In  other  locations,  handrails  should 
be  considered  whenever  the  bridge-to-base  distance 
exceeds  approximately  36  inches.  However,  the  bridge 
style  and  location  should  always  be  taken  into  consid- 
eration when  the  need  for  handrails  is  addressed.  In 
some  cases  a  broader  bridge  may  use  curbrails  in  addi- 
tion to  handrails. 

Weak  or  poorly  secured  handrails  can  be  hazardous. 
Handrails  should  be  sturdy  enough  to  support  the 
weight  of  a  group  of  hikers  leaning  against  the  hand- 
rail. Historically,  VIA/VIS  handrails  were  often  less 
than  2  inches  diameter.  However,  modern  handrails 
should  be  a  minimum  3  inches  diameter,  notched 
into  posts,  and  located  approximately  36  to  38  inches 
above  the  decking.  Connecting  railing  sections  need 
to  be  attached  to  the  posts  with  lap  joints.  Rails  can 
be  held  to  posts  with  spikes,  allowing  at  least  4  inches 


of  penetration  into  uprights.  However,  carriage  bolts 
through  the  posts  and  rails  are  preferred.  Pre-drilling 
of  the  holes  is  recommended.  Rough  knots  should  be 
smoothed  and  ends  rounded  to  ensure  there  are  no 
sharp  edges  or  splinters. 

Handrail  posts  should  be  a  minimum  of  5  inches  diam- 
eter and  not  more  than  10  feet  long.  Post  tops  should 
be  approximately  38  to  42  inches  above  deck  level. 
Diagonal  knee  or  interior  truss  braces  may  be  installed 
to  eliminate  excessive  rail  or  post  shimmy,  depending 
on  the  bridge  style.  End  posts  that  are  placed  in  the 
ground  should  be  buried  30  to  36  inches.  If  the  end 
posts  cannot  be  inserted  into  the  ground,  they  should 
be  pinned  to  ledge  and/or  solidly  nailed  or  bolted  to 
stringers  with  3-inch  or  larger  lag  bolts  or  carriage 
bolts.  Posts  can  also  be  set  directly  upon  decking,  using 
a  curbrail  as  added  support  for  the  post  bottom.  Post 
tops  should  be  rounded  over  or  bevel  cut  to  shed  water 
and  snow.  Smooth  rough  knots  and  round  ends  to 
ensure  there  are  no  sharp  edges  or  splinters. 

8.  Ramps  and  Approaches 

Tread  and  deck  should  meet  at  level  even  grade  if 
possible.  If  this  is  not  possible,  cribs  or  stepping  stones 
must  be  built  to  bring  the  tread  up  to  deck  level.  Grade 
to  bridge  level  must  not  exceed  twelve  percent.  This 
should  provide  for  easy,  user-friendly  approaches. 
Ramps  should  aesthetically  fit  the  landscape  and  the 
bridge  style. 

9.  Site  Cleanup 

The  construction  site  should  be  picked  up  during  and 
after  completion  of  the  work.  Silt  fencing  should  be 
installed  during  construction  for  erosion  and  sedi- 
ment control  around  the  stream.  If  on-site  materials 
are  used,  gather  them  from  far  enough  away  so  as  not 
to  leave  scars.  Carry  in  materials  to  the  site  whenever 
possible.  Clean  up  and  restore  the  area  after  construc- 
tion. If  an  old  bridge  is  removed,  always  carry  out 
pressure-treated  material  for  proper  disposal.  Haul 
other  planks,  such  as  stringers,  far  away  from  the  site, 
and  scatter  and  hide  debris  so  it  is  not  seen  from  the 
trail.  Take  into  consideration  seasonal  foliage  changes 
when  hiding  debris.  Cut  material  into  small  pieces. 


125 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Never  leave  metal  hardware;  remove  it  from  the  site 
and  dispose  of  it  properly. 

10.  Bridge  Examples 

To  guide  construction  of  bridges  in  the  VIA/VIS  or 
CCC  styles,  several  sample  bridges  that  were  histori- 
cally present  or  are  currently  extant  are  described 
below.  Information  is  provided  on  the  location,  set- 
ting, materials,  construction  methods,  and  modifica- 
tions addressing  modern  safety  issues  and  structural 
improvements  to  accommodate  higher  use  levels. 

VIA/VIS  bridges: 

a.  1904  cedar  bridge  over  Jordan  Stream  (#65) 

b.  Circa-1908  cedar  bridge  along  the  Seal  Harbor 
Shore  Path  (#427) 

c.  Cedar  bridge  on  the  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58), 

d.  1983  VIS-style  bridge  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Loop 
Trail  (#39) 

e.  Bridge  remains  on  the  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58) 
and  the  Amphitheater  Trail  (#56) 

f.  Gravel-surfaced  bridge  on  the  Stratheden  Path 
(#24) 

g.  VIA/VIS  stone  bridge 

CCC  bridges: 
h.  Cold  Brook  Fish  Hatchery  area 
i.    Long  Pond  Trail  (#118) 
j.    Great  Meadow/Sieur  de  Monts  area 

VIA/VIS  Bridges 

a.  1904  cedar  bridge  over  Jordan  Stream  (#65) 

(see  Fig.  5-22).  A  bridge  was  chosen  instead  of  stepping 
stones  or  a  stepstone  culvert  for  this  medium-flow, 
year-round  stream.  Apparently  there  were  no  abut- 
ments for  the  stringers.  In  all  probability  the  stringers 
sat  directly  on  large  rocks  or  sills.  Site  examination 
would  suggest  the  necessity  of  abutments  for  stream- 
side  protection.  The  stringers  appear  to  be  4-inch- 
by-6-inch  planks,  which  are  sufficient  for  this  short 
span.  Eight-inch-diameter  logs  would  also  suffice  for 
this  structure.  The  decking  is  apparently  1  inch  thick 
and  provides  sufficient  support;  however,  the  random 
spacing  between  the  decking  is  unsafe.  Replacement 
decking  should  be  spaced  with  1  inch  between  boards. 


The  railing  is  approximately  2  inches  diameter  and 
attached  to  supported  posts.  A  present-day  substitute 
would  require  3-inch-diameter  material  to  meet  safety 
and  durability  needs. 

b.  Circa-1908  cedar  bridge  along  the  Seal  Harbor 
Shore  Path  (#427)  (see  Fig.  5-23).  A  trail  reroute  or 
cliffside  railings  could  have  dealt  with  the  technologi- 
cal problems  of  surmounting  this  crevice.  Choos- 
ing a  bridge  allowed  the  VIS  to  vary  and  showcase 
construction  methods  along  their  trail,  maintain  the 
continuity  of  the  relatively  straight  path,  and  increase 
the  dramatic  effect  of  the  crevice.  The  abutments  were 
natural  ledges,  and  the  stringers  were  held  in  place 
with  iron  pins.  Some  of  the  original  pins  can  still  be 
found.  The  10-inch-diameter  stringers  were  supported 
by  knee  braces,  located  approximately  one-third  the 
distance  from  each  end.  On  this  long  span,  the  braces 
compensate  for  sag  in  the  stringers,  and  reduce  lateral 
movement.  Careful  examination  suggests  some  form 
of  plank  running  along  the  top  of  the  stringers,  which 
appears  unnecessary.  In  constructing  a  similar  bridge, 
2-inch-thick  decking  and  3-inch-diameter  railings 
and  bracing  would  be  the  minimum  needed  for  visitor 
safety.  The  suggested  width  of  this  bridge  would  be 

3  feet. 

c.  Cedar  bridge  on  the  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58)  (see 
Fig.  5-24).  A  bridge  was  located  over  the  year-round 
stream  on  the  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58),  although  it  is 
no  longer  extant  and  no  replacement  has  been  con- 
structed. Remains  of  this  bridge  were  discovered  along 
the  stream  in  2000,  including  stringers,  decking,  and 
handrail  It  is  likely  the  bridge  was  built  by  the  North- 
east Harbor  VIS,  or  it  may  have  been  constructed  by 
some  other  group  or  individual  copying  the  VIS  style. 
The  stream  is  very  difficult  to  cross  during  high-runoff 
times,  and  a  bridge  should  be  reestablished  at  this  site 
to  allow  safe  stream  crossing  and  protect  the  stream- 
side  resource.  Evidence  indicates  the  abutments  for 
the  original  structure  included  a  low  rock  wall  on  the 
western  end,  with  the  eastern  end  of  the  bridge  pinned 
to  existing  boulders.  This  is  sufficient,  providing 
adequate  clearance  for  high  water  and  construction 

to  eliminate  undermining  and  scouring  of  the  abut- 


126 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


ment  on  the  western  end.  The  original  7-inch-diameter 
stringers  would  need  to  be  replaced  with  a  minimum 
of  8-inch-diameter  logs  for  improved  structural  stabil- 
ity. The  original  decking  was  full-cut  2-inch-thick 
milled  lumber  with  no  spacing,  but  a  XA  inch  minimum 
spacing  is  needed.  The  width  of  the  tread  was  adequate 
at  approximately  42  inches.  The  original  handrail 
was  only  1  M  inches  in  diameter  and  would  need  to  be 
upgraded  to  3  inches  at  a  minimum.  It  had  a  downward 
curve  at  the  ends,  and  this  feature  should  be  main- 
tained if  the  handrail  were  reestablished.  Four  upright 
posts,  6  inches  in  diameter,  supported  the  handrail 
with  additional  support  provided  by  1-  to  2-inch-diam- 
eter  outrigger  bracing.  The  posts  were  of  sufficient  size, 
but  the  bracing  would  need  to  be  increased  to  3  inches 
diameter.  Note  the  single  railing  on  the  downstream 
side. 

d.  1983  VIS-style  bridge  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Loop 
Trail  (#39)  (Fig.  5-46).  At  the  northern  end  of  Jordan 
Pond,  a  VIS-style  bridge  was  built  in  1983.  Differences 
between  it  and  the  original  bridge  are  illustrated  in  the 
size  of  construction  members,  the  height  above  the 
water,  the  length  of  approach,  and  the  larger  abutment 
piers. 


length.  Decking  planks  are  laid  across  the  logs,  parallel 
with  the  tread. 

The  diagonal  bracing  above  the  deck  was  replicated. 
It  helps  give  firmness  to  the  walking  surface,  support 
the  weight  of  the  arch,  and  it  also  serves  as  a  handrail. 
A  minimum  of  4  inches  diameter  is  necessary  for  the 
bracing  logs.  Another  interesting  feature  is  under  the 
tread.  Again  copied  from  the  original,  there  is  diago- 
nal bracing  between  the  stringers  to  lessen  any  lateral 
movement  of  the  bridge.  This  bracing  is  similar  to  the 
trusses  under  historic  covered  road  bridges.  Given  that 
the  original  design  element  used  in  the  construction  of 
this  bridge  have  lasted  over  forty  years,  any  subsequent 
replacement  should  remain  as  true  as  possible  to  these 
historical  precedents. 

e.  Bridge  remains  on  the  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58) 
and  the  Amphitheater  Trail  (#56)  In  the  trails  inven- 
tory conducted  in  the  1980s,  Gary  Stellpflug  docu- 
mented the  decaying  remains  of  a  bridge  on  Section 
3  of  the  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58).  There  was  also  a 
smaller,  similar  bridge  stored  under  the  Amphitheater 
carriage  road  bridge,  likely  from  the  Amphitheater 
Trail  (#56).  Nothing  remains  of  either  bridge. 


The  log  crib  piers  are  5  feet  square  on  the  outside,  with 
logs  a  minimum  of  5  inches  diameter  logs.  The  piers  sit 
approximately  40  inches  above  the  lake  bottom.  The 
original  stringers  were  single  curved  logs.  Each  stringer 
of  the  present  bridge  is  made  of  two  logs  connected 
with  a  scarf  joint  in  the  center.  This  is  sufficient,  as  long 
as  the  diagonal  truss  braces  are  maintained.  The  string- 
ers rise  8  inches  from  pier  to  center,  with  a  span  from 
sleeper  to  sleeper  of  19  feet  3  inches.  The  weight  of  the 
arch  is  held  by  three  construction  members  acting  in 
conjunction— upright  center  bracing,  diagonal  bracing, 
and  the  use  of  the  piers  to  stop  the  outward  thrust  of 
the  arch. 

The  original  decking  was  of  l-by-6-inch  boards.  At 
present  the  decking  is  full-cut  2-by-10-inch  planks. 
The  original  method  of  decking  was  imitated.  Stringers 
were  topped  with  2  K2-inch  half-round  logs,  perpen- 
dicular to  the  tread,  spaced  evenly  along  the  bridge 


Presently  there  is  no  crossing  feature  where  the 
original  Maple  Spring  bridge  was  located,  and  the 
replacement  of  this  feature  is  appropriate.  The 
original  structure  was  a  3-foot-wide  corduroy  bridge, 
decked  with  closely  spaced,  cedar  full-round  logs  that 
were  less  than  2  inches  diameter.  The  logs  were  laid 


Fig.  5-46  This  wooden  bridge  was  constructed  in  1983  by  NPS 
crews  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail  (#39)  at  the  north  end  of  the 
pond. 


127 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  5-47  A  CCC  worker  rolls  gravel  tread  on  a  corduroy  bridge 
on  the  Stratheden  Path  (#24)  in  the  1930s.  Notice  the  stone 
abutments,  corduroy  decking,  and  curbrails,  common  features  on 
many  of  the  gravel  surfaced  bridges. 


Fig.  5-48  The  Kane  &  Bridgham  Memorial  Bridge  was  constructed 
between  1926  and  1929  at  the  outlet  of  Lakewood  in  Bar  Harbor. 
Designed  by  noted  landscape  architect  and  summer  resident 
Beatrix  Farrand,  the  bridge  consisted  of  large  stone  slabs  set  on 
stone  piers.  Photograph  circa  1932. 


Fig.  5-49  A  1997  view  of  the  Kane  &  Bridgham  Memorial  Bridge 
showing  the  remaining  pieces  of  the  bridge.  Rising  waters  from 
beaver  activity  along  with  ice  damage  have  taken  their  toll  on 
this  structure,  and  at  times  it  is  almost  completely  submerged. 


perpendicular  to  the  trail  tread.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
the  decking  difference  with  the  previously  described 
bridge,  suggesting  different-style  bridges,  even  on  the 
same  trail. 

The  bridge  on  the  Amphitheater  Trail  (#56)  was  also 
corduroy,  decked  with  small  cedar  full-round  logs.  It 
was  approximately  8  feet  long,  narrow,  with  distinctly 
curved  stringers.  These  were  under  6  inches  thick,  the 
bare  minimum  for  structural  stability. 

These  two  bridges  probably  had  the  appearance  of 
the  arched  and  flat  corduroy  Northeast  Harbor  VIA 
bridges  on  Lower  Hadlock  Trail  (#502)  and  the  Asti- 
cou  Brook  Trail  (#514),  or  the  long  corduroy  bogwalk 
on  the  Upper  Hadlock  Pond  Trail  (#501).  (See  Figs. 
5-3,  5-26,  and  5-28) 

f.  Gravel-surfaced  bridges  on  the  Stratheden  Path 

(#24)  (Fig.  5-47,  also  Fig.  5-1) 

Excellent  examples  of  gravel-surfaced  cedar  bridges 
were  located  on  the  Stratheden  Path  (#24).  On  one 
bridge,  the  rock  wall  abutments  were  built  to  a  height 
to  allow  continuation  of  tread  grade  and  width.  The 
bridge  had  8-inch-diameter  stringers.  Full-round  6- 
inch-diameter  logs  were  placed  perpendicular  to  the 
tread,  very  tightly  spaced.  The  entire  wooden  surface 
was  covered  with  gravel.  These  bridges  rarely  had 
handrails.  A  6-inch-diameter  curbrail  ran  the  length  of 
the  bridge,  in  order  to  contain  the  gravel.  These  speci- 
fications were  typical  for  other  bridges  of  this  type  and 
are  suitable  for  modern  usage,  with  the  addition  of 
geotextile  material  underneath  the  gravel. 

g.  VIA/VIS  Stone  Bridge  (Figs.  5-48  &  5-49).  In  the 
1920s,  landscape  architect  Beatrix  Farrand  designed 
a  granite  bridge  for  the  outlet  of  Lake  Wood.  Con- 
structed between  1926  and  1929,  the  bridge  consisted 
of  granite  block  abutments  and  piers,  topped  with 
granite  block  decking  and  curbrails.  Though  col- 
lapsed, most  of  the  bridge  pieces  remain,  and  it  could 
be  reconstructed  using  some  of  the  original  materi- 
als. If  the  bridge  is  rebuilt,  further  research  should  be 
conducted  to  locate  the  original  design  drawings  and 
specifications.  This  is  the  only  known  bridge  of  this 


128 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  B.  Bridges 


type  located  in  the  park,  and  because  of  its  uniqueness, 
it  would  be  inappropriate  to  reconstruct  a  bridge  of 
this  type  in  any  other  location. 

CCC  Cedar  Bridges 

As  previously  discussed,  CCC  bridges  showed  similar 
diversity  to  the  VIA/VIS  bridges  and  encompassed  a 
wide  variety  of  styles.  Examples  of  the  variety  of  CCC 
work  included  stocky  structures  in  Great  Meadow  and 
Sieur  de  Monts,  small  gravel-surfaced  bridges  in  the 
same  area,  planked  bridges  like  ones  near  Long  Pond, 
and  a  delicate  curved  stringer  bridge  on  Cold  Brook. 

Three  examples  from  Acadia  are  presented  here, 
providing  an  introduction  on  how  future  bridge  work 
based  on  the  CCC  style  might  be  achieved.  For  a 
broader  discussion  of  the  general  design  parameters  of 
CCC  bridges,  refer  to  Albert  Good's  Park  &  Recreation 
Structures,  Part  I:  Administration  and  Basic  Service 
Facilities,  pages  175-200. 


j.  Great  Meadow/Sieur  de  Monts  area  (see  Figs. 
5-18  &  5-38).  As  previously  stated,  CCC  bridges  on 
the  eastern  side  of  MDI  were  typically  stockier  than 
CCC  bridges  built  on  the  western  side  of  the  island. 
In  the  Great  Meadow/Sieur  de  Monts  area,  bridges 
typically  had  substantial  stone  abutments,  stringers 
composed  of  larger  logs  (up  to  12-inch-diameter),  with 
large  upright  posts  and  railings  (up  to  8  inches  diam- 
eter). These  bridges  were  firmly  trussed  with  outrigger 
bracing,  even  though  the  bridge  span  was  less  than  12 
feet.  The  decking  was  approximately  full  or  half-round 
logs  approximately  5  inches  in  diameter.  These  were 
covered  with  a  layer  of  gravel  contiguous  with  the  trail 
tread  surface. 

In  1999,  a  bridge  based  on  this  CCC  style  was  added  to 
the  Great  Meadow  Loop.  Using  historic  photographs 
as  a  design  reference,  the  bridge  was  constructed  with 
brawny  railings,  stringers,  and  trusses.  Although  the 
original  bridges  of  this  type  often  were  gravel  surfaced, 


h.  Cold  Brook  Fish  Hatchery  area  (Fig.  5-50,  also 
Figs.  5-16  &  5-40).  A  historic  corduroy  bridge  in  the 
former  Cold  Brook  at  the  Fish  Hatchery  was  less  than 
4  feet  wide.  The  stringers  were  curved  cedar  logs, 
and  the  deck  was  full  or  round  cedar  approximately 
4  inches  in  diameter.  Several  other  small  corduroy 
bridges  were  found  in  this  area.  Typically,  railings  were 
not  used  with  these  bridges. 

i.  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118  )  (Fig.  5-51,  also  Fig.  5-37). 
Two  pre-1970s  bridges  were  documented  in  the  1980s 
on  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118)  and  have  since  been 
replaced.  The  first  bridge,  across  the  Great  Brook, 
had  substantial  log  abutments,  a  width  of  5  feet,  and 
2-inch-thick  decking.  A  smaller  bridge  was  only  4  feet 
wide  and  probably  also  had  2-inch  decking.  It  was 
supported  by  small  stones.  By  the  1970s,  neither  of 
these  bridges  had  handrails,  although  handrails  may 
have  been  an  original  feature.  Gary  Stellpflug  remem- 
bers both  of  these  bridges  being  extremely  rotted  and 
hazardous  prior  to  their  1982  replacement.  There  is  an 
assortment  of  other  small  bridges  on  this  trail,  many 
constructed  over  original  CCC  stone  abutments. 


Fig.  5-50  A  recently  reconstructed  corduroy  bridge  at  the  Fish 
Hatchery  was  built  in  the  style  of  historic  bridges  on  Cold  Brook. 


Fig.  5-51   Small  CCC  corduroy  bridge  on  the  Great/Long  Pond 
Trail  (#118)  in  1935.  The  delicate  style,  similar  to  earlier  VIA/VIS 
work,  complements  the  gravel  tread  and  coping  stones. 


129 


Acadia  trails  treatment  Plan 


the  current  structure  is  not.  However,  if  this  is  desired, 
it  could  be  accomplished  with  the  addition  of  geotex- 
tile  cloth  covering,  curbrails,  and  gravel. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Inspect  bridges  for  decay  and  structural  integrity. 
The  longevity  of  a  bridge  is  generally  less  than 
twenty  years,  so  a  cyclic  program  of  replacement 
must  be  established. 

2.  Check  abutments  and  piers  annually  for  shifting, 
failure,  or  decay. 

3.  Check  treads  for  decay  and  raised  nails. 

4.  Check  railings,  particularly  smaller  railings,  for 
sturdiness,  splinters,  and  raised  nails. 


5.  Clean  out  dams  and  jammed  logs  below  the  bridge, 
on  piers  and  abutments,  and  along  surrounding 
banks. 

6.  Grade  the  approach  tread  to  the  bridge  so  that 
there  is  little  transition  from  the  tread  to  the  bridge 
deck. 

7.  Routinely  clean  debris  and  organic  material  from 
the  tread  surface. 

8.  Grade  and  maintain  gravel  surfacing. 

9.  Drain  the  treadway  so  water  does  not  run  onto  the 
bridge. 

10.  Replace  sills  as  needed  to  save  stringer  ends. 

11.  When  replacing  planking  and  decking,  replace  all 
boards  on  the  bridge  at  one  time,  as  opposed  to 
just  replacing  the  rotten  boards.  Bridge  compo- 
nents are  usually  evenly  aged,  and  as  some  compo- 
nents begin  to  fail,  the  entire  structure  may  need 
replacing. 


Fig.  5-52  A  stream  crossing  was  a  typical  location  for  stepping  stone  use  by  the  early  VIA/VIS  trail  builders.  Shown  in  circa  1916,  the 
stones  cross  a  shallow  stream  over  the  dam  at  the  outlet  of  The  Tarn.  These  stream-style  stepping  stones  proved  to  be  a  more  durable 
option  than  a  bridge,  as  they  are  still  extant  nearly  ninety  years  later. 


130 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  C.  Stepping  Stones 


C.  STEPPING  STONES 


DEFINITIONS 


Stepping  stones  are  stones  set  in  a  single  row,  a  step- 
ping distance  apart.  They  provide  an  elevated  walking 
surface  for  crossing  streams  and  wet  areas.  Stones  usu- 
ally have  a  flat  upper  surface,  are  comfortable  for  step- 
ping, and  are  gapped,  allowing  water  to  flow  through. 
Stepping  stones  that  are  placed  in  combination  with 
sidewalls  or  abutments  are  described  as  stepstone  cul- 
verts in  Chapter  4.  Stones  that  abut  or  are  more  than 
one  stone-width  across  are  described  as  stone  cause- 
ways in  Chapter  3. 

Stream-style  stepping  stones,  used  at  stream  cross- 
ings, are  made  up  of  large  blocks  set  level  to  each 


■-      -'V 


-  <*# 


'<:-- 


P*'  '   .£&£. 


-  „•   "'SB 


*m 


■  r-'  ' '- 


■■■-    '^:"";. 


Fig.  5-53  It  is  unknown  whether  these  stepping  stones  on  the 
Eagle  Lake  Trail  (#42)  are  original  VIA/VIS  work,  but  they  reflect 
the  style  of  VIA/VIS  stepping  stones  used  in  boggy  areas. 


other,  in  a  straight  or  curving  line,  with  regular,  sub- 
stantial gaps  between.  Any  blocking  used  to  elevate  or 
stabilize  a  stepstone  is  set  completely  underneath  the 
step,  to  allow  the  free  flow  of  water.  The  large  stone 
size  resists  movement  by  ice  and  water.  Usually  these 
steps  are  uniform  in  size,  rectilinear,  often  cut,  and 
set  to  exacting  standards.  Most  wide,  shallow  streams 
were  crossed  in  this  manner.  Streams  with  steep  banks 
were  often  bridged,  and  narrow  streams  were  often 
crossed  with  culverts  (Fig.  5-52). 

Bog-style  stepping  stones  are  used  to  traverse  low, 
wet  areas  with  standing  water.  They  are  denned 
structurally  by  smaller,  more  irregularly  shaped  and 
set  stones.  These  stones  are  usually  elevated  slightly  by 
setting  them  into  a  causeway  of  crushed  or  piled  stone. 
Because  water  need  not  pass  quickly  through  them, 
smaller  stones  are  often  used  to  fill  the  spaces  between 
the  stepping  stones,  and  sometimes  two  or  more  step- 
ping stones  in  a  row  abut.  Examples  can  be  found  the 
Eagle  Lake  Trail  (#42),  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path 
(#38),  and  the  Canon  Brook  Trail  (#19)  (Fig.  5-53). 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

There  is  no  evidence  that  stepping  stones  were  used 
prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  trail  work  at  Acadia. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Stepping  stones  were  first  introduced  to  the  trail  system 
during  the  VIA/VIS  period  of  the  late  1800s  to  early 
1900s.  Typically,  stepping  stones  were  a  primary  choice 
by  trail  builders  for  crossing  wet  areas  and  they  were 
used  frequently  on  many  VIA/VIS  trails,  including  the 
memorial  trails. 

Both  styles  of  stepping  stones  were  used.  Examples  of 
bog-style  stones  can  be  found  on  several  trails,  includ- 
ing the  Asticou  Trail  (#49),  Gorham  Mountain  Trail 
(#4),  and  the  Bowl  Trail  (#6),  Canon  Brook  Trail  (#19), 
and  Eagle  Lake  Trail  (#42).  Additionally,  many  step- 
ping stones  added  during  later  periods  closely  resem- 
ble this  style  of  VIA/VIS  work  (Figs.  5-54  to  5-57). 


131 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


Fig.  5-54  Although  these  original  VIS  bog-style  stepping  stones 
on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49)  have  settled  into  the  ground,  the 
irregularity  of  stone  sizes  can  still  be  discerned. 


Fig.  5-55  These  VIA  bog-style  stepping  stones  are  located  on  on 
the  Gorham  Mountain  Trail  (#4). 


Stream-style  VIA/VIS  stepping  stones  include  the 
more  substantial  stones  used  at  wide,  shallow  stream 
crossings,  where  the  flow  of  water  is  constant.  They 
are  defined  by  larger  blocks  of  stone,  which  were 
often  cut,  and  set  to  exacting  standards.  This  style  of 
stones  appears  to  have  been  the  first  choice  for  stream 
crossings  by  the  VIA/VIS.  This  style  of  stepping  stone 
accounts  for  nearly  all  the  stream  crossings  of  this  era, 
excluding  crossings  where  the  banks  of  the  stream  are 
particularly  steep.  (Bridges  and  culverts  were  the  alter- 
natives used  when  stepping  stones  were  not  feasible.) 

This  style  of  stepping  stone  was  used  on  many  of 
the  endowed  and  memorial  paths.  One  outstanding 
example  was  constructed  circa  1915  at  the  outlet  of  The 
Tarn  on  the  Kane  Path  (#17).  These  stepping  stones 
are  still  in  relatively  good  condition,  but  as  the  water 
level  has  risen,  the  stones  have  become  less  exposed 
than  they  were  historically.  Several  other  examples  of 
this  style  of  stepping  stone  can  still  be  seen  throughout 
the  trail  system.  There  are  several  on  the  Asticou  Trail 
(#49),  where  some  stones  remain  in  place  and  others 
have  been  dislodged  over  time.  A  set  can  also  be  seen 
on  the  Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25),  although 
some  of  these  stones  have  settled  below  the  water  level 
of  the  stream  (Figs.  5-58  to  5-65). 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Stepping  stones  were  rarely  used  on  CCC-era  trails, 
and  there  are  few  extant  examples  of  work  from  this 
period.  On  the  Flying  Mountain  Trail  (#105),  a  series 
of  sixty-eight  stepping  stones  is  extant  at  the  northern 
end  of  the  trail.  According  to  Trails  Foreman  Gary 
Stellpflug,  these  stones  predate  the  1970s.  However, 
their  construction  is  inferior  to  other  CCC  work  on  the 
remainder  of  the  trail,  indicating  they  may  or  may  not 
have  been  a  part  of  the  original  construction.  Most  of 
these  stepping  stones  have  been  overlaid  with  bogwalk 
by  the  NPS  Trails  Crew  (Fig.  5-66). 

One  documented  example  of  CCC-era  stepping  stones 
is  located  on  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64).  During  the  1930s, 
the  lower  part  of  the  trail  was  reconstructed  by  the 
CCC  under  the  direction  of  George  Dorr.  Part  of  the 


132 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  C.  Stepping  Stones 


Fig.  5-56  These  bog-style  stepping  stones  on  the  Bowl  Trail  (#6) 
may  be  original  VIA  work. 


Fig.  5-57  These  bog-style  stepping  stones  on  the  Canon  Brook 
Trail  (#19)  are  in  the  VIA/VIS  style,  but  it  is  not  known  if  these  are 
original  trail  features. 


Fig.  5-58  Miss  Cottoriet  and  Miss  Grant  stroll  on  the  Tarn  stepping  stones  near  the  entrance  to  the  Kate  Path  a  year  or  so  after  the  the 
stones'  installation  in  ca.  1916.  The  water  level  is  down  slightly,  revealing  the  actual  size  of  the  stones. 


133 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


work  included  the  installation  of  stepping  stones  over 
a  small  stream  near  the  trailhead  (Figs.  5-67  to  5-69). 

In  both  cases,  the  CCC  work  did  not  vary  significantly 
from  the  earlier  VIA/VIS  styles  of  stepping  stone 
construction.  They  relied  on  the  precedents  set  forth 
by  earlier  trail  builders  when  choosing  the  appropriate 
construction  style  for  stepping  stones. 

NPS/Mission  66 

No  Mission  66-era  stepping  stones  have  been  found  in 
the  trail  system. 


National  Park  Service 

From  the  1970s  to  the  1990s,  stepping  stones  were 
often  used  as  a  stopgap  measure  to  cross  wet  areas 
on  trails  of  any  era.  Such  sections  were  usually  con- 
structed of  small,  often  round  stones,  stuck  in  the  mud, 
and  are  almost  always  easily  distinguishable  from  any 
historical  work.  More  recently  in  2002,  large  bog-style 
stepping  stones  were  installed  on  the  Jordan  Pond 
Loop  Trail  (#39)  to  replace  a  section  of  small,  inef- 
fective stepping  stones  along  the  northern  beach  area 
(Figs.  5-70). 


Fig.  5-59  A  circa  1916  view  of  the  VIA  large-scale  stepping  stones 
across  the  Tarn  outlet.  Note  the  even  curve  of  the  layout,  and 
that  the  stones  are  equal  to  the  width  of  the  trail. 


Fig.  5-60  A  contemporary  view  of  the  Tarn  stepping  stones, 
looking  west  toward  trailhead  of  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16). 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


Stepping  stones  were  predominantly  used  during  the 
VIA/VIS  periods,  where  the  two  styles  of  stepping  stone 
construction  originated.  The  characteristics  of  all  historic 
stepping  stones  at  Acadia  can  be  traced  to  this  period. 
Some  sets  of  stepping  stones  were  added  during  later 
historic  eras,  but  generally  other  features  like  raised  tread, 
bridges,  and  bogwalk  were  relied  on  for  crossing  shal- 
low streams  and  wet  areas.  All  later  additions  of  stepping 
stones  are  based  on  the  historic  VIA/VIS  styles. 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


No  evidence  of  stepping  stone  use  has  been  found. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Stepping  stones  were  introduced  to  the  system.  Two  styles 
were  generally  used,  one  for  boggy  areas  and  another  for 
crossing  wide,  shallow  streams. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Stepping  stones  were  rarely  used  and  no  new  styles  were 
introduced.  Raised  tread  was  used  to  cross  wet  areas,  and 
bridges  and  culverts  were  used  to  cross  streams. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Stepping  stones  were  rarely  used  and  no  new  styles  were 
introduced.  Raised  tread  and  culverts  were  used  to  cross 
wet  areas. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Stepping  stones  were  used  sporadically  to  cross  wet  areas 
and  streams.  No  historic  precedent  was  followed  in  the 
style  of  stepping  stone  used. 


134 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  C.  Stepping  Stones 


f      i] 

li                          f~      *                         mil 

I*    t            1 

\T  \                   . 

i   * 

Mb                            ^*1                Sir         '•'^ 

jH^^^T 

lik^L^LVv              £fp~- '  -      '4khM 

fH   ■^^H     '  AH 

' 

Fig.  5-61  This  circa  1920  postcard  view  shows  original  stream-style  stepping  stones  on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49)  crossing  Harbor  Brook. 
These  stones  probably  date  to  the  trail's  improvements  by  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  and  Seal  Harbor  VIS  in  the  early  1900s. 


Fig.  5-62  By  the  1990s,  the  set  of  VIS  stepping  stones  shown  in  the  previous  image  had  been  dislodged  and  were  no  longer 
However,  some  of  the  stones  were  recovered  from  downstream  and  incorporated  into  piers  and  abutments  for  this  recently 
Ideally,  the  bridge  should  be  removed  and  the  stepping  stones  reset  as  they  were  originally. 


in  place, 
built  bridge. 


135 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  5-63  Another  set  of  original  VIS  stream-style  stepping  stones 
at  a  crossing  on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49). 


Fig.  5-64  This  set  of  VIS  stepping  stones  on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49) 
is  one  of  the  longer  sets  on  the  trail.  Originally,  the  stones  likely 
spanned  the  entire  stream,  but  now  a  recently  built  wooden 
bridge  crosses  the  water  channel. 


Fig.  5-65  Some  of  the  original  VIA  stream-style  stepping  stones 
at  this  stream  crossing  on  the  Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25) 
have  sunk  below  the  water  level. 


Fig.  5-66  Stepping  stones  on  the  Flying  Mountain  Trail  (#105) 
could  be  from  the  CCC  period.  Bogwalk  has  been  installed  over 
the  narrow,  ineffective  stones. 


136 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  C.  Stepping  Stones 


Fig.  5-67  A  1930s  CCC  photograph  of  a  set  of  stepping  stones 
installed  across  a  small  stream  near  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64) 
trailhead  during  the  CCC  rehabilitation  of  the  trail. 


Fig.  5-68  The  CCC  stepping  stones  on  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64) 
shown  in  Fig.  5-67  as  they  appear  today. 


Fig.  5-69  A  side  view  of  the  CCC  stepping  stones  shown  in  the 
previous  two  figures. 


Fig.  5-70  Replacement  bog-style  stepping  stones  installed  by  NPS 
in  2002.  Note  the  even  curve,  level,  flat  tops,  and  crushed  rock. 


137 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


TREATMENT 

1.  Use  of  Stepping  Stones 

Issue:  The  predominant  use  of  stepping  stones 
occurred  during  the  VIA/VIS  period.  There  is  no  his- 
torical precedent  for  their  widespread  use  throughout 
the  system  during  other  historical  periods.  This  may 
limit  their  contemporary  use. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  use  of  stepping  stones  will 
be  dictated  by  historic  precedent.  The  style  chosen 
will  be  based  on  whether  the  location  of  the  crossing 
is  over  a  stream  or  an  intermittently  wet  area.  Existing 
or  collapsed  stepping  stones  will  be  rebuilt  or  replaced 
in  kind  if  they  are  original  features,  or  are  historically 
appropriate  additions  to  the  trail.  New  stepping  stones 
may  be  added  to  historic  trails  when  trail  history,  func- 
tion, and  builder  indicate  they  would  have  been  used. 
However,  because  of  the  problems  associated  with 
stepping  stones,  in  wet  areas  in  which  causeways  are  a 
viable  solution  they  will  be  the  first  choice  (see  Chapter 
3).  Stepping  stones  will  not  be  used  on  trails  on  which 
there  is  no  historical  precedent  for  their  use. 

2.  Hiker  Avoidance 

Issue:  Stepping  stones  are  more  difficult  to  walk  on 
than  either  raised  tread  or  bridges.  Hikers  tend  to 
walk  around  stepping  stones  if  the  surrounding  area 
becomes  dry,  or  otherwise  easily  traversed.  This  causes 
trail  widening  and  braiding. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  To  lessen  hiker  avoidance  of 
stepping  stones,  stones  should  be  as  large  and  flat  as 
historical  precedent  and  available  stone  allow.  They 
should  be  spaced  no  more  than  1  foot  apart.  Obstacles 
such  as  dead  logs  and  rocks  should  be  used  around  the 
stepping  stones  to  discourage  hikers  from  veering  from 
the  trail. 

3.  Constricted  Water  Flow 

Issue:  Stream-style  stepping  stones  can  hinder  the  flow 
of  water  in  the  drainage  path.  If  debris  is  not  cleaned 
out  regularly,  they  can  become  dams.  Silt  may  also 
build  up  behind  stepping  stones  if  flow  is  particularly 
strong.  In  some  cases,  this  may  cause  streams  to  erode 


the  banks  on  either  side  of  the  stepping  stones,  widen- 
ing or  changing  course. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  In  several  areas,  stream- 
style  stepping  stones  must  be  cleaned  annually  and 
after  severe  rainstorms.  In  some  cases,  historic  step- 
ping stones  may  not  be  maintainable.  If  a  stream  is 
constantly  changing  course  around  stepping  stones, 
other  solutions  must  be  sought  for  a  crossing,  even 
in  the  case  of  historic  work.  A  bridge  may  be  needed 
to  span  the  stream,  or  one  or  two  stones  may  need  to 
be  removed  and  that  shorter  gap  spanned  by  a  small 
bridge.  This  alteration  should  only  be  made  as  a  last 
resort,  as  it  will  substantially  alter  the  historical  charac- 
ter of  the  trail. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STEPPING  STONES 

All  stepping  stones  must  be  set  below  organic  soil  on  a 
firm  foundation  of  mineral  soil  or  rock.  For  individual 
stones,  a  hole  is  dug  the  size  of  the  stone  until  mineral 
soil  or  rock  is  reached.  For  several  stones  in  a  long  run, 
the  whole  area  is  excavated  at  least  a  foot  wider  than 
the  average  stone  width,  and  crushed  rock  is  used  as 
bed  in  the  excavated  area. 

1.  Stream-Style  Stepping  Stones  (Fig.  5-71) 

Since  this  style  of  stepping  stone  is  intended  primar- 
ily for  stream  crossings,  there  should  be  no  more  than 
fifteen  stones  in  each  run.  Large,  rectangular,  cut  or 
naturally  shaped  stones  of  similar  size  should  be  used. 
They  should  be  a  minimum  of  2  cubic  feet  in  volume: 
at  least  12  inches  wide,  18  inches  long,  and  8  inches 
deep.  Stones  should  be  set  in  a  uniform  line,  with  a 
level  treadway,  and  equal  spacing  between  stones, 
ideally  12  inches. 

The  stones  are  set  directly  into  the  streambed  or  upon 
other  base  stones  to  achieve  the  appropriate  height. 
Blocking  under  stepping  stones  should  be  completely 
under  the  stone  to  allow  for  maximum  water  move- 
ment; water  flows  not  only  between  the  stepping 
stones,  but  also  between  the  footings. 


138 


Chapter  5:  Crossings;  C.  Stepping  Stones 


All  stones  are  centered  and  flush  at  tops 


Blocking  is 
contained 
under  stones 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


Fig.  5-71   Stream-style  stepping  stones. 


Stepping  stones  vary 
in  size  and  shape 


Usually  built 
on  rock 
causeway 


Subgrade  anchored 
well  below  surface 


__  - 


Fig.  5-72  Bog-style  stepping  stones. 


139 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


2.  Bog-Style  Stepping  Stones  (Fig.  5-72) 

As  a  rule,  these  stepping  stones  are  constructed  on  top 
of  a  bed  of  stone  rubble  or  mounded  soil  tall  enough  to 
lift  the  stones  at  least  12  inches  above  the  terrain.  The 
rubble  base  is  constructed  like  the  subgrade  of  a  wall- 
less  causeway  and  should  extend  at  least  6  inches  into 
the  ground,  farther  if  the  ground  is  soft,  and  extend 
beyond  the  sides  of  the  stepping  stones. 

These  stones  should  vary  in  size  and  shape,  both 
between  sets  and  within  the  same  set  of  stepping 
stones.  Stones  should  have  between  1  and  6  square 
feet  of  stepping  surface.  Steps  are  generally  gapped 
at  regular  intervals,  up  to  12  inches.  Some  stones  may 
abut.  Though  usually  not  uniform  in  stone  size,  the  set 
of  stepping  stones  should  be  laid  out  in  a  straight  or 
uniformly  curving  line,  maintain  a  level  treadway  with 
flat  or  nearly  flat  stone  tops,  and  generally  form  a  line 
that  is  uniform  in  width,  varying  from  1  to  3  feet.  Since 
these  stepping  stones  are  intended  to  cross  boggy  or 
seasonally  wet  areas,  the  runs  can  be  much  longer  than 
stepping  stones  intended  for  stream  crossings.  Some 
extant  runs  of  these  stepping  stones  are  over  100  feet 
in  length. 


ENDNOTES 

25  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1906  Annual  Report. 

26  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1902, 1904, 1906  Annual  Reports. 

27  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1926  Annual  Report. 

28  Guy  B.  Arthur,  Civilian  Conservation  Corps  Field  Training: 
Construction  of  Trails  (1937),  15. 

29  Albert  H.  Good,  Park  and  Recreation  Structures  (National  Park 
Service,  1938),  Part  1, 175-76. 

30  Ibid. 

31  Good,  Part  1, 175-76. 

32  Robert  C.  Birkby,  Lightly  on  the  Land:  The  SCA  Trail-Building  and 
Maintenance  Manual  (Seattle:  The  Mountaineers,  1996),  198. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Check  for  loose,  shifted,  or  sunken  stones. 
Rebuild  footings  and  reset  steps  as  necessary. 

2.  Cut  out  excess  vegetation  that  may  impede  the 
flow  of  water  between  stones  or  obscure  stones. 

3.  Clean  out  leaf  dams  and  built-up  mud  if  necessary. 


140 


Fig.  6-1   Retaining  features  on  this  section  of  the  Schiff  Path  (#15)  include  retaining  walls  and  coping  stones.  These  elements  hold  the 
tread  and  steps  in  place,  and  provide  guidance  for  the  hiker,  perhaps  preventing  a  misstep  off  the  trail.  Photograph  circa  1920. 


CHAPTER  6: 


Retaining  Structures 


A.  CHECKS 

B.  COPING  STONES 

C.  RETAINING  WALLS 

D.  LOG  CRIBS 


141 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


CHAPTER  6:  RETAINING  STRUCTURES 


F 


our  types  of  retaining  structures  are  used  at 
Acadia  as  essential  elements  of  trail  construc- 
tion and  maintenance. 


A.  Checks 

B.  Coping  Stones 

C.  Retaining  Walls 

D.  Log  Cribs 

Each  of  these  features  serves  a  different  type  of  retain- 
ing function.  Checks  are  built  into  the  tread  and  are 
buried  at  tread  height.  They  hold  back  the  tread  mate- 
rial, preventing  erosion  and/or  gullying  of  the  trail 
surface.  Coping  stones  are  stones  set  at  the  edge  of  a 
treadway.  They  may  be  the  top  course  of  a  retaining 
wall,  or  they  may  serve  some  retaining  functions  them- 
selves (Fig.  6-1).  Coping  stones  also  serve  to  delineate 
the  edge  of  a  treadway  and  guide  hikers,  as  well  as  hav- 
ing aesthetic  value.  Retaining  walls  typically  hold  back 
soil  on  the  uphill  side  of  the  trail,  or  retain  the  tread 
itself  when  used  downslope  of  the  trail  corridor.  They 
are  often  used  with  bench  construction. 

Note:  Nearly  all  historic  features  on  Acadia's  trails  are 
built  of  stone.  Generally,  stone  is  the  most  appropri- 
ate material  to  use  in  construction  of  new  features  or 
rehabilitation  of  existing  features.  However,  in  some 
cases  log  structures,  including  log  checks  and  log  cribs, 
may  be  used.  For  instructions  on  how  to  determine 
when  log  work  is  appropriate,  see  the  last  section  of 
this  chapter. 


A. CHECKS 


DEFINITION 


Checks  are  rows  of  stones  used  to  retain  the  treadway 
from  moving  in  the  direction  of  the  trail  on  graded 
slopes.  They  are  often  used  to  rehabilitate  an  eroded 
area  where  the  original  trail  surface  has  washed  away 
and  a  gully  has  formed.  The  rows  of  stones  are  set 
perpendicular  to  the  trail  with  high  contact  between 
them.  The  checks  are  backfilled  with  rubble  and 
then  covered  with  a  top  coat  of  tread  material,  or  left 
exposed  at  the  top.  To  prevent  failure  of  the  checks 
due  to  continued  erosion  or  a  lack  of  maintenance, 
the  bottom  of  each  check  stone  is  placed  at  an  eleva- 
tion below  the  top  elevation  of  the  preceding  downhill 
row  of  check  stones.  The  checks  act  as  "hidden  steps" 
underneath  the  tread  surface,  holding  back,  or  "check- 
ing" the  uphill  fill  material.  In  worst-case  scenarios 
where  tread  material  wears  away  and  is  not  replaced, 
checks  hold  the  remaining  treadway  in  a  series  of  flat 
terraces  (Figs.  6-2  &  6-3). 

Note:  Log  checks  may  be  used  in  certain  situations; 
however,  these  are  usually  constructed  as  log  cribs  and 
will  be  discussed  in  the  last  section  of  this  chapter. 


Fig.  6-2    Although  a  standard  feature  in  other  trail  systems, 
particularly  in  the  Western  parks,  checks  have  only  been  used  at 
Acadia  since  1995  when  these  were  first  installed  on  the  Ocean 
Path  (#3).  The  slope  at  this  location  is  approximately  15  percent, 
and  after  five  years  there  has  been  a  loss  of  approximately  3 
inches  of  tread  material. 


142 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  A.  Checks 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  CHECKS  AT  ACADIA 

The  use  of  checks  is  a  relatively  recent  introduction  to 
the  trail  system  and  was  not  traditionally  used  during 
the  VIA/VIS,  CCC,  or  Mission  66  eras. 

Historically,  sections  of  woodland,  oceanside,  and 
summit  trails  built  by  the  VIA/VIS  and  CCC  were 
gravel  surfaced,  winding  up  and  down  gentle  slopes. 
Many  of  these  trails  were  located  in  areas  where  runoff 
was  a  continued  problem,  and  often  the  trail  itself  was 
the  only  place  for  the  water  to  travel.  In  the  early  days 
of  relatively  light  trail  use,  there  were  fewer  erosion 
problems,  and  gullies  that  did  form  were  often  left 
untreated.  The  native  gravel  tread  remains  on  flat  or 
very  dry  sections  of  trail  without  the  need  for  retention 
features.  Growing  park  visitation  led  to  an  increase 
in  trail  usage.  The  additional  foot  traffic  resulted  in  a 
looser  tread  that  was  more  susceptible  to  erosion.  At 
the  same  time,  a  decrease  in  the  maintenance  of  drain- 
age features  was  a  major  contributor  to  greater  erosion 
of  many  of  the  trails,  resulting  in  increased  gullying 
and  rutting.  In  an  effort  to  curb  the  erosion  problem, 
the  use  of  stabilization  methods,  like  log  cribbing  and 
log  checks,  was  introduced  to  the  trail  system.  The 
most  recent  feature  added  to  mitigate  the  problem  are 
stone  checks. 


TREATMENT  FOR  CHECKS 

1.  Trail  Erosion 

Issue:  With  current  heavy  trail  use,  inadequately 
installed  or  maintained  drainage,  and  poorly  placed 
or  designed  trails,  sloped  sections  become  increas- 
ingly unstable  and  susceptible  to  erosion.  If  left 
"unchecked,"  sloped  tread  can  eventually  become  an 
eroding  gully. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Although  checks  are  not  a 
construction  method  used  during  the  pre-VIA/VIS, 
VIA/VIS,  CCC,  or  Mission  66  periods,  they  are  a  rec- 
ommended addition  to  the  trail  system.  With  proper 
use  and  maintenance,  stone  checks  are  an  effective 
trail  feature  for  use  in  restoring  and  maintaining  the 


Fig.  6-3  This  section  of  the  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113) 
is  a  perfect  candidate  for  the  use  of  checks  to  reverse  ongoing 
erosion  and  tread  loss. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CHECKS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


It  is  probable  that  no  tread  stabilization  was  needed  due  to 
relatively  light  use  of  trails  and  well-maintained  drainage 
features.  Tread  stabilization  was  not  incorporated  into  the 
design  of  gently  sloped  trails. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Checks  were  not  incorporated  into  the  design  of  sloped 
trails. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Checks  were  not  incorporated  into  the  design  of  sloped 
trails. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Checks  were  not  incorporated  into  the  design  of  sloped 
trails. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Stone  checks  were  introduced  as  increased  use  of  trails 
and  lack  of  maintenance  of  drainage  features  required 
extensive  tread  stabilization  with  retention  features. 


143 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


tread  surface  at  its  original  grade,  thereby  preserving 
the  historical  appearance  of  the  tread.  Ideally,  checks 
should  be  used  on  any  grade  greater  than  five  percent 
on  which  a  smooth,  surfaced  treadway  is  desirable; 
they  can  also  be  used  with  local  fill  material  to  restore 
gullies  on  any  trail,  including  unconstructed  tread. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  CHECKS  (FIG.  6-4) 

Checks  are  used  to  stabilize  sloped  sections  of  trail  that 
have  eroded  or  have  the  potential  to  gully.  The  use  of 
checks,  cribbing,  or  steps  is  especially  important  on 
trail  grades  when  it  is  not  possible  to  shed  water  from 
the  trail  surface  through  the  use  of  drainage  structures, 
like  water  dips  or  water  bars.  Checks  may  also  be  an 
option  when  it  is  desirable  to  maintain  a  continuous 
sloping  surface  without  steps. 

Checks  can  be  considered  a  method  of  tread  stabili- 
zation for  grades  of  less  than  20  percent.  For  greater 
grades  and  in  areas  where  it  is  not  critical  to  maintain 
an  even  slope,  consider  using  steps  or  terraced  steps  as 
an  alternative  (see  Chapter  7). 


To  determine  placement  of  the  checks,  set  a  string  line 
from  the  bottom  of  the  slope  to  the  top.  This  estab- 
lishes the  uniform  height  to  which  the  top  of  all  checks 
will  be  set.  Check  stones  will  be  set  in  rows  across  the 
treadway  and  extend  into  the  embankment  on  each 
side  of  the  trail  a  minimum  of  8  inches.  If  there  is  no 
embankment,  a  retaining  wall  or  a  living  berm  (such 
as  for  "wall-less  causeway")  should  be  constructed  to 
lock  the  checks  to  each  other  and  to  retain  the  tread. 
The  top  of  the  finished  check  should  be  a  level,  flat 
surface  with  contact  between  each  stone  within  Vi  inch 
of  the  check's  top,  and  toward  the  front  of  the  check. 
The  top  of  the  finished  check  should  be  level  with  and 
perpendicular  to  the  grade  string  at  that  place  in  the 
trail. 

Checks  should  be  placed  evenly  along  the  trail  accord- 
ing to  the  slope.  The  frequency  of  checks  is  deter- 
mined by  the  desired  height  of  the  risers  that  will  result 
when  the  material  has  eroded  to  level  behind  each 
check.  Each  riser  should  be  no  more  than  8  inches.  The 
number  of  checks  is  determined  by  figuring  the  overall 
rise  of  a  section  of  trail  and  dividing  by  the  desired 
riser  height.  Distance  between  checks  is  determined 


Typical  gully  before  checks 


Rocks  set  header-style 


Contact  is  high 

and  tight 

(within  1"  of 

surface) 


Checks  extend  1'  min 
beyond  treadway  into 
bank  or  wall 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Bailer 

Fig.  6-4  Details  for  the  installation  of  checks 


144 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  A.  Checks 


by  dividing  the  overall  length  of  a  trail  piece  by  the 
number  of  checks  to  be  constructed. 

For  instance,  if  a  6-inch  rise  (typical  size)  is  desired  on 
a  64-foot  section  of  trail  with  an  overall  rise  of  8  feet 
(96  inches),  then  to  determine  the  number  of  checks, 
divide  96  inches  by  6  inches,  which  equals  sixteen 
checks.  The  distance  between  the  checks  will  be  the 
length  of  the  section  (64  feet)  divided  by  the  number  of 
checks  (sixteen),  or  4  feet. 

In  all  cases  the  bottoms  of  check  stones  shall  be  deep 
enough  that  they  are  firmly  set  into  the  ground  and  will 
not  become  exposed.  The  elevation  at  the  bottom  of  a 
row  of  checks  will  usually  be  six  to  8  inches  lower  than 
the  top  of  the  previous  downslope  row  of  checks.  This 
will  ensure  that  when  erosion  of  the  tread  material 
occurs,  the  checks  will  not  be  undermined  and  the  fill 
will  continue  to  be  held  in  place. 

The  ideal  orientation  of  the  stone  is  header-style,  but 
cake  setting  may  be  used,  and  even  toast  if  half  or  more 
of  the  stone  is  buried  beneath  the  height  of  the  next 


lower  check.  High  contact  should  be  within  1/4  inch 
of  the  trail  surface  if  a  smooth  gravel  surface  is  desired, 
and  within  1  inch  in  woodland  settings;  contact  else- 
where between  stones  is  not  necessary.  Lower  gaps 
between  stones  are  blocked,  and  checks  are  blocked 
and  crushed  firmly  into  place  from  both  sides.  The  row 
of  check  rocks  should  be  firmly  squeezed  toward  the 
center  from  both  ends,  either  by  wedge  rocks  jammed 
between  the  end  rocks  and  existing  earth  or  rocks, 
or  by  large  rocks  (2  cubic  feet  or  more)  set  deep  in 
the  ground  at  the  edges  of  the  checks,  such  as  on  the 
downhill  side  of  a  bench. 

After  checks  are  set,  backfill  on  the  upslope  side  with 
stone  rubble  to  fill  in  the  eroded  trail  section.  Finally, 
cover  the  top  of  the  rubble  and  checks  with  tread 
material. 

Figures  6-5  to  6-8  show  the  installation  process  for 
checks  and  rehabilitation  of  an  eroded  tread  on  the 
Ocean  Path  (#3).  The  eroded  tread  is  excavated  to 
allow  installation  of  the  checks.  A  retaining  wall  is 
constructed,  and  the  checks  are  installed  with  tight  and 


Fig.  6-5  Eroded  trail  section  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  before  check  Fig.  6-6  Checks,  wall,  and  rubble  infill  in  place, 

installation. 


145 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


high  contact  points,  at  the  original  grade.  The  checks 
are  backfilled  with  rubble,  and  the  tread  surfacing  is 
installed  to  cover  the  checks  and  establish  the  desired 
new  grade. 

As  shown  in  Figures  6-9  &  6-10  after  approximately 
three  years  of  use,  the  checks  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3) 
are  becoming  exposed  as  the  gravel  begins  to  wear 
away  from  the  surface  of  the  trail.  Eventually,  if  left 
alone,  this  situation  will  create  a  series  of  terraced 


steps  along  the  trail.  This  may  be  avoided  by  a  periodic 
application  of  gravel  on  the  trail's  surface  to  cover 
the  checks  and  maintain  the  grade.  However,  even  if 
this  maintenance  is  not  performed,  these  features  will 
continue  to  serve  their  intended  function  of  prevent- 
ing gullying,  since  material  will  erode  no  lower  than  to 
level  with  the  check  retaining  it  and  the  check  stones, 
being  locked  in  behind  each  other  (if  well  built),  can- 
not work  out  of  place. 


Fig.  6-7  Checks,  wall,  and  rubble  infill  in  place. 


Fig.  6-8  Rehabilitated  section  of  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  with  new 
tread. 


Fig.  6-9  The  Ocean  Path  (#3)  rehabilitation,  approximately  three 
years  after  completion. 


Fig.  6-10  After  approximately  three  years,  there  is  slight  erosion 
of  the  tread,  but  no  gullying  is  present  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3). 


146 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  B.  Coping  Stones 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 


B.  COPING  STONES 


Without  cyclic  maintenance,  including  the  replace- 
ment of  lost  surface  material,  trail  surface  erosion  will 
eventually  make  "terrace  steps"  out  of  a  section  of  trail 
that  has  been  checked.  However,  if  they  are  installed 
properly  as  described  above,  the  checks  will  continue 
to  retain  the  subsurface  infill  and  maintain  the  integ- 
rity of  the  tread.  If  checks  are  spaced  correctly,  the 
experience  of  walking  a  gently  sloping  path  will  still  be 
maintained  on  the  terraced  slope,  unlike  a  section  of 
trail  with  a  staircase. 

Routine  maintenance  tasks  include: 


DEFINITIONS 

Coping  stones  are  set  along  the  edge  of  a  treadway  and 
protrude  above  the  height  of  the  tread  surface.  These 
stones  may  be  laid  on  the  top  course  of  a  wall  or  set 
partially  into  the  ground.  Coping  stones  are  usually 
gapped,  but  sometimes  abut.  Coping  defines  the  edge 
or  edges  of  the  tread,  provides  guidance  to  hikers, 
assists  the  integrity  of  retaining  walls,  and  in  some 
cases  supports  tread  material,  stone  paving,  or  steps 
(Fig.  6-11). 


1.  Make  sure  checks  remain  firmly  set  into  the  trail. 

2.  Prevent  "terracing"  of  the  trail  by  adding  a  top- 
dressing  of  tread  material  over  the  checks  as  they 
become  exposed  from  erosion  of  tread. 

3.  If  the  tread  is  eroding  too  quickly,  or  checks  are 
not  holding  subsurface  fill,  reevaluate  whether 
the  slope  may  be  too  steep  for  use  of  checks  and 
implement  other  options,  such  as  terracing  or 
steps. 


Coping  wall  refers  to  any  section  of  coping  stones 
near  or  touching  each  other. 

Piled  coping  is  the  same  as  scree  (see  Chapter  9, 
Section  E). 

Laid  coping  is  a  laid  wall  built  along  the  trail  above 
the  level  of  the  tread.  Laid  coping  is  similar  to  a  stone 
fence  (Fig.  6-12). 


Fig.  6-11  Large  and  medium-sized  coping  stones  defining  the  edges  of  the  Stratheden  Path  (#24),  circa  1920s. 


147 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  plan 


Coping  retaining  wall  refers  to  a  coping  wall  that  aids 
in  the  retention  of  the  tread  material,  holding  the  tread 
higher  than  the  ground  on  the  other  side  of  the  coping. 
A  coping  retaining  wall  may  retain  gravel,  stone  pave- 
ment, or  soil  (Fig.  6-13). 

Note:  The  term  "coping  stones"  is  not  typically  applied 
to  hiking  trail  systems.  However,  at  Acadia  there  is 
extensive  coping  on  some  of  the  highly  crafted  trails 
that  closely  resembles  the  coping  stone  work  used  on 
the  island's  carriage  road  system.  In  some  locations,  it 
is  likely  that  the  stonework  was  carried  out  by  the  same 
crews,  particularly  where  the  trail  and  carriage  road 
systems  connect. 


Fig.  6-12  Laid  coping  wall  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119). 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  COPING  STONES  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  path  work,  coping  stones  were 
used  along  roads  to  help  guide  horses  and  to  keep 
breakaway  carriages  on  the  road.  It  is  likely  that  its 
presence  then  served  as  the  model  for  the  use  of  cop- 
ing on  the  trail  system.  However,  there  is  no  evidence 
that  coping  appeared  on  the  trail  system  until  the 
1890s. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

The  VIA/VIS  used  coping  stones  for  both  guidance 
and  retention.  Early  in  the  period,  stones  tended  to  be 
uncut,  varied  greatly  in  size,  and  were  set  at  irregular 
intervals.  With  the  creation  of  the  memorial  trails,  trail 
work  in  general  became  more  highly  crafted  and  cop- 
ing stones  were  more  likely  to  be  cut,  uniform  in  size, 
and  evenly  spaced.  However,  there  appears  to  be  little 
consistency  in  the  construction  of  these  features  and 
coping  style  often  varied  between  VIA/VIS  districts, 
builders,  and  differing  terrain.  Often  a  single  stretch 


Fig.  6-13  This  section  of  coping  retaining  wall  has  larger  coping 
stones  atop  a  relatively  small  wall  on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49). 


Fig.  6-14  This  coping  along  ledge  on  the  Upper  Ladder  Trail 
(#334)  was  likely  constructed  by  Bar  Harbor  VIA  in  the  late  1800s. 


148 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  B.  Coping  Stones 


of  coping  wall  might  change  from  coping  stones  for 
guidance  only,  to  coping  retaining  wall,  to  piled  coping 
(scree). 

Many  of  the  staircases  built  by  the  VIA/VIS  contain 
remarkable  use  of  coping  retaining  wall.  On  the  Upper 
Ladder  Trail  (#334),  built  circa  1896,  coping  retain- 
ing wall,  with  stones  as  tall  as  3  feet,  are  set  on  ledge 
to  retain  steps,  which  are  small  in  comparison  (Fig. 
6-14).  Some  of  the  coping  stones  are  cut  blocks.  These 
may  have  been  added  by  the  CCC  when  the  trail  was 
improved  in  the  1930s.  Smaller,  less  crafted  coping  was 
used  with  stairs  on  many  other  trails,  including  the 
lower  portion  of  the  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail  (#47), 
which  was  improved  in  1919,  and  the  Asticou  Trail 
(#49),  improved  in  the  1890s  and  thereafter. 

However,  many  staircases  of  the  era,  including  some 
which  are  otherwise  highly  crafted,  were  built  with- 
out coping.  For  example,  many  trails  built  under  the 
direction  of  Waldron  Bates  had  steps  but  no  cop- 
ing, including  the  lower  Eagles  Crag  Trail  (#343),  the 
Gorham/Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail  (#5),  and  the  Giant  Slide 


Fig.  6-15  A  1906  image  of  steps  constructed  without  sidewall  or 
coping  stones  on  the  Giant  Slide  Trail  (#63). 


Trail  (#63)  (Fig.  6-15).  Similarly,  trails  built  under  the 
direction  of  Rudolph  Brunnow  in  the  1910s  on  the 
east  side  of  Champlain  Mountain,  such  as  the  Preci- 
pice Trail  (#11)  and  the  Beehive  Trail  (#7),  and  several 
Northeast  Harbor  trails,  such  as  the  Maple  Springs 
Trail  (#58)  and  Hadlock  Brook  Trail  (#57),  do  not  use 
coping  at  all. 

Nearly  all  the  graveled  paths  were  built  with  some 
coping.  Stones  pulled  from  the  treadway  to  level  the 
walking  surface  could  be  simply  placed  nearby  in  the 
coping  wall.  This  technique  was  also  used  to  cre- 
ate historical  scree  and  on  some  paths,  coping  wall 
alternates  with  scree.  On  most  trails  the  appearance  of 
coping  wall  is  directly  correlated  to  the  amount  and 
type  of  stones  in  the  landscape,  such  as  on  the  Asticou 
Trail  (#49),  which  travels  through  ledge  and  woods. 
Stones  were  used  as  coping  retaining  wall  to  retain 
the  stone  base  and  gravel  surface.  The  effectiveness  of 
these  walls  depends  largely  on  the  size  and  number  of 
gaps  between  the  stones;  the  more  gaps,  the  less  that 
is  retained.  A  comparison  of  areas  of  coping  retaining 
wall  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  bears  this  out.  One 
of  the  most  successful  sections  of  coping  retaining  wall 
on  a  graveled  path  is  on  the  Wild  Gardens  Path  (#354), 
where  continuous  coping  stones  up  to  5  feet  long  and 
3  feet  high  retain  a  bench  of  crushed  stone  base  and 
gravel  paving. 

The  memorial  trails  constructed  under  the  direction 
of  George  Dorr  present  the  most  remarkable  use  of 
coping  with  steps  and  stone  pavement,  though  some 
contain  no  coping.  The  Kane  Path  (#17)  and  Kurt 
Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  both  begun  in  circa  1913, 
avoid  coping  even  when  the  routes  lead  them  through 
stone  talus  with  suitable  stones  surrounding  the  tread- 
way.  The  Homans  Path  (#349),  also  begun  in  1913,  and 
subsequent  Beachcroft  (#13),  Emery  (#15),  and  Schiff 
Paths  (#15),  used  coping  extensively  (Figs.  6-16  & 
6-17,  also  Fig.  6-1).  There  was  also  inconsistent  use  of 
coping  on  graveled  paths  built  under  the  direction  of 
Dorr  in  the  Sieur  de  Monts  area.  The  Stratheden  Path 
uses  coping  extensively,  while  the  Jesup  Path  has  none. 
Similarly,  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  and  Andrew  Murray 
Young  Path  (#25),  both  completed  in  the  1920s,  use 


149 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


coping  sporadically  (Fig.  6-18).  In  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS 
district,  the  Van  Santvoord  Trail  (#450),  completed  in 
1915,  used  coping  only  with  its  steps. 

In  general,  the  look  of  the  coping  reflects  the  look  of 
the  steps  and  walls  on  a  particular  trail.  It  is  logical 


Fig.  6-16  Large  coping  stones  are  used  along  the  lower  section  of 
the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  to  help  define  the  trail  sides. 


that  the  largest  coping  stones  and  most  highly  crafted 
coping  walls  in  the  system  were  constructed  during  the 
same  era.  The  coping  stones  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15) 
and  the  Homans  Path  (#349),  which  used  large,  cut 
stones  for  steps,  walls  and  culverts,  are  prime  exam- 
ples. The  coping  wall  on  these  trails  is  constructed  of 
large,  rectilinear  stones  set  at  evenly  spaced  intervals. 
While  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  coping  is  generally 
medium-sized,  the  huge  blocks  at  its  base,  up  to  18 
cubic  feet,  are  also  among  the  largest  in  the  system, 
probably  set  there  to  discourage  the  cutting  of  switch- 
backs. Interestingly,  the  coping  on  this  particular  trail 
is  set  the  most  like  a  carriage  road — deliberately  and 
evenly  spaced.  Perhaps  the  1926  date  of  this  work, 
which  was  at  the  same  time  as  much  of  the  carriage 
road  work,  is  a  clue  here.  In  keeping  with  the  principle 
of  similarity,  the  differently  sized  and  shaped,  uncut 
coping  stones  of  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  are  in  keeping 
with  walls  built  of  the  same  type  of  stone. 


Fig.  6-17  Evenly  spaced  coping  stones  on  the  Beachcroft  Path 
(#13). 


Fig.  6-18  Coping  stones  are  used  sparingly  on  the  Andrew 
Murray  Young  Path  (#25).  Here  they  are  used  in  conjunction  with 
stone  pavement. 


150 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  B.  Coping  Stones 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

As  in  the  VIA/VIS  period,  the  decision  to  use  of  coping 
by  the  CCC  was  determined  on  a  site-specific  basis. 
On  CCC  summit  trails  built  in  the  1930s,  coping  is 
used  extensively  with  steps  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail 
(#119),  but  not  on  the  Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail  (#106) 
(Figs.  6-19  &  6-20).  Coping  was  also  used  on  sections 
of  the  Valley  Trail  (#116)  and  the  beginning  of  the 
Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113)  (Fig.  6-21).  Of  the 


Fig.  6-19  The  CCC  regularly  used  coping  stones  along  stairways 
on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119).  They  serve  several  purposes, 
including  adding  structural  stability  to  the  staircase  and 
providing  a  definitive  boundary  for  the  trail  edges. 


Fig.  6-21   Large  coping  stones  marking  a  section  of  the  Beech 
Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113). 


Fig.  6-20  Coping  stones  define  the  edge  of  the  this  small  CCC  staircase  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119),  circa  1934. 


151 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


graveled  shoreline  paths,  the  CCC  work  on  the  Ocean 
Path  (#3)  has  the  most  extensive  use  of  coping.  Along 
different  segments  of  the  trail,  coping  stones  were 
installed  on  the  roadside  as  the  trail  parallels  Ocean 
Drive,  or  on  the  ocean  side  of  the  trail  (Figs.  6-22  & 
6-23).  In  contrast,  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118)  has 
almost  no  coping  on  the  mile  and  a  half  section  of 
smooth  gravel  walkway  along  the  pond.  The  CCC  also 
added  coping  to  earlier  VIA  trails.  For  example,  they 
rebuilt  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64)  and  added  coping. 

The  CCC  likely  used  the  memorial  trail  work  as  a 
model  for  their  coping  style.  CCC  coping  closely 
resembles  the  stonework  on  these  earlier  trails.  Cut 
regular  stairs,  wall,  and  walkway  are  paired  with  cut, 
regularly  spaced  coping,  such  as  on  the  Perpendicular 
Trail  (#119).  Similarly,  uncut,  natural  stonework  is 
paired  with  natural,  more  irregularly  spaced  coping, 
such  as  on  the  Valley  Trail  (#116).  The  Perpendicular 


Trail  (#119)  also  contains  laid  coping  wall  on  its  steep, 
switchback  sections.  This  may  be  the  only  example  of 
laid  coping  in  the  trail  system. 

NPS/Mission  66 

Mission  66  crews  used  coping  in  places,  mainly  along 
the  outside  edges  of  bench  cuts,  but  not  in  every 
such  case.  A  segment  of  trail  along  the  Ship  Harbor 
Nature  Trail  (#127)  has  sporadic  coping.  Some  of 
this  is  comprised  of  large,  discrete  stones;  some  of 
unattractive,  low  coping  retaining  wall  that  may  have 
once  held  some  gravel.  A  6-foot-high  retaining  wall  on 
the  Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369)  is  topped  with  large, 
attractive,  continuous  coping. 

National  Park  Service 

Since  the  early  1970s,  NPS  crews  have  replaced 
toppled  coping  with  original  or  similar  stones  on  some 
trails,  such  as  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  and  the  Ocean 


Fig.  6-22  Coping  stones  newly  installed  by  the  CCC  and 
Rockefeller's  road  crew  between  Ocean  Drive  and  the  Ocean  Path 
(#3),  circa  1934. 


Fig.  6-23  Coping  stones  were  also  installed  between  the  Ocean 
Path  (#3)  and  the  shoreline,  photograph  circa  1934. 


152 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  B.  Coping  Stones 


Path  (#3).  They  have  also  added  coping  to  some  trails, 
including  those  just  named,  on  which  coping  was 
already  present.  Additionally,  coping  was  added  to 
nearly  all  new  staircases,  even  where  it  did  not  exist 
historically,  such  as  on  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11). 

Scree  was  introduced  by  the  AMC  in  the  early  and 
mid-1990s.  Scree  filled  the  role  previously  assigned 
to  coping  stones  and  many  trails  with  and  without 
historical  coping  were  treated  with  scree  (see  Chapter 
9,  Section  E). 


TREATMENT  FOR  COPING  STONES 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  The  addition  of  coping  stones  to  highly  crafted 
trails  may  alter  the  trails'  historic  character  if  there  is 
no  precedent  for  coping  stone  use  on  those  trails. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Coping  will  not  be  added  to  a 
highly  crafted  trail  without  historic  precedent.  Before 
the  decision  to  add  coping  is  made,  other  options 
should  be  considered  for  providing  the  needed  guid- 
ance or  retention  for  the  trail. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  COPING  STONES 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Coping  stones  were  used  occasionally  on  area  roads. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


There  was  extensive,  but  inconsistent,  use  of  coping. 
Coping  was  used  along  steps,  gravel,  and  stone  paving 
to  guide  and  retain,  but  there  were  many  examples  of  all 
these  features  without  coping.  Coping  stones  were  typi- 
cally similar  to  other  stonework  on  the  same  trail  in  terms 
of  being  either  cut  or  uncut,  of  regular  or  irregular  size, 
shape,  and  spacing.  The  most  spectacular  coping  in  the 
system  appeared  on  some  of  the  memorial  trails  late  in  the 
period. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


There  was  extensive,  yet  inconsistent,  use  of  coping. 
Stones  were  nearly  always  used  with  steps,  sometimes 
with  gravel  tread.  Laid  coping  wall  was  first  used  on  the 
Perpendicular  Trail  (#119).  Coping  stones  were  typically 
similar  to  other  stonework  on  the  same  trail — i.e.,  cut  or 
uncut,  regular  or  irregular  size  and  spacing. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


There  was  occasional  use  of  coping  along  bench  cuts  with 
stones  resembling  other  stonework  on  same  trail. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


There  was  some  repair  of  toppled  coping  stones,  and 
some  new  coping  constructed  on  suitable  trails.  Coping 
was  incorporated  into  all  new  staircases,  regardless  of 
precedent.  Scree  was  introduced  and  used  instead  of  cop- 
ing on  several  trails,  including  those  originally  constructed 
using  coping. 


2.  Use  of  Coping  Stones  at  Summits 

Issue:  On  the  summits,  guidance  measures  like  coping 
stone  or  scree  are  needed  to  prevent  resource  degrada- 
tion. However,  there  is  no  historic  precedent  for  the 
use  of  coping  stones  on  Acadia's  summits. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  To  provide  guidance,  indi- 
vidual coping  stones  may  be  placed  in  key  summit 
areas  along  unconstructed,  or  minimally  constructed 
treadway.  Stones  should  appear  as  natural  as  possible. 
They  should  be  spaced  unevenly,  with  at  least  10  feet 
between  individual  stones  or  groupings  of  three  stones 
or  less,  and  the  stones  should  be  uncut  and  resemble 
stone  from  the  area. 

3.  Use  of  Coping  Stones  with  Staircases 

Issue:  The  use  of  coping  along  stone  steps  helps  keep 
steps  from  slipping  by  providing  weight  and  friction, 
and  by  holding  blocking  in  place  underneath  steps. 
Smaller  slab-laid  steps  can  benefit  greatly  from  well- 
laid  coping  wall.  Also,  stone  steps  are  a  common  place 
for  hiker  wandering  off  trail,  as  many  hikers  prefer  the 
graded  ground  nearby  to  the  steps.  Coping  walls  dis- 
courage this  wandering.  However,  many  historic  trails 
did  not  have  coping  walls  constructed  in  conjunction 
with  steps. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Coping  will  not  be  added  to 
historical  staircases  originally  constructed  without  it. 
Other  methods  will  be  found  to  support  vulnerable 
slab-laid  steps,  such  as  rebuilding  the  supporting  wall. 
For  steps  set  in  the  ground,  wall  similar  to  coping  may 


153 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


be  brought  up  to  the  sides  to  hold  them  in  place,  but 
may  not  protrude  above  the  height  of  the  steps.  If  such 
wall  is  out  of  character,  it  should  be  buried  with  soil. 
Concealed  ironwork  may  be  used  to  support  steps  or 
staircases  that  are  susceptible  to  collapsing.  This  use 
should  be  carefully  documented. 

4.  Coping  Stones  versus  Scree 

Issue:  Hikers  wandering  off  the  trail  route  and  the 
resulting  resource  damage  are  significant  reasons  to 
define  treadway  edges.  Coping  stones  and  scree  are 
two  options  for  this;  however,  unlike  scree,  coping 
stones  were  used  extensively  during  the  historic  peri- 
ods. Scree  may  be  more  effective  in  completely  defin- 
ing the  trail  edges,  thereby  keeping  hikers  on  the  path, 
yet  it  also  alters  the  aesthetic  character  of  the  trail. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  For  areas  where  resource 
damage  from  trampling  is  likely,  such  as  mountain 
summits,  coping  stones  are  the  preferred  alternative 
for  defining  the  trail  edges.  However,  scree  may  be 
considered  in  certain  cases  where  coping  or  other 
options  are  not  successful  (see  Chapter  9,  Section  E). 

5.  Trail  Erosion 

Issue:  Because  coping  wall,  by  definition,  is  higher  than 
the  treadway,  in  many  instances  it  can  act  as  a  barrier, 
keeping  water  from  sheeting  across  the  trail.  This  is  a 
particular  problem  on  bench  cuts  where  the  trail  has  a 
grade.  A  large  volume  of  sheet  water  is  trapped  in  the 
treadway  and  uses  it  as  a  drainage  course,  eroding  the 
trail  and  creating  a  gully.  This  problem  can  be  seen  on 
many  trails,  including  the  Stratheden  Path  (#24),  the 
Pond  Trail  (#20)  and  the  Valley  Trail  (#116).  Because 
there  are  no  gaps  at  all  to  allow  water  through,  con- 
tinuous coping  is  the  most  problematic  wall  type. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  In  most  cases,  adequate  drain- 
age can  be  achieved  without  removing  coping  stones. 
Gaps  between  coping  stones  can  be  used  as  drains. 
Where  coping  wall  is  continuous,  often  drainage  paths 
can  still  be  constructed  underneath  coping  stones.  In 
many  cases,  the  solution  is  to  restore  the  height  of  the 
treadway,  such  that  water  sheets  over  lower  stones  in 
a  coping  wall.  However,  in  those  cases  in  which  none 


of  the  above  is  possible,  and  drainage  is  needed  to 
preserve  the  integrity  of  a  treadway,  individual  coping 
stones  can  be  moved  or  removed  to  provide  drainage 
passages.  In  such  cases,  the  same  stone,  or  a  different 
stone,  should  be  set  in  its  place  such  that  its  top  is  flush 
with  the  treadway.  In  most  cases,  removed  portions  of 
a  wall  should  be  no  longer  than  a  single  stone. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  COPING  STONES 

There  are  four  general  requirements  that  all  coping 
must  meet. 

1.  Coping  stones  must  rise  above  the  level  of  the 
treadway  in  order  to  be  coping.  If  the  historical 
work  being  reconstructed  or  imitated  does  not 
fulfill  this  requirement,  it  is  not  coping  and  should 
not  be  repaired  as  such. 

2.  Coping  stones  must  be  at  the  border  of  the  tread- 
way, such  that  the  inside  edge  of  the  stone  corre- 
sponds to  the  outside  edge  of  the  treadway. 

3.  New  or  repaired  coping  must  resemble  the  other 
coping  of  a  given  trail  or  trail  section  in  regards  to 
size  of  stone,  shape  of  stone,  whether  stone  is  cut 
or  uncut,  type  of  stone,  frequency  of  placement  of 
individual  stones,  and  type  of  coping  wall.  Because 
the  character  of  coping  is  so  trail-specific,  crucial 
specifications  for  the  construction  of  coping  will 
be  developed  on  a  trail-by-trail  basis  in  the  indi- 
vidual trails  section  of  this  document. 

4.  Coping  stones  must  be  solid,  so  that  they  do  not 
move  when  kicked,  pushed,  or  stood  upon. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Check  for  gaps  in  coping  walls  and  reset  any 
tumbled  coping  stones.  Replace  missing  coping 
stones  according  to  specifications  above. 

2.  In  places  crucial  for  the  maintenance  of  trail  drain- 
age, keep  gaps  between  coping  stones  open  down 
to  the  level  of  the  treadway  or  floor  of  the  drainage 
leading  to  them. 


154 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  C.  Retaining  Walls 


C.  RETAINING  WALLS 


DEFINITIONS 


A  retaining  wall  is  any  wall  that  holds  one  portion  of 
ground  higher  than  another.  On  a  trail,  a  retaining  wall 
may  retain  the  treadway  itself  or  the  ground  on  the 
uphill  side  of  the  treadway.  Retaining  walls  are  used  to 
retain  a  side  slope  that  is  too  steep  to  be  stable  without 
retention.  In  general,  retaining  walls  are  found  only  on 
highly  crafted  trails  on  which  they  are  used  to  maintain 
a  specific  grade  or  trail  alignment. 

Stone  retaining  walls  in  which  stones  sit  on  top  of  each 
other  may  be  laid,  rubble,  fitted,  piled,  or  some  com- 
bination of  these.  Retaining  walls  in  which  stones  are 
laid  in  a  single  row  are  called  "single-tier  walls."  A  new 
technique  in  use  at  Acadia  is  a  combination  of  retain- 
ing wall  and  sloped  crushed  rock,  called  "crush  wall." 


A  laid  wall  contains  stones  set  beside  and  on  top  of 
one  another  to  create  a  vertical  or  substantially  vertical 
face  (Fig.  6-24).  The  construction  of  laid  walls  uses 
established  dry-laid  stonework  methods  like  maintain- 
ing tight  contacts  between  stones,  breaking  the  joints, 
and  filling  the  core  of  the  wall.  The  face  of  a  laid  wall 
may  be  smooth  or  rough.  A  laid  wall  with  the  stones 
set  in  even,  horizontal  rows  is  called  a  tiered  wall. 
Laid  walls  are  the  strongest  and  most  durable  retaining 
walls,  but  also  the  most  difficult  to  build  properly. 

A  rubble  wall  uses  stones  that  are  set  less  carefully 
than  in  a  laid  wall.  The  joints  in  a  rubble  wall  are  not 
always  broken  and  the  face  is  irregular  and  contains 
gaps.  A  rubble  wall  depends  on  large  stones  and  shal- 
low batter  for  durability  (Figs.  6-25  &  6-26).  Batter  is 
the  slope,  or  relationship  of  rise  to  run  in  the  face  of  a 
wall.  A  wall  that  rises  2  feet  tall  and  slopes  back  1  foot 
from  its  foundation  has  a  2:1  batter.  The  steepest  batter 
is  vertical,  whereas  a  very  shallow-batter  rubble  wall 


Fig.  6-24  A  recently  constructed  laid  retaining  wall  on  the  Ocean 
Path  (#3)  at  Otter  Point. 


Fig.  6-25  An  original  rubble-laid  retaining  wall  on  the 
abandoned  Gurnee  Path  (#352). 


155 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  6-26  The  remains  of  an  early  VIA/VIS  stone  rubble  retaining 
wall  on  the  lower  Eagles  Crag  Trail  (#343). 


Fig.  6-27  This  circa-1890  image  of  the  Shore  Path  in  Bar  Harbor 
(#301)  shows  the  early  use  of  both  sidewall  and  laid  retaining 
walls. 


is  1:1,  in  which  the  face  is  a  45-degree  angle  from  the 
vertical. 

A  fitted  wall  is  a  rubble  wall  constructed  of  stones  that 
are  simply  fit  into  spaces  left  by  existing  stones  in  a 
talus  slope. 

A  piled  wall  is  the  least  structured  retaining  wall.  It 
consists  of  a  row  or  group  of  randomly  piled  stones 
that  retain  material.  Piled  walls  depend  on  very  shallow 
batter  to  maintain  their  position  and  are  usually  less 
than  3  feet  tall  to  avoid  collapse. 

A  stone  retaining  wall  with  a  single  tier  of  stones  may 
be  either  a  sidewall  or  a  coping  retaining  wall;  either 
of  these  may  be  referred  to  as  single-tier  wall. 

A  sidewall  is  a  low,  single-tier  retaining  wall  that 
retains  a  gravel  treadway.  It  is  the  type  of  wall  used  in 
conjunction  with  causeways  (see  Chapter  3,  Section  B) 
(Figs.  6-27  &  6-28). 


Fig.  6-28  CCC  side  wall  on  the  Long/Great  Pond  Trail  (#118). 


Fig.  6-29  A  coping  retaining  wall  and  checks  along  a  section  of 
the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  that  was  rehabilitated  by  the  Acadia  trails 
crew  in  1997. 


156 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  C.  Retaining  Walls 


A  coping  retaining  wall  is  a  low,  single-tier  wall  that 
both  retains  the  treadway  or  steps,  and  rises  above  it 
to  act  also  as  coping  wall  (see  the  previous  section, 
"Coping  Stones")  (Fig.  6-29). 

A  crush  wall  is  a  retaining  feature  that  combines  a 
foundation  similar  to  that  of  a  retaining  wall  with  a  top 
course  like  the  edge  of  a  wall-less  causeway,  including 
a  cover  of  vegetation.  This  hybrid  style  is  also  called 
"root  wall"  because  it  is  a  way  of  retaining  trail  without 
destroying  all  the  roots  in  an  area.  Crush  wall  is  not 
an  historical  technique;  however,  because  crush  wall 
usually  restores  material  to  an  eroded  area  and  because 
it  is  largely  obscured  with  vegetation,  it  has  the  appear- 
ance of  historic  bench  cuts  (Fig.  6-30). 

Any  laid  or  rubble  wall  in  which  the  stones  are  set  so 
that  they  do  not  penetrate  the  core  of  the  wall  is  called 
a  veneer  wall.  Typically,  veneer  walls  have  limited 
strength  and  are  not  suitable  for  trail  construction. 

Note:  Retaining  walls  that  are  constructed  of  logs  are 
discussed  under  "Log  Cribs"  later  in  this  chapter. 


Fig.  6-30  New  crush  wall  constructed  by  NPS  in  2002  through 
heavily  rooted  area  on  the  west  side  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39). 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  RETAINING  WALLS  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  there  is  no  physical  evidence 
or  documentation  for  the  use  of  retaining  walls  on 
Acadia's  trails. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Beginning  in  the  early  1900s  many  rubble  retain- 
ing walls  and  a  few  laid  walls  were  built  by  the  Bar 
Harbor  VIA  under  the  direction  of  Waldron  Bates. 
Contemporaries  of  Bates  noted  his  skill  for  laying  out 
a  route  "which  makes  quite  easy  passage  through  the 
wonderful  rock  scenery  that  had  offered  in  the  past 
almost  unsurmountable  obstacles  to  ordinary  walk- 
ers."33 To  achieve  these  routes,  Bates  used  retaining 
walls  as  well  as  his  famed  steps,  though  much  less 
often.  Bates  paths  that  were  constructed  with  retaining 
walls  include  the  lower  Eagles  Crag  Path  (#343)  built 
in  1905  and  the  Cadillac  Cliffs  Path  (#5)  built  in  1906. 
Following  Bates's  death  in  1909,  the  BHVIA  noted 
that  the  Cadillac  Cliffs  Path  was  the  "best  illustration 
of  engineering  skill  in  path  making."34  Most  of  Bates's 
walls  were  rubble-laid.  However,  substantial  sections 
of  the  Eagles  Crag  Path  are  supported  with  well-built, 
laid  retaining  wall,  perhaps  the  first  in  the  trail  system. 

Multi-tiered  retaining  walls  were  seldom  used  by  early 
VIA/VIS  builders.  Trail  routes  tended  to  follow  the 
landscape  rather  than  alter  it  and  there  was  little  need 
for  constructed  retaining  walls.  Low,  single-tier  walls 
were  sufficient  to  hold  the  tread  in  place.  The  broad 
paths,  such  as  Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362)  and 
the  Asticou  Trail  (#49),  made  extensive  use  of  sidewall 
and  coping  retaining  wall  (Fig.  6-31).  In  some  places, 
such  as  the  Jordan  Pond  Seaside  Path  (#401),  low  piled 
retaining  walls  were  built  out  of  stones  pulled  from 
excavation  for  the  treadway. 

In  the  few  cases  where  more  substantial  retaining  walls 
were  required  to  achieve  a  route,  the  early  builders 
preferred  the  use  of  single,  large  stones  set  as  coping 
retaining  wall  over  the  use  of  multi-tiered  wall.  On  the 
Wild  Gardens  Path  (#354)  a  bench  is  retained  on  the 
steeper  sections  using  a  row  of  boulders  up  to  6  feet 


157 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  6-31   A  classic  example  of  original  coping  retaining  wall  on 
the  Wild  Gardens  Path  (#354)  using  large  single  boulders  for 
retention. 


Fig.  6-32  VIA/VIS  laid  wall  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13).  Stones 
have  shifted  due  to  "stack  bonds"  (unbroken,  or  "running 
joints")  and  areas  of  the  wall  in  which  three  or  more  rocks  are 
stacked  on  top  of  each  other  without  overlapping  the  abutting 
stones.  The  weight  of  larger  rocks  on  top  as  a  coping  layer  is 
probably  holding  the  wall  together.  The  rough  face,  with  some 
rocks  jutting  out,  others  inset,  is  a  typical  characteristic  of  walls 
on  this  trail  as  opposed  to  the  Emery  (#15)  or  Gurnee  Path  (#352) 
on  which  the  walls  have  relatively  smooth,  uniform  faces. 


long  and  3  feet  tall.  Other  examples  of  this  technique 
can  be  found  on  the  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail  (#48)  and  at  the 
original  northern  end  of  the  Bear  Brook  Trail.  How- 
ever, these  trails  contain  sections  of  laid  retaining  wall 
as  well,  proving  that  the  builders  of  these  trails  were 
familiar  with  the  technique. 

More  extensive  use  of  retaining  walls  and  coping 
stones  occurred  on  the  highly  crafted  memorial  and 
endowed  trails  built  under  the  direction  of  George 
Dorr  between  1914  and  1916.  This  work  is  still  evident 
on  the  Beachcroft  (#13),  Emery  (#15),  and  Schiff  Paths 
(#15),  which  contain  dry-laid  retaining  walls  and  large 
coping  stones  (Fig.  6-32),  some  of  which  are  secured 
with  iron  pins. 

During  this  period  of  VIA/VIS  work,  laid,  rubble, 
piled,  and  coping  retaining  wall  were  all  used.  Dorr's 
endowed  trails  used  the  most  laid  retaining  wall,  but 
not  the  only  tiered  wall  of  the  era.  However,  not  all  of 
Dorr's  paths  used  laid  wall.  The  Ladder  Trail  (#64) 
contained  only  single-tiered  walls.  The  Homans  Path 
(#349),  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  and  the  Emery  Path 
(#15)  have  coping  retaining,  piled,  rubble,  and  laid  wall 
within  a  few  hundred  yards  of  each  other.  The  Gurnee 
Path  (#352)  was  constructed  with  hundreds  of  linear 
feet  of  laid  retaining  wall  up  to  20  feet  high,  and  the 
Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25)  contained  sporadic 
sections  of  low,  laid  wall.  Both  of  these  trails  also  made 
use  of  rubble  wall,  with  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  con- 
taining examples  of  walls  that  are  rubble  at  the  bottom 
and  laid  at  the  top  (Fig.  6-33).  Brunnow  trails  used  laid 
retaining  walls  mainly  to  support  staircases  and  stone 
paving. 

Of  this  era's  laid  walls,  the  style  of  construction  was 
not  consistent  from  trail  to  trail  nor  always  within 
a  trail.  Emery  Path  (#15)  retaining  walls  were  con- 
structed of  cut  blocks  laid  in  tiers  to  create  a  smooth 
face  and  consistent  batter  between  3:1  and  4:1.  Walls 
on  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  and  Beachcroft  Path  (#13) 
were  laid  walls  consisting  of  mostly  uncut  stone  laid 
into  a  rough  face  with  no  discernible  tiers.  Nearly  all 
the  laid  walls  of  this  period  had  a  course  of  coping 
stones  on  the  top  tier  rising  above  the  tread  surface. 


158 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  C.  Retaining  Walls 


These  were  gapped  and  regularly  shaped,  as  on  the 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  or  continuous  and  irregularly 
shaped,  as  on  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  (see  "Coping 
Stones"). 

Rubble  walls,  many  of  them  fitted,  were  also  widely 
used  during  this  time.  Generally,  rubble  walls  accom- 
panied other  less  highly  crafted  features  on  a  trail. 
An  exception  is  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  which 
is  among  the  most  highly  crafted  trails,  and  contains 
many  rubble-laid  walls  with  a  shallow  batter.  The 
stonework  at  the  northeastern  end  of  the  Jordan  Pond 
Path  (#39)  is  fitted  and  rubble  laid  wall  built  into  a 
talus  slope  with  no  regard  to  batter  or  face.  It  is  likely 
this  work  was  done  in  the  1910s.  Rudolf  Brunnow's 
trails  also  used  rubble  walls  for  retention.  Although  he 
generally  relied  on  iron  rungs  and  rails  for  his  cliff- 
side  trails,  he  did  use  rubble  and  fitted  retaining  walls 
when  retention  was  necessary.  The  horseshoe  section 
on  the  Champlain  Mountain  East  Face  Trail  (#12)  is 
supported  by  mostly  fitted  wall,  with  a  couple  of  small 
sections  of  laid  wall  (Fig.  6-34). 

Piled  retaining  wall  was  used  in  the  later  VIA/VIS 
period  only  to  retain  tread  crossing  moderately  sloping 
ledge  against  the  fall  line.  This  use  of  piled  retaining 
wall  occurred  on  the  abandoned  lower  portion  of  the 
Champlain  Mountain  East  Face  Trail  (#12)  and  the 
upper  section  of  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  where  it 
was  supported  by  iron  pins  (Fig.  6-35). 


Coping  retaining  wall  was  used  extensively  in  this 
era  to  hold  steps  and  stone  paving,  though  numerous 
examples  of  each  were  also  constructed  without  cop- 
ing. In  the  case  of  the  Stratheden  Path  (#24),  coping 
retaining  wall  was  used  in  the  same  way  as  it  was  by  the 
early  VIA/VIS  builders — to  retain  gravel  tread.  This 
may  be  the  only  example  of  this  use  of  coping  retaining 
wall  during  the  later  VIA/VIS  period. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Very  little  CCC  trail  construction  was  done  without 
the  use  of  retaining  walls.  These  features  were  often 
necessary  because  CCC  trail  design  placed  a  premium 
on  evenness  of  grade,  wide  bench  cuts,  and  perma- 
nence of  construction.  Recommendations  for  the 


Fig.  6-34  Fitted  retaining  wall  built  into  the  talus  slope  on  the 
Champlain  Mountain  East  Face  Trail  (#12). 


Fig.  6-33  This  retaining  wall  on  the  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  is  rubble 
at  the  bottom  and  laid  at  the  top. 


Fig.  6-35  Original  VIA/VIS  piled  wall  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13). 


159 


Acadia  trails  treatment  plan 


construction  of  rubble  walls  were  dictated  in  CCC 
construction  standards:  "Where  necessary  to  retain 
material  on  steep  slope,  a  dry  random  rubble  wall  may 
be  built  along  the  downhill  side  of  the  trail"35  (Fig. 
6-36). 

In  addition  to  rubble  retaining  walls,  the  CCC  also 
used  laid  walls  and  sidewalls  along  much  of  their  gravel 
treadway.  They  did  not  use  piled  retaining  walls.  The 
decision  to  build  rubble  or  laid  wall  seems  to  have 
been  made  according  to  two  criteria.  First,  the  vertical 
component  dictated  whether  the  shallower  batter  of  a 
rubble  wall  was  possible,  and  second,  the  visibility  of 
the  wall  influenced  its  constructed  appearance.  More 
visible  walls,  such  as  those  on  switchbacks,  tended  to 
be  laid,  while  those  walls  not  visible  from  the  trail  were 
usually  rubble  walls. 

CCC  rubble  walls  are  virtually  indistinguishable  from 
those  of  the  VIA/VIS.  However,  CCC  laid  walls  are 
noticeably  different.  They  have  a  shallower  batter  with 
an  average  slope  of  3:1,  are  often  multi-tiered  walls 
built  of  cut  blocks  or  naturally  square  stone,  and  have 
smooth  faces.  CCC  laid  walls  are  uniformly  high  in 
quality,  while  their  rubble  walls  vary  in  quality.  CCC 
laid  walls  use  a  higher  percentage  of  small  stones  than 
other  retaining  walls,  with  faces  of  8  inches  square  or 
less. 


NPS/Mission  66 

Retaining  walls  constructed  during  Mission  66  fol- 
lowed specifications  for  earlier  CCC  work.  However, 
relatively  few  trails  were  added  during  the  Mission  66 
period  that  required  retaining  walls,  and  the  walls  that 
were  constructed  by  Mission  66  crews  are  generally 
lower  in  quality  than  work  from  previous  eras.  Some 
work  remains;  however,  it  is  typically  in  a  poor  state  of 
repair.  Extant  work  includes  sidewall  retaining  walls 
on  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127)  and  rubble 
wall  on  the  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113)  (Figs. 
6-37  &  6-38).  On  the  Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369),  a 
20-foot-long  by  6-foot-high  section  of  laid  wall  sits 
atop  a  rubble  wall,  recalling  the  style  of  the  walls  on  the 
Gurnee  Path  (#352).  Though  not  well  constructed,  this 
Mission  66  work  remains  in  good  shape.  It  contains  a 
top  course  of  large  coping  stones,  up  to  6  cubic  feet  in 
size.  The  weight  of  these  stones  has  probably  kept  the 
wall  intact  (Fig.  6-39). 

National  Park  Service 

By  the  1970s,  the  NPS  trails  crew  was  faced  with  a 
backlog  of  repairs  to  collapsed  retaining  walls  and 
washed-out,  eroded  trail  sections.  From  the  early 
1970s  until  the  1990s,  many  sections  of  retaining  wall 
were  repaired;  however,  styles  of  construction  used 
were  generally  utilitarian  with  little  emphasis  on 


Nalural  Slope  of  Talus 
\ 


Dry  Rubble  Wall 
K"— 4- 2f4o3'- 


TRA'.L  SECTION  ACROSS 
TALUS   SLOPE 

Notf:    Provide  tread  by  building  out 
rather  than  by  removing  malarial 


16" 


Surfacing  of     WTS?Mf.i •.*>' 
I  j  Fine  Material )  001} 

Clear  inside  comer  '   *■  ■  ^ 

Leave  no  looae  rocKs 
atthta  poirrM 

k    I L_^ 

torn 


Mini  muni  Base! 
2  -0' . 


•from  inner  bank. 


Parapet  to  be  constructed 
where  condrhons  require  it 
Pouldors  can  be  used  in  dry  wall 
•nappropriara  places 

Slope  V*: 1 


Dry  Rubble  Wall 


Obtain  firm  footing 
for   wall. 


/<^ 


Fig.  6-36  CCC  specifications  for  rubble  retaining  walls  on  bench  construction. 


160 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  C.  Retaining  Walls 


historical  accuracy.  Most  repairs  consisted  of  resetting 
or  replacing  toppled  coping  stones.  Log  cribbing  and 
log  retaining  walls  were  introduced  as  an  expedient 
alternative  to  stone  retaining  walls  (Fig.  6-40).  New 
stone  wall  construction  and  repairs  used  only  near- 
vertical,  tiered  laid  wall  of  varying  quality,  regardless 
of  surrounding  work  or  historical  precedent.  Untiered, 
rough-faced,  laid  wall  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13) 
was  replaced  with  tiered,  smooth-faced  laid  wall  in 
1995,  while  a  6-foot-high  vertical,  tiered  wall  was  built 
on  the  otherwise  unconstructed  Great  Head  Trail  (#2). 
The  majority  of  the  retaining  walls  in  need  of  repair 
were  neglected. 

Beginning  in  the  late  1990s,  more  care  was  taken  to 
duplicate  previous  or  historically  similar  retaining 
wall  work.  There  was  an  emphasis  on  learning  and 
practicing  the  techniques  of  wall-building  used  during 
the  trail  system's  historic  periods.  In  2000,  the  Aca- 
dia trails  crew  hosted  two  instructors  for  week-long 
courses  in  wall  building  and  traveled  to  several  other 


work  sites  to  trade  knowledge  and  skills  with  other 
crews.  To  date,  thousands  of  square  feet  of  retain- 
ing wall  have  been  constructed  or  rehabilitated  in 
the  appropriate  style  by  the  trails  crew.  The  majority 
of  these  efforts  have  involved  laid  retaining  wall,  but 
work  completed  in  2001  included  rehabilitating  rubble 
and  laid  retaining  walls  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39) 
as  well  as  constructing  new  crush  walls  (Figs.  6-41  to 
6-44). 


Fig.  6-38  Original  Mission  66  rubble  retaining  wall  on  the  Beech 
Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113). 


RfiWlli 

ffiflfei,l 

-JPf] 

1  v*  *i; :  fam 

1>4        "  *w 

$|*g 

H&&£^<  '«-; 

r         ->■ ».i»Tk._.T  »»."*•     1  "«BTi^BK>r    -  .W        Hill 

Fig.  6-37  Original  Mission  66  sidewall  on  the  Ship  Harbor  Trail 
(#127). 


Fig.  6-39  This  Mission  66  retaining  wall  on  the  Anemone  Cave 
Trail  (#369)  consists  of  laid  wall  upon  a  rubble  wall  base. 


161 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  6-40  Log  features,  like  this  log  retaining  wall  on  the  Long/ 
Great  Pond  Trail  (#118),  have  been  introduced  as  a  quick  and 
cheap  alternative  to  stone  retaining  walls,  although  they  are  not 
historically  appropriate  for  the  system. 


Fig.  6-41  This  laid  retaining  wall  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13) 
was  rehabilitated  by  the  Acadia  trails  crew  in  1999. 


*l9l 

1  K.->"'  jST 

M--  1  tB  sft  ' 

^f*M 

W$ 

Fig.  6-43  Stone  retaining  wall  construction  on  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39).  The  top  course  of  stones  are  sloped  in  and  set  header-style 
with  high  contact,  and  the  core  is  properly  blocked. 


Fig.  6-44  Stone  retaining  wall  constructed  in  2001  on  the  Jordan 
Pond  Path  (#39)  to  retain  the  uphill  side  of  the  trail  which 
receives  heavy  water  flow.  The  wall  was  built  in  conjunction 
with  a  gravel-covered  stone  culvert,  side  drain,  and  walled 
causeway. 


Fig.  6-42  This  rehabilitated  laid  stone  retaining  wall  on  a  section 
of  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  was  completed  by  the  Acadia  trails  crew 
in  2000. 


162 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  C.  Retaining  Walls 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  of  the  use  of 
retaining  walls  prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  period. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Laid,  rubble,  piled,  sidewall,  and  coping  retaining  walls 
were  used  in  conjunction  with  surfacing  and  step  reten- 
tion. There  was  little  use  of  multi-tiered  retaining  walls 
early  in  the  period  when  larger  stones  in  single  tiers  were 
often  used.  Later  trails  used  multi-tiered  laid  and  rubble 
walls.  Craftsmanship  was  consistent  with  other  contem- 
porary features  with  walls  varying  greatly  in  style  and 
quality,  but  consistent  to  specific  builders.  Pile  retaining 
walls  were  used  to  retain  low  benches  and  on  ledgeside 
slopes. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Use  of  laid,  rubble,  and  coping  retaining  walls  reached  its 
height  of  frequency  and  quality.  Laid  walls  were  generally 
tiered  and  smooth-faced.  Laid  walls  were  topped  with  a 
coping  tier,  either  large  single  stones  or  a  built  wall  above 
the  treadway.  The  use  of  smaller  stones  increased,  intro- 
ducing weakness  into  otherwise  well-built  walls.  Rubble 
walls  were  used  for  expediency,  while  laid  walls  were  used 
for  steep  rises,  or  when  the  wall  is  highly  visible. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


The  use  of  laid,  rubble,  and  sidewall  retaining  walls 
attempted  to  follow  previous  work.  However,  much  of  the 
constructed  work  was  of  low  quality. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Little  retaining  wall  construction  or  repair  was  accom- 
plished by  the  NPS.  Work  that  was  undertaken  included 
replacing  toppled  coping,  and  the  rehabilitation  of  walls 
with  a  single  style  of  tiered,  laid  wall,  regardless  of  histori- 
cal precedent.  The  mid-1990s  saw  increased  attention 
to  the  importance  of  maintaining  historic  character  and 
work. 


1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  The  addition  of  a  retaining  wall  can  solve  prob- 
lems of  tread  and  embankment  loss  on  sidehill  con- 
struction. However,  many  of  the  trails  that  need  this 


kind  of  work  are  trails  for  which  there  is  no  precedent 
for  building  retaining  walls. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  When  the  use  of  retaining 
walls  would  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the  trail's 
character,  other  options  should  be  considered.  Other 
retaining  structures  may  appear  less  out  of  character 
than  stone  walls.  For  short  blow-outs,  single  large 
stones  can  be  used,  rather  than  many  smaller  stones 
laid  into  a  wall.  For  shallow  blow-outs  and  retaining 
problems,  berms  can  be  created  with  soil,  or,  when 
more  retention  is  necessary  on  unconstructed  trails, 
log  cribbing  can  be  used  in  some  instances,  if  certain 
criteria  are  met  (see  "Log  Cribs").  If  the  addition  of  a 
wall  is  the  only  solution  for  a  trail  on  which  there  is  no 
precedent  for  the  use  of  retaining  walls,  the  structure 
should  be  obscured  as  much  as  possible.  For  example, 
a  slope  can  be  riprapped  or  walled,  and  then  covered 
with  debris  and  soil  to  minimize  the  visual  impact  of 
an  added  constructed  feature  to  the  trail.  In  areas  in 
which  the  amount  of  retention  needed  is  minimal, 
there  is  plenty  of  footing  space  outside  the  trail,  and 
enough  crushable  rock  is  available,  crush  wall  is  an 
effective,  natural-appearing  solution. 

In  some  cases  the  functional  need  to  protect  a  trail 
and  the  surrounding  resources  may  outweigh  adverse 
impacts  to  the  trail's  historic  character.  For  example, 
the  1992  wall  on  the  Great  Head  Trail  (#2)  is  out  of 
character  but  was  the  most  viable  solution  to  retain  a 
trail  route  over  a  7-foot-deep  gulch.  The  addition  of 
the  wall  not  only  preserved  the  route  of  the  trail,  it  also 
discourages  hikers  from  leaving  the  trail  and  follow- 
ing the  gulch  to  the  beach.  In  similar  situations,  careful 
consideration  should  be  given  to  the  impacts  of  all 
options  on  trail  character  and  resource  protection. 

2.  Structural  Integrity 

Issue:  In  some  places,  the  type  of  wall  originally  built 
has  failed,  particularly  rubble  and  piled  walls.  Replac- 
ing failed  rubble  and  piled  walls  with  laid  walls  would 
increase  their  stability  but  would  be  an  alteration  of  a 
trail's  character.  Additionally,  some  signature  charac- 
teristics of  laid  walls  are  structurally  weak.  The  vertical 
walls  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  would  be  stronger  if 


163 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


they  had  a  batter.  Shims  used  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15) 
walls  and  on  CCC  walls  tend  to  wiggle  out  but  are  a 
part  of  the  visual  character.  The  small  stones  used  to 
build  entire  sections  of  wall  on  CCC  laid  walls  are  eas- 
ily pushed  out  by  frost,  or  can  fall  out  after  only  minute 
shifts  in  a  talus  slope. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  historically  appropri- 
ate type  of  wall  will  be  used  when  feasible,  with  slight 
modifications  as  necessary  to  improve  strength  and 
durability.  In  general,  drainage  can  be  added  to  the 
treadway  to  take  water  and  ice  pressure  from  the  wall. 
Larger  stones  can  be  used,  and  crucial  stones  can  be 
set  so  that  they  are  sturdy.  On  sloping  ledge,  pins  can 
be  used  to  hold  key  stones  in  the  wall's  base,  but  these 
should  be  hidden  from  view  (see  Chapter  8  on  Iron- 
work). Where  possible,  ledge  should  be  modified  to 
create  a  level  or  insloping  bench,  in  which  case  pins 
would  not  be  necessary.  New  and  repaired  rubble 
wall  should  be  constructed  using  an  adequate  amount 
of  headers,  with  long  stones  laid  with  their  length 
into  the  wall,  and  with  increased  batter.  Such  walls 
should  resemble  the  historical  wall  but  be  substantially 
stronger.  Shims  and  stones  that  do  not  penetrate  into 
the  face  of  the  wall  at  least  8  inches  should  not  be  used. 
However,  the  historic  appearance  of  a  wall  with  shims 
and  small  stones  can  be  achieved  by  setting  long,  nar- 
row stones  with  their  lengths  into  the  wall.  Also,  after 
a  wall  has  been  laid,  small  stones  can  be  wedged  into 
the  openings  of  the  wall  face.  These  stones  will  provide 
the  same  visual  appearance  as  shims,  but  not  act  as 
structural  features  in  the  wall. 

3.  Roots 

Issue:  In  some  areas,  the  amount  of  large  roots  that 
would  have  to  be  cut  in  order  to  establish  a  footing  for 
a  retaining  wall  would  cause  the  death  of  large  trees 
near  the  trail.  This  is  especially  the  case  in  many  lake- 
side and  streamside  areas,  where  a  narrow  corridor 
of  trees  lives  between  the  trail  and  the  water,  exactly 
where  a  retaining  wall  needs  to  be  placed. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Since  log  cribbing  and  crush 
wall  can  both  be  constructed  in  a  way  that  leaves  many 
large  roots  intact,  these  two  options  should  be  con- 


sidered first.  Due  to  the  batter  and  material  required, 
crush  wall  is  usually  only  a  tenable  solution  for  reten- 
tion needs  of  3  vertical  feet  or  less,  where  there  is  3 
or  more  feet  beyond  the  edge  of  the  trail  in  which  to 
put  a  stable  footing.  Because  it  is  tied  in  horizontally, 
log  cribbing  can  be  built  when  there  is  no  room  for  a 
footing,  or  when  no  stable  soil  or  rock  can  be  found. 
Log  cribbing  can  also  be  built  in  a  vertical  batter  and 
as  high  as  is  needed.  In  some  cases,  a  laid  wall  can  be 
constructed  with  its  foundation  stones  built  between 
large  roots,  but  such  a  structure  is  usually  weaker,  and 
far  more  vulnerable  to  disintegration  as  the  roots  grow 
or  rot  away. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  RETAINING  WALLS 

1.  Laid  Walls  (Figs.  6-45  &  6-46) 

Excavation:  The  entire  length  and  width  of  the  retain- 
ing wall  should  be  excavated  at  least  6  inches  deep, 
until  solid  ground,  free  of  organic  material,  is  reached. 
The  width  of  the  base,  and  therefore  the  excavation 
channel,  of  a  retaining  wall  should  be  at  least  one-third 
the  height  of  the  completed  wall.  The  ground  at  the 
bottom  of  the  excavated  area  should  be  level  or  sloping 
slightly  toward  the  interior  of  the  wall,  never  sloping 
out.  When  building  a  wall  in  water,  such  as  for  a  bridge 
abutment,  the  excavation  and  the  foundation  should 
extend  to  ledge.  If  this  is  not  possible,  then  excavation 
should  go  as  deep  as  is  practical. 

Foundation:  The  foundation  is  the  first  tier  of  the 
wall,  which  is  partially  or  fully  beneath  the  ground.  It 
should  project  4  inches  or  more  beyond  the  face  of  the 
main  wall.  At  least  50  percent  of  each  front  foundation 
stone  should  be  directly  beneath  the  main  wall;  these 
stones  should  be  at  least  12  inches  long  in  the  direction 
perpendicular  to  the  wall.  Foundation  stones  should 
provide  a  flat,  or  slightly  in-sloping,  top  surface  on 
which  to  lay  the  main  wall.  In  appropriate  areas  where 
foundations  are  laid  on  out-sloping  ledge,  iron  pins 
may  be  used  to  secure  the  foundation  (see  Chapter  8). 
However,  if  ledge  can  be  modified  to  form  a  level  or  in- 
sloping  bench  for  foundation  stones,  that  is  the  prefer- 
able, more  permanent  solution.  Another  technique  for 


164 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  C.  retaining  Walls 


ACAD'  NP-Baldyga/Barier 

Fig.  6-45  Detail  of  a  laid  retaining  wall 


Large  stones  used  in  top  course 


Most  stones  set  header  style, 
especially  in  top  course 


Long  rock  set  header  style, 
no  shims  used  in  face  of  wall 


Stones  break  joints 
below  and  contact 
all  abutting  rocks 


Header  extends 
through  core 


Core  is  filled  80% 
with  largest  rocks 
that  fit 

Bottom  course  is  set 
below  grade;  building 
stone  or  packed  stone 
base  extends  at  least 
8"  below  grade 


laying  stones  on  outsloping  ledge  is  to  lay 
a  foundation  course  of  all  tapering  head- 
ers and  key  them  behind  any  lip  available 
in  the  surface  of  the  ledge. 

Wall  Face:  Stones  should  be  chosen 
and  laid  so  that  an  appropriate  face  is 
showing.  If  the  desired  face  of  a  finished 
wall  is  to  be  smooth,  then  flat,  even  faces 
should  show  on  each  stone,  and  be  flush 
at  the  fronts.  If  the  face  is  to  be  rough, 
then  rounded,  sloping,  or  jagged  faces 
can  be  used,  and  must  be  used  at  least 
part  of  the  time.  When  a  wall  is  being 
laid  in  water,  the  face  should  curve,  or 
"wing  back,"  into  the  embankment  to 
protect  it  from  water  getting  behind. 


Long  core  rocks  break 
joints  behind  wall  face 


Best-shaped  rocks  to  pack  core 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barier 

Fig.  6-46  Detail  of  a  laid  retaining  wall  in  plan  view. 


Batter:  The  batter,  or  relationship  of  rise  to  run  in 
the  face  of  a  retaining  wall,  should  be  determined  in 
part  according  to  the  precedents  of  relevant  historical 
work,  as  outlined,  and  in  the  specific  requirements  of 
individual  trails.  However,  some  general  rules  should 
be  adhered  to  whenever  possible. 


A  3:1  batter  (rise:run)  should  be  used  for  walls 
that  retain  active  slopes,  or  soils  which  carry  large 
amounts  of  running  or  freezing-and-thawing 
water.  A  4:1  batter  should  be  used  for  walls  that 
retain  soils  which  carry  a  moderate  amount  of 
water. 


165 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


•    A  6:1  batter  may  be  used  for  walls  that  retain  inac- 
tive, well-drained  soils  with  no  unusual  weight 
stresses,  such  as  heavy  equipment,  placed  on  them. 

Laying  the  Stone:  Lay  stones  with  the  length  back 
into  the  wall  (header  style)  as  often  as  possible.  Larger 
stones  occasionally  may  be  laid  with  their  lengths  run- 
ning with  the  face  of  the  wall  (stretcher  style),  but  only 
if  they  provide  at  least  8  to  10  inches  of  width  in  the 
face  of  the  wall. 

The  tops  of  wall  stones  should  provide  level  or  gener- 
ally backsloping  surfaces  on  which  to  lay  the  next 
stones. 

Lay  stones  so  that  they  transfer  their  weight  into  the 
wall  below  and  the  material  behind,  rather  than  away 
from  the  wall,  which  can  cause  stones  to  tumble  out  of 
the  wall  or  walls  to  lean  away  from  their  loads  instead 
of  back  into  them. 


same  with  additional  contact  points.  Contact  should 
be  at  or  toward  the  face  of  the  wall  for  stability  and  to 
better  retain  core  material.  This  technique  is  known  as 
making  a  stone  "strong  to  the  face."  A  stone  should  not 
tip  forward  when  weight  is  put  on  it  at  the  face. 

Large  stones  should  be  used  in  the  top  course  of 
the  wall;  all  but  the  very  largest  (at  least  3  cubic  feet) 
should  be  set  header  style.  The  specific  pressures  on 
the  wall  must  be  considered.  The  weight  of  larger 
stones  serves  to  pin  down  the  wall  below  them.  Top 
stones  are  more  vulnerable  because  they  are  not 
pinned  down,  and  larger,  header-style  stones  will  be 
dislodged  less  easily  by  back-pressure  or  hikers.  In 
Acadia,  use  of  large  stones  in  the  top  course  is  the 
prevailing  aesthetic;  however,  in  cases  where  the  look 
of  walls  is  otherwise,  care  should  be  taken  to  imitate 
relevant  work.  If  smaller  stones  are  to  be  represented 
in  the  face  of  a  wall,  long  stones  can  be  set  as  deep 
headers. 


Every  seam  created  by  stones  laid  side  by  side  should 
be  broken  or  spanned  by  a  single  stone  which  cov- 
ers the  seam  and  has  contact  with  each  of  the  stones 
beneath  it.  Unbroken  joints  are  called  "running  joints" 
or  "stack  bonds"  and  are  usually  the  first  areas  to  fail  in 
a  retaining  wall. 

Headers  are  stones  laid  with  their  lengths  perpendicu- 
lar to  the  direction  of  the  wall;  tie  rocks  are  headers 
which  span  the  entire  width  of  the  wall,  including  the 
core,  and  ideally  penetrate  the  material  behind  the 
wall.  They  serve  to  tie  the  wall  together,  front  to  back. 
The  number  of  headers  and  tie  rocks  needed  in  a  given 
wall  will  vary  according  to  the  size  of  other  stones  in 
the  wall,  the  availability  of  headers,  the  purpose  of  the 
wall,  and  so  on,  but  two  good  rules  of  thumb  are:  (1) 
Have  at  least  one  tie  rock  in  any  3-square-foot  area 
on  the  face  of  the  wall;  and  (2)  Lay  a  header  over  any 
stones  set  "stretcher"  style,  with  their  lengths  parallel 
to  the  wall's  face. 

Wall  stones  should  contact  all  stones  below  and  beside 
them  at  one  point.  More  contact  points  are  unneces- 
sary, as  the  amount  of  friction  transferred  will  be  the 


The  Core:  The  core  is  the  area  between  the  face  of 
the  wall  and  the  material  being  retained  by  the  wall. 
Though  unseen,  it  is  an  essential  part  of  the  wall, 
providing  internal  drainage,  mass,  and  structural 
cohesiveness  to  the  wall.  Poorly  built  core,  with  small 
stones  just  thrown  in  behind  the  wall,  or  lack  of  a  core, 
are  perhaps  the  most  common  causes  of  retaining  wall 
failure. 

The  core  should  be  built  using  the  largest  stones  first 
and  then  increasingly  smaller  stones  until  at  least  80 
percent  of  the  core  is  packed  with  stone.  Larger  core 
stones  should  be  laid  so  they  span  joints  between 
stones  in  front  of  them  in  the  face  of  the  wall  and 
stones  below  them.  The  end  result  is  two  walls,  one 
built  of  the  face  stones  and  the  other  of  core  stones, 
that  are  woven  together. 

The  core  should  be  tightly  built  behind  face  stones 
before  additional  face  stones  are  laid  on  for  the  next 
tier.  Usually,  a  row  of  face  stones  is  set,  and  then  the 
core  is  tightly  packed  behind  the  row. 


166 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  C.  Retaining  Walls 


2.  Rubble  Walls  (Fig.  6-47) 

In  the  construction  of  rubble  walls,  the  same  specifica- 
tions as  for  "Laid  Walls"  apply,  with  the  exception  of 
wall  face  and  batter. 

Face:  The  face  of  a  rubble  wall  should  appear  as 
though  the  stones  were  randomly  placed.  Individual 
courses  should  not  be  discernible.  Stones  should  show 
jagged  noses  and  rounded  fronts,  and  should  protrude 
or  be  inset  in  a  random  pattern.  The  face  of  a  rubble 
wall  will  often  have  gaps.  The  size  of  these  gaps  will  be 
in  direct  correlation  to  the  size  of  the  stones  in  the  face 
and  in  the  core.  They  should  not  be  so  large  as  to  allow 
face  stones  to  shift  or  core  stones  to  escape. 

Batter:  For  structural  reasons,  the  batter  of  a  rubble 
wall  should  be  at  least  2:1,  and  ideally  1 1/2  :1  or  shal- 
lower. However,  the  batter  need  not  be  consistent 
across  a  section  of  rubble  wall.  It  should  vary  with 
the  landscape,  the  stone,  or  in  whatever  pattern  is 
convenient  to  the  builder.  Increased  batter  and  the  use 
of  more  rounded  stones  allows  for  "cradling" — 
a  technique  in  which  stones  are  trapped  behind  and 
on  top  of  the  stones  below  and  in  front  of  them,  or 
"locked  in." 


3.  Piled  Walls 

An  assortment  of  uncut,  local  stone  of  different  sizes 
should  be  used.  Stones  are  then  piled  one  by  one  so 
that  each  stone  is  cradled  by  those  below  it.  When 
possible,  the  length  of  the  stone  should  be  set  into  the 
wall.  The  pile  should  have  a  batter  of  1:1  on  the  outside 
and  on  the  inside,  so  that  before  backfilling  the  wall 
shape  is  pyramidal.  Piled  walls  should  not  be  built  over 
3  feet  high. 

4.  Crush  Walls  (Figs.  6-48  &  6-49) 

Crush  walls  are  contemporary  structures  used  to  treat 
areas  with  many  exposed  roots,  or  where  it  is  desirable 
to  obscure  the  use  of  retaining  wall  (Fig  6-50).  A  crush 
wall  is  often  easier  to  build  than  a  retaining  wall,  espe- 
cially at  the  top  course,  where  a  retaining  wall  requires 
uniform  stones  to  satisfy  height,  width,  and  contact. 
However,  as  opposed  to  simply  angled  crush,  crush 
walls  use  a  retaining  wall  base  to  anchor  the  structure 
and  gain  the  initial  elevation  vertically,  reducing  the 
need  for  additional  width  and  material.  The  drawbacks 
of  crush  walls  include  the  difficulty  of  constructing 
them  over  3  feet  tall,  or  where  there  is  a  need  for  a  ver- 
tical structure,  and  the  large  amount  of  crushable  rock 
required  to  build  them. 


May  often  be  gaps 
between  rocks 


Core  packed 
as  with  laid  wall 


Rocks  often  slope 
back  and  are  "cradled' 
or  "locked  in" 


This  is  long  header 
Fig.  6-47  Detail  of  a  rubble  retaining  wall. 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


167 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  6-48  Heavily  rooted  area  on  west  side  of  the  Jordan  Pond 
Path  (#39)  before  construction  of  crush  wall. 


Fig.  6-49  A  2002  crush  wall  construction  on  the  same  section  of 
the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  pictured  in  Fig.  6-48  after  vegetation 
of  berm  but  before  placement  of  gravel.  Note  roots  going  into 
subgrade. 


*r 


Soil  loss 


°rig< 


inal 


tread 


height 

M*       *''"'>*Vw 

Jjs-  , 

ir$ 

•^ 

y£& 

ByL 

N     \ 

t**k 

Exposed  roots 


1^m*»«**'A^ 


,|pflpfc» 


Fig.  6-50  Detail  of  heavily  rooted  area  before  application  of  crush  wall  construction  technique. 


ACAD  NP-, 


168 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  C.  Retaining  Walls 


Excavation:  The  trail  corridor  is  excavated  plus 
enough  width  on  the  downhill  side  for  angled  crush  on 
top  of  the  foundation  stones.  A  1:1  batter  is  the  steepest 
recommended  for  crush  material;  therefore,  every  unit 
of  height  needed  above  the  height  of  the  foundation 
stones  requires  an  equal  distance  from  the  trail  edge. 
For  instance,  if  2  feet  of  height  is  required,  and  rocks 
are  to  be  set  that  will  stand  1  foot  tall  after  being  set  in 
the  ground,  the  edge  will  be  excavated  at  least  1  foot 
for  the  crush,  plus  whatever  is  needed  to  properly  set 
the  stone  header-style  (a  few  inches  at  least). 

Large  roots  need  not  be  removed,  but  smaller  roots 
may  need  to  be  cut  to  allow  placement  of  larger  stones. 
Insloping  holes  are  excavated  between  the  large  roots 
to  hold  the  foundation  stones. 

Setting  the  Foundation:  (Fig.  6-51)  Foundation  stones 
are  set  header-style  and  in-sloping,  at  least  several 
inches  in  the  ground.  They  are  set  in  the  holes  between 
large  roots  and  they  need  not  contact  each  other, 
though  flared  stones  that  contact  each  other  over  the 
roots  between  them  are  ideal.  Non-contacting  founda- 
tion stones  should  be  locked  in  with  stones  set  in  from 


above  and  from  the  inside  of  the  wall  jammed  between 
them.  Because  foundation  stones  are  not  as  locked  in 
as  wall  stones,  they  need  be  large  (2  cubic  feet  is  a  good 
target)  and  set  well,  always  header-style,  with  any  gaps 
around  them  crushed  in. 

Laying  the  Crush:  The  crush  is  laid  into  the  tread  and 
onto  the  foundation  stones  as  in  a  wall-less  causeway, 
with  higher  crush  rocks  pounded  into  lower  crush  to 
fill  all  gaps  and  ensure  that  stones  are  locked  together. 
The  retaining  edge  of  the  crush  base  should  be  1:1  or 
shallower.  The  crush  fill  is  worked  around  the  roots. 
Crush  fill  is  brought  up  to  1  inch  below  line  at  the 
retaining  edge,  and  cupped  to  3  inches  below  the  line 
in  the  tread  way.  Note  that  the  crush  portion  of  the 
wall  is  not  a  veneer  wall,  which  will  quickly  disinte- 
grate, but  the  outer  edge  of  a  crush-fill  subgrade. 

Vegetating  the  Sides  (Fig.  6-52):  Topsoil,  mud,  or 
organic  material  from  the  forest  floor  is  worked  into 
the  retaining  edge,  and  local  vegetation  (grasses  and 
forest  sods  are  best)  is  planted  up  to  the  mason's  line. 
No  organics  are  used  inside  the  treadway,  which  is 
gravel-surfaced  with  the  proper  crown  or  outslope. 


Former  scar  filled 
with  crushed  rock 


Maximum 
1:1  slope 


Preserved  roots 


Fig.  6-51   Side  view  of  crush  wall  construction. 


169 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Maintain  associated  drainage  structures  and  keep 
treadway  above  the  wall  draining  properly. 

2.  Check  face  of  wall  for  voids  and  fill  them.  Fill 
voids  in  the  interior  of  the  wall  by  stuffing  small 
material  through  holes  in  the  face. 

3.  Cut  trees  growing  out  of,  directly  in  front  of,  or 
behind  the  wall.  Generally,  cut  all  trees  three  inches 
or  less  in  diameter,  cut  all  trees  4  to  6  inches  in 
diameter  if  they  are  a  threat  to  the  wall,  and  avoid 
cutting  trees  greater  than  6  inches  in  diameter, 


unless  they  are  an  extreme  threat  to  a  historic  wall's 
integrity  and  their  removal  will  not  cause  further 
damage  to  the  wall. 

4.  Replace  or  reset  missing  or  displaced  coping 
stones. 

5.  Check  for  signs  of  wall  failure:  the  wall  leaning  out 
at  the  top,  or  kicking  out  at  the  bottom,  bulges, 
loose  or  missing  stones,  rusted  or  missing  pins  at 
the  base  of  the  wall.  Repair  and/or  replace  failed 
portions  of  a  wall  as  necessary.  These  problems 
will  worsen  with  time. 


Heavily  rooted 
area  makes 
crush  wall  a 
favorable 
solution 


Vegetation 
(sod,  soil,  etc 
covers  crush 
rock 


Foundation 
stones  set 
between  large 
roots  are  long 
headers 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga 


Saved  roots 


Fig.  6-52  Detail  of  finished  crush  wal 


170 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  D.  Log  Cribs 


D.  LOG  CRIBS 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  LOG  CRIBS  AT  ACADIA 


DEFINITIONS 

Log  cribs  are  retaining  structures  consisting  of  inter- 
locked logs.  They  may  be  treadway  cribs,  which  are 
located  in  the  trail's  treadway  itself,  act  as  checks  to 
retain  the  tread,  and  sometimes  serve  as  sidewalls. 
They  may  also  be  wall  cribs,  which  serve  as  retaining 
walls  above  or  below  the  treadway  (Figs.  6-53  &  6-54). 

Log  cribs  are  not  historical  features  for  Acadia's  trail 
system.  However,  they  may  be  used  on  a  limited  basis 
in  certain  circumstances.  Log  cribs  should  be  consid- 
ered as  a  treatment  option  if  all  of  the  following  apply: 

1.  There  was  never  historical  stonework  anywhere 
on  the  trail  that  would  be  an  appropriate  solution 
for  the  problem;  this  is  most  often  a  consideration 
in  areas  with  large  tree  roots. 

2.  The  area  is  not  in  close  proximity  to  historical 
stonework  on  another  trail. 

3.  The  problem  site  is  in  a  wooded  area. 

4.  There  is  not  enough  usable  stone  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  to  construct  an  appropriate  stone  feature. 


There  is  no  history  of  the  use  of  log  cribs  in  the  system, 
although  pinned  logs  were  used  by  the  VIA/VIS  and 
the  CCC  recommended  the  use  of  log  water  bars. 
However,  throughout  the  history  of  the  system,  many 
unconstructed  woodland  paths  have  developed  ero- 
sion problems  that  were  never  anticipated  in  original 
construction.  For  most  of  these  trails  there  is  virtually 
no  "appropriate"  solution,  as  highly  crafted  stone- 
work is  often  not  compatible  with  the  unconstructed 
character  of  the  trail  and/or  there  is  usually  not  enough 
available  stone  nearby. 

Log  cribs  were  introduced  to  Acadia  by  trails  fore- 
man Gary  Stellpflug  in  the  early  1970s.  Both  treadway 
and  wall  log  cribs  were  used  to  solve  problems  of  trail 
gullying  and  bank  erosion.  Because  of  their  ease  of 
construction  and  the  speed  with  which  they  could  be 
built,  log  features  were  added  to  several  trails.  Many 
of  these  structures  were  built  on  inappropriate  trails, 


It: 


g|T ,  /^gg^gt 


Fig.  6-53  A  wall  crib  on  the  Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail  (#106). 


Fig.  6-54  Treadway  cribs  on  the  Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10). 


171 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  LOG  CRIBS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  of  the  use  of 
logwork  prior  to  the  VIS/VIA  period. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Logwork  was  used  for  some  limited  features  like  pinned 
logs  to  retain  tread,  but  log  cribs  were  not  used. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Logwork  was  used  for  some  limited  features  like  log  water 
bars,  but  log  cribs  were  not  used. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


There  is  no  evidence  of  the  use  of  logwork. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Widespread  use  of  log  cribs  occurred  in  the  early  to  mid- 
1970s,  but  cribs  were  used  more  sparingly  in  later  years. 
Their  use  was  discontinued  from  1995  to  2001. 


Fig.  6-55  Wall  crib  on  steepest  west-side  section  of  the  Jordan 
Pond  Path  (#39)  built  in  conjunction  with  stone  retaining  wall. 


often  with  historic  stonework  within  sight  of  the  log 
cribwork.  For  example,  extensive  log  treadway  and 
wall  cribs  were  constructed  on  the  Beech  Cliff  Ladder 
Trail  (#106)  in  1982.  This  trail  was  historically  defined 
by  stone  steps  and  ironwork,  but  at  the  time  Stellpflug 
was  in  charge  of  a  small,  unskilled  crew,  and  the  easily 
installed  log  cribs  quickly  stabilized  and  made  walk- 
able  a  large  section  of  badly  eroded  hillside.  The  cribs 
are  still  in  place  today  and  are  in  good  condition.  Other 
inappropriate,  though  useful,  cribs  were  constructed 
on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  and  the  Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10). 
More  appropriately  cribbed  areas,  because  of  their 
wooded  locations  and  lack  of  constructed  features, 
include  the  North  Bubble  Trail  (#41),  the  South  Bubble 
Trail  (#43),  and  the  Bubbles-Pemetic  Trail  (#36). 

The  use  of  log  cribs  was  discontinued  in  the  late  1990s, 
on  the  largely  held  belief  that  because  of  the  tradition 
of  stonework  at  Acadia,  logwork  was  inappropriate 
for  the  trail  system.  However,  the  use  of  logwork  in 
certain  circumstances  is  now  considered  an  accept- 
able alternative  for  trail  problems  that  cannot  be 
easily  addressed  through  the  use  of  other  features.  For 
example,  a  wall  crib  built  in  2002  was  the  most  feasible 
treatment  for  one  of  the  steepest  sections  on  the  west 
side  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  (Fig.  6-55).  Care 
was  taken  to  blend  the  crib  into  a  continuing  section  of 
stone  retaining  wall. 


TREATMENT  FOR  LOG  CRIBS 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  While  stonework  is  the  preferred  method 
of  dealing  with  most  trail  problems,  in  many  areas 
stonework  is  not  possible,  would  be  destructive  to 
vegetation  (such  as  tree  roots),  or  would  not  be  an 
historically  appropriate  treatment  for  unconstructed 
trails.  However,  since  log  cribs  are  not  historical  and 
are  characteristically  very  different  from  other  features 
on  the  trail  system,  widespread  use  of  log  cribs  will 
alter  the  character  and  integrity  of  the  trail  system. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Log  cribs  should  be  used  on  a 
limited  basis  and  only  if  the  four  criteria  listed  above 


172 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  D.  Log  Cribs 


(see  "Definitions")  are  met.  In  these  cases,  logwork 
may  be  preferable  to  stonework  and  is  an  acceptable 
alternative. 

To  mitigate  the  effect  of  the  characteristically  different 
appearance  of  log  work,  it  should  be  obscured  as  much 
as  possible  after  construction.  Sides  of  tread  cribs 
should  be  buried  and  vegetated.  Crib  walls  should  be 
covered  in  soil  and  obscured  by  vegetation  that  will 
cover  the  logs  permanently  as  it  grows.  Once  slopes  are 
stabilized  and  revegetated,  or  treadway  becomes  per- 
manently rehabilitated,  logwork  should  be  allowed  to 
rot,  returning  the  area  to  its  natural  state  and  a  trail  to 
its  original  unconstructed  character.  At  this  point,  the 
slope  is  naturally  supported  by  the  surrounding  veg- 
etation and  constructed  features  should  not  be  needed. 


All  joints  should  be  notched,  using  either  flat  or  saddle 
notches  (see  Chapter  5  and  Fig.  5-42),  and  spiked. 

1.  Tread  Cribs  (Figs.  6-56  &  6-57) 

Tread  cribs  consist  of  side-pieces,  laid  along  the  edge 
of  the  treadway,  and  cross-pieces,  or  checks,  laid 
across  the  treadway. 

The  top  of  the  crib  should  be  at  or  just  above  the  level 
of  the  ground  at  either  side  of  the  trail  at  the  edge  of 
the  gully.  If  the  gully  is  deeper  than  the  width  of  the 
crib  logs,  then  it  should  be  filled  with  stone  rubble  to 
the  appropriate  height.  Side  pieces  are  set  at  the  edges 
of  the  desired  treadway  width.  If  the  gully  is  wider  than 
the  desired  treadway,  the  outsides  of  the  crib  should 
be  filled  with  stone  and  soil  and  revegetated. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  LOG  CRIBS 

Northern  white  cedar  logs  are  used.  Logs  should  be 
structurally  sound  but  need  not  be  completely  free  of 
rot.  Size  can  vary  greatly;  diameters  less  than  4  inches 
should  not  be  used,  as  they  will  deteriorate  too  early. 


Cross-pieces  may  be  set  on  top,  underneath  or  flush 
with  side-pieces.  They  are  notched  "Lincoln  Log" 
style  to  fit  with  side  pieces.  A  tread  crib  will  have  a 
cross-piece  wherever  it  steps  up  to  the  next  set  of  side- 
pieces,  but  it  may  also  have  side-pieces  notched  flush 
between  individual  cribs. 


Structure  may  be 
elevated  above 
ground  for 
drainage 


Gravel  may  be 
flush  with  sides 


Cribs  are  filled  with 
rock  subgrade  and 
surfaced  with  gravel 


Side-pieces  and 
cross-pieces 
are  notched 
together 


First  cross- 
piece  set 
weli  into 
ground 


Fig.  6-56  Detail  of  treadway  crib. 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


173 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


Checks  notched 
in  between  tiers 


Finished  grade 


Level 


Side-pieces  notched 
into  cross-piece  at 
next  tier  (saddle  notches 
may  also  be  used) 


Side-pieces  slope 


Fig.  6-57  Side  view  of  detail  of  treadway  crib. 

The  rise  between  cross-pieces  should  not  exceed  1 
foot.  Cross-pieces  should  be  backed  with  substantial 
stones  that  extend  into  the  ground  deeper  than  the 
height  of  the  next  cross-piece  below  them,  so  that  if 
the  tread  erodes  to  the  level  of  the  step  below,  under- 
mining will  not  occur. 

The  top  surface  of  cross-pieces  should  be  flattened 
with  a  chainsaw  or  ax  to  provide  a  stepping  surface. 

2.  Wall  Cribs  (Fig.  6-58). 

Wall  cribs  consist  of  wall  or  "rail"  pieces,  which  make 
up  the  face  of  the  wall,  and  "tie"  pieces,  which  are 
perpendicular  to  the  wall  face  and  extend  back  into 
the  slope,  anchoring  the  structure.  Rail  pieces  are  set 
parallel  to  the  trail  and  ties  are  notched  into  them,  at 
least  two  ties  per  rail,  and  set  back  into  the  bank.  Ties 
should  be  at  least  36  inches  long  and  extend  into  the 
bank  at  least  30  inches. 

As  with  retaining  wall,  the  bottom  tier  of  the  crib 
should  be  buried  at  least  8  inches  below  the  natural 
level  of  the  ground. 


Ideally,  the  entire  area  is  excavated  and  the  crib  is  filled 
as  it  is  built.  Cribs  should  be  backfilled  with  a  mixture 
of  stones,  for  strength  and  drainage,  and  lower  tiers 
topped  with  soil  for  vegetation.  Substantial  live  roots 
should  not  be  cut;  logs  can  be  notched  if  need  be  to  go 
around  them.  If  preservation  of  roots,  stable  stones, 
or  other  plant  life  prevents  full  excavation,  ties  must 
be  driven  into  the  bank  rather  than  laid.  In  such  cases, 
ties  can  be  sharpened  and  driven  into  the  bank  with  a 
sledgehammer.  If  crib  wall  is  long  enough  to  require 
multiple  rails  set  end-to-end,  joints  between  rails 
should  be  staggered,  as  in  a  retaining  wall. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

Generally,  there  will  be  no  routine  maintenance 
needed,  as  the  intent  is  to  let  the  log  structures  decay 
naturally.  However,  tread  cribs  should  be  checked 
periodically  to  ensure  that  no  logs  have  dislodged 
which  may  cause  a  hiker  safety  hazard.  Such  logs 
should  be  repaired  or  replaced  as  needed. 


Unless  the  terrain  dictates  a  more  vertical  structure, 
crib  walls  should  have  sufficient  batter  to  allow  the 
rails  to  be  "stepped"  and  soil  and  vegetation  planted 
between  each  of  them,  or  at  least  every  two  or  three 
rails.  An  ideal  width  for  the  horizontal  gap  is  1  foot. 
Trees  and  shrubs  should  be  planted  if  possible,  as  they 
will  obscure  the  wall  and  their  root  structures  will 
provide  the  bank  with  integrity  when  the  log  wall  has 
disintegrated. 


ENDNOTES 

33  Bar  Harbor  VIA  19  09  Annual  Report. 

34  Bar  Harbor  Record,  November  23, 1910,3. 

35  Frank  Kittredge,  Standards  for  Trail  Construction  (United  States 
Department  of  the  Interior,  National  Park  Service,  1934). 


174 


Chapter  6:  retaining  structures;  D.  Log  Cribs 


r 
i 

Large  roots 
are  not  cut 

r^ — >H 

Ties  should  extend 

a  minimum  of  2'  into  bank  after 

excavation  (if  any),  or  be  deadmanned 


Fig.  6-58  Detail  of  a  wall  crib. 


175 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


176 


Fig.  7-1  This  staircase  at  the  trailhead  of  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  circa  1916,  is  one  example  of  the  highly  crafted  stone  step  work 
that  exists  on  Acadia's  trails. 


CHAPTER  7: 

Steps 


177 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


CHAPTER  7:  STEPS 


At  Acadia,  steps  and  staircases  are  primary 
character-defining  features  of  the  trail  system. 
They  contribute  to  trail  diversity  by  allowing 
the  trails  to  follow  a  variety  of  routes,  from  talus  slopes 
to  steep  hillsides  and  ledges.  Walking  upon  steps  that 
are  highly  crafted  and  yet  harmonize  with  the  sur- 
rounding natural  landscape  is  fundamental  to  the 
experience  of  hiking  in  Acadia. 

Beginning  in  the  1890s,  steps  were  built  on  steep  slopes 
and  ledges  for  ease  of  walking  and  guidance.  From  the 
1910s  through  the  1930s,  long  sections  of  steps  were 
added  first  by  the  VIA/VIS  path  committees  and  later 
by  the  CCC.  Two  types  of  stone  steps  are  found  on 
historic  trails,  slab-laid  and  set-behind,  with  the  for- 
mer most  common.  Although  each  step  and  staircase  is 
individually  built  in  response  to  topography  and  local 
stone,  this  section  categorizes  them  by  period  of  con- 
struction and  characteristics  including  layout,  stone 
type,  average  stone  size,  run,  rise,  width,  and  degree  of 
uniformity.  Additional  categories  include  the  presence 
of  coping  stones,  support  walls,  iron  pins,  shims,  and 
associated  drainage. 

An  analysis  of  the  history  of  step  construction  and  the 
steps  extant  in  the  1990s  suggests  four  major  classifi- 
cations: Bates,  Dorr,  Brunnow,  and  CCC-style  steps. 
As  one  of  the  most  important  historical  features  on 
the  trail,  care  must  be  taken  in  rehabilitation  work  to 
understand  the  character  and  construction  methods 
appropriate  for  each  individual  trail. 

Most  steps  and  staircases  at  Acadia  were  historically 
constructed  of  stone,  and  in  keeping  with  this  tradi- 
tion, stone  steps  are  preferred  for  continued  use  in  the 
park  (Fig.  7-1).  Log  steps,  including  log  checks  and  log 
cribbing,  may  be  used  as  short-term  solutions,  but  are 
not  recommended  for  long-term  use.  They  deteriorate 
in  Acadia's  extreme  climate,  and  they  do  not  comple- 
ment the  historical  building  style  of  Acadia. 

Note:  Stone  steps  may  be  installed  in  conjunction  with 
other  trail  features.  For  example,  small  runs  of  steps 


may  be  incorporated  into  stone  pavement,  drainage/ 
culverts,  coping  and  retaining  walls,  stream  crossings, 
and  ironwork.  For  information  on  these  features,  see 
Chapters  3, 4, 5,  6,  and  8. 


DEFINITIONS 

A  step  is  a  constructed  feature  that  is  a  vertical  rise  in 
grade  onto  a  horizontal  surface.  A  staircase  is  com- 
posed of  a  series  of  connected  steps  (stairs).  Methods 
of  step  construction  at  Acadia  include  set-behind,  slab- 
laid,  or  riprap. 

Set-behind  and  slab-laid  refer  to  steps  in  which  each 
step  is  generally  an  individual  stone,  although  in  some 
cases  two  or  more  stones  side-by-side  may  form 
a  single  step.  In  set-behind  steps,  each  step  is  set 
directly  behind  the  step  immediately  below  it,  so  that 
the  bottom  of  the  upper  step  sits  well  below  the  top  of 
the  next  lower  step  in  the  staircase.  The  stone  below 
locks  the  stone  above  in  place.  In  this  way,  the  stone 
is  "keyed"  or  wedged  into  place  and  can  no  longer 
slip  unless  the  lower  stone  is  moved.  Slab-laid  steps 
are  set  on  top  of  each  other,  so  that  the  bottom  of  the 
upper  step  sits  on  top  of  the  back  of  the  step  immedi- 
ately below  it  (Figs.  7-2  &  7-3). 

Riprap  steps  are  a  series  of  tiers  built  of  randomly 
laid,  abutting  stones.  Each  tier  or  step  consists  of  many 
stones  laid  so  their  tops  form  a  single  smooth  stepping 
surface  (Fig.  7-4).  While  used  in  the  western  United 
States  and  in  the  New  Hampshire  White  Mountains, 
this  technique  is  not  an  historically  appropriate  style  of 
step  building  at  Acadia.  However,  use  may  be  appro- 
priate where  a  high-use  trail  has  become  excessively 
wide,  or  where  a  steep  rocky  slope  needs  to  be  stabi- 
lized. 

Shims  are  small,  flat  stones  placed  underneath  larger 
stones  (steps,  in  this  case)  to  eliminate  wobble,  to  fill 
gaps,  or  to  raise  the  overall  height  of  a  larger  stone. 
In  general,  stones  used  for  these  purposes  are  called 


178 


Chapter  7:  Steps 


shims  if  they  are  exposed  (see  Fig.  7-4).  If  they  are  used 
in  the  interior  of  a  structure,  where  they  are  locked  in 
place,  they  are  called  blocking  or  packing  (Fig.  7-4). 

Patio  refers  to  a  wide  section  of  stone  pavement,  often 
found  between  sections  of  steps  (see  Figs.  7-13, 7-43). 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  STEPS  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

There  is  no  evidence  or  documentation  of  step  use 
prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  period. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Beginning  in  the  1890s,  the  use  of  stone  steps  on  the 
island's  trails  is  an  integral  part  of  the  history  of  the 
system  as  a  whole.  In  fact,  the  trails  on  Mount  Desert 
may  be  the  country's  first  recreational  trail  system  to 
incorporate  the  extensive  use  of  stone  staircases. 


Steps  locked  in 

behind  each  other 

at  least  3"               j1 

i       /"T 

Bottom  step 

\.         r^—^^k    A 

is  locked  in 

_h     \T^ 

*tfl                                          *j          '■: 

\  ipsz 

\ 

jl   )         \    Rock  core  or 

^IkJjJ 

] 

stable  soil 

ACAD  NP-Batdyga/Barter 

Fig.  7-2  Set-behind  steps. 


Bottom  step 
set  into  ground 


Steps 
overlap 


Fig.  7-3  Slab-laid  steps. 


See  specifications  for  orientation 
and  size  of  front  steps 


Front  stones  of  each  step 
locked  behind  previous  step 


Small  gaps  between 
stones  packed 
and  fitted  with 
crushed  rock 


Stones  are 
flush  and  level 


Ideal  block  foundation — 
crush  if  necessary 
(NEVER  just  dirt) 


Back  stones  and  packing 

stones  may  be  shallower  (6"  mm) 

but  still  well  locked  in 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


Fig.  7-4  Rip-rap  steps. 


179 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  7-5  These  steps  on  the  Upper  Ladder  Trail  (#334)  contain 
exposed  shims.  Their  use  may  have  contributed  to  the 
deterioration  of  these  Bates-style  steps  since  shims  are  generally 
not  locked  in  place  and  are  often  dislodged. 


Fig.  7-6  Deteriorated  steps  on  the  Giant  Slide  Trail  (#63). 


•■■■  - 


Fig.  7-8  Bates-style  steps  on  the  Goat  Trail  (#444). 


Fig.  7-7  Bates-style  steps  on  the  Potholes  to  Eagles  Crag  Trai 
(#343). 


Fig.  7-9  Dorr-style  stone  staircase  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15). 


180 


Chapter  7:  Steps 


The  first  stone  steps  were  most  likely  built  in  the  1890s 
either  by  or  under  the  direction  of  Waldron  Bates. 
Defined  by  economy  and  simplicity,  these  early  steps 
were  flat,  uncut,  slab-laid  stones,  constructed  in  short 
flights.  The  size  of  stones  used  was  generally  smaller 
than  in  later  work.  In  some  locations,  especially  over 
sections  of  ledgerock,  the  steps  functioned  more  as 
guidance  features  (see  Chapter  9)  than  as  a  way  of 
providing  a  durable  tread  over  changing  topography. 
Examples  of  these  early  VIA/VIS  "Bates-style"  steps 
(Fig.  7-45)  can  be  found  on  the  Upper  Ladder  Trail 
(#334),  Potholes  to  Eagles  Crag  Trail  (#343),  Cadillac 
Cliffs  to  Thunder  Hole  (#345),  Goat  Trail  (#444),  and 
Giant  Slide  Trail  (#63)  (Figs.  7-6  to  7-8). 

While  the  majority  of  step-building  took  place  in  the 
Bar  Harbor  region  throughout  the  VIA/VIS  period, 
significant  work  also  occurred  in  the  Seal  Harbor, 
Northeast  Harbor  and  Southwest  Harbor  districts. 
Most  of  this  step  work,  with  a  few  important  excep- 
tions, can  be  classified  as  Bates-style,  especially  since 
Bates  assisted  crews  in  Seal  Harbor  and  Northeast 
Harbor  districts  for  a  number  of  years.  For  instance, 
steps  on  the  Pond  Trail  (#20),  the  Jordan  South  End 
Path  (#409),  and  the  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail  (#47) 
are  in  the  rougher  Bates  style.  One  exception  is  a  set  of 
staircases  on  the  Northeast  Harbor  side  of  the  Asticou 
Trail  (#49)  that  uses  a  unique  style  of  wide,  multi-stone 
stairs  with  support  wall  and  coping.  Southwest  Harbor 
steps  are  a  variation  of  rough-laid  steps  that  use  no 
coping  and  are  set  into  the  earth.  The  few  staircases 
in  this  region  appear  on  otherwise  unconstructed, 
woodland  trails. 

Interestingly,  while  Bar  Harbor  steps  evolved  into 
larger,  more  highly  crafted  features  as  the  era  pro- 
ceeded, steps  built  in  the  other  districts  apparently 
did  not.  Though  constructed  in  the  1910s,  steps  on  the 
Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58)  and  the  Hadlock  Brook  Trails 
(#501,  #502,  #57)  more  closely  resemble  Bar  Harbor 
work  from  the  1890s  than  that  of  the  1910s  and  1920s. 
The  one  exception  is  the  Van  Santvoord  Trail  (#450), 
which  is  discussed  below. 


After  the  death  of  Waldron  Bates  in  1909,  and  through- 
out the  extended  tenure  of  Andrew  Liscomb  as 
Superintendent  of  Paths  for  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  until 
1931,  stone  steps  continued  to  be  a  frequently  con- 
structed feature  on  the  island's  slope-traversing  trails. 
As  VIA/VIS  trail-building  skill  increased,  steps  began 
to  be  integral  to  trail  building  and  construction  meth- 
ods were  modified,  creating  steps  that  became  more 
refined  and  substantial  trail  features. 

The  memorial  and  endowed  trails  built  under  the 
direction  of  George  Dorr  in  the  1910s  represent  some 
of  the  most  ingenious  stair  building  in  the  park.  Many 
of  these  trails  were  engineered  to  provide  walkers 
with  a  continuous  stone  tread,  using  large  cut  blocks 
set  with  even  runs  and  risers  (see  Fig.  7-46).  Added 
components  of  the  "Dorr-style"  stairs  were  coping 
stones,  large  boulders  used  as  coping  retaining  walls, 
and  iron  pins.  Dorr  staircases  exhibit  straight  runs  and 
pleasing  curves.  They  make  use  of  both  slab-laid  and 
set-behind  steps.  Dorr  was  also  the  first  to  use  drainage 
in  conjunction  with  staircases,  making  steps  the  cap- 
stones of  capstone  culverts  (used  on  the  Emery  Path, 
#15)  and  using  subgrade  drainage  beneath  his  steps  and 
side  drains  beside  them.  An  interesting  feature  of  some 
of  Dorr's  slab-laid  steps  is  that  they  "belly"  down,  or 
rounded  side  down,  behind  the  step  on  which  they  sit, 
locking  in  the  stone  and  providing  extra  protection 
against  slipping  forward.  Primary  examples  of  steps  in 
the  Dorr  style  are  extant  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15),  Kurt 
Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  and  the  Homans  Path  (#349) 
(Figs.  7-9  to  7-15). 

Later  memorial  paths,  such  as  the  Beachcroft  Path 
(#13),  Schiff  Path  (#15),  and  Andrew  Murray  Young 
Path  (#25),  had  a  tendency  to  use  stairs  that  were 
smaller  in  overall  scale  and  height  of  risers  than  the 
earlier  paths,  but  often  set  in  long  runs  of  steps.  Very 
few  of  the  larger  stairs  on  these  later  paths  were  as  big 
as  the  stairs  commonly  used  on  their  predecessors. 
The  reason  for  this  is  unknown.  Oddly,  coping  stones 
used  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  are  as  large  as  any 
steps  or  paving  stones  on  the  early  memorial  paths,  but 
the  steps  are  smaller  (Figs.  7-16  &  7-17). 


181 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  7-10  Coping  is  used  with  stairs  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15),  circa 
1920.  There  is  also  an  obscure  culvert  under  this  staircase. 


Fig.  7-12  A  curving  section  of  steps  on  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb 
(#16). 


Fig.  7-11   Dorr-style  stone  staircase  on  Schiff  Path  (#15),  circa 
1916. 


Fig.  7-13  Stone  steps  on  the  Homans  Path  (#349)  are  interspersed 
with  sections  of  stone  "patio." 


182 


Chapter  7:  Steps 


Fig.  7-14  Dorr-style  stone  staircase  on  ledge  rock  on  the  upper  section  of  the  Homans  Path  (#349). 


Fig.  7-15  Detail  of  stone  steps  on  the  Homans  Path  (#349). 


Fig.  7-17  A  narrow  stone  staircase  between  sections  of  stone 
pavement  on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13). 


Fig.  7-16  This  curving 
staircase  on  the 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  is 
typical  of  the  smaller- 
sized  steps  generally 
found  on  this  trail. 


183 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


The  sporadic,  distinctively  curved  staircases  of  the  Van 
Santvoord  Trail  (#450)  represent  another  variation. 
Constructed  between  1915  and  1917  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Joseph  Allen,  Seal  Harbor  VIS  path  committee 
chairman,  the  trail  contains  large  stone  steps  on  steep 
climbs,  between  long  stretches  of  trail  with  no  other 
built  features.  Some  short  staircases  were  constructed 
on  open  ledgerock,  reminiscent  of  some  of  the  earliest 
Bates-style  step  work  (Figs.  7-18  &  7-19). 


Fig.  7-18  This  small  curving  stone  staircase  on  the  Van  Santvoord 
Trail  (#450)  is  typical  of  many  of  the  steps  on  this  trail. 


During  the  1910s  and  1920s,  significant  step  work 
was  being  performed  in  every  major  area  of  the  park. 
On  the  island's  west  side,  the  Southwest  Harbor  VIA 
added  steps  to  the  Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail 
(#111)  using  typical  VIA/VIS  construction  techniques 
including  square,  uncut  stones,  slab-laid  construc- 
tion with  even  runs  and  risers,  and  no  coping.  On  the 
east  side,  Rudolph  Brunnow's  crew  built  numerous 
staircases  on  the  Orange  and  Black  Path  (#348),  the 
Precipice  Trail  (#11),  and  the  Beehive  Trail  (#7)  (Fig. 
7-21).  These  staircases  exhibit  a  unique  style  in  which 
the  steps  are  the  top  course  of  a  retaining  wall  which  is 
constructed  completely  under  them  of  relatively  small, 
carefully  laid  stones.  The  stairs  do  not  use  coping,  and 
the  blocking  is  exposed.  The  "Hanging  Steps"  on  the 
Orange  and  Black  Path  (#348)  are  the  most  dramatic 
example  of  this  Brunnow  style  (Fig.  7-22). 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

In  the  early  years  of  park  management  from  1916  to 
1932,  the  VIA/VIS  continued  to  construct  and  main- 
tain trails  on  land  that  would  eventually  become  part 
of  the  national  park.  The  park,  under  the  direction  of 


Fig.  7-19  The  stone  steps  on  the  Van  Santvoord  Trail  (#450)  were 
often  located  on  ledgerock  where  there  is  no  apparent  need  for 
a  set  of  steps.  These  steps  functioned  more  as  a  route  guide  than 
an  aid  to  traversing  the  slope. 


Fig.  7-20  Historic  view  of  classic  SHVIA  slab-laid  steps  on  the 
Moss  Trail,  part  of  the  Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail  (#111). 
Steps  are  square,  uncut  stones  with  even  runs  and  risers,  no 
coping,  and  shimmed  under  the  first  step.  The  staircase  is  now 
obliterated,  perhaps  due  to  a  weak  foundation. 


184 


CHAPTER  7:  STEPS 


Superintendent  Dorr,  focused  on  construction  of  visi- 
tor facilities,  including  associated  trails.  For  example, 
when  the  Cadillac  Summit  Road  was  completed  in 
1932,  the  park  constructed  an  associated  interpretive 
loop  trail  on  the  summit  (#33).  Design  drawings  were 
prepared  by  the  NPS  Branch  of  Plans  and  Design  in 
1932  and  implemented  in  1933.  This  was  probably  the 
first  asphalt-paved  trail  on  the  island  (Fig.  7-24).  (In 
the  1970s,  the  trail  was  resurfaced  with  concrete  mixed 
with  local  pink  granite  in  an  effort  to  harmonize  with 
the  native  summit  setting.)  Upon  the  arrival  of  the 
CCC,  Dorr  also  laid  out  plans  for  expansion  of  the  trail 
system,  including  several  stepped  trails  on  the  less- 
developed  western  side  of  the  island. 

The  CCC  vigorously  continued  the  art  and  craft  of 
step  construction  on  a  scale  similar  to  the  VIA/VIS 
endowed  paths,  and  often  in  a  remarkably  similar  char- 
acter. However,  the  CCC  was  even  more  methodical 
in  their  attention  to  detail,  employing  large  numbers  of 
engineers,  foremen,  and  workmen  at  trail  construction 
in  the  park.  CCC  steps  had  a  consistent  appearance, 
relying  on  cut  or  naturally  occurring  stone  that  was 


uniform  in  size  and  shape  (Figs.  7-25  and  7-46).  The 
treads  and  "risers"  were  consistent  throughout  a  run 
of  steps,  creating  stairs  that  were  comfortable  for  the 
hiker.  Also,  CCC  steps  were  often  wider  than  VIA/VIS 
steps,  some  over  4  feet  wide,  to  handle  more  use.  And 
to  make  the  stairs  blend  in  with  the  natural  surround- 
ings, CCC  crews  would  plant  mosses,  ferns,  and  other 
vegetation  in  the  crevices  of  staircase  after  they  were 
finished  with  construction. 

This  level  of  detail  and  attention  to  craftsmanship  in 
the  construction  of  CCC  steps,  as  well  as  other  con- 
tributing features  like  drainage  and  retention,  remains 
especially  evident  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119). 
This  trail  was  one  of  the  few  complete  trails  added  to 
the  park  by  the  CCC,  and  much  of  the  route  consists  of 
continuous  staircases.  On  this  trail,  sections  of  a  talus 
field  were  reconstructed  and  engineered  in  order  to 
accommodate  a  series  of  even  switchbacks  of  uniform 
steps  (Figs.  7-26  &  7-27).  While  perhaps  not  as  highly 
engineered,  or  as  well  constructed  as  the  Perpendicu- 
lar Trail  (#119),  the  Valley  Cove  (#626)  portion  of 
the  Flying  Mountain  Trail  (#105)  is  the  other  major 


Fig.  7-21   A  partially  reconstructed  stone  staircase  on  the  Beehive 
Trail  (#7).  The  rehab  is  misfitting,  as  the  odd-shaped  stones  of 
random  sizes  on  the  lower  part  of  the  staircase  do  not  resemble 
the  historic,  evenly  laid  rectangular  stones  on  the  upper  part  of 
the  staircase. 


Fig.  7-22  Brunnow's  "Hanging  Steps"  on  the  Orange  and  Black 
Path  (#348).  Steps  are  pinned  in  the  front  and  middle.  Note  the 
exposed  retaining  wall  under  the  upper  steps. 


185 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  7-23  Brunnow-style  stone  steps  on  the  Champlain  East  Face 
Trail  (#12). 


Fig.  7-25  These  CCC  steps  on  the  Acadia  Mountain  Trail  (#101) 
contain  consistent  sizes  of  stones.  The  AMC  scree  installed  later 
along  the  trail  edges  has  altered  the  historic  character. 


Fig.  7-24  Stone  steps  and  asphalt  pavement  on  the  Cadillac 
Summit  Loop  Trail  (#33). 


Fig.  7-26  Highly  engineered  CCC  switchbacks  of  uniform  steps 
cutting  through  a  talus  slope  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119). 


Fig.  7-27  Details  of  CCC  steps  with  shims  on  the  Perpendicular 
Trail  (#119). 


186 


Chapter  7:  Steps 


stepped  trail  built  by  the  CCC.  On  this  trail,  hundreds 
of  cut  stone  steps  create  a  easily  traversed  route  across 
ledgerock  and  through  a  talus  slope  (Fig.  7-28). 

However,  most  CCC  step  construction  was  not  as 
extensive  as  the  work  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119) 
or  the  Valley  Cove  portion  of  the  Flying  Mountain 
Trail  (#105).  Typical  CCC  work  consisted  of  small  runs 
of  steps  constructed  in  conjunction  with  the  various 
visitor  amenities  added  to  the  park  during  the  1930s. 
Several  of  these  features  were  constructed  to  con- 
nect the  CCC's  newly  renovated  Ocean  Path  (#3)  with 
parking  facilities  along  the  adjacent  Ocean  Drive  (Figs. 
7-29  to  7-31).  Also,  some  steps  were  added  to  existing 
trails  during  CCC  rehabilitation.  For  example,  a  run 
of  steps  at  the  start  of  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  leads 
up  the  hill  from  Route  3  to  the  path  itself.  The  original 
trailhead  at  Sieur  de  Monts  was  closed  and  the  CCC 
added  these  stairs  to  access  a  new  parking  area  across 


the  road  from  the  newly  established  trailhead  (Fig.  7- 
32).  Other  trails  where  the  CCC  completed  step  work 
include  the  Beech  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail  (#109) 
and  the  Valley  Trail  (#116)  (Figs.  7-33  &  7-34). 

A  comparison  between  the  CCC  style  of  step  construc- 
tion and  the  earlier  VIA/VIS  Bates  style  is  most  evident 
on  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64).  The  CCC  completely 
rehabilitated  the  staircases  on  the  lower  portion  of 
this  trail,  creating  a  series  of  steps  with  a  more  uniform 
and  constructed  appearance  and  adding  appropriate 
drainage  features.  This  style  contrasts  greatly  with  the 
less  orderly  VIA  steps  that  were  originally  used  and 
remained  evident  on  the  abandoned  Upper  Ladder 
Trail  (#334)  (Figs.  7-35  to  7-37). 

NPS/Mission  66 

Few  examples  of  Mission  66  steps  are  extant.  Gener- 
ally Mission  66  trails  were  easily  accessible  trails  near 
parking  areas  and  park  facilities  and  did  not  ascend 
steep  slopes.  They  relied  on  a  few  short  runs  of  stone 
steps,  such  as  the  two-  and  three-step  staircases 
found  on  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127)  and  the 
Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369).  Like  VIA/VIS  and  CCC 
steps,  these  tend  to  be  square  blocks  set  in  even  runs. 
However,  the  craftsmanship  of  the  Mission  66  work 
was  inferior  to  previous  work,  and  much  of  it  has  since 
fallen  into  disrepair  (Fig.  7-38). 


Fig.  7-28  CCC  steps  across  ledgerock  on  the  Valley  Cove  Trail 
(#626),  shown  in  1969. 


Fig.  7-29  CCC  steps  connecting  Ocean  Path  (#3)  with  a  parking 
area  along  Ocean  Drive,  soon  after  construction,  circa  1937. 


187 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  7-30  CCC  steps  at  Thunder  Hole  parking  along  the  Ocean 
Path  (#3). 


Fig.  7-31   CCC  steps  at  Otter  Cliffs  on  Ocean  Path  (#3)  adjacent  to 
motor  road  grade  separation. 


Fig.  7-33  CCC  stone  wall  and  steps  on  the  Beech  Mountain  South 
Ridge  Trail  (#109). 


Fig.  7-32  These  stone  steps  were  added  by  the  CCC  at  the  newly 
established  trailhead  for  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13). 


Fig.  7-34  A  CCC  stone  staircase  on  the  Valley  Trail  (#116). 


188 


Chapter  7:  Steps 


■ 

^5                                                       :%'#^ 

i*M 

L              "                v^,,,- 

5 

- 

JHHfik  -     >"■■- '  •)* 

-s  ^9 j  ><fftys^^H        msr           '"-  • 

^B'  A 

Fig.  7-35  VIA/VIS  Bates-style  steps  on  the  Upper  Ladder  Trail 
(#334). 


Fig.  7-37  CCC  steps  on  the  lower  section  of  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64). 


Fig.  7-36  CCC  steps  along  cliff  face  on  the  lower  section  of  the 
Ladder  Trail  (#64). 


Fig.  7-38  The  remains  of  a  short  run  of  Mission  66  steps  on  the 
Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127). 


189 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


National  Park  Service 

Since  the  late  1960s,  NPS  crews  have  repaired  historic 
staircases  and  have  also  added  a  number  of  staircases 
in  places  where  previously  there  were  none.  While 
some  of  this  work  was  in  keeping  with  the  trails' 
historic  character,  the  majority  of  it  was  not.  Historic 
steps  were  lost,  and  new  incompatible  features  like 
riprap  and  wooden  steps  were  added. 

Since  the  1970s,  volunteer  groups  like  the  Appalachian 
Mountain  Club  (AMC)  have  also  assisted  with  some 
step  construction  projects.  This  work  has  not  only 
added  additional  styles  of  step  construction  to  Acadia, 
it  has  also  introduced  a  different  attitude  toward  trail 
building,  which  is  not  always  in  keeping  with  Acadia's 
historic  precedent.  For  example,  in  reference  to  step 
building,  the  AMC  trail  handbook  says: 

For  aesthetic  reasons. ..it  is  best  to  avoid  building  per- 
fectly straight  staircases  up  a  slope.  Nature  is  unruly,  so 
put  some  twists  and  bends  in  the  staircase....  You  can 
also  break  up  the  "staircase  effect"  through  use  of  odd- 
shaped. ..rocks.  Offset  some  steps  rather  than  keep  them 
in  a  direct  line....36 

This  attitude  is  best  shown  in  the  AMC's  style  of  step 
construction,  which  has  been  used  on  several  trails  at 
Acadia  (Fig.  7-39).  Only  when  the  NPS  began  reha- 
bilitation efforts  in  the  1990s,  did  it  become  evident 
that  the  early  trail  builders  at  Acadia  espoused  a  dif- 
ferent attitude  toward  trail  construction.  The  steps 
themselves  were  often  designed  and  meant  to  be 
emphasized  as  an  important  aesthetic  feature  of  the 
trail.  Depending  on  the  individual  trail,  achieving  a 
"staircase  effect"  is  often  a  desirable  goal  to  maintain 
historic  character. 

Some  of  the  more  extreme  examples  of  harm  done  to 
Acadia's  steps: 

•  The  Spring  Trail  (#621)  was  closed  in  1975  because 
a  staircase  could  not  be  repaired  due  to  a  lack  of 
information  and/or  skills  by  workers. 

•  During  a  1975  "repair"  of  a  CCC  staircase  at  an 
overlook  on  the  Acadia  Mountain  Trail  (#101), 
loose  steps  were  not  reused,  but  simply  heaved 
into  the  ocean. 


•    In  1992,  CCC  step  work  on  Flying  Mountain 
(#105)  was  dismantled  and  used  as  scree  by  a  vol- 
unteer work  group. 

Even  step  work  of  integrity  has  not  always  been 
sympathetic  to  a  trail's  historic  character.  Round  steps 
have  been  added  to  cut  block  staircases,  as  with  the 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  trailhead;  steps  of  odd  rise  and 
run  sizes  have  been  added  to  staircases  with  uniform 
rises  and  runs;  and  cut  and  polished  granite  steps 
have  been  added  to  trails  or  visitor  areas  adjacent  to 
trails,  such  as  staircases  constructed  at  the  summit  of 
Cadillac  Mountain.  Consequently,  some  of  the  work 
completed  by  the  NPS  since  1942  has  compounded 
the  problems  caused  by  environmental  conditions  and 
increased  usage  of  the  trails. 

However,  recent  work  completed  by  NPS  crews  has 
been  performed  in  a  more  informed  manner.  Histori- 


Fig.  7-39  These  AMC-style  steps  on  the  Pond  Trail  (#20)  were 
built  according  to  AMC  handbook.  However,  this  style  of  step 
work,  with  uneven,  slanted  steps  and  the  heavy  use  of  scree,  is 
not  appropriate  for  the  Acadia  trail  system. 


190 


Chapter  7:  Steps 


cal  precedents  for  step  construction  have  been  used 
in  both  the  rehabilitation  of  old  steps,  as  well  as  in 
the  addition  of  new  steps  to  the  trail  system.  Some 
examples  of  recent  step  rehabilitation  include  work  on 
the  Pond  Trail  (#20)  and  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  at  Otter 
Point  (Fig.  7-40). 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  STEPS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


No  evidence  or  documentation  for  step  use  has  been 
found. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


The  earliest,  or  Bates-style,  steps  were  typically  small, 
uncut,  slab-laid  steps  of  varying  sizes  constructed  in 
short  runs.  As  building  skills  improved  with  the  advent  of 
memorial  trails,  steps  developed  into  longer  engineered 
runs  with  uniform  slab-laid  and  set-behind  steps.  These 
Dorr-style  steps  often  used  cut  stones,  coping  walls, 
retaining  walls,  and/or  ironwork.  Brunnow-style  steps 
were  similar  to  earlier  styles  in  their  small  size  and  lack  of 
coping.  They  often  used  cut  stones  and  exhibited  a  much 
higher  level  of  craftsmanship,  especially  in  the  retaining 
walls  built  underneath  the  steps.  Variations  on  these  styles 
also  occurred  on  many  trails. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


The  consistency  of  the  CCC  work  relied  on  uniform  sizes 
of  cut,  slab-laid  steps  set  in  long,  engineered  runs.  Stair- 
cases were  usually  used  in  conjunction  with  coping  walls 
and/or  retaining  walls. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Few  steps  were  used  during  this  period.  The  typical  two- 
or  three-step  staircases  were  inferior  in  quality  to  previous 
historical  work. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Repairs  were  made  to  staircases  of  all  eras,  both  in- 
character  and  out-of-character  (Fig.  7-41).  New  work 
varied  considerably.  New  styles  were  introduced,  includ- 
ing AMC  steps,  wooden  steps,  riprap,  and  set-behind 
steps  as  a  substitute  for  slab-laid  steps.  From  the  late  1990s 
on,  close  attention  has  been  paid  to  rehabilitating  and 
constructing  steps  in  the  proper  style,  such  as  in  the  2002 
rehabilitation  of  Bates-style  steps  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39)  (Figs.  7-42  &  7-43). 


1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Many  historic  steps  and  staircases  are  in  serious 
need  of  repair  or  replacement  resulting  in  a  loss  of 
historic  fabric  and  character  over  the  years  as  trails 
have  not  been  adequately  maintained.  Some  historic 
steps  have  been  replaced  with  incompatible  work,  or 
new  step  styles  have  been  added  to  the  system.  After 
water  bars  and  dips,  steps  are  the  most  common  fea- 
ture added  to  sections  of  trails  where  they  previously 
did  not  exist.  While  the  addition  of  steps  can  solve 
many  problems  related  to  steep  grades,  in  some  places 


Fig.  7-40  These  stone  steps  at  Otter  Point  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3) 
were  constructed  in  2000. 


Fig.  7-41  These  stairs  from  the  Park  Loop  Road  to  Western  Point, 
south  of  Blackwoods  Campground,  are  too  uniform  and  are  out 
of  place  in  the  Acadia  trail  system. 


191 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


they  are  detrimental  to  the  trail's  historical  character. 
For  example,  steps  would  not  be  in  character  for  the 
smooth,  graveled,  "broad"  paths  like  the  Stratheden 
Trail  (#24).  In  other  areas,  the  addition  of  steps  may 
change  a  trail's  unconstructed  appearance,  such  as  on 
upper  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  or  the  Deer  Brook 
Trail  (#51). 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Existing  historic  stone  steps 
should  be  rehabilitated  as  necessary  in  the  appropri- 


Fig.  7-42  Dilapidated  Bates-style  steps  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
(#39)  before  NPS  rehabilitation,  see  Fig.  7-43. 


Fig.  7-43  NPS  rehabilitation  of  Bates-style  steps  on  the  same 
section  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  in  2002.  Note  varying 
sizes,  flat  "patio"  above  the  fifth  step,  and  use  of  both  slab-laid 
(top  step)  and  set-behind  (front  steps).  Steps  also  conform  to 
boulders  in  the  landscape. 


ate  historic  style  for  the  trail.  Removal  of  historic  stairs 
should  only  be  considered  as  a  last  resort  when  stairs 
can  no  longer  be  repaired  or  reconstructed,  or  when 
maintaining  these  features  is  no  longer  a  viable  option 
due  to  resource  or  visitor  protection.  New  stone  steps 
may  be  added  in-kind  to  existing  staircases  and  may  be 
considered  for  sections  of  trail  when  there  is  historic 
precedent  of  stone  step  use.  New  steps  may  be  con- 
sidered for  areas  with  steep  ascents  (typically  over  15 
percent)  on  the  forest  floor,  through  talus  fields,  or 
across  ledgerock.  Steps  are  also  an  acceptable  solution 
for  lesser  grades  with  erosion  problems.  New  steps 
should  be  constructed  to  complement  existing  work 
on  the  trail  or  fit  within  the  trail's  period  and  style 
of  construction.  Steps  should  not  be  added  to  trails 
whose  character  would  be  changed  or  interrupted  by 
the  addition  of  steps.  For  example,  steps  should  not  be 
used  on  long  sections  of  smooth  graveled  tread,  such 
as  the  broad  paths  or  the  Ocean  Path  (#3),  or  on  long 
sections  of  inclined  stone  pavement.  The  alternative 
for  steps  on  inclined  graveled  paths  will  be  checks 
and/or  inside  drainage.  Wooden  steps  are  not  a  recom- 
mended treatment  option. 

2.  Step  Style 

Issue:  Each  step  style  has  pros  and  cons.  Slab-laid  steps 
were  the  most  commonly  used  historically,  yet  they 
often  succumb  to  rear  pressure,  which  can  push  the 
steps  forward  into  a  "stack,"  or  topple  them  altogether. 
Particularly  vulnerable  are  steps  built  in  loose  or 
poorly  drained  soil.  Small  slab-laid  steps  not  "pinched" 
on  the  sides  by  coping  or  ledge  can  be  dislodged  by 
foot  traffic.  Slab-laid  staircases  also  depend  on  the  use 
of  rectangular  stones  of  uniform  thickness  which  may 
not  always  be  readily  available.  While  set-behind  steps 
are  more  durable  in  certain  situations  and  allow  the 
use  of  various  stone  shapes,  they  often  appear  out  of 
place  in  Acadia  and  have  their  own  problems.  Flowing 
water  can  run  directly  behind  set-behind  steps,  tread 
size  is  dictated  by  stone  shape,  and  building  on  ledge- 
rock  is  particularly  difficult.  In  some  cases,  historic 
step  styles  are  not  wide  enough  to  accommodate  the 
volume  of  foot  traffic,  or  the  right  stone  is  not  available 
to  build  staircases  of  a  sufficient  step-size. 


192 


Chapter  7:  Steps 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Slab-laid  steps  should  be 
replaced  in  kind.  In  problem  areas  where  failure  is 
likely,  larger  steps  (over  150  pounds)  and/or  well-built 
coping  that  "pinch"  steps  in  place  will  be  used  to  pre- 
vent slab-laid  steps  from  shifting.  If  steps  are  being  cut 
or  shaped,  Dorr's  "bellying"  technique  may  be  used 
to  help  secure  steps  from  sliding  forward.  The  lower 
surface  is  shaped  so  that  it  locks  in  and  will  not  slide 
over  the  step  below.  In  new  step  construction  with 
no  historical  precedent  for  slab-laid  steps,  or  in  areas 
where  drainage  problems  or  a  lack  of  the  appropriate 
stone  prohibits  the  building  of  slab-laid  steps,  set- 
behind  steps  may  be  used.  Set-behind  steps  should  be 
built  in  a  way  that  mimics  the  appearance  of  slab-laid 
steps  as  much  as  possible,  including  the  use  of  square 
fronts  to  the  steps  and  evenly  spaced  treads  and  ris- 
ers. When  building  in  an  historic  style,  care  should  be 
taken  to  avoid  a  riprap  look  with  multiple  stones  set  as 
a  single  step. 

Occasionally,  non-historic  step  styles  are  necessary 
and  may  be  used,  although  this  is  not  a  preferred 
treatment  option  and  should  only  be  considered  as  a 
last  choice.  Riprap  steps  may  be  used  if  the  following 
conditions  apply: 

•  There  is  no  precedent  of  another  style  of  step  in 
that  area  of  the  trail. 

•  There  is  a  need  for  a  tread-width  greater  than  the 
available  stone,  or  than  an  historic  style  will  allow. 

•  The  trail  grade  is  too  steep  or  too  vulnerable 
to  treat  with  less  conspicuous  features,  such  as 
checks  and  fill,  or  causeway. 

Like  riprap,  log  crib  steps  may  also  be  considered 
when  there  is  no  historical  precedent.  See  Chapter  6 
for  further  information  on  the  use  of  log  cribs. 

3.  Use  of  Pins 

Issue:  Unpinned  steps  and  walls  constructed  directly 
on  ledgerock  have  slid  out  of  place  over  time,  while 
work  held  by  iron  pins  has  generally  lasted  as  long  as 
the  pins'  useful  life  of  over  fifty  years.  However,  iron 
pins  are  not  historically  accurate  on  all  trails,  including 
early  VIA/VIS  work  like  the  deteriorating  steps  of  the 
Upper  Ladder  Trail  (#334). 


Treatment  Guidelines:  The  addition  of  pins  is  an 
acceptable  remedy  for  steps  and/or  coping  wall  that 
is  in  danger  of  slippage.  The  options  of  either  setting 
the  base  of  the  wall  in  a  stable  area,  such  as  insloping 
ledge,  or  adding  coping  wall  to  steps  to  shore  them  up, 
should  be  considered  before  pins  are  added  to  trails 
where  they  are  not  historically  accurate.  If  used,  stain- 
less steel  pins  are  recommended  as  a  compatible  yet 
distinguishable  feature  and  may  last  much  longer  than 
the  traditional  iron.  Pins  should  be  placed  in  incon- 
spicuous locations  (see  Chapter  8). 

4.  Use  of  Shims 

Issue:  In  slab-laid  construction,  shims  are  often  used 
to  level  a  step  or  keep  it  from  rocking  on  the  step 
below.  The  use  of  shims  can  save  the  labor  of  reshap- 
ing a  stone,  quarrying  another,  or  extensively  rebuild- 
ing a  section  of  steps.  However,  shims  can  work 
themselves  loose  over  time,  often  leaving  an  unstable 
and  unsafe  step. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  use  of  shims  is  not  rec- 
ommended since  they  cannot  be  permanently  held 
in  place.  In  cases  where  shims  may  have  been  used 
historically,  new  steps  should  be  selected  or  the  old 
steps  reshaped  in  order  to  level  and/or  stabilize  them. 
The  use  of  shims  as  blocking  underneath  the  sides  or 
backs  of  steps  may  be  considered,  provided  they  are 
set  tightly  and  held  on  all  sides  by  other  stonework. 

5.  Drainage 

Issue:  In  some  cases,  old  steps  were  built  without 
drainage.  Water  and  ice  flowing  into  or  over  them  has 
pushed  the  steps  out  of  place  or  led  to  their  total  col- 
lapse. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Drainage  systems  built  in 
conjunction  with  historic  steps  or  steps  constructed  in 
an  historic  style  should  be  in  keeping  with  other  drain- 
age systems  used  in  conjunction  with  similar  steps.  For 
Dorr-style  and  CCC  steps  this  includes  culverts  under- 
neath steps.  For  all  other  styles,  such  drains  should  be 
used  only  as  a  last  resort  and  be  kept  as  subtle  as  pos- 
sible. In  nearly  all  cases  another  drainage  option  may 


193 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


be  more  appropriate,  such  as  subgrade  drainage,  side 
drainage,  or  cross  drainage  above  the  staircase. 

6.  Stabilization 

Issue:  Several  historic  trails  at  Acadia  are  no  longer 
marked  and  maintained.  There  are  many  original  steps 
and  staircases  on  these  trails  which  need  stabilization 
to  prevent  further  deterioration  and  loss  of  historic 
fabric. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Stabilization  of  steps  on 
abandoned  trails  should  be  done  in  the  least  intru- 
sive method  possible.  Small  repairs,  like  on  a  piece 
of  retaining  wall  or  a  single  step  in  order  to  keep  a 
staircase  from  collapsing,  will  be  the  first  choice.  Dete- 
riorated pins  and  slipped  shims  should  be  replaced  as 
needed.  If  the  repair  is  extensive,  new  stainless  steel 
pins  and  shims  should  be  inconspicuously  added  to 
prevent  further  collapse.  Drainage  threats  should  be 
resolved  using  methods  that  do  not  sacrifice  the  integ- 
rity of  the  step  or  staircase,  such  as  dips  and  ditching. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STEPS  (FIGS.  7-45  TO  7-47) 

1.  General  Guidelines  for  Historic  Stone  Steps 

•  Steps  and  staircases  should  be  constructed  of 
stone  either  taken  directly  from  the  site,  or  stone 
that  is  indistinguishable  from  local  stone. 

•  Rectangular  stones,  especially  those  with  flat 
surfaces  for  the  tread,  are  preferred  over  rounded 
stones. 

•  Slab-laid  construction  is  preferred  over  set- 
behind,  though  both  may  be  used  if  needed. 

•  When  possible,  staircases  should  be  used  in  either 
straight  or  curving  rows. 

•  Steps  are  as  even  as  possible,  given  the  construc- 
tion technique,  the  surrounding  landscape  and  the 
general  terrain. 

•  Rise  and  run  of  steps  are  negotiable.  Treads  are 
deep  enough  to  land  on,  and  risers  are  within 
reach  of  the  average  stride. 

•  Steps  are  intended  to  stand  out  as  constructed  fea- 
tures, becoming  objects  of  interest,  even  admira- 
tion, to  the  hiker. 


Sizes  differ 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Baitet 


Fig.  7-45  Details  for  a  typical  VIA/VIS  Bates-style  staircase. 


194 


Chapter  7:  Steps 


The  degree  to  which  a  given  staircase  will  meet  the 
general  step  criteria  depends  on  the  particular  con- 
struction model  for  that  set  of  steps.  For  example, 
Bates-style  steps  rely  on  local  uncut  stone  and  will  be 
as  even  and  uniform  as  the  material  allows.  CCC  steps 
will  be  of  cut  stone  laid  on  a  reconfigured  trail  align- 
ment to  assure  that  each  step  is  nearly  identical  in  size 
and  spacing  to  the  other  steps  throughout  the  staircase. 

The  following  historic  styles  of  steps  are  to  be  used  as 
guidelines  when  rehabilitating  existing  steps  or  adding 
new  steps  to  the  trail  system. 

•  Bates-style  VIA/VIS  steps 

•  Dorr-style  VIA/VIS  steps 

•  Brunnow-style  VIA/VIS  steps 

•  CCC  steps 

Specifications  for  construction  of  each  of  these  step 
types  have  been  identified  through  field  investigations 
and  historic  research.  These  are  described  below. 


2.  Construction  Techniques  for  Historic  Stone  Steps 

Adhering  to  the  following  chart  (Fig.  7-47),  specific 
needs  for  rise  and  run  are  calculated,  and  stone  sizes 
and  shapes  are  determined,  then  quarried  or  shaped, 
with  the  appropriate  amount  of  variation  for  the  style. 
The  area  around  the  step  is  excavated  of  organic  soil 
and  loose  stone.  The  bottom  step  is  set  at  least  6  inches 
below  ground  on  inorganic  soil,  crushed  stone,  or 
bedrock,  or  it  is  keyed  or  pinned  onto  ledge  so  that  it 
cannot  slip  forward. 

In  slab-laid  construction  (Figs.  7-3  &  7-46),  the  area 
behind  each  step  is  packed  as  the  core  of  a  retaining 
wall  (see  Chapter  6).  If  coping  or  sidewall  is  not  to  be 
used,  exposed  core  stones  must  be  laid  as  a  wall  under 
the  step,  as  with  Brunnow-style  construction. 

Coping,  sidewall,  and/or  retaining  wall  should  be 
constructed  as  the  steps  are  laid  as  one  interwoven 
structure.  If  coping  or  sidewall  is  to  be  used,  coping 


Usually  coping 


Even  runs 
and  risers 


Steps  are 
slab-laid 
overlapping 
at  least  6" 


Rock  base  for 
drainage  and  stability 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 


Fig.  7-46  Detail  of  a  typical  staircase  from  the  CCC  or  VIA/VIS  period. 


195 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Bates-style 
VIAIVIS  Steps 

Dorr-style 
VIAIVIS  Steps 

Brunnow-style  VIAI 
VIS  Steps 

CCC  Steps 

Type  of 
Construction 

Slab-laid  and  set- 
behind;  often  both 
types  in  one  staircase 

Slab-laid  and  set- 
behind;  often  both 
types  in  one  staircase 

Slab-laid 

Slab-laid 

Layout  of 
Staircases 

Short,  sporadic  flights 
broken  by  sections  of 
level  tread;  natural 
features  like  boulders 
are  often  incorporated 
into  the  staircase,  or 
the  steps  go  around 
them 

Flights  in  straight  lines 
or  engineered  curves; 
landscape  often 
altered  to 
accommodate 
regularity  of  staircase 

Some  staircases 
engineered,  others 
dictated  by  the 
landscape 

Staircases 
engineered  and  laid 
out  to  exacting 
standards  and 
specifications 

Stone  Type 

Uncut;  shape  varies; 
at  least  one  flat 
surface 

Primarily  cut;  some 
uncut;  rectangular 

Cut  or  uncut; 
rectangular 

Primarily  cut;  some 
uncut;  rectangular 

Average 
Stone  Size 

Varies  greatly 

24"x18"x6" 

18"x18"x6" 

24"x18"x6" 

Typical  Run 

10"-24" 

12"-32" 

10"-24" 

8"-24" 

Typical  Rise 

3"-18" 

6"-12" 

6"-18" 

6"-14" 

Typical  Step 
Width 

8"-48";  typically 
smaller  than  other 
styles 

12"-60" 

12"-60" 

12"-60";  typically 
over  30"  on  well 
traveled  paths 

Step 
Uniformity 

Irregular  rises  and 
runs,  varying  greatly 
from  step  to  step 

Regular  rises  and  runs 
within  staircases; 
varies  between 
staircases 

Rises  and  runs  may  or 
may  not  be  consistent 
within  a  staircase  and/ 
or  between  staircases 

Regular  rises  and  runs 
within  staircases; 
varies  between 
staircases 

Coping 

Typically  used;  uncut 
single  or  piled  stones 
no  more  than  12" 
above  steps 

Typically  used;  large 
cut  or  uncut  single 
stones  or  retaining 
wall 

Not  used 

Typically  used;  single 
cut  or  uncut  stones  of 
various  sizes 

Support  Wall 

None 

Laid  wall 

Laid  wall 

Laid  wall 

Iron  Pins 

None 

Steps,  coping  and 
retaining  walls  may 
be  pinned 

Steps  may  be  pinned 

Coping  and  retaining 
walls  may  be  pinned 

Shims 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Associated 

Drainage 

Features 

None 

Capstone 
culverts 

None 

Graveled-overor 
capstone  culverts 
and  side  drains 

Fig.  7-47  Historic  styles  of  steps  and  specifications. 


196 


CHAPTER  7:  STEPS 


will  hold  the  core  and  it  need  only  be  packed  solidly. 
Coping  stones  should  span  the  joints  between  steps. 

Each  next  step  is  set  on  the  previous  step  and  core  so 
that  it  overlaps  the  step  by  at  least  6  inches  (1  foot  is 
ideal).  The  step  should  contact  the  lower  step  at  least 
once  and  should  be  stable  without  shims.  If  shims  are 
appropriate  to  the  area,  exposed  shim  stones  may  be 
used.  These  should  be  part  of  the  core  and  locked 
underneath  and  on  the  side  by  coping  may  be  used. 

In  set-behind  steps,  the  core  is  packed  behind  the 
step  to  a  level  that  will  lift  the  next  step  to  the  desired 
height  (Fig.  7-2).  The  upper  step  sits  on  the  core  only, 
contacting  the  lower  step  along  its  face.  To  ensure  that 
steps  are  locked  in,  each  upper  step  should  be  set  at 
least  3  inches  below  the  top  of  the  step  below.  Small 
gaps  between  steps  are  packed  only  after  a  number  of 
steps  are  set,  to  prevent  separation.  The  same  tech- 
niques are  appropriate  for  constructing  accompanying 
coping  or  retaining  wall. 

3.  Construction  Techniques  for  Riprap  Steps  (Fig.  7-4) 

Riprap  steps  should  be  considered  as  a  treatment 
option  if  the  following  apply: 

1.  The  trail  is  high-use  trail  that  must  have  a  corridor 
wider  than  most  available  stone. 

2.  There  is  no  appropriate  historical  solution. 

3.  The  area  is  not  in  close  proximity  to  historic  steps. 

All  building  stones  should  contact  abutting  stones.  The 
step's  top  surface  should  be  relatively  flat,  and  stones 
should  be  set  so  they  are  flush  with  each  other.  All  gaps 
should  be  chinked  so  that  the  result  is  a  flat  and  level 
surface  free  of  gaps  or  impediments. 

Rise  and  run  should  be  consistent  over  a  span  of  steps. 
Risers  should  be  4  to  10  inches  (ideally  6  or  8  inches), 
but  should  be  the  same  for  each  step.  Width  may  vary 
from  staircase  to  staircase  depending  upon  the  trail's 
use  and  other  factors,  but  should  be  no  narrower  than 
2  feet.  Runs  should  be  even  throughout  the  structure, 
a  minimum  of  1  foot  (ideally  16  inches  or  greater). 
Flat  "patio"  areas  (see  Fig.  7-13)  may  be  incorporated 


between  steps,  but  runs  of  evenly  spaced  steps  should 
be  as  long  as  the  terrain  allows  so  that  hiking  will  be 
more  natural. 

The  core  under  the  steps  is  constructed  as  with  other 
steps,  according  to  the  principles  of  core  building 
for  retaining  walls  (see  Chapter  6).  Proper  height  is 
achieved  by  constructing  the  blocking  under  each 
stone  so  that  it  holds  the  stone  to  the  correct  height; 
sometimes  the  stone  must  be  put  in  and  taken  out 
a  number  of  times  for  correct  adjustment.  Blocking 
should  span  the  breadth  of  the  stone,  rather  than  sup- 
porting the  step  stones  under  just  one  or  two  points. 
Friction  with  abutting  stones  should  not  be  depended 
on  to  keep  stones  from  sinking  or  tilting;  "pinch  sets," 
which  are  hollow  underneath,  should  never  be  used. 

Riprap  is  always  built  in  conjunction  with  a  wall  on 
each  side,  or  natural  features  contacting  the  steps  on 
each  side  to  keep  individual  stones  in  place.  Single- 
tiered  walls  should  contain  stones  of  substantial  size 
(generally  2  cubic  feet  or  greater)  and  set  header-style 
to  withstand  movement,  unless  they  are  very  large. 
Multi-tiered  retaining  walls  should  be  constructed 
according  to  wall  specifications  (see  Chapter  6).  The 
top  tier,  which  holds  the  riprap  together,  should  be 
constructed  of  large  stones  leaning  into  the  structure 
(2  cubic  feet  is  ideal).  In  all  cases,  wall  stones  should 
contact  each  other,  and  contact  the  steps  toward  the 
top  of  the  step  stones  for  greatest  integrity.  Wall  stones 
should  also  span  the  joints  between  riprap  steps. 

When  riprap  is  constructed  against  the  side  of  a  hill, 
the  hill-side  of  the  structure  should  still  be  supported 
with  a  row  of  stones  dug  into  the  earth,  to  apply 
maximum  pressure  to  the  structure;  this  is  often  called 
a  "false  wall"  because  the  stones  are  trapped  between 
earth  and  the  structure,  and  are  therefore  not  really  a 
retaining  wall. 

The  first  tier  should  be  one  or  more  large  stones  set  at 
least  1  foot  deep  in  the  ground  so  that  the  top  of  the 
stone  is  flush  with  the  original  ground  level.  Sometimes 
the  bottom  tier  is  keyed  behind  a  substantial  lip  in  the 
ledge,  or  locked  in  behind  a  large  extant  stone,  or  is 


197 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


held  with  iron  pins.  The  set  of  the  first  tier  is  of  crucial 
importance  to  the  integrity  of  the  structure. 

The  front  stones  of  each  step  are  keyed  behind  and  in 
contact  with  the  rear  stones  of  the  step  below.  Front 
stones  of  the  upper  step  should  span  the  joints  of  the 
lower  step,  as  in  a  retaining  wall.  Header-set  stones 
may  be  as  small  as  Vi  cubic  foot,  or  1  cubic  foot  if  cake- 
set.  Both  must  be  set  a  minimum  of  4  inches  behind 
the  step  in  front,  deeper  if  they  are  at  the  small  end  of 
the  acceptable  sizes.  Toast  sets  can  be  used  as  front 
steps  only  if  two-thirds  of  their  height  is  below  the  step 
in  front.  They  should  be  stones  at  least  1  cubic  foot  in 
size.  Contact  between  front  stones  of  a  step  should 
be  within  1  inch  of  their  tops,  and  toward  the  front  of 
these  stones.  The  face  of  each  step  should  be  within  1 
inch  of  vertical  in  either  direction,  with  little  overhang 
or  back-slope. 

Rear  stones  may  be  set  in  any  orientation.  Ideally,  they 
should  break  the  joints  of  front  stones,  but  this  isn't  as 
crucial  as  in  other  areas.  They  should  be  set  at  least  6 
inches  deep  in  the  step,  deeper  if  they  are  small.  Stones 
with  a  very  small  stepping  surface  may  be  used  if  they 
are  set  deep  into  the  step  as  "pegs." 

All  gaps  should  be  fitted  with  the  largest  and  deepest 
stones  that  will  fit  and  be  flush  at  the  top.  Small  rocks 
should  be  packed  and  crushed  into  the  remaining  gaps 
until  the  step  is  smooth  at  the  top  and  one  continuous 
structure  with  very  few  gaps  in  its  core. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 


1.  Create  or  maintain  any  drainage  that  protects  the 
steps  (see  Chapter  4). 

2.  Any  erosion  at  the  bottom  of  stairs  should  be  dealt 
with  to  prevent  slippage.  Slipped  steps  on  which 
other  steps  are  laid,  most  commonly  bottom  steps, 
should  be  reset  as  soon  as  possible  to  prevent  a 
domino  effect  in  which  the  entire  staircase  col- 
lapses. 

3.  Remove  invasive  vegetation  from  coping  walls, 
retaining  walls,  and  between  steps.  Otherwise, 
roots  may  separate  the  stonework. 


ENDNOTES 


36      Carl  Demrow  and  David  Salisbury,  The  Complete  Guide  to  Trail 
Building  and  Maintenance  (Boston:  Appalachian  Mountain  Club 
Books,  1998),  135. 


198 


Fig.  8-1   Iron  pins  hold  an  overhanging  boulder  at  Sieur  de  Monts  Crag  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15). 


CHAPTER  8: 


IRONWORK 


199 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


CHAPTER  8:  IRONWORK 


Ironwork  consists  of  pins,  rungs,  railings,  lad- 
ders, and  bridges  that  are  drilled  into  stone.  Iron 
enables  rigorous  hiking  on  cliffside  trails  and 
supports  some  of  the  finest  stonework  on  the  island. 
Without  iron,  many  of  the  steepest  trails  would  not  be 
feasible.  An  abundance  of  ironwork  is  one  of  the  many 
distinguishing  characteristics  of  Acadia's  trail  system. 

Iron  was  possibly  introduced  to  the  trail  system  in  the 
late  1800s.  Its  use  increased  dramatically  in  the  1910s 
for  the  construction  of  VIA/VIS  cliffside  trails,  such 
as  the  Beehive  Trail  (#7)  and  Precipice  Trail  (#11),  and 
for  the  construction  of  memorial  trails,  such  as  the 
Emery  Path  (#15)  and  the  Van  Santvoord  Trail  (#450) 
(Fig.  8-1).  The  CCC  also  installed  iron,  but  to  a  lesser 
degree.  Much  of  the  original  VIA/VIS  ironwork  is 
still  extant,  although  it  is  now  nearly  ninety  years  old. 
This  ironwork  requires  careful  inspection  and,  when 
necessary,  replacement  to  ensure  safety.  In  some  loca- 


tions additional  iron  has  been  added  to  provide  greater 
assistance  to  hikers.  Such  additions  are  limited,  how- 
ever, so  as  to  prevent  hikers  from  climbing  to  heights 
beyond  their  abilities  and  to  preserve  the  character  of 
these  climbs.  Replacement  iron  and  additions  are  dis- 
tinguishable only  upon  close  inspection.  In  concealed 
locations  stainless  steel  pins  are  now  used,  which  are 
compatible  yet  distinguishable  from  original  iron. 


DEFINITIONS 

Ironwork  as  identified  at  Acadia  is  a  constructed  iron 
or  steel  trail  feature,  affixed  to  stone,  for  the  purpose  of 
either  supporting  structures  or  aiding  hikers.  It  gener- 
ally consists  of  rolled  steel,  though  often  it  is  square 
steel  stock,  angle  iron,  or  any  assorted  pieces  of  steel. 
Ironwork  includes  the  following  components  (Figs. 
8-2  to  8-6): 


Fig.  8-2  Pin  holding  step  on  the  Homans  Path  (#349). 


Fig.  8-3  Pinned  log,  rungs,  and  ladder  on  Perpendicular  Trail 
(#119).  A  series  of  rungs  as  shown  here  may  also  be  called  a 
ladder. 


200 


Chapter  8:  Ironwork 


A  pin  is  any  piece  of  solid  iron  or  stainless  steel  used 
for  fastening,  holding,  or  supporting  steps,  wall,  cop- 
ing, overhanging  boulders,  bridge  stringers,  or  any 
other  constructed  feature. 

A  rung  is  a  foot  perch,  crosspiece  of  a  ladder,  or  a 
handhold. 

A  rail,  or  railing,  is  generally  rolled  steel,  extending 
from  one  point  or  support  to  another,  that  serves  as  a 
guard,  barrier,  handrail,  or  support.  Some  railings  are 
supported  on  iron  stanchions,  which  serve  as  posts. 
Railings  are  also  constructed  with  galvanized  pipe. 

A  ladder  is  a  structure  for  climbing  that  consists  of 
two  sidepieces  joined  at  intervals  by  crosspieces  on 
which  a  hiker  may  step  or  hold.  A  series  of  ascending 
or  descending  rungs,  without  sidepieces,  is  also  often 
described  as  a  ladder. 

An  iron  bridge  is  a  series  of  bars,  perpendicular  to  the 
tread  and  supported  by  angle  iron,  used  to  span  gaps 
between  ledges. 


Fig.  8-5  Rung  handrails  and  ladder  on  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64). 


Fig.  8-4  Railing  supported  on  stanchions  on  the  Orange  and 
Black  Path  (#348). 


Fig.  8-6  An  iron  bridge  on  the  Beehive  Trail  (#7). 


201 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Iron  pins  are  the  most  prevalent  yet  least  visible 
ironwork  on  the  trail  system.  Most  pins  are  concealed 
below  large  coping  stones,  retaining  walls,  culvert 
headwalls,  and  on  the  sides  of  stone  steps.  Some  are 
concealed  above  the  trail  where  they  hold  overhang- 
ing boulders  together,  acting  like  iron  staples.  Other 
pins  are  visible  where  they  anchor  slab-laid  steps 
onto  ledges.  Pins  support  signs,  bridges,  and  iron  and 
wooden  railings.  Some  pins  were  probably  used  to 
anchor  construction  equipment.  There  are  a  vari- 
ous pins  in  the  park  marking  pre-park  boundaries. 
Instances  of  pins  with  absolutely  no  discernible  pur- 
pose are  also  scattered  throughout  the  park. 

Iron  rungs,  rails,  ladders,  bridges,  and  pinned  steps 
are  used  to  aid  hikers  on  steep  rock  ledges.  In  a  few 
locations,  including  the  Beehive  Trail  (#6),  Cliff  Path 
to  Great  Cave  (#347),  and  the  South  and  North  Bubble 
Cliff  Trail,  (#451  &  459),  iron  bridges  are  used  to 
span  gaps  between  ledges.  Ironwork  on  its  own  or  in 
combination  with  stone  or  wood  construction  allows 
hikers  to  climb  with  relative  security  in  areas  that 
would  otherwise  require  technical  rock  climbing  gear, 
or  sheer  madness. 


Mountain,  of  Newport,  of  Sargent's,  of  Kebo  and  sev- 
eral others."  Although  several  trails  dating  to  the  1890s 
do  contain  ironwork,  it  is  undocumented  as  to  when 
the  ironwork  was  initially  installed. 

The  Ladder  Trail  (#64),  which  was  described  as  a 
new  route  in  1896,  shown  on  the  1896  path  map,  and 
labeled  on  the  1901  path  map,  may  be  the  first  trail  to 
use  ironwork:  "This  latter  [sic]  path  down  the  eastern 
slope  of  Dry  is  quite  steep  and  needs  to  be  followed 
with  caution"  (Fig.  8-7).  It  is  possible  its  name  was 
derived  from  the  iron  ladders  used  on  the  trail.  The 
Goat  Trail  (#444)  on  Pemetic  Mountain  has  a  small 
amount  of  ironwork  of  varying  types.  It  is  mostly 
round  iron,  with  a  few  square  pieces,  and  primarily 
consists  of  rungs  and  step  pinning  (Figs.  8-8  &  8-9). 
The  Shore  Path  (#427)  along  ledges  near  Seal  Harbor 
(#427)  and  the  Ingraham  Rocks  Path  (#445),  both 
shown  on  the  1896  path  map,  traversed  the  cliff  tops 
and  their  initial  construction  likely  included  iron 
stanchions,  iron  railings,  or  iron  bridges.  Remnants  of 
this  ironwork,  including  a  rod-and-turnbuckle  anchor, 
are  visible  and  definitively  dated  in  a  1908  photo  of  a 
bridge  along  the  path.  Portions  of  these  paths  and  their 
iron  are  still  present  today  (Fig.  8-10). 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  IRON  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Iron  was  used  across  Mount  Desert  in  the  late  1800s. 
Ships  tied  to  eyebolts  or  to  piers  of  pinned  granite 
blocks.  Logs  sluiced  and  drove  through  gauntlets  of 
iron-pinned  side  dams,  roll  dams,  and  coffer  dams.  In 
1883  the  Green  Mountain  Railway  climbed  Cadillac 
on  tracks  anchored  with  hundreds  of  iron  pins.  Cyrus 
Hall's  quarry  employed  hundreds  of  workers  during 
the  late  1800s,  all  of  whom  could  have  easily  applied 
the  skills  of  their  trade  to  the  growing  trail  system  on 
Acadia.  No  documentation  of  ironwork  on  trails  exists, 
however,  until  1908. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Using  iron  on  trails  would  have  furthered  the  VIA/VIS 
purpose  to  enable  "the  public  to  climb  with  ease  and 
delight  in  the  steeps  of  Green  Mountain,  of  Dry  [Dorr] 


The  installation  of  iron  became  more  common  in  the 
early  1900s  beginning  with  the  supervision  of  Bar 
Harbor  VIA  Path  Committee  Chairman  Rudolph 
Brunnow.  Landscape  Designer  and  Superintendent 
of  Paths  Andrew  Liscomb,  local  masons,  and  laborers 
most  likely  carried  out  the  actual  work.  Brunnow  laid 
out  some  of  the  most  challenging  trails  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  island,  along  the  cliffs  of  Champlain  Moun- 
tain, selecting  routes  that  would  be  nearly  impossible 
to  ascend  without  the  use  of  iron.  Between  1913  and 
1916,  along  the  eastern  cliffs  of  Champlain  Mountain, 
the  VIA/VIS  installed  extensive  iron  for  pins,  rungs, 
railings,  ladders  and  bridges  on  the  Precipice  Trail 
(#11),  the  Beehive  Trail  (#7),  the  Cliff  Path  (#347),  and 
the  Orange  and  Black  Path  (#348).  Ironwork  was  also 
used  in  the  Brigham  Trail  (#366)  when  it  was  built 
in  1924-1925.  On  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11),  ironwork 
offered  a  novel  climbing  adventure  up  the  cliff  by  rungs, 
rails,  and  ladders  as  described  in  the  1915  Path  Guide 


202 


Chapter  8:  Ironwork 


(Figs.  8-11  &  8-12).  The  1928  Path  Guide  refers  to  a 
sign  at  the  base  of  the  trail:  "Precipice  Trail,  which  is 
steep  and  dizzy:  for  experienced  climbers  only."  Long 
sections  of  iron  handrails  were  installed  along  the  most 
exposed  sections  of  the  trail.  These  were  built  in  com- 
bination with  a  wooden  bridge  connecting  two  ledges 
(Fig.  8-13).  The  Beehive  Trail  (#7)  contains  extensive 
pins,  rungs,  rails,  and  a  small  iron  bridge  that  spans  two 
ledges  (Figs.  8-14  &  8-15,  also  Fig.  8-6).  On  the  Cliff 


Path  (#347)  iron  supports  stone  paving  over  a  ravine 
(Fig.  8-16).  On  the  Orange  and  Black  Path  (#348)  iron 
pins  were  set  in  the  front  center  of  each  step  to  hold 
together  a  staircase  (see  Chapter  7,  Fig.  7-22). 

In  the  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring  area,  on  several  memo- 
rial trails  built  under  the  direction  of  George  Dorr, 
iron  was  used  to  achieve  a  different  purpose:  to  create 
a  highly  crafted  and  easy-to-walk  trail  across  rugged 


Fig.  8-7  Ladder  on  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64). 


Fig.  8-9  Pipe  railing  along  steps  on  Goat  Trail  (#444). 


Fig.  8-8  Rungs  and  handrail  on  Goat  Trail  (#444). 


Fig.  8-10  Iron  railing  with  stanchions  on  Shore  Path  (#427)  in 
1999. 


203 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  8-11   Rungs  and  handrails  on  Precipice  Trail  (#11),  circa  1920. 


Fig.  8-13  A  view  in  1958  of  the  wooden  bridge  and  iron  handrail 
along  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11)  ledges.  The  bridge  was  later 
destroyed  by  a  rockslide. 


Fig.  8-14  These  pins  on  the  Beehive  Path  (#7)  are  too  long  and 
can  be  seen  by  hikers  on  the  trail. 


Fig.  8-12  Climbers  ascend  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11)  with  the 
assistance  of  iron  rungs,  circa  1920. 


Fig.  8-15  Rungs  and  rails  on  the  Beehive  Trail  (#7). 


204 


Chapter  8:  Ironwork 


Fig.  8-16  Side  view  of  iron  bridge  surfaced  with  flat  stones  on 
the  Cliff  Path  (#347). 


Fig.  8-17  The  Beachcroft  Path  (#13)  showing  a  low  pinned 
retaining  wall  originally  designed  to  hold  gravel  tread,  which  has 
been  lost. 


Fig.  8-18  Pin  supporting  coping  stone,  not  visible  from  the  trail, 
on  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13). 


terrain.  On  the  Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  along  steep 
sections  and  across  ledges,  iron  pins  hold  many  base 
and  key  rocks  of  laid  and  piled  retaining  walls,  as  well 
as  many  coping  stones.  This  use  of  iron  for  walls  is  not 
found  on  earlier  trails.  Most  of  these  pins  are  obscured 
from  the  hiker's  view  (Figs.  8-17  &  8-18).  On  the 
Homans  Path  (#349),  completed  in  1915,  iron  was  used 
in  only  four  locations  to  hold  steps  and  coping  sidewall 
(Fig.  8-19,  also  Fig.  8-2).  (It  is  possible  some  of  these 
pins  are  a  later  repair  or  alteration.)  The  Emery  Path 
(#15),  completed  in  1916,  contains  extensive,  concealed 
iron  pins  to  support  coping  stones  and  walls,  which  are 
some  of  the  highest  trail  walls  at  Acadia  (Figs.  8-20  & 
8-21).  Pins  were  also  used  to  hold  retaining  walls  built 
with  logs,  which  formed  pinned  log  walkways  (Fig.  8- 
22).  A  less  common  use  of  ironwork  was  to  stabilize  a 
large  boulder  above  the  path  (see  Fig.  8-1).  It  is  inter- 
esting to  note  that  in  areas  where  iron  was  not  used, 
the  actions  of  gravity,  erosion,  and  ice  over  the  past 
one  hundred  years  have  altered  the  initial  placement  of 
many  steps,  wall  rocks,  and  coping  stones. 

While  the  most  extensive  ironwork  was  carried  out 
under  the  direction  of  Brunnow  and  Dorr,  ironwork 
was  also  used  by  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  for  the  memorial 
Van  Santvoord  Trail  (#450),  completed  in  1915  under 
the  direction  of  Path  Committee  Chairman  Joseph 
Allen.  Here,  iron  was  used  in  a  manner  that  anchors 
steps  to  ledge  from  behind  as  opposed  to  pinning 
them  in  front  (Figs.  8-23  &  8-24).  On  the  present  NPS 
trail  system,  the  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail  (#47)  had 
wooden  steps  over  a  short  section  of  open  ledge  and 
pinned  handrails  in  an  area  that  is  relatively  safe  and 
easy  to  traverse  without  these  aids.  Other  examples  of 
Seal  Harbor  VIS  ironwork  appear  on  the  Jordan  Cliffs 
Trail  (#48),  the  Shore  Path  (#427),  and  the  Goat  Trail 
(#444). 

When  America  entered  World  War  I  there  was  a  lull 
in  new  feats  of  ironwork  until  circa  1926  when  the 
Gurnee  Path  (#352)  was  built  along  Eden  Street  in  Bar 
Harbor.  Iron  pins  were  used  to  support  both  wooden 
railings  and  many  sections  of  laid  retaining  wall.  In 
1928,  the  South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail  (#451)  was  built  by 
the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  or  Seal  Harbor  VIS  using  log  steps 


205 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  8-19  Pin  supporting  steps  on  the  Homans  Path  (#349). 


^w&s??. 

■- .  <■■  •■■■-'          -            J,       '  * 

■  "'-'■"■■■        ~^r* 

w^^^^  ~** 

-            ^Hi 

Fig.  8-20  Trail  builders  used  iron  pins  to  hold  many  coping  stones 
along  ledges  and  steep  slopes,  such  as  seen  here  on  the  Emery 
Path  (#15)  in  a  1920  photo. 


Fig.  8-21  Contemporary  view  of  Emery  Path  (#15)  pins  holding 
coping  stones.  In  the  foreground  a  stone  has  toppled  over  the 
ledge,  leaving  the  pin  exposed. 


Fig.  8-22  A  pinned  retaining  log  on  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64)  shown  in  the  1920s 


206 


Chapter  8:  Ironwork 


pinned  to  ledge.  Comparable  pinned  log  construc- 
tion was  used  on  the  North  Bubble  Cliff  Trail  (#459) 
in  1929.  Despite  the  addition  of  iron  steps  and  rails  in 
1931,  the  dramatic  South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail  was  consid- 
ered too  dangerous  by  some  hikers.  The  trail  was  not 
maintained  during  the  1940s  and  was  eliminated  by  the 
NPS  in  the  1950s  by  removing  some  but  not  all  of  the 
iron.  Skeletal  traces  of  this  marvelous  example  of  the 
bygone  trail  system  remain  rusting  and  broken  (Figs. 
8-25  to  8-28). 

Additional  interesting  ironwork  from  this  same  time 
period  occurs  on  the  southern  portion  of  the  Jordan 
Cliffs  Trail  (#48).  This  trail  contains  a  few  pinned  logs 
and  steps,  one  pinned  wooden  rail  at  a  bridge,  and 
less  than  a  dozen  hand  rungs.  There  is  also  pre-1900 
work  on  the  nearby  Bluff  Path  (#457)  across  the  top 
of  Jordan  Bluff.  Comparison  in  the  field  and  research 
on  maps  and  guidebooks  implies  that  the  work  and 
the  iron  on  Jordan  Cliffs  is  part  of  a  1932  connection 
to  the  Sargent  East  Cliff  Trail  (northern  end  of  Jordan 
Cliffs  Trail,  #48).  It  is  quite  different  in  style  from  the 
rudimentary  steps  and  patio,  and  lack  of  iron,  on  the 
1896  Bluff  Path  (#457). 


Notably,  there  are  highly  crafted  VIA/VIS  routes  that 
contain  little  or  no  ironwork.  The  Andrew  Murray 
Young  Path  (#25)  and  Gorge  Path  (#28)  have  only  a 
few  pins  that  anchor  stone  pavement  and  wall.  In  the 
trail  districts  of  both  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  and 
Southwest  Harbor  VIA,  there  is  no  evidence  of  iron- 
work until  the  CCC  era. 

The  VIA/VIS  materials  and  methods  for  installing  iron 
were  essentially  the  same  as  the  present  methods  (see 
"Specifications  for  Ironwork").  It  is  interesting  to  note 
that  any  material  available  was  employed.  Many  pins 
were  broken  drill  steels,  old  bolts,  eyebolts  in  places 
where  the  "eye"  was  unnecessary,  and  of  more  than 
one  diameter  in  the  same  general  area.  There  are  even 
instances  of  a  square  pins  in  use.  It  appears  that  the 
path  builders  were  comfortable  using  whatever  iron 
was  available. 

Ironwork  was  inspected  annually  by  the  VIA/VIS  path 
committees.  According  to  Frederic  Weekes,  path  com- 
mittee chairman  for  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  from  1918  to 
1923,  each  autumn  iron  railings  and  ladders  on  the  cliff 
trails  were  given  two  coats  of  paint  to  prevent  deterio- 
ration and  rust  during  the  winter. 


The  usage  varies 
among  different 
step    Pins  may 
occur  on  one  or 
both  sides  of  steps, 
or  stone  coping  may 
support  one  side 
with  pins  located  in 
the  other  side 


Iron  pin 
anchored 
into  step 


Iron  pin  anchored  — 
into  ledgerock 


Fig.  8-23  An  unusual  placement  of  pins  holding  steps  on  the  Van 
Santvoord  Trail  (#450). 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Slellptlug 

Fig.  8-24  Detail  of  various  pin  placements  for  stone  steps. 


207 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  8-25  Climber  using  hand  and  foot  rails  on  the  South  Bubble 
Cliff  Trail  (#451)  in  1955. 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Iron  pins,  rungs,  and  ladders  were  used  extensively  in 
some  sections  of  trail  built  by  the  CCC  in  ways  similar 
to  the  VIA/VIS.  When  the  CCC  installed  ironwork, 
it  was  most  often  used  in  the  areas  of  difficult  terrain, 
such  as  steep  grade  or  exposed  ledge,  in  order  to  sup- 
port structures  and  assist  hikers.  Written  and  photo- 
graphic documentation  of  CCC  ironwork  has  not  yet 
been  found,  though  ample  physical  evidence  remains. 

The  CCC  installed  iron  ladders  on  the  Beech  Cliff 
Ladder  Trail  (#106)  in  the  1930s.  One  rung  and  four 
different  ladders  guided  hikers  up  the  cliff  face.  For 
comparison,  on  the  Brunnow  trails  of  Champlain 
Mountain,  ladders  usually  consisted  of  individual 
rungs  in  series.  The  Beech  Cliff  ladders,  however, 
incorporated  rolled  steel  crosspieces  fitted  and  welded 
to  angle  iron  sidepieces  with  110  feet  of  3^-inch  wire 
rope  cable  providing  safety  railing  for  hikers.  This  type 
of  railing,  with  2-inch  square  metal  stanchions  and 
eyebolts  for  support,  is  unique  among  Acadia's  trails 
(Figs.  8-29  to  8-32). 


Fig.  8-26  Remnant  railings  on  the  South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail  (#451) 
in  1999. 


Fig.  8-27  Iron  bridge  across  ledges  on  the  South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail 
(#451)  in  1963. 


208 


Chapter  8:  Ironwork 


It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64), 
which  was  heavily  reworked  by  the  CCC,  incorporates 
two  of  the  crosspiece/welded  rung-style  ladders  as 
seen  on  Beech  Cliff  (Fig.  8-33).  Likewise,  the  Perpen- 
dicular Trail  (#119)  climbs  a  short  4-foot  ladder  (see 
Fig.  8-3).  This  is  an  apparent  CCC  approach  to  ladders, 
as  opposed  to  typical  VIA/VIS  rung  ladders. 


Fig.  8-28  Remnant  iron  bridge  on  the  South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail 
(#451)  in  1999. 


Fig.  8-30  End  of  rope  cable  on  Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail  (#106). 


Fig.  8-31   Cable  on  stanchions  on  the  Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail 
(#106). 


Fig.  8-29  Ladder  on  the  Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail  (#106). 


Fig.  8-32  Fastener  for  ladder  on  the  Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail 
(#106). 


209 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


On  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119),  160  feet  of  walled 
tread  and  switchback  is  secured  with  pins.  Most  of 
these  are  Vi  inch  diameter,  and  only  2  to  3  inches  tall. 
They  are  barely  discernible,  with  no  detrimental  effect 
on  the  overall  view  of  the  intricate  stonework  (Fig. 
8-34).  There  are  also  pins  throughout  the  Valley  Cove 
section  of  Flying  Mountain  Trail  (#105).  One  section, 
though,  reveals  a  most  remarkable  use  of  iron  in  the 
form  of  a  pinned  rock  walkway.  This  tread  runs  60 
feet  across  open  ledge.  Two  dozen  steps  are  secured  in 
place  with  eighteen  pins,  with  evidence  of  five  to  seven 
other  pins  rusted  away.  Perhaps  these  pins  were  not  as 
visible  when  first  installed.  Possibly,  vegetation  in  the 
area  concealed  these  pins.  With  subsequent  vegeta- 
tion loss  over  the  years,  they  are  now  highly  visible 
(Fig.  8-35).  In  contrast  to  the  extensive  use  of  iron  on 
some  CCC  trails,  the  highly  crafted  Valley  Trail  (#116) 
contains  extensive  walls  and  stonework  steps  with  no 
ironwork. 


&g£$mk 


—     ~:£fct   5^E  - 


j^*"' 


m,  < 

.    > 


£ 


y 


Two  areas  deserve  special  note  as  curious  anomalies. 
First,  along  the  Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  a  pinned  log 
walkway  exists,  creating  tread  approximately  24  inches 
wide.  It  is  so  out  of  character  with  the  4-foot  width  of 
over  2  miles  of  this  trail  that  this  may  be  a  later  repair 
or  alteration  of  a  pinned  retaining  wall.  Second,  on 
the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119),  a  highly  crafted  trail 


Fig.  8-34  This  section  of  coping  and  retaining  wall  along  a 
staircase  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  is  held  in  place  with 
iron  pins  that  are  expertly  hidden  among  the  stone.  It  is  typical 
of  the  type  of  ironwork  used  by  the  CCC  on  this  trail. 


Fig.  8-33  Ladder  on  Ladder  Trail  (#64),  a  VIA  trail,  similar  to  the 
CCC  type. 


Fig.  8-35  Increased  pin  visibility  resulting  from  vegetation  loss 
on  the  Flying  Mountain  Trail  (#105). 


210 


Chapter  8:  Ironwork 


with  extensive  stonework,  there  are  very  few  rungs,  a 
pinned  log,  and  a  short  ladder  (Fig.  8-36,  also  Fig.  8-3). 
Careful  examination  of  this  area  suggests  that  steps 
may  have  been  used,  or  at  least  planned  for,  since  there 
are  step-shaped  blocks  immediately  to  the  side  of  the 
trail,  stacked  and  indeed  usable  as  steps.  The  ladder 
differs  slightly  from  the  original  Beech  Cliff  ladders. 
The  limited  use  of  rungs  on  this  trail,  the  possibility  of 
steps  set  aside,  and  the  difference  in  character  from 
other  CCC  work  suggest  this  iron  was  a  later  addition. 

NPS/Mission  66 

There  is  no  record  or  evidence  of  Mission  66  using 
ironwork.  However,  improvements  to  the  Lower 
Mountain  Road  in  the  early  1960s  included  the  addi- 
tion of  galvanized  pipe  hand  railings  and  iron  rungs 
near  the  Park  Loop  Road. 

National  Park  Service 

NPS  has  continued  to  install  and  maintain  ironwork. 
Most  work  involves  the  replacement  of  broken  or 
rusted  rungs  or  rails.  New  rungs  are  occasionally 
installed  in  areas  that  cannot  be  climbed  without  iron 
and  where  hiker  safety  is  a  concern.  In  some  instance 
in  the  early  1980s,  rungs  were  replaced  with  pre-made 
rungs  of  differing  lengths.  This  accounts  for  some 
of  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11)  rung  ladders  which  con- 
tain various-length  hand/footholds.  Also,  many  rung 
placements  show  visible  drill  holes  within  a  few  inches 


of  their  present  location.  This  serves  as  evidence  of 
replacements,  as  drill  holes  normally  cannot  be  reused. 
Again,  on  The  Precipice,  the  safety  rails  near  the  wood 
bridge  exhibit  up  to  three  holes,  suggesting  as  many 
replacements  over  the  years.  In  spite  of  replacements, 
many  of  the  original  rungs  remain  in  the  system. 

The  current  iron  ladders  on  the  Beech  Cliff  Ladder 
Trail  (#106)  are  replacements  of  the  CCC  originals. 
One  ladder  was  replaced  in  1976,  the  other  three  in 
1984.  The  bracing  is  different  from  the  original,  and  the 
second  ladder  up  was  lengthened  due  to  erosion  at  its 
base,  but  in  general  the  spirit  and  intent  of  the  original 
trail  has  been  followed. 

In  the  1980s,  to  cope  with  increasing  sign  vandalism, 
NPS  crew  began  pinning  both  standard  and  log  sign 
posts  to  ledge  areas.  A  K-inch  pin  is  run  alongside  the 
post,  with  a  bolt  through  both  pin  and  post  (Fig.  8-37). 

During  the  1990s,  new  materials  and  methods  of 
installation  have  been  used  by  NPS  crews.  Stainless 


Fig.  8-36  Pinned  log  on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  (refer  also 
to  Fig.  8-3). 


Fig.  8-37  Pinning  technique  used  to  deter  sign  vandalism  on 
signpost  at  the  Bear  Brook  Trail  trailhead  (#10). 


211 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


steel  pins  were  introduced  on  the  Beachcroft  Path 
(#13)  to  secure  a  wall  foundation.  These  were  used 
to  differentiate  new  work  from  original  pins  and  in 
hopes  they  would  last  longer.  Ironwork  was  added 
to  some  traditionally  iron-free  areas.  One  rung  was 
installed  on  the  Parkman  Mountain  Trail  (#59)  and 
one  on  the  Acadia  Mountain  Trail  (#101),  which  was 
later  removed.  Several  foot  and  hand  rungs  have  been 
added  to  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11).  In  some  cases  this 
has  been  in  response  to  genuine  concerns.  Erosion 
may  have  altered  conditions  in  such  a  way  that  rungs 
are  a  necessity.  Additionally,  the  death  of  a  hiker  on 
the  Beehive  Trail  (#7)  in  2000  necessitated  the  addi- 
tion of  more  rungs  in  one  area  to  address  visitor  safety; 
this  may  happen  elsewhere  throughout  the  system. 
New  methods  of  installation  were  developed,  includ- 
ing the  use  of  chemical  cement  to  anchor  ironwork, 
and  bending  the  pin  prior  to  insertion,  with  the  pres- 
sure on  the  crimped  pin  providing  the  friction  to  hold 
it  in  place. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  IRONWORK 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  record  of  the  use  of  ironwork  prior  to  the 
VIA/VIS  period. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


There  was  extensive  use  of  iron  pins,  rungs,  rails,  ladders, 
and  bridges  on  many,  but  not  all  highly  crafted  trails, 
particularly  cliff  trails.  The  iron  was  generally  painted. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Iron  pins,  rungs,  and  ladders  were  used  on  sections  of 
cliffside  and  pondside  trails. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


There  was  no  use  of  ironwork  during  this  period. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Rusted  iron  rungs  and  ladders  were  replaced.  Additional 
ironwork  included  pins  for  wall  repairs,  pinning  signposts 
to  ledge,  and  new  rungs  and  ladders  for  hiker  safety  and 
convenience.  Stainless  steel  pins  and  chemical  cements 
were  introduced. 


TREATMENT  OF  IRONWORK 

1.  Durability 

Issue:  Rust,  rockfall,  and  areas  of  constant  use  affect 
the  longevity  of  ironwork,  particularly  of  rails,  rungs, 
and  stanchions.  Historic  records  indicate  the  VIA/VIS 
painted  iron  to  inhibit  rust. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Some  iron  will  require  more 
frequent  replacement  due  to  rust,  rockfalls,  or  high 
use.  If  a  section  of  iron  is  damaged  or  destroyed  by 
a  rockfall,  replacement  ironwork  should  be  placed 
outside  of  the  rock  fall  line  when  possible,  to  reduce 
the  likelihood  of  future  damage.  Changes  in  loca- 
tion should  be  documented.  In  certain  areas,  railing 
stanchions  occasionally  break  due  to  stress  or  rockfall. 
Replacement  of  these  stanchions  should  be  considered 
part  of  the  long-term  maintenance  program  if  altera- 
tions would  greatly  affect  the  appearance  or  experi- 
ence of  a  given  trail  or  trail  section.  Ironwork  should 
not  be  painted.  Many  unpainted  rungs  have  lasted 
over  eighty  years,  suggesting  the  gain  from  painting 
is  negligible.  Deterioration  is  more  prevalent  in  areas 
subject  to  seasonal  water  flow  and  moisture.  If  pos- 
sible, ironwork  should  be  placed  in  areas  that  remain 
relatively  dry. 

2.  Size  of  Materials 

Issue:  Most  extant  ironwork  is  M-inch-diameter  steel 
for  rungs  or  rails;  however,  some  historic  iron  used  a 
smaller  diameter. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  For  safety  and  longevity, 
replacement  iron  rungs  and  rails  should  be  a  minimum 
of  %  inch  diameter,  which  is  sufficient  to  withstand 
stress. 

3.  Use  of  Stainless  Steel 

Issue:  Stainless  steel  was  not  used  historically  on  the 
trail  system,  but  it  offers  a  new  solution  to  prevent 
deterioration  by  rust. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Because  of  its  lack  of  historic 
authenticity,  and  its  smooth  surface  that  provides  little 
friction  for  a  grip,  stainless  is  not  presently  recom- 


212 


Chapter  8:  Ironwork 


mended  for  use  on  highly  visible  and  used  features 
like  ladders,  rungs,  and  rails.  Stainless  steel  pins  may 
be  used  to  support  rock  wall  or  coping  where  they  are 
not  visible  and  are  not  intended  to  be  used  directly  by 
a  hiker. 

Additionally,  stainless  steel  is  slightly  more  brittle  than 
iron,  and  may  not  hold  up  to  the  stresses  of  con- 
stant use  on  frequently  used  features.  However,  as  it 
generally  corrodes  at  a  slower  rate,  stainless  steel  may 
indeed  last  longer  than  iron.  Test  applications  of  stain- 
less should  be  implemented  to  document  and  study  the 
long-term  endurance  and  reliability  of  stainless  steel. 

4.  Adding  Rungs  or  Rails 

Issue:  The  ease  in  which  iron  can  be  used  to  solve 
tread  problems  may  preclude  the  use  of  less-intensive 
solutions,  or  cause  overuse.  Adding  new  iron  rungs  or 
rails  for  hiker  convenience  may  affect  the  character  of 
a  trail  or  trail  sections.  Additions  may  also  affect  physi- 
cal visitor  experience.  That  is,  a  trail  may  become  more 
easily  traversed,  and  some  of  the  thrill  of  a  difficult 
section  may  be  lost.  Some  of  the  feeling  of  climbing  on 
natural  surfaces  may  be  compromised. 


5.  Adding  Pins 

Issue:  Pins  are  often  used  as  a  quick  and  easy  solution 
for  supporting  structures  such  as  retaining  walls  and 
wooden  railings. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Pins  may  be  added  for  the  pur- 
pose of  supporting  structures  such  as  retaining  walls 
or  wooden  railings.  Added  pins  should  be  hidden  or 
disguised  so  as  not  to  alter  the  appearance  of  the  trail. 
In  particular,  added  stainless  steel  pins  should  be  well 
concealed.  Additions  should  be  documented. 

6.  Documentation 

Issue:  New  ironwork  is  often  difficult  to  distinguish 
from  historical  work.  This  may  affect  maintenance  or 
inspection  procedures,  or  future  historical  research. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  use  of  stainless  steel 
pins  distinguishes  new  work.  In  lieu  of  stainless  steel, 
maintaining  comprehensive  documentation  will  suffice 
for  differentiation  between  new  and  historical  work. 
Historic  pins  should  not  be  removed  unless  absolutely 
necessary. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Iron  should  not  be  used  as  a 
panacea.  Its  use  should  be  tied  to  what  is  appropriate 
to  the  individual  trail,  rather  than  simply  adding  rungs, 
rails,  or  pins  where  they  were  not  used  historically.  For 
example,  rungs  should  not  be  added  to  an  eroded  area 
of  a  woodland  trail.  Ironwork  should  not  be  installed 
under  misguided  attempts  to  make  trails  easier  to 
traverse.  This  would  include  areas  where  there  is  only 
a  slight  drop-off  along  the  tread,  where  tread  width  is 
safe  and  sufficient,  or  where  there  are  several  handhold 
options. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  IRONWORK 

1.  Hole  Depth 

Ladders:  Ladder  supports,  either  for  VIA/VIS  trails  or 
the  CCC  ladders,  require  a  minimum  4-inch  depth. 

Pins:  Pins  supporting  stonework  require  a  minimum 
2-inch  depth. 

Railing:  Railing  stanchions  require  a  minimum  3-inch 
depth. 


There  are  instances  where  a  limited  number  of  iron 
additions  are  necessary  due  to  changes  in  terrain  that 
result  from  a  rockfall,  where  accidents  have  occurred, 
or  there  is  a  safety  concern,  such  as  a  precipitous  drop, 
limited  tread  width,  or  insufficient  foot  or  handholds. 
Additions  should  be  accomplished  in  a  manner  appro- 
priate to  the  trail  and  the  area  so  the  visual  character  of 
the  trail  will  not  be  affected. 


Rungs:  Vertical  or  horizontal  hand  and  foot  rungs 
require  a  minimum  3-inch  depth;  4  inches  is  suggested. 

2.  Hole  Diameter 

Bolts:  For  expansion  bolts,  follow  the  manufacturer's 
recommendation. 


213 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Cement:  For  chemical  cements,  allow  at  least  !4  inch 
larger  diameter  than  metal  to  be  used,  and/or  follow 
the  manufacturer's  recommendation. 

Pins:  For  wedged  or  crimped  pins,  hole  diameter  is  the 
same  size  as  the  metal  to  be  used. 


rung  safely  and  effectively  works.  Hikers  must  be  able 
to  grasp  or  stand  on  the  rung. 

Stanchions:  Stanchions  should  range  from  approxi- 
mately 30  inches  high  (Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail,  #106) 
to  approximately  36  inches  high  (Precipice  Trail,  #11). 


3.  Materials 

Ladders:  Use  2-inch  by  2-inch  by  !4-inch  side-pieces. 
An  exception  is  on  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64),  which  uses 
2-inch  by  3/s-inch  flat  steel. 

Pins:  Default  to  Ya  inch  diameter.  Exceptions  include 
areas  where  visible  pin  size  and  appearance  should 
match  surrounding  work.  Use  cold-rolled  steel  where 
visible.  Where  not  visible,  stainless  steel  may  be  substi- 
tuted for  support  of  rock  coping  or  wall. 

Railings:  Use  M-inch-diameter  cold-rolled  steel. 
Exceptions  include  areas  such  as  the  Precipice  rails 
where  M-inch  galvanized  pipe  is  used,  and  Beech  Cliffs 
where  ^4-inch-diameter  cable  is  installed. 

Rungs:  Use  M-inch-diameter  cold-rolled  steel  in  all 
instances. 

Stanchions:  Use  %-inch  cold-rolled  steel,  except  on 
the  Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail  (#106)  which  uses  2-inch- 
square  steel  stock. 

4.  Protruding  Distance 

Pins:  Pins  should  protrude  at  a  distance  to  match 
surrounding  work.  New  pins  should  protrude  as  little 
as  possible  to  perform  their  supporting  function.  Pin 
height  for  pinning  stones  should  not  exceed  6  inches 
unless  this  matches  work  in  surrounding  areas.  Pin 
height  to  support  wooden  railings  should  be  6  inches 
minimum.  Signpost  supports  require  pins  to  protrude 
12  to  14  inches  above  the  surface.  These  pins  are  heated 
and  flattened  on  their  top  3  to  6  inches,  and  drilled  to 
accept  a  Vs-inch  bolt  for  attachment  to  the  signpost. 

Rungs:  Rungs  should  protrude  at  a  distance  to  match 
surrounding  work.  This  distance  must  be  such  that  the 


5.  Method  of  Attachment  (Figs.  8-38  to  8-41) 

Cements:  A  hydraulic  cement,  such  as  brand  name 
Waterplug,  is  now  used  successfully  for  sign  pins. 
Further  research  and/or  the  test  of  time  is  necessary 
to  establish  the  practicality  of  this  method,  especially 
for  rungs  or  rails.  Installation  is  in  accordance  with  the 
manufacturer's  instructions.  Cement  should  not  be 
used  where  visible.  Small  indentations  or  nicks  should 
be  filed  or  sawn  into  pin  along  the  length  that  will  be 
inserted  in  the  hole.  This  will  allow  the  cement  to  grip 
the  pin. 

Crimping:  A  pin  is  bent  or  crimped  slightly,  at  approx- 
imately one-half  the  distance  it  will  be  inserted  in  the 
hole  base.  When  inserted,  this  crimp  causes  enough 
pressure  on  the  sides  of  the  drilled  hole  to  keep  a  pin 
in  place.  Crimping  alone  is  unreliable  for  rungs  and 
rails  but  may  be  used  for  pins.  Rungs  and  rails  should 
be  installed  with  the  traditional  wedge  method  plus  a 
slight  crimp. 

Expansion  Bolts:  Expansion  bolts  have  not  been 
used  on  trails.  These  may  be  used  for  anchoring  non- 
historic  features  such  as  new  ladder  supports,  hidden 
pins,  or  sign  pins.  Installation  is  in  accordance  with  the 
manufacturer's  instructions.  Expansion  bolts  should 
not  be  used  where  visible. 

Wedging:  Using  a  hacksaw,  a  slit  is  cut  YA  inches  up 
from  the  base  of  the  rung  along  its  axis.  A  small  metal 
handle  wedge  is  placed  in  this  slit  and  inserted  in  the 
drilled  hole.  The  rung  is  forcefully  hammered  into 
place.  As  the  rung  is  hammered,  the  wedge  is  driven 
against  the  bottom  of  the  hole.  This  forces  the  wedge 
to  spread  the  base  of  the  pin  against  the  sides  of  the 
hole,  causing  friction  to  hold  in  the  rung  or  pin. 


214 


Chapter  8:  Ironwork 


Lead  Wool:  Lead  wool  is  a  matted  gathering  of  thin 
strands  of  lead.  It  is  similar  in  appearance  to  common 
steel  wool.  When  packed  tightly,  the  strands  form  an 
effective  barrier  against  the  intrusion  of  water.  Small 
pinches  of  lead  wool  are  wrapped  around  the  inserted 
pin.  Using  a  pin  punch,  the  lead  wool  is  packed  into 
the  gap  between  pin  and  rock.  There  is  a  sufficient 
amount  when  the  wool  is  hard  packed  to  approxi- 
mately Vs  inch  above  the  rock  surface.  The  final  surface 
should  be  tamped  smooth  to  form  a  watertight  seal. 
Always  use  gloves  during  this  operation,  as  lead  is  a 
toxic  substance. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Careful  documentation  of  location  of  all  ironwork 
is  critical. 

2.  Inspect  all  coping  stones,  retaining  walls,  steps, 
and  overhanging  boulders  that  are  supported  by 
pins  for  shifting,  rotating,  or  possibility  of  falling. 
Make  sure  rocks  are  stable  and  not  loose. 

3.  Inspect  all  ironwork  for  corrosion  and  replace 
when  it  appears  the  work  may  fail. 


Fig.  8-38  Detail  of 
iron  attachment  using 
chemical  adhesive  or 
hydraulic  cement. 


Fig.  8-39  Detail  of 
iron  attachment  using 
bending  or  crimping. 


Grooves  are  cut 
into  pin  before 
insertion 

Grooves 
allow 
cement 
to  grip 

auau  NH-aaiayga/ateiiptiug 

Pin  is  bent 
before  it  is 
hammered  in 


Pressure 
at  these 
points 
causes 
friction  to 
hold  pin 
to  rock 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Stellpflug 


Steel  wedge 
is  inserted  into 
hacksawed  slot 


As  pin  is  driven  into  hole,  wedge 
opens  pin  bottom  and  outward 
pressure  holds  pin  in  rock 


Hole  around 
pin  is  sealed  with 
packed  lead  wool 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Stellpflug 


Fig.  8-40  Detail  of  iron  attachment  using  wedges. 


> 


Gaps  may  be  filled  with 
chemical  adhesive  or 
hydraulic  cement 


As  threaded  pin  is 
turned,  sliding  sleeves    I 
are  forced  outward 

Pressure  holds 
pin  in  rock. 


ACAD  NP-BaUyga/SKIpflug 


Fig.  8-41   Detail  of  iron  attachment  using  expansion  bolts. 


215 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


4.  Check  yearly  all  rungs  and  rails.  Ensure  that  the 
work  will  support  body  weight  without  bending. 
Tap  with  small  hammer  and  listen  for  a  clear  ring. 
If  a  clear  ring  is  not  present,  this  may  indicate  dete- 
rioration of  the  iron.  Find  the  cause  and  correct, 
or  replace  rungs. 

5.  Repack  the  lead  wool  as  necessary. 


216 


Fig.  9-1   Directional  signs,  like  these  CCC  signs  shown  in  the  1930s  possibly  near  Gilley  Field,  have  always  been  major  guidance  features 
on  the  trail  system  at  Acadia. 


CHAPTER  9: 


Guidance 

A.  BLAZES 

B.  CAIRNS 

C.  DIRECTIONAL  SIGNS 

D.  INFORMATIONAL  SIGNS 

E.  SCREE 

F.  WOODEN  RAILINGS  AND  FENCES 

G.  TRAIL  NAMES 


217 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


CHAPTER  9:  GUIDANCE 


Guidance  encompasses  all  markers,  signs, 
symbols,  constructed  features,  and  informa- 
tion provided  to  direct  hikers  along  the  trail 
and  to  their  destination.  While  a  number  of  con- 
structed features  serve  a  secondary  function  of  making 
the  trail  visible  on  the  landscape,  such  as  steps  and 
stone  pavement,  this  chapter  deals  only  with  features 
specifically  designed  to  provide  guidance.  Six  catego- 
ries of  guidance  features  are  used  at  Acadia. 

A.  Blazes 

B.  Cairns 

C.  Directional  Signs 

D.  Informational  Signs 

E.  Scree 

F.  Wooden  Railings  and  Fences 

G.  Trail  Names 

For  Acadia's  trails,  guidance  features  were  described  as 
early  as  1855,  though  it  was  not  until  the  1890s  that  the 
VIA/VIS  developed  an  island-wide  system  for  mark- 
ing trails.  The  VIA/VIS  Joint  Path  Committee  issued 
standards  for  the  four  districts,  which  were  followed 
until  the  1930s  when  the  CCC  took  over  responsibility 
for  trail  signs  within  the  park  (Fig.  9-1).  Since  that  time, 
the  CCC  signs  have  been  continually  replaced  and 
updated,  first  during  the  NPS  Mission  66  period  and 
again  by  the  NPS  Trails  Program. 

Remnant  Bates-style  cairns  within  the  park  and  signs 
posted  on  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  trails  outside 
the  park  retain  the  characteristics  of  the  VIA/VIS 
era.  Short  runs  of  steps  constructed  to  help  guide  the 
hiker  still  remain  (see  Chapter  7,  Historical  Use).  Most 
historical  guidance  features,  however,  have  long  since 
disappeared.  Many  features  were  removed  as  Acadia 
management  made  incremental  style  changes  to  sig- 
nage. As  signs  deteriorated,  they  were  often  replaced 
with  a  new  style.  Bates-style  cairns  were  removed 
and/or  not  maintained  by  trails  crews  and  hikers  alike. 
Blazes  have  weathered  beyond  recognition,  and  van- 
dalism to  signs,  cairns,  and  blazes  has  continued  to  be  a 
problem  since  the  1890s. 


Loss  of  signs  and  change  of  trail  names  have  created 
confusion  over  the  years.  These  treatment  guidelines 
provide  standards  for  blazing,  cairns,  signage,  and  trail 
names. 


Fig.  9-2  VIA/VIS  pointer  on  tree  indicating  trail  route,  illustrated 
in  the  1928  path  guide. 


Fig.  9-3  These  wooden  signs  and  pointers  were  early  forms  of 
trail  guidance  recommended  by  Waldron  Bates. 


Fig.  9-4  VIA/VIS  metal  marker,  approximately  4  inches  square, 
painted  red,  on  the  Green  and  Black  Path  (#358),  origin  unknown. 


218 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  A.  Blazes 


A.  BLAZES 


DEFINITION 


A  blaze  is  a  mark  used  to  identify  a  trail  and  reassure 
hikers  that  they  are  following  the  route.  Blazes  may  be 
markers  nailed  onto  trees  or  marks  painted  onto  led- 
gerock  and/or  trees.  At  Acadia,  the  most  recent  style 
of  blazing  is  the  use  of  blue  painted  rectangular  marks, 
approximately  VA  by  4  inches  in  size. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  BLAZES  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

In  the  1880s,  Clara  B.  Martin's  guidebooks  suggest  that 
most  hikers  simply  followed  the  "beaten"  paths.  How- 
ever, in  1885  she  describes  three  trails  radiating  from 
Northeast  Harbor,  up  Sargent  Mountain,  up  Asticou 
Hill,  and  to  Jordan  Pond,  that  were  marked  with  red 
arrows  and  blazes. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Beginning  in  the  1890s  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  used 
arrows  and  pointers  to  mark  the  trail  route.  Painted 
blazes  were  used  only  on  the  colored  path  system  on 
Champlain  and  Gorham  Mountains. 


Fig.  9-5  VIA/VIS  metal  marker,  approximately  4  inches  square, 
painted  half  green  and  half  black,  on  the  Green  and  Black  Path 
(#358),  origin  unknown. 


The  paths  and  trails  are  marked  at  their  entrances  and 
crossings  by  signs  suitably  inscribed;  by  cairns,  i.e.,  piles 
of  stones  along  the  open  rocks  and  ledges;  by  rustic 
arrows  and  pointers  in  the  woods,  or  by  colors  painted 
on  trees  and  rocks  as  around  Newport  [Champlain] 
Mountain.37 

Arrows  were  straight  branches,  with  tapered  ends, 
nailed  to  trees  to  indicate  trail  direction  (Figs.  9-2  & 
9-3).  Specifications  for  pointers  were  described  in  1906 
by  Waldron  Bates,  BHVIA  path  committee  chairman 
from  1900  to  1909: 

Cut  the  pointers  from  hard-wood  trees,  maple  by  pref- 
erence, large,  with  blunt  ends  back  and  front,  and  with 
the  back  part  forked,  and  so  place  them  that  no  part  of  a 
pointer  shall  be  nearer  the  ground  than  6  ft.  6  in.... 

Before  putting  up  a  sign  or  a  pointer,  consider  the  situa- 
tion from  all  sides. 

Where  there  is  a  sharp  turn  in  a  path,  put  up  two  point- 
ers on  the  same  tree  or  build  three  cairns. 

Where  paths  meet  or  cross  in  the  woods,  put  up  a 
pointer  or  a  sign  for  each  diverging  path,  usually  all  on 
the  same  tree,  and  another  pointer  on  each  path  on 
nearby  trees.... 

Where  the  [BHVIA]  Association  paths  cross  or  meet 
wood  roads  or  paths  not  shown  on  the  Path  Map, 
define  the  Association  paths  very  clearly  and  put  up 
extra  pointers. 

Blazing  the  colored  path  system  at  Champlain  and 
Gorham  Mountains  was  the  work  of  Herbert  Jaques, 
BHVIA  path  committee  chairman  between  1893  and 
1900.  Colored  arrows  and  rings  on  the  trees  cor- 
responded to  the  name  of  the  trail,  such  as  the  Black 
Path  (currently  the  Bear  Brook  Trail,  #10).  The  colored 
paths  on  Champlain  Mountain  were  also  marked  with 
small  metal  blazes  fastened  to  trees  (Figs.  9-4  &  9-5). 
It  is  not  known  when  these  were  initially  used,  but 
there  are  still  metal  blazes  on  the  abandoned  Green 
and  Black  Path  (#358).  They  are  3  inches  square  and 
are  striped  green  and  black  to  correspond  with  the  trail 
name.  During  the  historic  period,  maps  mounted  on 
trees  at  trailheads  provided  a  diagram  of  the  colored 
path  routes  and  destinations. 


219 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

No  documentation  has  been  found  for  the  use  of  blaz- 
ing by  the  CCC. 

NPS/Mission  66 

No  documentation  has  been  found  for  the  use  of  blaz- 
ing during  the  Mission  66  era. 

National  Park  Service 

In  the  late  1960s  and  early  1970s,  most  wooded  areas 
were  marked  with  3-inch-square  metal  blazes,  all  deep 
reddish  orange  in  color.  Ledge  areas  were  marked  with 
cairns.  Remnants  of  an  earlier  marking  system  of  large 
orange  painted  arrows  was  still  evident  in  a  few  areas 
of  the  park.  (It  is  unknown  when  these  were  first  intro- 
duced.) There  were  perhaps  a  dozen  arrows,  of  varying 
length  and  size,  scattered  and  extremely  faded.  For 
example,  on  the  Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10)  a  large  arrow 
pointed  east  with  painted  text  "to  the  White  Path." 

During  the  mid-1970s,  new  orange  paint  blazes  were 
introduced  and  blazing  with  metal  tags  was  discontin- 
ued. By  the  late  1970s,  metal  blazes  were  completely 


■A 


■  •  A  v  V     - 

.    -\   -  ■  H 

Fig.  9-6  Bird-shaped  metal  marker  on  the  Ledge  Trail  (#103). 


removed  from  the  marked  trails  (except  for  a  few  over- 
looked examples).  In  the  mid-1970s,  however,  some 
trails  were  marked  with  bird-shaped  metal  blazes, 
approximately  4  inches  long  (Fig.  9-6).  These  blazes 
were  difficult  and  time  consuming  to  cut,  and  their  use 
was  discontinued  in  1977,  though  a  few  still  remain  in 
the  trail  system.  Within  the  Acadia  National  Park  land 
on  Schoodic  Peninsula,  some  bird-shaped  blazes  also 
remain  on  open  trails. 

In  the  1970s  there  were  increasing  numbers  of  hikers, 
subsequently  increasing  the  need  for  trail  guidance. 
Since  the  size  of  the  park  trails  crew  was  insufficient  to 
maintain  a  comprehensive  system  of  cairns,  standard- 
ized painted  blazes  were  introduced.  A  few  orange 
painted  blazes  still  remained,  so  orange  was  chosen  as 
the  color  for  new  blazes.  In  1974  and  1975, 4-inch-long 
orange  arrows  were  applied  at  various  locations  in  the 
park.  These  included  summits,  intersections,  and  con- 
fusing areas.  Application  of  the  stenciled  arrows  was 
labor  intensive,  so  the  VA-  by  4-inch  rectangular  blaze 
was  adopted.  By  the  mid-1980s  the  entire  NPS  system 


Fig.  9-7  This  blue  painted  blaze  on  the  Ledge  Trail  (#103)  is 
curved  to  indicate  a  turn  in  the  trail.  Most  trail  blazes  are 
rectangular. 


220 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  A.  Blazes 


on  Mount  Desert  Island  was  marked  with  orange  rect- 
angular blazes.  Cairns  were  only  used  on  a  few  trails. 

The  orange  blazes,  however,  were  considered  too 
intrusive  by  some,  so  in  the  early  1990s  an  AMC  study 
group  recommended  a  change  in  blaze  color.  Acadia 
trails  foreman  Don  Beal  painted  a  stone  with  several 
test  colors,  and  a  committee  chose  sky  blue  as  the 
blaze  color  that  was  most  pleasing  to  the  eye,  the  least 
intrusive,  and  was  still  easily  spotted  from  a  distance. 
Throughout  the  1990s,  the  system  of  orange  rectangu- 
lar paint  blazes  was  replaced  with  blue  blazes  (Fig.  9-7). 

The  1990s  also  saw  a  reintroduction  of  the  square 
metal  blazes  for  a  short  time.  The  original  metal  blazes 
had  been  nailed  to  trees,  but  the  new  blazes  were 
installed  in  trees  by  cleaving  a  slot  with  an  axe  and 
inserting  the  blaze.  To  date,  these  blazes  are  extant  on 
quite  a  few  trails,  though  their  maintenance  and  use 
has  been  discontinued. 


TREATMENT 

1.  Excessive  Blazing 

Issue:  Excessive  paint  blazes  have  been  applied  to 
some  trails.  Additionally,  blazing  has  been  used  on 
steps,  stone  paving,  rungs,  and  coping  stones. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  BLAZES 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Some  trails  were  marked  with  red  arrows  and  blazes. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Colored  paths  on  Champlain  and  Gorham  Mountains 
were  marked  with  painted  arrows,  tree  rings,  and  painted 
metal  blazes. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


No  documentation  for  the  use  of  blazes  has  been  found. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


No  documentation  for  the  use  of  blazes  has  been  found. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Sporadic  remnant  orange  arrow  blazes,  then  rectangular 
paint  blazes  were  used  throughout  the  system.  The  use  of 
metal  blazes  was  discontinued,  reinstated,  then  discontin- 
ued again.  Eventually,  blue  paint  blazes  became  standard 
for  all  trails. 


3.  Natural  Resource  Protection 

Issue:  Some  hikers  are  troubled  with  the  aesthetics 
of  blazes,  the  visual  intrusion  of  unnatural  markers 
into  the  landscape,  and  the  introduction  of  chemicals 
(paint)  into  the  environment. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Paint  should  be  applied 
according  to  the  specifications  outlined  in  this  docu- 
ment. Paint  should  never  be  used  on  trail  sections  with 
steps,  stone  paving,  rungs,  coping  stones,  or  otherwise 
clearly  delineated  tread,  particularly  on  the  memorial 
and  endowed  VIA/VIS  trails.  In  such  sections,  blazing 
is  not  needed  and  detracts  from  trail  character. 

2.  Metal  Blazes 

Issue:  Metal  blazes  nailed  to  trees  may  be  hazardous  to 
hikers  and  potentially  damaging  to  trees.  Metal  blazes 
in  the  shape  of  birds  are  difficult  to  produce. 

Treatment  Guidelines:The  practice  of  using  metal 
blazes,  including  bird-shaped  tags,  should  not  be 
reinstated. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Due  to  the  large  number  of 
hikers  at  Acadia,  the  average  hiker's  skill  level,  and 
the  challenge  of  some  trails,  the  trails  need  to  be 
clearly  marked.  Cairns  are  often  difficult  to  main- 
tain, especially  in  wooded  areas.  Many  hikers  also 
object  to  the  aesthetic  appearance  and  the  resultant 
resource  damage  of  cairn  building.  Blazes  have  historic 
precedent  at  the  park,  can  be  relatively  unobtrusive 
if  used  sparingly,  and  are  considered  an  acceptable 
and  appropriate  method  for  marking  trail  routes  at 
Acadia.  Chemical  intrusion  in  the  environment  can 
be  minimized  through  careful  training  of  trail  blazers 
and  following  recommended  application  techniques 
developed  in  consultation  with  natural  resource  staff. 


221 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


4.  Colored  Path  System 

Issue:  Reinstating  the  historical  use  of  various  colored 
blazes  for  the  colored  path  system  on  Champlain  and 
Gorham  Mountains,  devised  by  Herbert  Jaques  in  the 
1890s,  is  inconsistent  with  the  current  system-wide 
approach  of  uniform  blue  blazes. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Due  to  the  high  volume  of 
use  of  trails  across  the  island,  consistency  and  clear 
guidance  are  essential.  Thus,  one  system  and  standard 
of  blazing  is  recommended.  However,  as  stated  above, 
blazes  should  be  used  with  restraint.  The  history  of  the 
colored  path  system  should  be  interpreted  through 
trail  naming  and  signage  (information  is  provided  later 
in  this  chapter). 

5.  Ineffective  Blazes 

Issue:  Blazes  are  often  difficult  to  see,  or  are  covered 
with  snow.  Their  function  is  not  apparent  to  some  new 
hikers. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  In  wooded  areas,  blazes 
should  be  placed  on  trees.  On  ledges,  blazes  should  be 
supplemented  with  cairns.  Information  on  trail  blazing 
at  Acadia  should  be  provided  to  hikers  at  trailhead 
signs  and  on  park  maps. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  BLAZES 

Following  are  general  specifications  for  the  location 
and  installation  of  paint  blazes  at  Acadia.  For  further 
information  on  blazing  in  general,  it  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  trail  workers  read  through,  understand, 
and  follow  the  guidelines  established  in  The  AMC 
Complete  Guide  to  Trail  Building  and  Trail  Maintenance, 
1998,  pages  77-85.  It  provides  an  excellent  summary  of 
blazing. 

1.  Paint  Color 

A  uniform  sky  blue  color  should  be  used  within  park 
boundaries.  The  paint  currently  used  is  Interlux 
Brightside  Polyurethane,  Medium  Blue  #4353.  This 
paint,  or  a  comparable  mixture,  should  continue  to  be 
used  for  blazing. 


2.  General  Location 

As  a  general  rule,  trail  sections  with  historic  construc- 
tion features  that  adequately  mark  the  route,  such 
as  steps,  stairs,  stone  paving,  or  rungs,  should  not  be 
blazed  (Fig.  9-8).  There  are  some  exceptions  to  this 
rule.  In  certain  areas,  such  as  the  tumbledown  on  The 
Precipice,  constructed  tread  is  almost  indistinguishable 
from  the  surrounding  area,  and  this  presents  many 
options  for  hikers  to  stray  from  the  trail.  Areas  such  as 
these  should  be  paint  blazed,  using  extreme  care  not 
to  over-blaze.  In  other  instances,  constructed  tread  is 
in  such  a  state  of  disrepair  so  as  to  make  it  difficult  to 
follow  the  correct  path.  These  areas,  too,  can  be  care- 
fully blazed  until  rehabilitation  efforts  more  correctly 
define  the  corridor.  All  trails  with  unconstructed  tread 
should  be  blazed  to  direct  and  reassure  hikers,  and  to 
uniformly  mark  the  trail  system. 

The  character  of  the  trail  is  a  deciding  factor  in  deter- 
mining blaze  frequency.  In  general,  the  frequency 
of  blazes  increases  in  area  where  the  tread  is  hard  to 
discern  or  follow.  This  would  include  sections  cross- 


Fig.  9-8  This  paint  blaze  located  adjacent  to  a  stone  staircase 
on  the  Perpendicular  Trail  (#119)  is  unnecessary  since  steps  and 
coping  stones  clearly  delineate  the  trail  route. 


222 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  B.  Cairns 


ing  old  wood  roads,  social  trails,  sharp  turns,  and 
areas  where  natural  conditions  create  false  trails.  Care 
should  be  taken  to  avoid  excessive  blazing. 

The  best  rule  of  thumb  is  that  a  hiker  should  never 
walk  out  of  sight  of  a  blaze  either  behind  or  ahead. 
Depending  on  the  terrain,  this  could  be  as  far  as  a  few 
hundred  feet  to  as  little  as  20  feet.  From  TheAMC 
Complete  Guide  to  Trail  Building  and  Trail  Maintenance, 
1998:  "Do  not  fail  to  mark  a  trail  because  you  think  no 
one  could  possibly  get  lost  in  that  area....  Trail  mark- 
ing is  for  the  benefit  of  one  who  is  unfamiliar  with  the 
trail. ..hikers,  many  with  little  experience. ..will  rely  on 
your  blazes." 


B.  CAIRNS 


DEFINITIONS 


A  cairn  is  a  stone  or  a  stone  structure  used  as  a  trail 
marker.  Cairns  are  used  extensively  on  trails  crossing 
the  mountain  summits,  where  the  exposed  ledgerock 
often  leaves  no  location  for  sign  placement,  and 
painted  blazes  are  easily  missed  or  obscured.  Addition- 
ally, cairns  are  especially  important  in  locations  such  as 
summits  where  fog  or  snow  can  interfere  with  a  hiker's 
ability  to  follow  a  trail;  cairns  are  often  easier  to  locate 
than  blazes. 


3.  Application 

Blazes  should  be  applied  in  one  direction  at  a  time. 
Finish  a  trail  in  one  direction,  then  mark  the  trail  in 
the  other  direction.  This  ensures  the  best  placement  of 
blazes. 

Use  a  wire  brush  to  prepare  stone  surfaces  and  trees. 
Trees  shall  be  wirebrushed,  wiped  with  a  dry  rag  (espe- 
cially white  birch),  or  scraped.  Do  not  scrape  through 
the  bark  on  any  tree. 

Blazes  shall  be  rectangular  marks  1  to  2  inches  wide 
by  4  inches  long.  The  length  should  run  parallel  to  the 
treadway.  No  other  types  of  marks  should  be  used. 

Apply  the  paint  with  a  small  brush  1  to  2  inches  wide. 


Piled  cairns  are  a  historic  Acadia  style  of  cairns  that 
consist  of  randomly  constructed  stone  piles  used  to 
mark  the  trail. 

Bates-style  cairns  are  a  historic  Acadia  style  of  cairn 
dating  from  Waldron  Bates's  chairmanship  of  the  Bar 
Harbor  VIA.  They  are  constructed  of  two  base  stones 
set  apart  with  a  lintel  across  them,  creating  an  opening 
in  the  direction  of  the  trail,  and  topped  by  a  pointer 
stone  (Figs.  9-13  &  9-23) .  Some  Bates-style  cairns 
consist  of  two  or  more  tiers  constructed  in  this  manner 
(Fig.  9-9). 

Stacked  cairns  are  a  historic  Acadia  style  of  cairn  con- 
sisting of  stacked  stones  of  diminishing  size,  from  larg- 
est on  bottom  to  smallest  on  top  (Figs.  9-10  &  9-18). 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 


1.  Paint  blazes  should  be  inspected  yearly  and/or 
when  hikers  complain  about  trail  legibility. 

2.  Whenever  blazes  have  faded  or  deteriorated  to 
the  point  of  being  difficult  to  identify,  the  entire 
trail  should  be  reblazed.  "Spot"  blazing  should 
be  avoided,  as  this  would  present  a  non-uniform 
marking  system  on  any  given  trail. 

3.  Vegetation  that  is  obscuring  blazes  should  be 
trimmed,  or  the  blaze  completely  removed  and 
relocated,  if  possible. 


Fig.  9-9  Bates-style  cairn  at  the  summit  of  Eliot  Mountain,  on  the 
Asticou  Ridge  Trail  (#520). 


223 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Conical  cairns  consist  of  tiers  of  circular,  battered  (in- 
sloped)  walls  that  form  a  "cone"  (Fig.  9-24)  This  type 
of  cairn  is  the  most  substantial  and  solid  of  the  cairn 
types,  and  is  the  standard  used  by  the  AMC.  However, 
there  is  no  evidence  of  its  early  historical  use  at  Acadia. 
Use  of  conical  cairns  likely  began  in  the  1970s  and 
continued  through  the  1990s. 

Upright  single  stones  are  large  individual  stones  or 
boulders  standing  on  end  and  acting  as  cairns  (Fig.  9- 
12).  They  were  used  historically  at  Acadia. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

The  first  description  of  a  stone  trail  marker  dates  to 
1855  when  Charles  Tracy  noted  a  "sat  up"  boulder  (an 
upright  single  stone)  and  pile  of  stones  on  the  sum- 
mit of  Sargent  Mountain  (Figs.  9-11  &  9-12).  Benjamin 
F.  DeCosta's  1871  guidebook  indicates  that  the  Bear 
Brook  Trail  (#10)  (originally  called  the  Path  up  New- 
port Mountain)  was  marked  with  piles  of  stones. 


Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Beginning  in  1890  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  marked  trails 
with  signs,  arrows,  pointers,  cairns,  maps,  and  regula- 
tory signs.  Cairns  were  used  along  the  open  ledgerock. 
Specifications  for  cairns  were  described  in  1906  by 
Waldron  Bates,  Bar  Harbor  VIA  path  committee  chair- 
man from  1900  to  1909  (Figs.  9-13  &  9-23). 

Build  the  cairns  as  shown  in  the  accompanying  diagram 
pictures:  two  large  stones  with  an  opening  between  in 
line  with  the  direction  of  the  path,  across  one  flat  stone, 
and  on  top  of  this  one  long  stone  in  line  with  the  direc- 
tion of  the  path.  Use  large  stones  and  set  them  firmly  in 
place.... 

Where  there  is  a  sharp  turn  in  a  path,  put  up  two  point- 
ers on  the  same  tree  or  build  three  cairns.... 

Where  paths  meet  or  cross  on  ledges,  build  a  large 
pile  of  stones  at  the  intersection  and  place  a  cairn  on 
each  diverging  path  about  ten  feet  from  the  pile  of 


stones... 


39 


Cairns  were  used  extensively  on  some  ledge  trails; 
however,  construction  varied.  Many  cairns  con- 
structed under  Bates  are  still  extant.  On  the  mountain 
summits,  piles  of  stones,  first  described  in  1855,  have 
continued  to  grow  to  large  mounds  (Figs.  9-15  to  9-22). 


Fig.  9-10  Stacked  cairn  on  the  Ledge  Trail  (#103)  with  a  large 
boulder  used  as  the  base. 


Fig.  9-11  This  1907  view,  possibly  located  near  Jordan  Bluffs, 
shows  two  early  cairn  styles.  The  large  upright  stone  may  be  the 
first  style  of  cairn  to  mark  recreational  walking  routes.  In  1855, 
Charles  Tracy  described  a  "sat-up"  boulder  on  the  summit  of 
Sargent.  The  smaller  Bates-style  cairn  represents  an  early  VIA/VIS 
style  of  cairn  building. 


224 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  B.  Cairns 


Fig.  9-12  A  "sat-up"  or  upright  stone  marking  the  trail  across 
exposed  ledge  rock  on  the  Dorr  Mountain  East  Face  Trail  (Emery 
Path/Schiff  Path,  #15). 


EXAMPLE  OF  CAIRNS  IN  THE  WOODS 

CADILLAC  CLIFFS  PATH 


Fig.  9-13  Cairn  included  in  Waldron  Bates  1906  General  Instruc- 
tions for  Work  on  Paths  in  the  1906  Bar  Harbor  VIA  Annual 
Report. 


RUSTIC  ARROWS  AND  CAIRNS 


Fig.  9-15  Early  images  of  trail  markers  and  cairns  illustrated  in 
the  1915  path  guide. 


Fig.  9-16  Large  cairn  on  the  Potholes  Path  (#342)  photographed 
in  1995. 


Fig.  9-14  Stone  cairn  with  large  upright  stone  on  the  Seaside 
Path,  circa  1910. 


225 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  9-17  A  1906  photo  of  a  small  Bates-style  cairn,  exact  location 
unknown,  but  most  likely  near  Seal  Harbor. 


Fig.  9-18  VIA/VIS  stacked  cairn  on  the  Van  Santvoord  Trail  (#450). 


Fig.  9-20  Bates-style  cairn  on  the  Van  Santvoord  Trail  (#450). 


Fig.  9-21   Bates-style  cairn  on  the  Potholes  to  Eagles  Crag  Trail 
(#343). 


Fig.  9-19  This  Bates-style  cairn  on  the  Sargent  Mountain  South 
Ridge  Trail  (#52)  in  1999  may  have  survived  in  this  open  location 
because  of  its  extra  large  lintel  stone. 


Fig.  9-22  A  large  pile  of  stones  marking  the  summit  of  Dorr 
Mountain. 


226 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  B.  Cairns 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

No  documentation  has  been  found  relating  to  cairn 
use  by  the  CCC. 

NPS/Mission  66 

No  documentation  has  been  found  relating  to  cairn 
use  by  the  NPS  during  the  Mission  66  era. 

National  Park  Service 

Although  initially  the  NPS  repaired  and  installed  cairns 
on  mountain  ridges,  ledges,  and  in  some  wooded  areas, 
over  the  years  cairn  use  was  altered.  Many  historical 
cairns  were  dismantled  on  abandoned  trails  to  dis- 
courage hikers  from  using  those  routes.  The  Bates- 
style  cairn  was  considered  too  vulnerable  to  vandalism, 
leading  the  trails  crew  to  discontinue  its  use  in  the 
1970s,  when  they  began  building  conical  cairns.  By 
the  early  1980s,  disheartened  by  the  speed  with  which 
cairns  were  being  vandalized,  Gary  Stellpflug  discon- 
tinued cairn  building  altogether  in  favor  of  blazes. 
Blazing  became  the  primary  mode  of  marking  ledge 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CAIRNS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Two  types  of  cairns  were  used:  piles  of  stones  and  upright 
single  stones. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Four  types  of  cairns  were  used:  Bates-style  cairns,  stacked 
cairns,  piled  cairns  (typically  on  summits),  and  upright 
single  stones. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


No  documentation  has  been  found  for  the  style  of  cairns 
used. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


No  documentation  has  been  found  for  the  style  of  cairns 
used. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Paint  blazing  was  introduced  to  mark  ledge  areas.  Conical 
cairns  were  introduced  and  used  to  replace  Bates-style 
cairns.  Many  Bates-style  cairns  were  dismantled  on  aban- 
doned trails.  Bates-style  cairns  were  reintroduced  in  2002. 


trails.  In  the  early  1990s,  the  trails  crew  began  using 
the  conical  cairn  and  it  became  the  standard  type  of 
cairn  used  in  the  park.  Beginning  in  2000,  in  response 
to  rapid  degradation  of  summit  ecosystems  by  wan- 
dering hikers,  a  substantial  program  of  cairn  building 
that  focused  on  mountain  ridges  was  begun  by  Acadia 
Resource  Management.  The  Acadia  Ridge  Runners 
began  constructing  new  cairns  to  direct  traffic  over 
sensitive  summit  areas.  In  2002  the  Ridge  Runners 
began  building  new  Bates-style  cairns.  At  the  time  of 
this  document,  the  overall  success  of  the  program,  as 
well  as  the  relative  success  of  the  two  cairn  types,  has 
not  been  determined. 


TREATMENT 

1.  Bates-Style  Cairns  versus  Conical  Cairns 

Issue:  Historically,  the  Bates-style  cairn  was  the  most 
widely  used  kind  of  trail  marker,  at  least  on  trails  on 
the  eastern  side  of  Mount  Desert  Island.  These  cairns 
are  also  the  easiest  to  build,  provided  an  adequate 
number  of  suitably  sized  and  shaped  stones  can  be 
found  (see  "Specifications  for  Cairns").  However, 
there  is  a  concern  that  Bates-style  cairns  may  be  more 
easily  knocked  over  than  conical  cairns  and  they  may 
be  more  likely  to  encourage  "copycat"  cairns  (see 
below)  due  to  their  ease  of  construction  and  pleasing 
appearance. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  park  is  currently  in  an 
experimental  phase  to  determine  whether  Bates-style 
or  conical  cairns  are  preferred  for  use  on  the  trail 
system,  given  the  construction  difficulties,  ease  of 
visibility,  and  life  span  of  each  cairn  style.  Currently, 
the  preferred  treatment  recommends  constructing 
Bates-style  cairns  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  island  if 
they  can  be  shown  to  meet  these  criteria  reasonably 
well.  However,  if  conical  cairns  are  shown  to  be  much 
more  durable,  encourage  less  copycatting,  and/or  are 
substantially  easier  to  construct,  they  may  be  used 
instead  of  Bates-style  cairns. 


227 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


2.  Vandalism  and  Copycatting 

Issue:  Cairns  of  any  type  are  consistently  toppled, 
and  nearly  every  summit  in  Acadia  has  a  number  of 
copycat  cairns  built  both  on  and  off-trail.  The  building 
of  copycat  cairns  not  only  misleads  hikers,  it  disturbs 
the  character  of  trails  and  endangers  local  habitats 
since  stones  for  these  cairns  are  often  pulled  from  soil 
pockets,  destabilizing  the  plant  life  and  subjecting  the 
soil  to  erosion. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Cairns  will  be  built  and  main- 
tained by  park  staff  as  needed.  Resource  management 
will  continue,  and  increase  if  possible,  efforts  to  edu- 
cate visitors  concerning  vandalism  and  copycatting. 
Such  education  efforts  might  include  model  cairns, 
information  in  park  publications  and  on  maps,  signs, 
and  direct  education  on  the  trails  by  park  staff. 

3.  Documentation 

Issue:  The  historic  cairns  still  extant  in  the  park  are  not 
adequately  documented. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Every  effort  should  be  made 
to  identify  and  preserve  historic  cairns  that  are  extant 
on  both  open  and  abandoned  trails.  The  age  of  the 
cairn  can  be  approximated  by  examining  the  lichen 
growth  on  the  outer  surfaces  and  comparing  it  to  the 
concealed  surfaces  on  which  the  stones  are  stacked. 
In  general,  the  lesser  the  amount  of  lichen  inside  the 
cairn,  relative  to  that  outside  the  cairn,  the  older  it  is. 
When  identified,  historic  cairns  should  be  documented 
with  black-and-white  photographs. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  CAIRNS 

Cairn  spacing  will  vary  depending  on  visibility  and  the 
number  of  turns  a  trail  makes,  but  a  general  guideline 
is  that  cairns  should  be  spaced  50  to  100  feet  apart. 
Hikers  should  always  have  in  sight  at  least  the  cairn 
in  front  and  the  cairn  behind  the  one  at  which  thy 
are  standing.  Cairns  should  not  be  built  in  locations 
where  they  will  intrude  on  the  landscape,  such  as  on  a 
ridge  where  they  will  be  silhouetted  against  the  sky  to 
ascending  hikers. 


Stones  for  cairns  may  be  gathered  or  quarried  from  the 
surrounding  area,  following  the  guidelines  set  forth 
in  Acadia's  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan.40  When 
gathering  material,  best  management  practices  should 
be  followed  to  avoid  resource  damage.  According  to 
Demrow  and  Salisbury,  trail  workers  should  "Take 
care  to  avoid  damaging  areas  with  fragile  soils  and 
vegetation  while  you  are  quarrying  rock.  Find  a  rock 
pile  near  the  site  that  you  can  reach  without  trampling 
plants  (i.e.  walk  on  rocks).  Carry  the  rock  to  the  cairn 
site,  or  use  a  rock  basket  or  a  skyline. ..to  move  large 
quantities  of  rock."  41 

1.  Bates-Style  Cairn  (Fig.  9-23) 

Four  stones  are  needed:  two  base  stones,  a  lintel,  and  a 
pointing  stone.  The  sizes  of  historic  cairns  vary  greatly, 
but  following  are  the  ideal  dimensions  for  a  cairn  built 
in  a  place  where  it  needs  to  be  seen  from  a  distance  and 
may  be  subjected  to  toppling.  Smaller  versions  may  be 
appropriate  for  trails  with  little  use  or  woodland  trails. 
Base  stones  should  be  rectilinear  stones  averaging  16 
inches  to  2  feet  long,  10  inches  high,  and  10  inches 
wide.  The  lintel  stone  should  be  an  elongated  plate  and 
need  not  be  rectilinear.  Ideally  it  should  be  between  2 
and  3  feet  long  and  at  least  1  foot  across.  The  pointer 
should  be  an  elongated  stone  no  longer  than  the  width 
of  the  lintel  on  which  it  is  to  be  placed.  It  may  be 
rounded. 

The  base  stones  are  set  in  the  ground  or  on  ledge  with 
their  length  in  the  direction  of  the  trail.  They  should 
be  gapped  so  that  the  lintel  stone  will  just  reach  their 
outside  edges  when  it  is  laid  across  them  lengthwise. 
If  the  stones  wobble,  or  if  the  ground  is  sloped,  solid 
shims  may  be  used,  if  they  are  locked  in  (see  Chapter 
7),  or  a  stone  base  built  under  them. 

Some  cairns  have  two  stones  stacked  on  top  of  each 
other  acting  as  a  single  base  stone.  This  is  seen  only 
occasionally  in  historic  cairns,  and  the  technique 
should  be  used  sparingly.  If  two  stones  are  to  be  used 
as  a  single  base  stone,  both  should  be  sufficiently  wide 
and  flat  so  that  the  top  stone  fits  solidly  on  the  lower 
stone  without  shimming. 


228 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  B.  Cairns 


The  lintel  is  laid  across  the  base  stones  with  its  length 
perpendicular  to  the  trail.  If  possible,  base  stones 
should  be  adjusted  so  that  the  lintel  is  solid,  but  shims 
may  be  used  under  the  lintel  if  necessary. 

The  pointer  stone  is  set  on  top  of  the  lintel  so  that  it 
points  in  the  direction  of  the  trail.  No  shims  should  be 
used  to  secure  this  stone,  as  it  is  not  of  sufficient  weight 
to  keep  them  in  place. 

The  height  of  the  finished  cairn  should  be  at  least  16 
inches. 

2.  Conical  Cairn  (Fig.  9-24) 

Conical  cairns  should  be  built  in  layers.  The  base  layer 
should  be  built  of  large,  flat  stones;  for  subsequent  lay- 
ers, flat  stones  should  be  arranged  to  slope  toward  the 
center  of  the  cairn.  Each  stone  should  have  three  con- 
tact points  for  stability.  Stones  should  span  joints  in 
previous  layers,  as  in  the  construction  of  stone  retain- 
ing walls.  Small  stones  should  not  be  used  as  wedges  or 
stabilizers  between  layers;  these  will  eventually  loosen, 
resulting  in  an  unstable  cairn.  A  stable  and  strong  cairn 
relies  on  good  contact  between  adjoining  stones.42 


1'  min. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 


1.  Toppled  or  fallen  cairns  should  be  rebuilt.  If  pos- 
sible, the  original  stones  should  be  located  and 
reused  to  avoid  disturbing  more  of  the  area. 

2.  Copycat  cairns  and  other  stone  structures  should 
be  dismantled,  and  the  stones  scattered  or  used  in 
needed  cairns. 

3.  If  cairns  are  constantly  toppled  in  a  given  area, 
a  new  guidance  solution,  such  as  paint  blazes, 
should  be  considered. 

4.  In  areas  where  it  is  evident  that  hikers  are  wander- 
ing, new  cairns  should  be  considered,  or  other 
guidance  features  added,  such  as  coping  stones. 


Joints  are 

broken 


Plan  view  of  a 
well-constructed  cairn 


ACAD  NP-Baklyga 

Fig.  9-24  Detail  of  a  conical  cairn. 


Base  stones 
16"-24" 
is  typical 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/Barter 
Fig.  9-23  Detail  of  a  Bates-style  cairn. 


229 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


C.  DIRECTIONAL  SIGNS 


DEFINITIONS 


this  flat  face  includes  trail  and  destination  names  and 
directional  arrows  (Fig.  9-35,  also  9-42  &  9-43).  Gary 
Stellpflug  developed  this  style  of  signage  for  Acadia  in 
1980. 


Directional  signs  contain  information  to  direct  hik- 
ers. These  signs  are  usually  located  at  trail  heads,  road 
crossings,  trail  intersections,  summits,  and  points  of 
interest. 

Trailhead  or  log  signs  are  signs  crafted  from  a  single 
log  which  has  had  a  flat  face  cut  on  one  or  both  sides 
for  the  top  portion  of  the  log.  Information  routed  into 


■k    £ 

Jjgj*    .  V 

^^^^^3Bl 

^bk_^L 

it 

%£                 '  fi§^ 

'?m     j0tm-k 

Fig.  9-25  On  this  signpost  at  the  summit  of  Sargent  Mountain, 
the  sign  in  the  center  is  the  oldest  of  the  three  and  directs 
walkers  to  "Somes  Sound."  The  upper  and  lower  signs  were 
likely  installed  under  the  direction  of  Waldron  Bates,  who 
recommended  "burned-in"  lettering.  Both  the  Giant  Slide  Trail 
and  Chasm  Brook  Trail  were  laid  out  by  Bates  in  1903,  thus  the 
signs  were  relatively  new  in  this  1907  photograph.  Note  the 
point  on  one  end  and  the  slight  taper  on  the  "cut-off"  end. 


Flat  signs  are  planed  wood  pieces  containing  lim- 
ited information,  such  as  a  trail  or  summit  name.  The 
lettering  is  usually  routed  or  chiseled  into  the  wood. 
Flat  signs  may  be  pointer  signs,  which  are  cut  to  a 
point  on  one  end,  indicating  the  direction  of  the  sign's 
named  location.  Flat  signs  may  also  be  rectangular 
signs,  which  are  cut  square  on  each  end  and  indicate 
the  location  where  the  sign  is  placed,  such  as  a  sum- 
mit, spring,  or  the  trail  the  hiker  is  on.  Flat  signs  are 
mounted,  usually  in  groups,  on  posts  (Figs.  9-33  & 
9-34,  also  Figs.  9-40  &  9-41).  Posts  may  be  milled 
square  posts,  milled  round  posts,  or  natural  logs.  Some 
original  VIA/VIS  signs  were  mounted  on  trees,  but  this 
practice  is  no  longer  used  at  Acadia. 


HISTORICAL  USE  OF  SIGNS  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

There  is  no  documentation  for  sign  use  on  the  Mount 
Desert  Island  trails  prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  period. 


Fig.  9-26  Signs  shown  in  the  1928  path  guide  built  in  the 
Waldron  Bates  style. 


Fig.  9-27  This  1906  image  shows  several  early  VIA/VIS  signs  near 
Seal  Harbor.  The  individual  signs  were  mounted  on  a  tree  at  a 
height  of  approximately  6  feet. 


230 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  C.  Directional  Signs 


Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Beginning  in  1890  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  marked  trails 
with  signs,  arrows,  pointers,  cairns,  maps,  and  regula- 
tory signs.  The  group  marked  "paths  and  trails... at 
their  entrances  and  crossings  by  signs  suitably 
inscribed."43  Specifications  were  described  in  1906  by 
Waldron  Bates  (Figs.  9-25  to  9-27,  also  Fig.  9-3): 

Make  the  signs  with  both  ends  pointed  and  with  the 
lettering  burned  in.  When  the  position  of  a  sign  is  deter- 
mined, cut  off  one  end  so  that  the  other  end  shall  point 
in  the  desired  direction. 

Before  putting  up  a  sign  or  a  pointer,  consider  the 
situation  from  all  sides. 

Where  paths  meet  or  cross  in  the  woods,  put  up  a 
pointer  or  a  sign  for  each  diverging  path,  usually  all  on 
the  same  tree,  and  another  pointer  on  each  path  on 
nearby  trees. 

Where  the  [BHVIA]  Association  paths  cross  or  meet 
wood  roads  or  paths  not  shown  on  the  Path  Map, 
define  the  Association  paths  very  clearly  and  put  up 
extra  pointer.... 

See  that  the  waterproofed  and  varnished  Path  Maps 
mounted  on  cloth,  placed  at  a  few  important  points  on 
the  paths,  are  renewed  from  year  to  year.  Place  signs,  at 
a  few  important  points  on  the  paths  worded  as  follows: 
B.  H.  V.  I.  A.  The  land-owner  has  a  right  to  close  this 
path.  Do  not  injure  trees  or  shrubs.44 


On  the  colored  path  system  maps  were  mounted 
on  trees  at  trailheads  and  provided  a  diagram  of 
the  colored  path  routes  and  destinations.  In  1900, 
cross-island  uniformity  of  trail  marking  standards 
was  achieved  by  the  Joint  Path  Committee  of  the  Bar 
Harbor  VIA,  Seal  Harbor  VIS,  and  Northeast  Harbor 
VIS.  The  committee  was  expanding  in  1914  to  include 
Southwest  Harbor  VIA.  Resolutions  adopted  in  1914 
included: 

•  The  use  of  standardized  signs — wooden  varnished 
signs  with  letters  cut  in  and  painted  red,  referred 
to  as  "Bates"  signs — at  most  locations  (excepting 
summits). 

•  The  placement  of  steel  signs  on  summit  and 
ridge  trails  to  eliminate  the  need  for  their  annual 
replacement  (Fig.  9-28). 

•  A  numbering  system  for  trails  to  be  marked  on 
trail  signs,  maps,  and  guides. 


Fig.  9-28  This  steel  post  with  signs,  shown  here  in  1965,  was 
located  on  the  Sargent  Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail  (#53)  and 
dated  to  the  VIA/VIS  period.  The  signs  read:  Aunt  Bettys  Pond, 
Chasm  Brook,  Sargent  Mt.,  and  Giant  Slide.  They  were  removed 
circa  1970,  but  the  spot  where  the  angle  iron  support  was 
cemented  into  the  rock  is  still  visible. 


Fig.  9-29  One  of  the  last  remaining  early  VIA/VIS  signs  pictured 
in  1961  with  lower-case  letters  at  the  top  of  post.  Later  VIA/VIS 
signs  with  upper-case  letters  on  lower  post  located  on  the  Jordan 
Cliffs  Trail  (#48). 


231 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


f   HomcAsnmcR 

JORDAN  STREAM 
LONG  POND 


MITCHELL  HILL 


Fig.  9-30  CCC-style  carriage  road  trail  markers  in  the  NPS  sign 
shop. 


Fig.  9-31   A  1958  photo  of  a  1930s  CCC  trail  sign  at  Lookout 
Point  on  the  Mansell  Mountain  Trail  (#115).  The  sign  is  nailed  to 
a  notched  post  that  was  stained  brown  and  cut  with  a  conical 
top.  The  sign  had  tapered  ends  and  was  also  stained  brown  with 
chiseled  letters  painted  yellow. 


Fig.  9-32  Two  different  styles  of  CCC  signs  are  shown  in  this 
1958  photograph.  The  sign  on  the  left  was  stained  brown  with 
yellow  painted  letters.  The  sign  in  the  center  was  left  natural, 
weathered  wood  with  painted  letters.  Although  different  colors, 
these  signs  all  contained  one  pointed  and  one  beveled  end,  and 
were  mounted  on  round  posts  with  conical  tops,  though  blunter 
than  those  in  the  Bar  Harbor  district. 


Fig.  9-33  This  CCC  sign,  photographed  in  1964,  was  one  of  the 
last  remaining  CCC  signs.  It  was  located  at  the  intersection  of 
the  Green  and  White  Path  (#327)  with  the  Black  Path  (Gorham 
Mountain  Trail,  #4)  on  Champlain  Mountain  near  the  outlet  of 
The  Bowl.  The  signs  read  from  top  to  bottom:  Black  Path  to 
Champlain  Mountain;  Otter  Creek  Road  at  Canon  Brook  Path 
(pointing  to  the  Green  and  Black  Path,  #358,  which  forked  off  a 
little  up  the  ridge);  Ocean  Drive;  Beehive  Mt.;  Otter  Creek  Road 
at  Canon  Brook  Path  (may  have  been  reattached  and  not  an 
original  sign  on  this  post).  CCC-type  signs  such  as  this  were  used 
in  the  Bar  Harbor  district,  and  were  slightly  different  than  signs 
on  the  west  side  of  the  island.  Bar  Harbor  district  posts  were 
taller,  had  pointed  tops,  and  could  accommodate  more  signs.  The 
use  of  a  second  line  in  smaller  letters  only  occurred  in  the  Bar 
Harbor  area.  This  type  of  sign  became  extremely  rare,  as  most 
burned  during  the  1947  fire.  Note  the  very  pointed  conical  post 
top. 


w 

«      •    A- 


■•-.> !      f 


r*j 


;i^imr 


WV 


Fig.  9-34  NPS  signpost  on  the  South  Bubble  Trail  (#43),  in  the 
saddle  between  the  North  and  South  Bubble  Trails. 


232 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  C.  Directional  Signs 


Fig.  9-35  Trailhead  sign  on  the  Kane  Path/Tarn  Trail  (#17)  marking 
the  way  to  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring. 


Fig.  9-37  Within  the  park,  near  Northeast  Harbor,  are  signs  made 
by  the  current  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  that  retain  the  VIA/VIS  style 
(pointed  on  one  end,  tapered  on  the  other,  chiseled  letters)  but 
are  slightly  more  crafted  (edges  are  slightly  beveled,  thus  not 
"cut  off"  in  the  field.  These  signs  are  on  the  Norumbega  Lower 
Hadlock  to  Goat  Trail  (#69). 


Fig.  9-38  Detail 
of  sign  in  the 
current  Northeast 
Harbor  VIS  district 
with  square  post, 
pointed  at  the  top, 
located  near  the 
entrance  to  the 
Asticou  Brook  Trail, 
or  "Path,"  near  the 
Asticou  Gardens 
(#514). 


Fig.  9-36  Within  the  former  Bar  Harbor  VIA  district  are 
contemporary  signs  of  unknown  origin  (i.e.,  by  a  phantom), 
located  within  the  park  on  unmarked  trails.  These  signs  mimic 
the  VIA/VIS  style  (pointed  on  one  end,  tapered  on  the  other) 
but  with  alterations  (beveled  edge,  routed  rather  than  chiseled 
letters.)  The  center  sign  "To  CANYON  BROOK  TRAIL"  was 
installed  in  about  1997. 


Fig.  9-39  Signpost 
on  the  Little 
Harbor  Brook  Trail 
(#55)  at  the  Route 
3  trailhead.  The 
sign  is  stained  gray 
with  red  painted 
letters,  in  the 
Northeast  Harbor 
VIS  style. 


233 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Acadia  superintendent  George  Dorr  changed  the 
names  of  many  of  the  mountain  peaks  in  about  1918. 
This  in  turn  required  name  changes  for  many  of  the 
trails  and  required  the  replacement  of  many  signs. 
Local  resistance  to  name  changes,  particularly  by  the 
Northeast  Harbor  VIS,  resulted  in  a  mix  of  signs  with 
old  and  new  names,  a  situation  that  still  persists  in  a 
few  locations. 

During  the  early  period  of  park  ownership,  the 
VIA/VIS  path  committees  continued  to  maintain  all 
markings.  When  the  park  began  producing  signs  in  the 
1930s  through  the  CCC,  the  path  committees  contin- 
ued to  maintain  trail  signs  outside  the  park  and  also 
within  the  park  in  their  respective  districts,  but  with 
less  uniformity  than  had  been  done  previously  (Fig. 
9-29). 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

A  1935  NPS  Master  Plan  for  the  trail  system,  coupled 
with  CCC  manpower,  resulted  in  an  overhaul  of  trail 
signage  within  the  park.  CCC  records  indicated  that 
new  signs  were  needed  in  conjunction  with  recent 
trail  construction,  as  replacements  for  signs  in  bad 
repair,  or  where  makeshift  shingle  signs  had  been 
used.  Approximately  700  trail  signs  were  installed  on 
the  eastern  half  of  the  island  and  80  on  the  western 
half  of  the  island.  Where  adaptable  to  the  site,  signs 
on  tall  posts  were  used.  Where  views  of  the  surround- 
ing landscape  were  important,  a  waist-high  signpost 
was  used.  Signs  were  mounted  on  notched  posts  with 
cut,  conical  tops  (Figs.  9-30  to  9-33,  also  Fig.  9-1). 
Two  color  schemes  were  used:  (1)  stained  brown  signs 
and  posts  with  chiseled,  yellow-paint  letters,  and  (2) 
natural  weathered  signs  and  posts  with  chiseled,  red- 
paint  letters.  (Further  research  is  needed  to  determine 
whether  brown  and  yellow  signs  adhered  to  nation- 
wide CCC  specifications,  and  if  natural  and  red  signs 
were  intended  to  harmonize  with  the  existing  VIA/VIS 
signs.) 

NPS/Mission  66 

CCC  signs  persisted  into  the  1950s,  but  by  1959  NPS/ 
Mission  66  crews  removed  all  extant  signs  and 
installed  approximately  400  signs,  probably  similar  in 


style  to  the  flat  signs  currently  used  at  Acadia.  How- 
ever, signs  no  longer  indicated  trail  names,  but  instead 
described  destinations  and  distances.  For  example, 
rather  than  "Giant  Slide  Trail"  and  "Sargent  Moun- 
tain Trail,"  the  signs  read  "Sargent  Mountain,  2.0." 
Without  individual  trail  names  on  the  new  signs,  it 
was  often  difficult  to  know  which  trail  one  was  fol- 
lowing. On  trails  that  were  to  be  abandoned,  signs 
were  removed  and  not  replaced.  This  sign  change  was 
coincident  with  a  renaming  of  the  trails  in  which  many 
historic  names  were  changed. 


Sign  is 
typically 
48"  high 
from  ground 
to  top  of 
post 

(higher  if 
need  be) 


Cone  is  4"  high 

Post  is  notched 
for  signs 


48" 


Sign  angled 
to  point  exactly 
in  direction  of 
referent 


Signs  bolted 

to  post — 

bolt  between 

letters 

"Deadman" 

used  if  sign 

cannot  be 

buried  30" 

(or  pinned 

to  ledge) 


Deadman  is  notched 
together  and  post  is 
notched  for  deadman 


ACAD  NP-Baldyga/BaiKx 


Fig.  9-40  Detail  of  a  typical  signpost  for  flat  signs. 


234 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  C.  Directional  Signs 


National  Park  Service 

In  the  1970s  Acadia  trails  foreman  Gary  Stellpflug 
altered  sign  specifications  to  reduce  vandalism  and  use 
local  materials.  Signs  were  bolted  rather  than  nailed 
to  posts.  Cedar  was  introduced  along  with  redwood. 
Distances  were  given  in  both  miles  and  kilometers. 
Stellpflug  continued  to  use  the  size,  shape,  and  font 
style  of  the  earlier  flat  signs,  a  style  that  may  have  been 
developed  during  the  Mission  66  era  (Fig.  9-34,  also 
Figs.  9-40  &  9-41). 


In  1980,  Stellpflug  introduced  the  log  sign  as  an 
alternative  to  the  easily  vandalized  or  stolen  flat  signs, 
mainly  at  trailheads  along  motor  roads.  The  original 
design  was  routed  letters  on  the  face  of  a  4-inch-round 
by  8-foot-long  post.  One  such  sign  was  installed  at 
the  southern  Gorham  Mountain  Trail  (#4)  trailhead. 
Within  a  year,  Stellpflug  developed  the  current  log  sign 
design,  which  became  the  standard  sign  for  entrances 
to  the  trail  system  and  trail  crossings  with  motor  roads 
or  carriage  roads  (Fig.  9-35,  also  Figs.  9-42  &  9-43). 


Distance  given  in 
miles  and  kilometers 
towards  point  of  sign 


90"  angle 


■  All  1"  letters 

-  Space  is  1/4"  min.  between  words 

-  Space  is  1/4"  between  lines 

•  Text  may  be  1 .2  or  3  lines  and 
is  centered  vertically 

-  Space  varies  between  text 
and  distances 


5  3KM  ONE  tINE  SIGN 


TWO  LINE 
SIGN 


3.3MI 
5.3KM 


18" 


ACAD  NP-Baidyga 


Approximately  2-5^ 
from  perpendicular 


Angled  out 
approximately 
15u  of  horizontal 


3 


Fig.  9-41   Detail  of  lettering  layout  for  flat  signs. 


Fig.  9-42  Detail  of  log  signs. 


BEECH 

MTN 

TRAIL 

BEECH 

MTN 

.6MI/.8KM 

FIRE 

TOWER 

.6MI/.8KM 

A 


>!t;ii 


BEECH  MTN 
.6MI/.8KM 


BEECH  MTN 
TRAIL 


iTN^ 


BEECH  MTN 
.5MI/.8KM 


I D 


BEECH  MTN 
.5MI/.8KM  J 

A      -*" 


1/4" 


1/4" 


1/4" 


Arrow 


n 


■  All  1"  letters 

•  Space  is  1/4"  min 
between  words, 
names,  distances, 
arrows  in  groups 

■  1"  between  each 
group 


1i- 


No  longer  than  4", 
though  shorter  if  need  be 


ACAD  NP-BaWygaBarter 


Fig.  9-43  Detail  of  lettering  for  log  signs. 


235 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Some  log  signs  were  also  placed  off-road  at  intersec- 
tions and  summits  where  flat  signs  were  commonly 
vandalized  or  stolen,  such  as  the  Beehive  Trail  (#7)  or 
the  summit  of  Dorr  Mountain). 

In  the  1990s,  foreman  Don  Beal  began  installing  log 
signs  at  any  intersection  at  which  maps  showed  a  trail 
with  a  different  name  beginning  or  ending.  Each  trail 
terminus  was  given  its  own  log  sign,  so  that  many  inter- 
sections had  two  or  even  three  log  signs.  An  example 
is  the  intersection  of  the  Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10),  Bowl 
Trail  (#6),  and  Beehive  Trail  (#7).  This  intersection 
at  The  Bowl  currently  has  three  log  signs.  Adequate 
records  were  not  kept  of  the  sign  exchanges,  but  possi- 
bly hundreds  of  flat  signs  were  removed  and  discarded 
during  this  time. 


Throughout  the  years,  some  characteristics  of  VIA/VIS 
signage  have  persisted.  As  of  2002,  VIA/VIS-style  signs 
are  used  by  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  (tapered  ends,  painted 
letters),  Northeast  Harbor  VIS  (tapered  ends,  chiseled 
letters,  similar  dimensions,  and  in  some  locations  red- 
painted  letters),  and  a  phantom  signmaker  in  the  Bar 
Harbor  VIA  district  (tapered  ends)  (Figs.  9-36  to  9-39). 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 
OF  DIRECTIONAL  SIGNS 

The  chart  below  identifies  characteristics  of  flat  signs 
for  the  different  periods. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  DIRECTIONAL  SIGNS 

VIA/VIS 

ccc 

Mission  66 

NPS 

Post 

Natural  post,  some  with 
coned  tops,  some  with 
square  tops,  trees  occa- 
sionally used 

Natural,  smooth  posts  with 
coned  tops,  notched  for  each 
sign 

Unknown, 
probably  simi- 
lar to  current 
NPS  flat  signs. 

4"  x  4"cedar  or  pressure- 
treated  posts,  notched 
only  for  non-right-angle 
signs 

Sign  Size 

Length  and  width  varied 
with  wording 

Length  varied  with  wording,  6" 
standard  width 

18"  length,  3%"  and  5  W 
standard  width 

Sign  Surface 
Treatment 

Probably  varnished  or 
stained 

Stained 

Mostly  natural,  some 
stained 

Sign  Beveling 

Face  probably  beveled, 
some  butt-ends  beveled 

Face  beveled  butt-ends  beveled 

No  beveling 

Lettering 

Chiseled  or  cut,  basic 
font,  capital  and  lower- 
case letters,  one  groove, 
painted  red  and  yellow 

Chiseled  or  cut,  rectilinear  font, 
all  capital  letters  with  initial 
large  letter,  double  groove, 
painted  yellow  and  possibly  red 

Routed,  basic  font,  all 
same  size  capital  letters, 
single  groove,  most 
unpainted 

Information 
Provided 

Destinations,  current 
trail  name,  adjacent  trail 
names 

Destinations,  current  trail 
name,  adjacent  trail  names 

Destinations,  trailheads, 
current  trail  name 

236 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  C.  Directional  Signs 


TREATMENT  FOR  DIRECTIONAL  SIGNS 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issues:  The  flat  signs  currently  used  at  Acadia  are 
unlike  those  used  in  either  of  the  two  historical  peri- 
ods, VIA/VIS  and  CCC.  The  adoption  of  historically 
accurate  signage  from  the  VIA/VIS  or  CCC  period 
raises  several  issues,  including: 

•  The  more  attractive  signs  of  both  historic  periods 
may  invite  vandalism. 

•  Historic  letters  were  cut  or  chiseled;  currently,  let- 
ters are  routed.  Chiseled  or  cut  letters  take  longer 
to  make  and  require  more  skill.  Routed  letters  are 
more  uniform  in  appearance  and  allow  less  varia- 
tion between  different  signmakers.  Router  bits  are 
available  that  can  approximate  the  look  of  chiseled 
or  cut  letters.  Hand-cutting  the  double-bordered 
letters  of  the  CCC  style  would  be  labor-intensive. 

•  Historically,  letters  were  painted  and  sign  faces 
stained  or  painted;  currently,  letters  are  not 
painted,  and  sign  faces  are  not  treated.  Paint  in  the 
grooves  and  stain  or  paint  on  the  face  tends  to  dis- 
integrate faster  than  the  sign  and  create  a  ragged 
appearance  or  require  the  added  work  of  regularly 
repainting  signs. 

•  Historic  signs  used  either  capital/lowercase  letters, 
or  all  capitals  with  larger  initial  capitals;  currently, 
lettering  is  all  capitals  of  a  single  size.  Laying  out 
signs  is  easier  if  all  the  letters  are  uniform. 

•  Historic  signs  were  usually  beveled  on  the  butt  end 
and  on  the  sign  face;  currently,  signs  are  cut  square 
on  the  butt  ends  and  the  faces  are  not  beveled. 

•  Historic  signs  used  rounded  posts,  usually  coned 
at  the  top;  current  posts  are  4-inch  by  4-inch 
milled  timbers. 


at  least  one  major  intersection  on  a  popular  route 
should  be  marked  with  signs  reconstructed  in  the 
appropriate  style  of  each  period. 

Signs  currently  used  by  the  VIA/VIS  groups  on  trails 
outside  the  park  are  still  being  crafted  in  pre-Mission 
66  styles.  The  park  has  no  jurisdiction  over  signs 
installed  outside  the  park;  however,  this  practice  will 
be  encouraged  by  park  management,  as  it  continues  a 
tradition,  and  also  provides  a  distinction  between  trail 
intersections  inside  and  outside  the  park. 

2.  Log  Signs  to  Deter  Vandalism 

Issue:  Certain  sign  types  and  signs  in  certain  locations 
are  often  vandalized  or  stolen.  Log  signs,  although  not 
historic,  are  not  easily  vandalized  and  cannot  be  easily 
stolen.  For  this  reason,  log  signs  are  currently  used  at 
all  trailheads  and  trail  crossings  located  at  roads,  at 
many  summits,  and  at  many  interior  trail  intersections. 
This  increased  use  of  log  signs  has  led  to  the  removal 
by  NPS  of  many  flat  signs,  even  in  locations  where  log 
signs  may  not  be  needed  like  remote  trail  intersections. 
A  consistent  policy  is  needed  for  the  use  of  log  signs  at 
Acadia. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  In  agreement  with  the  Hiking 
Trails  Management  Plan,  it  is  recommended  that  log 
signs  be  installed  in  places  where  vandalism  requires 
the  constant  replacement  of  flat  signs,  at  trailheads, 
and  at  carriage  road  crossings.  However,  flat  signs  will 
be  returned  to  all  interior  trail  intersections,  mountain 
summits,  and  other  locations  where  vandalism  does 
not  pose  a  threat.45 


Treatment  Guidelines:  The  current  flat  sign  style  is 
compatible  with  the  two  historic  periods  yet  it  is  distin- 
guishable as  a  modern  addition  to  the  trail  system.  This 
style  should  continue  to  be  used  with  one  alteration: 
pointed  router  bits  will  be  used  to  approximate  chis- 
eled or  cut  letters.  A  maintenance  schedule  should  be 
developed  to  replace  square  posts  with  round,  coned 
posts  in  the  historic  style.  For  interpretive  purposes,  in 
order  to  represent  the  VIA/VIS-  and  CCC-style  signs, 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  DIRECTIONAL  SIGNS 


See  Figures  9-40  to  9-43  for  sign  specifications. 


237 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 


D.  INFORMATIONAL  SIGNS 


3. 


All  signs  should  be  inspected  yearly  for  needed 
maintenance  or  replacement. 
Broken  or  stolen  flat  signs  will  be  replaced;  inter- 
sections where  frequent  vandalism  occurs  may  be 
signed  with  log  signs. 

Signs  and  posts  should  be  replaced  when  they 
become  illegible  or  deteriorate  to  the  point  where 
they  are  no  longer  aesthetically  pleasing. 


DEFINITIONS 

Informational  signs  convey  information  about  trail 
routes,  conditions,  and  safety  and  educate  trail  users 
about  cultural  and  natural  history,  resource  protection, 
and  associated  rules  and  regulations.  Informational 
signs  may  include  text,  illustrations,  maps,  and  regula- 
tory symbols.  The  island's  trail  system,  both  within  and 
outside  of  the  park,  currently  contains  a  spectrum  of 
informational  signage. 


»V;,j»           K 

foflreffi          ^ 

■*v 

WS$JM  .  :3*llPI 

I    >*  HH 

^pp 

\ 

; 

'  '.»?*>* 

irZ+Zmlmm^, 

%m 

i "  r  MfflnBll 

m 

Fig.  9-44  A  trailhead  exhibit  at  the  Cadillac  Mountain  North 
Ridge  Trail  (#34)  located  on  the  summit  of  Cadillac  Mountain. 


In  this  report,  informational  signs  are  distinguished 
from  signs  used  for  guidance,  including  trailhead  name 
and  intersection  signs.  These  are  addressed  under  the 
previous  section,  "Directional  Signs."  Commemorative 
plaques  and  engraved  stones  are  also  addressed  sepa- 
rately in  Chapter  10,  Section  A.  Types  of  informational 
signs  include: 

Trailhead  exhibits  are  located  near  popular  trails. 
Each  consists  of  two  embedded  fiberglass  panels 
that  provide  the  trail  name,  a  map,  "Leave  No  Trace" 
and/or  other  resource  protection  messages,  and  safety 
information.  An  example  of  a  trailhead  exhibit  is 
located  at  the  summit  of  Cadillac  Mountain  (Fig.  9-44). 


1                     ^t 

IS 

'•               ,  «<»*"■    F 

IVt.  iit  »llo-rd  **"  °*  **»*• 

XIM«l-r  bj  WhHlll»  ■»  »■««•. ••* 

«,..„  .»„!.  iMttn  In  o.»«r  lo  lk<  I'll*,  lo 

bllim  *loa«  il  of  IB  IV  irhilffnwild*  il 

Wnlro  »rc  .«ffk*»t  n»««  for  f*wlf*  lo 

piblir  IP). 

J.                 TV  11..  Ilarto  T«»«  Coancll                      •! 
•    IV  B.,  H.rW,r  VilliB  ■  ■wmnml  A»«ii(i<.n     • 

Fig.  9-45  Interpretive  signs  on  the  Cadillac  Summit  Loop  Trail 
(#33)  discuss  the  surrounding  viewsheds. 


Fig.  9-46  This  interpretive  sign  on  the  Shore  Path  (#301)  gives  an 
overview  of  the  history  of  the  trail. 


238 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  D.  Informational  Signs 


Interpretive  signs  are  located  at  scenic  overlooks, 
such  as  Cadillac  Summit;  at  cultural  features,  such  as 
Bass  Harbor  Head  Light;  at  natural  features,  such  as 
Thunder  Hole;  and  at  the  several  trailheads,  such  as 
the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127)  or  the  Shore  Path 
(#301)  in  Bar  Harbor.  Numbered  posts  along  nature 
trails  corresponding  to  self-guided  trail  brochures  are 
also  considered  interpretive  signs  (Figs.  9-45  to  9-48). 

Rules  and  regulatory  signs  with  wording  and/or 
symbols  are  also  posted  where  necessary.  Examples 
include  signs  explaining  trail  closures  due  to  nesting 
peregrines  or  signs  prohibiting  certain  practices,  such 
as  "No  Camping"  or  "No  Fires"  (Figs.  9-49  &  9-50). 


^KdL        '^Itfi&k 

^JT^C^HMlS- 

j»8| 

Br      t^fl^tt^ 

■&'     *   *  -      .     B^CSS"-* 

*i*«* 

V  AjStatfKJIt  MtTUttE  H^^^RyL   til 

|Brfi7 :  *          tub.     j  7      '  s.       ■MiLft 

— 

^^PHURr     ~^*    *•( 

~jfl 

V                I 

W8&?  ■• 

^^Pw 

W&rT' "■'"'   ' 

"    "^  "  i-Vr-^l 

j^^ujyp/      .*;: : 

. 

Fig.  9-47  An  interpretive  sign  at  the  start  of  the  Ship  Harbor 
Nature  Trail  (#127). 


Safety  signs  are  closely  related  to  rules  signs  and  are 
posted  in  areas  with  unsafe  conditions.  Examples 
include  the  trailheads  of  the  ladder  trails,  near  shore- 
line caves  that  are  flooded  at  high  tide,  and  by  the 
sandbar  to  Bar  Island,  which  is  accessible  only  at  low 
tide. 

Finally,  map  signs  are  posted  both  as  part  of  the 
trailhead  exhibits  and  in  the  one  map  house,  located 
on  Eliot  Mountain,  near  Northeast  Harbor  (Fig.  9-51). 
Historically,  more  map  signs  were  posted  in  the  park 
than  are  currently  present. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Beginning  in  the  1880s,  rules  were  posted  on  the  Shore 
Path  (#301)  in  Bar  Harbor  to  keep  walkers  on  the 
path  and  off  private  property.  A  similar  message  was 
included  on  path  maps  and  guides: 

Since  the  paths  and  trails  cross  private  properties  the 
owners  of  which  may  at  any  time  exercise  their  legal 
right  to  close  them  to  the  public,  the  law  in  regard  to 
setting  fires  should  be  strictly  observed. 


Fig.  9-48  Numbered  markers  such  as  this  one  on  the  Ship 
Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127)  are  often  used  with  self-guiding  trail 
brochures. 


Fig.  9-49  This  regulatory  sign  reminds  hikers  to  stay  off  a  newly 
vegetated  area  on  the  Ocean  Path  (#3). 


239 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


1* 

Regulatory  s 
signs 

- 

«*#■*-.              '" 

■iWtM&te 

/ 

signs 

Fig.  9-50  The  trailhead  to  the  Precipice  Trail  (#11)  contains  both 
interpretive  signs  and  regulatory  signs  informing  hikers  of  trail 
closure  during  peregrine  falcon  nesting  season. 


Fig.  9-51   Eliot  Mountain  map  hut  on  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49). 


Fig.  9-52  This  interpretive  sign  was  installed  during  the  Mission 
66  era  at  the  Hulls  Cove  Visitor  Center. 


When  the  first  path  map  was  published  by  the  VIA/VIS 
in  1896,  it  was  mounted  and  lacquered  onto  boards. 
These  map  signs  were  posted  at  major  trail  intersec- 
tions. At  an  undetermined  time,  a  map  house  was  built 
on  Eliot  Mountain,  which  offered  both  a  mounted  map 
sign  and  a  small  shelter  for  hikers  in  the  Northeast 
Harbor  VIS  district. 

The  self-guided  Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail  (#463), 
developed  by  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  in  1929,  was  the 
first  of  its  kind  in  the  park.  It  was  located  near  the 
Jordan  Pond  House  and  extended  to  the  western  side 
of  Jordan  Stream  to  the  Asticou  Trail  (#49).  The  trail 
included  over  seventy-five  plant  labels.  There  is  still 
a  self-guiding  nature  trail  in  the  vicinity  today,  but  it 
is  located  east  of  the  Jordan  Pond  House,  not  on  the 
original  trail  route.  The  dates  of  closure  of  the  original 
nature  trail  and  the  creation  of  the  current  nature  trail 
are  unknown. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

By  1933,  the  park  staff  included  ranger-naturalists  who 
led  tours  on  several  of  the  most  popular  loops,  includ- 
ing the  newly  built  Cadillac  Summit  Loop  Trail  (#33). 
Interpretive  signs  were  added  to  provide  information 
along  the  extremely  popular  trail.  The  park  also  devel- 
oped three  interpretive  gardens,  containing  native 
wildflowers  labeled  with  plant  names  and  brief  infor- 
mation. These  were  located  at  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring 
(Wild  Gardens  of  Acadia),  the  Cadillac  Mountain 
summit,  and  the  park's  campground  at  Bear  Brook, 
which  is  no  longer  present.  No  documentation  has 
been  found  regarding  the  CCC  production  of  interpre- 
tive signs. 

NPS/Mission  66 

In  the  early  1950s,  interpretation  was  concentrated  in 
the  park's  headquarters  and  at  road  waysides.  Ranger- 
led  hiking  tours  provided  interpretation  on  the  trails, 
but  there  were  no  self-guided  trails  (except  possibly 
the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail).  As 
part  of  the  park's  Mission  66  plan,  interpretive  self- 
guiding  trails  were  proposed  on  both  the  east  and  west 
sides  of  the  island.  The  park  built  the  Ship  Harbor 
Nature  Trail  (#127)  in  1957  and  produced  a  self-guided 


240 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  D.  Informational  Signs 


brochure  for  the  trail  circa  1959,  which  corresponded 
with  fourteen  numbered  posts  along  the  trail  route. 
The  walk  and  brochure  are  still  actively  used.  Mission 
66  may  have  also  built  a  similar  trail  near  the  Jordan 
Pond  House  (#45).  Mission  66  crews  also  paved  the 
trail  to  Anemone  Cave  (#369),  and  a  photograph 
taken  in  1961  shows  an  informational  sign  at  the  end 
of  the  trail.  The  park's  visitor  center  at  Hulls  Cove  was 
also  constructed  during  this  period.  This  new  facil- 
ity offered  interpretive  information,  though  it  was 
detached  from  the  trail  system  (Fig.  9-52). 

National  Park  Service 

There  is  limited  information  for  informational  signage 
installed  by  the  NPS  from  the  1960s  to  the  1990s,  but 
generally  the  style  used  followed  generic  NPS  stan- 
dards. 

The  most  recent  sign  was  a  new  design  for  trailhead 
exhibits  developed  in  the  late  1990s.  Composed  of 
three  cedar  posts,  a  small  roof,  and  two  display  panels, 
the  kiosks  display  maps,  trail  mileage,  rules,  and  safety 
considerations  (see  Fig.  9-44).  The  maps  are  generated 
through  the  park's  Geographic  Information  System 
database.  Information  about  the  terrain  is  provided 
only  for  the  ladder  trails.  Additionally,  the  self-guided 
trails  at  Jordan  Pond  and  Ship  Harbor  are  actively 
used  by  individuals  and  ranger-led  tours.  A  self-guided 
nature  area  is  also  maintained  within  the  Wild  Gardens 
at  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring. 

At  present  the  various  informative  signs  located  in  the 
park  do  not  reflect  a  unified  style  and  there  are  no  sign 
standards,  other  than  general  NPS  regulations,  that  are 
unique  to  Acadia. 


TREATMENT 

1.  Sign  Standards 

Issues:  There  are  no  unified  standards  for  informa- 
tional signage  on  the  trail  system.  Signs  are  placed  in  an 
ad  hoc  manner,  and  there  are  examples  of  many  differ- 
ent styles  throughout  the  park. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


During  the  VIA/VIS  period,  interpretive  signs  were  some- 
what standardized,  but  this  did  not  last  through  other 
historic  periods.  Currently  there  is  little  consistency  in 
the  style  or  usage  of  interpretive  signs  throughout  the  trail 
system. 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  documentation  for  use  of  informational 
signage. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Trailhead  signs  were  installed  on  popular  trails  such  as 
the  Shore  Path  (#301)  in  Bar  Harbor.  Map  signs  were 
used  at  major  path  intersections  and  at  the  map  house. 
All  signs  were  developed  by  the  VIA/VIS  organizations, 
which  through  the  Joint  Path  Committee  developed  sign 
standards. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


No  new  trailhead  signs  were  developed.  Interpretive  signs 
were  added  to  high  use  areas;  however,  there  was  no  stan- 
dard for  informative  signage,  and  a  mix  of  VIA/VIS  and 
CCC  styles  were  used. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


No  new  trailhead  signs  were  developed.  Self-guided  nature 
trails  were  developed  on  the  east  and  west  sides  of  island. 
No  sign  standards  were  followed. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


New  trailhead  exhibits  for  popular  trails  such  as  the 
Cadillac  North  Ridge  Trail  (#34)  were  designed  and 
installed.  Self-guided  trails  remain  at  Jordan  Pond,  Ship 
Harbor,  and  Wild  Gardens  of  Acadia.  However,  no  sign 
standards  are  in  use. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  According  to  Albert  Good, 

Nothing  in  parks,  unless  it  be  the  entranceway,  offers 
wider  legitimate  scope  for  individuality  in  conveying 
the  characteristics  or  background  of  the  particular  area 
than  the  signs  and  markers.  These  can  be  the  embodi- 
ment of  those  rare  and  distinguishing  features  that  have 
dictated  the  establishment  of  the  park — park  motifs-in- 


miniature 


46 


Signage  provides  an  important  aspect  of  the  character 
of  the  park  and  its  trail  system.  Therefore,  unified  stan- 
dards for  informational  signs  should  be  developed  for 


241 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Acadia  that  are  complementary  to  the  system's  direc- 
tional signage  (as  discussed  in  the  previous  section  of 
this  chapter)  and  other  park  signage  (motor  roads,  car- 
riage roads,  etc.).  Items  to  be  addressed  include  style, 
location,  and  number  of  signs.  While  adequate  signage 
is  important,  the  overuse  of  signs  should  be  avoided,  as 
too  many  signs  detract  from  the  natural  setting.  Signs 
should  be  informative  but  not  overwhelming  with 
excessive  information,  and  their  placement  should 
not  obscure  views  or  interesting  features.  Signs  should 
be  built  in  a  rustic  style  with  local  wood  and  stone, 
avoiding  metal,  recycled  plastic,  pressure-treated 
wood,  laminated  paper  or  card  stock,  or  other  materi- 
als manufactured  with  character  that  is  not  compat- 
ible with  the  historic  trail  system.  However,  these 
materials  may  be  used  for  structural  stability,  and/or  to 
deter  vandalism,  if  they  are  concealed  and  not  readily 
apparent  to  the  casual  observer.  Signs  should  be  of  the 
proper  scale.  For  example,  signs  constructed  of  large 
timbers  are  not  appropriate  for  a  location  with  pre- 
dominantly small  second-growth  trees.  Signs  should 
not  be  painted  on  stones  or  nailed  into  trees.  Slight 
variations  in  placement  and  construction  may  be  made 
to  suit  the  topography,  vegetation,  ledges,  or  other 
natural  features  in  the  vicinity  of  the  sign. 

2.  Adequate  Information 

Issue:  First-time  hikers  may  be  unprepared  for  the 
rigor  of  Acadia's  trails.  Only  hikers  with  guidebooks  or 
using  trailhead  exhibits  for  orientation  have  sufficient 
information  on  conditions  and  what  to  expect. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Informational  signs  can  pro- 
vide hikers  with  various  details  about  their  destination, 
trip  length,  anticipated  terrain,  public  transportation 
options,  "Leave  No  Trace"  principles,  history  of  the 
trail,  notable  natural  and  cultural  features,  park  regula- 
tions, appropriate  gear  and  supplies,  and  safety  issues 
and  concerns.  It  is  not  necessary  for  every  informa- 
tional sign  to  convey  all  this  information.  For  example, 
a  safety  notice  on  the  upper  Precipice  may  mention 
safety  issues  and  appropriate  gear,  and  nothing  else. 
A  public  transportation  sign  near  a  trailhead  could 
simply  state  transportation  options  and  no  information 
about  the  trail. 


3.  Accessibility 

Issue:  There  are  currently  no  informational  signs  per- 
taining to  hikers  with  disabilities. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  It  is  recommended  that  Acadia 
develop  informational  signage  that  provides  accessibil- 
ity information  for  the  trail  system. 


The  U.S.  Access  Board  is 
currently  developing  Acces- 
sibility Guidelines  for  trails 
as  described  in  the  Report  of 
the  Regulatory  Negotiation 
Committee  on  Accessibil- 
ity Guidelines  for  Outdoor 
Developed  Areas  (www.Access- 
board.gov).  These  guidelines 
describe  the  ideal  provisions 
for  surface,  width,  openings, 
protruding  objects,  obstacles, 
passing  space,  running  slope, 
cross  slope,  rest  intervals,  edge 
protection,  and  signs.  The 
report  provides  exceptions 
that  address  necessary  depar- 
tures from  these  provisions. 
For  historic  trails,  exceptions 
are  allowed  where  compliance 
would  cause  substantial  harm 
to  cultural,  historic,  religious, 
or  significant  natural  features 
or  characteristics.  Exceptions 
are  also  allowed  where  the 
provisions  are  not  feasible  due 
to  terrain  or  the  prevailing  con- 
struction practices. 

A  key  component  of  accessibil- 
ity, which  is  not  fully  addressed 
in  the  proposed  accessibility 
guidelines,  is  providing  infor- 
mation to  hikers  so  they  can 
make  decisions  about  whether 
a  trail  is  too  difficult.  A  recent 
sign  program,  advocated  by  a 


Mexican  Ditch 
Trail  North 


Length  0.6  mi  (1.0  km) 


O  Hiking 


E551  Bicycling 


HJ  Equestrian 


Snogs  Allowed 
per  posted  restrictions 


o 


No  Motorized 
Vehicles 


0 


Grade 


Typical  Grade  0.8% 


15%  of  the  trail  is  2% 


12  ft  (4  m)  is  7%  to  18% 

8%  grade  is  a  standard  ramp 


JJ^  X-Slope 


Typical  Cross  Slope  5.0% 
10%  of  the  trail  is  6% 
286  ft  (87  m)  is  33% 


@ 


Tread 
Width 


Typical  Tread  Width 

12  ft  (3.7  m) 

Minimum  Clearance  Width 
60  in  (152  cm) 


@  Surface 
Type 


Aggregate  /  Gravel 
100%  is  Firm  or  better 


o 


Obstructions 

Fence  opening  - 
Minimum  Clearance 
Width  of  16  inches  to 
exit  at  Riverview  Park 
Post  50  inches  high 


Q 


Trail  Access 
Information 


Fig.  9-53  Trailhead 
signage  using  the 
Universal  Trail 
Assessment  Process 
developed  by  Beneficial 
Designs. 


242 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  E.  Scree 


private  consultant  group,  Beneficial  Designs  Inc.,  offers 
parameters  for  information  needed  by  all  hikers,  but 
particularly  disabled  hikers.  Beneficial  Designs  Inc. 
identifies  trail  characteristics  that  would  allow  hikers 
of  all  abilities  decide  whether  to  hike  a  particular  trail. 
These  characteristics  include  trail  grade,  cross  slope, 
width,  surface  firmness,  and  the  presence  of  obstacles. 
Obstacles  identified  include  tree  roots,  boulders,  water 
crossings,  ruts,  vertical  obstructions,  steps,  dangerous 
plants,  and  drop-offs.  Information  is  collected  through 
their  Universal  Trail  Assessment  Process  (UTAP) 
and  conveyed  through  an  Internet  database  for  trails 
across  the  country,  in  guidebooks,  and  by  signs  posted 
at  individual  trailheads.  The  trailhead  sign  format  is 
referred  to  as  Trail  Access  Information  (Fig.  9-53). 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  INFORMATIONAL  SIGNS 

As  there  is  such  a  wide  range  of  informational  sign 
styles,  and  there  may  or  may  not  be  any  historical 
precedent  for  any  given  sign,  there  are  no  exacting 
specifications  for  their  construction.  However,  there 
are  some  general  guidelines  that  can  be  followed., 
as  discussed  in  Treatment  Issue  1,  "Sign  Standards," 
above.  Informational  signs,  lacking  historic  precedent, 
need  not  necessarily  be  built  in  historic  or  even  rustic 
styles.  Indeed,  a  safety  sign  or  ADA-related  sign  may 
need  to  "stand  out"  and  be  highly  visible  to  the  public. 
General  specifications  include  visibility  and  installa- 
tion in  areas  safe  for  the  visitor  to  view  the  sign.  Signs 
should  be  of  sturdy,  long-lasting,  and  weatherproof 
construction.  Professional  quality  is  of  extreme  impor- 
tance, and  signs  should  not  have  a  shoddy,  makeshift, 
or  temporary  appearance. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  All  signs  should  be  inspected  yearly  for  needed 
replacement  or  repair. 

2.  Safety  signs  should  be  updated  as  needed  during 
peak  hiking  seasons  so  that  hikers  do  not  inadver- 
tently end  up  in  an  unsafe  situation. 


E.  SCREE 


DEFINITION 


Scree  refers  to  stones,  logs,  or  other  natural  materials 
piled  along  the  sides  of  a  trail  to  define  the  treadway, 
direct  and  restrict  hikers,  and  protect  trailside  vegeta- 
tion and  soil.  Scree  performs  no  structural  function. 
Other  stone  and  log  features  that  aid  in  guidance  such 
as  steps,  stepping  stones,  and  bridges  are  not  discussed 
in  the  Guidance  chapter. 

Although  scree  can  be  similar  in  appearance  to  coping 
stones,  there  are  some  distinct  differences.  Scree  is 
often  placed  in  random  piles,  has  a  more  haphazard 
appearance,  and  forms  a  continuous  line  along  the  trail 
edge.  Coping  stones  are  usually  placed  at  regular  inter- 
vals along  a  straight  or  evenly  curving  line  at  the  trail's 
edge  and  often  contribute  structurally  to  the  retention 
of  the  treadway  (see  Chapter  6,  Section  B).  Though 
coping  stones  sometimes  abut,  forming  a  solid  line, 
they  are  still  a  single  row,  are  set  well  in  the  ground, 
and  are  overall  much  more  orderly  in  appearance  than 
scree. 

Occasionally  coping  and  historic  scree  are  used 
together,  when  even  runs  of  single  coping  stones 
are  interspersed  with  rows  of  piled  stones,  as  on  the 
Asticou  Trail  (#49). 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VI  A/VIS 

There  is  no  documentation  for  the  use  of  scree  prior  to 
the  VIA/VIS  period. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

During  the  early  period  of  VIA/VIS  trail  construction, 
stones  and  roots  were  removed  from  trails  to  create  a 
smooth  walking  path.  The  result  was  often  a  path  lined 
with  stones  acting  as  scree  (Fig.  9-54).  This  technique 
was  used  on  the  most  heavily  traveled  graveled  paths, 
such  as  the  Seaside  Path  (#401),  a  popular  walk  from 


243 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


three  large  hotels  in  Seal  Harbor  to  the  Jordan  Pond 
House.  Annual  reports  describing  maintenance  on 
the  Seaside  Path  suggest  that  this  practice  exacerbated 
trail  erosion,  and  the  trail  eventually  had  to  be  entirely 
rebuilt.  More  often,  stones  removed  from  the  treadway 
were  set  in  orderly  rows  of  coping. 


stones  are  piled  into  walls  along  the  trail  to  define 
the  treadway  and  keep  hikers  off  fragile  vegetation. 
Well-maintained  stone  cairns,  paint  blazes,  and  infor- 
mational signs  accompany  the  scree  and  careful  judge- 
ment is  used  in  the  selection  of  stones  in  alpine  areas  to 
form  scree  walls  so  as  not  to  incur  damage. 


During  the  memorial  part  of  the  VIA/VIS  period,  cop- 
ing stones  generally  increased  in  size,  frequency,  and 
regularity;  at  the  same  time,  the  use  of  scree  became 
obsolete. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

There  is  no  documentation  for  the  use  of  scree  by  the 
CCC.  Typically,  if  stones  were  used  by  the  CCC  along 
the  trail,  they  were  coping  stones. 

NPS/Mission  66 

There  is  no  documentation  for  the  use  of  scree  during 
the  Mission  66  period. 

National  Park  Service 

The  AMC  has  used  scree  in  the  White  Mountains  to 
define  the  trail  and  direct  hikers  since  the  1970s.  It 
is  typically  used  for  steep  sections  of  woodland  trail 
where  large  and  medium  stones,  fallen  trees,  and  large 
limbs  are  set  in  a  random  fashion  along  the  edges  of 
stone  staircases  to  stabilize  soil,  direct  foot  traffic,  and 
prevent  shortcutting  at  switchbacks.  For  alpine  areas, 


In  the  western  United  States,  Student  Conservation 
Association  crews  also  use  scree  in  both  woodland  and 
alpine  situations.  Stones  are  placed  along  the  trail  in 
a  seemingly  haphazard  pattern  so  that  the  trail  is  the 
easiest  and  most  attractive  route  to  follow. 

Despite  its  widespread  use  on  other  trail  systems, 
Acadia  trail  crews  have  chosen  to  refrain  from  install- 
ing large  amounts  of  rock  scree  because  of  its  impact 
on  trail  aesthetics.  This  is  especially  true  on  summits, 
where  scree-lined  trails  appear  road-like  and  detract 
from  the  natural  appearance  of  the  surrounding 
environment.  However,  some  rock  scree  has  been 
used  recently  at  Acadia,  primarily  on  woodland  trails 
(Fig.  9-55).  Typically,  this  scree  is  out  of  keeping  with 
historical  scree  used  in  the  park.  Recent  scree  has  a 
haphazard  quality,  is  usually  higher  (a  foot  or  greater), 
and  has  been  used  on  trails  where  historic  builders 
would  not  have  used  scree,  like  woodland  paths.  Little 
rock  scree  has  been  placed  on  Acadia's  summit  trails. 
Log  scree  has  been  introduced  on  woodland  paths  to 
define  the  treadway. 


Fig.  9-54  A  1907  photograph  showing  the  early  Seal  Harbor  VIS 
trail  construction  of  the  Seaside  Path  (#401).  Stones  and  roots 
were  removed  from  the  treadway  and  stacked  along  the  trail, 
acting  as  scree.  However,  this  technique  contributed  to  increased 
trail  erosion,  and  widening  of  the  path. 


Fig.  9-55  Scree  installed  on  the  South  Bubble  Trail  (#43). 


244 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  E.  Scree 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  SCREE 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


There  is  no  documentation  for  scree  use. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Scree  was  used  on  some  early  paths  where  stones 
extracted  from  tread  were  piled  along  path  edges. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


There  is  no  documentation  for  scree  use. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


There  is  no  documentation  for  scree  use. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Some  scree  was  used,  but  generally  its  was  avoided,  par- 
ticularly on  summit  trails.  Log  scree  was  introduced  and 
used  on  woodland  paths  to  define  the  treadway. 


TREATMENT  FOR  SCREE 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Small  amounts  of  scree  have  been  used  histori- 
cally in  the  park,  but  modern  usage  has  typically  been 
in  a  different  style.  Although  scree  may  be  an  appropri- 
ate feature  for  limited  use,  continued  use  of  haphazard 
scree  will  negatively  impact  trail  aesthetics  and  historic 
integrity  of  the  trail  system. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  For  areas  in  which  use  of  scree 
is  appropriate,  properly  constructed  scree  compatible 
with  historic  scree  may  be  added  or  rebuilt  in-kind. 
Log  scree  should  be  the  first  consideration.  It  can 
be  blended  with  the  natural  environment,  is  easily 
removed,  and  will  rot  away  as  the  preferred  treadway 
becomes  more  established  through  increased  use.  Ran- 
dom scree  will  not  be  used  under  any  circumstances. 

For  areas  where  scree  is  not  an  appropriate  feature,  or 
where  historic  scree  will  not  properly  deter  wander- 
ing, other  methods  may  be  employed  to  guide  hikers. 
Revegetation  of  wide  areas  and  social  trails  is  effective, 
especially  if  thorny  bushes  or  woody  plants  are  used. 
In  some  cases,  especially  those  in  which  trail  work  is 


needed  for  some  other  reason,  a  more  appropriate 
option  would  be  to  construct  an  attractive  treadway  by 
using  checks,  stairs,  bogwalks,  coping  stones,  or  other 
appropriate  features.  Additional  options  include  place- 
ment of  individual  stones  in  an  impacted  area,  sig- 
nage, temporary  rope  fences,  enhanced  trail  marking, 
patrols,  educational  programs,  and/or  reroutes. 

Note:  The  use  of  stone  scree  to  protect  fragile  summit 
vegetation  from  wandering  hikers  has  not  been  deter- 
mined effective  to  date.  Sample  sections  need  to  be 
installed  to  verify  if  this  would  be  the  most  appropriate 
solution  to  this  problem. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  SCREE 

Stone  scree  will  be  used  only  on  those  trails  on  which 
scree  is  an  historically  appropriate  feature  and  should 
be  constructed  of  local  stones.  Stones  should  be  piled 
no  higher  than  8  inches,  and  no  wider  than  2  feet.  The 
scree  row  should  conform  exactly  to  the  trail  edge, 
outlining  a  pleasing  contour.  Openings  should  be  left 
in  the  scree  to  allow  for  trail  drainage. 

Log  scree  can  be  used  to  treat  any  trail  on  which  guid- 
ance is  an  issue  that  cannot  be  solved  by  other  means. 
Logs  and  brush  should  be  piled  along  the  trail  edge  in 
away  that  looks  natural  and  imitates  the  look  of  fallen 
trees  in  the  surrounding  area.  Care  should  be  taken 
to  hide  chainsaw  marks  or  cut  edges.  The  minimal 
amount  of  material  needed  to  deter  hikers  should  be 
used.  However,  if  hiker  removal  of  brush  and  smaller 
material  is  a  problem,  large  trees  may  be  placed  at  the 
trail  edge  with  a  hoist.  At  the  completion  of  a  log  scree 
project,  leaves  and  other  organic  material  should  be 
spread  along  the  edge  of  the  trail  to  better  delineate  it 
and  cover  scars  left  in  the  adjacent  landscape  by  the 
construction  work. 

Although  log  scree  is  considered  a  temporary  measure, 
it  can  be  left  in  place  for  many  years,  or  even  until  it 
rots.  Ideally,  its  use  should  be  limited  and  the  trail  corri- 
dor should  be  defined  by  natural  barriers,  an  attractive 
treadway,  and/or  historically  appropriate  construction. 


245 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 


F.  WOODEN  RAILINGS  AND  FENCES 


1 .  Scattered  scree  should  be  re-piled  as  necessary. 

2.  Occasional  openings  should  be  maintained  in  sec- 
tions of  scree  to  allow  for  trail  drainage. 


DEFINITION 

Wooden  railings  and  fences  are  used  in  several  loca- 
tions on  the  trail  system  to  provide  guidance,  ensure 
hiker  safety,  or  add  an  aesthetically  pleasing  feature  to 
a  particular  location.  The  style  of  railing  is  similar  to 
railings  and  handrails  used  in  conjunction  with  trail 
bridges,  although  the  features  described  here  are  free- 
standing and  are  not  generally  associated  with  bridges. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

It  is  evident  from  early  photographs  that  many  of  the 
late-1800s  roads,  such  as  Sargent  Drive  and  the  old 
Ocean  Drive,  were  lined  with  wooden  railings.  Pin 
remains  suggest  that  some  sections  of  the  old  Cadillac 
Mountain  road  were  lined  with  wooden  railings  also. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

Wooden  railings  were  used  along  cliffs  and  waterfalls 
in  the  Catskills  resorts  in  the  late  1800s,  and  perhaps 
the  early  Acadia  trail  builders  were  influenced  by  these 
styles.  The  rails  certainly  do  provide  a  degree  of  physi- 
cal safety  as  well  as  a  psychological  safety  net.  Never- 
theless, many  of  the  railed  areas  were  not  difficult  to 
traverse,  nor  were  they  in  dangerously  exposed  areas. 
This  indicates  that  these  rails  were  often  installed  for 
aesthetic  reasons  in  addition  to  safety  concerns. 


Fig.  9-56  Extant  VIA/VIS  railings  on  the  abandoned  Gurnee  Path 
(#352). 


246 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  F.  Wooden  Railings  and  Fences 


Examples  of  VIA/VIS  railings  were  present  on  the 
ledges  of  the  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail  (#47,  formerly 
the  Spring  Trail,  #621,  from  1911),  the  connection  from 
the  Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58)  to  the  Hadlock  Brook 
Trail  (#57),  the  Northeast  Harbor  Skidoo  Trail  (#509) 
and  Steep  Trail  (#508),  and  the  Thuya  Lodge  trails 
(including  #519).  Examples  of  historic  railings  can  still 
be  found  on  the  abandoned  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  (Fig. 
9-56) 


badly  eroded  hillsides.  Fences  were  installed  for  the 
same  purpose  on  the  Echo  Lake  Ledges  and  near  The 
Tarn.  With  the  increase  in  hiker  numbers,  and  the 
decrease  in  trailside  vegetation  related  to  trail  widen- 
ing, the  2003  trails  crew  is  considering  adding  fences  as 
guidance  structures  to  a  few  eroded  trailside  areas. 


TREATMENT 


Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

The  CCC  used  wooden  railings  in  conjunction  with 
some  of  their  constructed  features,  including  railings 
along  the  Pretty  Marsh  Picnic  Area  staircases. 


1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  Wooden  railings  and  fences  were  not  used  con- 
sistently during  the  historic  periods,  and  their  overuse 
is  not  in  character  with  the  historic  trail  system. 


NPS/Mission  66 

It  is  unknown  whether  wooden  railings  or  fences  were 
installed  during  the  Mission  66  era. 

National  Park  Service 

From  the  1980s  to  the  present,  the  focus  for  railings 
has  changed.  Rails  along  the  Beech  Cliff  Trail  (#106) 
were  established  purely  to  direct  and  guide  hikers  off 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Wooden  railings  were  used  along  some  early  roads. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Wooden  railings  and  fences  were  used  occasionally,  for 
safety  as  well  as  aesthetic  reasons. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Evidence  shows  that  wooden  railings  were  used  with  some 
staircases. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


It  is  unknown  whether  Mission  66  crews  used  wooden 
railings  or  fences. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


Wooden  railings  and  fences  were  used  primarily  for  hiker 
safety  and  to  prevent  trail  widening  and  erosion  in  suscep- 
tible areas. 


Treatment  Guidelines:  If  other  guidance  features  are 
more  compatible  and  seem  to  be  functioning,  wooden 
railings  or  fences  should  not  be  added  to  the  trail  sys- 
tem. However,  these  features  can  be  an  effective,  easily 
installed,  and  temporary  solution  to  guidance  problems 
when  there  is  no  acceptable  alternative  that  is  histori- 
cally appropriate.  They  may  be  used  on  a  temporary 
basis  until  more  permanent  measures  can  be  applied.  In 
some  instances,  vegetation  growth  and  hiker  patterns 
may  change  enough  during  the  life  span  of  railings  or 
fences  so  that  their  use  can  be  discontinued. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  WOODEN  RAILINGS 
AND  FENCES 

Specifications  for  wooden  railings  and  fences  are  the 
same  as  specifications  for  bridge  railings  described  in 
Chapter  5,  Section  B. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

Inspect  wooden  railings  and  fences  regularly  for  decay, 
structural  integrity,  splinters,  and  raised  nails,  and 
repair  or  replace  members  as  necessary. 


247 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


G.  TRAIL  NAMES 


DEFINITION 


A  trail  name  is  ascribed  to  each  trail  from  its  origin 
to  its  destination  or  the  point  where  it  intersects 
another  trail.  The  name  is  used  on  trail  signs,  maps,  in 
guidebooks,  and  associated  documents.  Having  one 
designated  name  reduces  confusion  related  to  use  and 
management  of  the  trails. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

The  terminology  for  trails  has  changed  over  the  past 
century.  In  the  late  1800s,  prior  to  automobiles,  most 
roads  accommodated  livestock  and  carts  as  well  as 
pedestrians  and  were  referred  to  as  roads,  lanes,  paths, 
or  passes.  Routes  through  the  woods  were  called 
"wood  paths."  Naming  paths  on  Mount  Desert  Island 
became  important  in  the  1870s  and  1880s  when  several 
guidebooks  were  printed.  Most  names  were  described 
as  destinations  such  as  the  Path  to  Jordan  Pond  or  the 
Path  up  Newport  Mountain. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

When  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  began  marking  recreational 
walks  in  the  1890s,  routes  were  naturally  referred  to  as 
paths.  With  the  production  of  maps  and  guidebooks, 
general  names  such  as  the  Path  up  Newport  Mountain 
evolved  into  definitive  path  names,  i.e.,  the  Newport 
Mountain  Path.  The  names  of  some  new  trails  added 
to  the  system  did  not  describe  the  destination  but 
rather  features  along  the  route,  such  as  the  Sweet  Fern 
Path  (#360)  and  the  Hemlock  Path  (#23)  (Fig.  9-57). 
Beginning  in  1893,  Bar  Harbor  VIA  Path  Committee 
chairman,  Herbert  Jaques,  developed  a  colored  path 
system  for  trails  in  the  Newport  Mountain  area,  such 
as  the  Green  and  Black  Path  (#358).  This  nomenclature 
survived  until  1959,  when  those  colored  paths  that  had 
not  fallen  into  disuse  were  renamed. 


The  path  map  printed  in  1901  was  the  first  to  identify 
path  names.  Of  the  approximately  forty  trails  named 
on  the  map,  several  were  associated  with  the  cur- 
rent landowners,  including  the  Hadlock  Ponds  Paths 
(#501  and  #502)  and  the  McFarland  Path  (#524). 
Many  called  out  geological  features  such  as  the  Giant 
Slide  Path  (#63)  and  Chasm  Path  (#525)  (Fig.  9-58). 
A  few  trail  names  implied  the  strenuous  quality  of  the 
trail,  such  as  the  Ladder  Path  (#64  and  #334)  and  the 
Goat  Path  (#444).  With  the  formation  of  the  Hancock 
County  Trustees  of  Public  Reservations  (HCTPR)  in 
1901  and  subsequent  gifts  of  land  for  protection,  names 
were  added  to  the  system  to  commemorate  individu- 
als. This  began  with  the  path  to  the  Champlain  Monu- 
ment (#453),  marked  in  1906,  followed  in  1910  by 
the  Waldron  Bates  Memorial  Path  (#525),  which  was 
previously  built  and  named  the  Chasm  Path  in  1903  by 
Bates  himself. 

One  of  the  founders  as  well  as  an  active  member  of  the 
HCTPR,  George  Dorr  envisioned  the  Sieur  de  Monts 
Spring  area  as  the  nucleus  of  the  reservation,  and  sub- 
sequently the  national  park.  He  guided  the  develop- 
ment of  a  network  of  memorial  trails.  The  Kane  Path 
(#17),  Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb 
(#16),  Emery  Path  (#15),  Homans  Path  (#349),  Schiff 
Path  (#15),  Stratheden  Path  (#24),  and  Jesup  Path  (#14) 


WESTERN  GROUP  Of  WOOD  PATHS 


LDin     :  STREET 


Fig.  9-57  This  1890  map  prepared  for  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  by 
Francis  H.  Peabody  shows  trails  named  for  vegetation  along  the 
route,  like  the  Sweet  Fern  Path  (#360). 


248 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  G.  Trail  Names 


evolved  from  Dorr's  vision  of  a  network  of  paths  lead- 
ing to  and  radiating  from  the  spring  (Fig.  9-59). 

The  term  "trail"  became  popular  in  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury. Early  use  of  the  term  on  Mount  Desert  Island  is 
associated  with  some  of  the  steeper  routes,  such  as  the 
Precipice  Trail  (#11),  constructed  and  named  in  1915. 
When  the  reservation  became  part  of  the  national  park 
system,  it  appears  that  the  term  was  applied  to  many  of 
the  existing  routes.  However,  the  VIA/VIS  groups  con- 
tinued to  use  the  word  "path."  Similarly  in  about  1918, 
shortly  after  the  park  was  established,  Superinten- 
dent George  Dorr  changed  the  names  of  many  of  the 
mountain  peaks.  This  in  turn  resulted  in  name  changes 
for  many  of  the  trails  and  required  the  replacement  of 
many  signs,  as  described  earlier  in  this  chapter  in  the 
"Directional  Signs"  section.  Local  resistance  to  name 
changes,  particularly  by  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS, 
resulted  in  a  mix  of  signs  with  old  and  new  names, 
a  situation  that  persists  in  a  few  locations.  Signs  for 
"Brown  Mountain,"  the  earlier  name  of  Norumbega 
Mountain,  still  exist. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

During  the  1930s  the  CCC  constructed  new  routes 
that  were  called  trails,  including  the  Long  Pond  Trail 
(#118)  and  the  Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369).  Under  NPS 
management,  most  "paths"  were  renamed  "trails." 
In  the  1930s  new  sign  standards  were  developed  by 
the  CCC  and  approximately  780  signs  were  replaced. 
These  signs  applied  the  new  mountain  names  assigned 
by  Dorr  in  1918  (see  Fig.  9-1). 

NPS/Mission  66 

As  part  of  the  Mission  66  program,  trail  signs  were 
again  replaced.  Many  of  the  original  names  of  the  trails 
were  changed  or  misspelled.  The  Emery  Path  (#15) 
and  Kane  Path  (#17)  were  respectively  called  the  Dorr 
Mountain  Trail  and  the  Tarn  Trail.  The  colored  trails 
were  renamed.  For  example,  the  northern  end  of  the 
Black  Path  became  the  Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10).  Mis- 
sion 66  records,  maps  and  inventories  misspelled  Jesup 
(#14)  as  "Jessup"  and  Gurnee  (#352)  as  "Gurney." 
These  spellings  permeated  NPS  documents  and  have 
been  retained  to  the  present. 


National  Park  Service 

The  use  of  "trail"  has  continued  until  the  present  for 
most  of  the  system.  However,  with  the  research  and 
planning  for  the  trail  system  currently  underway,  there 
has  been  interest  in  returning  some  of  the  historic  trails 
to  their  original  designation  as  "paths,"  and/or  to  cor- 
rect names  to  historic  spellings. 

In  2002,  the  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan  addressed 
the  trail  name  issue.  Under  the  preferred  alternative, 
the  park  service  would  develop  a  standardized  list  of 


JiiAjsijac 


Fig.  9-58  These  signs  on  the  summit  of  Sargent  Mountain, 
shown  in  1907,  marked  trails  by  the  natural  features  found  on 
the  route,  like  the  Giant  Slide,  Chasm  Brook,  and  Somes  Sound 
(enlargement  of  Fig.  9-25). 


Fig.  9-59  Carved  stones,  like  this  one  marking  the  Stratheden 
Path  (#24),  were  used  to  identify  Dorr's  trails  radiating  from  Sieur 
de  Monts.  Many  are  still  extant  in  the  park. 


249 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


trail  names,  reverting  to  historic  names  "when  prac- 
tical." Additionally,  they  would  encourage  private 
guidebook  and  map  publishers  to  use  this  official  list 
of  trail  names  to  reduce  confusion.47  For  example,  the 
CCC  Great  Pond  Trail  is  now  referred  to  as  the  Long 
Pond  Trail,  since  most  maps  refer  to  the  adjacent  water 
body  as  Long  Pond. 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  TRAIL  NAMES 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Names  were  destination  oriented,  such  as  the  Path  up 
Newport  Mountain. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


The  use  of  "path"  rather  than  "trail"  predominated.  Path 
names  were  associated  with  destinations,  features  along 
route,  landowners,  commemoration  of  individuals,  and 
terrain. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


The  use  of  "trail"  and  newly  established  mountain  names 
predominated. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Many  names  were  misspelled  and  memorial  paths  were 
renamed. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


There  was  continued  use  of  Mission  66  era  names  until  the 
recent  planning  for  the  trail  system,  which  raised  the  issue 
of  returning  to  historic  precedents. 


TREATMENT 

1.  Reestablishment  of  Historic  Names 

Issue:  Many  of  the  historic  trail  names  have  been 
altered  over  time.  However,  simply  reestablishing  all 
historic  names  is  not  a  feasible  option,  since  this  would 
present  a  variety  of  concerns.  Some  of  the  interrelated 
issues  regarding  trail  naming  include: 

•    Hikers  are  confused,  and  sometimes  misled  by 
trails  that  have  two  or  more  names,  or  that  contra- 
dict the  names  or  spellings  on  maps  or  guides. 


Some  name  changes  took  place  during  the  VIA/ 
VIS  or  CCC  historic  period.  For  example,  the  VIA/ 
VIS  path  committees  referred  to  the  Canon  Brook 
Path  (#19)  as  the  Canon  (Spanish  for  canyon)  Path 
(1901)  and  Canyon  Brook  Path.  Many  routes  that 
were  referred  to  as  paths  by  the  VIA/VIS  were 
referred  to  as  trails  by  the  CCC. 
None  of  the  colored  path  names  have  persisted. 
Some  colored  paths  have  been  renamed,  such  as 
the  Black  Path,  which  is  now  the  Gorham  Moun- 
tain Trail  (#4),  Bowl  Trail  (#8),  and  Bear  Brook 
Trail  (#10).  Many  are  no  longer  marked  such  as 
the  White  Path  (#329),  Yellow  Path  (#338),  and 
Yellow  and  White  Path  (#336).  Even  during  the 
historic  period,  some  considered  the  colored  path 
names  confusing. 

On  some  historic  paths  the  route  has  been  altered 
or  a  portion  is  no  longer  marked,  which  may  cause 
confusion  if  the  historic  name  is  used.  Examples 
include  the  Orange  and  Black  Path  (#12  and  #348), 
Black  Path  (#4,  #8,  #10,  and  #346),  and  Jordan 
South  End  Path  (#47  and  #409). 
Some  historic  trails  have  assumed  new  sections, 
such  as  the  upper  section  of  the  Beachcroft  Path 
beyond  Huguenot  Head,  which  is  actually  upper 
section  of  the  Black  and  White  Path  (#326). 


Treatment  Guidelines:  The  significance  of  the  various 
types  of  historical  trail  names  is  a  key  component  of 
the  island's  trail  system.  The  original  names  contrib- 
ute to  the  character  and  history  of  the  trails,  and  their 
reintroduction  will  promote  greater  awareness  and 
educational  opportunities  for  the  park. 

It  is  recommended  that  historic  trail  names  be  used 
when  feasible,  as  stated  in  the  Hiking  Trails  Manage- 
ment Plan: 

When  practical,  the  NPS  may  revert  to  historic  trail 
names.  Trail  names  will  be  determined  on  a  trail  by  trail 
basis,  considering  the  historic  importance  of  the  name, 
whether  the  historic  name  would  confuse  visitors,  and 
other  considerations.  An  official  list  of  park  trail  names 
will  be  developed,  and  publishers  of  hiking-related 
information  will  be  encouraged  to  use  official  trail 


250 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  G.  Trail  Names 


names  to  reduce  confusion.  Changing  trail  names  will 
be  carefully  planned  and  coordinated  with  publishers 
of  information  about  the  trail  system  to  minimize  visi- 
tor confusion,  costs  associated  with  the  new  signs,  and 
effects  on  local  communities.48 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  TRAIL  NAMING 

The  following  recommendations  are  made  for  changes 
to  specific  trail  names.  These  recommendations  were 
developed  by  Acadia's  Trail  Naming  Committee  in 
February  2002.  A  thorough  explanation  of  trail  naming 
at  Acadia  and  the  reasoning  behind  each  of  the  recom- 
mended changes  is  included  at  the  end  of  this  report  in 
Appendix  C. 


RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  TRAIL  NAMES 

Trail  names  listed  below  are  those  that  currently  differ  from  VIA/VIS  or  CCC  historic  names  and  those  for  which  altered  routes 
(different  trailheads)  are  suggested.  This  chart  does  not  list  trail  names  that  have  been  changed  to  be  consistent  with  the  current 
names  of  mountains  or  other  natural  features. 

Trail  Number  and 
Current  Name 

Historic  Name/Names 

Suggested  Name 

Route 

#4    Gorham  Mountain 
Trail 

Black  Path 

Gorham  Mountain  Trail 

Current  route 

#5    Gorham/Cadillac 
Cliffs  Trail 

Cadillac  Cliffs  Path 
Black  Path 

Cadillac  Cliffs  Path 

Current  route 

#9    Sand  Beach-Great 
Head  Access  Trail 

Ocean  Drive 

Satterlee  Trail 

Current  route 

#10  Bear  Brook  Trail 

Black  Path 

Champlain  North  Ridge 
Trail 

Current  route  from  the  summit 
north  to  the  Loop  Road 

Black  Path 

Champlain  South  Ridge 
Trail 

Current  route  from  the  summit 
south  to  the  Bowl  Trail 

#12  Champlain  Moun- 
tain East  Face  Trail 

Orange  and  Black  Path 

Orange  and  Black  Path 

Current  route  of  Champlain 
Mountain  East  Face  Trail                   i 

#13  Beachcroft  Trail 

Beachcroft  Path  (section), 
Black  and  White  Path  (section) 

Beachcroft  Path 

Current  route 

#15  Dorr  Mountain  East 
Face  Trail 

Emery  Path 

Emery  Path 

Sieur  de  Monts  to  Sieur  de  Monts 
Crag  intersection 

SchiffPath 

SchiffPath 

Sieur  de  Monts  Crag  intersection  to 
Dorr  summit 

#17  Tarn  Trail 

Kane  Path 

Kane  Path 

Current  route 

#18  Sieur  de  Monts- 
Tarn  Trail 

Wild  Gardens  Path 

Wild  Gardens  Path 

Current  route 

#19  Canon  Brook  Trail 

Canon,  Canon,  Canyon,  or 
Canon 

Canon  Brook 
Path 

From  the  trail's  original  entrance 
on  Route  3,  past  Featherbed,  to 
intersection  with  Bubble  and 
Jordan  Pond  Path 

#20  Pond  Trail 

Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path 

Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds 
Path 

From  Jordan  Pond,  past  intersec- 
tion with  historic  route  of  Canyon 
Brook,  along  historic  corridor, 
tying  in  with  carriage  road  near 
Bubble  Pond 

251 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  TRAIL  NAMES  (CONTINUED) 

Current  Name 

Historic  Name/Names 

Suggested  Name 

Route 

#21  Dorr  Mountain 
North  and  South 
Ridge  Trails 

Kebo  Mountain  Path 

Kebo  Mountain  Trail 

Loop  Road,  over  Kebo,  to  Hemlock  Trail 

Dry  Mountain  Path 

Dorr  North  Ridge  Trail 

From  intersection  w/Kebo  Mountain 
Path  north  to  summit 

Dry  Mountain  Path 

Dorr  South  Ridge  Trail 

Current  route 

#23  Hemlock  Trail 

Hemlock  Path 

Hemlock  Trail 

Current  route 

#24  Stratheden  Trail 

Harden  Farm  Path, 
Stratheden  Path 

Stratheden  Path 

Current  route,  eventually  extended 
across  loop  road  to  connector 

#25  A.  Murray  Young 
Trail 

A.Murray  Young  Path 

A.  Murray  Young  Path 

Current  route 

#28  Gorge  Trail 

Gorge  Path 

Gorge  Path 

Current  route,  eventually  to  extend  to 
connector 

#29  Triad  Pass  Trail 

Triad  Pass 

Triad  Pass 

Current  route 

#30  Pemetic  West  Cliff 
Trail 

Part  of  Pemetic  Trail 

Pemetic  South  Ridge 
Trail 

Summit  of  Pemetic  south  to  Jordan  and 
Bubble  Ponds  Path 

#31   Pemetic 

Mountain  Trail, 
East/Southeast 

Pemetic  Trail, 
Old  Trail 

Pemetic  North  Ridge 

Bubble  Pond  north  to  Pemetic  summit 

East  Cliff  Trail 

Pemetic  East  Cliff  Trail 

From  intersection  with  Pemetic  South 
Ridge  Trail  southeast  to  intersection  with 
Jordan  and  Bubble  Ponds  Path 

Part  of  Van  Santvoord  Trail, 
unnamed  connector 

Triad  Trail 

From  Day  Mountain  Bridge  north  over 
summit  of  Triad  to  intersection  with 
Jordan  and  Bubble  Ponds  Path 

#32  Cadillac  West  Face 
Trail 

Near  route  of  abandoned 
Steep  Trail 

Cadillac  West  Face 
Trail 

Current  route 

#35  Hunters  Brook  Trail 

Hunter's  Brook  Trail  (sec- 
tion), 

Van  Santvoord  Trail  (sec- 
tion) 

Hunters  Brook  Trail 

Current  Route 

#36  Bubbles-Pemetic 
Trail 

Northwest  Trail 

Pemetic  Northwest 
Trail 

Current  route 

#38  Jordan  Pond  Carry 
Trail 

Eagle  Lake  Carry,  Jordan 
Pond  Carry,  Carry  Trail, 
Carry  Path 

Jordan  Pond  Carry 

Current  route 

#39  Jordan  Pond  Loop 
Trail 

Jordan  Pond  Path  (1928  sign 
and  1928  guidebook),  East 
Jordan  Path  (1903),  West 
Jordan  Path(1903)  East  Side 
(1906),  West  Side(1906), 
Jordan  Path,  Jordan  Pond 
Path  (1937) 

Jordan  Pond  Path 

Current  route 

#41,  #43  North/South 
Bubble  Trails 

Bubble  Mountain  Trail 

Bubbles  Trail 

From  JP  Carry  intersection  at  JP,  over 
South  Bubble,  over  North  Bubble, 
Connors  Nubble,  to  Eagle  Lake  Trail 

Bubbles  Divide  Trail 

Bubbles  Divide 

From  Bubbles  parking  up  through  notch 
and  down  to  Jordan  Pond 

252 


Chapter  9:  Guidance;  G.  Trail  Names 


RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  TRAIL  NAMES  (CONTINUED) 

Current  Name 

Historic  Name/Names 

Suggested  Name 

Route 

#47  Penobscot 

Mountain  Trail 

Spring  Trail 

Spring  Trail 

Jordan  Stream  to  ridge  of 
Penobscot 

Jordan  South  End  Path 

Penobscot  Mountain  Trail 

Summit  of  Penobscot  south 
along  ridge  to  Asticou  and  Jordan 
Pond  Path 

#48  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 

Jordan  Bluffs  Path,  Jordan  Cliffs 
Trail 

Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 

From  intersection  with  Spring 
Trail  north  to  Deer  Brook  Trail 

East  Cliffs  Trail 

Sargent  East  Cliffs  Trail 

From  intersection  with  Deer 
Brook  Trail  north,  then  west  to 
summit  of  Sargent  Mountain 

#49  Asticou  Trail 

Asticou  and  Jordan  Pond  Path 

Asticou  and  Jordan  Pond 
Path 

Current  route 

#52  Sargent  Mountain 
South  Ridge  Trail 

Sargent  Mountain  Ridge  Trail 

Sargent  South  Ridge  Trail 

Current  route 

#53  Sargent  Mountain 
North  Ridge  Trail 

Pieces  of  Aunt  Bettys  Pond 
Trail,  perhaps  Sargent  Mountain 
Ridge  Trail,  and  an  unnamed 
connector  to  Giant  Slide 

Sargent  Northwest  Trail 

From  the  summit  of  Sargent, 
north  and  then  down  to  the  west 
and  connecting  to  Giant  Slide 
Trail 

#57  Hadlock  Brook 
Trail 

Waterfall  Trail 
Hadlock  Brook  Trail 

Hadlock  Brook  Trail 

Current  route 

#60  Norumbega 
Mountain  Trail 

Goat  Trail 

Goat  Trail 

Parkman  parking  to  summit 

Browns  Mountain  Path 

Norumbega  Mountain 
Trail 

Lower  Hadlock  Pond  to  summit 

#65  Jordan  Stream 
Trail 

Jordan  Stream  Path 

Jordan  Stream  Path 

Current  route 

#69  to  #502,  unnamed 
connector  to 
Hadlock  Ponds 

Hadlock  Ponds  Trail 

Hadlock  Ponds  Trail 

Lower  Hadlock  pump  house  to 
Hadlock  Brook  Trail 

#105  Flying  Mountain 
Trail 

Flying  Mountain  Trail 

Flying  Mountain  Trail 

Fernald  Point  parking,  over 
summit,  to  head  of  Valley  cove 

Valley  Cove  Trail 

Valley  Cove  Trail 

Head  of  Valley  Cove  across  CCC 
trail  along  cove  to  intersection  at 
end  of  Man  O'War  Brook  Road 

#110  Sluiceway  Trail 

Sluiceway  Trail 
Little  Notch  Trail 

Sluiceway  Trail 

Current  route 

#111  Bernard 

Mountain  South 
Face  Trail 

South  Face  Trail 
Kaighn  Trail 
Moss  Trail 

Bernard  Mountain  Trail 

Current  route  of  Bernard  South 
Face  Trail 

253 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  TRAIL  NAMES  (CONTINUED) 

Current  Name 

Historic  Name/Names 

Suggested  Name 

Route 

#112  Razorback  Trail 

Razorback  Trail 

Razorback  Trail 

From  intersection  with  Gilley 
Trail  to  intersection  with  the  spur 
to  Mansell  Mtn.  Trail,  then  west 
to  Great  Notch;  includes  spur  to 
Mansell  Mountain 

#115  Mansell 

East  Peak  Trail 

Mansell  Mountain  Trail 

From  Gilley  Field  to  intersection 

Mountain  Trail 

Razorback  spur,  continuing  to 
summit 

#117  Cold  Brook  Trail 

Cold  Brook  Trail, 
Gilley  Trail 

Cold  Brook  Trail 

Current  route 

#118  Long  Pond  Trail 

Great  Brook  Trail,  Great  Pond 
Trail 

Long  Pond  Trail 

Current  route 

#120  Western 

Western  Trail, 

Great  Notch  Trail  (section) 

See  below 

Mountain  Trail 

Center  Road 

#122  Great  Notch 

Great  Notch  Trail 

Great  Notch  Trail 

Beginning  at  intersection  with 

Trail 

Gilley  Trail,  through  notch, 
over  route  of  current  Western 
Mountain  Trail,  to  Long  Pond 
Fire  Road 

#401  Seaside  Path 

Jordan  Pond  Path 

(Seaside) 

Seaside  Path 

Current  route 

ENDNOTES 


37 

38 
39 
40 
41 


42 
43 
44 
45 
46 

47 
48 


Harold  Peabody  and  Charles  Grandgent,  Walks  on  Mount  Desert 
Island  (1928),  4. 

Bar  Harbor  VIA  1906  Annual  Report. 

Bar  Harbor  VIA  1906  Annual  Report. 

Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  23. 

Carl  Demrow  and  David  Salisbury,  The  Complete  Guide  to  Trail 
Building  and  Maintenance  (Boston:  Appalachian  Mountain  Club 
Books,  1998),  94. 

Demrow  and  Salisbury,  95-96. 

Peabody  and  Grandgent,  4. 

Bar  Harbor  VIA  1906  Annual  Report. 

Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  28. 

Albert  H.  Good,  Park  and  Recreation  Structures  (National  Park 
Service,  1938),  Vol.  1, 39. 

Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  29. 

HikingTrails  Management  Plan,  29. 


254 


Fig.  10-1 
Commemorative 
plaque 
honoring 
Waldron  Bates 
in  the  cliffs  of 
the  Gorham 
Mountain/ 
Cadillac  Cliffs 
Trail  (#5),  circa 
1916. 


CHAPTER  10: 


MONUMENTS  AND 
ASSOCIATED  STRUCTURES 


A.  MONUMENTS 

B.  ASSOCIATED  STRUCTURES 


255 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


CHAPTER  10:  MONUMENTS  AND  ASSOCIATED  STRUCTURES 


The  trail  system  contains  many  associated  fea- 
tures that  fall  outside  the  boundaries  of  con- 
structed trail  features.  Although  these  items  are 
not  integral  to  the  trails'  construction,  they  still  enrich 
the  hiking  experience  at  Acadia.  In  this  section,  treat- 
ment guidelines  are  provided  for  two  of  these  features. 

A.  Monuments 

B.  Associated  Structures 

Monuments  include  commemorative  plaques  and 
engraved  stones  used  to  commemorate  trail  builders, 
explorers,  and  other  individuals  significant  to  the  his- 
tory of  Acadia  (Fig.  10-1).  Structures  associated  with 
the  trail  system  include  a  variety  of  trail  amenities  such 
as  benches,  shelters,  comfort  stations,  and  observation 
towers  (Fig.  10-2). 

Comfort,  safety,  and  appreciation  of  the  natural  beauty 
and  cultural  history  of  the  island  have  been  an  integral 
part  of  the  trail  system  since  the  formation  of  the  VIA/ 
VIS  path  committees  in  the  1890s  and  early  1900s.  The 
commitment  of  the  VIA/VIS  groups  to  the  trail  system 
was  manifested  in  the  careful  selection  of  trail  routes 
and  the  placement  of  signs,  benches,  shelters,  and 
commemorative  features.  With  the  creation  of  the  park 
in  1916,  a  broader  range  of  hikers  required  additional 
associated  features,  developed  in  accordance  with  park 
system  standards. 


Fig.  10-3  The  Champlain  Monument,  along  Route  3,  soon  after 
its  installation  and  dedication  in  1906.  Trails  to  the  monument 
connected  to  Seal  Harbor  and  Day  Mountain. 


A.  MONUMENTS 


DEFINITIONS 


A  number  of  monuments  at  Acadia  commemorate  trail 
builders,  philanthropists,  and  individuals  associated 
with  the  cultural  history  of  the  island.  Two  types  of 
monuments  are  associated  with  the  trails  and  described 
in  this  document. 

A  commemorative  plaque  is  a  plaque  cast  in  bronze  or 
other  metal  which  is  mounted  on  the  face  of  a  cliff,  into 
a  large  boulder,  or  in  one  case,  into  a  stone  bench;  all  of 
these  commemorate  individuals. 

An  engraved  stone  is  a  boulder,  step,  or  cut  stone  into 
which  text  has  been  engraved.  Generally,  engraved 
stones  associated  with  trails  name  the  trails  themselves 
and  were  located  at  one  or  both  entrances  to  the  trail. 


^WPaSW! 


Fig.  10-2  This  19th-century  gazebo  with  a  bench  nearby, 
photographed  in  the  1870s,  was  built  as  part  of  a  Bar  Harbor 
summer  estate  in  the  vicinity  of  some  of  the  earliest  Bar  Harbor 
recreational  paths. 


256 


Chapter  10:  Monuments  and  associated  Structures;  A.  Monuments 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

There  is  no  documentation  or  evidence  of  monument 
construction  prior  to  the  VIA/VIS  period. 

Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

In  1906,  the  first  two  commemorative  plaques  were 
added  to  the  park.  A  large  stone  with  descriptive 
plaques  on  both  sides  was  erected  on  the  southeastern 
side  of  Day  Mountain  (currently  located  near  the  trail- 
head  for  the  Day  Mountain  Trail,  #37)  to  honor  Samuel 
de  Champlain  (Fig.  10-3),  and  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA 
installed  a  smaller  plaque  on  the  edge  of  Fawn  Pond  to 
commemorate  Charles  T.  How's  gift  of  the  pond  and 
forty  acres  of  land  to  the  park.  Over  twenty  additional 
commemorative  plaques  and  inscribed  stones  were 
added  between  1910  and  1945.49  As  members  of  the 
Mount  Desert  Island  community,  mostly  summer 
residents  in  Bar  Harbor,  Seal  Harbor  and  Northeast 
Harbor,  either  contributed  land  or  died,  a  fitting  tribute 
was  to  establish  a  memorial  path  or  place  a  com- 
memorative plaque  at  a  favored  spot.  For  example, 


when  Waldron  Bates,  Bar  Harbor  VIA  Path  Commit- 
tee chairman  (1900-1909),  died  suddenly  in  1909,  the 
Chasm  Path  (#525)  was  renamed  the  Waldron  Bates 
Memorial  Path.  A  sign  was  posted  at  the  upper  end  of 
the  trail.  In  addition,  many  people  contributed  funds 
for  a  commemorative  plaque  to  be  placed  on  a  ledge  at 
the  southern  end  of  the  Cadillac  Cliffs  Walk  (#5)  laid 
out  by  Bates,  which  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  considered  the 
"best  illustration  of  engineering  skill  in  path  making"50 
(Figs.  10-1  &  10-4). 

Beginning  in  1913,  George  Dorr  guided  the  develop- 
ment of  a  network  of  memorial  trails  radiating  from  the 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring  area,  which  he  envisioned  as  the 
nucleus  of  Hancock  County  Trustees'  reservation  and 
proposed  National  Park.  Six  trails,  each  marked  with  an 
engraved  stone  and  most  with  a  bronze  commemora- 
tive plaque,  were  built  between  1913  and  1918,  includ- 
ing the  Kane  Path  (#17),  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16), 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  Emery  Path  (#15),  Jesup  Path 
(#14),  Homans  Path  (#349),  and  Stratheden  Path  (#24) 
(Figs.  10-5  to  10-12). 


Fig.  10-5  Commemorative  plaque  honoring  John  Innes  Kane  on 
the  Kane  Path  (#17). 


Fig.  10-4  Detail  of  the  Waldron  Bates  plaque,  photographed  in 
1995. 


Fig.  10-6  Detail  of  John  Innes  Kane  plaque. 


257 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Fig.  10-10  Detail  of  the  engraved  stone  on  the  Beachcroft  Path 
(#13). 


Fig.  10-7  Engraved  stone  marking  the  Kane  Path  (#17). 


Fig.  10-8  Detail  of  the  engraved  stone  step  marking  the  entrance 
to  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16). 


■ 

'             Engraved   x 

"' 

^             stone      ^ 

"     '?:'-           .^'Hsi 

•_         .                                          —                                 -.                ;                                                                          -              . 

f  m^tjatitai 

Fig.  10-11   1918  commemorative  plaque  honoring  Morris  K.  and 
Maria  DeWitt  Jesup  on  the  Jesup  Path  (#14). 


Fig.  10-9  Beachcroft  Path  trailhead  with  and  engraved  stone  to 
the  right  of  the  trail. 


Fig.  10-12  "Sweet  Waters  of  Acadia"  engraved  stone  off  the  Park 
Loop  Road  near  Sieur  de  Monts.  This  stone  is  probably  not  in  its 
original  location. 


258 


Chapter  10:  Monuments  and  associated  Structures;  a.  Monuments 


In  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  district,  similar  commemorative 
activities  took  place,  but  to  a  lesser  degree.  A  circuit 
path  was  built  in  memory  of  John  Van  Santvoord 
(#450),  path  committee  chairman  from  1907  until  his 
death  in  1913.  A  simple  commemorative  plaque  was 
placed  at  the  summit  of  the  East  Triad  in  1915  (Fig.  10- 
13).  About  this  time  a  granite  bench  and  commemora- 
tive plaque  honoring  Sarah  Cushing  was  placed  on  the 
shore  of  Jordan  Pond,  not  far  from  the  Jordan  Pond 
House.  No  documentation  has  been  found  about  this 
commemorative  bench.  In  association  with  gifts  of 
land,  a  plaque  was  also  placed  on  Acadia  Mountain 
circa  1918  to  recognize  Reverend  Cornelius  Smith  and 
Mary  Wheeler. 

After  a  post-World  War  I  lull,  work  on  memorial  paths 
resumed  in  the  mid-1920s.  In  Seal  Harbor,  the  VIS 
placed  a  commemorative  plaque  on  a  large  boulder 


along  the  Seaside  Path  (#401)  circa  1925  in  memory  of 
Edward  Rand,  who  was  responsible  for  the  VIA/VIS 
path  maps  and  a  former  path  committee  chairman  (Fig. 
10-14).  In  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  district  several  memorial 
paths  were  added  to  the  system,  while  some  existing 
trails  were  endowed  with  maintenance  funds.  Com- 
memorative plaques  were  set  on  existing  large  boulders 
on  the  newly  built  Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25) 
and  the  already  established  Gorge  Path  (#28).  A  stone 
bridge  and  associated  engraved  stone  were  placed  at 
the  outlet  of  Lakewood  (#309)  in  recognition  of  the 
land  gift  of  Annie  Kane  and  Fanny  Bridgham  (Figs. 
10-15  to  10-17).  Two  additional  memorial  trails  were 
established,  the  newly  built  Gurnee  Path  (#352)  and  the 
already  established  Canon  Brook  Path  (#19),  but  these 
did  not  receive  monuments.  In  Northeast  Harbor,  a 
commemorative  plaque  was  placed  on  Eliot  Mountain 
circa  1929  in  memory  of  Charles  W.  Eliot,  founder  of 


Fig.  10-13  Commemorative  plaque  on  the  Van  Santvoord  Trail 
(#450). 


Fig.  10-14  Commemorative  plaque  honoring  Edward  Lothrop 
Rand  on  the  Jordon  Pond  Seaside  Path  (#401). 


Fig.  10-15  Commemorative  plaque  honoring  Andrew  Murray 
Young  on  the  Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25). 


259 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


the  Hancock  County  Trustees  (Fig.  10-18).  Nearby,  a 
rough-cut  engraved  stone  was  placed  on  the  Asticou 
Terraces  in  memory  of  Joseph  Curtis. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

Fewer  monuments  were  added  to  the  trail  system  as  the 
VIS/VIS  role  in  the  construction  and  maintenance  of 
paths  diminished.  The  CCC  did  not  initiate  the  addi- 
tion of  monuments  to  the  system  and  the  NPS  tended 
to  discourage  the  placement  of  monuments  on  park 
land,  with  a  few  exceptions.  However,  one  significant 
monument  was  added  during  the  1930s.  A  commemo- 
rative plaque  honoring  Stephen  Mather,  the  first  direc- 
tor of  the  Park  Service,  was  placed  at  the  entrance  to 
the  Cadillac  Mountain  Summit  Loop  Trail  (#33)  (Fig. 


10-19).  Similar  plaques  were  placed  at  all  national  parks 
across  the  United  States. 

NPS/Mission  66 

Two  monuments  were  added  to  the  trail  system  dur- 
ing the  Mission  66  era.  In  the  early  part  of  the  period, 
the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  installed  the  last  commemorative 
plaque  honoring  a  VIA/VIS  member.  This  plaque  was 
installed  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  circa  1945  in 
memory  of  Joseph  Allen,  Seal  Harbor  VIS  Path  Com- 
mittee chairman  from  1914  to  1945  (Fig.  10-20).  During 
the  1960s,  the  NPS  honored  John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr. 
with  a  commemorative  plaque.  The  plaque  was  located 
along  the  Ocean  Path  (#3)  at  Otter  Point  and  described 
Rockefeller's  contributions  to  the  creation  of  Acadia 
National  Park  (Fig.  10-21). 


mm 


Fig.  10-16  Lilian  Endicott  Francklyn  commemorative  plaque  on 
the  Gorge  Path  (#28). 


Fig.  10-18  Eliot  Mountain  commemorative  plaque. 


Fig.  10-17  Engraved  stone  near  the  Kane  8i  Bridgham  Memorial 
Bridge  along  the  path  around  Lakewood  (#309). 


Fig.  10-19  Stephen  Mather  commemorative  plaque  on  the 
Cadillac  Summit  Loop  Trail  (#33). 


260 


Chapter  10:  Monuments  and  associated  Structures;  A.  Monuments 


National  Park  Service 

No  monuments  have  been  added  within  the  park  in 
association  with  the  path  system  since  the  1960s.  One 
commemorative  plaque  was  added  in  the  1980s  outside 
park  boundaries  in  Northeast  Harbor  to  honor  Gordon 
H.  Fait,  who  worked  on  trails  around  the  village  (Fig. 
10-22).  In  1990,  park  volunteers  Charles  and  Virginia 
Edwards  conducted  a  park-wide  inventory  of  monu- 
ments. They  located  thirty-two  monuments  (not  all 
associated  with  the  trail  system),  including  four  monu- 
ments associated  with  the  park  but  not  on  park  land. 
Since  this  time  the  park  has  assumed  ownership  of  one 
of  these  four,  the  Charles  T.  How  commemorative 
plaque,  located  on  the  shore  of  Fawn  Pond.  In  1993,  the 
NPS  documented  the  monuments  as  part  of  the  List  of 
Classified  Structures  (LCS). 


Fig.  10-20  Joseph  Allen  commemorative  plaque  on  the  Jordan 
Pond  Trail  (#39). 


Fig.  10-21   Rockefeller  commemorative  plaque  at  Otter  Point  on 
the  Ocean  Path  (#3). 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  MONUMENTS 


The  earliest  monuments  under  the  VIA/VIS  were 
engraved  stones.  Later  monuments  consisted  of  bronze 
commemorative  plaques  mounted  on  stones.  Although 
each  monument  is  slightly  different,  the  general  usage  did 
not  vary  much  during  the  historic  period.  Later  periods 
saw  little  addition  to  the  trail  monuments. 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


No  monuments  were  associated  with  trails. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Some  twenty  monuments  were  added  to  the  trail  system. 
Most  were  engraved  stones  or  commemorative  plaque  on 
boulders  and  ledges. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


One  monument  was  added  to  the  trail  system. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Two  monuments  were  added  to  the  trail  system. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


No  new  monuments  were  added. 


Fig.  10-22  Gordon  H.  Fait  commemorative  plaque. 


261 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


MONUMENTS  ASSOCIATED  WITH  THE  TRAIL  SYSTEM 

Name  and  Date  Installed 
Trail  Name  and  Location 
Description 

Inscription 

History 

Champlain  Monument,  1906 

Day  Mountain  Trail  (#37), 
70  feet  north  of  Route  3  and  75  feet 
east  of  trail,  formerly  at  the  end  of 
the  Champlain  Monument  Path 

(#453) 

Two  bronze  commemorative 
plaques  on  relocated  boulder 

Front  Side: 

"In  honor  of 

Samuel  de  Champlain 

Born  in  France  1567 

Died  at  Quebec  1635 

A  soldier  sailor  explorer 

And  administrator 

Who  gave  this  island  its  name." 

Rear  Side: 

"The  same  day  we  passed  also  near 

an  island  about  four  or  five  leagues 

long... it  is  very  high,  notched  in 

places  so  as  to  appear  from  the 

sea  like  a  range  of  seven  or  eight 

mountains  close  together.  The 

summits  of  most  of  them  are  bare 

of  trees  for  they  are  nothing  but 

rock.  I  named  it  The  Island  of  the 

Desert  Mountains,  Champlain's 

Journal,  5  September,  1604." 

Placed  by  the  Hancock  County  Trustees  of  Public 
Reservations.  Originally  placed  on  their  first 
parcel  of  donated  land,  west  of  Ox  Hill  overlook- 
ing the  Cranberry  Isles,  the  monument  was  later 
moved  to  its  present  location  along  Route  3. 

Charles  T.  How,  1906 

Fawn  Pond  (#309),  ledge  on 
northwest  side  of  pond,  facing 
south 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque 

"This  plaque 

Commemorates  the  gift  by 

Charles  T.  How 

Of  the  Fawn  Pond 

And  forty  acres  of  land 

To  the 

Bar  Harbor  Village 

Improvement  Association 

1906" 

Placed  by  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  in  recognition  of 
one  of  the  first  land  gifts  for  preservation.  The 
land  was  sold  to  the  National  Park  Service  in  the 
1990s. 

Waldron  Bates,  1910 

Gorham  Mountain  Trail  (#4), 
southern  end  at  junction  with 
Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque  on 
ledge 

"1856-1909 

Waldron  Bates 

In 

Memoriam 

MCMX 
Pathmaker" 

Placed  by  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  in  memory  of 
Waldron  Bates,  who  laid  out  over  25  miles  of 
trails,  helped  map  the  trail  system  in  the  1890s, 
developed  standards  for  trail  construction  and 
maintenance,  and  served  as  Bar  Harbor  VIA  Path 
Committee  chairman.  Bates  laid  out  the  Cadil- 
lac Cliffs  Path.  The  plaque  was  designed  by  New 
York  sculptor  and  summer  resident,  William 
Ordway  Partridge. 

Waldron  Bates,  1910 

Waldron  Bates  Memorial  Path/ 
Chasm  Path  (#525),  at  upper  end 
of  path — exact  location  unknown 

Unknown 

Unknown 

Described  by  Mitchell  in  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA 
1910  Path  Committee  Annual  Report 

John  Innes  Kane,  1913 

Kane  Path  (#17),  northern  end  of 
path 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque  on 
boulder 

"In  memory  of 

John  Innes  Kane 

A  man  of  kindness  who 

Found  his  happiness  in 

Giving  others  pleasure 

1913" 

Memorial  trail  funded  by  Mrs.  John  I.  Kane  in 
1913.  Described  by  Rudolph  Brunnow  in  his  1914 
Bar  Harbor  VIA  Path  Committee  report.  Com- 
pleted in  1915  and  attributed  to  George  Dorr. 

262 


Chapter  10:  Monuments  and  associated  Structures;  A.  monuments 


John  Innes  Kane,  ca.  1913 

Kane  Path  (#17), 
northern  end  of  trail,  exact  loca- 
tion unknown 

Engraved  stone 

Kane  Path 

See  above,  placement  attributed  to  George  Dorr. 

Kurt  Diederich,  1913 

Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16), 
currently  located  in  park  sign  shop 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque 

"In  memory 

Of 

Kurt  Diederich 

Who  loved  these  mountains 

1913" 

Trail  construction  funded  by  Mrs.  Hunt  Slater  in 
memory  of  her  nephew,  described  by  Rudolph 
Brunnow  in  his  1915  Bar  Harbor  VIA  path  com- 
mittee report  and  attributed  to  George  Dorr. 

Kurt  Diederich,  ca.  1913 

Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16), 
lower  end  of  path  near  The  Tarn 

Engraved  stone  step 

"Kurt  Diederich's  Climb" 

See  above,  installation  attributed  to  George  Dorr. 

Beachcroft  Path,  ca.  1915 

Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  lower  end 
of  path  near  Route  3 

Engraved  stone 

"Beachcroft 
Path" 

Mrs.  C.  Morton  Smith  funded  construction  of  ' 
the  path,  and  later,  in  1926,  funded  improvements 
and  a  maintenance  endowment.  Installation 
attributed  to  George  Dorr. 

Sweet  Waters  of  Acadia,  ca.  1916 

Emery  Path  (#15),  lower  end  at 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring 

Engraved  stone 

"Sweet  Waters  of  Acadia" 

Located  at  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring,  the  hub  of  the 
network  of  the  memorial  trails,  installation  attrib- 
uted to  George  Dorr. 

Morris  K.  and  Maria  DeWitt 
Jesup,  1918 

Jesup  Path  (#14),  southern  end  of 
path 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque  on 
boulder 

"In  Memory  of 

Morris  K.  and  Maria  DeWitt  Jesup 

Lovers  of  this  island 

1918" 

Morris  Jesup  was  a  railroad  investor  and  banker 
and  president  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce 
of  New  York,  the  Audubon  Society,  one  of 
the  incorporators  of  the  American  Museum 
of  American  History,  and  a  leader  in  efforts  to 
protect  the  Adirondacks.  On  Mount  Desert 
Island,  he  was  active  in  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  and 
helped  establish  the  Jesup  Memorial  Library. 
George  Dorr  named  a  path  for  the  Jesups  in  1916 
and  directed  placement  of  the  plaque. 

Jesup  Path,  ca.  1918 

*Former  Jesup  Path  at  Cromwell 
Harbor  Road  (#375),  at  intersec- 
tion with  Harden  Farm  Road 

Engraved  stone 

"Jesup  P  ath" 

Entrance  marker  for  memorial  path  dedicated  to 
Morris  K.  and  Maria  DeWitt  Jesup.  Installation 
by  George  Dorr.  See  above. 

Stratheden  Path,  ca.  1916 

In  the  woods  north  of  Sieur  de 
Monts  Spring  House 

Engraved  stone 

"Stratheden  Path" 

See  next  entry. 

263 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


Stratheden  Path,  ca.  1916 

Stratheden  Path  (#24),  west  side  of 
Sieur  de  Monts  Fire  Road  at  junc- 
tion with  Hemlock  Road 

Engraved  stone 

"Stratheden 
Path" 

Formerly  known  as  the  Harden  Farm  Path,  no 
documentation  has  been  found  on  when  and 
why  the  trail  name  was  changed,  or  the  rationale 
for  choosing  the  name.  Installation  attributed  to 
George  Dorr. 

Stratheden  Path,  ca.  1916 

*  Former  Stratheden  Path  (#24) 
trailhead  on  Cromwell  Harbor 
Road,  south  of  road  in  the  golf 
course,  approximately  30  feet 
south  of  roadbed,  at  a  small  pull- 
off,  approximately  1850  feet  east 
of  the  Rte.  233  intersection  at  the 
Kebo  Valley  Club. 

Engraved  stone 

"Stratheden 
Path" 

See  previous  entry 

Van  Santvoord  Trail,  1916 

Pemetic  Mountain  Trail  (#31),  on 
ledge  at  summit,  facing  west 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque 

"The  Van  Santvoord  Trail" 

Installed  by  Seal  Harbor  VIS  and  named  for  John 
Van  Santvoord,  who  was  Seal  Harbor  VIS  Path 
Committee  chairman  from  1907  until  his  death  in 
1913.  His  successor,  Joseph  Allen,  led  the  effort  to 
construct  and  name  the  trail. 

Sarah  Eliza  Sigourney  Cushing, 
Date  Installed  Unknown 

Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail  (#45), 
south  end  of  trail,  50  feet  south  of 
boat  launch 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque 
and  granite  bench 

"In  grateful  loving  memory  of 
Sarah  Eliza  Sigourney  Cushing 

Wife  of  Edward  Tuckerman 
1832-1915 

She  dearly  loved  this  spot" 

This  is  the  only  commemorative  plaque  associ- 
ated with  a  bench. 

Edward  L.  Rand,  ca.  1925 

'Seaside  Path  (#401),  southern  end 
of  path  near  private  road 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque  on 
large  boulder 

"To  the  memory  of 

Edward  Lothrop  Rand 

1859-1924 

In  grateful  recognition  of 

His  pioneer  service  and  labor  of 

love 

In  making  known 

The  flora  of  Mount  Desert 

And  compiling  maps  of 

Its  woodland  and  mountain  paths" 

Installed  by  Seal  Harbor  VIS  in  memory  of 
Edward  Rand  who  was  a  member  of  the  Cham- 
plain  Society,  coathored  Flora  ofMt.  Desert,  path 
maps,  and  guidebooks,  and  served  as  Seal  Harbor 
VIS  Path  Committee  chairman.  Rand  was  active 
in  the  early  marking  of  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  path 
network,  including  the  Seaside  Path. 

Andrew  Murray  Young,  ca.  1924 

Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25), 
lower  end  of  trail,  800  feet  north 
of  Canon  Brook  Trail  junction, 
near  brook. 

Metallic  commemorative  plaque 
(white  metal)  on  large  boulder 

"In  memory  of 

Andrew  Murray  Young, 

Who  loved  this  island 

Where  god  has  given 

Of  his  beauty  with  a 

Lavish  hand 

1861-1924" 

Funded  and  endowed  by  his  wife,  Marie  Hunt 
Young.  Described  by  Harold  Peabody  in  his  Bar 
Harbor  VIA  Path  Committee  reports  in  1924-26. 
Installation  attributed  to  George  Dorr  and  the  Bar 
Harbor  VIA. 

264 


Chapter  10:  monuments  and  associated  Structures;  A.  Monuments 


Lillian  Endicott  Francklyn,  ca. 
1929 

Gorge  Path  (#28),  3/4  mile  south 
of  Loop  Road,  on  ledge  just  below 
waterfall  and  pool 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque 

"In  loving  memory  of 
Lilian  Endicott  Francklyn 

1891-1928 

This  trail  is  endowed  by 

Her  friends" 

Funded  by  several  summer  residents  who 
endowed  the  trail  with  a  maintenance  fund. 
Installation  attributed  to  George  Dorr  and  the  Bar 
Harbor  VIA. 

Kane  &  Bridgham,  ca.  1929 

Fawn  Pond  Path  (#309),  at  outlet 
of  Lake  Wood 

Engraved  stone 

"In  memory  of 

Annie  Cottenet  Kane  & 

Fanny  Schermerhorn  Bridgham 

Who  gave  the  lake  & 

Surrounding  land  to 

Acadia  National  Park" 

Unknown  history.  Located  near  the  Kane  & 
Bridgham  Bridge,  designed  by  Beatrix  Farrand 
and  built  between  1926  and  1929.  Pieces  of  the 
bridge  are  still  visible.  Installation  attributed  to 
George  Dorr  and  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA. 

Stephen  Tyng  Mather,  1930s 

Cadillac  Summit  Loop  Trail  (#33), 
at  trailhead,  near  parking  lot 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque 

"Stephen  Tyng  Mather 
July  4, 1867-Jan  22, 1930 
He  laid  the  foundation  of  the 
National  Park 
Service  defining  and  establishing 
the  policies 
Under  which  its  areas  shall  be 
developed  and  Conserved  unim- 
paired for  future  generations. 
There  will  never  come  an  end  to 
the  good  that  He  has  done." 

A  similar  plaque  is  located  in  all  national  parks — 
not  directly  associated  with  the  development  of 
the  trail  system. 

Charles  William  Eliot,  date 
unknown 

*Eliot  Mountain  Trail  to  Map 
House  (#516),  along  trail  on  ledge 
facing  south 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque 

"Eliot  Mountain 

Named  for 

Charles  William  Eliot 

1834-1926 

One  of  the  first  to  cruise  these 

Island-dotted  down-east  waters 

1872-82 

He  bought  this  land  and  built  the 

first  summer 

Cottage  on  this  shore  1882 

Founder  of  the 

Hancock  County  Trustees  of 

Public  Reservations  1903, 

Through  which  the  lands  were 

assembled, 

And  the 

Lafayette  National  Monument, 

Now  Acadia  National  Park,  was 

established." 

History  unknown. 

Joseph  Henry  Curtis,  1932 

Elliot  Mountain  Trail  to  Asticou 
Terrace  Path  (#519)*,  patio  area 
halfway  up  path 

Engraved  stone  with  bronze  com- 
memorative plaque  insert 

"1841-1928, 

Joseph  Henry  Curtis 

Landscape  architect 

Vigilant  protector 

Of  these  hills 

The  Asticou  Terraces  are  his  gift 

For  the  quiet  recreation  of  the 

people 

Of  this  town  and  their  summer 

guests." 

The  plaque  was  cast  by  Roman  Bronze  Works  in 
New  York. 

265 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Joseph  Allen,  ca.  1945 

"Lover  of  rocks  and  high  places 

Placed  by  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  after  Allen's  death 

Builder  of  trails 

in  1945. 

Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39),  at  water's 

Conserver  of  natural  beauty 

edge,  near  intersection  with  Jordan 

Joseph  Allen 

Pond  Carry  Path  (#38),  facing 

Chairman 

northeast 

Seal  Harbor  Path  Committee 
1914-1945." 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque 

John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr.,  1960s 

"John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr.,  1874- 

Rockefeller,  Jr.  donated  large  tracts  of  land  to  the 

1960 

park  and  funded  much  of  the  construction  of  the 

Ocean  Path  (#3),  approximately 

These  groves  of  spruce  and  fir, 

carriage  road  and  motor  road  system.  Rockefeller 

770  feet  north  of  Otter  Point 

these  granite  ledges,  this  magnifi- 

was involved  in  the  construction  of  Ocean  Drive, 

cent  window  on  the  sea,  were  given 

Otter  Cliffs  overlook,  and  the  associated  Ocean 

Bronze  commemorative  plaque  on 

to  the  United 

Path  construction  carried  out  by  the  CCC  in  the 

ledge 

States  by  John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr. 
He  was  among  the  first 
To  sense  the  need  to  preserve 
America's  natural  beauty  and, 
To  set  standards  of  environmental 
quality.  This  quiet,  dedicated  con- 
servationist gave  generously  of  his 
time,  wisdom  and  resources  to  help 
establish  this  park  and  others, 
For  the  physical,  cultural  and 
spiritual  benefit  of  the  American 
people." 

1930s. 

outside  of  park  boundary 


TREATMENT 

1.  Location  of  Monuments 

Issue:  One  engraved  stone  and  at  least  two  commemo- 
rative plaques  have  been  removed,  and  some  of  the 
trails  or  trail  segments  to  which  markers  refer  have 
been  abandoned. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Monuments  should  not  be 
moved  from  their  historic  locations.  According  to  NPS 
Management  Policies: 

Many  commemorative  works  have  existed  in  the  parks 
long  enough  to  qualify  as  historic  features.  A  key  aspect 
of  their  historical  interest  is  that  they  reflect  the  knowl- 
edge, attitudes,  and  tastes  of  the  persons  who  designed 
and  placed  them.  These  works  and  their  inscriptions 
will  not  be  altered,  relocated,  obscured,  or  removed, 
even  when  they  are  deemed  inaccurate  or  incompat- 
ible with  prevailing  present-day  values.  Any  exceptions 
require  specific  approval  by  the  Director.51 


If  the  original  location  of  a  removed  monument  can  be 
determined,  the  monument  will  returned  to  this  loca- 
tion. If  not,  it  should  be  erected  in  a  suitable  location 
on  the  trail  it  commemorates.  For  example,  the  Kurt 
Diederich  commemorative  plaque  should  be  reinstalled 
on  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16)  at  its  original  location 
if  known;  otherwise,  it  should  be  placed  in  a  suitable 
place  on  the  trail. 

As  stated  in  the  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  deci- 
sions to  reopen  abandoned  trails  will  be  made  inde- 
pendent of  the  existence  of  monuments.  However,  if 
an  abandoned  trail  or  trail  segment  is  reopened,  every 
effort  should  be  made  to  follow  the  historic  route  to 
access  associated  monuments. 

2.  Agreement  of  Trail  Names  and  Monument 
Inscriptions 

Issue:  Currently  some  trail  names  no  longer  corre- 
spond to  their  associated  monuments. 


266 


Chapter  10:  Monuments  and  associated  Structures;  A.  Monuments 


Treatment  Guidelines:  Maintained  trails  associated 
with  monuments  are  to  be  restored  to  their  historic 
names,  thereby  bringing  them  into  agreement  with 
monument  text  (see  Chapter  9,  Section  G). 

An  exception  to  this  guideline  is  the  Van  Santvoord 
Trail  (#450).  Most  of  this  route  is  abandoned  and  the 
section  that  contains  the  commemorative  plaque  is  now 
maintained  as  part  of  the  Pemetic  Mountain  Trail  (#31). 
To  avoid  hiker  confusion,  the  trail  will  retain  its  current 
name  and  the  plaque  will  not  be  removed.  An  inter- 
pretive marker  should  be  added  to  the  trail  to  inform 
hikers  of  the  trail's  history  and  the  reason  for  the  name 
inconsistency. 

3.  Documentation 

Issue:  Other  than  photographs,  the  park  has  no  physi- 
cal record  of  the  individual  design  of  the  commemora- 
tive plaques  and  carved  stones.  If  one  were  stolen,  it 
would  be  extremely  difficult  to  accurately  replace. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Commemorative  plaques 
and  engraved  stones  associated  with  the  trail  system 
should  be  thoroughly  documented.  A  project  should  be 
developed  to  update  the  existing  documentation  with 
additional  information  such  as  rubbings  of  the  bronze 
plaques  and/or  measured  drawings  of  the  monuments. 
A  monument  specialist  should  be  consulted  to  scope 
the  project  and  determine  what  documentation  would 
be  adequate  to  replace  these  features  if  they  were  lost. 


authorized  by  Congress  or  approved  by  the  Director 
(36  CFR2.62).  The  consultation  process  required  by 
Section  106  of  National  Historic  Preservation  Act  must 
be  completed  before  the  Director  will  make  a  decision 
to  approve  a  commemorative  work.53 

If  the  addition  of  new  monuments  is  approved,  they 
should  be  either  commemorative  plaques  or  engraved 
stones.  Their  placement,  scale,  and  text  should  be 
compatible  with  existing  monuments.  A  new  style  of 
monument  should  not  be  added  to  the  system.  New 
monuments  should  only  be  placed  at  appropriate  loca- 
tions along  the  trail,  such  as  trailheads  or  prominent 
natural  features.  Documentation  of  existing  monu- 
ments will  identify  the  historic  patterns  of  monument 
placement  throughout  the  system  and  should  be  used 
as  a  general  guideline  for  determining  the  placement  of 
new  monuments. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  MONUMENTS 

Specifications  for  the  fabrication  of  new  monuments 
will  be  developed  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  size  of 
the  monuments,  as  well  as  the  layout,  font,  and  sizing 
of  text  should  be  compatible  with  the  existing  collec- 
tion of  commemorative  plaques  and  engraved  stones. 
Appropriate  specifications  should  be  developed  as  part 
of  a  system-wide  monument  documentation  project. 


4.  Addition  of  Monuments 

Issue:  Although  the  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan 
allows  for  the  possible  addition  of  monuments  to  the 
trail  system  through  "careful  consideration"  and  adher- 
ence to  applicable  NPS  management  policies,  the  addi- 
tion of  incompatible  new  monuments  could  adversely 
affect  the  historic  trail  system.52 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  standard  for  the  addition 
of  new  monuments  to  national  parks  is  high.  NPS  man- 
agement policies  state: 

Outside  the  District  of  Columbia  and  its  environs 
commemorative  works  will  not  be  established  unless 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Commemorative  Plaques 

Bronze  plaques  should  be  cleaned  and  waxed  annually 
to  protect  them  from  oxidation.  The  best  time  is  in  July 
or  August  because  the  plaque  must  be  warm  to  absorb 
the  wax;  otherwise  a  torch  must  be  used  to  warm  the 
plaque.  The  plaque  is  cleaned  with  Orvis  Paste  (Univer- 
sity Products,  Inc.  cat.  #963-1000,  tel.  800-628-1912). 
Then  wash  with  Stoddard's  Solvent,  using  100- 
percent-cotton  diapers,  not  rags.  All  environmental 
and  personal  safety  precautions  must  be  followed.  It 
is  important  to  remove  salts,  bird  droppings,  and  tree 
saps  that  promote  and  accelerate  corrosion.  Use  plastic 


267 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


or  natural  brushes,  not  wire.  Rinse  well  with  clear 
water.  The  plaque  must  dry  completely  so  moisture 
is  not  locked  in.  The  plaque  is  waxed  with  Butcher's 
Bowling  Alley  Clear  Wax,  buffed,  rewaxed  and  buffed 
again.  The  Butcher's  wax  must  be  the  Clear  variety,  not 
the  Orange  variety.  The  plaque  should  be  profession- 
ally cleaned  on  a  ten-year  schedule  using  Incralex,  a 
powerful  solvent,  after  which  the  annual  cleaning  and 
waxing  can  be  resumed  by  trails  personnel.  Acid  rain 
or  excessive  touching  can  cause  the  wax  to  break  down 
and  oxidation  or  "greening"  to  occur  at  an  accelerated 
rate,  in  which  case  professional  cleaning  may  be  needed 
at  an  earlier  date  than  scheduled. 


B.  ASSOCIATED  STRUCTURES 


DEFINITION 

An  associated  structure  includes  any  constructed 
feature  that  provides  the  hiker  comfort,  rest,  or  an 
opportunity  to  appreciate  the  surrounding  landscape. 
Examples  include  benches,  shelters,  picnic  facilities, 
and  observation  towers. 


HISTORICAL  USE  AT  ACADIA 


Note:  Consult  a  bronze  or  monument  specialist  to  find 
acceptable  alternatives  to  the  products  listed  above  if 
these  are  not  available. 

2.  Engraved  Stones 

Periodically,  lichen  should  be  removed  from  the  faces 
of  engraved  stones  with  a  wire  brush.  Engraved  stone 
can  also  be  washed  with  the  Orvis  Paste  (see  above). 
Lichens  can  be  scrubbed  with  a  vegetable  brush. 
Sometimes  they  are  seated  deep  within  in  the  stone  and 
can  crumble  the  stone  as  they  grow,  so  do  not  be  too 
aggressive  on  compromised  stone.  As  above,  follow 
environmental  and  safety  precautions. 

Note:  These  instructions  are  sufficient  for  routine 
maintenance.  Fungicidal  preparations  or  pressure- 
washing  may  be  required  for  seriously  infected  stones, 
but  should  be  done  only  by  trained  conservators. 


Note:  Research  to  date  has  uncovered  limited  infor- 
mation on  the  location,  design,  and  construction  of 
associated  structures.  Thus,  this  history  is  based  on 
fragments  of  information  from  annual  reports,  historic 
photographs,  and  historical  precedents  from  compa- 
rable sites.  For  example,  the  construction  of  gazebos 
and  towers  was  undertaken  throughout  the  Catskills 
resort  areas  in  eastern  New  York  State  during  the  same 
historical  period  as  the  early  work  at  Acadia.  Therefore, 
it  is  likely  that  the  early  rusticators  on  Mount  Desert 
would  have  followed  this  example. 

Pre-VIA/VIS 

Comfortable  seating  has  been  a  part  of  the  hiking  expe- 
rience on  Mount  Desert  Island  as  early  as  the  1870s 
when  rustic  structures  with  shade  roofs  and  seats  were 
built  on  the  island  and  benches  placed  in  the  landscape. 
Private  landowners  constructed  these  structures  in  the 
"picturesque"  style,  a  style  promoted  by  landscape  gar- 
dener, Andrew  Jackson  Downing  (1815-52),  who  wrote 
the  widely  read  Treatise  on  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Landscape  Gardening.  Downing  advocated  the  use  of 
native  materials,  particularly  woodwork.  He  believed 
that  manmade  rustic  features,  such  as  bridges,  steps, 
seats,  and  shelters,  enhanced  one's  comfort  and  enjoy- 
ment in  natural  surroundings,  while  adding  to  the  pic- 
turesque scene.  Unfortunately,  such  delicate  wooden 
structures  could  not  withstand  Maine's  harsh  climate 
and  were  soon  gone  (Fig.  10-23,  also  Fig.  10-1). 


268 


Chapter  10:  monuments  and  associated  Structures;  B.  Associated  structures 


Village  Improvement  Associations/Societies 

The  first  annual  report  of  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  describes 
a  proposal  to  add  benches  or  "seats"  to  the  Duck 
Brook  Path  (#311)  "where  the  pedestrian  might  sit  and 
rest  himself."  As  the  path  system  expanded,  seating 
areas  were  proposed  throughout.  However,  it  is  not 
clear  how  many  benches  were  added  to  the  trails,  and 
photographic  documentation  is  scant.  Photographs  of 
the  Jesup  Path  (#14)  in  1916  show  a  bench  in  the  back- 
ground (Figs.  10-24  &  10-25).  "Seats"  were  also  placed 
along  paths  in  the  Seal  Harbor  district  as  described  by 
the  path  committee  chairman  in  1939  on  the  Seaside 
Path  (#401)  and  in  1941  along  Hunters  Brook  Trail  (#35 
and  #455)  and  Jordan  Stream  Path  (#65).  In  1942  the 
Seal  Harbor  VIS  also  placed  benches  on  Little  Hunt- 
ers Brook  Path  (#438),  at  Champlain  Monument  (then 
located  at  the  southern  end  of  #453),  Barr  Hill  Lookout 
(summit  of  #403  and  #404),  and  on  the  Jordan  Pond 
Path  (#39).  A 1907  photograph  shows  a  Seal  Harbor 
hiking  group  possibly  sitting  on  a  bench  on  an  undeter- 
mined trail  (Fig.  10-26).  No  other  photographs  have 
been  found  to  further  document  this.  The  Northeast 
Harbor  VIS  also  constructed  benches  along  the  trails, 
and  continues  to  do  so  (Fig.  10-27).  The  majority  of 
historic  photographs  portray  hikers  sitting  on  the 
existing  boulders  and  ledges  rather  than  constructed 


HI 

l 

■ 

/  •      ^  "■5S 

..\H^k                    jH 

""         -nJ 

:  ':*ri£'"-~-          *£&                                ~: 

.  ■ 

Fig.  10-24  George  Dorr  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Drury  on  Jesup  Path 
bench  near  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring. 


«#*>.*>•. 


8  " 


Fig.  10-25  Bench  on  the  Jesup  Path  (#14),  circa  1916. 


Fig.  10-23  Rustic  bench  near  Bar  Harbor  no  longer  present, 
photographed  in  circa  1870s. 


Fig.  10-26  Ladies  resting,  possibly  on  a  bench,  on  an  unknown 
trail  in  Seal  Harbor  in  1907. 


269 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


benches,  suggesting  that  benches  were  probably  never 
widespread  throughout  the  trail  system. 

None  of  the  early  wooden  benches  are  extant  in  the 
park.  Along  with  their  natural  tendency  to  deteriorate, 
vandalism  of  benches  was  also  an  issue.  In  1938  the  co- 
chair  of  the  path  committee  reported, 

On  the  Gurnee  Path  last  year,  you  may  remember  that 
three  dainty  little  seats  placed  on  the  path  through  the 
kindness  of  Miss  Gurnee,  were  carried  off  bodily  by 
some  of  our  light-fingered  "tripper  visitors."  Instruc- 
tions were  given  to  Mr.  Dunbar,  our  worker,  to  make 
a  very  heavy  substantial  bench  for  this  path.  This  was 
done,  a  heavy  rustic  bench  built,  which  was  heavily  pro- 
tected by  large  stones.  I  am  happy  to  be  able  to  report 
that  this  bench  is  still  there! 54 


Two  existing  stone  benches  may  date  to  the  VIA/VIS 
period.  The  first  is  a  memorial  bench  located  on  the 
shore  of  Jordan  Pond  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail 
(#45),  approximately  50  feet  south  of  the  boat  launch- 
ing area  (Fig.  10-28).  While  the  commemorative  plaque 
on  the  bench  is  typical  of  those  placed  by  the  VIA/  VIS, 
no  documentation  has  been  found  in  the  annual  reports 
of  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  or  Seal  Harbor  VIS  to  document 
the  bench's  construction.  The  second  bench  sits  along 
the  Penobsot  Mountain  Trail  (#47)  on  the  first  bluffs 
west  of  and  overlooking  Jordan  Pond.  The  location  and 
orientation  of  this  large  rectangular  block  suggest  it  was 
more  than  likely  arranged  as  a  stone  bench. 

Other  benches  were  likely  present  on  other  VIA/VIS 
trails,  although  documentation  is  circumstantial. 
Evidence  of  a  stone  bench  has  been  discovered  on  the 
Champlain  Mountain  East  Face  Trail  (#12).  The  Acadia 


Fig.  10-27  This  log  bench  on  the  Lower  Hadlock  Trail  (#502),  was 
constructed  in  the  1980s  by  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS. 


3i 

• 

■> 

■^~7  *;■'*% 

^ 

■  .'-"■     -v 

- 

'          IW& 

» 

■  . 

/*T\ 

*■    -     ,  ■  f 

- 

j  i 

■ 

:-<r  - -~^ 
'■-■-'-               A 

^^^■1 

1  ^fir^i 

&**  I  ' 

*      i 

. 

rf— *■ 

* 

t 

aflJP^^^- 

\-'^£ypP* 

Fig.  10-28  This  stone  memorial  bench  located  on  the  Jordan  Pond 
Nature  Trail  (#45)  is  dedicated  to  Sarah  Cushing. 


Fig.  10-29  Historic  view  of  the  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring  House  near 
the  Emery  Path  (#15)  trailhead,  circa  1920. 


270 


Chapter  10:  monuments  and  associated  Structures;  B.  Associated  Structures 


Trail  Inventory  documents  that  on  section  two  of  the 
trail,  at  852  feet,  in  the  "widest  area  of  walkway,  there 
used  to  be  a  stone  bench  (top  is  still  there)."  However, 
the  historic  bench  is  missing,  and  a  new  bench  has  been 
added  as  a  replacement.  Additionally,  there  are  two 
curious  spots  on  the  Emery  Path  (#15)  where  benches 
may  have  been  located.  They  are  constructed  flat  areas 
approximately  200  and  400  square  feet  in  size  adjacent 
to  the  main  trail.  They  provide  excellent  locations  for 
scenic  overlooks  and  it  would  be  difficult  to  conceive 
benches  had  not  been  placed  at  these  spots  by  the  trail 
builders. 

In  addition  to  benches,  many  buildings  and  shelters 
offering  seating,  cover,  and  refreshments  were  scat- 
tered throughout  the  trail  system  during  the  VIA/VIS 
period.  Examples  included  the  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring 
House,  the  Kebo  Golf  Club,  the  Building  of  the  Arts, 


Fig.  10-30  Satterlee's  Tea  House  on  Great  Head,  1961. 


Harbor.   Mc 


Fig.  10-31   Detail  view  of  Satterlee's  Tea  House  on  Great  Head, 
circa  1920. 


the  Green  Mountain  House,  the  Jordan  Pond  House, 
the  Russian  Tea  House,  Satterlee's  Tea  House,  the 
Seaside  Inn,  and  the  Asticou  Inn  (Figs.  10-29  to  10-31). 
Other,  more  rustic  shelters  were  also  constructed, 
including  a  map  house  at  the  western  end  of  the  Asti- 
cou Trail  (#49)  (see  Chapter  9,  Fig.  9-51) ,  shelters  along 
the  trail  to  the  Thuja  Lodge  overlooking  Northeast 
Harbor  (Fig.  10-32),  and  a  "rustic  summer-house  built 
by  Mr.  Kaighn"  on  the  Bernard  Mountain  Trail  (#111).55 
This  summer  house  built  by  a  family  that  frequented 
Southwest  Harbor  was  mentioned  in  both  the  1915  and 
1928  Path  Guides,  and  currently  five  iron  pins  remain  in 
the  ledge  just  south  of  the  Bernard  Mountain  summit 
where  it  likely  stood.  The  VIA/VIS  did  not  construct 
any  towers  in  association  with  the  trail  system. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps 

During  the  CCC  period  of  construction,  there  is  no 
documentation  for  the  addition  of  individual  benches 
to  the  trail  system.  Instead,  CCC  documentation 
recounts  the  construction  of  recreation  and  picnic 
areas  such  as  the  Bear  Brook,  Pretty  Marsh,  Pine  Hill, 
and  Oak  Hill  picnic  areas  and  the  Echo  Lake  swimming 
area.  These  areas  included  outlook  structures,  picnic 
tables,  and  fire  pits.  Trails  were  built  to  connect  these 
areas  with  the  existing  trail  system. 

The  CCC  did  issue  generic  specifications  for  bench 
construction,  although  it  is  unknown  if  they  were  used 
at  Acadia.  The  specifications  are  documented  in  the 
second  volume  of  Albert  Good's  Park  and  Recreation 
Structures  (1938),  which  includes  a  chapter  on  "Trail- 
side  Seats,  Shelters,  and  Overlooks."  Good  writes: 

Seats  along  trails  affording  hikers  a  place  to  rest  after  a 
particularly  difficult  climb  or  to  contemplate  a  fine  view 
or  an  object  of  interest  are  very  properly  of  much  more 
informal  character  than  the  seating  provided  where  use 
is  more  concentrated.  If  it  is  to  be  effectively  natural- 
ized, it  must  appear  casual  and  unforced,  free  of  the 
appearance  of  being  too  cumbersome  and  elaborately 
devised.  Natural  objects  or  formations  may  be  utilized, 
within  the  limits  of  reason,  as  resting  places  along  the 
trail.  Ledges  of  stone,  boulders,  or  down  logs,  with  slight 


271 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


adaptations,  provide  trailside  seating  without  the  intro- 
duction of  foreign  elements.56 

Although  no  CCC  benches  are  extant  in  the  park,  a 
bench  installed  by  the  NPS  in  the  1990s  is  similar  in 
style  to  CCC  benches  described  in  Park  and  Recreation 
Structures.  It  is  located  on  the  Penobscot  East  Trail 
(#50)  at  Sargent  Mountain  Pond  (Figs.  10-33  &  10-34). 

In  the  second  volume  of  Park  and  Recreation  Structures, 
Good  describes  the  desired  characteristics  of  trailside 
shelters  and  overlook  structures  as  having  "an  ingrati- 
ating lack  of  pretentiousness."57  Of  the  CCC  outlook 
shelters  built  on  Mount  Desert  Island,  only  those  at 
Pretty  Marsh  remain,  though  the  viewshed  and  the 
associated  trail  are  now  overgrown.  At  Oak  Hill,  only 
the  foundation  of  the  shelter  remains  (Fig.  10-35).  The 


CCC  also  constructed  ranger  cabins  with  trails  on  Ber- 
nard Mountain,  McFarland  Hill,  and  Youngs  Moun- 
tain, but  none  of  these  structures  are  extant  (Figs.  10-36 
&  10-37).  However,  there  are  still  a  few  rotted  logs, 
boards,  and  shingles  at  the  Bernard  Mountain  site. 

Good  describes  favorable  characteristics  for  both  fire 
and  observation  towers.  Regarding  fire  towers,  he 
writes: 

Adequate  protection  against  lightning,  high  winds, 
and  winter  storms,  and  the  factor  of  live  load  due  to  a 
concentration  of  visitors  must  be  taken  into  account  in 
designing  the  lookout.  High  towers  must  be  provided 
with  railings  along  the  steps,  platforms,  and  landings. 
It  is  possible  by  employing  native  rock  or  logs  in  the 
construction  to  achieve  a  certain  harmony  with  the  sur- 


Fig.  10-32  A  rustic  shelter  at  the  Asticou  Terraces  in  Northeast 
Harbor  on  the  trail  to  the  Thuja  Lodge. 


Fig.  10-34  This  log  bench,  installed  by  the  NPS  in  the  1990s  at 
the  water's  edge  on  the  Penobscot  East  Trail  (#50),  is  similar  in 
construction  to  CCC-style  benches. 


Fig.  10-33  This  CCC  log  bench,  with  log  supports  on  a  stone 
base  located  in  Camden  State  Park,  Minnesota,  is  typical  of  the 
standard  CCC  bench  style  built  at  many  sites  across  the  country 
in  the  1930s. 


Fig.  10-35  The  picnic  shelter  shown  in  this  1937  photograph  was 
constructed  by  the  CCC  at  the  Oak  Hill  picnic  area.  A  trail  led 
visitors  from  the  parking  area  the  site  overlooking  the  marsh. 
Only  the  foundation  of  the  structure  remains. 


272 


Chapter  10:  monuments  and  associated  Structures;  B.  Associated  Structures 


roundings,  especially  if,  when  located  on  a  rocky  sum- 
mit, the  structure  is  blended  to  it  and  made  to  appear  to 
grow  out  of  it. 

The  CCC  constructed  a  fire  tower  in  this  style  on  the 
summit  of  Bernard  (Western)  Mountain,  which  was 
used  as  a  public  observation  tower  (Fig.  10-38).  A  small 
fire  tower  was  also  constructed  in  1941  approximately 
200  yards  northeast  of  the  Sargent  Mountain  summit. 
This  structure  is  no  longer  extant,  but  there  are  rem- 
nants of  wooden  walls,  shingles,  a  line  of  utility  poles, 
and  telephone  cable  on  the  site. 


NPS/Mission  66 

There  is  no  documentation  for  bench  or  shelter 
construction  during  the  Mission  66  period.  Mis- 
sion 66  crews  did  replace  the  wooden  fire  tower  on 
Beech  Mountain  with  a  modern  steel  tower  sometime 
between  1960  and  1962.  The  western  half  of  the  Beech 
Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113)  was  constructed  by  Mis- 
sion 66  crews  as  an  access  route  for  the  construction 
of  this  tower  (Fig.  10-39).  (The  towers  and  trail  are 
documented  in  Acadia's  interpretive  guide,  "Beech 
Mountain  Hike.") 


•\^J^^jgifif 


Fig.  10-36  Construction  of  a  ranger  cabin  on  McFarland  Hill  by 
the  CCC  in  the  1930s. 


Fig.  10-38  This  CCC  fire  tower  on  Bernard  Mountain, 
photographed  in  1936,  was  also  used  by  many  hikers  as  an 
observation  tower. 


Fig.  10-37  A  ranger  cabin  on  Youngs  Mountain  shown  in  the 
1930s  after  construction  by  the  CCC. 


Fig.  10-39  Located  on  the  summit  of  Beech  Mountain  along 
the  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113),  this  steel  fire  tower  was 
constructed  during  the  Mission  66  Program  and  is  still  extant. 


273 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  plan 


National  Park  Service 

Relatively  few  associated  structures  have  been  added  to 
the  trail  system  during  the  NPS  period.  In  the  1960s,  the 
NPS  installed  benches  in  the  Wild  Gardens  of  Acadia  at 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring  (Fig.  10-40).  A  more  recent  addi- 
tion, added  by  the  Northeast  Harbor  VIS,  is  a  garden 
bench  on  the  Asticou  Brook  Trail  (#514)  in  Northeast 
Harbor,  outside  of  the  park  (Fig.  10-41).  Due  to  a  lack 
of  documentation,  it  is  difficult  to  assess  whether  these 
garden-style  benches  are  out  of  character  with  VIA/ 
VIS-era  benches. 

Examples  of  other  associated  structures  added  by  the 
NPS  include  a  privy  on  Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail 
(#113),  and  an  observation  platform  and  steps  on  the 
Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  Trail  (#129).  The  construction 
of  features  like  these  provides  both  visitor  comfort  and 
safety.  However,  they  generally  do  not  complement  the 
historic  character  of  the  trail  system.  These  types  of  fea- 
tures have  typically  been  generic  in  style  and  construc- 
tion and  are  often  not  representative  of  the  historical 
precedents  at  Acadia  (Figs.  10-42  &  10-43). 


^t&r^: 


Fig.  10-41  This  wooden,  garden-style  bench  is  located  on  the 
Asticou  Brook  Trail  (#514)  and  was  installed  in  the  1990s  by  the 
Northeast  Harbor  VIS. 


Fig.  10-40  Wooden  benches  like  this  were  used  in  the  Wild 
Gardens  of  Acadia  during  the  1960s. 


Fig.  10-43  Observation  deck  on  the  Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  Trail 
(#129)  built  in  the  1990s. 


274 


Chapter  10:  Monuments  and  associated  Structures;  B.  Associated  Structures 


HISTORICAL  CHARACTERISTICS 


Based  on  the  limited  documentation  available,  it  appears 
the  historical  character  of  associated  structures  has  never 
been  consistent  but  has  changed  during  each  of  the 
historic  periods.  The  result  has  been  myriad  styles  ranging 
from  the  early  picturesque  benches,  bridges,  and  shelters, 
to  CCC  features  constructed  to  standardized  specifica- 
tions. 


Pre-VIA/VIS  (pre-1890) 


Rustic  wooden  gazebos,  bridges,  and  benches  in  the 
picturesque  style,  similar  to  those  espoused  by  Andrew 
Jackson  Downing,  and  erected  in  the  Catskills  resort 
areas,  were  used  on  several  of  the  early  trails. 


VIA/VIS  Period  (1890-1937) 


Varying  styles  of  benches  were  used  throughout  the 
system  including  round  logs  (Jesup  Path),  granite  (Jordan 
Pond),  and  split  cedar  log  (Lower  Hadlock  Brook).  Other 
structures  remotely  associated  with  the  trail  system  were 
added,  including  the  Jordan  Pond  House  and  the  Sieur  de 
Monts  Spring  House. 


CCC  Period  (1933-42) 


Some  rustic  wood  and  stone  structures  were  added, 
primarily  at  new  recreation  areas  like  the  various  picnic 
grounds.  Fire  towers  were  also  constructed. 


NPS/Mission  66  Period  (1943-66) 


Benches  were  likely  used  on  the  trails,  as  there  were  old 
and  rotted  benches  replaced  at  Great  Notch  and  Bernard 
Mountain  overlook  in  the  early  1970s.  However,  the  only 
documented  addition  was  a  steel  fire  tower  on  Beech 
Mountain. 


NPS  Period  (1967-1997) 


An  assortment  of  bench  styles  were  used,  including 
wooden  garden  style  in  developed  areas.  A  few  other 
associated  structures,  like  observation  decks,  were  added, 
typically  in  a  generic  style  of  construction. 


TREATMENT 

1.  Maintaining  Character 

Issue:  There  is  poor  documentation  for  many  of  the 
structures  associated  with  the  trail  system.  For  exam- 
ple, specifications  for  the  design  and  location  of  historic 
benches  are  often  speculative.  In  places  where  the  trail 
widens  and  there  is  an  exceptional  view,  placement  of 
a  bench  might  be  appropriate,  but  typically  there  is  no 
documented  evidence  to  verify  if  a  bench  was  used  his- 
torically by  the  VIA/VIS  or  CCC.  This  lack  of  informa- 
tion has  resulted  in  the  random  placement  of  various 
bench  styles  throughout  the  trail  system  without  unify- 
ing design  standards.  This  haphazard  approach  had 
also  applied  to  other  features  added  to  the  system  like 
observation  decks  and  small  structures. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  Given  the  lack  of  information, 
prudence  is  required  when  dealing  with  associated 
structures. 

For  benches,  a  comprehensive  inventory  of  existing 
benches  should  be  undertaken  to  identify  any  extant 
historic  benches  and  aid  in  establishing  design  guide- 
lines for  bench  style  and  placement.  The  inventory 
should  include  VIA/VIS  trails  outside  of  the  park  as  an 
additional  source  for  information.  Existing  benches 
should  not  be  removed  until  it  can  be  determined 
whether  they  date  to  the  historic  period.  Existing 
benches  should  be  inspected  to  ensure  they  are  struc- 
turally sound,  and  replaced  in-kind  if  deteriorated 
beyond  repair.  If  new  benches  are  added  to  the  trail 
system,  they  should  be  built  in  a  rustic  style  with  logs 
and/or  stone,  avoiding  materials  such  as  metal,  recycled 
plastic,  or  pressure-treated  wood  in  visible  locations. 
Benches  are  easily  removable  and  have  less  of  a  perma- 
nent impact  on  trail  character.  Therefore,  new  benches 
may  be  installed  in  locations  where  it  is  speculated  a 
bench  was  placed  historically.  If  evidence  is  later  found 
to  contradict  this  assumption,  the  bench  can  easily  be 
removed.  However,  benches  should  not  be  installed  in 
areas  where  there  is  no  presumption  of  historical  use. 


Other  associated  structures  dating  from  the  historic 
period  should  be  maintained  as  contributing  features 


275 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


to  the  integrity  of  the  trail  system.  Examples  include, 
but  are  not  limited  to,  the  map  house  on  Eliot  Moun- 
tain and  the  CCC  shelters  at  Pretty  Marsh,  including 
maintenance  of  the  viewshed  and  rehabilitation  of  the 
associated  trail.  Physical  remnants  of  other  structures 
should  be  documented  and  preserved. 

2.  Vandalism 

Issue:  Overlook  spots,  where  hiking  groups  are  likely 
to  stop,  are  the  most  likely  locations  for  rock  throw- 
ing, bench  tossing,  or  other  acts  of  vandalism  which 
threaten  both  visitor  safety  and  resource  protection. 

Treatment  Guidelines:  The  threat  of  vandalism  should 
not  be  a  deterrent  to  installing  and  maintaining  associ- 
ated structures.  However,  careful  consideration  should 
be  given  to  the  placement  of  features.  For  example, 
benches  should  not  be  located  in  remote  locations, 
where  there  is  increased  risk  of  vandalism,  and  not 
every  overlook  is  in  need  of  a  bench.  To  decrease  the 
threat  of  removal  by  vandals,  ways  to  anchor  the  bench 
to  the  ledgerock  that  are  relatively  inconspicuous 
should  be  explored,  such  as  pinning  or  using  chemical 
adhesives. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  ASSOCIATED  STRUCTURES 

Specifications  will  vary  for  individual  associated  struc- 
tures according  to  type  and  should  be  developed  on 
a  case-by-case  basis  by  appropriate  park  staff.  Visitor 
safety  and  resource  protection  are  primary  consider- 
ations to  examine  when  developing  specifications  for 
an  associated  structures.  Local  building  codes  may 
also  need  to  be  addressed  for  buildings  and/or  larger 
structures. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

1.  Regularly  check  all  associated  structures  for  decay 
and/or  deterioration,  and  repair  or  replace  pieces 
in-kind  as  needed.  Wooden  features  should  be 
routinely  checked  for  splinters. 

2.  The  fire  tower  and  other  larger  structures  should 
be  inspected  regularly  for  safety.  Major  repairs 
may  need  consultation  with  structural  engineers  to 
develop  appropriate  specifications  for  work. 


ENDNOTES 


3.  Security  of  the  Beech  Mountain  Fire  Tower 

Issue:  The  Beech  Mountain  fire  tower  currently 
remains  locked  and  unavailable  for  public  use.  This 
restricts  the  public's  enjoyment  of  one  of  the  larger 
structures  historically  associated  with  the  trail  system 
and  also  limits  interpretive  opportunities  for  the  Beech 
Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113). 

Treatment  Guidelines:  It  is  recommended  that  the 
Beech  Mountain  fire  tower  be  opened  for  public  use. 
To  determine  the  feasibility  of  implementing  this 
recommendation,  the  park  should  to  commission  a 
study  of  the  tower's  structural  integrity  and  identify  the 
liability  concerns  involved  with  allowing  public  access. 


49  Monuments  associated  with  the  path  system,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  Jesup  engraved  stone  monument,  are  documented  in 
the  1990  Monument  Inventory  completed  by  park  volunteers 
Charles  and  Virginia  Edwards.  Additional  monuments  are 
described  in  the  inventory  that  are  not  part  of  the  path  system, 
including  those  for  George  Dorr,  Atwater  Kent  Field,  Satterlee 
Field,  David  McKinney,  Gertrude  and  Fritz  Engel,  and  John 
Moore,  the  Fabbri  Monument,  for  Sargent  Drive,  and  on  Bar 
Island. 

50  Bar  Harbor  Record,  November  23, 1910, 3. 

51  National  Park  Service,  Management  Policies  2001  (United  States 
Department  of  the  Interior),  section  9.6.4, 115. 

52  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  14. 

53  Management  Policies,  2001,  section  9.6.1, 114. 

54  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1938  Annual  Report. 

55  Harold  Peabody  and  Charles  Grandgent,  Walks  on  Mount  Desert 
Island,  1928. 

56  Albert  H.  Good,  Park  and  Recreation  Structures  (National  Park 
Service,  1938),  Vol.  2, 87. 

57  Good,  Vol.  2, 8. 

58  Good,  Vol.  2, 156. 


276 


Acadia  Youth  Conservation  Corps  using  a  highline  above  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39). 


SECTION  2: 


Individual  Trail 
Specifications 

SCHIFFPATH  (#15) 
JORDAN  POND  PATH  (#39) 
JORDAN  CLIFFS  TRAIL  (#48) 
SHIP  HARBOR  NATURE  TRAIL  (#127) 
HOMANS  PATH  (#349) 


277 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


SECTION  2:    INDIVIDUAL  TRAIL  SPECIFICATIONS 


Section  2  provides  treatment  guidelines  for 
individual  trails,  building  on  specific  feature 
information  presented  in  Section  1.  Included  are 
recommendations  for  five  trails — the  Schiff  Path  (#15), 
the  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39),  the  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 
(#48),  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127),  and  the 
Homans  Path  (#349). 

As  this  document  was  under  development,  rehabilita- 
tion work  was  already  in  process  or  planned  for  these 
five  trails.  The  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39)  in  particular 
underwent  extensive  rehabilitation  concurrent  with 
the  development  of  this  report.  Field  work  provided  an 
opportunity  to  test  the  guidelines  and  make  necessary 
modifications  to  address  trail  conditions,  staff  availabil- 
ity, budget  concerns,  and  other  pertinent  issues.  Since 
rehabilitation  remains  underway  on  these  five  trails,  it 
is  anticipated  the  process  of  refining  the  guidelines  will 
continue  as  each  trail  is  addressed. 

Deadlines  for  completion  of  this  report  preceded  com- 
pletion of  trail  rehabilitation.  As  rehabilitation  of  each 
trail  is  completed,  actual  trail  conditions  and  guidelines 
used  may  be  altered  somewhat  from  the  information 
currently  presented  in  Section  2.  As  a  result,  Section  2 
as  written  is  general  in  nature  and  is  not  presented  as 
the  definitive  prescription  for  each  trail.  It  is  included 
primarily  to  illustrate  the  complete  planning  process  for 
trail  rehabilitation  at  Acadia,  showing  how  the  feature 
information  from  Section  1  can  be  applied  to  individual 
trail  scenarios.  Ideally,  as  trail  work  is  completed  and 
guidelines  are  refined,  the  written  documentation 
should  be  updated  to  reflect  any  changes  in  trail  plan- 
ning or  implementation. 


Character:  The  specific  character  of  the  trail  is  ana- 
lyzed, including  how  this  trail  fits  into  the  overall  char- 
acter of  the  entire  system. 

Features:  Specific  treatment  guidelines  are  provided 
for  each  of  the  feature  types  that  are  present  on  this 
particular  trail  or  may  be  appropriate  for  addition  to 
the  trail.  This  section  relies  heavily  on  the  information 
provided  in  Section  1.  For  example,  if  a  certain  trail 
historically  contained  VIA/VIS  bridges,  the  treatment 
guidelines  for  bridges  will  likely  say  any  new  bridge 
work  must  be  compatible  with  the  VIA/VIS  style.  For  a 
description  of  the  VIA/VIS  style  and  specifications  for 
building  compatible  bridges,  the  reader  should  refer 
back  to  Section  1,  Chapter  5,  where  VIS/VIS  bridges  are 
discussed  in  greater  detail. 

Routine  Maintenance:  Information  is  provided  here 
only  for  specific  maintenance  concerns  for  the  individ- 
ual trail  that  must  be  addressed  to  preserve  its  historic 
character.  This  information  will  not  be  provided  for 
all  of  Acadia's  trails,  as  general  maintenance  for  each 
feature  type  is  addressed  in  Section  1. 


In  Section  2,  the  following  information  is  provided  for 
each  of  the  five  included  trails: 

History:  The  historical  development  of  the  trail  is  dis- 
cussed, including  the  original  builders  and  any  docu- 
mented modifications  to  the  trail  during  later  eras. 


278 


Section  2:  individual  Trail  Specifications 


Fig. 15-1   Circa  1920s  view  of  the  Schiff  Path. 


SCHIFF  PATH 

(#15) 


279 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


SCHIFF  PATH  (#15) 


The  Schiff  Path  has  withstood  nearly  eighty  years 
of  heavy  use  with  relatively  little  maintenance. 
The  trail  traverses  the  upper  slope  of  Dorr 
Mountain  to  the  summit,  acting  as  an  extension  of  the 
Emery  Path  (#15).  Currently,  both  the  Schiff  Path  and 
the  Emery  Path  are  marked  as  the  Dorr  Mountain  East 
Face  Trail  (#15)  (Figs.  15-1  &  15-2). 

Most  of  the  tread  is  highly  constructed  with  stone 
paving,  steps,  and  capstone  culverts.  Some  sections  are 
eroded  and  steps  are  slipping.  Built  features  need  to  be 
reset  or  repaired  to  ensure  that  extensive  damage  does 
not  occur. 


REHABILITATION  PRIORITIES 

•  Reopen  closed  culverts. 

•  Repair  drainage  on  sections  where  no  longer  func- 
tional. 

•  Repair  eroded  sections,  particularly  where  steps 
are  loose  or  slipping. 

•  Inspect  and  replace  ironwork  as  needed. 


HISTORY 

Beginning  in  1913,  George  Dorr  directed  the  develop- 
ment of  a  network  of  memorial  paths  radiating  from 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring.  Dorr  envisioned  the  Sieur  de 
Monts  area  as  the  center  of  a  reservation  of  protected 
lands,  with  paths  connecting  to  Bar  Harbor  and  the  sur- 
rounding mountains.  Dorr  was  able  to  raise  funds  for 
trail  construction  as  an  active  member  of  the  Bar  Har- 
bor VIA  Path  Committee,  the  Hancock  County  Trustees 
of  Public  Reservations,  as  well  as  the  founder  of  his  own 
philanthropic  organization,  the  Wild  Gardens  of  Acadia 
Corporation.  By  the  time  the  reservation  was  desig- 
nated Sieur  de  Monts  National  Monument  in  1916,  with 
Dorr  as  Superintendent,  most  of  the  memorial  trails 
were  partially  or  fully  completed,  including  the  Kane 
Path  (#17),  Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  Kurt  Diederich's 
Climb  (#16),  Homans  Path  (#349),  Emery  Path  (#15), 
and  Jesup  Path  (#14).  The  Schiff  Path  was  the  last  addi- 
tion to  the  Sieur  de  Monts  memorial  paths  and,  like  the 
others,  was  highly  crafted  with  extensive  stonework  and 
ironwork. 


To  Kebo  Mtn. 


To  Cadillac 

Dorr  X 
Summit 


North  Ridge 
Dorr  Mountain 


I  South  Ridge  Dorr 
^   Mountain 


Not  to  Scale        North 


t 


0 

□  Nature  Center 


O  Spring  &  Gazebo 


To  Rt.  3  & 

Huguenot 

Head 


Ladder  Trail 


Fig.  15-2  Sections  #1  and  #2  of  the  Schiff  Path  (#15). 


280 


Section  2;  #15.  Schiff  Path 


As  early  as  1915,  a  path  from  Sieur  de  Monts  Crag  to  the 
summit  of  Dry  [Dorr]  Mountain  was  anticipated;  how- 
ever, construction  had  been  delayed  for  several  years. 
Circa  1921,  Superintendent  Dorr  negotiated  with  the 
Bar  Harbor  VIA  to  take  over  care  of  the  trails  on  Cham- 
plain  and  Dry  [Dorr]  Mountains.  Construction  of  the 
Schiff  Path  is  not  mentioned  in  Bar  Harbor  VIA  annual 
reports,  thus  it  may  have  been  carried  out  by  the  NPS  in 
the  early  1920s  rather  than  by  the  VIA.  The  Schiff  Path 
first  appears  on  the  1926  path  map.  The  path  is  drawn 
fairly  inaccurately,  as  it  does  not  show  its  close  proxim- 
ity and  connection  to  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64).  The  1928 
path  guide  described  the  Schiff  Path  and  the  connector 
to  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64),  with  special  mention  of  the 
views  to  The  Tarn,  Otter  Creek  Gorge,  and  the  steep, 
wooded  west  slope  of  Picket  Mountain  [Huguenot 
Head].  The  connection  between  the  two  trails  is  shown 
on  NPS  maps  prepared  in  the  1940s. 

The  path  is  named  for  Jacob  Schiff  (1847-1920),  a 
businessman  and  philanthropist  who  contributed 
generously  to  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  Path  Committee.  He 
joined  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  in  about  1902  became  a  life 
member  in  1908,  and  donated  funds  annually  towards 
the  upkeep  of  the  path  system.  His  wife  was  listed  as  a 
contributor  in  the  VIA  records  through  1925. 

In  the  1930s  the  CCC  rehabilitated  some  of  the  Dorr 
Mountain  trails.  While  only  the  Emery  Path  (#15)  and 
the  Ladder  Trail  (#64)  were  mentioned  specifically  in 
CCC  records,  work  on  the  "system"  of  Dorr  Mountain 
trails  was  mentioned  and  it  is  likely  this  included  the 
Schiff  Path.  Work  documented  in  the  area  included 
adding  stone  pavement,  stepping  stones,  steps,  guard- 
rails, and  some  rerouting  of  paths. 

At  this  time  the  Emery  Path/Schiff  Path  was  one  of  the 
most  popular  hikes  in  the  park  and  was  commonly  used 
for  ranger-led  walks.  This  continues  to  the  present, 
since  the  steps  allow  for  hikers  of  varying  abilities. 

In  the  early  1950s,  many  park  trails  were  closed  if  they 
paralleled  another  route,  led  to  private  land,  were  sel- 
dom used,  or  were  costly  to  maintain.  The  Upper  Lad- 
der Trail  (#334)  was  both  parallel  to  the  Schiff  Path  and 


costly  to  maintain,  and  was  closed  around  1952.  During 
this  period,  the  total  1.6  miles  of  the  Schiff  and  Emery 
Paths  was  renamed  the  Schiff-Emery  Trail.  By  the  late 
1950s  the  trail  was  called  the  Dorr  Mountain  Trail,  and 
later  renamed  the  Dorr  Mountain  East  Face  Trail  (#15). 

In  1981, 3.5  miles  of  Acadia's  trails,  including  the  Dorr 
Mountain  Trail  East  Face  Trail  (#15),  were  designated 
National  Recreation  Trails  under  the  National  Trails 
System  Act.  This  designation  has  been  given  to  approx- 
imately 800  trails  across  the  country. 


Fig.  15-3  Lower  end  of  Schiff  Path  (right)  at  intersection  with 
Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16)  to  the  left  and  Emery  Path  (#15)  in 
the  foreground. 


Fig.  15-4  The  trail  winds  across  ledges  and  past  several  large 
boulders.  Squeezing  hikers  through  narrow  passageways,  like 
this  one,  was  a  common  design  feature  used  on  similar  Dorr 
trails  including  the  Homans  Path  (#349)  and  Ladder  Trail  (#64). 


281 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  15-5  Gravel  surface  has  washed  away,  exposing  rubble  base. 


Fig.  15-6  The  same  view  in  2001  as  Fig.  5-1  in  the  1920s,  but  with 
gravel  surface  washed  away. 


:*.,'    ■jff 

i£  "£V 

u 

- 

1  i.j 

%, 

'  •^■I^S^^feLsaBii 

sR9 

•  • 

Fig.  15-7  Stone  paved  trail  in  good  condition. 


Fig.  15-8  Stone  paved  path  with  some  erosion. 


282 


SECTION  2;  #15.  SCHIFF  PATH 


CHARACTER 

The  Schiff  Path  connects  four  trails  on  the  east  face  of 
Dorr  Mountain  to  the  summit,  including  the  Ladder 
Trail  (#64),  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  the  Emery 
Path  (#15),  and  the  Homans  Path  (#349)  (Fig.  15-3). 
The  trail  was  constructed  as  part  of  the  memorial  path 
system  radiating  from  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring.  Named 
in  memory  of  Jacob  Schiff,  there  is  little  documenta- 
tion about  the  naming  and  no  record  of  an  associated 
endowment  as  with  other  memorial  trails  from  the 
same  period.  The  trail  has  extensive  built  features 
including  steps,  iron-pinned  retaining  walls,  stone 
pavement,  and  capstone  culverts.  Though  well- 
armored  by  its  durable  construction,  the  trail  is  heavily 
used  and  is  eroded  in  sections.  Most  of  the  gravel  sur- 
face has  been  lost,  exposing  the  rock  rubble  base.  Many 
closed  culverts  are  either  partially  collapsed,  filled,  or 
no  longer  effective.  The  trail  requires  thorough  reha- 
bilitation to  ensure  that  built  features  are  not  damaged. 


FEATURES 

For  detailed  treatment  guidelines  and  specifications  for 
each  feature,  refer  to  Section  1,  Chapters  1  through  10. 

1.  Route 

The  Schiff  Path  begins  at  the  intersection  of  the  Emery 
Path  (#15)  and  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16)  at  Sieur  de 
Monts  Crag.  It  travels  southward  along  the  side  of  Dorr 
Mountain  to  intersect  with  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64),  then 
turns  westward,  and  ascends  over  ledge  to  the  summit 
by  a  series  of  long,  winding  switchbacks  along  ledges 
and  through  boulders.  This  route  is  the  original  design 
of  the  trail  and  should  be  maintained  (Fig.  15-4). 

2.  Vegetation 

The  Schiff  Path  travels  through  sparse  upland  woods, 
pines,  and  dense  alpine  shrubs.  The  area  was  burned  in 
the  1947  fire;  thus  most  trees  are  young,  and  birch  and 
maple  trees  dominate.  On  the  upper  half  of  the  trail, 
vegetation  is  low,  allowing  for  exceptional  views  of  the 
valley  and  surrounding  mountains.  Minimal  man- 


agement of  vegetation  is  needed.  The  trail  should  be 
brushed  every  three  to  five  years. 

3.  Treadway 

A.  Bench  Cut:  The  lower  half  of  the  trail  travels  along 
the  natural  bench  formed  by  Sieur  de  Monts  Crag. 
It  is  likely  that  bench  cuts  were  made  at  the  time 
of  construction.  The  tread  was  then  armored  with 
stone  wall  and  pavement  or  gravel  over  rubble.  In 
most  cases  these  bench  cuts  do  not  require  further 
maintenance,  except  to  maintain  the  closed  cul- 
verts under  the  path. 

B.  Causeway:  None. 

C.  Gravel  Tread:  Many  sections  of  trail  were  once 
surfaced  with  soil  and  gravel  over  rock  rubble. 
Most  of  this  gravel  has  washed  away  (Figs.  15-5  & 
Fig.  15-6,  compare  with  Fig.  15-1).  Because  this  is 
a  highly  crafted  memorial  trail,  imported  crushed 
stone  and  gravel  would  diminish  the  historical 
character  of  the  trail.  Borrowing  enough  gravel  and 
soil  to  resurface  all  sections  may  be  difficult  and 
not  sustainable.  Thus,  rock  rubble  may  continue 
to  be  the  surface  for  many  sections.  These  sec- 
tions can  be  repaired  with  stone  pavement  similar 
in  appearance  to  other  sections  of  trail.  In  places 
where  gravel  surface  remains,  drainage  should 

be  repaired  or  maintained  to  prevent  erosion  of 
remaining  material. 

D.  Stone  Pavement:  The  trail  contains  long  sec- 
tions of  stone  pavement  that  provide  durable  and 
comfortable  walking  tread  (Figs.  15-7  to  15-10).  In 
some  locations  erosion  and/or  loss  of  stone  pave- 
ment has  occurred,  possibly  because  of  a  broken 
or  clogged  culvert  nearby.  Culverts  associated  with 
stone  pavement  should  be  repaired  and  stepstones 
reset.  Compatible  new  stone  pavement  may  be 
added  to  highly  eroded  sections  of  trail. 

E.  Unconstructed  Tread:  There  is  very  little  uncon- 
structed  tread  along  the  trail.  Near  the  summit 
there  are  fewer  built  features  and  the  trail  travels 
along  open  ledge.  Where  there  is  erosion,  built 


283 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  15-9  Stone  paved  trail  with  capstone  culvert  in  good 
condition. 


Fig.  15-10  Stone  paved  trail  and  steps  in  good  condition. 


Fig.  15-11   Massive  capstone  culvert. 


284 


Section  2;  #15.  Schiff  Path 


features  should  be  added  in  character  with  the  trail. 
Sections  across  ledge  should  be  clearly  marked  to 
keep  hikers  from  wandering  off  the  trail. 

4.  Drainage 

A.    Culverts:  The  trail  contains  extensive  culverts. 
These  include  capstone  culverts  and  graveled-over 
culverts  that  have  lost  their  gravel.  Many  culverts 
need  to  be  rebuilt  or  cleaned  out.  Culverts  should 
be  rebuilt  with  the  same  stones  if  possible  and  in 
the  style  of  historic  closed  culverts  on  the  trail  (Fig. 
15-11). 


Some  coping  stones  have  slipped  and  need  to  be 
reset  (Figs.  15-14  &  15-15).  Extant  coping  should 
be  retained.  Where  coping  is  slipping  along  ledge, 
concealed  pins  may  be  added.  Compatible  new 
coping  may  be  added  as  needed. 

C.    Retaining  Walls:  The  Schiff  Path  contains  almost 
2,000  linear  feet  of  retaining  wall.  Wall  height 
ranges  from  1  to  6  feet.  Most  of  the  wall  is  in  good 
condition  (Fig.  15-16).  Damaged  sections  should  be 
repaired  or  reset  and  compatible  new  sections  may 
be  added  as  needed. 


B.  Subsurface  Drains:  None. 

C.  Side  Drains:  There  is  some  evidence  of  side  drains. 
Extant  side  drains  should  be  rehabilitated  in  con- 
junction with  closed  culverts,  but  installation  of 
new  side  drains  should  be  avoided. 

D.  Water  Bars:  None.  Bars  should  not  be  added. 

E.  Water  Dips:  None.  Dips  may  be  added  as  needed. 

5.  Crossings 

None. 

6.  Retaining  Structures 

A.  Checks:  Erosion  is  a  problem  in  several  sections  of 
trail.  Checks  may  be  added  to  fill  gullied  sections 
and  redirect  water  off  of  the  treadway.  Since  the 
Schiff  Path  is  a  highly  crafted  memorial  trail,  stones 
used  for  checks  should  be  gathered  locally,  as  well 
as  rubble  and  gravel  fill.  Use  of  checks  should  be 
limited  so  as  not  to  detract  from  historical  charac- 
ter. Some  eroded  sections  are  better  repaired  with 
the  addition  of  steps,  particularly  if  remnants  of 
steps  are  apparent  (Figs.  15-12  &  15-13). 

B.  Coping  Stones:  There  are  extensive  sections  of 
coping  wall  along  the  trail,  built  in  association  with 
retaining  walls  and  steps.  Some  coping  wall  may 
have  originally  been  sidewall,  but  a  loss  of  surface 
material  has  exposed  the  stones.  In  some  places, 
coping  stones  are  holding  water  on  the  tread. 


7.  Steps 

Like  other  memorial  trails,  the  Schiff  Path  ascends  the 
mountainside  with  staircases  of  stone.  There  are  about 
350  steps  of  various  styles.  Some  are  placed  through 
boulder  fields.  Most  are  built  in  association  with  retain- 
ing walls  and  stone  pavement  (Fig.  15-18).  And,  most  are 
slab  laid  and  cut  (Fig.  15-19).  Some  are  set  behind,  but 
in  some  cases  this  may  be  a  result  of  slipping.  Some  are 
placed  with  drill  marks  visible.  Many  sections  alternate 
between  stone  steps  and  stone  paving.  One  step  is  cut 
out  of  ledge  (Fig.  15-20).  In  several  places,  extensive 
erosion  is  undermining  the  bottom  step  of  a  staircase, 
thus  jeopardizing  the  structural  stability  of  the  entire 
run.  All  steps  that  have  slipped  should  be  reset  and 
secured  with  extant  coping  stones.  Sources  of  erosion 
should  be  corrected  by  the  construction  of  closed  cul- 
verts or  other  appropriate  drainage  solutions.  Eroded 
sections  (see  Fig.  15-13)  should  be  repaired  using  steps, 
stone  pavement,  or  checks. 

8.  Ironwork 

There  are  two  trail  sections  with  iron.  Iron  is  used  to 
pin  rubble  retaining  walls  along  the  first  600  feet  of 
trail  (lower  end).  About  600  feet  beyond  is  another 
section  of  iron  used  to  anchor  wall  and  steps  (Fig. 
15-21).  Extant  ironwork  should  be  replaced  as  needed. 
Additional  iron  may  be  added  to  sections  of  the  trail 
where  it  is  currently  extant,  but  excessive  use  of  new 
iron  should  be  avoided. 


285 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  15-12  Eroded  upper  trail. 


Fig.  15-13  Eroded  section  with  collapsed  steps  that  need  to  be 
rebuilt. 


Fig.  15-14  Low  coping  wall  holding  water  on  tread. 


Fig.  15-15  Very  large  coping  stones  are  used  along  this  area  of 
exposed  ledge  rock  to  retain  the  tread.  Some  of  the  stones  have 
slipped. 


286 


Section  2;  #15.  Schiff  Path 


Fig.  15-16  Retaining  wall  at  lower  end  of  trail. 


Fig.  15-19  Slab-laid  steps. 


Fig.  15-17  Stone  steps  with  coping,  some  steps  and  coping 
stones  have  slipped. 


&fl&sM$fe 


Fig.  15-20  Step  cut  out  of  ledge. 


Fig.  15-21   Iron  pins  securing  stone  in  retaining  wall. 


Fig.  15-18  Stone  steps  with  coping  stones  and  retaining  wall 
behind. 


287 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  plan 


9.  Guidance 

A.  Blazes:  For  most  of  the  trail,  steps  and  walls  serve 
as  guidance,  a  technique  employed  by  the  VIA/VIS 
path  committees  from  the  1890s  onward.  Blazes 
should  only  be  used  in  the  upper  section  of  the 
trail,  where  it  travels  over  open  ledge. 

B.  Cairns:  Like  blazes,  Bates-style  or  stacked  cairns 
should  only  be  used  in  the  last  upper  section  of  the 
trail  over  open  ledge  to  keep  hikers  on  the  route. 

C.  Directional  Signs:  Intersection  signs  are  needed 
at  both  ends  of  the  trail  and  in  the  middle,  at  the 
intersection  with  the  Ladder  Trail  (#64). 

D.  Informational  Signs:  None. 

E.  Scree:  None.  Scree  is  not  appropriate  for  this  his- 
toric highly  crafted  memorial  trail. 

F.  Trail  Name:  The  Schiff  Path  and  Emery  Path  are 
currently  referred  to  as  the  Dorr  Mountain  East 
Face  Trail  (#15).  As  historically  significant  memo- 
rial trails,  the  trail  names  should  revert  to  the  Schiff 
Path  and  Emery  Path.  Ideally  the  Schiff  Path  would 
also  be  assigned  a  different  trail  number,  to  reduce 
confusion  when  documenting  features  and  work 
performed  on  each  trail. 

10.  Monuments  and  Associated  Structures 

As  a  memorial  path,  the  Schiff  Path  is  one  of  the  few 
that  has  no  associated  monument  or  commemorative 
plaque.  It  is  also  one  of  the  least  documented  memo- 
rial trails.  Further  research  in  local  newspapers  from 
the  late  1910s  and  early  1920s  or  the  writings  of  George 
Dorr  may  reveal  more  information.  No  additional 
monuments  or  associated  structures  should  be  added 
to  this  trail. 


288 


Section  2:  individual  Trail  Specifications 


Fig.  39-1   Corduroy  bridge  built  in  2004  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  near  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path. 


JORDAN  POND  PATH 

(#39) 


289 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


JORDAN  POND  PATH  (#39) 


For  over  100  years,  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  has 
been  one  of  the  most  heavily  traveled  walking 
paths  on  Mount  Desert  Island.  Located  in  the 
pristine  interior,  along  the  reflective  shores  of  Jordan 
Pond  and  leading  to  the  Jordan  Pond  House,  the  trail 
offers  a  leisurely  stroll  for  all  generations  (Figs.  39-1  & 
39-2).  The  trail  has  suffered,  however,  from  this  heavy 
use.  Erosion,  compaction,  widening,  and  exposed 
roots  have  created  an  unattractive  and  undesirable  trail. 
Rehabilitation  work  must  preserve  the  character  of  this 
late-nineteenth-century  trail  but  also  provide  a  durable 
tread. 


REHABILITATION  PRIORITIES 

•  Restore  the  tradition  of  an  easy,  mildly  graded  hike 
around  Jordan  Pond. 

•  Protect  all  adjacent  natural  resources. 

•  Restore  the  historic  surface  of  gravel  tread  or  stone 
paving. 

•  Rehabilitate  extant  features  or  construct  new 
historically  accurate  features  to  ensure  the  durabil- 
ity of  the  trail  surface.  These 
include  stone  sidewalls,  stone 
checks,  side  drains,  culverts, 
coping,  and  bridges. 

•  Restore  the  trail  to  its  original 
route,  width,  height,  and  grade. 

•  Revegetate  scars  caused  by  trail 
braiding  and  widening. 

•  Determine  the  trail's  official 
name. 


pond.  Constructed  circa  1890,  it  is  first  documented  in 
the  1896  Bar  Harbor  VIA  annual  report  as  "the  old  path 
on  the  west  side  of  Eagle  Lake  and  Jordan  Pond."  The 
path  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  pond  may  have  been  cut 
in  1896  as  part  of  a  path  to  connect  Bar  Harbor  with  the 
Jordan  Pond  House: 

...a  particularly  good  path  having  been  run  from  the 
Jordan  Pond  House  on  the  east  side  of  Jordan  Pond, 
through  the  old  carry,  and  on  the  south  end  of  Eagle 
Lake  and  west  slope  of  Green  Mountain,  coming  out 
at  the  toll  gate  on  the  Green  Mountain  carriage  road. 
This  path  as  been  especially  protected  and  cut  under  the 
direction  of  the  map  committee.11 

The  north  section  was  cut  two  years  later. 

Since  the  date  of  the  last  report,  a  new  path  has  been 
made  under  the  Bubbles,  along  the  northern  edge  of 
Jordan  Pond,  and  connecting  the  paths  on  the  eastern 
and  western  sides  of  the  pond.12 


HISTORY 

The  Jordan  Pond  Path  extends  from 
the  Jordan  Pond  House  around  the 
pond  along  the  shore.  The  trail  con- 
sists of  several  sections  dating  to  the 
late  1800s.  The  oldest  documented 
section  is  on  the  western  side  of  the 


Deer  Brook 


To  Sargent 
&  Penobscot 


South 

Bubble 

X 


Jordan  Pond 
Carry  Path 


Pond  Trail 


t 


;  3]  Jordan  Pond  House 


North 
Not  to  Scale 


Fig.  39-2  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39). 


290 


Section  2;  #39.  Jordan  Pond  Path 


At  the  outlet  of  the  pond  by  the  Jordan  Pond  House,  a 
bridge  was  built  by  the  Seal  Harbor  VIS  Path  commit- 
tee, possibly  with  assistance  from  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA 
and  Waldron  Bates.  The  trail  was  also  shown  on  the 
1896  path  map  (Fig.  39-3). 

In  the  early  1920s  the  east  and  west  sides  were  rebuilt 
and  surfaced  with  fine  gravel  as  recorded  by  Joseph 
Allen,  Path  Committee  Chairman  for  Seal  Harbor: 

The  Committee  is  glad  to  report  that  with  the  cordial 
assistance  of  Mr.  Dorr,  Curator  of  the  National  Park,  this 
path  has  been  largely  rebuilt,  and  made  into  one  of  the 
easiest  and  most  delightful  on  the  Island,  especially  for 
visitors  who  are  unable  to  climb.15 

With  the  cooperation  of  Acadia  National  Park,  work 
begun  last  season  on  the  west  side  of  Jordan  Pond  has 
been  continued.  The  circuit  of  the  pond  can  now  be 
made  with  reasonable  easy  footing  all  the  way.14 

A  circa  1920s  photograph  shows  stepping  stones,  or 
a  stone  causeway,  across  the  southeastern  inlet  to  the 
pond  (Fig.  39-4).  Another  1920s  photograph  shows  the 
3-foot-wide  trail  located  adjacent  to  the  pond  shoreline, 
newly  surfaced  with  fine  gravel  tread  (Fig.  39-5). 

In  1937  the  west  side  was  improved  by  the  CCC  as 
described  by  the  park's  landscape  architect  B.  L.  Breeze: 
"Jordan  Pond  Trail. ..reconstruction  of  minor  bridges, 
removal  of  rock  slides,  construction  of  shore  sections 
of  realigned  trail."15  By  the  1940s  there  was  an  extensive 
network  of  trails  connecting  to  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  as 
shown  on  the  1941  path  map  (Fig.  39-6). 

The  1950  Seal  Harbor  Annual  Report  mentions  the 
erection  of  "a  memorial  tablet  to  Joseph  Allen  for 
thirty-one  years  chairman  of  this  Committee.  To  him 
we  owe  a  lasting  debt  for  the  building  of  several  of  our 
finest  trails  and  for  his  devoted  and  effective  concern  in 
the  preservation  of  the  natural  beauty  of  Mount  Desert 
Island."  The  commemorative  plaque  is  located  on  a 
granite  boulder  at  the  water's  edge  at  the  intersection 
of  the  Jordan  Pond  Trail  and  the  Jordan  Pond  Carry 
Path  (#38),  facing  northeast  (Fig.  39-7).  The  inscription 
reads, 


Lover  of  rocks  and  high  places,  builder  of  trails,  con- 
serve of  natural  beauty,  Joseph  Allen,  Chairman,  Seal 
Harbor  Path  Committee,  1914-  945. 

Another  memorial  along  the  trail,  that  most  likely 
predates  the  Allen  memorial,  is  a  granite  bench  and 
commemorative  plaque  with  the  following  inscription 
(Fig.  39-8): 

In  grateful  loving  memory  of  Sarah  Eliza  Sigourney 
Cushing,  Wife  of  Edward  Tuckerman,  1832-1915,  She 
dearly  loved  this  spot. 


'^argent  Mt. 

I  more      BerisPk. 
PR.  / 

i  V/Y,/,,-/       I 


:  J  ord'an  M*^"^ 

//So        •  , 

j?L        Palls  / 


i 


Cedkp-..  Swamp 

Vo/k-     J&t-         """"■ 

/w   T      J  (South  End/ 


Fig.  39-3  Portion  of  the  1896  path  map  by  the  VIA/VIS  showing 
the  trails  on  the  south,  east  and  west  sides  of  the  pond  (north  is 
up). 


Fig  39-3  An  early  photograph  of  the  stone  causeway,  ca.  1920. 


291 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  39-9  This  wooden  bridge  was  constructed  in  1983  and 
reinstalled  on  wooden  crib  piers  in  1987. 


Fig.  39-6  Portion  of  the  1941  path  map  by  the  VIA/VIS  showing 
trails  leading  to,  from,  and  around  Jordan  Pond  (north  is  up). 


292 


Section  2;  #39.  Jordan  Pond  Path 


The  Seal  Harbor  VIS  continued  to  maintain  the  trail  to 
some  extent.  In  the  early  1950s,  the  trail  was  cleared  all 
around  the  pond  and  three  new  bridges  were  con- 
structed.16 By  the  1970s,  NPS  took  over  maintenance  of 
the  trail.  Youth  Conservation  Corps  crews  built  wooden 
walkways  that  were  unsuccessful  and  dismantled  in  the 
1980s.  NPS  crews  rebuilt  bridges  on  the  east  and  west 
sides  in  the  1970s  and  again  in  the  1980s.  A  bridge  at  the 
western  end  of  the  pond  had  washed  away  a  couple  of 
times,  so  in  1987  it  was  reconstructed  on  wooden  crib 
piers.  The  bridge  currently  remains  intact  (Fig.  39-9).  In 
1988  bogwalk  was  introduced  to  the  trail,  with  further 
additions  in  the  early  1990s.  Despite  these  repairs,  the 
tread  continued  to  erode  due  to  high  use,  insufficient 
drainage,  and  little  maintenance  (Fig.  39-10).  In  1991, 
various  signs  were  installed  for  visitor  safety,  including 
some  warning  "Caution:  Trail  Becomes  Difficult."  Even 
with  a  massive  rehabilitation  of  the  western  side  in  1993, 
the  tread  was  heavily  eroded  and  unpleasantly  difficult 
(Figs.  39-11  to  39-13).  In  1997,  a  rehabilitation  of  greater 
magnitude  began  as  the  kickoff  for  the  Acadia  Trails 
Forever  campaign.  Work  continues  to  return  the  trail 
to  its  historic  condition  of  "one  of  the  easiest  and  most 
delightful  on  the  Island." 


CHARACTER 

The  3.2-mile  Jordan  Pond  Path  circles  around  the  entire 
pond  within  10  to  40  feet  of  the  water's  edge.  It  is  a  level 
route  providing  attractive  views  of  the  water  and  sur- 
rounding mountain  cliffs.  The  primary  trailhead  is  the 
Jordan  Pond  House,  with  two  less-frequented  trailheads 
along  the  park  motor  road.  The  trail  intersects  with  five 
other  marked  trails  as  it  loops  around  the  pond.  By  the 
Jordan  Pond  House,  the  trail  passes  through  an  open 
meadow,  cleared  to  allow  views  from  the  restaurant 
to  the  pond.  The  trail  crosses  streams,  wetlands,  and 
talus  slopes  and  contains  many  built  features  including 
bridges,  bog  walks,  causeways,  stepping  stones,  talus 
pavement,  and  two  memorial  tablets.  The  trail  receives 
very  high  use,  resulting  in  a  worn  tread,  standing  water, 
excessive  widening,  and  exposed  roots  on  some  sec- 
tions of  the  trail  (Fig.  39-14). 


Prior  to  current  rehabilitation  efforts,  most  of  the  trail 
was  in  need  of  extensive  maintenance,  with  only  one 
section  trail  remaining  in  good  condition  as  the  bottom 
of  a  talus  slope  (Fig.  39-15).  As  of  2004,  has  been  reha- 
bilitated (Fig.  39-16,  also  see  Fig.  39-1). 


FEATURES 

For  detailed  treatment  guidelines  and  specifications  for 
each  feature,  refer  to  Section  1,  Chapters  1  through  10. 

1.  Route 

Easy  walking  is  hard  to  find  on  Mount  Desert  Island's 
rugged  terrain.  The  Jordan  Pond  Path  offers  one  of  the 
longest  level  hikes,  other  than  those  provided  by  the 
carriage  road  system.  The  trail  will  require  substan- 
tial improvements,  however,  to  provide  comfortable 
walking  all  the  way  around  the  pond.  History  shows 
that  most  repairs  last  about  ten  to  twenty  years  due  to 
the  constant  flow  of  water  across  the  trail  and  into  the 
pond  from  the  surrounding  mountains.  In  many  places, 
the  trail  route  has  edged  closer  to  the  shore  to  avoid 
roots  and  vegetation.  The  coping  stones  that  once  lined 
the  lower  edge  of  the  path  were  visible  above  or  in  the 
middle  of  the  current  route.  These  stones  were  often 
obscured  by  the  soil  and  thick  vegetation  that  has  settled 
over  the  path  from  the  slope  above.  In  these  locations  it 
is  necessary  to  evaluate  whether  the  trail  can  be  moved 
back  to  its  original  route. 

Despite  the  level  of  rehabilitation  needed,  it  is  recom- 
mended that  the  primary  route  of  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
be  maintained,  with  only  minor  modifications  allowed 
to  address  erosion,  exposed  roots,  and  other  problems 
associated  with  a  pondside  trail.  Proposed  route  modi- 
fications should  not  alter  the  trail's  historic  character  of 
a  easily  traversed,  pondside  loop  and  they  should  follow 
the  general  guidelines  for  trail  route  provided  in  Section 
1  of  this  document. 

2.  Vegetation 

Most  of  the  trail  is  through  a  tree  and  shrub  edge  along 
the  steep  bank  of  the  pond.  The  current  trail  has  moved 
closer  to  the  shore  to  avoid  roots  and  vegetation.  One 


293 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  39-10  Eroded  trail  and  bogwalk  on  the  western  side  of  the 
pond. 


Fig  39-12  Erosion  and  difficult  tread  area  on  east  side  of  pond. 


Fig  39-11   Eroded  (not  original)  walled  causeway  on  east  side  of 
pond. 


Fig  39-13  Gullied  section  on  east  side  of  pond. 


294 


Section  2;  #39.  Jordan  pond  Path 


option  would  be  to  return  the  path  to  its  original, 
historic  route.  The  soil  and  plants  that  are  removed 
from  the  original  surface  could  be  transplanted  to  the 
downhill  side  of  the  trail,  covering  and  revegetating  the 
existing  trail  where  it  has  migrated  downhill,  close  to 
the  pond  shore. 

The  advantages  of  moving  the  path  back  to  the  original 
route  are: 

•    The  path  would  be  farther  away  from  the  shore, 
reducing  impact  to  the  shoreline. 


•  The  path  would  be  brought  back  to  its  historic 
route;  the  existing  stones  defining  the  lower  edge 
could  be  left  in  place,  with  minor  resetting. 

The  disadvantages  of  moving  the  path  back  to  the  origi- 
nal route  are: 

•  A  large  amount  of  vegetation  and  soil  now  covers 
the  path;  this  would  have  to  be  dug  out  and  trans- 
planted over  the  current  route. 

•  The  disturbance  of  vegetation  and  removal  of  soil 
would  temporarily  encourage  erosion. 


Fig.  39-14  Eroded  portions  of  the  trail  on  the  western  side  of  the 
pond  are  in  need  of  rehabilitation,  including  narrowing  the  trail 
corridor. 


Many  sections  of  trail  are  excessively  wide  due  to  walk- 
ers avoiding  wet  areas.  Revegetation  is  needed  to  bring 
the  trail  back  to  a  width  of  approximately  4  feet.  In 
many  places,  walkers  are  avoiding  exposed  roots.  Roots 
are  awkward  to  walk  over,  while  excessively  high  ones 
may  be  a  tripping  hazard. 

Roots  should  not  be  cut  out  unless  absolutely  neces- 
sary. Where  possible  the  trail  surface  should  be  raised, 
the  gaps  between  roots  filled  with  rock  rubble  (apple  to 


Fig.  39-15  This  section  of  the  trail  at  the  bottom  of  a  talus  slope 
is  in  excellent  condition. 


Fig.  39-16  The  same  view  as  Fig.  39-5  taken  in  2001  showing 
NPS  rehabilitation  in  progress.  The  base  is  in  place,  but  the  final 
application  of  gravel  tread  has  not  been  completed. 


295 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


grapefruit  sized),  and  the  trail  surfaced  with  gravel  fill. 
Adding  material  to  the  trail  surface  will  not  damage  the 
tree  by  smothering  its  roots.  Once  the  trail  surface  is 
built  up  and  surfaced,  if  roots  are  still  high  enough  to  be 
a  tripping  hazard  (2  to  3  inches),  they  may  be  removed. 
Once  the  trail  surface  is  improved,  the  edges  of  the  trail 
may  be  revegetated.  Refer  to  use  of  crush  wall  to  fill  in 
around  the  roots  in  Chapter  6,  and  see  Figs.  6-49  to 
6-51. 

3.  Tread  way 

A.    Bench  Cuts:  Much  of  the  trail  is  a  bench  cut.  This 
is  the  historic  construction  and  should  be  main- 
tained. 


bilitation  (Figs.  39-17  to  39-21).  Guided  by  the 
preferred  alternative,  the  rehabilitated  trail  on  the 
eastern  side  of  the  pond  consists  primarily  of  new 
gravel  tread  (Fig.  39-22).  Work  on  the  western  side 
of  the  pond  will  include  some  sections  of  gravel 
tread,  but  will  also  contain  sections  of  bogwalk  and 
stone  pavement  (Figs.  39-23  to  39-26) 

D.    Stone  Pavement:  There  is  a  section  of  talus  pave- 
ment on  the  western  segment  of  the  trail.  The 
stones  need  to  be  reset  regularly  due  to  movement 
by  ice.  This  work  would  possibly  be  reduced  in  the 
future  by  rerouting  the  trail  farther  above  the  shore- 
line. 


B.  Causeway:  For  pond  inlet  crossing,  retain  the  stone 
causeway  even  though  it  was  a  later  addition.  It  is 
likely  that  before  the  stone  causeway  was  built  there 
were  single  large  stepping  stones  similar  to  those 
shown  for  The  Tarn  near  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring 
(Figs  5-52  &  5-58).  However,  the  Jordan  Pond  Path 
receives  such  heavy  use  that  single  stepping  stones 
across  this  inlet  of  the  pond  would  not  be  suitable 
or  safe  for  hikers. 

C.  Gravel  Tread:  Historically,  most  of  the  trail  was 
surfaced  with  gravel  tread.  However,  the  heavy  use 
of  the  trail  and  site  characteristics  lead  to  increased 
maintenance  concerns,  raising  the  question  of 
whether  a  high  quality,  4-foot-wide  gravel  tread 
should  be  maintained  around  the  entire  perimeter 
of  the  trail,  or  only  a  certain  distance  from  the 
Jordan  Pond  House.  If  only  partially  maintained, 
the  northern  sections  of  the  trail  could  receive  a 
moderate  level  of  surface  improvement  and  main- 
tenance, allowing  for  some  exposed  rocks,  roots, 
and  a  variation  in  width  from  3  to  4  feet,  while  the 
southern  sections  closer  to  the  Jordan  Pond  House 
would  be  rehabilitated  to  a  higher  quality. 

To  facilitate  a  decision  on  tread  treatment,  four 
feasible  alternatives  were  developed  for  park  con- 
sideration and  evaluation.  From  these,  a  preferred 
alternative  was  chosen  that  adequately  addressed 
park  needs,  resource  protection,  and  trail  reha- 


E.    Unconstructed  Tread:  None. 

4.  Drainage 

Drainage  is  a  significant  problem  on  the  Jordan  Pond 
Trail.  The  trail  travels  along  the  base  of  a  slope,  crossing 
many  streams  and  wet  areas  that  drain  into  the  pond.  It 
appears  that  when  originally  constructed,  the  trail  was 
not  built  to  handle  the  large  amount  of  water  crossing 
the  path  or  the  large  volume  of  foot  traffic.  As  a  result 
the  trail  was  patched  with  an  assortment  of  culverts, 
wood  turnpiking  and  cribbing,  stepping  stones,  stone 
causeways,  split  log  bridges,  and  cut  board  bridges.  The 
trail  is  sometimes  flooded  when  the  outlet  on  the  south 
end  is  plugged.  Thus  it  is  important  to  keep  this  outlet 
clean.  The  restoration  of  the  gravel  surface  will  require 
good  drainage  if  it  is  to  be  durable. 

A.    Culverts:  Because  there  is  so  much  water  flow- 
ing across  the  trail,  there  is  a  need  for  many  more 
trail  culverts  and  other  drainage  solutions.  Stone 
culverts  should  be  used  in  place  of  wood  because 
they  last  longer  and  are  more  in  character  with  the 
island's  tradition  of  stonework.  While  different 
methods  of  construction  are  needed  to  handle  dif- 
ferent flows  of  water,  it  is  important  that  there  be  a 
harmonious  blend  of  durable  construction  styles. 

For  light  cross-flow,  allow  water  to  sheet  across 
the  trail.  For  wet  areas,  use  stone-edged  turnpiking 
with  finer  rubble  fill  and  compacted  gravel  surface. 


296 


Section  2;  #39.  Jordan  Pond  Path 


Jordan  Pond 
Trail  Alternative 
A 


Stabilization 


Historic 
Rehabilitation 


North 


Fig.  39-17  Alternative  A  is  to  maintain  a  high-quality  compacted 
gravel  surface  for  the  entire  loop  trail  around  Jordan  Pond.  This 
would  ensure  walkers  would  encounter  the  same  style  of  path 
and  easy  walking,  perpetuating  the  trail's  1920s  character.  To 
make  the  fragile  pondside  corridor  on  the  west  side  durable 
and  sustainable  would  require  extensive  work  and  constant 
maintenance  to  repair  damage  from  water  flow  and  seep. 


/WV\ 

/"T#°%.   U     ^ 

M 

^      \\\      * 

\    3  J  o/   / 

sa     ca  /    Q.  /       I 

Vt        1      ^Y         I 

North 
(not  to 

scale) 

[I 

o              IV 

°"          1 

-o 

\       o)          1 

i  ^ 

Jordan  Pond                ^*& 

\\        3           1 

1& 

Trail  Alternative                \ 

1  ° 

V\      "°        1 

5 

|8. 

Key 

(9  Vi 

J!     o     1 

$\ 

((        5      \ 

■== — ===- 

>\ 

\\       °-     a 

Stabilization 

&^zmss^^& 

Historic 

\  11  #X<r 

Pond 

r'V 

Rehabilitation 

Pond  House  v 

Fig.  39-18  Alternative  B  is  to  maintain  a  high-quality  compacted 
gravel  surface  on  the  eastern  side  of  Jordan  Pond  and  improve 
the  connection  via  the  Deer  Brook  Trail  (#51)  to  the  carriage  road 
on  the  western  side  of  the  pond.  This  alternative  would  reduce 
maintenance  time  and  costs  of  maintaining  gravel  surface  for 
the  entire  trail  length  and  would  be  partially  in  keeping  with  the 
tradition  of  an  easy  walk  around  the  pond. 


Jordan  Pond 
Trail  Alternative 

c 


Stabilization 


Historic 
Rehabilitation 


Pond  House -1 


Fig.  39-19  Alternative  C  is  to  maintain  a  high-quality  compacted 
gravel  surface  on  a  small  section  of  the  trail  at  the  southern  end 
of  Jordan  Pond,  near  the  Jordan  Pond  House.  The  gravel  surface 
would  extend  slightly  up  the  western  side  of  the  pond  to  the 
first  carriage  road  connector.  It  would  also  include  a  portion  of 
the  Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail  (#45),  creating  a  short  loop.  This 
alternative  would  reduce  the  time  and  cost  of  maintaining  a 
gravel  surface  for  the  entire  trail  length,  but  not  perpetuate  the 
tradition  of  an  easy  walk  around  the  pond. 


Jordan  Pond 
Trail  Alternative 
D 


Stabilization 


Historic 
Rehabilitation 


Fig.  39-20  Alternative  D  is  to  maintain  a  high-quality  compacted 
gravel  surface  for  a  half-mile  of  trail  on  each  side  of  Jordan 
Pond,  north  of  the  Jordan  Pond  House.  Like  Alternative  C,  this 
alternative  would  reduce  the  time  and  cost  of  maintaining  a 
gravel  surface  for  the  entire  trail  length,  but  not  perpetuate  the 
tradition  of  an  easy  walk  around  the  entire  pond. 


297 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Trail  is  3'  wide  in  most 
places  (historic  width), 
gravel  surface  with 
some  rock  steps,  stone 
paving,  stepping 
stones  as  historically 
appropriate  except  for 
one  non-historic  log  wall 
-  also  historic  stone 
retaining  walls  and  coping, 
open  and  closed  stone 
culverts,  wooden  bridges 


t 


North 
(not  to  scale) 


Fig.  39-21  The  chosen  treatment  is  a  combination  of  Alternatives  A  and  B.  This  treatment  involves  less  gravel  paving  than  Alternative  A, 
and  more  than  Alternative  B.  The  remainder  of  the  trail  is  either  rehabilitated  stone  paving  or  continuous,  wide,  flat  bogwalk.  Thus  the 
tradition  of  an  easy  walk  around  the  pond  is  restored  to  the  Jordan  Pond  Path. 

Although  not  a  historic  feature,  the  4,000-foot  bogwalk  section  was  used  for  two  reasons.  First,  there  is  little  or  no  evidence  of  historic 
work  on  this  section  of  trail;  and  second,  this  is  largely  a  wetland  area,  which  would  be  radically  altered  by  the  introduction  of  rock  and 
causeway. 


298 


Section  2;  #39.  Jordan  pond  Path 


For  medium  cross-flow,  construct  small  open  stone 
culverts  with  less  than  a  1-foot  gap  in  the  trail  tread 
without  capstones.  Open  culverts  are  used  in  place 
of  closed  culverts  because  small  capped  culverts 
can  fill  with  ice  in  the  winter  and  remain  frozen 
in  the  spring,  resulting  in  washouts.  Where  water 
flow  is  heavier,  the  trail  tread  should  be  raised  and 
the  water  directed  through  cross-drains  or  larger 
closed  culverts.  Covered  drains,  stepping  stones, 
stepstone  culverts,  or  bridges  are  also  recom- 
mended for  areas  with  heavier  flow.  Water  courses 
should  not  be  redirected  but  allowed  to  cross  the 
trail  where  they  would  naturally.  Where  the  water 


comes  from  different  sources,  several  small  culverts 
should  be  used  instead  of  one  large  one  (Figs.  39-27 
&  39-28). 

B.  Subsurface  Drains:  Many  sections  of  trail  have 
year-round  water  slowly  seeping  across  the  trail  and 
into  the  pond.  These  sections  should  be  improved 
with  the  installation  of  subsurface  drains. 

C.  Side  Drains:  For  medium  cross-flow,  construct  a 
side  drain  with  a  few  larger  culverts.  The  side  drain 
should  be  lined  with  flat  stones  to  reduce  scouring 
and  help  hold  the  edge  in  place. 


Fig.  39-22  Newly  installed  gravel  tread  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
pond. 


Fig.  39-24  2002  NPS  new  stone  sidewall,  gravel,  open  stone 
culvert  (with  temporary  wood  planks)  on  west  side  near  section 
pictured  in  Fig.  39-23. 


Fig.  39-23  Heavily  rooted  area  and  deteriorated  tread  on  the 
west  side  of  the  pond. 


Fig.  39-25  Erosion  on  the  steepest  slope  at  northern  end  of  the 
west  side  of  the  pond. 


299 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  39-26  Wall  crib  and  checks  installed  by  NPS  in  2002  in  same 
section  shown  in  Fig.  39-25. 


J3& 

if     ■•'■ 

~, 

*■ 

'■  m 

■■•  f*S» 

!S^JfcV'*JE'Ml 

P 

1:# 

' 

>     ; 

J    .-'  ififk-ra  -    -"-■"                  "*   ^ 

'ii-i^^ 

-fa.:  :".;'' 

^23 

l^j 

Fig.  39-27  A  medium  flow  of  water  should  be  handled  with  a 
small  open  culvert.  Closed  culverts,  although  providing  better 
visual  consistency  to  the  trail  tread,  would  likely  clog  and  fail 
regularly  due  to  ice  dams  and  organic  debris,  requiring  increased 
maintenance. 


w 

■^^v     >    J 

r   -  -. 

i 

mm 

■^Si 

.A*' 

..«..■■■ 

^' .     V: 

t  ^^tf*"   - 

"JKVmm 

r  'via&fe 

*y 

W'                           1 

.  ^ 

•  i 

r                    1 

v  ■ 

• 

s. 

1  1 

'-  i 

\ 

HpRc 

l 

;>,.„>         1 

l.^P^l 

Fig.  39-29  Bogwalk  should  be  uniform  in  length  and  width.  For 
example,  this  bogwalk  on  the  western  side  of  Jordan  Pond  is  not 
of  uniform  width  at  the  joint,  making  it  more  difficult  for  hikers 
to  walk  along  safely. 


Fig.  39-28  This  step  stone  culvert  was  installed  on  a  newly 
rehabilitated  section  of  trail  to  handle  a  heavy  water  flow. 


Fig.  39-30  View  in  1997  of  the  stone  causeway  at  the  southern 
end  of  the  pond. 


300 


Section  2;  #39.  Jordan  pond  path 


D.  Water  Bars:  None. 

E.  Water  Dips:  Since  most  water  is  flowing  directly 
across  the  trail,  use  of  water  dips  is  limited. 

5.  Crossings 

A.  Bogwalks:  The  trail  contains  extensive  bogwalk 
on  the  western  side.  Although  not  a  historic 
feature,  the  high  use,  large  amount  of  standing 
water,  exposed  roots,  and  fragile  pondside  ecosys- 
tem require  this  treatment.  Sections  of  bogwalk 
should  be  built  with  a  uniform  length  and  width 
(as  specified  in  Chapter  5,  Section  A)  and  repaired 
as  needed,  so  walkers  can  establish  a  comfortable 
rhythm  and  safely  enjoy  the  pondside  scenery  (Fig. 
39-29). 

B.  Bridges:  Bridges  on  the  Jordan  Pond  Path  include 
one  large,  20-foot  bridge  at  the  northern  end  of  the 
pond  and  several  small  bridges  scattered  through- 
out the  trail.  The  large  bridge  should  be  replaced  in 
kind  as  it  duplicated  the  bridge  that  preceded  it  (see 
Fig.  39-9).  The  smaller  bridges,  currently  planed 
and  split  log,  should  be  replaced  with  rustic  VIA/ 
VIS-style  cedar  bridges  and  graveled-over  bridges 
(see  Fig.  39-1). 

C.  Stepping  Stones:  Evidence  from  a  historic  post- 
card dating  from  the  1920s  shows  that  a  rough 
stone  causeway  crossed  the  Jordan  Pond  inlet  at 
the  southeastern  end  of  the  pond  (see  Fig.  39-4). 
However,  this  was  subsequently  changed  to  a  wider 
and  smoother  stone  causeway  to  provide  a  safer, 
more  comfortable  crossing  (Fig.  39-30).  At  least  one 
run  of  twenty  or  so  historic  stepping  stones  was 
also  located  at  the  northern  end  of  the  pond;  these 
were  rehabilitated  during  2002.  There  were  some 
sections  of  stepping  stones  on  the  eastern  side, 
but  they  were  not  historic.  They  have  since  been 
removed.  New  stepping  stones  should  not  be  added 
to  the  trail. 


6.  Retaining  Structures 

A.  Checks:  None. 

B.  Coping  Stones:  Historically  the  trail  was  defined 
by  a  row  of  coping  stones  on  the  downhill  or  pond 
side  of  the  trail.  As  part  of  the  rehabilitation  work, 
historic  coping  stones  should  be  reset  and  addi- 
tional stones  may  be  added  as  needed. 

C.  Retaining  Walls:  Historically,  most  of  the  trail 
was  constructed  without  the  use  of  retaining  walls. 
However,  substantial  laid  and  rubble  retaining 
walls  were  constructed  midway  along  the  eastern 
shore  and  in  the  tumbledown  area  on  the  north- 
east corner  of  the  pond.  Small  rubble  walls  are  also 
extant  along  the  west  side  of  the  pond.  Some  extant 
walls  are  up  to  6  feet  high  and  continuous  over 
hundreds  of  linear  feet.  Coping,  iron,  and  cut  stone 
were  all  used.  The  majority  of  the  square  footage 
of  retaining  wall  was  in  need  of  repair,  which  was 
accomplished  in  2001  and  2002.  Much  of  the  work 
is  featured  in  examples  in  Chapter  6. 

7.  Steps: 

None. 

8.  Ironwork 

Approximately  eight  historic  pins  were  found  during 
trail  rehabilitation.  These  pins  were  holding  retaining 
walls  on  the  east  side  of  the  pond  in  the  tumbledown 
area  (see  Fig.  39-15).  A  limited  number  of  pins  may  be 
used  to  secure  retaining  walls  as  specified  in  Chapter  8. 

9.  Guidance 

A.  Blazes:  The  newly  rehabilitated  sections  of  the  trail 
are  easy  to  follow  and  require  no  blazing.  Minimal 
blazing  may  be  needed  on  the  western  side,  espe- 
cially on  the  section  through  the  talus  slope. 

B.  Cairns:  None. 

C.  Directional  Signs:  Signage  should  conform  to 
park-wide  standards. 


301 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


D.  Informational  Signs:  Signage  should  conform  to 
park-wide  standards. 

E.  Scree:  None. 

F.  Trail  Names:  The  trail  was  initially  called  the 
"Jordan  Pond  Trail"  by  the  VIA/VIS  in  the  1915  path 
guide  (p.  32)  and  as  "East  Shore  of  Jordan  Pond" 
and  "West  Shore  of  Jordan  Pond"  in  the  1928  path 
guide  (pp.  16-17).  The  CCC  referred  to  it  as  the 
"Jordan  Pond  Trail."  The  Park  Service  referred  to 
it  as  the  "East  Side  Trail"  and  "West  Side  Trail"  in 
the  early  1950s  and  the  "Jordan  Pond  Shore  Trail" 
in  the  late  1950s.  The  name  was  changed  to  the 
"Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail"  in  the  1990s.  Given  the 
trail's  history  of  highly  crafted  construction,  and  its 
current  level  of  rehabilitation  on  the  eastern  side, 
the  recommended  historic  name  for  the  entire  loop 
trail  around  Jordan  Pond  is  "Jordan  Pond  Path"  (see 
Appendix  C).  This  name  is  now  in  use  again. 


ENDNOTES 

59  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1896  Annual  Report. 

60  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1898  Annual  Report. 

61  Seal  Harbor  VIS  1921  Annual  Report. 

62  Seal  Harbor  VIS  1923  Annual  Report. 

63  CCC  Records,  National  Archives,  Waltham,  MA. 

64  Seal  Harbor  VIS  1952  Annual  Report. 


10.  Monuments  and  Associated  Structures 

A.  Monuments:  Two  monuments  are  located  along 
the  trail.  A  bench  with  a  commemorative  plaque,  in 
memory  of  Sarah  Cushing,  is  located  at  the  south 
end  of  the  pond  near  the  boat  ramp  (Fig.  39-8),  and 
a  boulder  with  a  commemorative  plaque,  placed 

in  memory  of  Joseph  Allen,  is  located  by  the  shore 
towards  the  north  end  of  the  pond  near  the  south- 
ern base  of  South  Bubble  (Fig.  39-7).  No  additional 
monuments  should  be  added  to  the  trail. 

B.  Associated  Structures:  The  Jordan  Pond  House  is 
an  important  destination  and  trailhead  associated 
with  this  trail.  This  connection  should  be  main- 
tained. No  additional  structures  should  be  added 
to  the  trail. 


302 


Section  2:  individual  Trail  Specifications 


Fig.  48-1   Repair  work  on 
the  steepest  section  of  the 
Jordan  Cliffs  Trail. 


Jordan  Cliffs  Trail  (#48) 


303 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


JORDAN  CLIFFS  TRAIL  (#48) 


Characteristic  of  VIA/VIS  summit  trails,  this 
challenging  route  winds  along  the  ledges  of 
Jordan  Bluffs,  then  ascends  to  the  north  by  a 
steep  ravine  to  the  open  ledges  and  summit  of  Sargent 
Mountain  (Figs.  48-1  &  48-2).  A  lack  of  built  features, 
however,  on  the  northern  section  has  resulted  in  sub- 
stantial erosion  and  unsafe  conditions.  Rehabilitation 
efforts  must  focus  on  the  addition  of  features,  which  are 
in  keeping  with  the  VIA/VIS  style,  to  ensure  durable  and 
safe  tread. 


REHABILITATION  PRIORITIES 

•  Repair  damaged  section  of  trail  north  of  Deer 
Brook.  Reset  step-shaped  rocks — currently  used  in 
scree — as  steps.  Use  stone  in  the  talus  field  for  cop- 
ing and  retaining  wall,  characteristic  of  VIA/VIS 
style. 

•  Bring  eroded  sections  of  trail  back  to  their  original 
2-  to  4-foot  width  by  adding  checks,  improving 
drainage,  treadway,  and  placing  barriers  along  trail 
edges,  such  as  infrequent  coping  stones. 

•  Re-mark  closed  section  with  fresh  blazes  and 
cairns. 


•  Add  gravel  surfacing  in  short  sections  from  local 
borrow  pits  where  material  has  been  lost. 

•  Determine  whether  the  trail  should  be  renamed  the 
Bluffs  Path  and  East  Cliffs  Trail. 


HISTORY 

Jordan  Bluffs,  later  referred  to  as  Jordan  Cliffs,  is  one  of 
the  steepest  cliffs  in  the  interior  of  the  island;  it  offers 
dramatic  views  of  Jordan  Pond  and  the  surrounding 
mountains.  On  the  earliest  path  map  prepared  by  the 
VIA/VIS  in  1896,  the  Bluffs  Path  is  marked  from  near 
the  outlet  of  Jordan  Pond,  up  and  north  along  the  base 
of  the  ledges,  up  to  a  spring,  then  up  the  bluffs  to  the 
shoulder  of  Penobscot  [Jordan]  Mountain  (48-3).  The 
trail  was  possibly  laid  out  by  Waldron  Bates,  accord- 
ing to  the  1893  Bar  Harbor  VIA  Annual  Report:  "Mr. 
Bates  has  done  much  valuable  work  upon  the  Jordan 
Pond  end  of  the  Sargent  mountain  path."  In  the  1920s, 
as  first  shown  on  the  1926  path  map,  another  path  was 
added  to  the  Bluffs,  extending  further  north  across  the 
Bluffs,  to  cross  the  Deer  Brook  Trail  (#51)  and  ascend 
to  the  summit  of  Sargent  Mountain.  This  addition,  now 
known  as  the  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail,  was  named  the  East 


North  Ridge  Trail 


J53)         Sargent 
Summit 
X^ 


Grandgent  Trail        J|66, 


South  Ridge  Sargent 


Not  to  Scale       North 


t 


Penobscot  Mountain  Trail/ 
Spring  Trail 


To  Jordan  Pond 


Fig.  48-2  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail  (#48). 


304 


Section  2;  #48.  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 


Cliffs  Trail  in  the  1928  path  guide  and  described  from 
the  south  end  to  the  north  end:  (Fig.  48-4) 

Just  beyond  Bluffs  at  fork  and  signpost,  go  straight 
ahead  on  trail  marked  "Sargent  Mt.  Summit  via  Deer 
Brook."  Follow  cairns  along  cliffs  then  descend  into 
woods  to  intersection  near  Deer  Brook.  Go  straight 
ahead.  Cross  trail  and  brook,  and  ascend  this  very  steep 
trail.  On  emerging  from  the  trees,  ascent  becomes  easier, 
and  continues  by  easy  grades  to  the  summit  of  Sargent 
Mt.65 

This  section  of  the  trail,  from  the  Bluffs  eastward,  is  also 
described  as  a  "new"  trail  in  1932  by  Seal  Harbor  VIS 
Path  Committee  Chairman  Joseph  Allen. 

Attention  is  called  to  one  new  trail  which  is  expected 
to  prove  very  popular.  It  leaves  the  Jordan  Bluff  trail  at 
about  two-thirds  of  the  way  up,  and  crosses  the  face 
of  the  east  cliffs  on  Jordan  Mountain,  reaching  the  top 
of  the  bluff  at  its  northerly  end.  This  gives  fine  views  of 
cliffs,  over  Jordan  Pond,  out  to  sea,  into  the  mountains, 
and  without  very  arduous  climbing.  It  differs  in  this 


Sargerit  Mt. 

>re      BensPk. 

K.  /f 

/,/,     .y„-i,lt/  \ 


3       A 


,5      ^ 


J*  The  Bubble£^\/v 


o 


Pemetic 


Jordan  Mif^j 


KftrgW)i 

3hr^  Swamp 

Ml.  M..MILI  mi 

d    T  iouth  End 

\n,pl, 

'  /    <7 


•'  Th. 


6C 


Fig.  48-3  Portion  of  1896  path  map  by  the  VIA/VIS  showing  the 
route  of  Bluffs  Path,  starting  northwest  of  the  dam  at  Jordan 
Pond,  across  the  Bluffs  to  a  spring,  then  to  the  ridge  of  Jordan 
Mountain. 


respect  from  the  ladder  trail  on  Newport  Mountain, 
resembling  more  the  charming  Bubble  Cliff  trail  opened 
last  season.  It  is  recommended  for  all  those  who  have 
steady  heads  as  a  delightful  variation  in  the  ways  to 
ascend  Jordan  or  Sargent  Mountains.66 

By  1941  several  other  trails  were  added  to  the  Bluffs 
area,  creating  a  labyrinth  of  trails  (Fig.  48-5).  Several 
trails  were  subsequently  closed  by  the  NPS.  In  a  1952 
path  inventory  the  northern  half  of  the  trail,  from  Deer 
Brook  to  the  summit  of  Sargent  Mountain,  was  referred 
to  as  the  Sargent  Summit  Cutoff.  By  the  late  1950s,  how- 
ever, the  trail  was  again  named  the  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail. 
Since  about  the  1980s,  the  southern  half  of  the  trail  has 
been  closed  from  early  spring  to  late  summer  to  protect 
peregrine  falcons,  which  nest  on  the  Bluffs  not  far  from 
the  trail  (Fig.  48-6).  In  the  1990s,  the  northern  half  of 
the  trail  was  closed  due  to  unsafe  trail  conditions  in  a 
steep  section  of  trail  with  loose  rock  (Fig.  48-7). 


Spring /$      r       x>       ,      1&<  ' 


Fig.  48-4  Portion  of  the  1926  path  map  by  the  VIA/VIS  showing 
the  trail  extended  north  of  the  Bluffs,  across  Deer  Brook,  then 
west  to  the  summit  of  Sargent  (north  is  up). 


305 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


CHARACTER 

Rising  above  Jordan  Pond  and  the  Jordan  Pond  House, 
this  difficult  cliffside  trail  extends  2.2  miles  from  the 
Penobscot  Mountain  Trail,  along  Jordan  Cliffs.  It  then 
drops  into  a  wooded  valley,  crosses  the  Deer  Brook 
Trail  and  Deer  Brook,  and  finally  climbs  up  to  the 
summit  of  Sargent  Mountain.  Its  southernmost  sec- 
tion, from  the  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail  (#47)  to  the 
Penobscot  East  Trail  (#50),  is  one  of  the  oldest  cliff- 
side  trails  on  the  island.  It  contains  some  iron,  one  log 
bridge,  stepping  stones  across  Deer  Brook,  and  some 
stonework.  In  comparison  with  other  VIA/VIS  trails, 
however,  it  has  relatively  few  built  features.  With  heavy 
use,  this  lack  of  built  features  has  resulted  in  substan- 
tial erosion,  and  in  some  sections,  difficult  and  unsafe 
tread.  As  a  result,  the  northern  portion  of  the  trail  was 
closed  in  the  mid-1990s. 


FEATURES 

For  detailed  treatment  guidelines  and  specifications  for 
each  feature,  refer  to  Section  1,  Chapters  1  through  10. 


1.  Route 

On  the  section  of  trail  north  of  Deer  Brook,  the  trail 
winds  up  through  talus  and  along  ledges.  Once  above 
treeline,  there  are  spectacular  views  from  the  ledges 
(Figs.  48-8  to  48-10).  The  trail  ascends  to  the  shoulder 
of  Sargent  Mountain  and  travels  fairly  directly  to  the 
summit  (Fig.  48-11).  A  steep  and  eroded  section  located 
in  a  talus  area  above  Deer  Brook  is  currently  unsafe 
due  to  loose  falling  rocks.  This  straight  section  should 
be  rebuilt  to  wind  up  through  the  talus  area.  The  new 
route  should  be  flagged  prior  to  construction  and  rejoin 
the  original  route  above  and  below  the  damaged  sec- 
tion. 

2.  Vegetation 

There  are  extensive  areas  of  alpine  vegetation  along  the 
trail.  These  should  be  protected  by  carefully  mark- 
ing the  trail  with  blazes,  cairns,  and  occasional  coping 
stones  where  hikers  tend  to  wander.  Educational  trail 
literature  and  maps  should  also  be  provided  to  hikers. 


istript' 


Fig.  48-5  Portion  of  the  1941  path  map  by  the  VIA/VIS  showing 
several  additional  trails  to  the  Bluffs  (north  is  up). 


Fig.  48-6  The  southern  section  of  the  trail  is  closed  seasonally  for 
peregrine  falcon  nesting. 


306 


Section  2;  #48.  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 


Fig.  48-7  Steep  eroded  section  of  trail  that  has  been  closed  for 
several  years. 


Fig.  48-9  Views  from  ledges  on  shoulder  of  Sargent  Mountain. 


Fig.  48-10  Views  from  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail  over  ledges  on  shoulder 
of  Sargent  Mountain. 


I 

^^^L-»   ' 

^ 

*    H^'foiffr-g 

•"  ""£LA 

'    JxP» 

.-■■*■ 

-*      9 

i 

Fig.  48-8  Ascending  ledges  below  shoulder  of  Sargent  Mountain. 
Section  in  poor  condition  needs  steps  and  checks. 


Fig.  48-1 1  Trail  across  ledges  to  summit  of  Sargent.  Clear  trail 
marking  with  blazes,  cairns  and  occasional  coping  is  important  to 
protect  alpine  vegetation. 


307 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  48-12  Looking  south  at  jumbled  stepping  stones  in 
foreground  over  Deer  Brook  and  intersection  with  Deer  Brook 
Trail  (#51)  in  background. 


Fig.  48-15  A  short  run  of  coping  stones,  steps,  and  stone 
pavement  on  ledges  in  poor  condition. 


Fig.  48-13  Section  of  tread  along  ledge,  a  natural  bench,  with 
retaining  wall. 


Fig.  48-14  The  same  retaining  wall  as  above,  viewed  from  the 
side  of  the  trail. 


Fig.  48-16  Tread  and  slope  stabilization  in  progress  in  2004  using 
winding  steps  built  in  the  VIA/VIS  style. 


308 


Section  2;  #48.  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 


3.  Treadway 

A.  Bench  Cuts:  Much  of  the  trail  extends  along  bench 
cuts  created  by  ledges.  This  should  be  maintained. 

B.  Causeway:  None. 

C.  Gravel  Tread:  New  tread  material  should  be  added 
as  needed  in  accordance  with  guidelines  previously 
established  for  gravel  tread. 

D.  Stone  Pavement:  None. 

E.  Unconstructed  Tread:  The  trail  contains  extensive 
sections  of  unconstructed  tread  across  ledge.  These 
sections  should  be  delineated  with  blazes,  cairns, 
and,  if  necessary,  occasional  coping  stones  to  keep 
hikers  from  wandering  and  damaging  alpine  vegeta- 
tion (see  Fig.  48-11). 

4.  Drainage 

The  trail  has  very  few  drainage  features  since  most  of 
the  trail  is  across  ledges.  The  northern  half  of  the  trail, 
from  Penobscot  East  (#50)  onward,  appears  to  have 
received  minimal  attention  to  construction  and  drain- 
age. Drainage  features,  particularly  culverts  and  water 
bars,  should  be  added  to  improve  the  durability,  stabil- 
ity, and  safety  of  the  treadway. 

5.  Crossings 

A.  Bogwalk:  None. 

B.  Bridges:  A  two-stringer  bridge  over  a  ravine  on  the 
cliffs  was  removed  in  the  1970s  and  replaced  with 

a  single-notched-log  bridge.  A  handrail  was  added 
in  the  1990s  for  hiker  safety.  No  documentation  has 
been  found  for  the  original  crossing;  however,  the 
VIA/VIS  bridge  style  is  appropriate  for  this  trail  if 
bridges  should  be  added. 


6.  Retaining  Structures 

On  the  section  of  trail  north  of  Deer  Brook,  there  are 
several  low  retaining  walls  to  provide  comfortable  tread 
along  ledges.  There  is  also  some  coping  (Figs.  48-13  to 
48-15).  Additional  or  new  retaining  walls  and/or  checks 
are  needed  in  sections  that  are  eroded  and  washed  out. 
The  most  eroded  sections  of  trail  need  checks,  coping 
stones,  retaining  walls,  and  steps. 

7.  Steps 

On  the  section  of  trail  north  of  Deer  Brook,  there 
are  several  sections  in  poor  condition  that  may  have 
contained  steps.  Steep  eroded  sections  in  poor  condi- 
tion should  be  repaired  with  a  combination  of  checks, 
retaining  wall,  and  steps  constructed  to  be  compatible 
with  the  general  VIA/VIS  style.  This  would  include  step 
work  in  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA,  Northeast  Harbor  VIS, 
and  Southwest  Harbor  VIA  districts.  In  Bar  Harbor,  this 
would  include  step  work  on  the  relocated  Curran  Path 
(#315)  and  several  1920s  endowed  trails,  including  the 
Andrew  Murray  Young  Path  (#25),  Gurnee  Path  (#352), 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  Gorge  Path  (#28),  Brigham  Path 
(#366),  and  Canon  Brook  Path  (#19).  The  repaired 
section  should  be  winding  rather  than  straight.  The 
challenge  is  to  create  a  durable  treadway  without  mak- 
ing this  trail  appear  like  the  highly  constructed  endowed 
trails  (Fig.  48-16).  Figure  48-1  shows  trail  rehabilitation 
with  steps  in  progress. 

8.  Ironwork 

There  is  iron  on  the  southern  half  of  the  trail,  includ- 
ing iron  pinned  logs.  The  existing  ironwork  should  be 
rehabilitated  as  needed.  Compatible  new  ironwork  may 
also  be  added. 

9.  Guidance 

A.    Blazes:  The  entire  trail  should  be  marked  with 
blazes. 


C.  Stepping  Stones:  Large  stepping  stones  are  used  to 
cross  Deer  Brook.  These  should  be  maintained  and 
reset  as  needed  (Fig.  48-12). 


B.    Cairns:  Cairns  should  be  maintained  on  the 

ledge  sections  of  trail,  particularly  for  the  section 
approaching  Sargent  Mountain  summit. 


309 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  48-17  Scree  placed  in  the  early  1990s  that  may  have 
eliminated  VIA/VIS  steps.  Eroded  unsafe  section  above. 


E.  Scree:  A  section  of  trail  north  of  Deer  Brook  was 
repaired  with  scree,  possibly  dismantling  VIA/VIS 
steps.  The  section  is  now  in  poor  condition.  Scree  is 
not  appropriate  for  use  on  this  trail,  and  steps  and 
coping  stones  should  be  used  in  place  of  scree  (Fig. 
48-17). 

F.  Trail  Names:  The  current  trail  consists  of  two  his- 
toric trails,  one  south  of  Deer  Brook  along  Jordan 
Bluffs,  and  one  north  of  Deer  Brook  up  Sargent 
Mountain.  It  is  recommended  that  the  name  of 
the  trail  reflect  this.  The  southern  half  of  the  trail 
should  be  called  the  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail,  while  the 
northern  half  should  be  called  the  Sargent  East 
Cliffs  Trail,  as  it  was  called  in  the  1928  VIA/VIS  path 
guide  (see  Appendix  C). 

10.  Monuments  and  Associated  Structures 

None. 


ENDNOTES 

65  Harold  Peabody  and  Charles  Grandgent,  Walks  on  Mount  Desert 
Island  (1928),  53,  also  46. 

66  Seal  Harbor  VIS  1932  Annual  Report,  14. 


C.  Directional  Signs:  There  are  four  directional  signs 
on  the  trail,  located  at  the  junction  with  the  Penob- 
scot Mountain  Trail  (#47),  at  the  junction  with 
Penobscot  East  (#50),  at  the  junction  with  the  Deer 
Brook  Trail  (#51),  and  at  the  summit  of  Sargent 
Mountain  (see  Fig.  48-6). 

D.  Informational  Signs:  Trail  closure  signs  are  posted 
seasonally  for  peregrine  falcon  nesting.  In  1984  a 
"Caution"  sign  was  placed  at  the  southern  end  of 
the  trail.  During  the  spring  and  summer  seasons, 
signs  for  trail  closure  are  posted  in  the  three  previ- 
ously described  locations.  Information  signs  should 
follow  general  sign  standards  established  for  the 
trail  system. 


310 


Section  2:  individual  Trail  Specifications 


Fig.  127-1   Outer  loop  on  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail. 


Ship  Harbor  Nature 
Trail  (#127) 


311 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


SHIP  HARBOR  MATURE  TRAIL  (#127) 


As  a  Mission  66  trail,  this  trail  does  not  fall 
within  the  period  of  historical  significance  for 
the  development  of  the  trail  system.  How- 
ever, many  of  the  guidelines  developed  in  the  treatment 
plan  may  be  applied. 


Replace  corroded  8-inch  steel  corrugated  culverts 

in-kind  and  re-dig  associated  side  drains  and 

ditches. 

Add  walled  or  wall-less  causeway  over  low,  wet 

sections  that  are  difficult  to  drain. 

Add  gravel  surfacing  where  material  has  been  lost. 


REHABILITATION  PRIORITIES 

•  Make  the  first  1,300  feet  of  trail  ADA  accessible, 
from  the  trail  entrance,  along  the  eastern  half  of  the 
northern  loop,  to  the  intersection  with  the  southern 
loop,  then  west  to  the  harbor  inlet. 

•  Define  the  terminus  of  the  ADA-accessible  section 
at  the  inlet  with  a  sign,  bench,  and  widened  circular 
area. 

•  Bring  trail  back  to  its  original  5-foot  width  by 
improving  drainage,  treadway,  and  placing  barriers 
along  trail  edges,  such  as  infrequent  coping  stones, 
natural  logs,  and  vegetation. 

•  Remove  log  crib  steps  and  water  bars. 

•  Replace  1990s  log  checks  that  are  tripping  hazards 
with  stone  checks. 


HISTORY 

A  protected  cove,  Ship  Harbor  is  named  in  memory  of 
an  American  privateer  who  sailed  into  the  harbor  to 
hide  from  the  British  during  the  Revolutionary  War. 
The  land  bounding  Ship  Harbor  became  part  of  Acadia 
National  Park  in  1937.  At  this  time,  Park  Superinten- 
dent George  Dorr  directed  improvements  to  the  Ship 
Harbor  area  in  an  effort  to  open  it  for  public  use.  This 
work  included  clearing  of  understory  vegetation  and 
deadwood,  termed  "fire  hazard  removal,"  and  the  devel- 
opment of  a  fire  road  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbor.  In 
the  1950s,  as  part  of  the  Mission  66  program,  the  park 
constructed  a  self-guided  nature  trail  on  the  east  side  of 
Ship  Harbor.  Construction  of  this  trail  fit  well  within 
the  Mission  66  program  to  add  "well  planned  trails" 


ADA  Accessible  Section 


Rt.  102 


Not  to  Scale       North 


Fig.  127-2  The  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127). 


312 


Section  2;  #127.  Ship  Harbor  Nature  trail 


for  "enjoyment-without-impairment."  Specifically, 
the  park  added  trails  for  interpretive  purposes  for  an 
increasing  number  of  visitors.  A 1961  document  also 
proposed  that  ranger-led  tours  would  travel  from  the 
Seawall  Campground  to  trails  along  Wonderland  and 
Ship  Harbor.  The  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail,  as  designed 
by  the  Park  Service,  provided  a  5-foot-wide  gravel  tread, 
with  nearby  parking  and  an  easy  grade.  Corrugated 
steel  pipes  were  installed  for  drainage.  A  self-guided 
trail  with  fourteen  numbered  posts  and  a  brochure  was 
developed  in  1968,  while  John  Good  served  as  the  park 
superintendent.  The  brochure  has  been  reprinted, 
most  recently  in  1995  through  Eastern  National  Park 
&  Monument  Association.  The  posts  have  also  been 
replaced.  The  trail  is  used  heavily  and  one  of  the  easiest 
in  the  trail  system  (Figs.  127-1  to  127-5). 


CHARACTER 

With  a  parking  area  right  at  the  trailhead,  this  1.5-mile 
loop  trail  offers  a  relatively  easy  walk  through  thick 
coniferous  forest,  along  ledges  exposed  to  the  ocean's 
pounding  surf,  and  along  the  shore  of  a  cozy,  tidal 
harbor  with  no  development.  The  Ship  Harbor  Nature 
Trail  is  the  only  self-guided  nature  trail  on  the  western 
side  of  Mount  Desert  and  is  similar  to  the  Jordan  Pond 
Nature  Trail  (#45)  on  the  eastern  side. 

The  trail's  intent  is  to  offer  easy  walking,  provide 
opportunities  for  appreciation  of  the  coastal  scenery, 
and  interpret  the  area's  natural  and  cultural  history. 
However,  the  intent  is  somewhat  hindered  by  the  poor 
condition  of  the  trail.  There  are  many  areas  of  exposed 
roots,  water  puddling,  and  trail  erosion.  In  some  loca- 
tions, the  trodden  path  is  almost  30  feet  wide.  Addition- 
ally, vandals  have  damaged  an  interpretive  sign  that  once 
existed  at  the  southern-most  vista  on  the  trail's  lower 
loop. 


FEATURES 

For  detailed  treatment  guidelines  and  specifications  for 
each  feature,  refer  to  Section  1,  Chapters  1  through  10. 


1.  Route 

The  loop  trail  departs  from  a  parking  area  and  creates 
a  figure  eight  with  northern  and  southern  loops.  The 
trail's  proximity  to  ocean  and  harbor  afford  the  hiker 
magnificent  views.  There  is  a  park-maintained  vista  at 
the  southernmost  part  of  the  trail.  The  trail's  original 
route  should  be  maintained  with  portions  upgraded  for 
ADA  accessibility  (Fig.  127-6). 

2.  Vegetation 

The  trail  winds  through  an  old  orchard  and  thick 
coniferous  forest,  past  interesting  trees  with  burls  and 
snake-like  trunks,  and  along  the  rockweed-strewn  coast. 
In  thick  forested  areas,  much  of  the  trail  is  undefined 
and  widened  due  to  a  lack  of  understory  vegetation  (Fig. 
127-7  &  Fig.  127-8).  This  variety  in  vegetation  char- 
acter should  be  maintained  along  the  trail  by  keeping 
the  original  route.  Trail  widening  should  be  addressed 
with  coping  stones  and/or  the  placement  of  fallen  logs 
sporadically  along  the  trail  edges. 


Fig.  127-3  Entrance  to  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail,  with  the 
harbor  in  the  distance. 


Fig.  127-4  Self-guided  trail  post  on  ledge  overlooking  Ship 
Harbor. 


313 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  plan 


3.  Treadway 

A.    Bench  Cuts:  About  one-third  of  the  original  trail 
was  constructed  with  half  bench  cut.  Subsequent 
erosion  makes  it  difficult  to  identify  bench  cuts. 
New  bench  cuts  may  be  constructed,  if  needed,  to 
stabilize  the  trail. 


D.    Stone  Pavement:  One  50-foot  section  through  a 
rock  jumble  has  step  stones  set  in  gravel  function- 
ing as  stone  pavement.  This  section  was  built  in 
1992  by  a  volunteer  group.  It  may  be  retained  until 
it  needs  rehabilitation,  then  it  should  be  replaced 
with  causeway. 


B.  Causeway:  Many  eroded  sections  should  be 
improved  with  causeway. 

C.  Gravel  Tread:  The  original  trail  was  5  feet  wide 
and  gravel-surfaced  by  Mission  66.  Much  of  the 
gravel  has  washed  away  and  the  eroded  surface  has 
exposed  roots.  Once  drainage  problems  are  dealt 
with,  new  gravel  tread  should  be  applied 

(Fig.  127-9). 


E.    Unconstructed  Tread:  There  are  sections  of 
unconstructed  woodland  forest  floor  and  ledge. 
Sections  that  are  low  and  wet  require  constructed 
tread.  Along  the  first  half  mile  that  will  be  ADA 
accessible,  causeway  should  be  built.  Causeway  is 
also  the  preferred  alternative  for  other  low  and  wet 
portions  of  the  trail;  however,  boardwalk  may  also 
be  constructed  if  needed  to  address  accessibility.  At 
the  terminus  of  the  ADA  accessible  section  of  trail 
a  wide  area  of  raised  tread  should  be  established  as 


h  Thji  rucL.  outer  up  doesn't  K»ve 

bui  lichens  are  Thanking  thii  The  red 
Inhi-k.  ii. J  ^icen  spots  nn  the  n>ck.  arc 

jlgae.  Imng  and  wording  together 

■ip>  !»■**»  «v  by 

tih°pn*K<l^li' 

lered  places,  the 

ii cr — the  beginnings 

ss 

id  grasses  grow  from 
ing.  collecting  more 

SS£^ 

i  larger  shrubs,  and 

7S5S 

tw.gs.  Tamarack 

0/  the  tamarack,  or 

"bST^'I^l** 

Fig.  127-5  Interpretive  brochure  for  the  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127). 


314 


Section  2;  #127.  Ship  harbor  nature  Trail 


an  overlook  and  turnaround  point.  This  would  be 
similar  to  the  CCC  overlook  constructed  at  Otter 
Cliffs. 

4.  Drainage 

A.    Culverts:  The  trail  contains  8-inch  steel  corrugated 
pipe  culverts  with  stone  headwalls  at  each  end. 


Side  drains  and  ditches  have  silted-in  and  become 
ineffective,  so  water  remains  on  the  trail.  Pipes 
should  be  replaced  and  reset  for  positive  drainage. 
Associated  side  drains  need  to  be  re-dug  and  main- 
tained (Fig.  127-10). 

B.    Subsurface  Drains:  (see  Fig.  127-6). 


Black  outline  indicates 
ADA  Accessibility 


Fig.  127-6  Ship  Harbor  treatment  detail. 


315 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  127-9  Typical  5-foot  gravel  treadway. 


Fig.  127-11   Original  coping. 


316 


Section  2;  #127.  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail 


C.  Side  Drains:  Original  side  drains  have  filled  in  and 
are  no  longer  effective.  These  should  be  re-dug 
and  maintained  annually. 

D.  Water  Bars:  Water  bars  were  added  in  the  1990s. 
These  should  be  removed  for  the  ADA-accessible 
section  of  trail  and  replaced  with  water  dips  or  side 
ditches  and  pipe  culverts.  For  other  sections  of  the 
trail,  water  bars  should  be  maintained  annually. 

E.  Water  Dips:  Some  water  dips  exist  on  the  trail. 
Water  dips  may  be  added  to  the  trail  where  needed, 
particularly  on  the  ADA-accessible  section  of  trail. 

5.  Crossings 

None. 

6.  Retaining  Structures 

A.  Checks:  Several  log  checks  are  in  poor  condition 
and  are  tripping  hazards.  These  should  be  removed 
and  replaced  with  stone  checks. 

B.  Coping  Stones:  Small  pieces  of  original  coping 
stones  remain  (Fig.  127-11).  Coping  is  square,  bro- 
ken chunks  of  local  basalt,  set  mostly  in  the  down- 
hill side  of  the  tread,  with  some  set  on  both  sides. 
Coping  should  be  added  where  trail  widening  is  a 
problem.  Stones  should  be  dispersed  ten  feet  apart 
and  placed  in  conjunction  with  natural  fallen  logs 
and  revegetation. 

C.  Retaining  Walls:  Several  sections  of  original 
retaining  wall  are  still  visible,  consisting  of  angular 
chunks  of  local  basalt  laid  with  a  batter  to  hold 
tread  on  the  downhill  side.  Wall  is  usually  under 

1  foot  high  and  protrudes  above  the  tread  due  to 
erosion.  Many  wall  sections  have  collapsed  or 
been  obliterated  by  subsequent  scree  work.  A 1992 
section  built  by  University  of  Maine  volunteers  is 
approximately  8  feet  high  by  20  feet  long.  Another 
section  of  new  wall,  constructed  in  1993  by  the 
YCC,  is  constructed  of  single  stones,  averaging  2 
feet  square,  set  into  the  beach  to  hold  tread  along 
the  ocean  (Fig.  127-12).  Collapsed  and  dismantled 
retaining  walls  should  be  rebuilt.  Additional  walls 


should  be  constructed  as  needed  to  repair  eroded 
treadway. 

7.  Steps 

At  the  trail  entrance,  a  series  of  log  crib  steps  were 
added  in  1992.  These  are  5  feet  wide  with  10-inch  risers 
(see  Fig.  127-3).  There  is  also  one  short  stone  staircase, 
added  in  1991,  consisting  of  four  slab-laid  steps  of  local 
basalt,  measuring  2  feet  by  4  feet,  with  a  1  foot  rise  (Fig. 
127-13).  These  staircases  should  be  removed  if  possible 
for  ADA  accessibility.  Additional  steps  should  not  be 
added  to  this  trail. 

8.  Ironwork 

None. 

9.  Guidance 

A.  Blazes:  None. 

B.  Cairns:  None. 

C.  Directional  Signs:  A  large  sign  is  located  at  the 
trail  entrance  (see  Fig.  127-3).  At  613  feet  along  the 
trail,  there  is  a  post  for  a  intersection  sign  where 
the  loop  begins.  This  sign  is  stolen  often.  At  the 
convergence  of  the  two  loops,  at  1,167  feet  along 
the  trail,  is  a  log  sign  with  arrows.  Signage  at  these 
points  should  be  maintained  in  a  style  consistent 
with  the  system.  No  additional  directional  signs 
should  be  needed  for  this  straightforward,  easily 
traversed  trail. 

D.  Informational  Signs:  At  the  trail  entrance  is  a 
brochure  box  and  an  iron  tube  with  a  money  slot. 
Nearby  is  a  large  sign  with  the  trail  name,  map,  and 
quote.  There  are  fourteen  numbered  posts  for  the 
self-guided  nature  trail  (see  Figs.  127-4  &  127-5).  A 
redwood  interpretive  sign  describing  shipwrecks 
was  located  at  the  southern  end  of  the  trail,  but  the 
NPS  removed  the  sign  after  it  was  vandalized. 

The  entrance  sign  and  numbered  posts  should  be 
maintained  to  coordinate  with  the  self-guided  hike. 
The  shipwreck  interpretive  sign  should  be  replaced 
with  a  style  of  sign  that  is  less  prone  to  vandalism. 


317 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Fig.  127-12  Retaining  wall  constructed  by  YCC  in  1993. 


-->,""    ':*■•'■■    ■, 


Fig.  127-13  Slab  laid  steps  built  in  1991  of  local  basalt. 


Fig.  127-15  ADA-accessible  section  of  trail  completed  in  2003. 


Fig.  127-14  Portion  of  a  50-foot  section  of  step  stones  serving  as 
stone  pavement  in  gravel,  lined  with  scree,  constructed  in  1992. 


318 


Section  2;  #127.  Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail 


E.  Scree:  A  50-foot  section  of  trail,  repaired  in  1992, 
contains  step  stones  set  in  gravel  with  scree  along 
the  sides  (Fig.  127-14).  When  this  section  is  rehabil- 
itated, the  scree  should  be  removed.  No  additional 
scree  should  be  added  to  this  trail. 

F.  Trail  Names:  The  trail  was  originally  named  the 
Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail.  This  name  should  be 
retained. 

10.  Monuments  and  Associated  Structures 

A.  Monuments:  None. 

B.  Structures:  There  are  currently  no  associated 
structures.  Benches  should  be  added  along  the 
half-mile  ADA-accessible  section,  particularly  at  the 
terminus  of  this  section  by  the  harbor  inlet  (Figure 
127-15). 


319 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


120 


Section  2:  individual  Trail  Specifications 


Fig.  349-1   Historic  photograph,  circa  1916,  of  steps  and  overhead  lintel  showing  the  constructed  character  of 
the  Homans  Path. 


Homans  Path  (#349) 


321 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


HOMANS  PATH  (#349) 


Unmarked  since  the  1940s,  the  Homans  Path 
provides  an  undisturbed  example  of  early- 
twentieth-century  VIA/VIS  stonework  on 
its  ascent  up  the  eastern  slope  of  Dorr  Mountain.  As 
one  of  the  highly  crafted  memorial  trails  radiating  from 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring,  the  Homans  Path  is  a  showpiece 
of  rustic  construction  techniques  (Figs.  349-1  &  Fig 
349-2).  In  June  2001  this  trail  was  carefully  documented 
with  written  descriptions,  measurements,  and  photo- 
graphs (Figs.  349-3  &  349-4).  Information  gathered 
included  the  location  and  use  of  stone  steps,  shims  and 
blocking,  drill  marks,  "dog"  dimples,  ironwork,  closed 
culverts,  boulders  set  over  the  trail,  and  other  stone- 
work. 

Park  management  has  decided  to  reopen  the  Homans 
Path.  In  anticipation  of  this,  the  trails  crew  developed 
a  general  plan  for  treatment  of  the  trail  addressing 
rehabilitation  of  the  trail's  constructed  features  as 
well  as  the  creation  of  new  access  routes  at  both  ends 
of  the  trail.  Once  reopened,  marked,  and  included  in 
the  trail  system,  maintenance  will  become  a  priority 
on  this  trail.  High  use  will  likely  cause  the  slab  steps 
to  slip  and  slump, 
as  has  occurred  on 
other  stepped  trails. 
To  deter  this,  early 
rehabilitation  work 
may  include  the 
minimal  addition  of 
concealed  iron  pins 
to  help  hold  steps 
and  coping  stones  in 
place.  The  extensive 
collection  of  photos 
taken  during  recent 
trail  documentation 
should  be  used  to 
monitor  the  exist- 
ing trail  conditions 
during  each  season, 
noting  changes 
that  occur  over 


time.  Sections  of  stonework  that  are  slipping  can  then 
be  reinforced  before  they  fail  and  require  complete 
rebuilding. 


REHABILITATION  PRIORITIES 

•  Reopen  the  trailhead  and  the  connection  to  Sieur 
de  Monts  Spring. 

•  Repair  sections  of  collapsed  steps.  Reset  steps, 
retaining  walls,  and  coping  that  have  slipped.  Add 
drainage  or  iron  pins  if  necessary.  Document  addi- 
tions. 

•  Add  constructed  features  to  the  upper  uncon- 
structed  section  of  trail  to  delineate  the  route.  Use 
features  that  are  compatible  with  the  rest  of  the 
trail — stone  pavement,  coping  stones,  and  pos- 
sibly steps  as  needed.  A  clearly  defined  route  will 
prevent  trail  braiding,  tramping  of  vegetation,  and 
erosion. 

•  Install  a  trailhead  sign  at  the  base  and  an  intersec- 
tion sign  at  the  upper  end. 


Jesup  Path 


Stream 


Not  to  Scale     North 


t 


Fig.  349-2  Homans  Path  (#349). 


322 


Section  2;  #349.  homans  Path 


HISTORY 

Beginning  in  1913,  George  Dorr  directed  the  develop- 
ment of  a  network  of  memorial  paths  radiating  from 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring.  Dorr  envisioned  the  Sieur  de 
Monts  area  as  the  center  of  a  reservation  of  protected 
lands  with  paths  connecting  to  Bar  Harbor  and  the  sur- 
rounding mountains.  Dorr  was  able  to  raise  funds  for 
trail  construction  as  an  active  member  of  the  Bar  Har- 
bor VIA  Path  Committee,  the  Hancock  County  Trustees 
of  Public  Reservations,  as  well  as  the  founder  of  his  own 
philanthropic  organization,  the  Wild  Gardens  of  Acadia 
Corporation.  By  the  time  the  reservation  was  desig- 
nated Sieur  de  Monts  National  Monument  in  1916,  with 
Dorr  as  Superintendent,  most  of  the  memorial  trails 
were  partially  or  fully  completed,  including  the  Kane 
Path  (#17),  Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  Kurt  Diederich's 
Climb  (#16),  Homans  Path  (#349),  Jesup  Path  (#14), 
and  Emery  Path  (#15),  with  the  Schiff  Path  (#15)  added 
later.  All  of  the  trails  were  highly  crafted  with  extensive 
stonework. 

According  to  the  1915  path  guide,  the  Homans  Path  was 
initially  constructed  between  1913  and  1915  as  part  of 
Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  which  was  described  as 
follows: 

from  the  northern  end  of  the  Kane  Path  to  the  Sieur 
de  Monts  Crag  about  halfway  up  the  eastern  face  of 
Dry  [Dorr]  Mountain  with  a  fine  view,  it  then  descends 
and  comes  out  on  the  road  a  little  beyond  the  Sieur  De 
Monts  Spring.  A  path  leading  from  the  crag  to  the  top  of 
the  mountain  is  projected. 

Subsequent  construction  of  the  Schiff  Path  (#15)  to 
the  top  of  the  mountain  and  the  Emery  Path  (#15) 
from  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring  resulted  in  the  renaming 
of  the  northern  half  of  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16) 
as  the  Homans  Path.  Dorr  named  the  path  for  Mrs. 
Eliza  Homans,  the  first  large  land  donor  to  the  Han- 
cock County  Trustees.  The  path  is  one  of  the  least 
documented  in  the  system  and  was  not  endowed  with 
a  maintenance  fund.  It  is  first  shown  on  the  1916  path 
map  and  briefly  mentioned  in  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  1916 
annual  report: 


...the  system  of  Memorial  Paths  constructed  by  Mr.  Dorr 
on  Dry  [Dorr]  and  Pickett  [Huguenot  Head]  has  been 
enriched  by  the  Emery  Memorial  Path,.. .leading  from  the 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring  to  the  Crag  above,  where  it  con- 
nects with  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  and  the  Homans  Path. 


With  the  completion  of  the  Emery  Path  (#15),  the 
Homans  Path  became  a  parallel  but  less  accessible  route 
for  hikers  traveling  to  and  from  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring. 
For  hikers  traveling  from  Bar  Harbor,  the  Homans  Path 
was  one  of  several  options,  and  it  offered  a  shorter 
route  to  Sieur  de  Mont  Crag  and  the  summit  of  Dry 
[Dorr]  Mountain.  But  as  the  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring 
area  became  a  center  of  activity  and  a  place  for  parking 
automobiles,  the  use  of  the  Homans  Path  diminished. 
The  Homans  Path  was  not  described  in  the  1928  path 
guide  issued  by  the  VIA/VIS  Joint  Path  Committee 
(though  shown  on  VIA/VIS  path  maps  until  1941)  and 
was  deleted  from  maps  produced  by  the  National  Park 
Service  in  the  1940s. 

Little  if  any  maintenance  was  done  on  the  path  after 
its  construction.  It  is  possible  that  the  CCC  or  Park 
Service  crews  dismantled  the  upper  section  of  the  path 
to  avoid  confusion  with  the  Emery  Path  (#15).  The  path 
remained  unused  and  unmarked  for  over  fifty  years.  In 
1993  the  publication  Trails  of  History,  written  by  local 
hikers  Tom  St.  Germain  and  Jay  Sanders,  rekindled 
interest  in  the  trail.  The  authors  described  the  path's 
remarkable  stone  construction  with  its  carefully  placed 
stone  boulders,  its  route  past  several  natural  springs, 
and  wonderful  views.  They  also  recommended  that  the 
path  be  reopened.  A  year  later,  an  unknown  party,  one 
or  more  individuals  dubbed  by  park  as  "trail  phantoms," 
carried  out  unauthorized  work.  Trees  were  cut  along 
the  path  and  moss  was  scraped  from  the  stone  steps. 
The  incident  sparked  local  publicity  and  spotlighted  the 
uncertain  fate  of  the  park's  many  unmarked  trails,  most 
of  which  were  closed  by  the  Park  Service  in  the  1950s. 
In  the  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  the  Homans  Path 
is  called  out  as  a  highly  crafted  historic  trail  with  high 
cultural  value  that  should  be  reopened. 


323 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


CHARACTER 

The  Homans  Path  is  similar  to  other  highly  constructed 
memorial  paths  radiating  from  the  Sieur  de  Monts 
Spring  area.  The  trail  starts  in  a  woodland  setting  (see 
Fig.  349-3)  and  rises  quickly  across  a  series  of  talus 
slopes.  The  choice  of  route  is  like  other  trails  con- 
structed in  the  1910s— winding,  leading  through  rock 
fissures,  past  water  features  and  to  viewpoints.  The 
trail  consists  predominantly  of  slab-laid  stone  steps 
with  retaining  walls  and  coping  stones  of  assorted  sizes. 
As  part  of  the  third  memorial  path  constructed  between 
1913  and  1915— preceded  by  the  Beachcroft  Path 
(#13),  which  was  later  reworked,  the  Kane  Path  (#17), 
and  constructed  as  part  of  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb 
(#16)— the  trail  exhibits  exceptional  craftsmanship,  but 
it  is  relatively  simple  compared  to  the  later  Emery  Path 
(#15),  which  contains  more  coping  stones  and  exten- 
sive iron.  The  Homans  Path  has  only  minimal  iron, 


which  is  used  to  hold  slab-laid  steps  and  support  walls 
onto  ledge.  The  relatively  few  drainage  features  are 
located  near  the  base  of  the  trail,  and  most  of  the  trail 
relies  on  subsurface  drainage  through  underlying  talus. 
Boulders  placed  over  the  path  at  rock  crevices,  a  unique 
feature  on  the  Homans  Path,  act  as  lintels,  creating 
spaces  through  which  hikers  may  travel  (see  Fig.  349-1 
&  349-5).  One  of  the  greatest  values  of  the  Homans 
Path  at  the  time  of  this  report  is  the  pristine  quality 
of  its  circa-1915  construction,  which  has  been  altered 
slightly  by  weathering  but  not  by  high  use  (Fig.  349-6). 
During  its  fifty  or  so  years  of  disuse,  trail  sections  that 
cross  intermittent  streams  or  pass  by  springs  have  been 
dismantled  by  ice  and  water,  though  all  steps  and  wall 
stones  are  retrievable  (Fig.  349-7).  The  steps— large, 
occasionally  cut,  slab-laid  and  set-behind — are  typical 
of  the  memorial  trails.  There  are  no  extant  associated 
trail  structures,  such  as  benches,  cairns,  signs,  monu- 
ments, or  markers. 


Fig.  349-3  The  entrance  to  the  Homans  Path  is  on  an  unmarked  section  of  Hemlock  Road  (#377),  marked  by  two  large  coping  stones. 
Constructed  VIA  sonework  is  prevalent  along  the  trail,  and  the  first  features  at  the  trailhead  include  a  capstone  culvert  over  the  road's 
drainage  ditch,  and  followed  by  a  series  of  steps. 


324 


Section  2;  #349.  homans  path 


Fig.  349-4  Homans  Path  treatment  detail. 


Fig.  349-5  This  stone  was  placed  during  trail 
construction  to  create  an  interesting  feature  along  the 
route.  It  is  the  same  location  as  shown  in  Figure  349-1, 
but  viewed  from  above. 


Fig.  349-6  Stone  steps  and  stone  pavement  through 
talus  slope. 


325 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


FEATURES 

For  detailed  treatment  guidelines  and  specifications  for 
each  feature,  refer  to  Section  1,  Chapters  1  through  10. 

1.  Route 

The  Homans  Path  begins  at  the  former  Hemlock  Road 
(#377),  which  is  no  longer  marked,  not  far  from  the 
junction  of  the  Stratheden  Path  (#24)  and  Hemlock 


Fig.  349-7  Approximately  230  feet  from  entrance,  a  24-foot 
section  of  collapsed  tread  and  uprooted  trees  shows  the 
abandoned  condition  of  some  trail  segments. 


Trail  (#23).  The  trail  has  two  entrances  that  join  in  a 
fork  approximately  160  feet  along  the  trail  (Fig.  349-8). 
The  ascent  up  Dorr  Mountain,  made  up  of  predomi- 
nantly stone  steps,  begins  in  the  woods  and  winds  up 
past  several  springs,  under  boulders  and  through  rock 
crevices  and  formations  (Figs.  349-9  &  see  349-1  & 
349-5).  Two  boulders  were  placed  over  the  trail,  as 
evidenced  by  "dog"  dimples  at  the  corners  of  the  boul- 
ders. Near  the  upper  end  of  the  trail  the  stone  steps 
terminate,  and  the  last  500  feet  are  unclearly  marked 
with  no  built  features.   Increased  use  over  the  past  five 
years  has  resulted  in  a  trodden  "social  path"  to  connect 
with  the  Emery  Path  (#15)  along  Sieur  de  Monts  Crag. 

The  historic  route  of  the  trail  up  Dorr  Mountain,  and 
the  connection  to  the  Emery  Path  (#15)  should  be  main- 
tained. Connections  to  both  the  Emery  Path  (#15)  and 
the  Hemlock  Road  should  be  constructed  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  reopening  of  this  trail  (see  Fig.  349-4). 


Fig.  349-8  Fork  located  about  160  feet  up  the  trail. 


Fig.  349-9  Rock  formation  along  the  trail  route. 


326 


Section  2;  #349.  Homans  Path 


2.  Vegetation 

There  is  no  exceptional  vegetation  along  the  trail.  The 
area  was  burned  in  the  1947  fire,  and  some  steps  and 
retaining  walls  were  possibly  dismantled  by  the  decay 
and  uprooting  of  large  trees  killed  in  the  fire  (see  Fig. 
349-7).  The  area  has  revegetated  with  birches.  Many 
birches  along  the  trail  were  damaged  by  trail  phantoms 
who  were  trying  to  brush  the  trail  in  the  mid-1990s.  The 
damaged  trees  should  be  cut  at  the  base  (Fig.  349-10). 
Any  trees  and/or  roots  that  are  likely  to  dismantle  steps 
or  other  stonework  should  be  removed.  Along  the 
upper  section  of  the  trail,  where  there  is  no  constructed 
tread,  installation  of  a  clearly  defined  trail  will  protect 
adjacent  vegetation  (Fig.  349-11). 

3.  Treadway 

A.  Bench  Cuts:  Some  short  sections  of  the  trail 
extend  along  benches,  but  most  of  the  trail  consists 
of  steps  leading  up  the  slope.  Avoid  introducing 
additional  bench  cuts. 

B.  Causeway:  None. 

C.  Gravel  Tread:  Most  of  the  treadway  consists  of 
steps  and  stone  pavement.  Four  culverts  that  were 
initially  graveled-over  are  located  in  the  first  130 
feet  of  trail  (Fig.  340-12).  A  section  of  stone  rubble 
at  170  feet  up  the  trail  indicates  that  short  sections 
of  trail  were  once  gravel  surfaced  with  borrowed 
soil  or  gravel.  As  the  trail  reaches  the  top  of  Sieur 
de  Monts  Crag,  there  are  additional  sections  similar 
to  this,  and  also  where  the  trail  connects  to  the 
Emery  Path  (#15).  During  rehabilitation,  gravel 
tread  should  be  reestablished  where  it  was  located 
historically.  It  may  also  be  added  to  the  upper 
unconstructed  sections  of  the  trail  to  strengthen  the 
tread  and  prevent  erosion.  Locally  mined  gravel 
should  be  used  unless  the  volume  needed  becomes 
too  large;  then  the  imported  gravel  mix  may  be 
used  with  care  to  ensure  the  gravel  color,  size,  and 
texture  does  not  detract  from  the  existing  historic 
stonework. 

D.  Stone  Pavement:  There  are  short  sections  of  stone 
pavement  and  talus  pavement  throughout  the  trail. 


Fig.  349-10  Young  birch  trees  are  the  predominant  vegetation 
along  the  lower  parts  of  the  trail.  Damaged  specimens  like  this 
one  should  be  removed  from  treadway. 


Fig.  349-1 1   Unconstructed  tread  at  the  upper  end  of  the  trail  is 
bounded  by  sporadic  coping  stones,  blueberry  bushes,  and  other 
subalpine  vegetation.  A  more  constructed  tread  way  would 
discourage  trail  widening  and  damage  to  adjacent  vegetation. 


327 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  Plan 


Fig.  349-14  Retaining  wall,  coping  and  curved  steps  at  about  270 
feet  up  the  trail. 


Fig.  349-16  Large  stone  steps. 


328 


Section  2;  #349.  Homans  Path 


However,  the  upper  500  feet  of  the  trail  does  not 
contain  steps  or  stone  pavement.  This  section  will 
need  reinforcement  of  the  treadway  to  prevent 
erosion  and  gullying,  and  stone  pavement  or  gravel 
tread  may  be  used.  When  applying  new  stone 
pavement,  consult  other  memorial  trails  as  models, 
but  make  sure  the  new  installation  can  be  differen- 
tiated from  historic  work  when  complete.  Where 
possible,  the  trail  should  be  routed  along  the  ledge 
of  Sieur  de  Monts  Crag,  both  to  provide  less  need 
for  a  constructed  tread  and  to  access  the  views 
from  the  mountain. 

E.    Unconstructed  Tread:  Most  of  the  trail  relies  on 
constructed  tread,  which  is  part  of  its  highly  crafted 
character.  Sections  of  steps  are  pinned  to  ledge 
rather  than  leading  the  hiker  on  the  ledge  itself. 
Unconstructed  tread  at  the  top  of  the  trail  connect- 
ing with  the  Emery  Path  (#15)  should  be  reinforced 
with  stone  pavement  or  gravel  tread  (see  above). 

4.  Drainage 

A  few  drainage  features  are  located  in  the  first  section  of 
trail.  At  the  entrance,  a  capstone  culvert  extends  across 
the  Hemlock  Road  (#377)  drainage  ditch  (see  Fig.  349- 
3).  This  culvert  is  the  first  constructed  feature  on  the 
trail.  About  60  feet  up  the  trail,  a  graveled-over  culvert 
directs  water  from  an  intermittent  stream  under  the 
tread  (Fig.  349-12).  Three  similar  culverts  are  located 
within  the  next  70  feet  of  trail.  The  last  of  these  four 
culverts  has  exposed  lintels.  No  other  culverts  exist  on 
the  trail.  A  drainage  feature  is  located  370  feet  up  the 
trail,  which,  according  to  the  trail  inventory,  consists  of 
"a  hold  for  water  to  flow  into  boulders"  below  a  set  of 
steps.  Above  this  point  there  are  no  evident  drainage 
features  (see  Appendix  E).  One  section  contains  water 
flowing  down  the  steps,  but  most  sections  that  cross 
intermittent  streams  or  pass  by  springs  are  in  poor  con- 
dition. These  sections  should  be  repaired  with  capstone 
or  graveled-over  culverts,  similar  to  those  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  trail.  Open  culverts,  pipe  culverts,  and  water 
bars  would  detract  from  the  trail's  character. 

5.  Crossings 

None. 


6.  Retaining  Structures 

A.  Checks:  No  checks  are  used,  as  they  are  a  contem- 

porary addition  to  the  Acadia  trails.  Use  of  checks 
should  be  avoided  on  this  highly  crafted,  historic 
trail. 

B.  Coping:  Coping  stones  are  used  to  define  the 
trail  through  the  woods,  under  ledges,  and  along 
sections  of  stone  pavement.  Coping  is  also  used  to 
anchor  steps  in  talus  areas  and  on  top  of  retaining 
walls.  Most  are  relocated  boulders  of  irregular  sizes 
(Fig.  349-13).  Some  coping  stones  have  toppled. 
These  should  be  retrieved,  reset,  and  in  necessary, 
pinned  in  place  with  concealed  pins.  Additional 
compatible  coping  stones  may  be  added  as  needed. 

C.  Retaining  Walls:  There  are  extensive  sections  of 
rubble  retaining  walls,  often  in  combination  with 
coping.  Several  sections  of  retaining  walls  have 
collapsed  (Figs.  349-14  &  349-15).  Existing  walls 
should  be  rehabilitated,  and  new  additions  should 
be  compatible  with  the  historic  style. 

7.  Steps 

There  are  extensive  slab-laid  and  set-behind  steps  on 
the  path  (Figs.  349-14  to  349-18).  The  size  of  step  and 
riser  varies.  This  assortment  of  step  size,  some  cut 
into  rectangular  blocks,  others  with  uncut  ends,  helps 
to  harmonize  the  steps  with  the  natural  surroundings. 
With  the  exception  of  steps  located  near  water  features, 
all  steps  are  in  excellent  condition.  Most  are  laid  across 
ledges  or  through  talus  areas,  which  allow  water  to  seep 
well  under  the  trail.  In  order  to  lead  hikers  through 
rock  formations,  some  sections  of  trail  were  built  up 
with  blocking  and  retaining  walls.  There  are  drill  marks 
on  steps  and  on  nearby  ledges  (Figs.  349-19  &  349-20). 
Shims  were  used  on  some  steps  (Fig.  349-21).  Reha- 
bilitation should  maintain  the  variety  of  steps  currently 
extant  on  the  trail. 

8.  Ironwork 

There  is  minimal  iron  on  the  trail.  The  circa-1915 
construction  of  the  trail  places  it  during  a  period  when 
iron  use  was  increasing.  The  existing  iron  is  used  to 
support  slab-laid  steps  and  coping  stones  on  ledge 


329 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


at  approximately  850  and  930  feet  up  the  trail  (Figs. 
349-22  &  349-23).  Additional  concealed  pins  may 
be  added  to  help  hold  steps  in  place.  For  example,  a 
pin  may  be  added  to  hold  the  bottom  step  of  a  run  of 
steps  to  ensure  that  the  staircase  does  not  collapse  with 
increased  use.  Pins  should  be  added  to  secure  stone- 
work prior  to  reopening  the  trail  where  high  use  will 
cause  the  steps  to  slip.  Annual  inspections  may  locate 
additional  locations  for  pins.  Use  of  concealed  pins  is 
preferred,  rather  than  adding  stone  retaining  walls  or 
coping,  to  avoid  altering  the  character  of  the  trail. 


Fig.  349-17  Steps  on  ledge  near  upper  end  of  trail. 


9.  Guidance 

The  steps  serve  as  guidance,  a  technique  employed  by 
the  VIA/VIS  from  the  1890s  onward.  Blazes,  cairns,  and 
scree  should  not  be  added  to  the  trail. 

A.  Blazes:  None. 

B.  Cairns:  None. 

C.  Directional  Signs:  Signs  are  needed  at  both 
ends  of  the  trail.  At  the  lower  end  of  the  trail,  a 
vandal-proof  trailhead  post  is  needed;  possibly  two 
because  of  the  fork.  At  the  upper  end  an  intersec- 
tion sign  is  needed. 

D.  Informational  Signs:  An  information  sign  or  bro- 
chure box  may  be  added  at  the  base  of  the  trail  to 
interpret  the  history  of  the  trail  and  its  reopening. 

E.  Scree:  None. 

F.  Trail  Name:  The  trail  should  be  named  Homans 
Path  with  no  apostrophe. 

10.  Monuments  and  Associated  Structures 

There  is  no  evidence  of  monuments  or  structures 
associated  with  this  trail,  and  none  should  be  added. 


ROUTINE  MAINTENANCE 

A  series  of  photographs  has  be  taken  of  the  trail's  stone- 
work prior  to  its  official  reopening  in  2003  (Fig.  349- 
24).  Each  year  the  trail  should  be  carefully  inspected 
to  determine  whether  the  steps  are  slipping  due  to  trail 
use.  Altered  sections  should  be  repaired  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible, with  the  addition  of  concealed  pins  if  necessary. 
This  will  prevent  long  sections  of  steps  from  slipping  or 
collapsing. 


Fig.  349-18  Several  runs  of  smaller  steps  without  coping  and 
covered  with  moss  are  located  about  550  to  600  feet  up  the  trail. 


330 


Section  2;  #349.  Homans  Path 


Fig.  349-19  Hand  showing  drill  marks  on  a  nearby  ledge  where 
steps  were  quarried. 


Fig.  349-20  Stone  step  with  drill  mark. 


Fig.  349-21   Stone  step  with  shims. 


Fig.  349-22  Detail  of  a  pinned  step  on  the  Homans  Path. 


Fig.  349-23  Stone  steps  pinned  on  ledge,  side  view. 


Fig.  349-24  Reopening  of  the  Homans  Path  in  2003. 


331 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


332 


SECTION  3: 


REFERENCES 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

APPENDIX  A:  TERMINOLOGY 

APPENDIX  B:  TRAIL  LIST 

APPENDIX  C:  TRAIL  NAMING  JUSTIFICATION 

APPENDIX  D:  SOUND  MASONRY  PRACTICES  /  STONECUTTING 

APPENDIX  E:  SAMPLE  TRAIL  INVENTORY 


333 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Arthur,  Guy  B.  Civilian  Conservation  Corps  Field  Training: 
Construction  of  Trails.  1937. 


Interior,  National  Park  Service,  Olmsted  Center  for 
Landscape  Preservation,  June  2001,  revised  June  2005. 


Bar  Harbor  Record.  November  23, 1910. 

Bar  Harbor  Village  Improvement  Association.  Annual 
Reports,  1-42, 45-46, 48-50.  1890-1941. 

Birkby,  Robert  C.  Lightly  on  the  Land:  The  SCA 
Trail- Building  and  Maintenance  Manual. 
Seattle:  The  Mountaineers,  1996. 


National  Park  Service.  "Mission  66  for  Acadia  National 
Park."  ca.  1956.  Harpers  Ferry  Library,  Box — ACAD,  B2. 

.  Management  Policies.  Department  of  the  Interior, 


National  Park  Service,  2001. 

Northeast  Harbor  Village  Improvement  Society.  Annual 
Reports,  2-32.  1899-1930. 


Brown,  Margaret  Coffin,  Pathmakers:  Cultural  Landscape 
Report  for  the  Historic  Hiking  Trail  System,  Mount  Desert 
Island,  Maine,  Volume  1:  History,  Existing  Conditions,  and 
Analysis.  National  Park  Service,  2006. 

Demrow,  Carl,  and  David  Salisbury.  The  Complete  Guide  to 
Trail  Building  and  Maintenance.  Third  edition.  Boston: 
Appalachian  Mountain  Club  Books,  1998. 


Peabody,  Harold,  and  Charles  Grandgent.  Walks  on  Mount 
Desert  Island.  1928. 

Rand,  Edward  L.  First  Annual  Report  of  the  Champlain 
Society.  1880. 

Seal  Harbor  Village  Improvement  Society.  Annual  Reports 
of  the  Seal  Harbor  Village  Improvement  Society,  1901-1984. 


Good,  Albert  H.  Park  and  Recreation  Structures.  National 
Park  Service,  1938. 


Southwest  Harbor  Village  Improvement  Association. 
Annual  Report.  1932. 


Goodrich,  David.  Correspondence  to  Paul  Haertel, 
Superintendent,  Acadia  National  Park  archives,  March 
16, 2001. 

Griswold,  Stephen  S.  A  Handbook  on  Trail  Building  and 
Maintenance.  Three  Rivers,  CA:  Sequoia  Natural  History 
Association,  5th  edition,  September  30, 1996. 

Hesselbarth,  Woody.  Trail  Construction  and  Maintenance 
Notebook.  Missoula,  Montana:  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  United  States  Forest  Service,  1997. 

Hooper,  Lennon.  NPS  Trails  Management  Handbook. 
Denver:  United  States  Department  of  the  Interior, 
National  Park  Service,  no  date. 

Kittredge,  Frank.  Standards  for  Trail  Construction. 
Department  of  the  Interior,  National  Park  Service,  1934. 

Meier,  Lauren  G.,  Lee  Terzis,  and  Nancy  J.  Brown. 
"Historic  Resources  of  Acadia  National  Park  Multiple 
Property  Listing."  United  States  Department  of  the 


St.  Germain,  Thomas  A.,  Jr.,  and  John  D.  Saunders.  Trails 
of  History:  The  Story  of  Mount  Desert  Island's  Paths  from 
Norumbega  to  Acadia.  Bar  Harbor:  Parkman  Publica- 
tions, 1993. 

Stakely,  J.  Tracy,  Margaret  Coffin  Brown,  and  Paul  Wien- 
baum.  National  Register  Nomination  for  the  Hiking  Trail 
System,  Acadia  National  Park.  United  States  Department 
of  the  Interior,  National  Park  Service,  Olmsted  Center 
for  Landscape  Preservation,  Draft  March  1999. 

United  States  Department  of  the  Interior,  National  Park 
Service.  Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan.   February  2002. 

United  States  Department  of  the  Interior,  National  Park 
Service.  "Mission  66  for  Acadia  National  Park,"  Harpers 
Ferry  Center  Library,  Box  ACAD,  B2,  ca.  1956. 

Village  Improvement  Societies  of  Bar  Harbor,  Northeast 
Harbor,  Seal  Harbor,  and  Southwest  Harbor.  A  Path 
Guide  ofMDI,  Maine.  1915. 


334 


Appendix  A:  Terminology 


APPENDIX  A:  TERMINOLOGY 


abandoned  trail 

Trail  that  is  no  longer  mapped,  marked,  or  maintained. 

abutment 

A  stone,  wooden,  or  concrete  substructure  supporting  the 
ends  of  abridge. 

accessible 

See  wheelchair  accessible 

ADA 

Americans  With  Disabilities  Act;  this  legislation  governs  the 
construction  of  trails  for  people  with  disabilities,  including 
physical  aspects  of  the  trail  and  which  trails  must  be  built 
in  such  a  manner;  ADA  trail  refers  to  a  trail  constructed 
according  to  such  legislation  to  allow  use  by  handicapped 
persons. 

ADA  trail 

A  trail  constructed  according  to  the  requirements  of  the 
Americans  With  Disabilities  Act  that  allows  access  by 
people  with  disabilities;  wheelchair  accessible. 

alignment 

A  trail's  placement  on  the  landscape;  route. 

AMC 

Appalachian  Mountain  Club. 

apron 

The  dip  on  the  uphill  side  of  the  bar  that  directs  most  of 
the  water  off  the  trail  before  it  gets  to  the  bar  itself;  ideally 
"funnel-shaped." 

backed  waterbar 

A  waterbar  "backed"  or  held  in  place  by  steps  or  checks 
immediately  on  its  downhill  side. 

backfill 

Fill  material  behind  a  structure. 

Bates-style  cairn 

Cairn  constructed  in  the  manner  of  Waldron  Bates's  cairns, 
consisting  of  base  stones,  lintel,  and  pointer  stones. 

Bates-style  steps 

Steps  constructed  in  the  style  of  Waldron  Bates;  a  rustic 
method  of  step  construction. 


batter 

The  slope  of  a  wall  face;  batter  is  the  relationship  of  rise 
to  run,  where  rise  is  the  height  of  the  wall  and  run  is  the 
distance  from  vertical  that  the  face  recedes  from  founda- 
tion to  top;  this  relationship  is  expressed  in  this  document 
as  "rise:run";  hence,  a  2-foot  tall  wall  that  slopes  back  on 
foot  is  said  to  have  a  batter  of  2:1.  A  wall  may  have  a  large  or 
small  batter,  indicating  the  increasing  degree  to  which  the 
wall  is  sloped  backwards  from  the  base. 

bedlog 

Support  log  for  the  treadlogs  of  a  bogwalk. 

bedrock 
See  ledge. 

bellying 

Technique  of  constructing  steps  in  which  each  slab-laid 
step  is  shaped  so  that  it  "bellies"  down  behind  the  step  on 
which  it  sets,  thus  locking  it  in. 

bench  cut 

A  side-hill  or  cross-slope  treadway  constructed  by  remov- 
ing material  from  the  slope  to  create  a  flattened  surface. 

berm 

Raised  strip  of  soil,  usually  vegetated. 

blaze 

One  of  a  series  of  marks  along  a  trail  that  indicates  the  loca- 
tion of  the  trail. 

blocking 

Stones  used  to  support  or  backfill  building  stones  in  a 
masonry  structure;  see  also  core. 

bog-style  stepping  stones 

Stepping  stones  used  to  cross  boggy  areas;  see  also  stream- 
style  stepping  stones. 

bogwalk 

Wooden  walkway  providing  a  raised,  even  and  dry  tread, 
usually  through  a  wet  area. 

borrow  pit 

Pit  along  a  trail  from  which  material  for  trail  construction 
was  taken. 


335 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  plan 


breaking  joints 

Principle  of  stonework  in  which  the  seam  between  any  two 
stones  is  "broken"  or  overlaid  with  a  single  stone;  one  over 
two. 

bridge 

A  structure  providing  passage  over  an  impediment  such  as 
a  waterway,  gully  or  crevice. 

broad  paths 

Historic  gravel  paths  in  the  Seal  Harbor  and  Bar  Harbor 
districts. 

Brunnow-style  steps 

Steps  constructed  in  the  style  of  Rudolph  Brunnow,  in 
which  steps  are  laid  as  the  top  course  of  a  retaining  wall. 

brushing 

The  clearing  of  brush  along  a  trail  corridor. 

bullrail 

A  low  barrier,  usually  not  over  four  inches  high,  placed 
along  the  side  edges  of  a  bridge;  see  curbrail. 

cairn 

Trail  marker  that  is  a  built  or  piled  group  of  stones. 

cake 

(AMC  term):  way  of  setting  rock  so  that  it  is  laying  down 
with  its  greatest  surface  area  flat  in  the  ground;  oppose  to 
toast. 

cantilever 

A  beam  or  member  that  extends  past  its  support,  resulting 
in  an  overhang. 

capstone  culvert 

Closed  culvert  topped  with  one  or  more  exposed  treadway 
stones. 

catch  basin 

An  excavated,  constructed  area  at  the  entrance  to  a  culvert 
designed  to  "catch"  debris  before  it  clogs  the  culvert. 

causeway 

Constructed  treadway  raised  above  the  level  of  the  sur- 
rounding area;  may  be  walled  causeway,  wall-less  causeway, 
or  stone  causeway. 

ccc 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps. 


character-defining  features 

Exemplary  characteristics  of  a  historic  structure,  object  or 
landscape  that  contribute  to  its  historic  character  and  aid  in 
the  understanding  of  its  cultural  construction. 

check 

A  constructed  barrier  in  the  trail  that  retains  treadway 
material  from  moving  down-grade;  may  be  log,  or  a  row  of 
abutting  stones  with  high  contacts. 

chinked 

Stuffed  with  the  correct  small  stones  to  fill  gaps  left 
between  building  stones;  process  is  called  "chinking." 

climbing  turn 

Gentle  turn  that  reverses  a  trail's  direction,  designed  to 
gain  grade  on  a  sidehill  trail;  the  turn  is  less  sharp  than  in  a 
switchback. 

closed  culvert 

Culvert  closed  at  the  top  so  that  it  is  underneath  the 
treadway. 

closed  log  culvert 

Closed  culvert  constructed  of  logs,  usually  surfaced  with 
gravel;  see  gravelled-over  bridges. 

colored  paths 

Paths  of  a  system  developed  under  Herbert  Jaques  in  Bar 
Harbor  in  the  early  1900s  in  which  each  path  was  named 
for  a  color,  or  two  colors;  ex.  "Green  and  Black  Path";  all 
of  these  trails  have  been  renamed,  though  some  may  be 
restored  to  historic  color  names. 

commemorative  plaque 

In  the  Acadia  trail  system,  a  cast  bronze  plaque  which  is 
mounted  on  the  face  of  a  cliff,  into  a  large  boulder  or  onto  a 
structure  to  commemorate  individuals  associated  with  the 
memorial  trails. 

conical  cairn 

AMC-style  of  cairn,  constructed  of  a  series  of  circular 
retaining  walls  that  form  a  cone. 

contact 

Touching;  a  fundamental  principle  of  sound  masonry,  in 
which  all  abutting  building  stones  contact  each  other;  see 
also  high  contact. 

control  points 

Significant  locations  the  trail  is  designed  to  access;  primary 
considerations  in  the  design  of  its  route. 


336 


Appendix  A:  Terminology 


coping  retaining  wall 

Coping  wall  that  functions  also  as  a  retaining  wall. 

coping  stones 

Stones  set  at  the  edge  of  a  treadway  (or  road)  that  protrude 
above  the  surface  and  act  as  guidance;  they  may  be  the 
top  course  of  a  retaining  wall,  assisting  with  its  structural 
integrity. 

coping  wall 

A  continuous  row  of  coping  stones. 

corduroy 

Decking  or  treadway  composed  of  continuous  log  rounds, 
or  split  logs  with  the  round  side  up. 

core 

Interior  of  a  masonry  structure,  especially  a  retaining  wall, 
in  which  it  is  the  material  between  the  face  of  the  wall  and 
the  material  being  retained;  provides  structural  integrity 
and  drainage  to  the  structure. 

cradling 

Technique  of  construction,  especially  as  used  in  shallowly 
battered  walls,  in  which  rocks  are  trapped  partially  behind 
rocks  they  are  set  on  top  of,  and  thus  locked  in. 

creep 

Slow  movement  of  material  down  a  slope. 

crib 

Wooden  structure  that  retains  material  and/or  acts  as  a  pier 
for  a  bridge  or  bogwalk;  see  log  cribs. 

cross-slope 

Tread  slope  perpendicular  to  trail  direction,  or,  a  trail  per- 
pendicular to  the  fall  line. 

crowned 

Refers  to  gravel  paving  that  is  raised  in  the  middle  to  shed 
water  to  either  side  of  the  treadway. 

culvert 

Structure  that  carries  water  across  or  under  a  treadway. 

curbrail 

A  low  barrier,  usually  not  over  4  inches  high,  placed  along 
the  side  edges  of  a  bridge,  parallel  to  the  treadway;  see 
bullrail. 


cut  stone 

Stone,  usually  rectilinear,  that  is  the  result  of  splitting  a 
larger  stone,  usually  by  drilling  and  using  feathers  and 
wedges. 

cyclic  maintenance 

Maintenance  scheduled  to  take  place  at  a  given  interval, 
such  as  annual  drain  cleaning. 

decking 

Walking  surface  constructed  of  planking,  especially  on  a 
bridge. 

designed  alignment 

An  alignment  laid  out  with  consideration  for  factors  other 
than  control  points,  such  as  grade  and  treadway  sustain- 
ability. 

destination  points 

The  end  points  of  a  trail. 

dimple 

See  dog  holes. 

direct  alignment 

An  alignment  that  takes  the  shortest  feasible  route  to  its 
control  points. 

directional  signs 

On  the  trail  system,  signs  which  locate  and  direct  hikers. 

ditch 

Earthen  channel  to  direct  water;  usually  a  side  drain,  outlet 
ditch,  or  off-trail  drainage. 

ditch  and  fill 

A  technique  used  to  treat  wet  areas  whereby  a  ditch  is  dug 
along  the  side  of  the  treadway  and  the  resultant  material  is 
used  to  elevate  the  treadway;  the  result  is  similar  to  a  cause- 
way but  less  constructed. 

dog  holes 

Dimple-like  depressions  or  shallow  drill  holes  at  opposing 
ends  of  stones;  historically  used  to  move  large  stones 
mechanically  in  conjunction  with  chain  dogs  and  a 
derrick. 

Dorr-style  steps 

Steps  constructed  in  the  style  of  George  Dorr;  a  highly 
crafted  method  of  step  construction. 


337 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


dry-laid 

Stonework  constructed  without  the  use  of  mortar  or 
bonding  agents;  type  of  construction  used  in  the  Acadia 
trail  system. 

endowed  trails 

A  specific  group  of  historic  trails  whose  maintenance 
was  funded  by  an  endowment;  many  of  these  are  also 
memorial  trails. 

engraved  stone 

A  boulder,  step  or  stone  into  which  language  has  been 
cut;  in  general,  engraved  stones  associated  with  trails  were 
located  near  one  or  both  entrances  to  the  trail  and  were 
engraved  with  the  name  of  the  trail. 

expansion  bolt 

A  bolt  designed  to  anchor  to  rock  by  expanding  when  it  is 
installed. 

eyebolt 

A  piece  of  iron  anchored  into  rock  that  has  been  bent  at  the 
end  to  form  a  circle,  or  "eye"  for  attaching  something. 

face 

The  front,  or  exposed  area,  of  a  retaining  wall. 

fall  line 

The  direct  downhill  line;  the  line  which  water  takes  as  it 
descends  a  slope. 

fall-line  route 

A  direct  route  that  follows  the  fall-line  of  a  slope;  a  vulner- 
able route  common  to  the  Acadia  system. 

fines 

Very  small  particles  of  soil;  see  silt. 

fitted  wall 

Retaining  wall  constructed  of  stones  fitted  in  between 
existing  stones  in  the  landscape,  especially  in  a  talus  slope. 

flat  notch 

Method  of  joining  logs  in  which  a  flat  surface  is  cut  in  each 
log,  and  the  logs  are  joined  at  the  flat  surfaces. 

flat  signs 

Planed  wood  signs  mounted  on  posts;  may  be  pointer 
signs  or  square  signs. 

floor 

The  bottom  of  a  drainage  channel. 


footing 

Base  of  a  masonry  structure,  usually  well  below  the  surface 
of  the  ground. 

French  drain 

A  covered  channel  of  stone  laid  underneath  the  trail  sur- 
face or  surrounding  ground;  a  type  of  subsurface  drain. 

fully  constructed  side  drain 

Side  drain  fully  constructed  of  stone,  such  as  "V"-shaped 
and  "U"-shaped  side  drains. 

geotextile  material 

Synthetic  cloth  that  allows  water  penetration  while  acting 
as  a  barrier  to  silt. 

gesture 

As  a  descriptive  term  for  alignment,  the  way  a  trail  moves  in 
response  to  the  landscape;  may  be  a  small  gesture  or  a  large 
gesture. 

grade 

Slope;  incline  of  a  trail,  usually  expressed  as  a  percentage  of 
rise  to  run,  or  as  an  angle  from  horizontal. 

grade  string 

See  line. 

gravel  paving 

Any  treadway  surfaced  with  gravel. 

graveled-over  culvert 

Closed  stone  culvert  overlaid  with  gravel  paving. 

guidance  features 

Features  designed  to  direct  hikers  along  a  trail  and  contain 
hikers  within  the  treadway. 

gully 

An  eroded  channel,  usually  carrying  water. 

handrail 

A  rail  at  hand  height;  may  be  along  a  bridge  or  along  a  steep 
portion  of  a  trail. 

header 

Any  stone  set  header  style;  in  a  retaining  wall,  a  stone  set  in 
the  face  of  the  wall  that  penetrates  the  core,  also  called  a  tie 
rock. 

header-style 

Set  with  the  length  of  the  stone  into  the  structure;  strongest 
way  of  laying  stone;  as  opposed  to  stretcher  style. 


338 


Appendix  A:  Terminology 


high  contact 

Contact  at  the  top  of  a  row  of  stones;  a  technique  for 
retaining  surface  material. 

historic 

A  term  used  to  describe  a  person,  place  or  object  that  is 
significant  to  a  culture. 

historic  scree 

Scree  that  was  constructed  in  a  period  of  significance; 
generally  more  precise  and  attractive  than  contemporary 
scree. 

historical 

A  term  that  refers  to  periods  or  themes  in  history. 

historical  significance 

Meaning  or  value  based  on  evaluation  criteria  for  inclu- 
sion on  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places  given  to  a 
district,  site,  building,  structure,  or  object.  These  criteria 
are  based  on  associations  with  important  persons  or  events 
in  American  history,  design  characteristics,  or  pre-history. 

hub 

A  central  location  at  which  a  number  of  trails  converge  by 
design;  such  as  at  Sieur  de  Monts  Spring. 

informational  signs 

Non-historic  signs  in  a  variety  of  styles  that  convey  infor- 
mation of  many  types  about  trails;  also  called  "interpretive 
signs." 

inslope 

Tread  cross-slope  against  the  prevailing  grade,  i.e.,  towards 
the  hillside. 

insloping 

Sloping  in  towards  higher  ground,  usually  into  the  tread- 
way,  or  towards  the  core  of  a  structure;  the  ideal  type  of 
slope  for  rocks  in  a  masonry  structure 

ironwork 

In  the  Acadia  trail  system,  constructed  iron  features  affixed 
to  stone,  for  the  purpose  of  either  supporting  structures  or 
aiding  hikers;  such  as  a  rung. 

keyed 

In  setting  a  rock,  it  means  set  into  a  space  in  which  the  rock 
is  secured  by  other  rocks,  especially  in  reference  to  founda- 
tion stones  or  bottom  steps  secured  by  rocks  or  ledge  in  the 
landscape. 


laid  coping 

Free-standing  wall  laid  at  the  edge  of  the  treadway. 

laid  wall 

Laid  retaining  wall;  retaining  wall  with  a  substantial  verti- 
cal component  in  which  rocks  are  interwoven. 

large  gesture 

Movement  of  a  trail  dictated  by  design  over  small-scale 
features  in  the  landscape;  a  large-gestured  route  will  have 
many  straight  and  evenly  curving  sections. 

lead  wool 

A  matted  gathering  of  thin  strands  of  lead,  similar  in 
appearance  and  consistency  to  steel  wool;  used  to  seal 
holes  around  iron  work  and  thereby  prevent  rusting. 

ledge 

Solid,  continuous  layer  of  rock;  bedrock;  slickrock. 

line 

Mason's  line;  high-tensile  string  used  as  a  reference  for 
construction;  string  line;  mason  line;  grade  string. 

lintel 

Stone  that  bridges  a  gap;  part  of  any  closed  stone  culvert  or 
pipe  culvert. 

live  edge 

An  edge  of  a  log  with  the  bark  left  on  it. 

living  wall 

Berm  of  vegetation  and  soil  performing  a  retaining  func- 
tion; see  wall-less  causeway. 

log  crib 

Retaining  structure  constructed  of  logs;  may  be  wall  crib 
or  treadway  crib. 

log  scree 

Scree  made  of  logs  or  brush. 

log  signs 

At  Acadia,  synonymous  with  trailhead  signs;  signs  crafted 
from  a  single  log  which  has  a  flat  face  cut  on  one  or  both 
sides  on  which  information  is  routed. 

lowland  route 

Route  that  follows  the  bottom  of  a  contour  or  traverses  a 
low  or  flat  area. 

mason's  line 
See  line. 


339 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


memorial  trails 

A  specific  group  of  historic  trails  built  in  memory  of 
deceased  persons;  e.g.,  Emery  Path. 

non-native  species 

Any  species  not  native  to  Acadia;  no  such  plants  should  be 
used  in  revegetation. 

NPS 

National  Park  Service. 

off-set  intersection 

An  intersection  at  which  the  ends  of  two  connecting  trails, 
or  the  segments  of  a  single  trail,  do  not  line  up  at  either  side 
of  the  trail  or  road  they  cross. 

off-trail  drainage 

Drainage  away  from  the  trail,  usually  ditching  that  directs 
water  to  trail  drainages. 

one  over  two 

See  breaking  joints. 

open  culvert 

Culvert  with  an  open  top. 

open  log  culvert 

Open  culvert  with  log  sides. 

open  stone  culvert 

Open  culvert  with  stone  sides  and  floor. 

outflow  drain 
see  outlet  ditch 

outlet  ditch 

Ditch  at  the  outflow,  or  downhill  side  of  a  drainage;  out- 
flow drain. 

outrigger  bracing 

Bracing  that  triangulates  from  the  outside  of  a  bridge. 

outslope 

Tread  cross-slope  with  the  prevailing  grade,  i.e.,  towards 
the  downhill  side. 

outsloping 

Sloping  away  from  higher  ground  or  core  of  a  structure; 
outsloping  rocks  usually  weaken  a  masonry  structure. 

path 

At  Acadia,  a  highly  constructed,  easily-walked  trail  devel- 
oped by  a  VIA  or  VIS  group. 


patio 

See  stone  pavement. 

pea-stone 

Small  rounded  stone. 

perforated-pipe  drain 

A  type  of  subsurface  drain  in  which  perforated  pipe  is  the 
main  drainage  channel. 

pier 

Support  structure  between  bridge  or  bogwalk  spans. 

piled  coping 

See  scree. 

piled  wall 

Piled  stones  performing  a  retaining  function. 

pin 

A  straight  piece  of  iron  anchored  vertically  into  stone  for 
the  purpose  of  securing  other  structures. 

pipe  culvert 

Closed  culvert,  the  channel  of  which  is  a  pipe  or  pipes. 

planking 

Decking  surface  of  milled  boards. 

pole  bridges 

Temporary  bridge  consisting  of  logs  laid  side  by  side  into  a 
wet  area. 

pressure-treated  wood 

Wood  treated  with  chemicals  to  make  it  rot-resistant;  most 
types  of  pressure-treated  wood  are  not  allowed  for  use  at 
Acadia  due  to  chemicals  used  in  them. 

raised  treadway 

Earthen  treadway  raised  above  surrounding  ground;  see 
causeway. 

reconstruct 

The  act  of  rebuilding  a  missing  historic  feature. 

rectilinear 

A  three-dimensional  object  with  rectangular  surfaces. 

rehabilitate 

To  preserve  the  historic  character  of  a  property,  while 
making  allowances  for  new  uses;  measures  are  taken  to 
preserve  those  historic  features  and  characteristics  that 
remain;  compatible  additions  may  be  made  for  modern 
needs. 


340 


Appendix  A:  Terminology 


reroute 

A  section  of  trail  that  has  been  realigned. 

retaining  wall 

Wall  that  holds  one  portion  of  ground  higher  than  another; 
may  be  laid,  rubble  or  piled. 

revegetation 

Reintroducing  vegetation  to  an  area  that  has  been 
damaged. 

Ridge  Runners 

In  Acadia,  a  group  that  marks  trails  and  assists  visitors  on 
the  trails. 

ridge-line  route 

A  direct  route  that  follows  the  top  of  a  ridge. 

ripped 

Cut  in  half  lengthwise  with  a  saw,  pertains  to  logs  used  in 
bogwalks  and  bridges. 

riprap 

Technique  of  trail  construction  in  which  a  continuous 
stone  treadway  is  constructed  of  many  abutting,  locked-in 
stones,  many  of  which  are  individually  narrower  than  the 
treadway  width;  riprap  may  be  level,  graded  or  terraced. 
Riprap  is  primarily  a  Western  technique,  and  is  not  an 
historically  appropriate  method  of  construction  on  the 
Acadia  trail  system.  "Riprapped"  refers  to  any  random- 
laid,  continuous  rock  surface. 

riprap  steps 

A  series  of  tiers  built  in  the  style  of  riprap:  randomly  laid 
abutting  stones;  each  tier  consists  of  many  stones  laid  so 
their  tops  form  a  single  smooth  surface. 

rise 

Amount  of  vertical  distance,  usually  understood  per  hori- 
zontal distance,  or  run;  see  also  slope. 

route 

The  alignment  of  a  trail;  its  design,  and  placement  on  the 
landscape. 

rubble 

Non-building  stone  used  for  fill,  subgrade,  or  a  drainage 
floor. 

rubble  wall 

Retaining  wall  laid  less  carefully  than  a  laid  wall;  the  face  is 
irregular  and  the  batter  more  shallow. 


run 

Amount  of  horizontal  distance,  usually  understood  per 
vertical  distance,  or  rise;  see  also  slope. 

rung 

A  horizontal  piece  of  iron  work  for  climbing;  may  be 
anchored  into  rock  itself,  or  a  crosspiece  of  a  ladder. 

running  joint 

Unbroken  vertical  seam  in  a  masonry  structure;  a  place  of 
weakness;  see  also  stack  bond  and  breaking  joints. 

rustic 

A  term  used  by  Albert  Good  in  Park  Structures  and  Facili- 
ties (1938)  to  refer  a  design  style  "through  the  use  of  native 
materials  in  proper  scale,  and  through  the  avoidance  of 
rigid,  straight  lines,  and  over  sophistication,  gives  the  feel- 
ing of  having  been  executed  by  pioneer  craftsman  with 
limited  hand  tools.  It  thus  achieves  sympathy  with  natural 
surroundings  and  with  the  past." 

saddle  notch 

Method  of  joining  logs  in  which  a  rounded  cut  is  made  in 
one  log  for  the  other  log  to  fit  into. 

scouring 

The  loss  of  material  due  to  moving  water,  especially  of  a 
drainage  floor. 

scree 

Stones,  logs  or  other  material  piled  along  the  sides  of  a  trail 
to  define  the  treadway;  see  also  historic  scree. 

seepage 

Slow-moving  underground  water. 

set-behind 

Method  of  laying  steps  in  which  each  step  is  set  behind 
and  with  the  bottom  below  the  top  of  the  step  immediately 
below  it;  oppose  to  slab-laid. 

shim 

In  masonry,  a  small  rock  used  to  support  larger,  building 
rocks  in  a  masonry  structure;  usually  a  weak  element. 

side  drain 

A  drain  that  runs  parallel  to  the  treadway;  usually  collects 
water  from  the  uphill  side  of  the  trail  and  connects  to  cul- 
verts that  direct  water  to  the  downhill  side. 


341 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


sidehill  route 

A  route  that  travels  perpendicular  to  the  fall-line  along  the 
side  of  a  slope;  a  cross-slope  route. 

sidewall 

Single-tier  retaining  wall  that  retains  tread  material,  espe- 
cially in  a  walled  causeway  or  walled  side  drain. 

sill 

A  supporting  timber  set  in  the  ground;  a  bridge  sill  sits  at 
either  end  of  the  bridge,  perpendicular  to  it. 

silt 

Fines  left  by  moving  water. 

siltation 

The  build-up  of  fines  deposited  by  moving  water;  can  clog 
subsurface  drainage. 

slab-laid 

Method  of  laying  steps  in  which  each  step  is  set  partially 
on  top  of,  or  overlapping,  the  step  directly  below  it;  as 
opposed  to  set-behind. 

slickrock 

Ledge. 

slope 

Grade;  the  degree  to  which  a  surface  is  out  of  horizontal; 
calculated  as  rise  divided  by  run,  or  expressed  as  the  angle 
out  of  horizontal. 

small  gesture 

Movement  of  a  trail  dictated  by,  or  responsive  to,  small- 
scale  features  in  the  landscape,  such  as  boulders  or  trees. 

social  paths 

Paths  developed  by  hikers  to  shortcut  trail  routes  or  access 
points  of  interest. 

spill  point 

In  a  water  bar  or  water  dip,  the  point  at  which  water  leaves 
the  trail. 

stabilize 

To  prevent  further  deterioration  of  a  landscape  or  structure 
using  the  least  amount  of  intervention  necessary. 

stack  bond 

Rocks  laid  with  a  series  of  running  joints. 

stacked  cairn 

Cairn  that  consists  of  a  single  stack  of  stones. 


stanchions 

Iron  uprights  used  to  support  a  rail. 

step 

A  constructed  feature  that  is  a  vertical  rise  onto  a 
horizontal  surface  suitable  for  stepping. 

stepped-down  railing 

Extension  of  a  railing  that  angles  down  from  the  main 
railing. 

stepping  stones 

Stones  set  in  a  single  row,  a  stepping  distance  apart,  used  to 
traverse  streams  or  wet  areas;  may  be  bog-style  or  stream- 
style. 

stepstone  culvert 

Open  culvert  with  one  or  more  stepstones  in  the  drainage 
channel. 

stone  causeway 

A  causeway  constructed  primarily  of  stones  and  having  a 
surface  of  stone  pavement. 

stone  pavement 

Constructed  continuous  stone  treadway. 

stream-style  stepping  stones 

Stepping  stones  used  to  cross  streams;  see  also  bog-style 
stepping  stones. 

string  line 

See  line. 

stringer 

A  long  horizontal  timber  to  connect  uprights  in  a  frame  or 
to  support  a  floor. 

subgrade  drainage 

Non-channeled  subsurface  drainage  that  consists  of  clean 
stone  rubble  that  allows  percolation  of  seepage;  an  essen- 
tial element  of  tread  construction. 

subsurface  drain 

Drain  hidden  beneath  the  treadway,  mainly  used  to  handle 
seepage;  also  called  "hidden"  or  "blind"  drain. 

support  wall 

Retaining  wall  that  supports  the  treadway. 


342 


Appendix  A:  Terminology 


swale 

Water  dip;  an  angled  depression,  or  reversal  in  grade, 
designed  to  direct  water  to  the  side  of  the  trail;  as  part  of  a 
water  bar,  called  the  apron. 

switchback 

A  designed  element  of  a  trail's  alignment  in  which  a  side- 
hill  trail  reverses  direction  in  order  to  gain  grade. 

switchback  route 

A  route  that  primarily  consists  of  switchbacks. 

talus 

Rock  piles  and  debris  reposed  at  an  angle,  usually  at  the 
base  of  a  cliff;  also  called  a  "talus  slope"  or  "talus  field." 

talus  pavement 

Stone  pavement  constructed  through  a  talus  field. 

terrace 

Flat,  raised  area;  checks  and  terrace  steps  create  a  series  of 
stable  terraces  as  the  treadway. 

terrace  steps 

Non-abutting  steps  spaced  to  create  terraces  of  tread  mate- 
rial between  them. 

tie  rock 

In  a  retaining  wall,  a  long  face  stone  that  penetrates  the 
core;  usually  set  header-style. 

tier 

Row  of  face  stones  in  a  retaining  wall. 

tiered  wall 

Retaining  wall  in  which  rocks  are  laid  on  top  of  other  rocks 
in  the  face;  oppose  to  single-tier  wall  and  sidewall. 

tiling 

Flat  stones  laid  into  a  drainage  floor,  then  called  "tiled." 

toast 

(AMC  term):  way  of  setting  rock  so  that  it  is  straight  up 
and  down  in  the  ground  so  that  it  resembles  a  stood-up 
piece  of  toast;  weakest  style  of  setting  stone;  opposite  of 
cake. 

trail  braiding 

When  multiple  paths  become  used  in  addition  to  or  instead 
of  the  treadway. 


trail  corridor 

The  space  occupied  by  the  trail  and  its  features,  including 
the  brushed  area  above  the  treadway. 

trailhead  signs 

At  Acadia,  synonymous  for  log  signs;  signs  crafted  from  a 
single  log  which  has  a  flat  face  cut  on  one  or  both  sides  on 
which  information  is  routed;  or  any  sign  at  the  beginning 
of  a  trail. 

tread 

The  walking  surface  of  the  trail. 

tread  pavement 

Stone  pavement  constructed  in  a  soil  treadway. 

treadlog 

Milled,  ripped  or  topped  log  used  as  the  treadway  of  a 
bogwalk. 

treadway 

The  walking  surface  of  the  trail. 

treadway  crib 

Log  crib  constructed  in  the  treadway,  acting  as  checks  and 
sidewall. 

tributaries 

Smaller  water  courses  that  feed  into  larger  ones. 

truss 

An  assemblage  of  members  (such  as  beams)  forming  a  rigid 
framework. 

turnpike 

A  raised  treadway  supported  on  each  side  with  logs. 

unconstructed  tread 

Natural  treadway  with  no  constructed  features. 

uncut  stone 

Stone  that  has  not  been  shaped;  natural  stone. 

U-shaped  side  drain 

Stone  side  drain  in  which  rounded  or  square  stones  rein- 
force the  sides  of  a  ditch  in  a  U-shape. 

varied  woodland  route 

A  type  of  direct  route  that  traverses  different  kinds  of 
terrain. 


343 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


veneer  wall 

Retaining  wall  in  which  there  is  no  core  and  face  stones  do 
not  penetrate  the  interior  of  the  wall;  a  weak  structure. 

VIA 

Village  Improvement  Association;  either  Bar  Harbor  or 
Seal  Harbor. 

view 

Broad  range  of  vision,  expansive  or  panoramic,  usually  of 
scenic  elements. 

VIS 

Village  Improvement  Society;  either  Seal  Harbor  or  North- 
east Harbor. 

vista 

The  controlled  prospect  of  a  discrete  range  of  vision, 
which  is  deliberately  contrived,  typically  associated  with 
constructed  landscapes,  usually  of  scenic  elements. 

V-shaped  side  drain 

Stone  side  drain  in  which  flat  stones  are  set  perpendicular 
to  each  other  in  the  shape  of  a  V. 

wall  crib 

Log  crib,  consisting  of  rail  pieces  and  ties,  that  acts  as  a 
retaining  wall. 

walled  causeway 

A  raised  gravel  or  soil  treadway  supported  on  both  sides 
with  retaining  walls. 

wall-less  causeway 

Raised  gravel  or  soil  treadway  constructed  without  retain- 
ing walls;  gravel  is  contained  on  each  side  with  berm  or 
living  wall. 

water  dip 

An  angled  depression  in  the  treadway  that  diverts  water 
from  the  trail  surface;  a  reversal  in  grade. 

water  bar 

A  drainage  structure  consisting  of  a  depression  crossing  a 
treadway  which  is  reinforced  by  a  log  or  row  of  abutting 
rocks;  the  main  function  of  a  waterbar  is  to  divert  water 
flowing  down  a  graded  treadway. 

wedging 

Process  by  which  ironwork  is  anchored  into  rock;  the  end 
of  the  iron  is  slit  and  a  wedge  inserted  that  spreads  the  iron 
once  it  is  driven  into  a  hole. 


wheelchair  accessible 

Trail  constructed  according  to  ADA  standards,  especially 
concerning  grade,  to  allow  access  by  wheelchairs;  ADA 
trail. 


344 


Appendix  B:  Trail  List 


APPENDIX  B:  TRAIL  LIST 


1  Trail  Name 

Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Andrew  Murray  Young  Path 

25 

BHVIA 

1924 

Acadia  Mountain  Trail 

101 

SWHVIA 

1915 

Amphitheatre  Trail 

56 

NEHVIS 

1911, 1917 

Amphitheatre  Trail,  north 

523 

NEHVIS 

1911 

Amphitheatre  Trail,  south 

528 

NEHVIS 

1911 

Anemone  Cave  Trail 

369 

BHVIA 

1934  (reopened  by  NPS  1960) 

Asticou  and  Jordan  Pond  Path,  see  Asticou  Trail 

Asticou  Brook  Trail 

514 

NEHVIS 

1979 

Asticou  Hill  (Eliot  Mtn)  to  Little  Harbor  Brook 

517 

NEHVIS 

circa  1921 

Asticou  Inn  Trail 

513 

NEHVIS 

circa  1926 

Asticou  Path,  see  Asticou  Trail 

Asticou  Ridge  Trail 

520 

NEHVIS 

1885, 1914 

Asticou  Trail 

49 

NE/SH 

circa  1881 

Asticou  Trail,  see  Pond  Hill  Trail 

Aunt  Bettys  Pond  Path 

526 

NEHVIS 

1867, 1900 

Bald  Peak  Trail 

62 

NEHVIS 

1932  (reopened  by  NPS  1980) 

Bar  Island  Trail 

1 

BHVIA 

1867  (reopened  by  NPS  1990) 

Barr  Hill  Path 

404 

SHVIS 

1896, 1900 

Barr  Hill/Redfield  Hill  to  Jordan  Pond 

403 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  Trail 

129 

SWHVIA 

circa  1900 

Beachcroft  Path 

13 

BHVIA 

1871, 1890, 1915, 1926 

Bear  Brook  Trail 

10 

BHVIA 

1867, 1890, 1934 

Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail 

106 

SWHVIA 

1936, 1937,  circa  1941 

Beech  Cliff  Loop  Trail 

114 

SWHVIA 

1871, 1906 

Beech  Cliff  Trail  to  Lurvey  Spring,  see  Echo  Lake  to 

Lurvey  Spring 

Beech  Cliff  Trail,  see  Canada  Cliffs  Trail 

Beech  Cliff,  path  along 

604 

SWHVIA 

circa  1871 

Beech  Hill  Road,  see  Valley  Trail 

Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail 

113 

SWHVIA 

circa  1906 

Beech  Mountain  Road  Path,  see  also  Valley  Trail 

624 

SWHVIA 

circa  1762 

Beech  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail 

109 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Beech  Mountain  Trail,  see  Beech  Mountain  Road  Path  or  Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge 

Trail 

Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail 

108 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Beechcroft  Trail  (see  Beachcroft  Path) 

Beehive  Trail 

7 

BHVIA 

1916 

Beehive,  West 

8 

BHVIA 

1874, 1894, 1916 

Bernard  Mountain  Ski  Trail,  see  Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail 

Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail 

111 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Bicycle  Path 

331 

BHVIA 

1890, 1895 

Bicycle  Path  Connector 

372 

BHVIA 

1895 

Birch  Brook  Trail 

429 

SHVIS 

circa  1909 

345 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


1  Trail  Name                                                                   Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Black  and  Blue  Path 

353 

BHVIA 

circa  1896 

Black  and  White  Path 

326 

BHVIA 

1890 

Black  Path,  see  Bear  Brook  Trail,  Bowl  Trail,  and  Cadillac  Cliffs  to  Otter  Creek 

Black  Woods  Trail 

440 

SHVIS 

1915 

Blue  and  White  Path 

337 

BHVIA 

circa  1893 

Blue  Path 

330 

BHVIA 

circa  1893 

Bluff  Trail,  see  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 

Bowl  Trail 

6 

BHVIA 

1874, 1892 

Boyd  Road/Path 

449 

SHVIS 

circa  1893 

Bracken  Path 

307 

BHVIA 

1890 

Bracken  Path  extension 

371 

BHVIA 

1895 

Bracy  Cove  Road/Path 

402 

SHVIS 

circa  1893 

Breakneck  Road/Path 

314 

BHVIA 

1777, 1923 

Brigham  Path/Red  &  Black  Path 

378 

BHVIA 

1925 

Brigham  to  Beehive  Connector 

366 

BHVIA 

1925 

Brown  Mountain,  North 

521 

NEHVIS 

1921 

Brown  Path,  upper  half,  see  Bowl  Trail 

Brown  Path,  lower  half,  see  Beehive  West 

Brown  Path  to  Beehive  Connector 

351 

BHVIA 

1894 

Browns  Mountain  Path,  see  Norumbega  Mountain  Trail 

Bubble  Mountain  Path,  see  North  Bubble  Trail 

Bubble  Mountain  South  Cliff  Trail,  see  South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail 

Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path  (#20),  see  Pond  Trail 

Bubble  Pond  Carry 

412 

SHVIS 

1874, 1931 

Bubble  Pond  Path,  see  Pond  Trail 

Bubbles-Pemetic  Trail/Northwest  Trail 

36 

SHVIS 

circa  1926 

Burnt  Bubble  Path,  see  Burnt  Bubble  South  End  Path 

Burnt  Bubble  South  End  Path 

413 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Cadillac  Cliffs  Path  to  Thunder  Hole,  part  of 

345 

BHVIA 

1906 

Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail,  see  Gorham/Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail 

Cadillac  Cliffs  to  Otter  Creek/Black  Trail 

346 

BHVIA 

1906 

Cadillac  Mountain  East  Ridge  Trail 

350 

BHVIA 

1874, 1919 

Cadillac  Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail 

34 

BHVIA 

1850, 1931, 1935 

Cadillac  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail 

26 

BH/SH 

1874, 1896 

Cadillac  Mtn.  South  Ridge  Trail,  Eagles  Crag 

27 

BH/SH 

1905 

Cadillac  Path 

367 

BHVIA 

1916 

Cadillac  Summit  Loop  Trail 

33 

BHVIA 

1933 

Cadillac  West  Face  Trail/Steep  Trail 

32 

SHVIS 

1919 

Cadillac-Dorr  Trail 

22 

BHVIA 

1871, 1890 

Canada  Cliffs  Cutoff 

632 

SWHVIA 

circa  1926 

Canada  Cliffs  to  Dog  Connector 

637 

SWHVIA 

1915 

Canada  Cliffs  Trail 

107 

SWHVIA 

circa  1911 

346 


Appendix  B:  Trail  List 


|  Trail  Name                                                                Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

1 

Canada  Ridge  Trail,  see  Canada  Cliffs  Trail 

Canon  Brook  Trail 

19 

BHVIA 

1900, 1930 

Canon  Brook  Trail,  eastern  end 

333 

BHVIA 

1900, 1924 

Canyon  Brook  Trail,  see  Canon  Brook  Trail 

Canyon  Path,  see  Canon  Brook  Trail 

CCC  Trail,  see  Spring  Trail 

Cedar  Mountain  Cutoff 

527 

NEHVIS 

1915 

Cedar  Swamp  Mountain  Trail,  see  Sargent  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail 

Cedar  Swamp  Mountain,  path  up 

515 

NEHVIS 

circa  1901 

Center  Trail 

623 

SWHVIA 

circa  1911 

Champlain  Mountain  East  Face  Trail/Orange  &  Black  Path  12 

BHVIA 

1913, 1942 

Champlain  Monument  Cutoff 

426 

SHVIS 

circa  1916 

Champlain  Monument  Path 

453 

SHVIS 

1906 

Champlain  Trail,  to  Seal  Harbor  tennis 

428 

SHVIS 

1915 

Chasm  Brook  Trail,  see  Chasm  Path 

Chasm  Path/Waldron  Bates  Memorial  Path 

525 

NEHVIS 

1903, 1910 

Church  Lane  Path 

610 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Circular  Trail 

630 

SWHVIA 

1919 

Cliff  Path,  see  Gorham/Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail 

Cliff  Path  to  Great  Cave 

347 

BHVIA 

1916 

Cliff  Trail 

512 

NEHVIS 

circa  1930 

Cliff  Trail,  see  Precipice  Path 

Cold  Brook  Trail 

117 

SWHVIA 

circa  1893 

Conners  Nubble  Path,  see  Burnt  Bubble  South  End  Path 

County  Road  Cutoff 

425 

SHVIS 

circa  1893 

Cross  Roads  Path 

612 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Cross  Trail,  Birch  Brook  to  Upland  Road 

430 

SHVIS 

circa  1909 

Cross  Trail,  south  of  Mitchell  Hill 

443 

SHVIS 

circa  1915 

Curran  Path 

315 

BHVIA 

1885, 1930 

Cutoff  Path 

614 

SWHVIA 

circa  1896 

Cutoff  Trail  between  Pond  Trail  and  Seaside  Trail  415 

SHVIS 

1901 

Dane  Path 

445 

SHVIS 

1901 

Day  Mountain  Caves  Trail/Valley  Trail 

424 

SHVIS 

1911,1916 

Day  Mountain  Trail 

37 

SHVIS 

1896,1911 

Day  Mountain  Trail,  Lower,  see  Champlain  Monument  Path 

Deep  Brook  Trail 

601 

SWHVIA 

circa  1765 

Deer  Brook  Trail 

51 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Dog  Mountain  Trail,  see  Saint  Sauveur  Trail 

Dole  Trail 

619 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Dorr  Mountain  Branch 

323 

BHVIA 

1898 

Dorr  Mountain  East  Face  Trail,  see  Emery  Path  and  Schiff  Path 

Dorr  Mountain  North  and  South  Ridge  Trails 

21 

BHVIA 

1871, 1890, 1896, 

1901 

347 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


|  Trail  Name 

Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Dorr  property  paths 

376 

BHVIA 

circa  1960 

Dry  Mountain  Branch,  see  Dorr  Mountain  Branch 

Dry  Mountain  Path  extension 

332 

BHVIA 

circa  1896 

Duck  Brook  Path 

311 

BHVIA 

1760, 1874, 1890 

Eagle  Cliff  Trail,  see  Valley  Peak  Trail 

Eagle  Crag  Loop 

27 

BHVIA 

1905 

Eagle  Lake  Connector 

308 

BHVIA 

circa  1903 

Eagle  Lake  Trail 

42 

BHVIA 

1896 

Eagle  Lake,  East  Shore,  north  section 

317 

BHVIA 

circa  1903 

Eagle  Lake,  West  Shore,  see  Eagle  Lake  Trail 

Eagles  Crag  Foot 

343 

BHVIA 

1905 

Eagles  Crag  Path,  see  Eagle  Crag  Loop 

East  Peak  Trail 

631 

SWHVIA 

circa  1917 

East  Ridge  Trail 

350 

BHVIA 

1919 

Echo  Lake  Ledges 

126 

SWHVIA 

circa  1970 

Echo  Lake  Trail 

622 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Eliot  Mountain  Trail  to  Map  House 

516 

NEHVIS 

circa  1885 

East  Face  Trail,  see  Champlain  East  Face  Trail,  Emery  Path,  Schiff  Path, 

or  Mansell  Mountain  Trail 

East  Jordan  Path,  see  Jordan  Pond  Path 

East  Peak  from  Great  Pond 

631 

SWHVIA 

1917 

East  Peak  Trail,  see  Mansell  Mountain  Trail 

East  Ridge  Trail,  see  Cadillac  Mountain  East  Ridge 

Trail 

Echo  Lake  Ledges 

126 

SWHVIA 

1941 

Echo  Lake  to  Lurvey  Spring 

625 

SWHVIA 

1911 

Echo  Lake  Trail 

622 

SWHVIA 

1911 

Echo  Point  Trail 

356 

BHVIA 

1914 

Eliot  Mountain  (Asticou  Hill) 

Eliot  Mountain  Trail,  see  Asticou  Ridge  Trail 

Eliot  Mountain  Trail  to  Map  House 

516 

NEHVIS 

1885, 1896 

Eliot  Mountain  to  Thuja  Lodge 

519 

NEHVIS 

circa  1901 

Emery  Path/Dorr  Mtn.  E  Face  Trail 

15 

BHVIA 

1916, 1934 

Fawn  Pond  Path 

309 

BHVIA 

1902, 1907, 1923, 1935 

Flying  Mountain  Trail 

105 

SWHVIA 

1871, 1938 

Giant  Slide  Trail/  Pulpit  Rock  Trail 

63 

NEHVIS 

1903-1904 

Gilley  Trail 

125 

SWHVIA 

circa  1911 

Goat  Trail,  Pemetic  Mountain 

444 

BHVIA 

circa  1896 

Goat  Trail,  see  Norumbega  Mountain  Trail 

Golf  Club  Trail 

507 

NEHVIS 

circa  1901 

Golf  Links  to  Norumbega  Mountain 

530 

NEHVIS 

1914 

Gorge  Path 

28 

BHVIA 

1871, 1890, 1929 

Gorge  Path  to  Kebo,  east  side 

321 

BHVIA 

1890 

Gorge  Path  to  Kebo,  west  side 

320 

BHVIA 

circa  1903 

348 


Appendix  B:  Trail  List 


1  Trail  Name 

Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Gorge  Road  Path 

365 

BHVIA 

1760,  circa  1913 

Gorham  Mtn.  Trail  (formerly  Black  Path) 

4 

BHVIA 

1906, 1913 

Gorham/Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail 

5 

BHVIA 

1906 

Grandgent  Trail 

66 

NEHVIS 

1932  (reopened  by  NPS  1980) 

Great  Cave  Path,  see  Cliff  Path 

Great  Head  Trail 

2 

BHVIA 

1844, 1867 

Great  Hill  from  Cleftstone  Road 

304 

BHVIA 

1892 

Great  Hill  from  Woodbury  Park 

303 

BHVIA 

1892 

Great  Hill  Path 

306 

BHVIA 

circa  1901 

Great  Hill  to  Duck  Brook 

310 

BHVIA 

circa  1901 

Great  Meadow  Loop 

70 

BHVIA 

1999 

Great  Notch  Trail 

122 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Great  Notch  Trail,  see  also  Sluiceway  Trail 

Great  Pond  Road/Path 

615 

SWHVIA 

circa  1765 

Great  Pond  to  Beech  Hill 

602 

SWHVIA 

circa  1896 

Great/Long  Pond  Trail 

118 

SWHVIA 

1936 

Great  Pond  Trail 

620 

SWHVIA 

circa  1896 

Green  and  Black  Path 

358 

BHVIA 

1901, 1924 

Green  and  White  Path 

327 

BHVIA 

1875, 1892 

Green  Mountain  Trail 

452 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Gurnee  Path 

352 

BHVIA 

1926 

Hadlock  Brook/  Waterfall  Trail 

57 

NEHVIS 

1871, 1915 

Hadlock  Ponds  Path,  see  Hadlock  Trail 

Hadlock  Trail,  lower 

502 

NEHVIS 

1901 

Hadlock  Trail,  upper 

501 

NEHVIS 

circa  1881 

Hadlock  Valley  Path,  see  Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path 

Half  Moon  Pond  Path 

312 

BHVIA 

1885, 1896 

Harbor  Brook  Trail,  see  Little  Harbor  Brook  Trail 

Harborside  Inn  Trail 

506 

NEHVIS 

circa  1901 

Harden  Farm  Path,  see  Stratheden  Path 

Hemlock  Road/Spring  Road 

377 

BHVIA 

circa  1916 

Hemlock  Trail 

23 

BHVIA 

1895 

Homans  Path 

349 

BHVIA 

1916 

Huguenot  Head  to  Otter  Creek  Road 

341 

BHVIA 

circa  1896 

Hunters  Beach  Trail 

67 

SHVIS 

circa  1893 

Hunters  Brook  Trail 

35 

SHVIS 

1919, 1937 

Hunters  Brook  Trail,  lower 

455 

SHVIS 

1919 

Hunters  Brook  Trail,  upper 

454 

SHVIS 

1937 

Hunters  Cove,  South  Ridge  Trail  connector 

439 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Indian  Path,  see  Dry  Mountain  Path  extension 

Ingraham  Rocks  Path 

445 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Jesup  Path 

14 

BHVIA 

1760, 1895, 1916 

349 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


1  Trail  Name                                                                Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Jesup  Path  to  Cromwell  Harbor  Road 

375 

BHVIA 

1916 

Jordan  and  Bubble  Ponds  Path,  see  Pond  Trail 

Jordan  Bluffs  Trail 

457 

SHVIS 

circa  1930 

Jordan  Brook  Path,  see  Jordan  Stream  Trail 

Jordan  Cliffs  Trail/  Sargent  East  Cliff  Trail 

48 

SHVIS 

1896,  circa  1926 

Jordan  Cliffs  Trail,  see  Penobscot  East  Trail 

Jordan  Mountain  Trail 

411 

SHVIS 

circa  1871 

Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path 

38 

BHVIA 

pre-1760, 1885, 1931 

Jordan  Pond  Carry  Spur 

40 

SHVIS 

circa  1980 

Jordan  Pond  House  Trail 

46 

BHVIS 

1980 

Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail,  see  Jordan  Pond  Path 

Jordan  Pond  Path 

39 

BH/SH 

1896, 1898 

Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail  (current  location) 

45 

SHVIS 

1903 

Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail  (original  location) 

463 

SHVIS 

1929 

Jordan  Pond  Seaside  Trail,  see  Seaside  Path 

401 

SHVIS 

1893, 1901, 1903 

Jordan  Pond  to  Cliffs 

458 

SHVIS 

circa  1941 

Jordan  Pond  to  Pemetic  Ridge  Trail,  see  Steepway  Trail 

Jordan  South  End  Path 

409 

SHVIS 

1896, 1914 

Jordan  Stream  Trail 

65 

SHVIS 

1760,  1901, 1908, 1931 

Kaighn  Trail 

606 

SWHVIA 

1906 

Kane  Path/  Tarn  Trail 

17 

BHVIA 

1915 

Kebo  Brook  Path 

364 

BHVIA 

1907 

Kebo  Mountain  Path/Dorr  Mountain  N  &  S  Ridge 

21 

BHVIA 

1871, 1890, 1896, 1898 

Kebo  Mountain  Trail,  from  Kebo  Valley  Club 

322 

BHVIA 

1907 

Kebo  Mountain,  east  side 

374 

BHVIA 

circa  1871 

Kebo  Valley  Club  to  Toll  House 

319 

BHVIA 

1902 

Kurt  Diederich's  Climb 

16 

BHVIA 

1915 

Ladder  Trail 

64 

BHVIA 

1871, 1896, 1935 

Ledge  Trail 

103 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Ledge  Trail,  South 

121 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Little  Brown  Mountain  Path 

522 

NEHVIS 

1921 

Little  Brown  Mountain  Trail,  see  Parkman  Mountain  Trail 

Little  Harbor  Brook  to  Eliot  House 

518 

NEHVIS 

circa  1901 

Little  Harbor  Brook  Trail 

55 

NEHVIS 

1901 

Little  Hunters  Beach  Path  from  Boyd  Road 

442 

SHVIS 

1903 

Little  Hunters  Brook  Path  to  Cove 

438 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Little  Notch  Trail,  see  Sluiceway  Trail 

Little  Precipice  Trail,  see  Beehive  Trail 

Long  Pond  Road/Trail  in  Seal  Harbor 

410 

SHVIS 

1915 

Long  Pond  Trail,  see  Great/Long  Pond  Trail 

Long  Pond  Trail,  see  Great  Pond  Trail 

Lovers  Lane 

618 

SWHVIA 

circa  1762 

350 


Appendix  B:  Trail  List 


|  Trail  Name                                                                   Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Lower  Hadlock  Pond,  east  side 

511 

NEHVIS 

1914 

Mansell  Mountain  Trail 

115 

SWHVIA 

1765, 1893, 1911 

Maple  Spring  Trail 

58 

NEHVIS 

1914-1915 

McFarland  Path 

524 

NEHVIS 

1885, 1893 

Mitchell  Hill  Path 

407 

SHVIS 

1901, 1909 

Mitchell  Hill  Road,  see  West  Side  Long  Pond,  Seal  Harbor 

Moss  Trail,  see  Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail 

Murphy's  Lane,  see  Blue  Path 

Newport  Mountain  Path,  see  Bear  Brook  Trail 

North  Bubble  Trail 

41 

SHVIS 

1871, 1897, 1929 

North/Middle  Bubble  Cliff  Trail 

459 

SHVIS 

1929 

Northwest  Trail,  see  Bubbles-Pemetic  Trail 

Norumbega  Mountain  Trail/Goat  Trail 

60 

NEHVIS 

1881, 1885, 1903 

Norumbega  Lower  Hadlock  to  Goat  Trail 

69 

NEHVIS 

circa  1941 

Norwood  Cove  Trail 

617 

SWHVIA 

circa  1765 

Notch  Trail 

406 

SHVIS 

1901 

Oak  Hill  to  Bernard  Mountain 

608 

SWHVIA 

circa  1906 

Oak  Hill  Trail 

634 

SWHVIA 

circa  1937 

Ocean  Drive  Trail,  see  Ocean  Path 

Ocean  Cliff  Path 

340 

BHVIA 

1896, 1906 

Ocean  Path 

3 

BHVIA 

1874, 1937 

Old  Farm  Road/Sols  Cliff  Path 

363 

BHVIA 

circa  1913 

Old  Trail,  see  Pemetic  West  Cliff  Trail 

Orange  and  Black  Path 

348 

BHVIA 

1913-1914 

Otter  Cliff  Path,  see  also  Ocean  Path 

340 

BHVIA 

1896, 1906 

Otter  Cove  Road/Path 

441 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Otter  Cove,  trail  to 

447 

SHVIS 

1915 

Ox  Hill  Path 

420 

SHVIS 

1896, 1903 

Ox  Hill  Summit  to  Day  Mountain 

421 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Ox  Hill  Summit,  east 

422 

SHVIS 

circa  1903 

Parkman  Mountain  Trail 

59 

NEHVIS 

1921 

Parkman  to  Gilmore 

61 

NEHVIS 

circa  1932 

Peak  of  Otter,  see  Ocean  Cliff  Path 

Pemetic  Mountain  Trail/Southeast 

31 

SHVIS 

1871, 1893, 1896 

Pemetic  Mountain,  southeast  side,  see  Valley  Trail  Connector 

461 

SHVIS 

circa  1917 

Pemetic  Mountain  Valley  Trail 

462 

SHVIS 

circa  1917 

Pemetic  West  Cliff  Trail/Old  Trail 

30 

SHVIS 

circa  1874 

Penobscot  East  Trail 

50 

SHVIS 

circa  1901 

Penobscot  Mountain  Trail/Spring  Trail 

47 

SHVIS 

1871, 1896, 1917 

Perpendicular  Trail 

119 

SWHVIA 

circa  1937 

Pine  Hill  to  Bernard  Mountain 

606 

SWHVIA 

circa  1906 

Pine  Hill  to  Deep  Brook 

605 

SWHVIA 

circa  1906 

351 


Acadia  trails  Treatment  plan 


1  Trail  Name 

Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Pine  Hill  Trail 

633 

SWHVIA 

circa  1937 

Pine  Hill  Trail,  see  also  Western  Mountain  Trail 

Pine  Tree  Trail 

405 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Pines  Path,  see  The  Pines  Path 

Pipe  Line  Path 

448 

SHVIS 

1901 

Pond  Hill  Trail/Asticou  Trail 

529 

NEHVIS 

circa  1903 

Pond  Trail 

20 

BH/SH 

1874, 1896, 1929 

Pond  Trail  to  Bubble  Pond  (original  route) 

373 

SHVIS 

1896 

Potholes  Path 

342 

BHVIA 

1896, 1906 

Potholes  to  Eagles  Crag,  see  Eagles  Crag  Foot 

Precipice  Trail 

11 

BHVIA 

1915 

Pretty  Marsh  Picnic  Area  Trail/Road 

128 

SWHVIA 

1938-1941 

Pulpit  Rock  Trail,  see  Giant  Slide  Trail 

Quarry  Trail,  Northeast  Harbor 

505 

NEHVIS 

1900 

Quarry  Trail,  Southeast  Harbor 

628 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Razorback  Trail 

112 

SWHVIA 

1765, 1915, 1919 

Red  and  Black  Path,  see  Brigham  Path 

Red  and  White  Path 

335 

BHVIA 

circa  1893 

Red  and  Yellow  Path 

355 

BHVIA 

circa  1896 

Red  Path 

328 

BHVIA 

1892 

Reservoir  Trail 

504 

NEHVIS 

circa  1896 

Ridge  Trail,  see  Kebo  Valley  Club  to  Toll  House 

Robinson  Road 

627 

SWHVIA 

1874, 1938 

Royal  Fern  Path 

305 

BHVIA 

1890 

Saint  Sauveur  Trail 

102 

SWHVIA 

1874, 1915 

Sand  Beach  -  Great  Head  Access 

9 

BHVIA 

circa  1990 

Sargent  Brook  Trail,  see  Giant  Slide  Trail 

Sargent  Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail 

53 

NEHVIS 

1903 

Sargent  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail 

52 

NEHVIS 

circa  1871 

Sargent  Pond  Trail 

456 

SHVIS 

1896, 1921 

SchiffPath 

15 

BHVIA 

1926 

Schoolhouse  Ledge  Trail 

503 

NEHVIS 

circa  1896 

Schooner  Head  Road  Path 

362 

BHVIA 

circa  1901 

Schooner  Head  Road  to  Otter  Creek  Road,  see  Bicyc) 

le  Path  Connector 

Seal  Cove  Pond  to  Bernard  Mountain 

607 

SWHVIA 

circa  1906 

Seal  Cove  Pond  to  Seal  Cove  Road 

609 

SWHVIA 

1896, 1906 

Seal  Harbor  Village  path 

431 

SHVIS 

circa  1906 

Seal  Harbor  Village  path 

432 

SHVIS 

circa  1906 

Seaside  Path 

401 

SHVIS 

1893, 1901, 1903 

Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail 

127 

SWHVIA 

1957 

Shore  Path,  Bar  Harbor 

301 

BHVIA 

circa  1874 

Shore  Path,  Hunters  Beach 

436 

SHVIS 

1901 

352 


Appendix  B:  Trail  List 


|  Trail  Name                                                                Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Shore  Path,  Northeast  Harbor 

531 

NEHVIS 

circa  1928 

Shore  Path,  Seal  Harbor 

427 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Shore  Path,  see  Ocean  Path 

Shore  Trail,  Hunters  Beach  to  Otter  Cove 

437 

SHVIS 

1912 

Short  Trail  to  Hunters  Beach,  see  Hunters  Beach  Trail 

Sieur  de  Monts-Tarn  Trail/Wild  Gardens  Path 

18 

BHVIA 

1913  (reopened  by  NPS  1990) 

Skidoo  Trail 

509 

NEHVIS 

1914 

Slide  Trail 

603 

SWHVIA 

circa  1874 

Sluiceway  Trail 

110 

SWHVIA 

circa  1911 

Sols  Cliff  Path,  see  Old  Farm  Road 

Somes  Sound  Road,  see  Southwest  Valley  Road  Path 

Somesville  Carry  Trail 

635 

SWHVIA 

pre  1760 

Somesville  Road  Trail 

629 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail 

451 

SHVIS 

1928, 1931 

South  Bubble  Trail 

43 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

South  End  Path,  see  Jordan  South  End  Path 

South  Face  Trail,  see  Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail 

Southeast  Trail,  see  Pemetic  Mountain  Trail 

Southwest  Pass 

414 

BHVIA 

circa  1885 

Southwest  Shore  Trail,  see  Eagle  Lake  Trail 

Southwest  Valley  Road/Path 

316 

BHVIA 

1867, 1893 

Spring  Road,  See  Hemlock  Road 

Spring  Trail,  see  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail 

Spring  Trail/  CCC  Trail 

621 

SWHVIA 

circa  1911 

Squirrel  Brook  Trail 

408 

SHVIS 

1901 

Stanley  Brook  Path 

433 

SHVIS 

1903 

Stanley  Brook,  Seaside  Lower  Connector 

434 

SHVIS 

1911 

Stanley  Brook,  Seaside  Upper  Connector 

435 

SHVIS 

1903 

Steep  Trail 

508 

NEHVIS 

circa  1941 

Steep  Trail,  see  Cadillac  West  Face  Trail 

Steepway  Trail 

460 

SHVIS 

1917 

Stratheden  Path 

24 

BHVIA 

1895, 1913  (reopened  by  NPS  1990) 

Strawberry  Hill  to  Otter  Creek  Road 

325 

BHVIA 

1890 

Sweet  Fern  Path 

360 

BHVIA 

1890 

Tarn  Trail 

370 

BHVIA 

1934 

Tarn  Trail,  see  Kane  Path 

Tea  House  Path 

368 

BHVIA 

1897, 1903 

The  Pines  Path 

611 

SWHVIA 

1896, 1915 

Thuja  Lodge  Trail,  see  Eliot  Mountain  Trail 

Tilting  Rock,  trail  to 

423 

SHVIS 

1901 

Toll  House  Path 

318 

BHVIA 

1896 

Triad  Pass  Path,  see  Triad  Pass 

353 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


|  Trail  Name                                                                Trail  Number 

District 

Year  Built 

Triad  Pass  Trail,  see  also  Van  Santvoord  Loop  Trail 

29 

SHVIS 

1893 

Triad  Pass,  south 

418 

SHVIS 

1893, 1912 

Triad  Path,  east 

419 

SHVIS 

1896, 1912 

Triad-Hunters  Brook  Trail,  see  Hunters  Brook  Trail 

Turtle  Lake  and  Jordan  Pond  Path,  see  Pond  Trail 

Upper  Ladder  Trail 

334 

BHVIA 

1871, 1896 

Valley  Cove  Trail/Road 

626, 105 

SWHVIA 

1871, 1938 

Valley  Peak  Trail 

104 

SWHVIA 

1871, 1915 

Valley  Trail 

116 

SWHVIA 

1762, 1930 

Valley  Trail  Pemetic  Connector 

461 

SHVIS 

1917 

Van  Santvoord  Trail,  see  also  Triad  Pass  Trail 

450 

SHVIS 

1915, 1917 

Village  Path  to  Ox  Hill  Ledge,  see  Ox  Hill  Path 

Waldron  Bates  Memorial  Path,  see  Chasm  Path 

Waterfall  Trail,  see  Hadlock  Brook  Trail 

Water  Pipe  Path 

361 

BHVIA 

pre  1760,  circa  1896 

Water  Pipe  Trail/Golf  Links  to  Lower 

510 

NEHVIS 

circa  1901 

Water  Tower  Trail/Harborside  Trail,  see  Reservoir  Trail 

West  Beehive,  see  Beehive  West 

West  Jordan  Path,  see  Jordan  Pond  Path 

West  Side  Long  Pond,  Seal  Harbor 

410 

SHVIS 

1914 

West  Slope  Trail,  see  Cadillac  West  Face  Trail 

Western  Mountain  Road/Path 

616 

SWHVIA 

circa  1765 

Western  Mountain  Trail 

120 

SWHVIA 

circa  1911 

Western  Mtn.  West  Ledge  Trail 

123 

SWHVIA 

1937,  (reopened  by  NPS  1993) 

Western  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail,  see  Western  Mountain  West  Ledge 

Trail 

Western  Point,  trail  to 

446 

SHVIS 

1915 

White  Path 

329 

BHVIA 

circa  1893 

Wild  Gardens  Path 

354 

BHVIA 

1914 

Wild  Gardens  Path,  west 

324 

BHVIA 

1913 

Wild  Gardens  Path,  see  also  Sieur  de  Monts-Tarn  Trail 

Wildwood  Farm  Trail 

417 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Wildwood,  connector 

416 

SHVIS 

circa  1896 

Wire  Gate  Path 

339 

BHVIA 

circa  1894 

Witch  Hole  Path 

313 

BHVIA 

1906 

Witch  Hole  Pond  Loop 

344 

BHVIA 

1910, 1924 

Wood  Lane  over  Asticou  Hill,  see  Asticou  Ridge  Trail 

Woodbury  Park  Path 

302 

BHVIA 

circa  1896 

Woods  Road  Path 

613 

SWHVIA 

circa  1915 

Yellow  and  Black  Path,  see  Orange  and  Black  Path 

Yellow  and  White  Path 

336 

BHVIA 

1875, 1893 

Yellow  and  White  Path,  lower  half,  see  Bowl  Trail 

Yellow  Path 

338 

BHVIA 

circa  1893 

Youngs  Mountain  Trail 

359 

BHVIA 

circa  1941 

354 


Appendix  G  Trail  Naming  Justification 


APPENDIX  C:  TRAIL  NAMING  JUSTIFICATION 


As  discussed  in  Chapter  9,  Section  G,  many  trail 
names  have  changed  over  the  past  century. 
However,  trail  names  are  used  on  signs, 
maps,  in  guidebooks  and  other  documents.  Having 
one  designated  name  reduces  hiker  confusion  and  can 
reflect  the  history  and  geography  of  the  island.  As  part 
of  this  treatment  plan,  the  current  names  were  care- 
fully examined  and  evaluated,  particularly  with  regard 
to  their  historic  origin.  The  following  recommenda- 
tions for  trail  naming  were  developed  by  Acadia's  Trail 
Names  Committee  (Chris  Barter,  Judy  Hazen  Connery, 
Charlie  Jacobi,  Gary  Stellpflug,  Lee  Terzis)  in  February 
2002.  Sources  used  during  the  decision-making  process 
include: 

•  A  Path  Guide  ofMDI,  Maine  (1915,  Village  Improve- 
ment Societies  of  Bar  Harbor,  et  al.) 

•  Walks  on  Mount  Desert  Island  (1928,  Harold 
Peabody  and  Charles  Grandgent) 

•  Paths  and  Trails  of  Northeast  Harbor  and  Vicinity 
(1914,  Northeast  Harbor  VIS) 

•  Pathmakers:  Cultural  Landscape  Report,  Volume  1 
(2006,  Margaret  Coffin  Brown) 

•  Path  maps  for  Mount  Desert  Island  (1896  to 
present) 

•  Extant  historic  signs  and  photographs  that  depict 
historic  signs 

•  Recommendations  of  David  Goodrich  (open  letter 
to  Friends  of  Acadia,  June  1995,  and  open  letter  to 
Gary  Stellpflug,  February  24,  2003). 


GENERAL  CONSIDERATIONS 

The  Acadia  Trail  Names  Committee  established  a  series 
of  considerations  that  would  inform  their  decisions  as 
listed  below. 

Reasons  to  restore  a  historic  name: 

1.  To  restore  another  aspect  of  a  trail  to  its  historic 
character 

2.  When  the  old  name  tells  a  story,  indicating  some- 
thing meaningful  about  the  past 


3.  When  the  old  name  honors  someone,  especially  if 
funded  as  a  memorial 

4.  If  the  currently  used  name  is  confusing 

5.  When  the  current  name  is  the  result  of  recent 
caprice 

6.  If  the  historic  name  is  associated  with  physical 
features,  such  as  carved  stone  markers  or  plaques 

Reasons  not  to  change  a  trail  name: 

1.  When  the  return  to  an  old  name  would  be 
confusing 

2.  When  the  old  name  was  taken  from  a  place  name 
that  has  since  changed  or  a  feature  no  longer 
present 

3.  When  a  substantial  portion  of  the  route  has  been 
changed 

When  only  a  portion  of  the  original  trail  is  being 
used  as  part  of  another  route 
When  name  restorations  would  produce  many 
small  trail  pieces  with  different  names 


4- 


5- 


USE  OF  "PATH"  OR  "TRAIL" 

The  use  of  the  term  "path"  to  refer  to  walking  routes 
as  highly  constructed  and  extensive  as  those  in  Acadia 
may  be  unique  to  this  trail  system.  "Path"  was  used 
by  the  VIA/VIS  groups,  and  was  a  common  term  in 
literature  and  on  maps  until  the  1930s,  when  the  CCC 
and  NPS  began  calling  all  walking  routes  "trails."  The 
VIA/VIS  path  maps  produced  in  the  early  1900s  labeled 
all  trails  as  paths.  However,  even  in  early  references 
such  as  the  1915  and  1928  path  guides,  not  all  trails  were 
called  paths,  and  there  was  inconsistency  even  within 
the  same  guidebook. 

During  the  VIA/VIS  period,  the  prevailing  term  for 
a  certain  kind  of  route  was  "path,"  as  evidenced  by 
carved  stone  markers  at  trailheads  and  the  very  term 
"Path  Committee"  used  by  the  groups.  A  path  was  typi- 
cally highly  constructed  and  not  too  rugged,  though  not 
necessarily  flat.  For  instance,  the  Seaside  and  Emery 
routes  are  "paths,"  while  the  Goat  and  Precipice  routes 


35S 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


are  "trails."  An  insight  into  the  use  of  the  term  can  be 
found  on  page  35  of  Peabody  and  Grandgent's  1928 
Walks  on  Mount  Desert  Island,  describing  the  route  of 
the  A.  Murray  Young  Trail  as  it  becomes  flatter  and 
more  easily  walkable:  "After  passing  small  waterfall, 
trail  becomes  a  path." 

In  those  cases  where  both  terms  are  used,  it  seems 
that  "path"  was  often  the  proper  name  of  a  route,  and 
that  "trail"  was  a  general  term.  Hence,  the  Bubble  and 
Jordan  Ponds  Path  was  usually  referred  to  as  such,  but 
the  guidebook  indicates,  "Take  the  trail  to  Jordan  Pond." 
To  further  complicate  the  issue,  some  routes  in  the 
VIA/VIS  period  use  neither  term,  but  instead,  "carry," 
"climb,"  or  "pass."  This  wasn't  always  consistent,  either; 
the  Jordan  Pond  Carry  is  sometimes  referred  to  as  "The 
Carry  Path"  in  historic  references. 

We  recommend  returning  to  the  term  "path,"  and 
"climb,"  "carry,"  and  "pass"  in  those  specific  cases  in 
which  they  are  appropriate.  The  term  "path"  will  be 
used  for  those  trails  established  by  the  VIA/VIS  build- 
ers before  1934,  where  more  or  less  continuous  crafts- 
manship is  evident,  which  are  not  rugged  climbs,  and 
which  were  traditionally  called  paths. 


NAME  TYPES 

Below  are  seven  types  of  trail  names  currently  found  in 
Acadia.  The  section  that  follows  provides  recommen- 
dations for  preserving  this  historic  typology. 

1.  Location  Names 

These  trails  were  named  for  their  location,  such  as  the 
Jordan  Pond  Path  or  the  Cadillac  North  Ridge  Trail. 

2.  Colored  Names 

These  trails  were  given  individual  color  names,  such  as 
the  Red  and  White  Path.  The  colored  system  was  devel- 
oped at  the  turn  of  the  century  by  Herbert  Jaques  and  is 
located  east  of  Dorr  Mountain.  Colored  names  were  no 
longer  used  after  1959  (Goodrich). 

3.  Memorial  Names 

These  trails  were  named  in  honor  of  deceased  persons, 
and  their  construction  and  maintenance  was  usually 
funded  with  the  understanding  the  trail  name  would 
remain  consistent.  These  paths  were  built  in  the  first 
two  decades  of  the  twentieth  century  and  represent 
some  of  the  most  highly  crafted  trail  work  in  the 
system. 


We  understand  this  may  cause  confusion,  especially 
as  all  the  other  routes  will  be  called  trails.  However, 
we  cite  some  compelling  reasons  for  the  change.  First 
and  foremost,  the  term  "path"  is  unique  to  Acadia,  and 
refers  to  trails  whose  craftsmanship  is  also  unique  to 
Acadia.  This  term,  simply  by  being  unique,  will  imme- 
diately suggest  that  there  is  something  different  about 
these  trails  and  may  lead  hikers  to  a  better  understand- 
ing of  the  importance  of  Acadia's  trail  system.  Further, 
"path"  is  the  term  used  by  the  VIA/VIS  groups  who 
created  most  of  the  system  as  we  know  it,  and  use  of 
that  term  preserves  a  part  of  the  history  of  these  groups. 
Finally,  the  term  is  used  on  a  number  of  historic  stone 
and  brass  monuments  that  are  still  extant  on  the  trails 
themselves. 


4.  Person  Names 

These  trails  were  named  after  individuals  or  families 
that  were  landowners  and  were  not  generally  endowed. 
Examples  include  the  McFarland  Path  up  Sargent, 
Curran  Path  along  Eagle  Lake,  and  Kaighn  Path  on 
Western  Mountain. 

5.  Route  Names 

These  trails  were  named  for  the  nature  of  their  route. 
A  strenuous  route  was  often  so  indicated,  as  with  the 
Precipice  Trail  and  Goat  Trail. 

6.  Feature  Names 

These  trails  were  named  for  a  specific  feature  on  or 
along  that  trail,  such  as  the  Hemlock  Path,  Potholes 
Path,  Giant  Slide  Trail,  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail,  and  Spring 
Trail. 


356 


Appendix  G  Trail  Naming  Justification 


7.  Destination  Names 

These  trails  were  named  for  one  or  both  destinations  of 
the  trail,  such  as  the  Seaside  Path,  which  traveled  from 
Jordan  Pond  to  the  long-gone  Seaside  Inn  near  the 
beach  at  Seal  Harbor,  or  the  Asticou  and  Jordan  Pond 
Path,  which  connects  the  two  mentioned  locales. 


NAMING  RECOMMENDATIONS 
FOR  TRAIL  GROUPS 


RIDGE  TRAILS  AND  MOUNTAIN 
FEATURE-NAMED  TRAILS 

Historically,  ridge  trails  running  north-south  were  gen- 
erally named  for  the  mountains  they  ascended,  while 
trails  climbing  east-west  routes,  or  some  other  route 
(such  as  circling  the  summit,  or  taking  a  route  below  the 
ridge),  were  often  not.  This  is  probably  because  ridge 
trails  were  established  first,  being  the  easiest  ascents. 

Use  Current  Mountain  Names:  Island-wide,  most  of 
the  mountain  names  have  changed  since  the  historic 
period,  and  mostly  the  trail  names  have  changed  with 
them.  There  is  little  argument  for  returning  trail  names 
to  mountain  names  that  are  no  longer  used  and  do  not 
appear  on  contemporary  maps.  Such  a  renaming  would 
not  only  be  confusing,  it  would  actually  go  against 
the  historic  precedent  of  naming  ridge  trails  for  their 
mountains. 

Eliminate  Redundancy:  Historically,  use  of  the  word 
"mountain"  in  trail  names  has  been  inconsistent.  For 
instance,  Dry  Mountain  Trail  versus  Pemetic  Trail.  In 
addition,  names  that  refer  to  mountain  features,  such 
as  ridge  trails  or  "face"  trails,  can  become  a  mouthful 
when  the  word  mountain  is  used  as  well — for  example, 
The  Cadillac  Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail.  In  fact,  the 
word  "mountain"  is  redundant  when  a  mountain  fea- 
ture (such  as  ridge,  face,  or  cliff)  has  already  been  speci- 
fied in  the  name.  We  also  found  that  the  preponderance 
of  historical  names  of  mountain-feature  type  did  not 
use  the  word  "mountain,"  while  most  names  that  did 
not  specify  a  feature  of  a  mountain  did  use  the  word 


"mountain."  Hence,  we  decided  to  streamline  the  pro- 
cess and  use  the  word  "mountain"  in  all  trails  named 
for  a  mountain  in  which  a  feature  of  that  mountain  is 
not  part  of  the  name,  and  to  not  use  the  word  when  a 
feature  of  the  mountain  is  already  in  the  name. 

Dorr  (#21),  Cadillac  (#34  and  #26),  Bear  Brook  (#10), 
and  Pemetic  (#31)  North  and  South  Ridge  Trails 

Recommended  names:  Dorr,  Cadillac,  Champlain,  and 
Pemetic  North  and  South  Ridge  Trails 

According  to  the  earliest  trail  maps,  only  the  ridge  route 
over  Cadillac  Mountain  was  divided  into  two  trails,  a 
North  and  South  Ridge  Trail.  However,  a  number  of 
trails  were  referred  to  in  the  hiking  guides  as  "north 
ridge"or  "south  ridge"  trails,  and  so  did  historical 
signs.  The  problem  of  whether  to  continue  the  current 
practice  of  dividing  many  ridge  trails  into  a  "north" 
and  "south"  ridge  trail  was  discussed  at  length  in  com- 
mittee. The  initial  thought  was  to  restore  ridge  trails 
to  their  historic  integrity  in  this  regard:  for  instance, 
restoring  the  Dorr  Mountain  North  and  South  Ridge 
Trails  to  one  trail,  Dorr  Mountain  Trail,  since  the  origi- 
nal trail  was  called  the  Dry  Mountain  Trail.  However, 
the  issue  of  hiker  confusion  was  raised.  With  all  the 
trails  on  a  mountain  such  as  Dorr,  many  hikers  would 
confuse  the  Dorr  Mountain  Trail  with  the  other  trails 
converging  at  the  summit.  As  with  most  of  the  ridge 
routes,  the  original  name  referred  to  the  only  route  up 
the  mountain  when  the  trail  was  constructed.  Thus 
such  confusion  is  a  contemporary  problem  requiring 
a  contemporary  solution.  We  decided  that  as  a  general 
rule,  on  mountains  that  had  both  a  north  and  south 
ridge  trail,  we  would  name  those  trails  for  their  respec- 
tive ridges;  this  includes  Dorr,  Cadillac,  Champlain,  and 
Pemetic. 

Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10) 

Recommended  names:  Champlain  North  Ridge  Trail 
and  Champlain  South  Ridge  Trail 

In  the  case  of  the  Bear  Brook  Trail,  we  recommend 
renaming  it  according  to  the  ridge-name  principle. 
Currently  a  destination  name,  Bear  Brook  refers  to 
an  obscure  feature  which  the  trail  no  longer  actually 
reaches.  This  is  an  irrelevant  destination  for  hikers 


357 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


beginning  at  The  Bowl,  who  are  interested  in  ascend- 
ing Champlain  Mountain.  Further,  the  name  doesn't 
appear  on  maps  until  the  1960s,  meaning  it  is  not 
associated  with  the  historic  periods  of  significance.  We 
recommend  following  the  model  of  other  ridge  trails, 
and  naming  the  route  for  the  mountain  name.  Because 
of  its  popularity  and  the  number  of  summit  trails,  we 
recommend  Bear  Brook  Trail  be  renamed  Champlain 
North  Ridge  Trail  and  Champlain  South  Ridge  Trail. 

Kebo  Mountain  Path/Trail  (#21) 
Recommended  name:  Kebo  Mountain  Trail 

We  have  separated  the  historic  Kebo  Mountain  Path 
from  the  Dorr  North  and  South  Ridge  Trail.  However, 
because  of  its  unconstructed  character,  we  recommend 
Kebo  Mountain  Trail  instead  of  Kebo  Mountain  Path. 

Penobscot  Mountain  Trail  (#47) 
and  Jordan  South  End  Path  (#409) 

Recommended  names:  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail 
(#47  upper  end  and  #409),  Spring  Trail  (#47  lower  end) 

Currently  the  ridge  trail  on  Penobscot  Mountain  is 
truncated,  and  has  been  melded  with  the  Spring  Trail, 
once  a  discrete,  east-west  route.  The  entire  trail  is 
called  the  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail.  The  ridge  trail 
was  originally  called  the  Jordan  South  End  Path,  and 
with  the  anticipated  reopening  of  the  Jordan  South 
End,  we  have  the  opportunity  to  restore  the  original 
ridge  route  under  one  name,  and  would  thus  also  have 
the  opportunity  to  return  the  Spring  Trail  to  a  discrete 
route  with  its  original  name.  Further,  the  character  and 
level  of  craftsmanship  on  the  Spring  Trail  suggests  its 
difference  from  the  ridge  trail,  and  a  change  of  names 
would  highlight  this. 


ridge  route,  which  will  form  a  T  intersection  with  the 
Spring  Trail  and  continue  past  the  summit  to  the  Deer 
Brook  Trail. 


COLORED  PATHS 

A  number  of  the  colored  paths,  in  part  or  in  total,  are 
still  open,  but  all  have  been  renamed.  The  new  names 
are  all  location  or  destination  names.  The  use  of  color 
names  for  trails  was  discontinued  by  1950. 

Jaques's  colored  path  system  was  the  most  compre- 
hensive system  of  naming  trails  ever  employed  in  the 
park.  In  many  ways,  it  represents  the  first  realization 
of  a  coherent  network  of  trails,  and  the  first  attempt  at 
naming  such  a  network  logically.  The  trails  were  marked 
with  metal  tags  painted  the  trail's  color,  and  some  tags, 
recent  replacements  by  unknown  persons,  are  extant  on 
abandoned  paths.  In  the  case  of  the  Orange  and  Black 
Path,  the  name  is  associated  with  the  school  colors 
of  Princeton  University  where  its  builder,  Rudolph 
Brunnow,  was  a  professor,  and  thus  arguably  tells  part 
of  a  story. 

However,  annual  reports  of  the  Bar  Harbor  VIA  men- 
tion that  the  colored  system  was  confusing  to  hikers 
even  from  its  initial  implementation.  None  of  the  trail 
names  give  any  indication  of  their  locations  or  destina- 
tions. Further,  once  the  primary  colors  were  used,  trails 
that  connected  two  trails  were  named  for  both  ends 
(i.e.,  Red  and  White),  but  once  the  connectors  began 
criss-crossing,  the  system  became  convoluted.  Today, 
with  only  a  portion  of  the  colored  path  system  still 
maintained,  much  of  the  design  no  longer  makes  sense. 


For  the  trail  that  will  follow  the  route  of  the  historic 
Jordan  South  End  Path,  we  considered  the  historic 
name  Jordan  South  End.  The  Jordan  South  End  was  in 
fact  a  feature  of  Jordan  Mountain  noted  on  old  maps. 
However,  this  feature  is  no  longer  noted  on  maps. 
We  feel  such  a  name  would  be  confusing  and  against 
the  general  principle  of  ridge  names  assuming  their 
mountain's  names.  Hence,  we  suggest  the  name  Penob- 
scot Mountain  Trail  simply  be  applied  to  the  entire 


An  interesting  consideration  is  that,  with  the  one 
exception  of  the  Orange  and  Black,  the  names  have 
no  relation  to  their  trails,  or  the  history  of  those  trails 
themselves,  only  to  each  other.  That  is,  the  only  reason 
the  Black  Path  was  named  thus  is  because  it  was  an 
available  color.  Recommendations  for  the  Bear  Brook 
Trail,  formerly  part  of  the  Black  Path,  were  discussed 
above  under  "Ridge  Trails  and  Mountain  Feature- 
Named  Trails." 


358 


Appendix  C:  Trail  Naming  Justification 


We  recommend  not  restoring  the  historic  color  names 
to  currently  maintained  trails,  for  the  reasons  cited 
above,  mainly  the  confusion  that  would  result  from 
taking  away  a  name  like  Gorham  Mountain  Trail  and 
renaming  it  Black  Path.  Further,  the  reason  for  the 
attachment  of  a  name  like  "Black"  to  such  a  trail  is  not 
at  all  apparent,  and  could  cause  hikers  to  ask,  "What's 
so  black  about  this  trail?"  A  significant  interpretive 
program  would  have  to  be  launched  to  explain  these 
changes. 


portrayal  of  the  trail's  history — would  be  to  restore  the 
name  Orange  and  Black  Path  to  this  part  of  the  origi- 
nal Orange  and  Black.  The  original  route  included  the 
Precipice  Trail  from  the  East  Face  intersection  down,  as 
well  as  abandoned  portions,  but  restoring  the  Precipice 
portion  to  the  name  Orange  and  Black  Path  would  be 
far  too  confusing. 


MEMORIAL  PATHS 


Red  Path  (#328)  and  Green  and  Black  Path  (#358) 
Recommended  names:  Red  Path  (#328)  and 
Green  and  Black  Path  (#358) 

However,  the  desire  to  keep  alive  some  kind  of  refer- 
ence to  this  important  part  of  the  trails'  history  led  us  to 
consider  restoring  historic  color  names  to  abandoned 
trails  that  may  be  reopened,  where  the  colored  name 
could  work  and  should  be  used.  This  would  consist  of 
the  Red  Path  and  the  Green  and  Black  Path.  The  confu- 
sion to  the  general  public  should  be  less  in  these  cases, 
as  there  are  no  modern  names  for  these  trails.  Further, 
with  such  a  small  sample,  trail  signs  could  clearly  indi- 
cate destinations,  and  interpretive  signs  could  explain 
the  reason  for  these  names,  thus  allowing  us  the  oppor- 
tunity to  interpret  that  part  of  the  system's  history. 

Champlain  East  Face  Trail  (#12) 
Recommended  name:  Orange  and  Black  Path 
(#12  and  #348) 

Worthy  of  special  consideration  is  the  Champlain  East 
Face  Trail.  Originally  part  of  the  Orange  and  Black 
Path,  this  trail  is  Brunnow's  signature  trail,  which  left 
from  his  house,  "The  High  Seas,"  and  was  named  for 
his  school  colors.  The  trail  is  one  of  the  most  remark- 
able in  the  system,  for  its  unique  craftsmanship  which 
is  characteristic  of  Brunnow's  work,  its  precipitous 
route,  and  its  astounding  views.  Much  of  the  trail  was 
on  Brunnow's  estate.  The  name  should  reflect  the 
trail's  history.  Champlain  East  Face  Trail  seems  too 
utilitarian  a  name  for  such  a  trail  and  is  not  histori- 
cal. We  discussed  the  possibility  of  renaming  the  trail 
the  Brunnow  Path,  but  decided  the  best  homage  that 
could  be  paid  this  trail  builder— and  the  most  accurate 


With  the  recent  reestablishment  of  the  Homans  Path, 
all  the  memorial  trails  are  currently  being  maintained 
except  for  two — the  Van  Santvoord  Trail  and  the 
Gurnee  Path.  Of  those  in  use,  the  Emery  Path,  Schiff 
Path,  and  Kane  Path  were  renamed  with  location  names 
sometime  between  1941  and  1970  (probably  in  1959, 
Goodrich),  presumably  to  forestall  hiker  confusion.  The 
Emery  and  Schiff  Path  became  the  Dorr  Mountain  East 
Face  Trail  and  the  Kane  Path  became  the  Tarn  Trail. 

The  historic  memorial  path  names  honor  individu- 
als who  were  a  part  of  the  island's  history.  Taken  as  a 
group,  these  path  names  tell  a  story  of  how  a  portion  of 
the  trail  system  came  about— a  story  which  is  particu- 
larly relevant  to  the  philanthropic  heritage  of  Acadia 
National  Park.  Funding  for  trail  construction  was  given 
with  the  understanding  that  the  trail  names  would  con- 
tinue to  honor  these  people.  Many  extant  features,  such 
as  plaques  and  stone  markers,  are  directly  connected 
to  the  historic  names.  Additionally,  hikers  are  already 
familiar  with  and  even  use  the  historic  names,  which 
have  recently  turned  up  on  some  trail  maps. 

However,  current  location  names  may  be  more  easily 
understood  by  trail  users,  and  a  change  to  historic 
memorial  names  could  be  confusing.  Further,  the 
Emery  and  Schiff  Paths  are  two  sections  of  one  con- 
tinuous route  to  the  summit  of  Dorr,  and  it  may  be 
confusing  to  have  a  name  change  partway. 


359 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Dorr  Mountain  East  Face  Trail  (#15), 

Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  Tarn  Trail  (#17) 

Recommended  names:  Emery  Path  (#15),  SchiffPath  (#15), 
Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  Kane  Path  (#17) 

Despite  the  concerns  described  above,  given  the 
historic  importance  of  the  memorial  paths,  we  rec- 
ommend restoring  all  maintained  memorial  paths  to 
their  historic  names.  Any  confusion  can  be  remedied 
with  trail  signage.  Interpretive  signs  or  literature  could 
explain  the  reasons  for  these  names,  though  many  of 
the  plaques  are  currently  serving  that  function  already. 
The  restoration  of  both  Emery  and  Schiff  seems  essen- 
tial to  the  integrity  of  the  memorial  path  system,  as  each 
was  built  in  a  distinct  time  period  and  is  characteristi- 
cally different  in  construction.  The  meeting  of  Emery 
and  Schiff  is  at  an  intersection  with  Kurt  Diederich's 
Climb.  This  intersection  will  mark  three  trails  after 
the  name  change  (Emery  Path,  Schiff  Path,  and  Kurt 
Diederich's  Climb)  instead  of  the  current  two  (Dorr 
Mountain  East  Face  Trail  and  Kurt  Diederich's  Climb). 


informing  hikers  as  to  where  they're  going.  Returning 
to  the  historic  names  would  hardly  be  confusing,  as  it 
merely  adds  the  second  destination  to  the  currently 
used  destination.  It  should  be  apparent  to  hikers  that 
a  trail  named  for  two  destinations  traverses  between 
them  rather  than  goes  around  either  one.  Thus  the 
committee  recommends  changing  the  Asticou  Trail  to 
the  Asticou  and  Jordan  Pond  Path  and  changing  the 
Pond  Trail  to  the  Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path. 

The  route  of  the  Pond  Trail,  to  be  renamed  the  Bubble 
and  Jordan  Ponds  Path,  is  a  misnomer  at  this  point, 
as  the  current  route  of  the  Pond  Trail  goes  to  The 
Featherbed  as  its  eastern  destination.  Historically  the 
route  led  to  Bubble  Pond,  before  part  of  the  route  was 
obscured  by  a  carriage  road,  and  the  section  leading 
north  to  Bubble  Pond  was  subsequently  abandoned. 
Sometime  between  1942  and  1970  (probably  1959),  the 
western  half  of  Canon  Brook  Trail  was  simply  melded 
with  the  eastern  part  of  the  Pond  Trail,  under  the  name 
of  the  latter. 


JORDAN  POND  TRAILS 

The  most  important  group  of  paths  in  the  Seal  Harbor 
system  radiates  from  the  south  end  of  Jordan  Pond  in 
much  the  same  way  Dorr's  signature  paths  radiate  from 
Sieur  de  Monts.  With  Dorr's  paths,  the  trail  names  are 
people  names,  while  in  the  Jordan  Pond  area  of  the 
Seal  Harbor  system,  destination  or  location  names  are 
predominant. 

Asticou  Trail  (#49)  and  Pond  Trail  (#20) 

Recommended  name:  Asticou  and  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#49) 
and  Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path  (#20) 

Two  trails,  currently  know  as  the  Asticou  Trail  and  the 
Pond  Trail,  were  named  for  the  destinations  at  either 
end  of  the  trails.  These  trail  names  have  since  been 
shortened  for  only  one  destination.  The  original  names 
were  Asticou  and  Jordan  Pond  Path  and  Bubble  and 
Jordan  Ponds  Path.  The  double-destination  path  names 
are  like  no  others  in  the  system,  as  are  the  paths  them- 
selves— smooth  gravel  walks  with  signature  construc- 
tion features.  The  original  names  serve  the  purpose  of 


Despite  the  possible  confusion,  we  recommend  return- 
ing to  historical  double-destination  names.  The  portion 
of  the  Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path  route  still  extant 
beside  the  carriage  road  that  leads  toward  Bubble  Pond 
will  be  restored,  and  a  T  intersection  reestablished  at 
the  intersection  with  historic  Canon  Brook  Trail,  which 
will  be  restored  to  its  name.  The  rehabilitated  section  of 
trail  will  lead  towards  Bubble  Pond,  coming  to  the  road 
just  south  of  it.  Hikers  will  follow  the  carriage  road  over 
the  historic  route,  and  then  be  able  to  hike  the  north- 
ernmost segment  of  the  Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path 
where  it  separates  again  from  the  carriage  road  at  the 
north  end  of  Bubble  Pond. 

Jordan  Pond  Carry  Trail  (#38) 
Recommended  name:  Jordan  Pond  Carry  (#38) 

Another  trail  in  the  Jordan  Pond  area  is  the  Jordan 
Pond  Carry,  which  has  acquired  the  title  of  "trail," 
making  the  denotation  of  "carry  trail"  redundant.  We 
recommend  restoring  the  historic  name  of  Jordan  Pond 
Carry  without  "trail." 


160 


Appendix  C:  Trail  Naming  Justification 


Jordan  Pond  Seaside  Path  (#401) 

Recommended  name:  Seaside  Path  (#401) 

Connecting  between  the  village  of  Seal  Harbor  and 
Jordan  Pond  is  the  Seaside  Path,  which  was  originally 
named  the  Jordan  Pond  Path,  for  its  northern  destina- 
tion. However,  maps  from  1917  on  show  "Seaside"  in 
parenthesis,  demonstrating  that  the  term  Seaside  had 
already  become  an  alternate  name  for  this  trail,  no 
doubt  due  to  confusion  from  the  numerous  trails  in  the 
area  bearing  the  name  "Jordan  Pond."  The  Seaside  Inn 
in  Seal  Harbor  was  the  trail's  southern  destination. 

Renaming  the  Seaside  Path  as  Jordan  Pond  Path  would 
restore  its  historic  name.  However,  Seaside  Path 
was  also  used  in  the  historical  period  and  may  better 
describe  the  destination  of  that  particular  trail,  as  many 
trails  end  up  at  Jordan  Pond.  We  recommend  continu- 
ing the  use  of  the  name  Seaside  Path. 

Reasons  not  to  restore  double-destination  names 
include  the  name's  length  and  repetition  of  names. 
Seeing  the  name  Jordan  Pond  on  so  many  trail  signs 
may  confuse  hikers.  Returning  the  Seaside  Path  to  the 
Jordan  Pond  Path  would  be  directional  suicide. 

Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail  (#39) 

Recommended  name:  Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39) 

The  Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail  appears  on  some  old  maps 
simply  as  the  East  and  West  Paths.  The  word  "loop"  was 
an  ill-conceived  addition  by  the  NPS  trails  crew  in  the 
1990s  to  avoid  confusion,  and  should  be  dropped.  The 
1928  path  guide  refers  to  "the  path  along  the  east  side 
of  Jordan  Pond,"  and  "along  the  west  side,"  but  also  to  a 
sign  which  says,  "Jordan  Pond  Trail,"  meaning  that  even 
by  that  time  the  route  was  often  referred  to  as  a  single 
route  named  for  the  pond.  Further,  annual  reports  refer 
to  "Jordan  Pond  Trail"  in  1937.  We  considered  restor- 
ing the  historic  east/west  division  of  the  trails,  which 
would  indeed  reflect  the  different  craftsmanship  of  each 
trail,  but  decided  the  confusion  would  be  tremendous. 
Most  hikers  in  this  front-country  setting  want  to  hike 
the  loop,  and  already  have  some  trouble  finding  their 
way  around.  A  name  switch  would  only  further  confuse 
matters.  We  recommend  the  name  Jordan  Pond  Path, 


which  reflects  the  trail's  level  of  craftsmanship  with  the 
use  of  "path." 

As  discussed  above,  the  Spring  Trail,  a  destination- 
named  trail  that  radiates  from  the  south  end  of  Jordan 
Pond  (there  is  a  spring  in  the  area  marked  on  old  maps), 
will  be  returned  to  its  historic  name. 


WESTERN  MOUNTAIN  TRAILS 

The  trails  on  and  leading  to  Western  Mountain,  now 
Bernard  Mountain,  Knights  Nubble,  and  Mansell 
Mountain,  are  a  group  that  warrants  discussion  as  a 
cluster  with  its  own  unifying  principles  and  problems. 
This  group  of  trails  is  particularly  confusing.  It's  a  tight 
cluster,  and  many  small  sections  of  trail  have  their 
own  separate  historical  names.  Hence,  what  is  now 
considered  the  Bernard  South  Face  Trail  was  histori- 
cally made  up  of  the  South  Face  Trail,  Kaighn  Trail, 
and  Moss  Trail.  What  is  now  called  the  Sluiceway  Trail 
was  made  up  of  two  sections,  one  by  that  name  and  the 
other,  from  the  Gilley  Trail  intersection  up,  called  the 
Little  Notch  Trail.  The  route  of  the  Gilley  Trail  ends 
partway  up  Western  Mountain  in  the  middle  of  the 
woods,  and  other  trails  ascend  from  there;  the  historic 
route  included  a  short  loop  north  of  where  the  trail 
now  ends,  and  ascended  a  knoll  called  Lookout  Point, 
which  must  have  once  been  open,  probably  during,  and 
just  after,  the  logging  era.  On  the  other  end,  the  Gilley 
Trail  ends  at  the  Gilley  field,  and  the  Cold  Brook  Trail 
continues  the  last  0.4  mile  to  Great/Long  Pond.  The 
name  Cold  Brook  Trail  is  of  dubious  origin,  and  may 
in  fact  have  once  referred  instead  to  the  fishway  trail 
constructed  up  Cold  Brook  by  the  CCC.  Some  of  the 
historic  names  that  are  still  used  refer  to  altered  routes. 
Hence  the  Razorback  Trail  ends  at  Mansell  Mountain 
Ridge,  while  it  used  to  extend  along  it  to  Great  Notch. 

Names  like  Gilley  and  Kaighn  honor  individuals  or 
families  from  the  area,  Gilley  was  an  early  landowner 
while  the  Kaighn  family  built  a  summer  cottage  on  the 
mountain;  Moss  may  refer  to  a  name  or  to  the  vegeta- 
tion. It  seems  to  be  a  characteristic  of  this  trail  group 
that  short  sections  of  a  route  are  given  different  names. 


361 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


However,  the  area  is  confusing  as  it  is,  and  restoring  all 
the  historic  names  would  simply  add  to  hiker  confu- 
sion. 

We  recommend  that  any  trail  name  referring  to  a  moun- 
tain name  which  has  changed  will  be  changed  appropri- 
ately, according  to  the  general  recommendation  above. 
Routes  should  be  restored  so  that  they  make  sense. 
Thus,  Mansell  Mountain  Trail  should  go  all  the  way 
to  the  summit.  The  Razorback  will  resume  its  original 
destination,  Great  Notch.  The  short  connection  east  of 
the  top  of  the  Razorback  Trail  will  be  considered  part  of 
the  Razorback  Trail  for  record-keeping. 

Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail  (#111) 

Recommended  name:  Bernard  Mountain  Trail 

To  cut  down  on  confusion,  we  recommend  not  break- 
ing the  Bernard  South  Face  Trail  into  its  components. 
Further,  since  this  route  now  extends  to  Great  Notch, 
we  recommend  renaming  it  Bernard  Mountain  Trail  to 
lessen  confusion.  We  recommend  keeping  the  Sluice- 
way route  as  is,  including  the  Little  Notch  Trail.  We 
recommend  extending  the  route  covered  by  the  name 
Great  Notch  Trail  north  to  the  intersection  with  the 
Long  Pond  Trail,  as  it  was  historically,  and  extending 
it  farther  northwest  along  what  is  now  the  Western 
Mountain  Trail,  a  roadbed  for  which  we  could  find  no 
historic  name.  While  the  Gilley  Trail  will  still  end  some- 
what illogically,  by  keeping  its  current  western  destina- 
tion we  preserve  at  least  one  example  of  the  tendency 
to  switch  trail  names  partway  to  any  destination  point. 
Further,  it's  an  intersection  of  a  number  of  extant  trails 
and  won't  seem  as  odd.  Cold  Brook  Trail  will  retain  its 
name. 


SPECIFIC  TRAIL  NAME/ROUTE  RECOMMENDATIONS 
NOT  ADDRESSED  ABOVE 

Sand  Beach-Great  Head  Access  Trail  (#9) 
Recommended  name:  Satterlee  Trail 

This  clumsy  name  was  a  1990s  stop-gap.  The  actual 
route  of  this  trail,  from  the  Great  Head  Parking  area 
(not  Great  Head  itself)  to  the  Park  Loop  Road,  turning 


south  and  paralleling  the  road  to  the  Sand  Beach  park- 
ing area  (not  Sand  Beach),  is  the  route  of  the  original 
Ocean  Drive  Road,  and  the  trail  is  the  roadbed  itself. 
We  considered  recommending  the  name  Old  Ocean 
Drive  Trail  to  recognize  the  trail's  heritage,  but  decided 
that  this  would  be  too  confusing,  as  many  people  would 
think  the  name  referred  to  Ocean  Path,  which  goes 
along  the  current  Ocean  Drive.  At  the  excellent  sugges- 
tion of  David  Goodrich,  we  recommend  the  name  Sat- 
terlee Trail,  as  the  Satterlees  donated  some  of  the  land 
of  this  trail  corridor  and  the  Great  Head  area. 

Sieur  de  Monts-Tarn  Trail  (#18) 

Recommended  name:  Wild  Gardens  Path  (#18) 

The  name  Sieur  de  Monts-Tarn  Trail  was  chosen  in 
the  1990s  when  this  trail  was  reopened  to  identify  the 
trail's  destinations.  However,  this  route  was  called  the 
Wild  Gardens  Path  by  George  Dorr  in  the  1910s  and 
the  VIA/VISs  in  the  1915  path  guide,  then  the  Tarn  Trail 
by  the  CCC  in  1930s  reports  when  extensive  work  was 
done  on  the  trail,  and  we  recommend  returning  the  trail 
to  its  historic  VIA/VIS  period  name,  in  keeping  with 
other  path  names  ascribed  by  Dorr  that  radiate  from 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring.  As  mentioned  previously  in 
the  discussion  of  memorial  path  names,  the  Kane  Path 
along  the  western  shore  of  The  Tarn  was  renamed  the 
Tarn  Trail  by  the  Park  Service  in  about  1959.  We  recom- 
mend changing  the  route  back  to  its  historic  name,  the 
Kane  Path. 

Canon  Brook  Trail  (#19) 

(No  change  recommended) 

The  oldest  references  to  the  trail  (Rand,  et  al.  maps) 
and  brook  spell  them  both  Canon  with  an  accent  over 
the  "o."  Later  maps  show  a  tilde  over  the  "n."  Some 
maps  put  the  "y"  in,  spelling  it  Canyon,  as  does  the  1928 
guidebook.  Today,  it's  spelled  Canon  with  no  accent 
or  tilde.  The  tilde  may  have  been  some  kind  of  gentle- 
man's joke  on  the  part  of  Rand,  since  there  is  no  Span- 
ish heritage  at  Acadia;  more  likely,  it  was  an  adoption 
of  a  southwestern  spelling.  However,  as  Hank  Raup 
has  pointed  out  in  a  letter  to  the  park,  the  U.S.  Board 
on  Geographic  Names  (BGN)  policy  is  to  avoid  accent 
marks  So  the  choice  is  between  "Canon"  (no  tilde) 


362 


Appendix  Q  Trail  Naming  Justification 


and  the  Americanized  spelling  "Canyon."  The  inten- 
tion was  almost  undoubtedly  "Canyon" — the  other 
word  "canon"  referring  to  church  decree  or  a  musical 
form.  However,  the  brook  for  which  the  trail  is  named 
has  also  become  "Canon"  in  USGS  records,  so  restor- 
ing the  original  name  to  the  trail  would  mean  having 
a  Canyon  Brook  Trail  that  goes  up  Canon  Brook,  and 
would  be  confusing  and  against  our  principle  of  chang- 
ing trail  names  as  the  feature  for  which  they  are  named 
changes.  We  recommend  retaining  the  current  name, 
Canon  Brook  Trail,  with  no  tilde.  If  the  USGS  can  be 
persuaded  to  change  the  name  of  the  brook  to  "Canyon 
Brook,"  we  would  gladly  follow  suit. 

The  historic  route  of  the  Canon  Brook  Trail  continued 
west  past  The  Featherbed,  on  what  is  now  called  the 
eastern  end  of  the  Pond  Trail,  and  formed  a  T  intersec- 
tion with  the  Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path  where  the 
two  are  now  simply  melded  together.  Once  the  aban- 
doned section  of  the  Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path  to 
Bubble  Pond  is  reestablished,  the  historic  route  of  the 
Canon  Brook  Trail  will  be  restored,  and  the  intersection 
will  be  as  it  was  historically. 

Pemetic  West  Cliff  Trail  (#30), 
Pemetic  Mountain  Trail  (#31) 

Recommended  names:  Pemetic  North  Ridge  Trail  (#31), 
Pemetic  South  Ridge  Trail  (#30),  Pemetic  East  Cliff  Trail 
(#31),  Triad  Trail  (#31/part  of  #450) 

The  historic  route  of  the  Pemetic  Trail  is  the  route  of 
the  current  Pemetic  Mountain  Trail  from  Bubble  Pond, 
over  the  summit  of  Pemetic,  to  the  intersection  of  the 
two  trails  that  descend  the  southern  end  of  Pemetic 
Mountain.  While  the  historic  Pemetic  Trail  went  south 
here  along  the  ridge,  following  what  is  now  called  the 
Pemetic  Southwest  Trail  (a  misnomer)  to  the  Pond 
Trail,  the  current  Pemetic  Mountain  Trail  takes  the 
more  recent  route  to  the  southeast  (a  leg  historically 
named  East  Cliff  Trail),  continues  past  the  Pond  Trail, 
passes  over  The  Triad  following  a  portion  of  the  Van 
Santvoord  Trail,  then  descends  to  the  carriage  road 
at  the  Wildwood  Stables  Bridge.  The  1928  path  guide 
and  correspondence  from  David  Goodrich  refer  to  the 
southern  ridge  trail  as  being  at  one  time  called  the  Old 


Trail.  We  recommend  restoring  the  integrity  of  the  origi- 
nal Pemetic  Trail  route,  but  under  the  names  "Pemetic 
North  Ridge"  and  "Pemetic  South  Ridge,"  in  keeping 
with  the  ridge  naming  principle.  While  we  considered 
naming  this  leg  the  Old  Trail,  we  decided  that  there  was 
not  enough  documentation  of  its  use,  found  that  this 
term  was  applied  to  other  trails  in  the  1928  path  guide, 
and  felt  that  the  name  could  be  misleading.  The  name 
East  Cliff  Trail  would  be  restored  as  Pemetic  East  Cliff 
Trail  to  the  leg  from  the  intersection  with  the  Pemetic 
South  Ridge  Trail  to  the  Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path. 
The  trail  from  there  south  over  The  Triad  and  to  the 
carriage  road  will  be  called  the  Triad  Trail,  as  it  is  often 
referred  to  today. 

Cadillac  West  Face  Trail  (#32) 

(No  change  recommended) 

The  old  maps  show  a  route  similar  to  the  present-day 
route  called  Steep  Trail.  However,  this  is  not  the  pres- 
ent route  of  the  Cadillac  West  Face  Trail,  and  therefore 
should  be  left  intact — old  route,  old  name,  old  cairns 
(still  extant)  together.  Cadillac  West  Face  Trail  is 
descriptive,  and  we  see  no  reason  to  change  it. 

Bubbles-Pemetic  Trail  (#36) 

Recommended  name:  Pemetic  Northwest  Trail  (#36) 

Bubbles-Pemetic  is  a  recent  change  (possibly  1950s),  is 
clumsy,  and  doesn't  describe  the  two  endpoints  accu- 
rately. The  trail  ends  at  the  Park  Loop  Road,  a  long  way 
from  either  Bubble.  We  recommend  changing  it  to  the 
historic  name,  Pemetic  Northwest  Trail,  which  better 
describes  the  actual  location  of  the  trail. 

North  Bubble  Trail  (#41) 

and  South  Bubble  Trail  (#43) 

Recommended  names:  Bubbles  Trail  (#41  and  part  of  #43) 

and  Bubbles  Divide  Trail  (part  of  #43) 

As  it  is,  the  area  is  confusing,  and  the  South  Bubble  Trail 
in  particular  is  made  up  of  a  number  of  sections  that  are 
not  linear.  Two  of  them  are  more  or  less  parallel  to  each 
other  and  will  be  very  confusing  when  we  implement 
the  policy  of  signing  ends  of  trails  with  their  names. 
A  reversion  to  the  historic  division  of  two  trails — one 


363 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


trail  over  The  Bubbles  and  another  crossing  the  first 
trail  through  the  notch — makes  much  more  sense,  and 
should  be  less  confusing  to  hikers.  The  historic  names 
were  the  Bubble  Mountain  Trail  and  Bubble  Divide 
Trail.  However,  since  this  area  is  now  officially  called 
The  Bubbles,  we  feel  references  to  a  single  Bubble  in 
Bubble  Mountain  and  Bubble  Divide  would  be  very 
confusing.  Therefore,  we  recommend  the  Bubbles 
Trail  for  the  route  that  traverses  the  summits,  and 
Bubbles  Divide  for  the  route  that  travels  through  the  gap 
between  North  and  South  Bubble.  Raup  points  out  that 
the  term  "divide"  refers  to  a  division  of  two  watersheds, 
but  the  maps  of  the  historic  period  consistently  refer  to 
this  area  as  the  Bubble  Divide  and  we  feel  the  name  to 
be  justified  on  that  basis.  Any  confusion  between  North 
and  South  Bubble  can  be  easily  solved  with  signage. 
Signs  at  either  end  of  the  Bubbles  Trail  will  list  the  two 
Bubbles  in  order,  with  distances,  while  the  sign  at  the 
intersection  with  the  Bubbles  Divide  will  have  an  arrow 
pointing  to  each,  with  phrases  such  as  "Bubbles  Trail 
to  North  Bubble"  and  "Bubbles  Trail  to  South  Bubble." 
The  use  of  "trail"  rather  than  "path"  reflects  the  lack  of 
highly  crafted  construction  on  these  trails. 

Jordan  Cliffs  Trail  (#48) 

Recommended  names:  Jordan  Cliff's  Trail  (southern  end  of 
#48)  and  Sargent  East  Cliffs  Trail  (northern  end  of  #48) 

First,  the  current  name  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail  now  refers 
to  an  amalgamation  of  at  least  three  different  historic 
trails.  South  of  Deer  Brook,  the  trail  that  travels  along 
the  cliffs  and  intersects  with  the  Spring  Trail  follows  a 
route  of  which  the  southern  part  was  the  Jordan  Bluffs 
Path,  built  pre-1900.  The  northern  part  was  the  Jordan 
Cliffs  Trail,  which  was  built  around  1932  to  traverse  the 
Jordan  Cliffs  (a  specific  feature)  and  intersect  with  the 
Bluffs  Path.  There  it  turned  westward  to  the  summit  on 
a  route  now  abandoned,  reaching  a  destination  actually 
called  Jordan  Bluffs.  As  Goodrich  points  out:,  "In  its 
present  state,  the  major  feature  of  this  trail  is  clearly  the 
Jordan  Cliffs."  It  is  also  where  the  majority  of  the  highly 
crafted  work  is  located.  Hence,  after  much  consider- 
ation given  to  the  name  Jordan  Bluffs  Trail,  used  on 
some  maps  for  this  hybrid  route  (1952,  for  instance),  we 


propose  leaving  the  route  under  the  name  Jordan  Cliffs 
Trail. 

The  name  of  the  leg  that  is  north  of  the  Deer  Brook 
Trail  and  travels  north  and  west  to  the  summit  of 
Sargent  Mountain  was  historically  called  the  East  Cliffs 
Trail.  We  recommend  reestablishing  this  name  as  the 
Sargent  East  Cliffs  Trail,  since  the  current  name  (Jordan 
Cliffs  Trail)  is  a  misnomer  for  this  section  and  the  rec- 
ommended name  more  historically  correct.  Also,  since 
the  trail  was  constructed  at  different  times  than  the 
southern  route,  and  in  a  different  style,  it  should  have 
its  own  name. 

Hadlock  Brook  Trail  (#57) 
(No  change  recommended) 

The  1903  path  map  refers  to  the  current  route  as  the 
Hadlock  Brook  Trail,  but  maps  in  the  1910s  and  the 
1915  and  1928  path  guides  refer  to  this  same  route  as  the 
Waterfall  Trail.  The  argument  to  be  made  for  restoring 
this  second  name  is  powerful.  It  originated  at  the  time 
of  the  trail  work  on  this  trail,  which  includes  a  little- 
known  substantial  stone  staircase  along  the  waterfall, 
which  is  now  abandoned  but  scheduled  for  rehabilita- 
tion. However,  during  discussion  with  the  committee 
and  conference  with  other  resource  specialists,  the 
worry  was  raised  that  the  name  Waterfall  Trail  might 
attract  a  large  number  of  people  to  an  area  that  is  cur- 
rently in  a  low-use  part  of  the  park.  Also,  some  consid- 
ered the  name  misleading,  as  the  waterfall  (for  which 
the  carriage  road  bridge  is  also  named)  is  only  present 
after  heavy  rain.  Because  the  name  Hadlock  Brook 
Trail  is  also  justified  historically,  the  final  decision  of 
the  committee  was  to  continue  using  this  name. 

Norumbega  Mountain  Trail  (#60) 

Recommended  names:  Norumbega  Mountain  Trail 
(southwestern  end  of  #60)  and  Goat  Trail  (northeastern 
end  of  #60) 

Locals  already  call  the  steep  northern  part  of  the 
Norumbega  Mountain  Trail  by  its  historic  name,  the 
Goat  Trail,  and  Northeast  Harbor  Signs  refer  to  it  as 
such.  We  recommend  that  the  park  make  this  change  to 
preserve  this  historic  term  for  a  steep  mountain  trail. 


364 


Appendix  C:  Trail  Naming  Justification 


Flying  Mountain  Trail  (#105) 

Recommended  names:  Flying  Mountain  Trail  (southern 
end  #105)  and  Valley  Cove  Trail  (northern  end  #105) 

Currently,  the  route  of  the  Flying  Mountain  Trail  begins 
at  the  southern  entrance  of  the  Valley  Cove  Road, 
ascends  Flying  Mountain,  descends  to  the  northwest, 
then  continues  nearly  2  miles  further  along  the  side  of 
Valley  Cove  itself  on  a  section  of  trail  constructed  in  the 
1930s  by  the  CCC.  We  recommend  separating  this  route 
into  two  trails,  as  it  was  initially.  Flying  Mountain  Trail 
will  refer  to  the  portion  traversing  Flying  Mountain. 
Valley  Cove  Trail  will  refer  to  the  portion  beginning  at 
the  head  of  Valley  Cove  at  the  intersection  with  the  spur 
trail  to  the  round  turn  and  continuing  on  the  CCC  trail 
to  the  intersection  with  the  Acadia  Mountain  Trail  and 
the  Saint  Sauveur  Trail  where  they  intersect  in  the  valley 
between  the  mountains.  It  makes  sense  to  divide  the 
Flying  Mountain  Trail  into  two  parts  and  resume  using 
the  original  CCC  name  for  the  trail  they  constructed 
along  Valley  Cove.  Further,  the  CCC  Valley  Cove  Trail 
is  highly  significant  historically  and  structurally,  exhib- 
iting a  unique  kind  of  trail  construction.  Separating  it 
by  name  will  be  truer  to  its  physical  attributes.  Most 
people  still  refer  to  this  trail  as  the  Valley  Cove  Trail,  and 
the  name's  attachment  to  the  Flying  Mountain  Trail  is 
purely  arbitrary. 

Western  Mountain  Trail  (#120) 

Recommended  name:  Great  Notch  Trail 
(lower portion  of  #120) 

There  is  no  historic  trail  name  for  this  old  roadbed,  and 
it  should  lessen  confusion  to  name  it  for  the  route  it 
fuses  with  and  its  destination. 


365 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


APPENDIX  D:  SOUND  MASONRY  PRACTICES  /  STONE  CUTTING 


SOUND  MASONRY  PRACTICES 

•  The  foundation  of  a  wall,  bridge  abutment,  or 
other  stone  structure  is  anchored  on  solid  material, 
beneath  any  organic  material.  It  is  set  on  ledge,  solid 
stone,  or  stable  mineral  soil.  Wherever  possible,  it  is 
set  beneath  the  level  of  the  surrounding  ground  so 
that  the  ground  holds  it  in  place. 

•  All  rocks  of  a  wall  are  laid  so  that  they  distribute 
their  weight  down  through  the  foundation  and 
toward  solid  material. 

•  Joints  between  rocks  are  broken  by  any  rocks  laid 
over  them  (principle  of  "one  over  two")  so  that  the 
structure  is  one  continuous  weave  of  rocks. 

•  All  building  rocks  in  the  wall  or  other  stone  struc- 
ture have  contact  with  all  abutting  building  rocks. 

•  Rocks  are  laid  with  their  length  into  the  structure 
("header-style")  so  that  they  provide  maximum 
strength  for  their  size. 

•  Shims  and  small  rocks  are  not  used  in  the  exterior 
of  the  structure. 

•  The  interior  of  the  structure  is  a  core  of  laid  rocks, 
not  dirt  or  thrown  material;  the  core  uses  plenty 
of  clean  rock  that  allows  drainage  through  the 
structure. 

•  All  gaps  are  filled  with  rocks  that  are  locked  in 
place. 

•  Interior  rocks  cannot  escape  through  exterior 
rocks. 

•  Top  stones  are  particularly  large  and  well-set  to 
prevent  toppling  or  deterioration,  and  are  sub- 
merged under  surface  material  when  possible. 

•  Courses  that  retain  surface  material  have  high 
contact. 


STONE  CUTTING 

Lessons  from  Coastal  Maine  Granite  Quarries 

by  Lester  C.  Kenway 

The  Maine  coast  was  home  to  a  flourishing  granite 
industry  throughout  the  1800s  and  well  into  the  first 
half  of  the  twentieth  century.  High-quality  gray  gran- 
ite, formed  from  igneous  intrusions  of  the  Acadian 
Orogony  during  the  late  Devonian  Period,  was  found 
in  numerous  locations  along  the  coast.  Quarries  were 
opened  in  Rockland,  Hurricane  Island,  Stonington, 
Black  Island,  Mt.  Desert,  Sullivan,  and  other  coastal 
villages  where  quarried  blocks  of  stone  could  be  loaded 
onto  schooners  and  shipped  to  the  growing  cities  of 
Boston,  New  York,  and  Philadelphia  to  be  used  in  the 
construction  of  public  buildings,  sidewalks,  and  streets. 

These  quarries  cut  slabs  of  granite,  up  to  20  feet  thick, 
which  were  then  cut  into  building  stone,  steps,  facade, 
monuments,  curbing,  and  paving  stones.  The  methods 
were  clever,  and  exploited  the  character  of  the  material. 
Initially,  all  work  was  done  by  hand,  later  supplemented 
by  pneumatic  tools. 

The  demand  for  granite  products  was  all  but  eliminated 
by  the  move  to  reinforced  concrete  architecture  after 
World  War  II.  Almost  all  of  the  Maine  quarries  are  now 
closed,  with  a  handful  of  craftsmen  keeping  the  knowl- 
edge of  these  techniques  alive. 

Acadia  National  Park  is  one  location  where  these  skills 
are  still  in  use.  Acadia  is  engaged  in  a  long-term  program 
dedicated  to  preserve  historic  stonework  throughout  its 
trail  system.  This  project  seeks  to  duplicate  high-stan- 
dard stone  trail  work  completed  by  stone  masons  and 
CCC  crews  during  the  first  half  of  the  twentieth  century. 
The  Acadia  trails  crew,  in  partnership  with  Gibran 
Buell,  of  Sullivan  Quarries,  has  incorporated  these  tradi- 
tional techniques  into  its  current  methods.  The  objec- 
tive of  stone  cutting  is  to  produce  clean,  straight  splits  in 
the  stone  in  order  to  provide  useful  pieces  to  build  with. 
A  summary  of  these  methods  follows. 


366 


Appendix  D:  Sound  Masonry  Practices/Stone  Cutting 


1.  Read  the  grain. 

This  refers  to  discovering  the  three  primary  directions 
of  likely  breakage  in  a  piece  of  granite  by  assessing 
evidence  shown  in  the  shape  and  surface  character  of 
the  stone.  These  directions  were  sometimes  referred 
to  as  "The  Lift"  (a  plane  parallel  to  the  surface  of  the 
earth),  "The  Drift"  (a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  Lift), 
and  "The  Hard  Way"  (a  plane  at  right  angles  to  both  the 
Lift  and  the  Drift).  Discovering  these  directions  when 
stone  is  still  in  place  in  the  earth  is  quite  straightforward. 
Reading  grain  becomes  more  challenging  when  boul- 
ders are  tumbled  down  slopes  or  relocated  by  glaciers. 
Evidence  of  the  three  directions  can  be  discerned  as 
follows: 

1.  Flakes  on  the  surface  of  a  rock  often  run  parallel  to 
a  splitting  plane. 

2.  Small  ledges  may  indicate  one  of  the  planes. 

3.  Long  cracks  may  indicate  one  of  the  planes. 

4.  The  largest  flat  surface  on  the  boulder  is  likely  to 
be  either  parallel  or  perpendicular  to  one  of  the 
planes.  If  a  boulder  is  very  rounded,  evidence  will 
be  hard  to  find.  Look  especially  for  two  or  more 
indicators  to  confirm  the  same  splitting  direction. 
These  indicators  do  not  have  to  point  to  the  same 
exact  spot, 
since  numer- 
ous potential 
breaking 
planes  exist 
in  each  of 
the  three 
directions. 


The  safest  strategy  is  to  cut  each  stone  into  halves. 
These  halves  can  then  be  cut  in  half  again,  until  stones 
of  usable  size  are  produced. 

3.  Score  the  line. 

Once  the  direction  of  split  has  been  chosen,  it  is 
marked  on  the  stone  with  crayon  or  chalk.  Scoring 
means  repeatedly  striking  along  the  line  with  a  bevel- 
edged  tool.  The  scoring  serves  to  send  shocks  through 
the  crystalline  stone,  which  weakens  the  stone  along 
the  chosen  plane.  The  scoring  greatly  increases  the 
likelihood  of  a  successful  split  and  reduces  the  amount 
of  force  that  needs  to  be  applied  with  wedges  to  part 
the  stone.  Small  stones  can  be  cut  without  using  wedges 
at  all.  A  tool  called  a  "rifting  hammer"  can  be  used  to 
score  big  stones.  One  person  holds  the  rifter  in  place, 
while  a  second  one  strikes  it  with  a  second  hammer. 
The  two  workers  score  a  line  back  and  forth  many 
times  until  a  distinct  groove  is  worn  in  the  stone.  Rift- 
ers  are  difficult  to  strike  on  a  vertical  surface,  so  a  tool 
called  a  "tracer" 
can  be  used  by  one 
person  to  score  a 
line.  The  tracer  is 
like  a  wide  chisel, 
and  can  be  held 
with  one  hand 
and  struck  with  a 
hammer.  Tracers 
can  also  be  used  by 
themselves  to  cut 
smaller  stones. 


2.  Plan  the  split — The  50  percent  rule. 

Since  granite  is  a  crystalline  material,  it  tends  to  sepa- 
rate along  the  path  of  least  resistance.  If  you  should  try 
to  take  a  thin  slice  from  one  end,  the  crack  will  tend 
to  run  out  to  the  parallel  face,  as  opposed  to  running 
through  to  the  far  side  of  the  rock.  This  will  produce  a 

large  unattract- 
ive "spalled" 
surface  on 
the  rock  and 
a  worthless 
curved  flake. 


4.  Drill  holes  for  wedges. 

These  holes  can  be  drilled  by  hand  with  star  drills  (if 
you  work  in  a  wilderness  area)  or  with  various  gas-, 
electric-,  or  air-powered  drills  that  are  available.  The 
holes  need  to  be  spaced  evenly  along  the  score  line  and 
drilled  in  the  same  plane  as  has  been  defined  by  the 
scoring.  Experience  with  the  size  and  type  of  stone  will 
determine  optimum  spacing  for  wedges.  Typical  spac- 
ing for  smaller  sets  (3/4  to  1  inch)  would  be  four  to  six 
inches  apart,  while  spacing  for  larger  sets  (1-1/4  to  1-3/8 
inch)  would  be  8  to  12  inches  apart.  The  more  sets  of 


367 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


wedges  used  in  a  split,  the  more  pushing  power  avail- 
able to  separate  the  stone. 

a.  Holes  should  be  drilled  as  deep  as  the  straight  part 
of  the  shim  or  feather.  Shallow  holes  will  result  in 
the  feathers  being  bent  by  the  wedge  (or  plug). 

b.  If  holes  are  drilled  deeper  than  the  shim,  the 
wedge  can  drive  the  shims  down  into  the  hole  and 
straighten  out  the  top  of  the  shim. 

c.  Feathers  can  be  used  to  spoon  stone  dust  out  of 
holes  and  to  check  the  depth  of  the  hole.  Do  not 
use  a  wedge  to  check  hole  depth,  since  it  will  be 
difficult  to  get  it  out  of  a  hole  if  you  drop  it  in. 

5.  Place  feathers  and  wedges  and  split  stone. 

a.  All  wedge  sets  are  placed  in  the  holes  oriented  so 
they  all  push  in  the  same  plane  in  order  to  push  the 
halves  of  stone  apart. 

b.  All  wedges  are  driven  with  a  hammer  until  they  are 
"loaded."  This  is  indicated  by  each  wedge  emitting 
a  tone  or  ringing  sound.  When  all  wedges  are 
loaded,  the  stone  is  allowed  to  react  to  the  pressure 
for  1  to  3  minutes. 

c.  Wedges  are  driven  equally,  a  little  bit  at  a  time.  The 
sound  of  the  tone  of  each  wedge,  when  it  is  struck, 
can  indicate  the  relative  tightness  of  each 
wedge.  If  the  wedges  seem  to  be  going  hard,  more 
scoring  can  be  done  between  the  wedges. 

d.  Eventually,  a  crack  will  begin  to  show  along  the 
scored  line.  At  this  point,  drive  only  one  wedge 
so  other  wedges  can  be  retrieved.  You  can  then 
drive  a  lone  wedge  into  the  crack  and  retrieve  the 
remaining  wedge  set.  The  two  halves  of  stone  can 
be  separated  with  pry  bars. 


Deb  Hofford,  SCA-BSP  crew  of  '97  pounds  6 
inch  wedges  to  begin  splitting  a  10-ton  slab  of 
granite. 


368 


Appendix  E:  Sample  Trail  Inventory 


APPENDIX  E:  SAMPLE  TRAIL  INVENTORY 


Homans  Path  (#349),  Inventoried  May  2001 


I  Trail   Section   Distance 

Length 

Feature 

Description 

349 

1              0 

RF 

Trail  log  from  May  2001.  Log  goes  from  road  west  to  top  of  work,  then  south 
to  intersect  with  the  Emery  Path. 

0 

RF 

Trail  runs  320  degrees  from  magnetic  north. 

1 

CU 

Capstone  culvert.  Cut  stone  measures  38x52x6".  Crosses  drainage  in  road, 
begins  trail. 

4 

10 

cw 

2  coping  stones  RHS  (right-hand  side) 

4 

10 

ST 

Uniform  36"  width:  slab  laid;  24"  rise;  2nd  step  is  broken;  all  cut;  one  step  is 
completely  hidden;  one  step  is  a  patio  set-behind  step 

17 

CW 

RHS,  26"  long 

24 

CW 

RHS,  30"  long 

29 

39 

CW 

4  on  RHS,  jumbled 

38 

53 

SP 

stone  patio 

38 

100 

CW 

RHS  on  top  of  wall,  largest  up  to  44"  long,  16-18"  high;  is  continuous  abut- 
ting copers;  nice  straight  line  along  treadway;  natural  stone 

38 

100 

RW 

Rubble  wall  RHS  up  to  42"  high,  batter  4  to  3. 

54 

63 

ST 

32"  rise,  most  rise  6",  avg  run  15";  up  to  40"  wide,  narrow  as  28";  some  cut 
marks,  slab  laid 

60 

CU 

small  opening  LHS,  runs  under  4th  step;  coper  fallen  into  hole;  gravelled- 
over  culvert;  rock  channel  flowing  into  it  on  LHS;  under  steps 

62 

100 

CW 

sporadic,  intermittent  coping  stones,  LHS 

73 

79 

ST 

mostly  cut,  34"  rise,  run  60";  avg  7"  rise;  30"  wide,  one  at  28" 

84 

CU 

obscure,  but  must  be;  plugged;  similar  to  one  at  60,  w/channel  LHS;  grav- 
elled-over;  under  tread,  not  steps 

92 

96 

ST 

16"  rise,  4'  run;  no  cut  marks  showing 

95 

CU 

obsure,  plugged;  similar  to  last  two;  channeled  LHS  at  20  degree  angle;  grav- 
elled-over. 

100 

RF 

tread  width  in  here  is  28-40";  this  is  a  standard  width  for  this  trail. 

100 

300 

CW 

Estimated  coping  wall;  need  better  figures;  intermittent  LHS  and  RHS,  with 
remarkable  portions  to  follow. 

109 

113 

ST 

28-31"  wide;  20"  rise/  28"  run;  no  visible  cut  marks 

110 

118 

CW 

2  large  copers,  4'  and  4'6"  long,  2'  wide,  16"  high,  on  rubble  laid  wall 

110 

118 

RW 

under  nice  copers:  "nice  lookin'  wall" 

128 

CU 

obvious  gravelled-over  w/  exposed  lintels;  17"  wide  opening;  25"  wide 
across  trail  (stone  missing?):  13"  deep  evenly  across;  RHS  lintel  10x12x36" 

128 

135 

RW 

up  to  4'  high;  rubble 

139 

143 

ST 

28"  rise/42"  run:  28-30"  across 

142 

RF 

coper  on  RHS  fallen  off;  strong  evidence  on  this  staircase  that  some  cut 
marks  were  removed  with  tool — why? 

155 

170 

ST 

5'6"  rise/ 15'  run;  longest  39",  shortest  28";  steps  4  and  5  are  double  wide  w/ 
adjoining  stairs  at  "Y",  68"  wide  here 

160 


RF 


huge  boulder  LHS 


369 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


1  Trail    Section   Distance 

Length 

Feature 

Description 

349 

1           160 

RF 

Spur  after  11  steps  becomes  obscure;  seems  to  curve  w/  earthen  mound  to 
north,  some  evidence  of  old  bridge  abutment  at  first  drainage  crossing. 

160 

ST 

steps  on  spur  at  "Y":  1  and  4  are  cracked:  5  is  cut  from  boulder  in  treadway: 
610"  rise/ 17'  run:  24-36"wide;  4  coping  RHS 

171 

TW 

rock-filled  treadway:  baseball  to  football  size:  probably  smoothed  with  soil 
once:  held  by  coping  wall 

177 

ST 

made  from  boulder  riddled  w/  cut  marks 

179 

ST 

32"  wide:  2"  rise 

179 

183 

RW 

16"  high  rubble  wall,  leads  to  large  coper  to  follow 

184 

189 

cw 

LHS,  large  cut  boulder;  trail  down  to  25"  wide  gap 

189 

195 

ST 

top  is  boulder  cut  in  place;  12-22"  runs,  rise  28"  total 

196 

205 

CW 

large,  nicely  set  coper 

202 

209 

ST 

3-10"  rise:  34"  rise/  7'  run:  20-36"  wide:  evidence  of  missing  coper 

209 

214 

SP 

patio-style  flat-laid  stones 

211 

RF 

cut  nub  LHS 

215 

ST 

first  step  is  2  rocks,  w/  a  33"  run:  total  rise  is  21"/  run  is  47";  widest  34" 

224 

RF 

wall/coper  shifted  outward  on  RHS 

226 

228 

ST 

8"  and  4"  rises:  32"  wide:  8"  maple  on  RHS 

230 

232 

SP 

2  flat-laid  rocks 

230 

254 

RF 

24'  of  blowout:  area  where  tree  RHS  blew  over;  treadway  may  have  been 
soil,  no  wall:  ledge  now  slopes  off  steeply  to  RHS:  pin  or  build  up  wall? 

232 

238 

ST 

27" rise/  6'  run:  35"  wide:  cut  marks:  cobbled  foundation  visible  (missing 
copers?) 

254 

RF 

large  boulder  RHS:  why  is  it  here,  pinching  the  tread  width?  fallen  or  slipped 
into  trail 

254 

ST 

at  end  of  blowout;  natural  step? 

260 

277 

CW 

large  blocks  in  coping  wall,  RHS,  appear  as  if  they  have  shifted,  perhaps 
when  tree  went  over  and  trail  blew  out 

270 

300 

CW 

some  massive  copers  in  here 

277 

283 

ST 

23"  rise/  6'  run:  all  2'  wide;  top  step  was  probably  slab  that  slid  back  and  off; 
cut  marks  all 

283 

296 

SP 

rough  rock  paving 

296 

ST 

uncut  stone 

300 

334 

CW 

small,  each  side  of  steps 

300 

334 

RF 

switchback:  trail  shifts  to  220  degrees  from  mag.  north,  an  80  degree  bend  in 
trail 

300 

334 

ST 

on  curving  switchback:  tallest  rise  11",  total  rise  8'6'7  total  run  34';  36" 
widest,  23"  narrowest;  small  coping  each  side;  at  least  one  is  set-behind 

337 

390 

RF 

throughout,  some  cut  marks  on  steps  and  copers:  shims  and  blocking  occa- 
sionally visible,  most  steps  ok,  evidence  of  heavy  water  flow  throughout 

337 

390 

ST 

beautiful  curved  steps  are  21'3"  rise/  53'  run;  1  block  is  72"  wide;  many  cut(?), 
rises  and  runs  vary  up  to  10"  rise;  some  set-behinds;  #2  on  shims 

337 

395 

CW 

large  copers  LHS  for  steps 

340 

380 

RF 

switchback  to  ?  degrees  mag.  north:  switchback  #2 

354 

RF 

small  shifting  and  blowout  LHS 

370 


Appendix  E:  Sample  Trail  Inventory 


1  Trail    Section   Distance 

Length 

Feature 

Description 

349 

1           363 

RF 

nice  large  copers  LHS 

370 

385 

GN 

a  drainage  that  isn't  a  culvert:  a  hold  for  water  to  flow  into  boulders  below 
steps;  ample  places  for  water  to  flow 

372 

RF 

10'  high  cliff,  LHS,  "control  point" 

400 

RF 

Trail  to  320  degrees  from  mag.  north 

400 

415 

CW 

large  boulders  RHS,  somewhat  haphazard,  leftovers? 

400 

415 

RF 

note  all  the  drill  marks,  LHS,  where  rocks  were  cut  away  for  effect 

400 

450 

RF 

trail  goes  through  a  defile:  width  is  30"  to  base  of  next  steps 

418 

RF 

rocks  have  slid  into  trail  from  LHS,  covering  steps,  perhaps  at  2'  grade 
change  under  boulders 

440 

450 

GN 

the  "overhang";  stack  on  RHS  7'6"  high,  3  large  blocks  avg  10'  long;  dog 
holes  top  block  suggest  was  set  there  (on  N  and  E  sides);  all  3  set? 

440 

450 

RF 

Overhang,  cont.,  overhang  itself  is  35"  wide  in  the  direction  of  trail,  hangs 
5'6"  over  trail  from  LHS;  opening  height  is  63",  tread  width:  35" 

450 

RF 

begin  change  in  direction  to  280  degrees  mag.  north 

450 

479 

CW 

piled  coping  wall,  along  steps,  up  to  24"  high,  cut  marks 

450 

479 

ST 

12'  rise/  29'run:  widest  is  46",  narrowest  24",  much  moss,  water  runs  right 
over  them,  slab  laid,  steps  in  good  shape  in  spite  of  water 

479 

RF 

310  degrees  mag.  north 

492 

SP 

1  flat-laid  rock 

492 

496 

RF 

boulder  RHS  is  3'6"  high 

496 

503 

ST 

35"  rise/  7'  run:  35"  widest,  24"  smallest;  #4  is  slipped  out;  no  coping  wall, 
some  cut  marks 

510 

RF 

change  direction  to  260  degrees  mag.  north;  switchback  #3 

510 

ST 

512 

541 

CW 

w/  steps,  low,  collapsed  from  523-527 

512 

541 

ST 

total  rise  12'3":  6-10"  rises:  43"  widest,  24"  narrowest;  some  set-behind: 
w/  coping  to  follow 

528 

RW 

piled  retaining  wall  LHS,  almost  like  scree 

541 

RF 

direction  change  to  330  degrees  mag.  north 

541 

548 

SP 

flat  laid  stone(s) 

548 

552 

RW 

up  to  40"  high,  RHS,  vertical  laid  wall  (?) 

548 

556 

ST 

36"  rise:  45"  widest,  some  cut  marks 

557 

565 

RF 

large  beautiful  block  32"  above  tread  on  RHS 

563 

579 

RW 

a  beautiful  fitted  wall  up  to  4'  high,  worked  around  massive  angled  boulder 

566 

573 

SP 

Flat  laid  stones  pieced  in,  large  in  middle,  small  on  sides;  up  to  6'  wide,  one 
rock  is  40x56",  slightly  up-ramped 

567 

579 

RF 

Hole  along  trail  LHS  is  filled  w/rubble 

573 

ST 

8"  rise,  big  cut  block  is  40x50" 

573 

579 

SP 

second  stone  is  a  boulder  with  a  flat  place  cut  in  it;  it  ramps  up  into  its  own 
coper  on  the  RHS 

579 

582 

ST 

10  and  7"  rise.  cut.  set-behind,  51"  widest;  drop  off  on  LHS  is  18",  no  wall, 
shims  visible 

583  588  SP  rip-rapped  pattern,  drill  marks  on  the  "topped  out"  boulder;  tread  is  54" 

wide 


371 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  plan 

1  Trail    Section   Distance 

Length 

Feature 

Description 

349 

1           584 

590 

CW 

RHS  actually  sticks  above  trail 

588 

592 

ST 

7  and  8"  rises,  big  blocks  up  to  37"  wide,  set  behind 

588 

598 

RW 

RHS,  fitted,  natural  looking,  how  high? 

590 

RF 

30"  drop  off  LHS 

592 

602 

SP 

592-596  is  two  large  blocks,  596  to  end  is  pieced-in  rock 

600 

RF 

a  "pinch"  passageway 

602 

610 

RW 

Height?  Fitted  wall  on  both  sides 

602 

610 

ST 

31"  rise;  slab-laid 

610 

616 

RF 

one  huge  flat  block  set  along  trail,  probably,  note  rubble  fitted  wall 
underneath;  block  is  6'  wide,  7'  long 

616 

RF 

spectacular  construction  on  curve:  switchback;  to  ?  degrees;  steps,  wall, 
boulders  to  follow 

616 

642 

RW 

up  to  6'  high  laid  and  rubble  wall;  vertical  at  first,  then  1  to  1  battered  rubble 
wall;  fitted  wall;  RHS 

616 

642 

ST 

9'8"  rise;  largest  is  52"  wide;  probably  missing  coping  RHS;  big  blocks  under 
steps  similar  to  Brunnow;  1  and  3  have  dogmarks 

640 

RF 

more  than  a  90  degree  switchback,  a  40  degree  angle;  trail  heads  175  degrees 
mag.  north;  almost  due  south;  switchback  #3 

643 

649 

SP 

6x3'  rip-rapped  patio;  note  small  seat-like  rocks,  and  large  54"  high  flat 
boulder,  RHS,  all  framing  switchback 

647 

672 

ST 

switchback  #4  at  660;  total  rise  10  feet/  run  25  feet;  #4  has  small  patio 
behind;  #8  cut  from  boulder  in  tread;  up  to  58"  w;  up  to  12"  rise 

649 

657 

RW 

Up  to  4'  high,  and  up  to  2'  above  trail.  RHS;  rubble  retaining  wall;  2  blocks 
stacked  inside  switchback 

650 

RF 

note  rock  on  RHS  w/  drill  marks,  underneath  the  big  slab.  Obviously  the 
large  pointed  slab  was  set 

657 

672 

CW 

LHS  around  WB  up  to  2'  high.  Nice 

660 

RF 

large  overlook  LHS;  a  flat  bench  rock  54x37" 

660 

RF 

switchback  to  325  degrees  mag.  north;  30  degree  angle  change;  switch  back 

#5 

660 

RW 

How  high?  Wall  around  SB  on  LHS 

664 

720 

RW 

Big  rubble  laid  boulders  from  4  to  10'  high;  wall  is  4'  high  at  sb;  1.5  to  1  batter. 
Very  nice.  Visible  from  trail  below. 

672 

689 

SP 

some  have  small  rise,  step  up;  ramped  up;  avg  30"  wide 

675 

RF 

coper  missing  RHS? 

689 

ST 

12"  rise;  cut  stone;  rock  behind  it  is  in  cut  in  place 

695 

703 

ST 

8'  long  block,  6'  across;  this  large  block  gains  at  least  1'  elevation;  ramped  up 

700 

RF 

note  single  drill  hole  on  top  of  ramped-up  block;  why?  Dog  mark?  Or  where 
the  derrick  was  pinned  (good  spot  for  it)? 

703 

ST 

10"  rise;  maybe  a  dog  hole  ctr,  RHS 

704 

714 

SP 

2  stones 

714 

835 

ST 

Wow.  Long  switchbacked  section.  46'6"  rise/ 121'  run;  encompasses  2 
switchbacks;  mix  of  slab  and  set-behind;  details  to  follow 

728  753         RW  LHS,  rubble  laid  wall;  height?;  749  to  753,  missing  piece  w/  large  rock  below 

it;  wall  comes  under  steps  w/o  coping,  like  Brunnow 


172 


Appendix  E:  Sample  Trail  Inventory 


1  Trail    Section   Distance 

Length 

Feature 

Description 

349 

1           730 

RF 

switchback  #6,  trail  goes  to  185  degrees  mag.  north 

730 

768 

RW 

Low,  rubble  wall,  intermittent  to  RHS;  exact  dimensions?;  large  rock  at  756 

746 

779 

ST 

all  of  these  set-behind;  probably  the  largest  run  of  this  type  of  lay 

750 

765 

ST 

7  steps  in  this  area  are  extremely  similar:  big  cut  blocks,  many  drill  holes, 
gapped  set-behind  (slipped?):  large  rectangles  (dimensions?) 

753 

764 

RW 

up  to  6'  high,  LHS,  ties  into  previous;  laid  wall  w/  blocks,  cut  stone;  batter  is 
vertical — 4  to  1? 

753 

766 

ST 

8  steps  in  a  row  w/  real  shallow  rises,  almost  stone  paving 

764 

775 

RW 

Big  blocks,  LHS,  lower  batter,  3/2 

768 

RF 

RHS  large  4x4x2.5'  block  w/  doghole. 

774 

796 

RW 

RHS,  nice  wall,  some  large  boulders,  some  coping,  lower  end.  Up  to  10  feet 
high,  laid  wall:  3.5/ 1  batter:  cut  rocks  throughout:  last  10'  is  tiered. 

775 

RF 

switchback  #7:  trail  turns  to  320  degrees  mag.  north 

775 

ST 

steps  revert  to  uncut 

775 

789 

CW 

filled  rubble,  LHS 

789 

798 

RW 

LHS,  directly  under  steps  and  into  crevice.  Laid  wall  4'  high  and  4'  back  into 
cave  beneath  crevice.  Similar  to  "Hanging"  steps  on  Orange  &  Black  Path. 

793 

ST 

This  step  is  5'9"  wide 

796 

RF 

steps  enter  the  crevice;  12'  tall  ledges  each  side 

796 

ST 

Steps  in  notch  narrow  to  24"  wide;  all  appear  cut,  slab-laid,  uniform  9  to  10" 
rises;  21  steps  in  notch;  one  missing 

813 

820 

RW 

RHS  note  low  wall  on  top  of  block  of  crevice;  holds  lintel;  wall  is  16"  high, 
topped  by  one  large  flat  rock,  7  foot  long,  8"  high  holding  up  lintel. 

814 

GN 

The  lintel;  crosses  crevice;  63x10x24"  stone. 

828 

913 

CW 

Coping  wall,  RHS,  blocks  up  to  7  foot  long:  many  with  dog  marks,  many  set 
on  wall  or  other  large  boulders. 

828 

913 

RW 

Guess  at  square  footage;  wall  RHS  supports  massive  coping  blocks  to  follow, 
up  to  5'  high  retaining  wall. 

835 

ST 

End  of  steps;  many  in  this  area  have  dog  marks 

836 

844 

RF 

Large  blowout;  missing  rocks;  note  large  stumps  and  charcoal;  trees  prob- 
ably fell  out;  missing  18"  deep  of  tread  material. 

836 

866 

TW 

Cobbled  treadway  with  some  cuts  stone  in  it;  "rock  filled"  tread  which  prob- 
ably once  was  smoothed  with  soil. 

845 

RF 

Tread  width  is  28-36";  right  on  target 

850 

GN 

2  pins  RHS,  10  and  12"  tall,  one  is  bent,  hold  coping  wall,  the  shims  under 
the  coper,  too. 

852 

RF 

Note  rocks  wedged  RHS  4'  below  trail  to  support  copers/retaining  wall. 

863 

RW 

Wall  is  up  to  5'  tall  in  here 

866 

908 

ST 

Rise  17";  run  42';  widest  is  48";  steps  at  886  and  890  are  cut  from  natural 
ledge 

885 

894 

RF 

2  large  copers  RHS  appear  to  have  slid  out  of  place;  note  dogholes 

895 

897 

RF 

Note  two  dogholes  on  this  large  coping  block  (6.5x5x2').  This  suggests 
strongly  that  this  was  set — therefore  those  above  and  below,  too. 

904 

908 

RF 

Large  block  tipped  out  of  wall  on  RHS 

908 

914 

SP 

3  large  patio  blocks,  one  is  6'  long 

373 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Trail 

Section   Distance 

Length 

Feature 

Description 

349 

1           914 

RF 

trail  turns  abruptly  le  ft,  west,  uphill 

914 

1063 

ST 

55  ft  rise;  long  curving,  final  staircase,  up  to  66"  wide;  most  cut:  Brunnow- 
style  blocking;  set-b  and  slab;  follow  contour  of  ledge 

933 

RF 

Step  #14  is  out  of  place 

934 

GN 

Iron  pins  holding  step  #15:  horizontal  pin  out  of  boulder  on  LHS,  4"  x  5/8"; 
RHS  pin  out  of  ledge,  curves  into  side  of  step  like  Van  Santvoord  Trail;  11" 

936 

997 

CW 

LHS,  low,  often  piled  coping,  mostly  not  above  steps;  972-997  wall  is  larger, 
deliberate 

956 

963 

RF 

3  steps  blown  out.  slid  forward,  #'s  27, 28, 29 

961 

964 

RW 

One  coper,  RHS 

966 

RF 

AT  large,  narrow  step  (#31),  drill  marks  in  ledge  20'  to  right  of  trail 

973 

988 

CW 

RHS,  nice  coper  wall,  sporadically  above  trail  height. 

993 

1098 

CW 

RHS,  at  around  1018  it  becomes  small  stuff  scattered  throughout;  at  1055 
becomes  nicer  where  steps  end,  blueberries,  bigger  stones 

1010 

1054 

CW 

LHS;  low  rubble  at  1017-1022;  only  one  coper  is  above  steps 

1021 

RF 

At  step  56,  a  double  step,  LHS,  26  and  30'  off  trail;  2  blocks  w/  drill  marks; 
proof  of  quarrying  here 

1054 

1059 

TW 

Short  span  of  gravel  to  last  2  steps  in  series. 

1063 

RF 

End  of  stairs 

1063 

RF 

Wall,  both  sides,  is  deteriorated  in  this  area,  just  lying  there 

1098 

RF 

End  of  built  work!  end  of  wall,  RHS;  trail  must  have  gone  left... 
social  path  leads  to  Emery 

1600 

RF 

End  Homans  at  Emery  Path. 

MEASURE 


MEASURE 


BR 

Trail  Bridge 

Count 

PP 

Perforated-Pipe  Drain 

Count 

BW 

Bogwalk 

Linear  Feet 

RF 

Reference  Point 

CA 

Causeway 

Linear  Feet 

RHS 

Right-Hand  Side 

CK 

Stone  Check 

Count 

RL 

Relocation 

Linear  Feet 

CR 

Crush  Wall 

Square  Feet 

RR 

Iron  Rung 

Count 

cu 

Culvert 

Count 

RW 

Retaining  Wall 

Square  Feet 

CW 

Coping  Wall 

Linear  Feet 

SD 

Stone  Side  Drain 

Linear  Feet 

DG 

Ditching 

Linear  Feet 

SN 

Sign 

Count 

EP 

End  Point 

SP 

Stone  Paving 

Linear  Feet 

GN 

Other 

SR 

Safety  Rail 

Linear  Feet 

GP 

Gravel  Pave 

Linear  Feet 

SS 

Stepstones 

Count 

IS 

Intersection  Sign 

Count 

ST 

Rock  Step 

Count 

LC 

Log  Check 

Count 

SW 

Sidewall 

Linear  Feet 

LG 

Log  Cribbing 

Linear  Feet 

TP 

Turnpiking 

Linear  Feet 

LHS 

Left-Hand  Side 

TW 

Treadway 

Linear  Feet 

LR 

Ladder 

Count 

WB 

Water  bar 

Count 

LS 

Log  Sign 

Count 

WD 

Water  Dip 

Count 

PL 

Plaque 

WN 

Work  Needed 

?74 


INDEX 


INDEX 


General  Index 

(trail  index  on  page  381) 

abandoned/unmarked,  3, 14, 755, 194, 227, 

234, 246,  247, 250, 252, 266, 267, 323, 

324,526,335,359,363,364 
abutment,  see  bridge  abutment 
Acadia  National  Park,  history  of,  xiii-xiv, 

16, 248, 249, 250, 256, 257, 260, 280, 

290-91, 312-13, 322, 359 
Acadia  NP  and  Mount  Desert  Island,  cur- 
rent visitation/use,  xiv-xv,  xvi,  xvii 
Acadia  Style  trails,  ix-x 
Acadia  Trails  Forever,  cover/it,  v,  ix,  293 
Acadia  Youth  Conservation  Corps,  xiv, 

111,117,277,293 
accessibility  (ADA-accessible),77, 12, 19, 

98, 242-43, 242,  312, 313, 314, 315, 317, 

318,  319, 335, 344 

See  also  ADA  (Americans  with  Disabili- 
ties Act)  trail 
ADA  (Americans  with  Disabilities  Act) 

trail,  101, 242-43, 298, 335, 344 
agriculture,  6, 15, 16 
alignment,  4-14, 155, 335 
Allen,  Joseph,  8, 184, 205, 260, 261, 264, 

266,291,305 
alpine  areas,  21, 25, 25, 121, 153, 227, 228, 

244,245,247,283 
AMC,  see  Appalachian  Mountain  Club 
AMC-style  steps,  190,790, 191 
angle  of  repose,  35 
Appalachian  Mountain  Club  (AMC),  xiv, 

xxi,  97, 99, 101, 153, 186, 190, 191, 221, 

222,223,244,335,336,343 
apron,  98, 99, 100, 335, 343 
arch  stone,  16 
Arthur,  Guy,  116 
asphalt  paving,  11, 32, 41, 43, 50, 57, 59, 66, 

75,185,786 
associated  structure,  268-76 
association,  xvii 
Asticou  Inn,  271 

backed  water  bar,  see  water  bar 

backfill,  62, 142, 145, 167, 174, 335 

bar,  98-100 

Bar  Harbor  Village  Improvement  Associa- 
tion (VIA),  xi,  xiii,  xvii,  xxi,  6, 16, 22-23, 
48, 54, 64, 72, 73, 105, 157, 181, 202, 219, 
236, 248, 257, 259, 262, 265, 269, 281, 
290,291,322,358 

Baxter  State  Park,  99, 106 

Bates,  Waldron,  xii,  xxi,  2, 6, 16, 54, 72, 105, 
149, 157, 181, 219, 220, 224, 230, 231, 
255,257,304 

Bates-style  cairn,  2, 218, 223, 223, 224, 224, 
225, 226,  227, 288, 335 

Bates-style  sign,  2, 230,  231 


Bates-style  steps,  54, 178, 180, 181, 184, 187, 

789,191,792,794,195,196 
batter,  95, 155-56, 158, 159, 160, 164, 165-66, 

167, 767, 169, 174, 317, 335, 341, 372, 373 
Beal,  Don,  221 
beaver  dams/flooding,  xvi,  12-13, 14, 60, 

105,728 
beaver  fooler,  13 
bedlog,  104, 108-10, 108-9, 335 
bedrock,  see  ledge 
bellying,  181, 193, 335 
bench,  18, 268-71, 269-70,  319 

stone  bench,  55, 256, 259, 270-71, 270, 

275,291,292 

wooden/log,  xvi,  256,  268-70,269-70, 

272,274,274,275 
bench,  memorial,  xvi,  18, 256, 256, 259, 

268, 269-70, 269,  272, 275, 276, 291, 292 
bench,  natural,  31, 145, 308, 309 
bench  cut,  4, 5, 10,29, 30-36,30-36, 43, 48, 

51, 142, 149, 152, 153, 157, 159-60, 760, 

283, 296, 327, 335 
berm,  33, 34, 36, 46, 47, 51, 53, 144, 163, 768, 

335, 344;  living,  144, 768, 169, 344 
blaze/marker,  218, 219-23, 219-20, 222,  227, 

229, 244, 288, 301-2, 304, 306, 307,  309, 

335 
boardwalk,  13, 314 
blocking,  138,739, 153,762, 179,779, 193, 

197,322,328,329,335 

See  also  packing 
bog-style  stepping  stones,  131,732, 134,737, 

739, 140, 335 
bogwalk,  xvii,  11,74, 41, 44, 67, 104-10,704- 

9,120, 132,736, 245, 293,294,  296, 298, 

300,301,335,340 
bogwalk  bridge,  104-5, 704, 106-7, 107, 108, 

708, 128, 340 
borrow  pit,  xvii,  39, 42, 43, 48, 49, 51, 64, 

304,335 
boulder,  5, 14, 67, 93, 122, 157, 758, 196, 205, 

224, 269-70, 271-72, 287, 367 

as  lintel/overhang,  327,  324,325,  326, 

371 

with  memorial  plaque,  259, 264, 291, 

292,  302 

overhanging,  7, 799,  201, 202, 205, 371 

See  also  uncut  stone 
bracing,  see  diagonal  bracing;  outrigger 

bracing 
breaker  (barrier),  98, 99 
breaking  joints,  758, 166, 335, 366 
bridge,  299, 336, 337, 340, 342 

bogwalk  bridge,  104-5, 704, 106-7, 107, 

108,708,128,340 

iron  bridge,  201, 207,  202, 203, 205 

memorial  bridge,  114, 128-29, 728 

stone  bridge,  114, 126, 259, 260 


wooden  bridge,  xvii,  xx,  2, 14, 44, 48, 

70, 77, 104, 110-30, 777-30, 132, 134, 138, 

203, 204, 246, 247, 268, 278, 289, 292, 

293,298 

See  also  wooden  bridge 
bridge  abutment,  119, 120-23, 722, 126, 128- 

29, 164, 165, 335, 366, 370 

See  also  log  abutment;  stone  abutment 
Bridgham,  Fanny  Shermerhorn,  114, 259, 

260, 265 
bridle  path,  xi 

broad  path,  xi,  38, 48-49, 50, 157, 192, 336 
bronze  plaque,  maintenance  of,  267-68 
Brunnow,  Rudolph,  7, 16, 55, 149, 158, 184, 

202,358,359 
Brunnow-style  steps,  178, 184, 785, 786, 191, 

195,196,336,372,374 
brushing,  336 

See  also  vegetation,  clearing/removal  of 
Building  of  the  Arts,  271 
bullrail,  see  curbrail 

cable,  wire  rope,  208, 209 

cairn,  xii,  xvi,  xvii,  12, 67, 219, 220-24, 222, 

223-29, 223-26, 229, 244, 304, 306, 307, 

309, 336 

Bates-style  cairn,  2, 218, 223, 223, 224, 

224,225,226,227,288 

conical  cairn,  224, 227, 229, 229, 336 

piled  cairn,  223, 224, 226,  227 

sat-up  cairn  (upright  single  stone),  224, 

224, 225 

stacked  cairn,  223, 224, 226, 227, 288, 

342 
cake  sets,  37, 42, 84, 98, 99, 145, 336 
cantilever,  336 
capstone,  see  lintel/capstone 
capstone  (closed)  culvert,  69, 71, 73, 73,  74, 

74, 75, 76, 77-78, 79-80, 79,  86, 114, 181, 

196,  280, 283, 284, 285, 324,  329, 336, 

338,369 
carriage  bolt,  121, 125 
carriage  road  mix,  50, 51, 52 
carriage  roads,  xiii,  xv,  xvi,  17, 50, 51, 52, 

150,235,237,266,293 
carry  path/trail,  xii,  5, 11, 356, 360 
cart  road/path,  xii,  5-6, 6, 11, 63 
catch  basin,  71, 72, 85, 86, 74,  74,  75,  78, 86, 

336 
causeway,  5, 11, 37-47, 93, 104, 105, 121, 138, 

139, 140, 156, 336 

stone  causeway,  37, 37,  39-40, 40,  41, 

42,  44, 83, 131, 291, 297,  296, 298, 300, 

301, 342 

walled  causeway,  37, 37, 38, 38, 40, 41, 

42, 43, 44-46, 45, 94, 294, 312, 342, 344 

wall-less  causeway,  37, 37, 38, 39,  40, 41, 

47,  42, 43, 43, 139, 740, 144, 169, 312, 314, 

339,344 
CCC-style  signs,  232,  234 


375 


Acadia  Trails  treatment  Plan 


CCC-style  steps,  178, 185-87, 186-89, 193, 
195, 196 

cement,  hydraulic,  214, 215 

Champlain,  Samuel,  257, 262 

Champlain  Society,  22 

character-defining  features,  xvii,  2, 12, 13, 
22,44,51,58,59,178,336 
See  also  historical  characteristics/char- 
acter 

check,  142-47, 142-47, 245, 285, 290, 300, 
304, 307, 309, 317, 329, 336, 343 
log  check,  142, 143, 171, 173, 173, 178, 312 
stone  check,  5, 48, 51, 66, 68, 94, 95, 97, 
142-47, 142-47, 312 

chinked,  45, 46, 61, 62, 80, 81, 99, 336 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps  (CCC),  ix, 
xiii,  xvi,  xxi,  1, 4,  5, 9-10, 11, 16, 17, 
23-24, 26, 30, 32, 33, 34, 35-36, 40-41, 
43, 49-50, 57, 59, 60, 65-66, 68, 70, 73, 
74-75, 77-79, 80, 82, 83, 87, 88, 89, 91, 
93, 96, 97, 98, 114-17, 118, 119, 126, 129, 
132-34, 137, 149, 151-52, 153, 159-60, 
163, 178, 184-87, 191, 193, 195, 200, 207, 
208-11, 212, 217, 218, 234, 236, 237, 240, 
241, 247, 249, 250, 251, 260, 261, 271-72, 
275, 281, 291, 323, 355, 362, 365 

Civil  Works  Administration  (CWA),  xv 

clearing,  see  lumbering/logging;  vegetation, 
removal  of 

cliffside/"face"  trails,  7, 159, 189, 200, 202, 
207, 212, 304-6, 357 

climb,  356 

climbing  turn,  31, 336 

colored  path  system,  219, 221, 222, 231, 
248,249,336,356 

commemorative  plaque,  xvii,  xx,  255,  256- 
58, 256-67,  261, 262-68, 291, 292, 302, 
336, 324, 325, 324, 355, 356, 359 

compaction,  xvii,  105, 290 

conical  cairn,  224, 227, 229, 229, 336 

construction  debris,  removal/site  cleanup, 
125-26 

contact,  45, 46, 60, 93-94, 155, 165, 166, 179, 
198,336,366 

control  points,  5, 7, 8, 8,  9, 12, 13, 336, 337, 
371 

coping  retaining  wall,  18, 31, 33, 61, 88, 147, 
149, 152, 156, 156, 157, 159, 178, 181, 182, 
191, 193, 196,  304, 337, 370-74 

coping  stones,  xiv,  xvi,  xvii,  31, 39, 42, 42, 
44, 48, 63, 74, 75,  79, 79,  80, 82, 82, 122, 
129, 129, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145-46, 145, 
147-54,147-52, 158, 158, 159, 161, 170, 181, 
182, 183, 184, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195-97, 
195, 202, 205,  205, 206, 207, 210, 215, 
221, 222, 229, 243, 244, 245, 285, 286, 
287, 290, 293, 301, 304, 306, 307, 308, 
309, 310, 312, 313, 316,  317, 322, 324, 324, 
328, 329, 330, 337, 369, 370, 373, 374 

coping  wall,  285, 337 

See  also  coping  retaining  wall 

copycatting,  227, 228, 229 

corduroy  bridge,  105, 112, 113, 115, 116, 116, 
117,118,120,127-28,128,289 


corduroy  decking/tread,  105, 105, 107,  111, 

112, 112, 113, 114, 116, 116, 128, 128,  337 
core,  165, 166,167, 175, 195-97, 337, 344, 366 
cradling,  46, 167, 167, 169,  337 
creep,  59-60, 62, 337 
crevice/rock  cleft,  7, 110, 324, 373 

See  also  passageway 
crib/cribbing,  5, 172-75,773-75,  337 

See  also  log  crib 
crimping,  214, 215 
cross-slope,  30-31, 34, 70, 72, 109, 335, 337, 

340, 342 
cross-trail  water  flow,  87, 88, 89 
crowned,  35, 38, 45,  46, 47, 53, 169, 337 
crushed  stone  subgrade,  308,  45, 46, 47, 48, 

53, 89, 90, 93, 94, 137, 138, 149, 169 
crush  wall,  67, 155, 157, 157, 161, 162, 163, 

167-69,765-69,164,295-96, 
culvert,  31, 32, 33, 37, 44, 48, 70, 93, 104, 

120, 121, 132, 134, 178, 193, 290, 296-99, 

337 

capstone  (closed)  culvert,  69, 71, 73, 73, 

74,  74, 75, 76, 77-78, 79-80,  79,  86, 114, 

181, 196,  280, 283, 284,  285, 324,  329, 

336,338,369 

closed  culvert,  64, 71, 72, 74-75, 77, 102, 

280, 283, 285, 299, 322,  300,  336 

graveled-over  closed  stone  culvert,  39, 

41, 70, 71, 73, 73, 74, 74,  75, 76, 77-78, 

80-82, 81, 82, 86, 762, 196, 285, 327, 328, 

329,338,369 

log  culvert,  closed,  43, 72, 73, 77, 112, 

336 

log  culvert,  open,  43, 72, 340 

open  culvert,  72, 298, 299, 329 

pipe  culvert,  41, 43, 71, 77, 72, 72,  73, 73, 

75, 76, 77, 83, 83,  86, 88, 312, 313, 315, 

316,  329, 339, 340 

stepstone  culvert,  xvi,  71, 77,  73, 77, 85, 

85,97,131,299,300,342 

stone  culvert,  open,  43, 71, 77, 72, 83, 84, 

92,298,299,340 
curbrail/bullrail,  777, 772, 119, 123, 124, 125, 

128,728,130,337 
Curtis,  Joseph  Henry,  265 
Cushing,  Sarah,  259, 264, 270, 291, 302 
cut  stone,  see  stone,  cut 
cyclic  maintenance,  18, 27, 47, 53, 59, 100, 

147, 337 
cyclic  replacement,  108, 110, 114, 130 

Damrosch,  Frank,  16 

deadman,  775, 234 

debris,  see  construction  debris;  vegetation 

debris 
decking,  110-11, 123-25,723, 126-28, 130, 

337 
DeCosta,  Benjamin  F.,  224 
design,  xvi 

designed  alignment,  4-5, 7, 337 
destination  points,  4, 6, 8, 9, 236, 337, 357, 

358, 359, 360, 361, 363 

See  also  signs,  directional 


diagonal  bracing,  112, 773, 776, 724, 125, 126, 

127 
Diederich,  Kurt,  263, 266 
dip,  see  water  dip 
direct  alignment,  4, 5, 6, 11 
directional  signs,  see  signs,  directional 

(trail) 
ditch/ditching,  51, 63, 70, 72, 88, 90-91, 93, 

95,194,312,315,324 

See  also  side  drain 
ditch  and  fill,  63, 66-67, 90, 91-92, 92 
divide,  364 
dog  holes  (dimples),  322, 337, 371, 372, 373 

See  also  drill  marks 
Dorr,  George  Bucknam,  v,  xii,  xiii,  7, 8, 16, 

17, 31, 54, 72, 87, 132, 149, 158, 181, 185, 

191, 195, 203, 248-49, 257, 263, 265, 

280-81,312,323 
Dorr  alignment,  7,  8 
Dorr-style  steps/pavement,  57, 57, 178, 180, 

182, 183, 193, 196, 337 
Downing,  Andrew  Jackson,  112-14, 268, 

275 
drainage,  xx,  30, 31, 33, 36, 44, 45, 49, 50, 

63, 66, 69-102, 107, 154, 181, 193-94, 196, 

198, 245, 246, 283, 284, 285, 296-301, 

309,314,315-17,329,366 
drill  marks  (in  cut  stone),  211, 285, 322, 

329,337,337,371,372,373 
dry-laid,  155, 158, 338 

education  and  interpretation,  xvi,  10, 11, 
22, 23, 24, 185, 228, 238, 240, 245, 306, 
312-13 

interpretive  signs,  10, 18, 238-43,238- 
40, 267, 313, 317, 339, 359, 360 
ranger-led  walks/tours,  240, 281, 313 
See  also  nature  trail,  self-guided;  path/ 
trail  maps  and  guides 

Eliot,  Charles  William,  xii,  259-60, 265 

Eliot  Mountain  Map  House,  240, 247,  271, 
276 

endangered  species,  12, 24, 25-26 

endowed  trails,  xi,  xiii,  80, 132, 158, 181, 191, 
263, 264, 283, 309, 338, 356 
See  also  memorial  trails 

engraved  stone,  249,  256-57, 258,  259, 261, 
262-65, 266, 267, 268, 338, 355, 356, 359 

erosion,  xiv,  xvii,  12, 14, 26, 30, 33, 34, 34, 
35, 36, 36,  55, 62, 63, 64, 65,  66, 67, 68, 
88, 101, 105, 121, 125, 142, 143, 145, 154, 
160, 171, 192, 198, 205, 211, 212, 213, 228, 
247, 280, 283, 285, 286, 290, 293-95, 
294, 299, 304, 306, 307, 309, 310, 313, 
314, 376, 317, 322, 327, 329 
See  also  gravel  washout;  gully;  scouring 

European  settlers,  xii,  5-6, 11, 15, 16, 22, 25 

expansion  bolt,  214, 275, 338 

eyebolt,  202,  207, 338 

face,  wall,  159, 165, 765, 167, 338, 341, 344 
fall  line,  4, 11, 337, 338, 342 
fall-line  route,  4, 5, 6, 31, 34, 70 


376 


INDEX 


Fait,  Dan,  114 

Fait,  Gordon,  261 

Farrand,  Beatrix,  114, 128, 265 

feather  (stonecutting  tool),  368 

feeling,  xvi,  213 

fence,  246-47 

fill,  see  ditch  and  fill 

fines,  124 

fire  of  1947,  xiv,  4, 16, 17, 23, 24, 25, 232, 

327 
fire  control,  116-17 
fire  hazard  reduction,  23, 25, 312 
fire/observation  tower,  272-73, 273,  275, 

276 
fitted  wall,  155, 156, 159, 338, 371, 372 
flat  notch,  173, 774, 338 
flat  sign,  230, 232,  234, 235, 234-35, 237, 

238,338 
flooding,  12-13, 72, 78, 296 

See  also  beaver  dams/flooding 
floor,  338 

footing,  84, 122, 138, 140, 163, 164, 338 
foot  traffic,  see  compaction;  erosion 
forest  floor,  63, 97, 192, 314, 316 

See  also  unconstructed  tread 
foundation,  164-65, 169, 170, 339, 366 
Francklyn,  Lilian  Endicott,  260, 265 
freezing,  60, 86, 109, 110, 114, 164, 165, 205, 

324 
French  drain,  stone,  2, 87, 88, 88,  89, 338 
Friends  of  Acadia,  v,  ix,  xiv 

gazebo,  256, 268, 275 

geological  features,  see  rock  formation 

geotextile  material,  76, 89, 89,  90,  111,  123, 
124,130,375,338 

gesture,  5, 7, 11, 58, 338 

Good,  Albert,  116, 121, 122, 241, 271, 341 

Good,  John,  313 

Goodrich,  David,  359, 362, 363, 364 

grade  string,  see  mason's  line 

grade,  4, 10, 12, 13, 14, 19, 36, 43, 45, 46, 53, 
57, 62, 81, 97, 101, 109, 125, 130, 144, 
146, 154, 155, 159, 174, 192, 193, 208, 315, 
338, 343 

granite-concrete  surfacing,  185 

gravel,  aggregate,  xvii 

gravel,  imported/manufactured,  26, 43, 50, 
51,52,283,327 

gravel,  natural/bank-run,  46, 48, 49, 51, 327 

graveled-over  culvert,  39, 41, 70, 71, 73, 73, 
74, 74,  75, 76, 77-78, 80-82, 81, 82, 86, 
762,196,327,369 

gravel  extraction,  xvii,  48, 327 
See  also  borrow  pit 

gravel  paving/surfacing,  xii,  31, 32, 33, 37, 
41, 43, 44, 45,  46-47, 47, 48-53, 48-50, 
57, 59, 63, 66, 67, 75, 77-78, 80, 101,  111, 
114, 116,776, 117, 119,720, 124-25, 127-30, 
142, 143, 145, 146, 147, 149, 156, 159, 160, 
169, 192, 205, 283, 292,  296-98, 299, 
304, 309, 313, 314, 316,  327, 329, 337, 
338;  compacted,  46, 47, 53, 296-98 


gravel  pit,  see  borrow  pit 
gravel  treadway,  see  gravel  paving/surfac- 
ing 
gravel  washout,  49, 50, 51, 72, 93, 94, 99, 

142,252,283,299,309,314 

See  also  flooding 
Green  (Cadillac)  Mountain,  xii,  202, 290 
Green  Mountain  House,  271 
guidance  features,  12, 67, 142, 147, 148, 149, 

153, 181, 184, 217-54, 301, 309-10, 317-19, 

329,330,338 

See  also  blazes;  cairns;  coping  stones; 

directional  signs;  steps;  trail  signs 
gully/gulch,  12, 66, 78, 110, 121, 142, 143, 

144, 744, 154, 163, 173, 285, 294, 329, 338 

Hancock  County  Trustees  of  Public  Res- 
ervations (HCTPR),  xiii,  16,248, 262, 
280, 322 

handrail,  111,773,775, 116, 117,775, 119, 120, 
724, 125, 126, 127, 129, 246, 309, 338 
See  also  railings 

header,  77, 81, 83, 84, 84, 90, 94, 122, 123, 
164,165,765,166,767,338 

header-style,  37, 42, 42, 44, 45, 83, 84, 98, 
99, 744, 145, 762. 765, 166, 169, 769, 197- 
98, 338, 366 

headwall,  75, 83, 83, 315 

high  contact,  45, 45,  46, 51, 85, 86,  94, 94, 
98, 99, 744, 145, 146, 762, 336, 339. 366 

highly  crafted/constructed,  ix,  x,  xiii,  xvii, 
7, 15, 29, 31, 33, 39, 48, 50, 54, 55, 62, 
6, 64, 65-66, 73, 147, 149, 150, 153, 155, 
158, 159, 171-73,777, 178, 181, 191, 205, 
207, 210-11, 212, 280, 283, 285, 288, 302, 
309, 322, 323, 329, 337, 340, 355, 356, 
361, 364 
See  also  memorial  trails 

Hiking  Trails  Management  Plan,  ix,  xi,  xviii, 
xix,  13, 18, 26, 228, 237, 249-51, 266, 
267,323 

historic,  339 

historical,  339 

historical  characteristics/character,  xv-xvi, 
xvii,  11, 12, 16, 18, 25, 33, 43, 44, 46, 50, 
51, 58, 59, 61, 66, 68, 71, 72, 77, 88, 93, 
97, 101, 104, 107, 108, 119-20, 143, 153, 
154, 163, 172-73, 178, 190, 191-92, 210-11, 
212-13, 221, 222, 227, 228, 236, 237, 
241-42, 245, 247, 250, 275, 283, 285, 
293, 297, 298, 309, 310, 323, 327, 329, 
330, 336 
See  also  character-defining  features 

historical  significance,  xv,  xvii,  13 

historic  period,  xv-xvi,  312, 339, 357-58, 
360, 361, 364 

historic  structures,  xx 

Homans,  Eliza,  323 

How,  Charles  T.,  257, 261, 262 

hub,  5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 339 

Hudson  River  School,  xii,  15 

ice,  see  freezing 


inslope/insloping,  35, 43, 45,  46,  53, 81, 81, 
82, 82,  83, 83, 94, 164, 339 

integrated  pest  management,  26 

integrity,  historic,  xv-xvii,  xx,  13, 88, 357 

integrity,  structural,  44, 147, 337 

interlaced,  79 

interpretive  sign,  see  signs,  informational 

interpretive  trail,  see  nature  trail,  self- 
guided 

intersection,  see  trail  intersection 

iron  attachment,  214-15, 275 

iron  pin,  57, 57, 154, 158, 159, 759, 764, 183, 
193, 194, 195, 196, 198, 799,  200, 201, 
202, 203,204,  205,205, 206,  207, 207, 
208, 210, 270,  213-14, 271, 283, 285, 287, 
301, 322, 329-30, 331,  340, 374 

ironwork,  xiv,  xv,  xvi,  7, 8, 65, 154, 178, 191, 
200-216, 280, 285, 301, 309, 322, 329- 
30,339,344 

See  also  iron  bridge;  iron  pin;  ladder; 
pipe  railing;  rung;  stainless  steel  pin; 
stanchion 

Jackson  Laboratory,  The,  18, 79 
Jaques,  Herbert,  219, 222, 336, 356, 358 
Jesup,  Morris  K.  and  Maria  DeWirt,  258, 

263 
Jordan  Pond  House,  6, 8, 41, 48, 271, 275, 

276,290,293,296,302 
jute  mat,  43, 46 

Kane,  Annie  Cottenet  Schermerhom,  114, 

259, 265 
Kane,  John  Innes,  257, 262-63 
Kari,  Dave,  42 
Kebo  Golf  Club,  271 
Kenway,  Lester,  99, 106, 107 
keyed,  164, 165, 178, 779, 195, 197-98, 205, 

339 
Kittredge,  Frank,  xxi 

ladder,  xvi,  xx,  7, 200, 201, 207, 203, 208-9, 

209, 270, 211, 212, 213-14 
ladder  trail,  xiv-xv,  200,  202 
laid  coping,  147, 148, 152, 153, 339 
laid  wall,  155, 755, 756, 157, 158, 158, 159, 160, 

162, 762, 163, 164-66, 765, 779, 301, 339, 

366, 369-73 
lane,  xi,  248 

large-gesture  alignment,  5, 7, 11, 58, 339 
lead  wool,  215, 216, 339 
ledge,  7, 45, 122, 149, 164-65, 175, 192, 195, 

203, 205  207, 269-70, 271-72, 276, 339 
ledge  treadway,  8, 9, 11, 13, 14, 27, 25, 25, 63, 

63, 64, 65, 175, 184, 184, 187, 192, 193, 

202, 208, 210, 270,  220, 222, 223, 224, 

227, 281, 283-85, 286, 287, 304, 306, 307, 

309, 314, 329 
lining,  see  tiling/lining 
lintel/capstone,  43,  70,  71, 74, 74,  75,  76,  79- 

80, 79, 81-82, 81, 82, 86, 223, 224, 226, 

228-29, 229, 321, 322, 324, 325, 326,  329, 

339, 369, 370, 373 


377 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Liscomb,  Andrew,  16, 54, 181, 202 

live  edge,  70S,  109, 339 

living  berm/wall,  46, 144, 339, 344 

location,  xv-xvi 

locked  in,  79, 79,  80, 81, 81,  82, 84, 94, 99, 

146, 167, 167, 169, 178, 179, 179, 181, 193, 

195, 197, 228, 335, 341, 366 
log  abutment,  120-21, 122-23, 122 
log  bench,  272 

See  also  bench 
log  bridge,  see  bogwalk 
log  check,  142, 143, 171, 173, 173, 178, 312 
log  crib  (retaining  structure),  37, 42, 66, 

104, 142, 143, 163, 164, 171-75, 171-75, 

178, 193, 312, 315, 339 

See  also  treadway  crib;  turnpiking;  wall 

crib 
log  crib  (support  structure),  see  log 

pier/crib 
log  culvert,  43, 72 

closed  log  culvert,  72, 73, 77, 112, 336 

open  log  culvert,  72, 340 
log  pier/crib  (support  structure),  104, 104, 

107, 108, 108, 109-10,  111,  127, 292, 293 
log  scree,  67, 244, 245, 339 
log  sign,  211, 230, 233, 235, 235-36, 237, 

238,339 
log  steps,  see  log  check;  log  crib;  pinned- 

log  steps/walkway;  wooden  steps 
log  turnpiking,  37, 38, 42 

See  also  log  crib 
logwork,  171-73 
lowland  route,  5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 38, 40, 43, 44, 

48, 339 

See  also  wetland  route 
lumbering/logging,  4,  6, 9, 15, 16, 17, 22, 25 

Maine  Conservation  Corps,  xiv 

Maine  State  Historic  Preservation  Com- 
mission, x,  xix,  12 

maps,  see  path/trail  maps  and  guides 

map  signs,  239, 240,240,  241 

See  also  path/trail  maps  and  guides 

Martin,  Clara  B.,  219 

mason's  line,  42, 169, 339 

material,  historic,  xvi,  xx,  60 

materials,  xvi,  xx 

Mather,  Stephen,  260, 265 

memorial  plaque,  see  commemorative 
plaque 

memorial  trails,  xi,  xiii,  1, 5, 7, 8, 31, 49, 55, 
62, 65, 66, 132, 148, 149, 152, 153, 159, 
181, 185, 244, 248-49, 250, 257, 259, 
262-66, 280, 283, 285, 288, 322, 323, 
324, 336, 340, 355, 356, 359-60 

monuments,  256-68,256-60, 302, 355, 356, 
359 

addition  of,  267, 302 
maintenance  of,  267-68 
See  also  commemorative  plaque; 
engraved  stone;  bench,  memorial 

motor  road  system,  xi,  xii,  xiii,  xv,  xvi,  xx, 
5, 17, 38, 185, 266 


mountains,  name  changes  of,  xii,  xiii,  234, 

249,281,357,362 
multi-tiered  wall,  155, 157, 158, 160, 161, 

163, 197-98, 343, 373 

National  Park  Service  (NPS),  ix,  xii,  xiii, 
xiv,  xvi,  xvii,  xviii,  xix,  xxi,  2, 11, 16, 
17-18, 24-25, 32-33, 41-43, 50, 58-59, 73, 
75-77, 87, 89, 91-93, 106-7, 117-19, 134, 
143, 152-53, 160-61, 163, 171-72, 190-91, 
207, 211-12, 218, 220-21, 227, 232, 235- 
36, 241, 249-50, 260, 261, 274-75, 280, 
293, 323, 355, 362 

National  Register  of  Historic  Places  nomi- 
nation and  listing,  ix,  xv-xvii,  xix,  339 

National  Trails  System,  281 

Native  American  footpaths  and  carry 
trails,  xii,  5, 11 

native  flora/plants,  22, 23-24,24, 25, 26 

nature  trail,  self-guided,  10, 11, 24, 25, 185, 
239,259,  240, 241, 312, 313, 314, 317 

Newport  (Champlain)  Mountain,  219 

new  trail,  22, 32-33, 67 
See  also  rerouting 

non-native  species,  22, 24, 25, 26, 340 

Northeast  Harbor  Village  Improvement 
Society  (VIS),  x,  xi,  xiii,  xvii,  xxi,  6, 9, 
105, 114, 181, 233, 234, 236, 241, 244-45, 
249,250,269,274 

notching  of  log  joints,  107, 109, 122, 173-74, 
173, 174, 234,  236 
See  also  flat  notch;  saddle  notch 

NPS,  see  National  Park  Service 

NPS/Mission  66,  xiv,  xix,  2, 10, 11, 16, 17, 
22, 24, 32, 33, 41, 43, 50, 57, 66, 75, 77, 
87, 91, 93, 96, 152, 153, 160, 163, 187, 218, 
234, 236, 235, 240, 249, 250, 260, 273, 
275, 312-13, 314 

observation  deck,  274,  275 

observation  tower,  256 

off-trail  drainage,  90, 91, 340 

off-trail  shortcut,  see  social  path/trail 

Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preserva- 
tion, ii,  v,  x 

one  over  two,  see  breaking  joints 

open  culvert,  71, 72, 77, 340 

outflow  ditch,  86, 98, 98,  99, 100 

outlet  drain,  see  outflow  ditch 

outlook  shelter,  16, 18, 256,256, 268, 271- 
72,272,275,276 

outrigger  bracing,  112,113, 116,116, 117, 127, 
129, 340 

outslope/outsloping,32,  34, 35, 35, 53, 99, 
164-65, 169, 340 

overhang,  7, 199,  201, 202, 205, 371 

packing,  179, 179, 193, 195-97, 198 

See  also  blocking 
pass,  xi,  248, 356 
passageway,  281,  321, 322, 324, 325, 371, 

372, 373 
path,  xi,  248-49, 250, 340, 355-56, 361 


path/trail  maps  and  guides,  xiv,  xv,  22, 23, 

203, 218, 219, 222, 224, 225,  231, 239-40, 

248, 250, 262, 264, 281, 291, 291, 292, 

304, 305, 306, 305-6, 323, 355, 360, 361, 

362, 363, 364 
patio  (flat  laid),  179, 182, 192, 197, 369, 370, 

371,  372,  373 
pea-stone,  48, 89, 340 
peg,  stone,  59, 198 
peregrine  falcons,  305, 306,  310 
perforated-pipe  drain,  2, 53, 76,  87, 88, 89, 

315,  340 
picnic  area,  16, 17, 247, 256, 268, 271, 272, 

275, 276 
picturesque  style,  see  rustic/picturesque 

style 
pier,  110, 340 

See  also  log  pier;  stone  pier 
piled  cairn,  223, 224, 226,  227 
piled  coping,  147, 149, 371 
piled  retaining  wall,  155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 

159, 163-64, 167, 205, 340, 371 
pin,  retaining,  xvi,  xvii,  57, 57, 154, 158, 193, 

194, 195, 198, 201, 212-15, 215, 285, 330, 

331,  340 

See  also  iron  pin;  stainless  steel  pin 
pinch  sets,  192, 193, 197, 372 
pinned-log  steps/walkway,  8, 9,  31, 171, 178, 

193, 200, 205, 206, 207, 211, 211 
pinning,  to  anchor  associated  structure, 

211,227,214,234,276 
pipe  culvert,  41, 43, 71, 71, 72, 72, 73, 73, 75, 

76, 77, 83, 83,  86, 88, 312, 313, 315, 316, 

329,339,340 
pipe  drain,  60 
pipe  (iron)  railing,  117, 118, 201, 203, 203, 

204,  211, 214, 216 
planking,  111,  111,  112, 115, 130, 340 
pointer  (directional  sign),  218,  219, 225, 

230, 231 
pointer  stone,  223, 224, 228, 229, 335 
pole  bridge,  see  wooden  bridge 
pondside  route/trail,  60, 64, 105, 107, 164, 

212,293-95,297,301 
potholes,  7 
preservation,  xix,  xx 
pressure-treated  wood,  117, 120, 121, 124, 

236,242,275 
privy,  274, 274 

railings 

iron/pipe,  xvi,  201, 201, 202, 203, 203, 

204,  205, 208, 208,  211, 213-14, 216, 281 

wooden,  111-12, 113, 115, 117, 118, 121, 126, 

127,129,246-47,246 

See  also  curbrail;  handrail;  pipe  railing 
raised  treadway,  38, 72-73, 80, 82, 105, 107, 

134, 138, 314-15, 340, 344 
ramp,  bridge,  125, 130 
Rand,  Edward  Lothrup,  xii,  22, 259, 264, 

362 
ranger  cabin,  272, 273 
rare  species,  12, 22, 24, 25-26 


378 


INDEX 


reconstruction,  xix,  xx,  340 

Recreational  Development  Area  (RDA), 
xiii 

rectilinear,  340 

rehabilitation  approach,  xix-xx,  22,  58,  60, 
84, 97, 104, 178, 340 

rerouting,  xvi,  xx,  4, 11-14, 19, 26, 32-33, 44, 
58, 60, 67, 68, 245, 250, 293, 295, 341 

restoration,  xix 

retaining  wall,  xii,  5, 7, 18, 31, 31, 32,  33, 34, 
35-36, 37, 48, 57, 60,  61, 62, 74, 79, 80, 
84, 141, 142, 144, 145, 155-70, 155-62, 165, 
167-70, 181, 191, 195, 202,205,270,  215, 
283, 285, 287,  298, 301, 308,  309, 317, 
318, 324, 328,  329, 330, 341, 342 
coping  retaining  wall,  18, 31, 33, 61, 88, 
147, 149, 152, 156, 156, 157, 159, 178, 181, 
182, 191, 193, 196,  304, 337, 370-74 
dry-laid  wall,  155, 158, 338 
fitted  wall,  155, 156, 159, 338, 371, 372 
laid  wall,  155, 155, 156, 157, 158, 158, 159, 
160, 162, 162, 163, 164-66, 165, 179, 301, 
339, 366, 369-73 

multi-tiered  wall,  155, 157, 158, 160, 161, 
163, 197-98, 343, 373 
piled  retaining  wall,  155, 156, 157, 158, 
159,759, 163-64, 167, 205, 340, 371 
rubble  wall,  155-56, 155-56, 157, 158, 159, 
160,760, 161,767, 163, 167,767, 301, 329, 
341, 369-73 

sidewall,  31, 37, 37, 42, 44, 45-46, 61, 67, 
64, 77, 72, 79, 80, 84, 85, 86, 94, 156, 756, 
157, 160, 767, 195-97, 205, 207, 290, 299, 
342, 343 

single-tiered  wall,  37, 155, 156, 157, 158, 
163,779,197 
support  wall,  342 

revegetation,  22, 23-24, 24, 25, 26, 87, 245, 
290, 295, 296, 312, 313, 317, 341 
See  also  living  berm/wall;  vegetation 

ridge-line  route,  4, 6, 8, 9, 11, 31, 341, 357, 
363 

Ridge  Runners,  341 

rifter,  367, 367 

ripped,  107, 341 

riprap,  163, 341 

riprap  pattern,  62, 341, 371, 372 

riprap  steps,  178, 779, 191, 193, 197, 341 

rise,  61, 144-45, 155, 165, 174, 194, 194, 195, 
795, 196, 197, 335, 341, 371, 372, 373 

riser,  144, 744, 181, 184, 184, 185, 194, 795, 
197 

road  crossing,  12, 230, 235, 237 

roads,  xi,  xii,  xiii,  xv,  xvi,  xx,  5, 17, 38, 185 
See  also  carriage  roads 

Rockefeller,  John  D.,  Jr.,  xiii,  260, 266 

rockfall/rock  slide,  7, 55, 212, 213, 306 

rock  formation,  xx,  7, 8, 15, 16, 122, 248, 
326,326,329 

rock  rubble,  38, 41, 43, 46, 70, 80-81, 83, 84, 
88, 88, 89, 142, 145, 145-46, 173, 282,  283, 
295-96, 327, 341 
See  also  rubble  wall 


roots,  see  tree  roots 

route,  xx,  4-19, 31, 44, 157, 222, 283, 293, 

295, 306, 313, 324, 326, 329, 335, 341, 

356 

See  also  guidance  features 
rubble,  see  rock  rubble 
rubble  wall,  155-56,755-56, 157, 158, 159, 

160, 760, 161, 767, 163, 167, 767,  301, 329, 

341, 369-73 
run,  155, 159, 165, 184, 184, 185, 196, 335, 

341, 371, 372, 373 
rung,  xvi,  xx,  200, 201, 207,  202, 203, 204, 

211, 212, 213-14, 215, 221, 222, 341 
running  joint,  158, 166, 341 
Russian  Tea  House,  271 
rustic/picturesque  style,  cover/ii,  xii,  xv, 

xvi,  66, 112, 113, 114, 117, 268, 269,  275, 

341 

saddle,  7, 11 

saddle  notch,  722, 123, 173, 174, 775, 341 

Satterlee's  Tea  House,  271,277 

sat-up  cairn  (upright  single  stone),  224, 

224,  225 
scenic  overlook  (outlook  point),  16, 17, 77, 

18, 18, 55, 62, 239, 271, 276, 315 
scenic,  natural,  and  cultural  features,  xx 
Schiff,Jacob,281,283 
scouring,  78, 95, 100, 102, 121, 122, 123, 

126,341 
scree,  historic,  149, 243, 244, 341 
scree,  stone,  31, 58, 147, 149, 153, 154, 186, 

790,  243-46, 244, 288, 301, 310, 310,  317, 

318, 319, 341 

See  also  log  scree 
Seal  Harbor  Village  Improvement  Society 

(VIS),  x,  xi,  xiii,  xvii,  xxi,  6, 22, 23, 48, 

105, 114, 84, 205, 236, 240, 259, 260, 

264, 269, 291 
Seaside  Inn,  357 
seating,  268-71 

See  also  bench;  bench,  memorial 
Secretary's  Standards,  xix-xx,  xxi 
seepage,  46, 53, 87, 89, 297, 298, 341 
set-behind,  178,779, 181, 191, 192-93,792, 

194, 794, 196, 197, 285, 324, 329, 341, 

370, 371, 373 
setting,  xvi 
shelters,  240,240,  271-72,269-72 

See  also  gazebo;  outlook  shelter 
shim,  46, 61, 62, 178-79, 180, 184, 184, 186, 

193, 194, 196, 197, 228, 322, 329, 331,  341, 

366, 370, 373 
shim  (stonecutting  tool),  368 
side  drain,  31, 32, 33, 33, 44, 46, 51, 70, 73, 

74, 85, 90-95, 97, 92, 94, 181, 196, 285, 

290, 299, 312, 315, 316,  317, 341, 342 

fully  constructed  side  drain,  90, 91, 92, 

94-95, 94, 338 

U-shaped  side  drain,  90, 91, 95, 343 

V-shaped  side  drain,  90, 91, 92,  94-95, 

94, 344 

walled  side  drain,  90, 91, 92,  93-94, 94 


side-by-side  pavers/steps,  61, 67,  62, 178 
sidehill  route,  4-5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11,29, 31, 32- 

33, 34, 40, 48, 163, 197, 336, 342 
sidewalks,  xi 

See  also  asphalt  paving 
sidewall,  31, 37, 37, 42, 44, 45-46, 61, 67, 64, 

77,  72, 79, 80, 84, 85, 86, 94, 156, 756, 

157, 160, 767, 195-97, 205, 207, 290, 299, 

342, 343 
Sieur  de  Monts  National  Monument,  xiii, 

322 

See  also  Acadia  National  Park,  history 

of 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring  House,  270,277,  275 
signpost,  234, 234,  236;  pinning,  211, 277, 

214,234 
signs,  directional,  xiv,  xvi,  xvii,  xx,  12,  211, 

277, 218, 218, 219, 222, 230-38, 230-33, 

236, 248, 249, 288, 310, 317, 330, 359 

flat,  230, 232, 234, 235, 234-35, 237, 238, 

338 

trailhead  (log),  211, 230,233, 235, 235- 

36, 237, 238, 339, 343 
signs,  informational,  xvi,  10, 238-43, 238- 

40,  244, 310, 317, 330, 339 

interpretive,  10, 18, 238-43,238-40,  267, 

313, 317, 339, 359, 360 

map,  239, 240, 240,  241 

regulatory,  238, 239, 239, 240, 245 

safety,  239, 242, 243, 293 

trailhead  exhibit,  238, 238 
sill,  110,777, 120-21, 123,723, 130, 342 
silt/siltation,  86, 87, 88, 89-90, 93, 94, 97, 

100, 102, 124, 125, 138, 315, 342 
single-tiered  wall,  37, 155, 156, 157, 158, 163, 

779, 197 
slab-laid,  153, 178,779, 181, 184, 191, 192-93, 

792, 193, 194, 794, 195, 795, 196, 202, 285, 

287,  317, 324,  325, 329, 335, 342, 371, 371 
slickrock,  342 

See  also  ledge 
slope,  35, 53, 63, 67, 94, 95, 99, 109, 742, 

143, 743, 144, 155, 164, 165, 774, 175, 335, 

342 

See  also  cross-slope;  grade;  inslope/ 

insloping;  outslope/outsloping 
small-gesture  alignment,  5, 7, 11, 342 
Smith,  Cornelius,  259 
social  path/trail,  14, 223, 245, 315, 326, 342, 

374 
sod,  46, 47,  53, 80, 82, 82, 90, 169 
soil,  imported,  26 
soil  treadway,  54 

See  also  forest  floor;  woodland  route/ 

trail 
Southwest  Harbor  Village  Improvement 

Association  (VIA),  xi,  xiii,  xvii,  xxi,  6, 

9, 181, 184 
spike  (timber  screw),  107, 109, 709, 110, 122, 

123, 125, 173 
spill  point,  101, 102, 342 
stabilization,  142-44, 178, 194,795, 205, 229, 

244,305,309,342 


379 


\< , adia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


stack  bond,  158, 166, 342 

stacked  cairn,  223, 224, 226, 227, 288, 342 

stacking,  14 

stainless  steel  pin,  193, 194, 200, 201, 211-13 

staircase,  see  stone  staircase 

staking,  43,44-45, 109, 110 

stanchions,  201, 201, 202, 203, 208, 209, 

212,214,342 
Stellpflug,  Gary,  41, 96, 106, 127, 129, 132, 

171, 172, 227, 230, 235 
stepped-down  railing,  112, 116, 342 
stepping  stones,  2, 5, 11, 14,  39, 39, 44, 54, 

71, 72, 77, 85, 104, 105, 107, 114, 120, 130, 

131-40, 131-37, 139, 281, 291,291,  296, 

298, 299, 301, 306, 307, 309, 318, 319, 

342 
steps,  xiv,  xvi,  xvii,  xx,  2, 5, 67, 109, 144, 

178, 268, 275, 324, 329, 330, 342 

AMC-style  steps,  190, 190, 191 

Bates-style  steps,  54, 178, 180, 181, 184, 

187, 189, 191, 192, 194, 195, 196 

Dorr-style  steps,  57, 57, 178, 180, 182, 

183, 193, 196 

See  also  stone  steps;  wooden  steps 
stone,  cut,  57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 148, 149, 150, 

158, 185, 187, 191, 196, 285, 301, 329, 337, 

366-68,370-74 

See  also  stonecutting 
stone,  drilling,  367-68 

See  also  drill  marks 
stone,  laying,  164-66, 165 
stone,  quarrying,  228 

See  also  stonecutting 
stone,  uncut,  54, 54-56,  61, 62, 148, 150, 152, 

153, 158, 167, 181, 184, 184, 191, 194, 196, 

329, 343, 370-74 

See  also  boulder 
stone  abutment,  xvi,  108, 109, 110, 112, 113, 

116,116,119, 120-23,122, 128,128, 129, 

135, 164, 165; 
stone  box,  42 

stone  bridge,  114, 126, 259, 260 
stone  causeway,  37, 37, 39-40, 40,  41, 42, 

44, 83, 131, 291, 291, 296, 298, 300,  301, 

342 
stone  check,  5, 48, 51, 66, 68, 94, 95, 97, 

142-47,142-47,312 
stone  culvert,  71, 296, 298 

capstone  (closed)  culvert,  69, 71, 73, 73, 

74, 74, 75, 76, 77-78, 79-80, 79,  86, 114, 

181, 196,  280, 283,284,  285,324,  329, 

336, 338, 369 

graveled-over  closed  stone  culvert,  39, 

41, 70, 71, 73, 73, 74, 74, 75, 76, 77-78, 

80-82, 81, 82, 86, 162, 196, 285, 327, 328, 

329,338,369 

open  stone  culvert,  43, 71, 71, 72, 83, 84, 

92,298,299,340 

stepstone  culvert,  xvi,  71, 71,  73, 77, 85, 

85,97,131,299,300,342 
stonecutting,  228, 366-68, 367 

See  also  stone,  cut 
stone  patio,  see  patio 


stone  pavement/paving,  7, 11, 29,  31, 37, 

54-62, 60,  61, 70, 73, 77-78, 107, 150, 158, 

159, 203, 218, 221, 222, 280, 281, 282, 

283, 284,  285, 296, 298, 308,  314, 318, 

319, 322, 325,  327-29, 342, 370 

See  also  patio 
stone  pavers,  see  stone  pavement 
stone  pier,  107, 108, 109, 128, 135 
stone  staircase,  8, 54, 64, 68, 70, 76, 97, 149, 

151, 151-52, 153-54, 158,177, 178, 179,180, 

181, 184, 185, 182-88, 190-97, 194, 195, 

245, 285, 317, 364, 369-74 

curved,  182, 183, 184, 184, 194, 196, 203, 

210,210,328,370,372,374 

See  also  stone  steps 
stone  steps,  7, 11, 49, 56, 66, 68, 70, 73, 149, 

149, 177, 178, 179-98, 202, 207, 210, 211, 

218, 221, 222, 222,  280, 281, 283, 285, 

286, 287,  304, 307, 308,  322, 326, 329, 

330-31 

See  also  set-behind;  slab-laid;  stone 

staircase 
stonework,  collapsed/slipping,  42, 44, 59, 

86, 138, 140, 160-61, 170, 193, 194, 198, 

280, 283, 285, 286, 287, 317, 322, 326, 

329, 330, 370, 371, 373 
stonework,  historic  (stone  construction), 

xiv,  xv,  xvi,  xvii,  7, 11,  65,  66, 171-73, 

210, 211, 280, 296, 322, 323, 330, 366 

See  also  stonecutting;  stone  pavement; 

stone  culvert;  stone  staircase;  stone 

steps;  etc. 
stream  crossing,  14, 70, 75, 103-40, 131, 132, 

138, 140, 178, 296-99, 301, 309, 329 

See  also  bogwalk;  stone  bridge;  wooden 

bridge 
streamside  route,  5, 13, 54, 164 
stream-style  stepping  stones,  39, 39, 70, 71, 

121, 130, 131, 132, 134, 134, 135, 136, 138, 

139,  342 
stretcher  style,  166, 338 
string  line,  144 
stringer,  110-11,  111,  114,115, 116,116, 117, 

120-22, 123, 123, 124-25, 126-29, 201, 

342 
Student  Conservation  Association,  98-100, 

244 
stump,  27 
subgrade  drainage,  37, 43, 46, 51, 53, 87, 88, 

139,140,175,181,194,342 
subsurface  drain,  37, 51, 53, 87-90, 88, 89, 

93, 299, 315,,  324, 338, 342 
summit,  marking  of,  223, 224  226,  227, 228, 

230, 231, 236, 237, 238,  239, 249 
summit  areas/trails,  xvi,  6, 25, 63, 64, 67, 

143, 151, 153, 185, 227, 228, 304, 357, 358 
support  wall,  342 
swale,  drainage,  66, 70, 343 
switchback,  4, 5, 7,  8, 11, 14, 31, 32, 32, 33, 

57, 59, 150, 152, 160, 185, 186,  210, 244, 

325, 336, 343, 370, 372, 373 
switchback  route,  4-5, 7, 343 


talus  pavement,  31,  54, 54,  55, 56,  58,  59,  60, 

60,  61, 62 
talus  slope/field,  7, 54, 55, 57, 58, 59, 70, 

160, 164, 175, 185-87,186, 293,294,  301, 

304. 306. 324. 325,  329, 338, 343 
tamper,  vibrating,  46, 47, 53 
terrace,  343 

terrace  steps,  xvi,  144, 147, 315, 343 

tier,  122, 343 

tie  rock,  165, 166,338,343 

tiered  wall,  155, 157, 158, 160, 161, 163, 197- 

98, 343, 373 
tiling/lining,  xvi,  80, 95, 343 
toast  sets,  37, 42, 44, 84, 99, 145, 198, 343 
tourism  on  Mount  Desert  Island,  history 

of,  xii,  xiii,  xvi,  6, 15, 16, 22 
tracer,  367, 367 
trail,  xi,  249, 250, 355-56 
trail  braiding,  12, 26, 68, 138, 290, 322, 343 
trail  closure,  xvi,  12, 14, 26, 60, 281, 305, 

307, 306, 310, 323 
trail  corridor/width,  xx,  18, 25, 26, 35, 43, 

61, 62, 67, 93, 169, 197, 222, 245, 295, 

298, 312, 343 
trail  design,  xvi 
trailhead  (log)  signs,  211, 230, 233, 235, 235- 

36,237,238,322,339,343 
trail  intersection 

guidance/signage  at,  224, 230, 231, 236, 

237, 240, 288, 317 

offset  intersection,  11, 12, 340 

road  crossings,  12, 230, 235, 237 
trail  map,  see  path/trail  maps  and  guides 
trail  names,  xx,  248-54, 256 

changing  of /renaming,  218, 234, 249- 

50, 251-54, 266-67, 281, 288, 302, 304, 

310, 336, 355 

historic  names,  restoration,  xx,  250-54, 

267,302,355-65 
trail  phantom,  233, 236, 323, 358 
trail  reopening,  322, 323, 326, 330, 331, 358, 

359 
trail  system 

history  of,  ix,  xii-xiv,  5-11 

integrity  of,  xv-xvii,  xx 

marked  and  maintained  trails,  xi, 

xiv-xvi 

trail  inventory  and  documentation,  xi, 

xiv-xv,  xxi,  18, 249, 271, 322 

trail  maintenance  program,  xiv 

trail  numbering,  xi,  231, 288 

treatment  approach,  ix-x,  xvii,  xix-xx 

unmarked/abandoned  trails,  3, 14, 155, 

194, 227, 234, 246,  247, 250, 252, 266, 

267. 323. 324. 326,  335, 359, 363, 364 
trail  terminology,  xi-xii 

trail  treatment  specifications,  2 

trail  widening,  xiv,  xvi,  xvii,  18, 25, 26, 30, 

93, 138, 245, 247, 290, 293, 295, 295, 313, 

317, 327 
tread,  see  treadway 
tread  pavement,  48-53, 54, 54, 55, 56, 57, 

59, 61, 62 


380 


INDEX 


treadlog  104, 104, 106,106, 108,108-9 

See  also  treadway  crib 
treadway,  xvi-xvii,  xx,  29-68, 29,  35,  51, 

142, 245, 283-85, 296, 314-15, 327-29, 

337,  343, 366 

See  also  asphalt;  granite-concrete 

surfacing;  gravel  pavement/surfacing; 

stone  pavement;  stone  steps;  uncon- 

structed  tread 
treadway,  natural,  see  unconstructed  tread 
treadway  crib,  171,777, 172, 173-74,775-74, 

312, 315, 317, 343 

See  also  pinned  logs 
tree  roots,  63, 171, 173 

exposed,  12, 30, 49, 65,  67, 68, 78, 104, 

105, 107, 167-69, 168, 169, 290, 293, 294, 

295-96,299,313,314 

removal/cutting,  34, 53, 67, 68, 164, 174, 

775, 243, 295-96 
trees,  large/important,  14, 23, 23,  34, 93, 164 

grove/grouping  of,  5, 27,  23, 29 
trees,  removal,  170 

See  also  vegetation 
tributaries,  343 
truss,  117, 121, 125, 129, 343 
turnout,  see  scenic  overlook 
turnpiking,  37, 38, 42, 296, 300,  343 

unconstructed  tread  (natural  treadway), 
46, 48, 51, 59, 63-68, 63-68, 171, 181, 222, 
309, 314, 316, 327, 327,  329, 383-85, 43 

uncut  stone,  see  stone,  uncut 

Universal  Trail  Assessment  Process 
(UTAP),  242-43 

unmarked  trail,  323, 324 

vandalism,  211, 218, 227, 228, 229, 235, 237, 

238, 270, 276, 313, 317 
Van  Santvoord,  John,  8, 259 
varied  woodland  route,  see  woodland 

route,  varied 
vegetation,  21-27, 283, 293-96, 306, 313, 

325, 327 

for  retention  and  harmonizing  with 

landscape,  24, 25,  80, 82, 82, 169, 770, 

173,174,775 

See  also  living  berm;  revegetation;  sod 
vegetation,  clearing/removal  of,  16, 17, 18, 

18, 19, 23, 25, 26-27, 47, 140, 170, 198, 

223, 283, 312, 327 
vegetation  debris,  removal,  27 
vegetation,  fragile,  protection/loss  of,  706, 

107, 121, 153-54, 210, 270, 247, 322, 327 

at  summit  areas,  27,  25, 25, 121, 153, 227, 

228, 244, 245, 247, 284, 306, 307 
vegetation,  invasive,  198 

See  also  non-native  species 
veneer  wall,  344 
view,  7, 15-19, 25, 305, 306, 307,  323, 324, 

329, 344 

See  also  scenic  overlook;  vista/views- 

hed 


village  connector  trails,  xiii,  xv-xvi,  xx,  6, 
11,48-49,50 

Village  Improvement  Societies/ Associa- 
tions (VIS/VIA),  x,  xi,  xiii,  xv-xviii,  xx, 
2, 4, 6-9, 11, 15-16, 22-23, 30, 31, 33, 34, 
38-40, 43, 48-49, 50, 54-57, 59, 60, 61- 
62, 64-65, 66, 70, 72-74, 77-78, 79, 80, 
82, 83, 85, 87, 88, 89, 91, 93, 96, 97, 101, 
105, 107, 114, 117, 119, 126-27, 131-322, 
134, 135-36, 138, 146-50, 153, 157-60, 
163, 179-84, 191, 193, 195, 200, 202-7, 
212, 218, 219, 224-27, 230, 231-34, 236, 
237, 239-40, 241, 243-44, 245, 247, 248- 
49, 250, 251, 256, 257-60, 261, 269-71, 
275, 278, 304, 306, 308, 309, 322-23, 
355-56, 362 

Joint  Path  Committee,  xi,  xiii,  xxi,  218, 
231,241,323 

vista/viewshed,  4, 15, 18, 26, 238, 272, 276, 
313, 344 

wall  crib,  161, 762, 163, 164, 171, 777, 172, 772, 

174,775,296,500,344 

See  also  turnpiking 
walled  causeway,  37, 37, 38, 38,  40, 41, 42, 

43, 44-46, 45, 94, 294, 312, 342, 344 
wall-less  causeway,  37, 37, 38, 39,  40, 41,  41, 

42, 43, 43, 139, 740, 144, 169, 312, 339, 

344 
washout,  see  gravel  washout 
water  bar,  63, 67, 68, 70, 95-100, 285, 309, 

317, 329, 342, 343, 344 

backed  water  bar,  95, 95,  98;  log,  66, 95, 

95, 96,  96-97, 98-100, 171 

stone  water  bar,  95, 95,  97, 98, 99-100, 

191 
water  dip,  63, 67,68, 70, 74, 78, 82, 93, 

96-98, 101-2, 702, 119, 191, 194, 285, 301, 

317,342,343,344 
waterfall,  7, 364 
water  flow,  cross-trail,  87, 88, 89 

See  also  drainage 
water  quality,  12 
Webster,  Mary,  259 
wedge  (stonecutting  tool),  367, 368 
wedging,  145, 214,275, 344 
wetland  route,  38, 40, 44, 54, 66-67, 72, 

104, 106, 706, 108, 131, 138, 296, 298 

See  also  bogwalk;  bog-style  stepping 

stones;  lowland  route 
wheelchair  accessible,  335, 344 

See  also  accessibility;  ADA  trail 
Wild  Gardens  of  Acadia  Corporation,  280, 

323 
wooden  bridge,  xvii,  xx,  2, 14, 44, 48, 70, 

77, 104, 110-30,777-50, 132, 134, 138, 203, 

204,  246, 247, 268, 278, 289, 292, 293, 

298 

arched  bridge,  coverlii,  114,775, 116, 117, 

720,127,727,259 

cedar-pole  bridge,  2, 72, 104, 105, 107, 

114, 775, 117, 126, 755, 289,  301, 340 

corduroy  bridge,  105, 772, 775, 775, 116, 

776,  117,775, 720, 127-28,128, 129,129,289 


gravel-surfaced  bridge,  705, 114, 116,776, 

117, 119, 720, 124-25, 126, 128, 129-30, 

301 

log  bridge,  306, 309 

plank  bridge,  72, 772, 114,117 

rustic/picturesque  style,  xii,  xvi,  112,775, 

114,775,117,301 

See  also  bogwalk  bridge;  iron  bridge; 

stone  bridge 
wooden  steps,  190, 191, 192, 317 
woodland  route,  varied  (woodland  trails), 

xi,  5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 74, 29,  34, 35, 44, 54, 55, 

56, 59, 63, 64, 105, 143, 145, 171, 172, 181, 

213, 221, 222, 227, 228, 244, 245, 248, 

314,576,343 
wood  path,  248,248 
woodwork,  xiv,  xv,  xvi 

See  also  log  cribbing;  water  bar,  wood 
workmanship,  xvii 
Works  Progress  Administration  (WPA),  xv 

Young,  Andrew  Murray,  259, 264 
Youth  Conservation  Corps,  see  Acadia 
Youth  Conservation  Corps 


381 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Trail  Index 

Acadia  Mountain  Trail  (#101),  186, 190, 

212, 345 
Amphitheatre  Trail  (#56),  126, 127-28, 345 
Amphitheatre  Trail,  north  (#523),  345 
Amphitheatre  Trail,  south  (#528),  345 
A.  Murray  Young  Path  (#25),  xiii,  11, 55-57, 

57,  67, 132, 136, 149-50, 150, 158, 181, 207, 

252,259,259,264,309,345 
Anemone  Cave  Trail  (#369),  10, 11, 17, 23, 

41, 75, 91, 152, 160, 161, 187, 21, 249, 345 
Asticou  and  Jordan  Pond  Path,  345, 357, 

360 

See  also  Asticou  Trail 
Asticou  Brook  Trail  (#514),  115, 128,233, 

274,274,345 
Asticou  Hill  [Eliot  Mountain]  to  Little 

Harbor  Brook  (#517),  9,  345 
Asticou  Inn  Trail  (#513),  345 
Asticou  Path,  see  Asticou  Trail 
Asticou  Ridge  Trail  (#520),  345 
Asticou  Trail  (#49),  xi,  6, 23, 38, 38, 39, 42, 

72, 73,  80, 91, 91,  95, 105, 112, 131, 132, 

132, 135-36, 148, 149, 157, 181, 240, 240, 

243, 253, 271, 345, 360 
Asticou  Trail,  see  Pond  Hill  Trail 
Aunt  Bettys  Pond  Path  (#526),  345 
Bald  Peak  Trail  (#62),  345 
Bar  Island  Trail  (#1),  345 
Barr  Hill  Path  (#404),  269 
Barr  Hill/Redfield  Hill  to  Jordan  Pond 

(#403),  345 
Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  Trail  (#129),  50, 

50,  274, 345 
Beachcroft  Path  (#13),  ix,  xi,  xiii,  1, 7, 25, 29, 

55, 56,  58, 65, 67, 73, 149, 150, 150, 152, 

158, 158, 159, 159, 161, 162, 163-64, 181, 

183, 187, 188, 190, 205,  212, 248-49, 250, 

251, 257, 258, 280, 309, 322, 324, 345 
Beachcroft  Trail,  see  Beachcroft  Path 
Bear  Brook  Trail  (#10),  6, 6, 19,  64, 171, 172, 

211, 219, 220, 224, 236, 250, 345, 357-58 
Beech  Cliff  Ladder  Trail  (#106),  xiii,  75, 

151, 171, 172, 208, 209, 211, 214, 247, 249, 

251,263,345 
Beech  Cliff  Loop  Trail  (#114),  75, 91, 96, 

345 
Beech  Cliff  Trail  to  Lurvey  Spring,  see 

Echo  Lake  to  Lurvey  Spring 
Beech  Cliff  Trail,  15, 16,  345 

See  also  Canada  Cliffs  Trail 
Beech  Cliff,  path  along  (#604),  345 
Beech  Hill  Road,  see  Valley  Trail 
Beech  Mountain  Loop  Trail  (#113),  6, 10, 

33, 75, 76,  96, 143, 151, 151, 160, 161, 273, 

273,274,274,276,345 
Beech  Mountain  Road  Path  (#624),  345 

See  also  Valley  Trail 
Beech  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail  (#109), 

5, 50, 57, 187, 188, 345 
Beech  Mountain  Trail,  see  Beech  Moun- 
tain Road  Path  and  Valley  Trail 


Beech  Mountain  Trail,  see  Beech  Moun- 
tain West  Ridge  Trail 
Beech  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail  (#108), 

10, 32, 41, 66, 75, 79, 90, 91,  91,  95, 107, 

107,  111,  345 
Beechcroft  Path,  see  Beachcroft  Path 
Beehive  Trail  (#7),  xiii,  7, 149, 184, 185, 200, 

201,  202, 203,204,  212, 236, 345 
Beehive,  West  (#8),  106, 345 
Bernard  Mountain  Ski  Trail,  see  Bernard 

Mountain  South  Face  Trail 
Bernard  Mountain  South  Face  Trail  (#111), 

184, 253, 271, 345, 361-62 
Bernard  Mountain  Trail,  see  Bernard 

Mountain  South  Face  Trail 
Bicycle  Path  (#331),  38, 72, 87, 345 
Bicycle  Path  Connector  (#372),  345 
Birch  Brook  Trail  (#429),  37,  345 
Birch  Spring  Trail,  see  Amphitheatre  Trail 
Black  and  Blue  Path  (#353),  346 
Black  and  White  Path  (#326),  xi,  250, 251, 

346 
Black  Path,  232, 249, 250, 251, 346, 358 

See  also  Bear  Brook  Trail;  Bowl  Trail; 

Cadillac  Cliffs  to  Otter  Creek;  Gorham 

Mountain  Trail 
Black  Woods  Trail  (#440),  8, 346 
Blue  and  White  Path  (#337),  346 
Blue  Path  (#330),  346 
Bluff  Trail,  see  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 
Bowl  Trail  (#6),  11, 14,  50, 96, 131, 133,  236, 

250, 346 
Boyd  Road/Path  (#449),  346 
Bracken  Path  (#307),  22, 114, 346 
Bracken  Path  extension  (#371),  346 
Bracy  Cove  Road/Path  (#402),  346 
Breakneck  Road/Path  (#314),  346 
Brigham  Path/Red  &  Black  Path  (#378), 

346 
Brigham  to  Beehive  Connector  (#366), 

202,309,346 
Brown  Mountain  Path,  see  Norumbega 

Mountain  Trail 
Brown  Mountain  Path,  North  (#521),  346 
Brown  Path  (upper  half),  see  Bowl  Trail 
Brown  Path,  see  Beehive,  West 
Brown  to  Beehive  Connector  (#351),  346 
Bubble  and  Jordan  Ponds  Path  (#20),  251, 

346, 356, 360, 363 

See  also  Pond  Trail 
Bubble  Mountain  Path,  252 

See  also  North  Bubble  Trail 
Bubble  Mountain  South  Cliff  Trail,  see 

South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail 
Bubble  Pond  Carry  (#412),  346 
Bubble  Pond  Path,  see  Pond  Trail 
Bubble  Rock,  trail  to,  8, 9, 346 
Bubbles  Divide,  252, 346, 363-64 

See  also  South  Bubble  Trail 
Bubbles  Trail,  346, 363-64 

See  also  North  Bubble  Trail;  South 

Bubble  Trail 


Bubbles,  abandoned  route  to,  3 
Bubbles-Pemetic  Trail/Northwest  Trail 

(#36),  172, 252, 346, 363 
Burnt  Bubble  Path,  see  Burnt  Bubble  South 

End  Path 
Burnt  Bubble  South  End  Path  (#413),  346 
Cadillac  Cliffs  to  Otter  Creek/Black  Path 

(#346),  346 
Cadillac  Cliffs  to  Thunder  Hole  (#345), 

181. 346 

Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail,  251 

See  also  Gorham/Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail 
Cadillac  Mountain  East  Ridge  Trail 

(#350),  346 
Cadillac  Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail 

(#34),  4, 11, 65, 238, 239, 241, 346, 356, 

357 
Cadillac  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail 

(#26),  31, 63, 92, 346, 357 
Cadillac  Path  (#367),  346 
Cadillac  Summit  Loop  Trail  (#33),  185, 186, 

190,238,260,265,346 
Cadillac  West  Face  Trail/  Steep  Trail 

(#32),  252, 346, 363 
Cadillac-Dorr  Trail  (#22),  346 
Canada  Cliffs  Cutoff  (#632),  64, 346 
Canada  Cliffs  to  Dog  Connector  (#637), 

346 
Canada  Cliffs  Trail  (#107),  5, 11, 346 
Canada  Ridge  Trail,  see  Canada  Cliffs  Trail 
Canon  Brook  Trail  (#19),  54, 72, 73, 119, 

131, 133, 250, 251, 259, 309, 347, 360, 

362-63 
Canon  Brook  Trail,  eastern  end  (#333), 

347 
Canyon  Brook  Path,  see  Canon  Brook 

Trail 
Canyon  Path,  see  Canon  Brook  Trail 
CCC  Trail,  see  Spring  Trail 
Cedar  Swamp  Mountain  Cutoff  (#527), 

347 
Cedar  Swamp  Mountain  Trail,  see  Sargent 

Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail 
Cedar  Swamp  Mountain,  path  up  (#515), 

347 
Center  Trail  (#623),  347 
Champlain  East  Face  Trail  (#12),  54,  55, 

159, 159, 186, 248, 251, 270-71, 347, 359 
Champlain  Monument  Cutoff  (#426),  347 
Champlain  Monument  Path  (#453),  248, 

269. 347 

Champlain  North  Ridge  Trail,  347, 357 

See  also  Bear  Brook  Trail 
Champlain  South  Ridge  Trail,  347, 357 

See  also  Bear  Brook  Trail 
Champlain  Trail,  to  Birch  Brook/Seal 

Harbor  Tennis  Courts  (#428),  347 
Chasm  Brook  Trail,  see  Chasm  Path 
Chasm  Path/Waldron  Bates  Memorial 

Path  (#525),  xiii,  230, 248, 257, 262, 347 
Church  Lane  Path  (#610),  347 
Circular  Trail  (#630),  347 
Cliff  Path,  see  Gorham/Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail 


382 


INDEX 


Cliff  Path/path  to  Great  Cave  (#347),  202, 

205. 347 

Cliff  Trail  (#512),  347 

Cliff  Trail,  see  Precipice  Path 

Cold  Brook  Fish  Hatchery,  trail,  112, 119, 
120,726,129,729 

Cold  Brook  Trail  (#117),  253, 347, 361, 362 

Conners  Nubble  Path,  see  Burnt  Bubble 
South  End  Path 

County  Road  Cutoff  (#425),  347 

Cross  Roads  Path  (#612),  347 

Cross  Trail,  Birch  Brook  to  Upland  Road 
(#430),  347 

Cross  Trail,  south  of  Mitchell  Hill  (#443), 
347 

Curran  Path  (#315),  309, 347, 356 

Curren  Path,  see  Curran  Path 

CutoffPath(#614),347 

Cutoff  Trail  between  Pond  Trail  and  Sea- 
side Trail  (#415),  347 

Dane  Path  (#445),  347 

Day  Mountain  Caves  Trail/Valley  Trail 
(#424),  8, 347 

Day  Mountain  Trail  (#37),  256, 257, 262, 
347 

Day  Mountain  Trail,  Lower,  see  Champ- 
lain  Monument  Path 

Deep  Brook  Trail  (#601),  347 

Deer  Brook  Trail  (#51),  92, 92, 192, 297, 
304,305 

Dog  Mountain  Trail,  see  Saint  Sauveur 
Trail 

Dole  Trail  (#619),  347 

Dorr  Mountain  Branch  (#323),  347 

Dorr  Mountain  East  Face  Trail,  251, 280, 
281, 288, 347, 359, 360 
See  also  Emery  Path;  Schiff  Path 

Dorr  Mountain  North  and  South  Ridge 
Trails  (#21),  252, 347, 357 
See  also  Kebo  Mountain  Path 

Dorr  property  paths  (#376),  348 

Dorr  Woods  Bicycle  Path,  see  Bicycle  Path 

Dry  Mountain  Branch,  see  Dorr  Mountain 
Branch 

Dry  Mountain  Path  extension  (#332),  348 

Duck  Brook  Path  (#311),  xii,  65, 112, 113, 

269. 348 

Eagle  Cliff  Trail,  see  Valley  Peak  Trail 
Eagle  Crag  Loop  (#27),  7, 7,  31, 64, 348 
Eagle  Lake  Connector  (#308),  348 
Eagle  Lake  Trail  (#42),  54, 55,  83, 131, 131 
Eagle  Lake  West  Shore,  see  Eagle  Lake 

Trail 
Eagle  Lake,  East  Shore,  north  section 

(#317),  348 
Eagles  Crag  Path,  see  Eagle  Crag  Loop 
Eagles  Crag  Foot  Trail  (#343),  149, 156, 157, 

180,181,226,348 
East  Face  Trail,  see  Champlain  East  Face 

Trail;  Emery  Path;  Schiff  Path;  Mansell 

Mountain  Trail 
East  Jordan  Path,  see  Jordan  Pond  Loop 

Trail 


East  Peak  from  Great  Pond  (#631),  348 
East  Peak  Trail,  see  Mansell  Mountain 

Trail 
East  Ridge  Trail,  see  Cadillac  Mountain 

East  Ridge  Trail 
Echo  Lake  Ledges  (#126),  348 
Echo  Lake  to  Lurvey  Spring  (#625),  348 
Echo  Lake  Trail  (#622),  348 
Echo  Lake  Trail,  see  Beech  Cliff  Loop  Trail 
Echo  Point  Trail  (#356),  348 
Eliot  Mountain  Trail,  see  Asticou  Hill  to 

Little  Harbor  Brook;  Asticou  Ridge 

Trail 
Eliot  Mountain  Trail  to  Map  House 

(#516),  259-60,260, 265, 348 
Eliot  Mountain  Trail/Thuja  Lodge,  trail  to 

(#519),  247, 265, 348 
Emery  Path  (#15),  ix,  5, 7, 18, 56, 73, 73,  74, 

75, 79, 90, 91, 97, 149, 150, 158, 164, 180, 

181, 182, 199, 205, 206, 225,  248-49, 251, 

261, 262, 263, 265, 270, 271, 280, 281, 

281, 282, 288, 322, 324, 326, 329, 348, 

355, 359, 360 
Fawn  Pond  Path  (#309),  17, 114, 128-29, 

128,259,260,261,348 
Flying  Mountain  Trail  (#105),  49, 79, 132, 

136, 185, 187, 190, 210, 253, 348, 365 

See  also  Valley  Cove  Trail 
George  Dorr's  Bicycle  Path,  see  Bicycle 

Path 
Giant  Slide  Trail/Pulpit  Rock  Trail  (#63), 

7, 149, 149, 180, 181, 230, 248, 348, 356 
Gilley  Trail  (#125),  348, 361, 362 
Goat  Trail,  253, 364 

See  also  Norumbega  Mountain  Trail 
Goat  Trail,  Pemetic  Mountain  (#444),  8, 

180, 181, 202, 203, 205, 248, 348, 355-56 
Golf  Club  Trail  (#507),  348 
Golf  Links  to  Norumbega  Mountain 

(#530),  348, 348 
Gorge  Path  (#28),  xiii,  11, 23, 33, 54, 55,  67, 

207,251,259,260,309,348 
Gorge  Path  to  Kebo,  east  side  (#321),  348 
Gorge  Path  to  Kebo,  west  side  (#320),  348 
Gorge  Road  Path  (#365),  349 
Gorham  Mountain  Trail  (#4),  26, 131, 132, 

232,  235, 250, 251, 257, 262, 349 

See  also  Black  Path 
Gorham/Cadillac  Cliffs  Trail  (#5),  7, 7, 16, 

114, 149, 157, 225,  251, 255, 262, 349 
Grandgent  Trail  (#66),  26, 65, 349 
Great  Cave  Path,  see  Cliff  Path 
Great  Head  Trail  (#2),  63, 161, 163, 349 
Great  Hill  from  Cleftstone  Road,  (#304), 

349 
Great  Hill  from  Woodbury  Park  (#303), 

349 
Great  Hill  Path  (#306),  349 
Great  Hill  to  Duck  Brook  (#310),  349 
Great  Meadow  Loop  (#70),  11, 43, 88, 113, 

116, 117, 118, 126, 129, 349 
Great  Meadow  Nature  Trail  (#365),  40, 41, 

89,116,117,126,129,349 


Great  Notch  Trail  (#122),  26, 253, 349, 

362, 365 

See  also  Sluiceway  Trail 
Great  Pond  Road/Path  (#615),  349 
Great  Pond  to  Beech  Hill  (#602),  349 
Great  Pond  Trail  (#620),  349 
Great/Long  Pond  Trail,  xiii,  250, 349 

See  also  Long  Pond  Trail 
Green  and  Black  Path  (#358),  218,  248, 

349, 359 
Green  and  White  Path  (#327),  232, 349 
Green  Mountain  Gorge  Path,  see  Gorge 

Path 
Green  Mountain  Road/Path,  see  Cadillac 

Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail 
Green  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail,  see 

Cadillac  Mountain 
Green  Mountain  Trail  (#452),  349 
Gurnee  Path  (#352),  31, 31,  49, 55, 73, 80, 

81-82, 81, 91, 149-50, 155, 158, 159, 159, 

160, 205, 246, 247, 249, 259, 270, 309, 

349,359 
Hadlock  Brook/Waterfall  Trail  (#57),  149, 

247,253,349,364 
Hadlock  Ponds  Path,  248, 253 

See  also  Hadlock  Trail,  Lower;  Hadlock 

Trail,  Upper 
Hadlock  Trail,  Lower  (#502),  64, 65, 115, 

128,181,248,270,349 
Hadlock  Trail,  Upper  (#501),  105, 105, 128, 

181,248,349 
Hadlock  Valley  Path,  see  Jordan  Pond 

Carry  Path 
Half  Moon  Pond  Path  (#312),  349 
Harbor  Brook  Trail,  see  Little  Harbor 

Brook  Trail 
Harborside  Inn  Trail  (#506),  349 
Harden  Farm  Path,  264 

See  also  Stratheden  Path 
Hemlock  Road/Spring  Road  (#377),  324, 

325,326,349 
Hemlock  Trail  (#23),  23, 249, 252, 326, 

349,356 
Homans  Path  (#349),  7, 8, 16, 62, 65, 67, 73, 

74, 79, 149, 150, 158, 181, 182, 183, 200, 

205,206,  248-49, 257, 280, 281, 282, 

321-31, 321-22, 324-28, 330-31,  349, 359, 

369-74 
Huguenot  Head  to  Otter  Creek  Road 

(#341),  349 
Hunters  Beach  Cliff  Trail,  see  Hunters 

Beach  Trail 
Hunters  Beach  Trail  (#67),  349 
Hunters  Brook  Trail  (#35),  252, 269, 349 
Hunters  Brook  Trail,  lower  (#455),  269, 

349 
Hunters  Brook  Trail,  upper  (#454),  349 
Hunters  Cove,  South  Ridge  Trail  connec- 
tor (#439),  349 
Indian  Path,  see  Dry  Mountain  Path  exten- 
sion 
Ingraham  Rocks  Path  (#445),  202, 349 
Isle  au  Haut,  trails  on,  xi 


383 


ACADIA  TRAILS  TREATMENT  PLAN 


Jessup  Path,  249 

See  also  Jesup  Path 
Jesup  Path  (#14),  xi,  5, 11, 37, 40, 42, 49, 71, 

72, 73,  73,  74,  80, 91, 149, 248-49, 257, 

255, 263, 269, 269,  280, 322, 349 
Jesup  Path  to  Cromwell  Harbor  Road 

(#375),  263, 350 
Jordan  Bluffs  Trail  (#457),  54, 57, 207, 350, 

364 

See  also  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 
Jordan  Brook  Path,  see  Jordan  Stream  Trail 
Jordan  Cliffs  Trail,  see  Penobscot  East 

Trail 
Jordan  Cliffs  Trail/  Sargent  East  Cliff  Trail 

(#48),  8, 57, 63,158, 205, 207, 231, 253, 

303-10, 303-8, 310, 350, 356, 364 
Jordan  Pond  Carry  Path  (#38),  5,  31, 83, 

96, 107, 107,  111,  119, 131, 252, 291, 350, 

356,360 
Jordan  Pond  Carry  Spur  (#40),  39, 95, 350 
Jordan  Pond  Loop  Trail,  xii,  105, 106,706, 

126-27, 127, 134, 137, 252, 297, 350, 361 

See  also  Jordan  Pond  Path 
Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail  (#45),  240, 241, 

270,270,313,350 
Jordan  Pond  Nature  Trail  (original  loca- 
tion) (#463),  23, 240, 350 
Jordan  Pond  Path  (#39),  cover/ii,  xii,  5, 26, 

37, 38,  39, 39-40,  41, 42, 42,  43, 43,  49, 

50, 54, 57, 58, 64, 67, 71, 72, 76, 76, 78, 

83, 83,  85, 85,  87, 89, 91, 92, 94,  95, 101, 

109, 109, 114, 119,720, 149, 157, 159, 161, 

762, 168, 172, 191, 792,  252, 260, 267,  265, 

269, 277, 278, 289-302, 290-92, 294-95, 

297-300, 350, 356, 361 
Jordan  Pond  Seaside  Path  (#401),  254, 361 

See  also  Seaside  Path 
Jordan  Pond  Shore  Trail,  see  Jordan  Pond 

Loop  Trail 
Jordan  Pond  to  Cliffs  (#458),  350 
Jordan  Pond  to  Pemetic  Ridge  Trail,  see 

Steepway  Trail 
Jordan  South  End  Path  (#409),  181, 250, 

350, 358 

See  also  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail 
Jordan  Stream  Path  (#65),  72, 105, 705, 114, 

775,126,253,269,350 
Kaighn  Trail  (#606),  350, 356 

See  also  Bernard  Mountain  South  Face 

Trail 
Kane  Path  (#17),  xiii,  11, 55, 58, 58,  70,  71, 

72, 73, 80, 82, 91, 105, 132, 133, 134, 149, 

233, 248-49, 251, 257, 257, 258,  262, 263, 

280, 322, 324, 350, 359, 360, 362 
Kebo  Brook  Path  (#364),  350 
Kebo  Mountain  Trail,  from  Kebo  Valley 

Club  (#322),  350 
Kebo  Mountain  Trail/  Dorr  North  and 

South  Ridge  Trails  (#21),  252, 350, 358 
Kebo  Mountain,  east  side  (#374),  350 
Kebo  Valley  Club  to  Toll  House  (#319), 

350 


Kurt  Diederich's  Climb  (#16),  7, 55, 56,  73, 

83,  85,134, 149, 159,777, 181,752,  248-49, 

257,255,  263, 266, 280, 281,  282, 322, 

324, 350, 360 
Ladder  Path,  xi,  248, 350 

See  also  Ladder  Trail 
Ladder  Trail  (#64),  xi,  31, 57, 57, 73, 87, 88, 

132-34,137, 152, 158, 187,189,201,  202, 

203, 206,  209, 270, 281, 282, 283, 288, 

304,350 

See  also  Upper  Ladder  Trail 
Lakewood,  128, 259, 265See  also  Fawn 

Pond  Path 
Ledge  Trail  (#103),  58, 220, 224, 350 
Ledge  Trail,  South  (#121),  350 
Little  Brown  Mountain  Path  (#522),  350 
Little  Brown  Mountain  Trail,  see  Parkman 

Mountain  Trail 
Little  Harbor  Brook  to  Eliot  House/ 

Route  3  (#518),  350 
Little  Harbor  Brook  Trail  (#55),  233,  350 
Little  Hunters  Beach  Path  from  Boyd 

Road  (#442),  350 
Little  Hunters  Brook  Path  to  Cove  (#438), 

269, 350 
Little  Notch  Trail,  253, 362 

See  also  Sluiceway  Trail 
Little  Precipice  Trail,  see  Beehive  Trail 
Long  Pond  Road/Trail  in  Seal  Harbor 

(#410),  350 
Long  Pond  Trail  (#118),  xii,  xiii,  10, 11, 40, 

41, 41, 42, 42, 49, 50, 57, 65-66, 67, 75, 

76, 76,  80, 87, 91, 92, 93, 96, 106, 706, 

115, 117,775, 119,720, 126, 129,729, 152, 

756, 762, 210, 249, 250, 254, 362 

See  also  Great  Pond  Trail 
Long  Ridge  Trail,  see  Beech  Mountain 

South  Ridge  Trail 
Lovers  Lane  (#618),  350 
Lower  Hadlock  Pond,  east  side  (#511),  351 
Mansell  Mountain  Trail  (#115),  97,232, 

254, 362 
Maple  Spring  Trail  (#58),  5, 114,775, 126-28, 

149, 181, 247, 351 
McFarland  Path  (#524),  248, 351, 356 
Mitchell  Hill  Path  (#407),  351 
Mitchell  Hill  Road,  see  West  Side  Long 

Pond,  Seal  Harbor 
Moss  Trail,  253, 361 

See  also  Bernard  Mountain  South  Face 

Trail 
Murphy's  Lane,  see  Blue  Path 
Newport  Mountain  Path,  xi 

See  also  Bear  Brook  Trail 
North  Bubble  Trail  (#41),  66, 172, 252, 351, 

363-64 
North/Middle  Bubble  Cliff  Trail  (#459), 

202,205,351 
North  Ridge  Trail,  see  Cadillac  Mountain 

North  Ridge  Trail 
Northwest  Trail,  252 

See  also  Bubbles-Pemetic  Trail 


Norumbega  Lower  Hadlock  to  Goat  Trail 

(#69),  233,  351 
Norumbega  Mountain  Trail/Goat  Trail 

(#60),  63,  64, 65, 351 
Norumbega  Mountain-North,  see  Brown 

Mountain,  North 
Norwood  Cove  Trail  (#617),  351 
Notch  Trail  (#406),  351 
Notch  Trail,  see  Pine  Tree  Trail 
Oak  Hill  to  Bernard  Mountain  (#608),  351 
Oak  Hill  Trail  (#634),  351 
Ocean  Drive  Trail,  see  Ocean  Path 
Ocean  Drive,  251, 362 

See  also  Sand  Beach-Great  Head 

Access 
Ocean  Path  (#3),  xiii,  10, 70, 17, 18,  26, 40, 

41,  42, 50, 70, 75, 80, 87, 91, 101, 742, 145, 

745, 146, 152-53, 752, 755, 172, 187, 187, 

188, 191,797, 192,239,  260,267, 351 
Old  Farm  Road/Sols  Cliff  Path  (#363),  351 
Old  Indian  Path,  see  Dry  Mountain  Path 

extension 
Old  Trail,  see  Pemetic  West  Cliff  Trail 
Orange  and  Black  Path  (#348),  5, 16, 55, 

65, 184, 755, 207,  202, 203, 250, 251, 351, 

358,359 

See  also  Champlain  Mountain  East 

Face  Trail 
Otter  Cliff  Path  (#340),  xiii,  351 

See  also  Ocean  Path 
Otter  Cliff  Trail,  see  Ocean  Path 
Otter  Cove  Road/Path  (#441),  351 
Otter  Cove,  trail  to  (#447),  351 
Ox  Hill  Path  (#420),  72, 351 
Ox  Hill  Summit  to  Day  Mountain  (#421), 

351 
Ox  Hill  Summit,  to  east  (#422),  351 
Ox  Ledge,  see  Ox  Hill 
Parkman  Mountain  Path,  see  Little  Brown 

Mountain  Path 
Parkman  Mountain  Trail  (#59),  65, 212, 

351 
Parkman  to  Gilmore  (#61),  351 
Peak  of  Otter,  see  Otter  Cliff  Path 
Pemetic  East  Cliff  Trail,  363 

See  also  Pemetic  Mountain  Trail 
Pemetic  Mountain  Trail/Southeast  (#31), 

4, 64, 252, 267, 351, 357, 363 
Pemetic  Mountain  Valley  Trail  (#462),  351 
Pemetic  North  Ridge  Trail,  see  Pemetic 

Mountain  Trail 
Pemetic  Northwest  Trail,  363 

See  also  Bubbles-Pemetic  Trail 
Pemetic  Path,  see  Pemetic  Mountain  Trail 
Pemetic  South  Ridge  Trail,  363 

See  also  Pemetic  West  Cliff  Trail 
Pemetic  West  Cliff  Trail/Old  Trail  (#30), 

252, 257, 351, 363 
Penobscot  East  Trail  (#50),  272, 272, 306, 

309, 351 
Penobscot  Mountain  Trail/Spring  Trail 

(#47),  117, 775, 149, 181, 205, 247, 253, 

270, 306, 358 


384 


INDEX 


Perpendicular  Trail  (#119),  xiii,  10,25,  32, 

49,  57, 57,  65-66, 66,  67,  68, 74,  75,  78, 

79, 80, 91, 92,  97, 148, 151, 152, 185, 186, 

187, 192,200,  209, 210, 210, 222, 351 
Pine  Hill  to  Deep  Brook  (#605),  351 
Pine  Hill  Trail  (#633),  352 
Pine  Hill  Trail,  see  Western  Mountain 

Trail 
Pine  Tree  Trail  (#405),  352 
Pines  Path,  see  The  Pines  Path 
Pipe  Line  Path  (#448),  352 
Pond  Hill  Trail/Asticou  Trail  (#529),  352 
Pond  Trail  (#20),  4, 31, 33, 76, 76, 95,  96, 

104, 106-7,107, 109,112, 154, 181, 191, 

251,256,352,360,363 
Pond  Trail  to  Bubble  Pond,  see  Bubble  and 

Jordan  Ponds  Path 
Potholes  Path  (#342),  16, 21,  25, 64, 225, 

352, 356 
Precipice  Trail  (#11),  xi,  xiii,  7,  W,  65, 117, 

118, 149, 153, 184, 200, 202, 203,204, 

211, 212, 214, 240,  249, 352, 355-56, 359 
Pretty  Marsh  Picnic  Area  Trail/Road 

(#128),  352 
Pulpit  Rock  Trail/Pulpit  Trail,  see  Giant 

Slide  Trail 
Quarry  Trail,  Northeast  Harbor  (#505), 

352 
Quarry  Trail,  Southwest  Harbor  (#628), 

352 
Razorback  Trail  (#112),  253, 352, 361-62 
Red  and  Black  Path,  see  Brigham  Path 
Red  and  White  Path  (#335),  352, 356, 358 
Red  and  Yellow  Path  (#355),  352 
Red  Path  (#328),  38, 39,  49, 352, 359 
Red/Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362),  see 

Schooner  Head  Road  Path 
Redfield  Hill,  see  Barr  Hill 
Reservoir  Trail/Harborside  Branch 

(#504),  352 
Ridge  Trail,  see  Kebo  Valley  Club  to  Toll 

House 
Robinson  Mountain  Trail,  see  Acadia 

Mountain  Trail 
Robinson  Road  (#627),  352 
Royal  Fern  Path  (#305),  xi,  22, 352 
Saint  Sauveur  Trail  (#102),  352, 365 
Sand  Beach-Great  Head  Access  (#9),  251, 

3352, 62 
Sargent  Brook  Trail,  see  Giant  Slide  Trail 
Sargent  East  Cliffs  Trail,  364 

See  also  Jordan  Cliffs  Trail 
Sargent  Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail 

(#53),  231,  253, 352 
Sargent  Mountain  South  Ridge  Trail  (#52), 

226,253,352 
Sargent  Northwest  Trail,  see  Sargent 

Mountain  North  Ridge  Trail 
Sargent  Pond  Trail  (#456),  352 
Satterlee  Trail,  362 

See  also  Sand  Beach-Great  Head 

Access  Trail 


Schiff  Path  (#15),  55, 62, 64,  65, 69,  73, 79, 

141, 149, 158, 181, 182, 225, 248, 251, 279- 

88, 279-82, 284, 286-87, 288, 322, 352, 

359, 360 
Schoodic  Peninsula,  trails  on,  xi,  220 
Schoolhouse  Ledge  Trail  (#503),  352 
Schooner  Head  Road  Path  (#362),  38, 39, 

39,  42, 49, 72-73, 80, 82, 82,  87, 91, 157, 

352 
Schooner  Head  Road  to  Otter  Creek 

Road,  see  Bicycle  Path  Connector 
Seal  Cove  Pond  to  Bernard  Mountain 

(#607),  352 
Seal  Cove  Road  to  Pond  (#609),  352 
Seal  Harbor  Village  path  (#431),  352 
Seal  Harbor  Village  path  (#432),  352 
Seaside  Path  (#401),  6, 31, 64, 72, 72, 73, 73, 

80, 83, 87, 91, 157,224,  243-44,243,  253, 

259,259,264,269,352,355 
Ship  Harbor  Nature  Trail  (#127),  xiv,  10, 

17, 24, 41, 43, 75, 91, 96, 152, 160, 161, 

187, 189,  239, 239,  241-41, 311-19, 311-16, 

318,  352, 356, 361 
Shore  Path,  Bar  Harbor  (#301),  xii,  6, 156, 

235,239,239,241,352 
Shore  Path,  Hunters  Beach  (#436),  352 
Shore  Path,  Northeast  Harbor  (#531),  353 
Shore  Path,  Seal  Harbor  (#427),  114, 115, 

126,202,203,205,353 
Shore  Path,  see  Ocean  Path 
Shore  Trail,  Hunters  Beach  to  Otter  Cove 

(#437),  353 
Short  Precipice  Trail,  see  Beehive  Trail 
Short  Trail  to  Hunters  Beach,  see  Hunters 

Beach  Trail 
Sieur  de  Monts  Spring,  trail  network,  7, 

8, 31, 40, 54, 103, 114, 117, 125, 126, 129, 

149, 203-5, 240, 248-49, 249,  257, 257- 

58,  263,270,  280, 283, 322, 323, 353 

See  also  Emery  Path;  Sieur  de  Monts- 

Tarn  Trail;  Wild  Gardens  Path 
Sieur  de  Monts-Tarn  Trail  (#18),  251,  353, 

362 

See  also  Wild  Gardens  Path 
Skidoo  Trail  (#509),  247, 353 
Slide  Trail  (#603),  353 
Sluiceway  Trail  (#110),  253, 353, 361, 362 
Sols  Cliff  path,  see  Old  Farm  Road  Path 
Somes  Sound  Road,  see  Southwest  Valley 

Road/Path 
Somesville  Carry  Trail  (#635),  353 
Somesville  Road  Trail  (#629),  353 
South  Bubble  Cliff  Trail  (#451),  9,  202, 

205-7,207,205,209,353 
South  Bubble  Trail  (#43),  4, 5, 6, 9, 172, 

232,244,252,353,363-64 
Southeast  Trail,  see  Pemetic  Mountain 

Trail 
South  End  Path,  see  Jordan  South  End 

Path 
South  Face  Trail,  253 

See  also  Bernard  Mountain  South  Face 

Trail 


South  Ridge  Trail,  see  Cadillac  Mountain 

South  Ridge  Trail 
Southwest  Pass  (#414),  353 
Southwest  Shore  Trail,  see  Eagle  Lake  Trail 
Southwest  Valley  Road/Path  (#316),  353 
Spring  Road,  see  Hemlock  Road 
Spring  Trail,  253, 353, 356, 358, 361 

See  also  Penobscot  Mountain  Trail 
Spring  Trail/CCC  Trail  (#621),  190, 353 
Squirrel  Brook  Trail  (#408),  353 
St.  Sauveur  Trail,  see  Saint  Sauveur  Trail 
Stanley  Brook  Path  (#433),  353 
Stanley  Brook-Seaside  Path  Lower  Con- 
nector (#434),  353 
Stanley  Brook-Seaside  Path  Upper  Con- 
nector (#435),  353 
Steep  Trail  (#508),  247, 353 
Steep  Trail,  see  Cadillac  West  Face  Trail 
Steepway  Trail  (#460),  353 
Stratheden  Path  (#24),  40, 49, 103, 119, 126, 

128,747, 149, 154, 159, 192,248,249, 

252,257,263-64,326,353 
Strawberry  Hill  to  Otter  Creek  Road 

(#325),  353 
Sweet  Fern  Path  (#360),  248, 248,  353 
Tarn  Trail  (#370),  251, 353, 359, 360, 362 

See  also  Kane  Path;  Wild  Gardens  Path 
Tea  House  Path  (#368),  353 
The  Pines  Path  (#611),  353 
Thuja  Lodge  Trail,  see  Eliot  Mountain 

Trail 
Tilting  Rock,  trail  to  (#423),  8, 8, 16, 353 
Toll  House  Path  (#318),  353 
Town  Slip  Paths  (#636),  353 
Triad  Pass  Trail,  see  Triad  Pass 
Triad  Pass,  (#29),  112,  252, 354 

See  also  Van  Santvoord  Trail 
Triad  Pass,  south  (#418),  354 
Triad  Path,  east  (#419),  354 
Triad  Trail,  363 

See  also  Van  Santvoord  Trail 
Triad-Hunter's  Brook  Trail,  see  Hunters 

Brook  Trail 
Turtle  Lake  and  Jordan  Pond  Path,  see 

Pond  Trail 
Upper  Ladder  Trail  (#334),  64, 64,  65, 148, 

149, 180, 181, 187, 189, 193, 281, 354 
Valley  Cove  Trail  (#105),  49, 79, 91, 187, 

210, 253, 354, 365 

See  also  Flying  Mountain  Trail 
Valley  Cove  Trail/Road  (#626),  185-87, 

187,  354 
Valley  Peak  Trail  (#104),  354 
Valley  Trail  (#116),  6, 23,  32, 32,  33, 34,  78, 

80, 87, 91, 151, 152, 154, 187, 188, 210, 354 
Valley  Trail  Pemetic  Connector  (#461), 

354 
Van  Santvoord  Trail  (#450),  8, 64, 65, 150, 

181, 184, 200, 205, 207, 226, 259, 259, 

264,267,354,359,363 

See  also  Triad  Pass  Trail 
Village  Path  to  Ox  Ledge,  see  Ox  Hill  Path 


385 


Acadia  Trails  Treatment  Plan 


Waldron  Bates  Memorial  Path,  xiii,  248, 

257,262 

See  also  Chasm  Path 
Water  Pipe  Path  (#361),  354 
Water  Pipe  Trail/Golf  Links  to  Lower 

Hadlock(#510),354 
Water  Tower  Trail/Harborside  Trail,  see 

Reservoir  Trail 
Waterfall  Trail,  253, 364 

See  also  Hadlock  Brook/Waterfall  Trail 
West  Beehive,  see  Beehive,  West 
Western  Mountain  Road/Path  (#616),  11, 

354 
Western  Mountain  Trail  (#120),  67, 91, 92, 

253,354,362,365 
Western  Mountain  West  Ledge  Trail 

(#123),  354 
Western  Mountain  West  Ridge  Trail,  see 

Western  Mountain  West  Ledge  Trail 
Western  Point,  trail  to  (#446),  354 
Western  Trail,  see  Western  Mountain  Trail 
West  Jordan  Path,  see  Jordan  Pond  Loop 

Trail 
West  Side  Long  Pond,  Seal  Harbor  (#410), 

354 
West  Slope  Trail,  see  Cadillac  West  Face 

Trail 
White  Path  (#329),  49, 114, 250, 354 
Wild  Gardens  Path  (#18),  240, 241, 251, 

354,362 

See  also  Sieur  de  Monts-Tarn  Trail 
Wild  Gardens  Path  (#354),  xi,  31, 49, 67, 

149,157,158,274,274,354 
Wildwood  Farm  Trail  (#417),  354 
Wildwood,  connector  (#416),  354 
Wire  Gate  Path  (#339),  354 
Witch  Hole  Path  (#313),  54, 354 
Witch  Hole  Pond  Loop  (#344),  354 
Wood  Lane  over  Asticou  Hill,  see  Asticou 

Ridge  Trail 
Woodbury  Park,  path  to  (#302),  354 
Woods  Road  Path  (#613),  354 
Yellow  and  Black  Path,  see  Orange  and 

Black  Path 
Yellow  and  White  Path  (#336),  250, 354 
Yellow  and  White  Path  (lower  half),  see 

Bowl  Trail 
Yellow  Path  (#338),  250, 354 
Youngs  Mountain  Trail  (#359),  354 


386 


BAR 
HARBOR 


Producod  by 

National  Park  Service 

Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation 

Legend 

I      I  Existing  marked,  maintained  trails 

~|   Historic  trails  oo  longer  marked 
[1  Roads  and  carriage  roads 
I      |  Acadia  National  Park  lands  K  I    J 


National  Park  Service 

U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior 


Olmsted  Center  for  Landscape  Preservation 
99  Warren  Street,  Brookline,  Massachusetts  02445 
Web:  www.nps.gov/oclp/ 


Acadia  National  Park 

PO  Box  177,  Bar  Harbor,  Maine  04609-0177 
Phone:  207-288-3338 
Web:  www.nps.gov/acad/ 


ISBN  0-9779833-1-5